10.4HEAD master

author: Papoteur <papoteur@mageia.org> 2026-04-01 08:28:27 +0200
committer: Papoteur <papoteur@mageia.org> 2026-04-01 08:28:27 +0200
commit: 04119d22799d84ae5912608563c7da1e0f6d000f (patch)
tree: 34573d348975acae35c91315732118527df1d241 /cs
parent: 1a01ea91bad81e0c623b0820eb513fcde344f3c2 (diff)
download: drakx-installer-help-master.tar
drakx-installer-help-master.tar.gz
drakx-installer-help-master.tar.bz2
drakx-installer-help-master.tar.xz
drakx-installer-help-master.zip
0 files changed, 0 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml
index 2eca0abc..90f9a2dd 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MCC.xml
@@ -2,19 +2,20 @@
 <article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="MCC">
 
   <info>
-    <title>Mageia Control Center</title>
+    <title>Centre de Control Mageia</title>
     <cover>
-	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
-3.0 license <link
-ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    <para>Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota
+la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
 	    </para>
-	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    <para>Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
 	    </para>
-            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+            <para>L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a
+millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">equip de
+documentació</link>.</para>
     </cover>
   </info>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml
index 6c3fdd49..7c6f8ea1 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Software Packages Update</title>
+    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Actualització de paquets de programari</title>
 
     <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml
index 6e6e5622..63de774a 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/XFdrake.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Set up the graphical server</title>
+    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Estableix el servidor gràfic</title>
 
     <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ XFdrake's text version. </para>
 to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
 right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
 
-<orderedlist><title>Options:</title>
+<orderedlist><title>Opcions:</title>
 	<listitem>
    <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
 Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml
index 482f8542..d076aebd 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Access WebDAV shared drives and directories</title>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Accedeix a dispositius i directoris compartits WebDAV</title>
 
     <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure
 WebDAV shares</guilabel>.</para>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
  <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> is a
 protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml
index 692b3f39..ee5f61bc 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--nfs.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Access NFS shared drives and directories</title>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Accedeix a un disc o un directori NFS compartit</title>
 
     <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
   <para/>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
     <para>This tool<footnote>
         <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml
index bacc372d..3a86ac11 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--removable.xml
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
 button. </para>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Mount point</title>
+    <title>Punt de muntatge</title>
 
     <para>Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom.</para>
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ button. </para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Options</title>
+    <title>Opcions</title>
 
     <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
 <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml
index e3c20761..870abef0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/diskdrake--smb.xml
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
 
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories</title>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Accedeix a discs i directoris compartits de Windows (SMB)</title>
 
     <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
 
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
   <para/>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
     <para>This tool<footnote>
         <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml
index be28fa97..baa92ffb 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drak3d.xml
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
   </mediaobject>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
     <para>This tool<footnote>
         <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Troubleshooting</title>
+    <title>Resolució de problemes</title>
 
     <section>
       <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml
index 03bddef9..a5031ffd 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakauth.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Authentication</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autenticació</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot--boot.xml
index 48014ea5..8a0073b9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot--boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakboot--boot">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot--boot-ti1">Set up boot system</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot--boot-ti1">Configura el sistema d'arrencada</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakboot --boot</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -114,6 +114,4 @@ entry by default.</para>
 choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
 file and a <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> in the drop-down lists.</para>
 
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root.</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml
index 8dfa3d8b..e9044816 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakboot.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakboot">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Set up autologin to automatically log in</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Activa l'entrada automàtica per entrar automàticament</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -27,7 +27,8 @@ Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para
   <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
 starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
 boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually.</para>
+possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
+launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
 
   <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
 <guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml
index 9212d81a..65cdece9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakclock.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakclock">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Manage date and time</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Gestiona la data i l'hora</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml
index 4bbf34ad..d7aba495 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect--del.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Remove a connection</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Elimina una connexió</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml
index fdcb0e78..c2b0c1c9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconnect.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakconnect">
   <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Estableix una nova interfície de xarxa (LAN, XDSI, ADSL...)</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
   </mediaobject>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
     <para>This tool<footnote>
         <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
+        <para>Configuració manual</para>
 
         <orderedlist>
           <listitem>
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ address.</para>
 
         <itemizedlist>
           <listitem>
-            <para>None</para>
+            <para>Cap</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
+        <para>Configuració manual</para>
 
         <orderedlist>
           <listitem>
@@ -287,11 +287,11 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
+              <para>Protocol de configuració d'ordinadors dinàmic (DHCP)</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Manual TCP/IP configuration</para>
+              <para>Configuració TCP/IP manual</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -299,21 +299,21 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
+              <para>PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
+              <para>Protocol de tunneling punt a punt (PPTP)</para>
             </listitem>
           </itemizedlist>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>Access settings</para>
+          <para>Configuració de l'accés</para>
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Account Login (user name)</para>
+              <para>Entrada del compte (nom d'usuari)</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>External ISDN modem</para>
+              <para>Mòdem XDSI extern</para>
             </listitem>
           </itemizedlist>
         </listitem>
@@ -381,15 +381,15 @@ you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Connection name</para>
+              <para>Nom de la connexió</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Phone number</para>
+              <para>Número de telèfon</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Login ID</para>
+              <para>ID d'entrada</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Authentication method</para>
+              <para>Mètode d'autenticació</para>
             </listitem>
           </itemizedlist>
         </listitem>
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ put:</para>
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Domain name</para>
+              <para>Nom de domini</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ the card has detected.</para>
 
             <variablelist>
               <varlistentry>
-                <term>Managed</term>
+                <term>Gestionat</term>
 
                 <listitem>
                   <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ the card has detected.</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption key</para>
+            <para>Clau de xifratge</para>
 
             <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
           </listitem>
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
+        <para>Configuració manual</para>
 
         <orderedlist>
           <listitem>
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ configure it.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required.</para>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
@@ -635,11 +635,11 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Access Point Name</para>
+              <para>Nom del punt d'accés</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Account Login (user name)</para>
+              <para>Entrada del compte (nom d'usuari)</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
 
         <itemizedlist>
           <listitem>
-            <para>Manual choice</para>
+            <para>Selecció manual</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
               </listitem>
 
               <listitem>
-                <para>Script-based</para>
+                <para>Basat en script</para>
               </listitem>
 
               <listitem>
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
               </listitem>
 
               <listitem>
-                <para>Terminal-based</para>
+                <para>Basat en terminal</para>
               </listitem>
 
               <listitem>
@@ -788,11 +788,11 @@ automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Network Hotplugging</para>
+        <para>«Hotplugging» de xarxa</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel</para>
+        <para>Habilita el túnel IPv6 cap a IPv4</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml
index 3a9fb145..abc7f1b0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakconsole.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakconsole">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Open a console as administrator</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Obre una consola com administrador</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml
index 338afb67..9ad1a2fc 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakdisk.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
     <!--
  lebarhon 2012-08-30  Added some comments. Imho, the option button needs explanations -->
 <!--marja 2012-09-02 changed title to visible title for this tool in MCC -->
-<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Manage disk partitions</title>
+<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gestiona les particions de disc</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml
index 231d37d3..7ec6f41c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakedm.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     
 
     <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC -->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Set up display manager</title>
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Configura el gestor de pantalla</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml
index 627e40c0..2694d58d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfirewall.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Set up your personal firewall</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Estableix un tallafoc personal</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml
index d3be320b..c54154bb 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakfont.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakfont">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Gestiona, afegeix i elimina tipus de lletra. Importa tipus de lletra de
+Windows (TM)</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml
index 0d3668a5..75297198 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakguard.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakguard">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Parental Controls</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Control patern</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml
index 1ca09c7e..7e02adee 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakgw.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Share the Internet connection with other local machines</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Comparteix la connexió a internet amb altres màquines locals</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml
index 748be659..c9918f13 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakhosts.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Hosts definitions</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definicions d'hostes</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml
index b81f9e29..00e9628a 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakinvictus.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Configuració avançada d'interfícies de xarxa i tallafocs</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml
index 42eb9308..b52a14ca 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetcenter.xml
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Write some text means i can't do it :(
 What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
 -->
 <!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Network Center</title>
+<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centre de xarxa</title>
 
     <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
   <para/>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
     <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
 configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml
index 8780cd67..89a50a5d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknetprofile.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Manage different network profiles</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Administra diferents perfils de xarxa</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml
index 082ed92e..7d12a1f3 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draknfs.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Share drives and directories using NFS</title>
+    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Comparteix discs o directoris usant NFS</title>
 
     <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ configuration tool.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Modify entry</title>
+    <title>Modifica l'entrada</title>
 
     <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
 with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ it.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>Host access</title>
+      <title>Accés a l'ordinador</title>
 
       <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
 directory.</para>
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>User ID Mapping</title>
+      <title>Mapatge d'ID d'usuaris</title>
 
       <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
 0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ the anonymous account.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>Advanced options</title>
+      <title>Opcions avançades</title>
 
       <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
 originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml
index fb5cfb8a..9cef80ef 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakproxy.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Servidor intermediari</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
index 7523a2c8..efc1d1cf 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
   </info>
 
   
+
   
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -24,7 +25,13 @@
 repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
 to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
 below).</para>
-    </important><note>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
       <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
 i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
 your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
@@ -151,7 +158,7 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
@@ -194,6 +201,11 @@ on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
     <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
 here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
 necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
 
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml
index bffaf278..63e466d7 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksambashare.xml
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
   <para/>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
     <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
 resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml
index 569dcfea..fef1fde1 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksec.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="draksec">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configure authentication for Mageia tools</title>
+    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configura l'autenticació per les eines de Mageia</title>
 
     <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml
index f1b864a5..286b11eb 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksnapshot-config.xml
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
        	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Snapshots</title>
+	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Instantànies </title>
 	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
   </info>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml
index 6ece15bb..08efd060 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/draksound.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Sound Configuration</title>
+    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configuració del so</title>
 
     <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ enabled.</para>
   <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
 is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
 
-  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three
-buttons:</para>
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -52,7 +52,8 @@ buttons:</para>
   </mediaobject>
 
   <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
-are doing.</para>
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
 
   <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any
 problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml
index 178b4dff..6a339030 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakups.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Set up a UPS for power monitoring</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configura un SAI per monitoritzar el corrent</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml
index 83a273ab..f233be2f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakvpn.xml
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
   </mediaobject>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
     <para>This tool<footnote>
         <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Configuration</title>
+    <title>Configuració</title>
 
     <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
 protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml
index 10ddd710..819f8c16 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,103 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introducció</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Resum</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Fi</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml
index 2c9baf73..c21fa2aa 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_bind.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configure DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configura DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
index fda44735..fb8b000c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,194 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configure DHCP</title><subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configura DHCP</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png"/>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
 
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
 role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
-</section>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introducció</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Resum</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml
index 098e9055..5d7869c3 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,13 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configure time</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configura l'hora</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -10,7 +17,8 @@
   <mediaobject>
     <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
 <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
@@ -22,40 +30,88 @@ your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
 default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
 packages.</para>
 
-  <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
 time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
 because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-        <info>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
 <author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-      </imagedata>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
 arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous </guibutton>button. If everything is right,
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
 click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
 may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para/>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
-</section>
-\ No newline at end of file
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
index 351d4bd7..2b578dd8 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configure FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
+	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configura FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -9,12 +9,94 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introducció</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Information</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Resum</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Fi</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml
index 97fb21bb..af8d8f63 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,238 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_squid" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configure proxy</title><subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configura el servidor intermediari</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
 
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
 
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introducció</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Resum</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Fi</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml
index e9ae5c1d..7e50a4ce 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH daemon configuration</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuració del dimoni OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -9,12 +9,134 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para>
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Opcions generals</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Resum</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Fi</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml
index fd7f2ca4..49836ce5 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/drakxservices.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Manage system services by enabling or disabling them</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Gestiona els serveis de sistema activant-los o desactivant-los</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml
index d6837c1c..3eca3510 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/harddrake2.xml
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</par
   <section>
     <title>The menu</title>
 
-    <para><bridgehead>Options</bridgehead></para>
+    <para><bridgehead>Opcions</bridgehead></para>
 
     <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
 enable automatic detection:</para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml
index c78d6f07..378cc19d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
   </mediaobject>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <title>Introducció</title>
 
     <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
         <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml
index 15bc7ac3..f6c715f1 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/localedrake.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Manage localization for your system</title>
+    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Gestiona la localització del sistema</title>
 
     <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ countries not listed.</para>
   
 <section xml:id="input_method">
       <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Input method</title>
+          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Mètode d'entrada</title>
       </info>
   <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
 input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml
index 548a00ef..f23d6fee 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/logdrake.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">View and search system logs</title>
+    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Visualitza i cerca els registres del sistema</title>
 
     <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin Service</para>
+        <para>Servei Webmin</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix Mail Server</para>
+        <para>Servidor de correu Postfix</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>FTP Server</para>
+        <para>Servidor FTP</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web Server</para>
+        <para>Servidor World Wide Web Apache</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>SSH Server</para>
+        <para>Servidor SSH</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Samba Server</para>
+        <para>Servidor Samba</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd Service</para>
+        <para>Servei Xinetd</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml
index 6df703cc..3ddbbf98 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-boot">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Boot</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Arrencada</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
 
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure boot steps</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura els passos de l'arrencada</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
         </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml
index ad0c6abc..0a9b67cf 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Maquinari</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
   <orderedlist>
     <listitem>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Manage your hardware</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Administra el maquinari</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
 hardware</emphasis></para>
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ hardware</emphasis></para>
 
     <listitem>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure graphics</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura els gràfics</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
         </listitem>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ hardware</emphasis></para>
 
     <listitem>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure mouse and keyboard</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura teclat i ratolí</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
         </listitem>
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ hardware</emphasis></para>
 
     <listitem>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure printing and scanning</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura impressió i escaneig</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
 the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
 
     <listitem>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Others</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Altres</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
         </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml
index 56c4d313..6e50a96c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-localdisks.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
 
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Local disks</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Discs locals</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
   <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
 local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
 
-  <orderedlist><title>Local disks</title>
+  <orderedlist><title>Discs locals</title>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
   		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml
index ec703986..ae4f4e95 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-network.xml
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ below to learn more.</para>
   <orderedlist>
     <listitem>
       <orderedlist>
-        <title>Manage your network devices</title>
+        <title>Administra dispositius de xarxa</title>
 
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ below to learn more.</para>
 
     <listitem>
       <orderedlist>
-        <title>Personalize and Secure your network</title>
+        <title>Personalitza i assegura la xarxa</title>
 
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ below to learn more.</para>
 
     <listitem>
       <orderedlist>
-        <title>Others</title>
+        <title>Altres</title>
 
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml
index dbf8b65d..3ba08b95 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networkservices.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Network Services</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Serveis de xarxa</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
 between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
 on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Network Services</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Serveis de xarxa</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
         </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml
index 421844a4..e18989c5 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-networksharing.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Network Sharing</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Compartició de xarxa</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -15,18 +15,18 @@ directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
 
   <orderedlist>
 	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configure Windows(R) shares</title>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configura la compartició amb Windows(R)</title>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
 directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
 	  </orderedlist></listitem>
   	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configure NFS shares</title>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configura les comparticions NFS</title>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
 	  </orderedlist></listitem>
 	  <listitem>
-		  <orderedlist><title>Configure WebDAV shares</title>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configura les comparticions WebDAV</title>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
 	  </orderedlist></listitem>
   </orderedlist>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml
index 79a3700d..a7b1e593 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-security.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-security">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Security</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Seguretat</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
   <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
 link below to learn more.</para>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Security</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Seguretat</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
 and audit</emphasis></para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml
index bd21c55b..d07d22fe 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-sharing.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Sharing</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Compartició</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
 choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
 below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Sharing</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Compartició</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
         </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml
index 2f8e6367..a1580fa7 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mcc-system.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca" xml:id="mcc-system">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">System</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
   <orderedlist>
     <listitem>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Manage system services</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Administra els serveis del sistema</title>
         <listitem>
 		<para> <xref linkend="drakauth"></xref> </para>
         </listitem>
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
 
     <listitem>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Localization</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Localització</title>
       <listitem>
         <para><xref linkend="drakclock"></xref></para>
       </listitem>
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
 
     <listitem>
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Administration tools</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Eines d'administració</title>
       <listitem>
         <para><xref linkend="logdrake"></xref></para>
       </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml
index 4e4b0476..34d8040f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configure updates frequency</title>
+    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configura la freqüència de les actualitzacions</title>
 
     <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml
index 76e56635..3aa9a82b 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/mousedrake.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)</title>
+    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Configura el dispositiu apuntador (ratolí, ratolí tàctil)</title>
 
     <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml
index 516ccf33..851b5f9f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/msecgui.xml
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-    <title>Permissions</title>
+    <title>Permisos</title>
     <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
 enforcement.</para>
     <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml
index 757fc315..5de0aa8e 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -34,6 +34,23 @@ included in the packages.</para>
 
     <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
 linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
   </section>
 
   <section>
@@ -133,7 +150,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on
 
           <thead>
             <row>
-              <entry align="center">Icon</entry>
+              <entry align="center">Icona</entry>
 
               <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
             </row>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml
index 2e481ae9..06667404 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
          xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Set up scanner</title>
+    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Instal·la un escàner</title>
     <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
 
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
   <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
     <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installation</title>
+      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instal·lació</title>
     </info>
 
     <para>This tool <footnote>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml
index ab90806c..753f2d3d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/software-management.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ca"
 xml:id="software-management">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Software Management</title>
+    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestió de programari</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ xml:id="software-management">
 
   <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
 management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
-  <orderedlist><title>Software Management</title>
+  <orderedlist><title>Gestió de programari</title>
 	  <listitem>
   <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
   </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml
index 039c31f6..8c9ece5e 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
   </mediaobject>
 
   <section xml:id="introduction">
-    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introduction</title>
+    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introducció</title>
 
     <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
 ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml
index bb8a6552..72a533a9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
     <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
 <!-- Tproof  -->
 <!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</title>
+<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importa documents i configuracions de Windows(TM)</title>
 
     <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml
index b8a728c8..424d5e6b 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca/userdrake.xml
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 <!-- Tproof  -->
 <!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
 <!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Users and Groups</title>
+<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Usuaris i grups</title>
 
     <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po
index 3ee241a0..0e03432d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po
@@ -1,28 +1,30 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
+# 
 # Translators:
 # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014
+# brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014
 # jonas2790, 2014
 # jonas2790, 2014
 # jonmie <jonasmiehe@gmail.com>, 2014
+# jonmie <jonasmiehe@gmail.com>, 2014
 # latte, 2013
-# latte, 2013
-# latte, 2013
+# psyca <linux@psyca.de>, 2014
+# Marc Lattemann, 2013
+# Marc Lattemann, 2013
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
-"de/)\n"
-"Language: de\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 15:11+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: psyca <linux@psyca.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: de\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -35,7 +37,8 @@ msgstr "Zugriff auf über WebDAV freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -43,11 +46,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -55,10 +56,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
-"Mageia Control Center im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt "
-"<guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im Mageia Control Center im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -78,12 +76,7 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist "
-"ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal "
-"einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es "
-"notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses "
-"Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers."
+msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -96,11 +89,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge "
-"an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. "
-"Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem "
-"neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein."
+msgstr "Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -108,11 +97,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
+" it, if needed."
 msgstr "Dann bekommen sie einen Auswahlbildschirm, wo sie "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -129,12 +119,10 @@ msgstr "Der"
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Geben sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. "
-"Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im  "
-"<guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben"
+msgstr "Geben sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im  <guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -144,19 +132,18 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu "
-"mounten."
+msgstr "Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu mounten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
+"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
+" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -169,7 +156,8 @@ msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -177,11 +165,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -190,19 +176,14 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können sie "
-"Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux "
-"oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen."
+msgstr "Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können sie Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab "
-"unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\""
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
+" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -211,9 +192,9 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
+" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
+" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -236,8 +217,8 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
+" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -245,20 +226,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen sie das "
-"Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden."
+msgstr "Wenn sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen sie das Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
+" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/"
-"seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist "
-"dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich."
+msgstr "Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -276,7 +252,8 @@ msgstr "Zugriff auf über NFS freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -289,11 +266,9 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -302,8 +277,8 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
+" user with tools such as file browsers."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -325,7 +300,8 @@ msgid ""
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -333,11 +309,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
+" to specify where to mount the directory."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -350,12 +327,14 @@ msgid ""
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -365,12 +344,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
+" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -385,7 +365,8 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD Brenner"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -393,11 +374,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -405,11 +384,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden sie in dem "
-"'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von "
-"ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und "
-"Diskettenlaufwerke)"
+msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden sie in dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und Diskettenlaufwerke)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -434,9 +409,7 @@ msgstr "Einhängepunkt"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /"
-"media/cdrom."
+msgstr "Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -446,8 +419,8 @@ msgstr "Optionen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
+" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -466,8 +439,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr ""
-"Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
+msgstr "Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
@@ -477,11 +449,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -490,16 +460,9 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen "
-"festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem "
-"Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was "
-"auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird "
-"direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt "
-"in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern "
-"aufgerufen werden."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
+" tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
@@ -511,8 +474,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
+" share directories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -529,7 +492,8 @@ msgid ""
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -550,12 +514,14 @@ msgid ""
 "with the same button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -566,10 +532,12 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"dolphin."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -584,7 +552,8 @@ msgstr "3D-Desktop-Effekte"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -592,11 +561,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -624,25 +591,23 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, "
-"werden sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, sie sagt, welche Pakete "
-"nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken sie auf "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
+" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr "Wenn sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, werden sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, sie sagt, welche Pakete nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -680,7 +645,8 @@ msgid ""
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -690,8 +656,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
+" log in problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -704,7 +670,8 @@ msgstr "Authentifizierung"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -712,17 +679,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
+" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -743,7 +708,8 @@ msgstr "Bootmanager einrichten "
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -751,11 +717,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -770,9 +734,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter "
-"'Bootmanager einrichten'"
+msgstr "Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter 'Bootmanager einrichten'"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
@@ -784,13 +746,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
+" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
-"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
-"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
-"you machine from booting."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
+" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -798,8 +760,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
+" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -846,15 +808,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als "
-"dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren."
+msgstr "Wenn sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -866,11 +826,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
+" APIC."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -879,15 +840,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
-"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
+" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
-"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
+" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -898,10 +860,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Das  <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben sie "
-"hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub "
-"Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3"
+msgstr "Das  <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben sie hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
@@ -949,7 +908,8 @@ msgstr "Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -957,11 +917,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -977,10 +935,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen "
-"Anmeldung\""
+msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -990,19 +945,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
+"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
+" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
@@ -1021,11 +976,9 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
@@ -1037,17 +990,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
+" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
+"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
+" the unneeded parts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1225,11 +1178,11 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
+" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
+"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1242,7 +1195,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia Bugreport-Werkzeug"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1250,37 +1204,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug "
-"abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, "
-"sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu "
-"liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen"
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
+" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
+"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
+"report."
+msgstr "Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll, und sie sich noch nicht sicher "
-"fühlen, lesen sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"(englisch), bevor sie auf 'Bericht' klicken"
+"then please read <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
+"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
+"button."
+msgstr "Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll, und sie sich noch nicht sicher fühlen, lesen sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor sie auf 'Bericht' klicken"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1300,7 +1246,8 @@ msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit einstellen"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1308,19 +1255,17 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1332,8 +1277,8 @@ msgstr "Es ist ein sehr einfaches Werkzeug"
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
+" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1341,9 +1286,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1352,9 +1297,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
+" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
+" your desktop environment settings for that."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1368,8 +1313,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
+" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1383,7 +1328,8 @@ msgstr "Eine Verbindung entfernen"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1391,17 +1337,15 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1428,7 +1372,8 @@ msgstr "Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1436,11 +1381,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1481,56 +1424,65 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "Automatische IP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
+" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "der DHCP-Client"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "DHCP Zeitüberschreitung"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
@@ -1538,7 +1490,8 @@ msgid ""
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
@@ -1550,7 +1503,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
@@ -1559,27 +1513,30 @@ msgid ""
 "attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1600,9 +1557,10 @@ msgstr "Eine neue Satelliten-Verbindung (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
+" can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -1615,53 +1573,59 @@ msgstr "Eine neue Modem-Verbindung"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Keine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
+" and password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
+" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic connection would not need this setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1682,8 +1646,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1691,27 +1655,32 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Manuelle TCP/IP Konfiguration"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP über ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP über Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
@@ -1721,22 +1690,26 @@ msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Zugangseinstellungen"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Benutzername (Login)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Passwort"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Pfad-ID (VPI):"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Circuit-ID (VCI):"
@@ -1756,12 +1729,14 @@ msgstr "Eine neue ISDN-Verbindung"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl (Interne ISDN-Karte)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Externes ISDN-Modem"
@@ -1773,12 +1748,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your card."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1787,27 +1764,31 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Name der Verbindung"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Telefonnummer"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "Login-ID"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Authentifizierungsmethode"
@@ -1823,21 +1804,24 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
+" put:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Name der Domäne"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Erster und zweiter DNS Server"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
@@ -1847,9 +1831,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
+" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
+"the IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -1877,74 +1861,89 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Betriebsmodus"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Geführt"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Direkt"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Netzwerkname (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Schlüssel"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid ""
+"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1954,7 +1953,8 @@ msgid ""
 "manual IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1966,41 +1966,46 @@ msgid ""
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2032,7 +2037,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Access-Point-Name"
@@ -2047,12 +2053,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Gefundene Hardware, falls vorhanden"
@@ -2073,57 +2081,67 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Verbindungs Name</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Telefon Number</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Passwort</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Authentikation</emphasis>, Auswahl:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Skript-basiert"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Terminal-basiert"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2199,7 +2217,8 @@ msgid ""
 "immediately or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2214,7 +2233,8 @@ msgstr "Eine Konsole mit Administratorrechten öffnen"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2222,18 +2242,16 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
+" information about that."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2246,7 +2264,8 @@ msgstr "Partitionen verwalten"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk oder diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2254,13 +2273,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
-"emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2268,8 +2284,8 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2279,7 +2295,8 @@ msgid ""
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2289,10 +2306,11 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
+" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2320,11 +2338,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird "
-"erstellt."
+msgstr "Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird erstellt."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2337,7 +2354,8 @@ msgid ""
 "seen in the screenshot below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2352,7 +2370,8 @@ msgstr "Display-Manager einrichten"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2360,18 +2379,16 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
+" on your system will be shown."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2392,7 +2409,8 @@ msgstr "Persönliche Firewall einrichten"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2400,11 +2418,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2420,8 +2436,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
+" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2457,7 +2473,8 @@ msgid ""
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2478,9 +2495,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
+" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
+"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2488,12 +2505,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2502,8 +2521,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
+" packages are downloaded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
@@ -2516,16 +2535,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-"
-"Schriften"
+msgstr "Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-Schriften"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:6
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2533,11 +2551,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2571,8 +2587,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
+" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2583,8 +2599,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Optionen:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
+" to use the fonts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2610,10 +2626,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2633,7 +2649,8 @@ msgstr "Kindersicherungen"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2641,19 +2658,17 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2679,17 +2694,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
+" only execute what you accept them to execute."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2704,18 +2719,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
+" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
+"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
+" will then suggest you reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
+" is opened."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -2767,8 +2782,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
+" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2789,7 +2804,8 @@ msgstr "Die Internetverbindung mit anderen lokalen Rechnern teilen"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2799,7 +2815,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Prinzipien"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2831,11 +2848,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
@@ -2862,16 +2877,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
+" one, check that this is correct."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
+" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
+" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2886,8 +2901,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
+" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2923,8 +2938,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
+" using."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -2944,7 +2959,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2957,7 +2973,8 @@ msgstr "Hosts Definitionen"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2965,11 +2982,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3015,7 +3030,8 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen für Netzwerkschnittstellen und Firewall"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3025,18 +3041,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3048,7 +3063,8 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkzentrum"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3056,11 +3072,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3074,30 +3088,34 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
+" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
+"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
+"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
+"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3107,37 +3125,36 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
+" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
+" connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu "
-"laden"
+msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu laden"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3147,7 +3164,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Der Monitor Knopf"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3157,8 +3175,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
+" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3172,8 +3190,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -3186,7 +3204,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3196,8 +3215,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
+" configuration may give better results."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3221,8 +3240,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3230,7 +3249,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3245,7 +3265,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3278,8 +3299,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
+" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3296,7 +3317,8 @@ msgid ""
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3306,7 +3328,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3321,7 +3344,8 @@ msgstr "Verwalten unterschiedlicher Netzwerkprofile"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3329,11 +3353,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3345,7 +3367,8 @@ msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit NFS freigeben"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3358,22 +3381,21 @@ msgstr "Voraussetzungen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
+" first time, it may display the following message:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid ""
+"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3408,7 +3430,8 @@ msgid ""
 "available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3481,24 +3504,24 @@ msgstr "Benutzer-ID-Abbildung"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
+" the server itself."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
+" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
+" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
+" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
@@ -3517,8 +3540,8 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
+" is on by default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
@@ -3556,7 +3579,8 @@ msgstr "Menü Einträge"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3590,7 +3614,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3603,7 +3628,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3611,27 +3637,25 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
+" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
+" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
@@ -3648,7 +3672,8 @@ msgstr "Medien konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3656,11 +3681,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
+" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
+" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
+" below)."
+msgstr "Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die Softwarequellen (auch Repositories, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) einzurichten. Das bedeutet das Sie  die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -3680,16 +3705,14 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit (x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3697,7 +3720,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzenturm verfügbar, unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -3707,19 +3730,19 @@ msgstr "Die Spalten"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
 msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Spalte Aktiviert:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein System unbrauchbar machen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
 msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Spalte Aktualiserungen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
@@ -3728,52 +3751,52 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in diesem Werkzeug verändern. Du musst hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
 msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Spalte Medium:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositories für die finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jedes Medium hat 4 Untersektionen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3781,32 +3804,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
+" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team die beseitigung dessen prüfen können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
 msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die Knöpfe auf der rechten Seite"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guibutton>Entfernen:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
@@ -3814,24 +3837,24 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core Medien enthalten sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Erlaubt dir das Ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, downloader und Proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guibutton>Hinzufügen:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
@@ -3839,24 +3862,24 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
+" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fügt die offiziellen Repositories die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese Repositories enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken des \"Hinzufügen\" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, das es nur installationen und Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls sie einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über \"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Drop-Down Menü \"Datei\" ausgewählt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
+" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
+"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr "Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -3866,33 +3889,34 @@ msgstr "Das Menü"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
+" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche sie aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
+" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3903,21 +3927,22 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen sie ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen. Durch das Klicken auf das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3933,56 +3958,57 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Globale optionen:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es ihnen auszuwählen ob zu installierende RPMs verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -standard-, Nur Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
+" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
+"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr "Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes Medium möglich, einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel abzulehnen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tu dies mit Vorsicht, wie alle Sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
+" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Falls sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den  <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
+"page</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3995,7 +4021,8 @@ msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit Samba freigeben"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4034,21 +4061,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
+" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4060,7 +4086,8 @@ msgid ""
 "selected."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4068,8 +4095,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
+" access to the shared resources."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -4079,7 +4106,8 @@ msgid ""
 "the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4110,7 +4138,8 @@ msgid ""
 "address or host name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4122,7 +4151,8 @@ msgid ""
 "described in the Windows workstations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4133,7 +4163,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4142,11 +4173,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4156,7 +4188,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4189,7 +4222,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4197,13 +4231,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
+" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4248,7 +4283,8 @@ msgstr "Druckerfreigabe"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4259,14 +4295,15 @@ msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:247
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Samba-Benutzer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4289,7 +4326,8 @@ msgstr "Die Authentifizierung für die Mageia-Werkzeuge einrichten"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
 msgid "draksec.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
@@ -4297,11 +4335,9 @@ msgstr "draksec.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
@@ -4357,7 +4393,8 @@ msgstr "Snapshots"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4365,18 +4402,16 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
+"tools</guilabel> section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4391,9 +4426,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
+"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
+"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4401,21 +4436,22 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
+" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
+"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
+" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
+"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
+"are done."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
+" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4433,7 +4469,8 @@ msgstr "Soundkonfiguration"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4441,18 +4478,16 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -4460,14 +4495,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird ihnen helfen, wenn sie Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn sie die Soundkarte wechseln."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
-"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
-msgstr ""
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
+" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
+msgstr "Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber auszuwählen, von allen auf dem Computer verfügbaren, die mit der Soundkarte übereinstimmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -4475,15 +4511,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund erweiterten Funktionen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
+" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
+"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
+"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4491,14 +4527,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen aktivert zu lassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
@@ -4507,7 +4543,8 @@ msgid ""
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4538,7 +4575,8 @@ msgstr "Einrichten einer USV zur Stromkontrolle"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4546,11 +4584,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4562,7 +4598,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurieren der VPN-Verbindungen"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4570,11 +4607,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4614,7 +4649,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Für Cisco VPN"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4626,7 +4662,8 @@ msgid ""
 "first time the tool is used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4643,7 +4680,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Erweiterte Parameter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4664,8 +4702,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
+" to this VPN."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4678,7 +4716,8 @@ msgstr "Webserver einrichten"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4686,11 +4725,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
@@ -4721,7 +4758,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4738,7 +4776,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4755,7 +4794,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4770,7 +4810,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4787,7 +4828,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4804,7 +4846,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Übersicht"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4814,7 +4857,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4823,7 +4867,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Assistent beenden"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4844,7 +4889,8 @@ msgstr "DNS konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4852,11 +4898,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4868,7 +4912,8 @@ msgstr "DHCP konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4883,18 +4928,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
+" be installed before you can access to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -4921,7 +4964,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4931,7 +4975,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4940,8 +4985,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4949,7 +4994,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4963,7 +5009,8 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4973,7 +5020,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4990,7 +5038,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5015,62 +5064,73 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
+"adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5078,8 +5138,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
+"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5097,7 +5157,8 @@ msgstr "Zeit konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5105,18 +5166,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
+" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5133,22 +5192,26 @@ msgid ""
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5156,14 +5219,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
+" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5171,8 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen"
+msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
@@ -5187,9 +5250,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5209,8 +5272,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
+"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5229,7 +5292,8 @@ msgstr "FTP konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5237,17 +5301,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5273,12 +5335,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5295,7 +5359,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5312,7 +5377,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5320,16 +5386,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
+" (File eXchange Protocol)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5344,7 +5412,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5352,11 +5421,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5392,7 +5459,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5402,7 +5470,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5419,7 +5488,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5435,7 +5505,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5443,8 +5514,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5452,14 +5523,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5467,7 +5540,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5482,7 +5556,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5490,11 +5565,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5504,7 +5580,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5516,7 +5593,8 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5529,49 +5607,56 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5591,7 +5676,8 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH Daemon-Konfiguration"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5599,17 +5685,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5622,8 +5706,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
+" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5643,7 +5727,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5651,8 +5736,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
+"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5660,7 +5746,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5677,7 +5764,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5694,7 +5782,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5702,8 +5791,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5711,7 +5800,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5726,7 +5816,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5742,7 +5833,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5754,12 +5846,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5774,7 +5868,8 @@ msgstr "Ein- oder Ausschalten von Systemdiensten"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5782,11 +5877,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5798,7 +5891,8 @@ msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5806,11 +5900,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5838,7 +5930,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das &gt; um den Inhalt der Kategorien anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -5846,14 +5938,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die <guimenu>Hilfe -&gt; Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen über den Inhalt der Felder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
+" available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr "Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -5875,7 +5967,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -5890,7 +5982,7 @@ msgstr "JAZ Gerät"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:81
 msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parallele Zip-Laufwerke"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:83
@@ -5910,7 +6002,8 @@ msgstr "Einstellen des Tastaturlayouts"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -5918,11 +6011,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -5942,10 +6033,10 @@ msgstr "Tastaturlayout"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
+" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
+"each layout should be used for."
+msgstr "Hier können sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout sie verwenden möchten. Die Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land und/oder Ethnie jedes Layouts wofür diese verwendet wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -5969,7 +6060,8 @@ msgstr "Auswählen der Region und Sprache"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -5977,11 +6069,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6052,7 +6142,8 @@ msgstr "Betrachten und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6060,18 +6151,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6082,26 +6171,26 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
+"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
+" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
+" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
+"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6120,11 +6209,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -6172,7 +6261,8 @@ msgstr "Xinetd-Dienst"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6181,8 +6271,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
+" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6208,28 +6298,24 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Tool  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die "
-"Kommandozeile gestartet werden."
+msgstr "Dieses Tool  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
+"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -6245,11 +6331,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6257,20 +6341,18 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr ""
-"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die "
-"Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn "
-"es als root benutzt wird."
+msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn es als root benutzt wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
+" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6286,10 +6368,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine "
-"Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, "
-"wie in diesen Beispielen:"
+msgstr "lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, wie in diesen Beispielen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -6323,7 +6402,8 @@ msgid ""
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6345,7 +6425,8 @@ msgstr "Aktualisierung der Softwarepakete"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate oder drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6353,18 +6434,18 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -6378,20 +6459,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
+" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositories verfügbar ist. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
+" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, das Sie darauf klicken können, um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6400,16 +6482,17 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr "Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert dich eine Anwendung in der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon  <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicke einfach darauf und gebe dein Benutzerpasswort ein, um das System zu aktualisieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Systemstart"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6446,7 +6529,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hardware"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6456,23 +6540,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Verwalten Sie Ihre Hardware"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der "
-"Hardware</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der Hardware</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6482,16 +6566,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Grafiksystem konfigurieren"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6501,12 +6585,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Konfigurieren der Maus und des Keyboards"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6516,16 +6602,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Konfigurieren des Druckers und Scanners"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des "
-"Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
+" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6535,7 +6621,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Andere"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6543,7 +6630,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
 msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Über die Anleitung für das Mageia Kontrollzentrum"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
@@ -6552,41 +6639,43 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel ausgewählt werden können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
+"tools."
+msgstr "Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die dazugehörigen Werkzeuge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Search\" Tab klicken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Lokale Festplatten"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6618,7 +6707,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Netzwerkdienste"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6626,8 +6716,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
+" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6662,7 +6752,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Netzwerkfreigabe"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6679,31 +6770,33 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Windows(R)-Freigaben konfigurieren"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB "
-"(für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "NFS-Freigaben verwalten"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6713,7 +6806,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "WebDAV-Freigaben konfigurieren"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6723,7 +6817,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Netzwerk &amp; Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6731,8 +6826,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
+" below to learn more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
@@ -6740,17 +6835,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Verwalten der Netzwerkschnittstellen"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -6760,27 +6858,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Einstellen und Absichern des Netzwerkes"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -6790,7 +6893,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Sicherheit"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6834,7 +6938,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Dateifreigabe"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6843,8 +6948,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
+" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -6863,7 +6968,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "System"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6880,17 +6986,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Verwalten der System-Dienste"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -6900,12 +7009,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Lokalisierung"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -6915,30 +7026,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Administrations-Werkzeuge"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -6952,35 +7067,25 @@ msgstr "Mageia-Kontrollzentrum"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
-"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren "
-"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
-"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese "
-"Anleitung zu verbessern."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -6992,7 +7097,8 @@ msgstr "Die Aktualisierungsfrequenz einrichten"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7000,18 +7106,18 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7019,8 +7125,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
+msgstr "Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt dir die Frequenz einzustellen, wann Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt dir die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -7032,7 +7139,8 @@ msgstr "Einrichten des Zeigegeräts (Maus, Touchpad)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7040,8 +7148,8 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7049,13 +7157,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
+" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7077,7 +7185,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: System Sicherheit und Prüfung"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7085,15 +7194,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
+" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7114,10 +7223,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
+" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
+" own customised security levels."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -7153,17 +7262,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
@@ -7178,11 +7290,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
+"below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7200,20 +7314,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
+" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
+" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
+" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
+" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
+" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7231,21 +7345,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
+" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
+" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
+" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
+"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7259,12 +7373,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
+"These levels are saved in "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
+"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
+" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7282,11 +7396,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
+"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
+"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
+" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
+" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7295,8 +7409,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
+" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7309,11 +7423,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
+" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
+"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
+"to the options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7325,11 +7439,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
+" column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7344,7 +7459,8 @@ msgid ""
 "choice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7358,7 +7474,8 @@ msgid ""
 "saving them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7374,7 +7491,8 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7399,7 +7517,8 @@ msgid ""
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7413,13 +7532,14 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
+" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
+" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7427,10 +7547,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
+"button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7439,10 +7561,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
+"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
+"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
+"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7467,12 +7590,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
+"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7481,16 +7605,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
+" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
+" given rule:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
+" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7505,19 +7629,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
+"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7543,11 +7668,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
+"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
+"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
+" that will be changed by msecperms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7570,8 +7695,8 @@ msgstr "Weitere Mageia Werkzeuge"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
+" next pages."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7609,7 +7734,8 @@ msgstr "Installieren &amp; Entfernen von Software"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7622,8 +7748,8 @@ msgstr "Einführung in rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -7638,18 +7764,19 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
+" included in the packages."
+msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen werden. Es zeigt dir die neusten Anwendungen und Paket, die für deinen Computer verfügbar sind. Ein Filtersystem erlaubt es dir nur bestimmte Typen von Paketen anzeigen zu lassen: eventuell möchtest du nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen (Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch kannst du nach dem Namen der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen suchen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
+"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr "Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7658,8 +7785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
+" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
@@ -7678,7 +7805,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7694,24 +7822,24 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
+" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
+" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
+" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7720,7 +7848,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt es ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht installierten, anzeigen zu lassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -7733,7 +7861,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klicke auf dieses Icon, um nach dem Paketnamen, ihre zusammengefasste Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den Paketen enthalten sind zu suchen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -7746,7 +7874,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -7758,7 +7886,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" Box löschen, die eingegeben wurden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -7768,9 +7896,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
+" sub categories."
+msgstr "Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien und Unterkategorien."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -7781,10 +7909,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
+" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte Änderungen anzeigen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -7799,66 +7927,78 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Symbol"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Legende"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Dies Paket ist bereits installiert"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Dies Paket wird installiert"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Dies Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Diese Paket ist eine Aktualisierung."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Dieses Paket wird deinstalliert"
@@ -7879,7 +8019,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -7887,14 +8027,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Die Abhängigkeiten"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -7902,15 +8043,15 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
+" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
+" install."
+msgstr "Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket installiert werden soll."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -7968,7 +8109,8 @@ msgid ""
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -7985,8 +8127,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8001,11 +8143,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
+" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8013,17 +8156,17 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
@@ -8031,26 +8174,23 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Wählen sie einen Port aus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
+" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8063,11 +8203,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8077,7 +8218,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8085,8 +8227,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
+" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
 msgstr ""
@@ -8106,7 +8248,8 @@ msgid ""
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8114,10 +8257,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen"
+msgstr "Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8129,7 +8272,8 @@ msgid ""
 "machines."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -8139,7 +8283,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -8176,8 +8321,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8195,8 +8340,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8207,13 +8352,13 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
+"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
+"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
+"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
+"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -8249,16 +8394,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
@@ -8266,7 +8411,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Software-Verwaltung"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -8274,9 +8420,9 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
+" Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8286,11 +8432,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des "
-"Systems</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des Systems</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -8302,9 +8446,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für "
-"Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -8316,7 +8458,8 @@ msgstr "Installation und Einrichten eines Druckers"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -8351,8 +8494,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8396,11 +8539,11 @@ msgstr "Automatisch erkannte Drucker"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
+" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8408,7 +8551,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Nicht automatisch erkannte Drucker"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -8416,8 +8560,8 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
+" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8471,17 +8615,17 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkdrucker"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
+" another workstation that serves as printserver."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
+" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
+"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
+"fixed one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8489,8 +8633,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
+" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
@@ -8499,9 +8643,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
+" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
+" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
@@ -8518,8 +8662,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
+" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8536,9 +8680,9 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8547,11 +8691,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
+" the same as above."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -8581,8 +8726,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
+" with TLS secured protocol."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8645,8 +8790,9 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
+" documentation.</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8658,11 +8804,12 @@ msgstr "Geräteeigenschaften"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
+" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
+" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8680,23 +8827,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
+" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
+" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
+"date drivers or for more recent devices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8707,9 +8854,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother Drucker</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
+" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8721,8 +8869,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8730,9 +8878,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
+"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
 msgstr ""
@@ -8757,9 +8906,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung Farbdrucker</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
+"for the QPDL protocol."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8770,12 +8919,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson Drucker und Scanner</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
+"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
+" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8807,7 +8956,8 @@ msgstr "Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und -Einstellungen"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -8815,8 +8965,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -8832,9 +8982,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
+"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -8864,11 +9014,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
+" than yours own."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -8877,9 +9028,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
+"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -8893,20 +9044,22 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
+"import purposes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import documents:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -8914,21 +9067,23 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
+"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
+"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
+"appropriate item in this window."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import bookmarks:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -8944,8 +9099,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
+" button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -8953,7 +9108,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -8961,7 +9117,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -8971,7 +9128,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -8986,7 +9144,8 @@ msgstr "Benutzer und Gruppen"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -8994,8 +9153,8 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9010,15 +9169,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
+" (ID, shell, ...)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
+" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9032,7 +9191,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -9053,18 +9213,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
+" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
+" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
+" you entered what you intended to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9119,7 +9279,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -9152,7 +9313,8 @@ msgid ""
 "password periodically."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -9198,10 +9360,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
+"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
+"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -9217,8 +9379,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
+" refresh the display."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9232,8 +9394,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
+" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9248,7 +9410,8 @@ msgstr "Grafischen Server einrichten"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -9256,9 +9419,9 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
+"as root. Mind the capital letters."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9266,8 +9429,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9317,7 +9480,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9329,8 +9493,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
+" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9346,7 +9510,8 @@ msgid ""
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -9361,8 +9526,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
+" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
@@ -9371,8 +9536,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
+" another one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -9399,8 +9564,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
+" XFdrake's text version."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9435,16 +9600,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
+"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
+"may be unchecked for a server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
+" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml
index 03dc541d..ce3eb91e 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/MCC.xml
@@ -9,13 +9,14 @@
 ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
 veröffentlicht.
 	    </para>
-	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
-ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    <para>Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt
+von <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
 	    </para>
-            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+            <para>Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren
+Sie <link
 ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</para>
     </cover>
   </info>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml
index 59e10841..337ea673 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
 role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
-role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
-management.</emphasis></para>
+role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> ist im Mageia
+Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+verwalten.</emphasis></para>
 
   <para><note>
       <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
@@ -23,23 +23,25 @@ rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
 are prompted to do so.</para>
     </note></para>
 
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process. </para>
+  <para>Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und
+listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositories verfügbar
+ist. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und
+installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton>
+Knopf um den Prozess zu starten. </para>
 
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text. </para>
+  <para>Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren
+Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role="bold">
+></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, das Sie darauf klicken können,
+um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen. </para>
 
   <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+      <para>Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert dich eine Anwendung in
+der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon  <inlinemediaobject>
           <imageobject>
             <imagedata fileref="../MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
           </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike. </para>
+        </inlinemediaobject>. Klicke einfach darauf und gebe dein Benutzerpasswort ein, um das
+System zu aktualisieren. </para>
     </note></para>
 
   <para/>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml
index 28c04b2c..333452b0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ an. Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im
         </imageobject>
       </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the
-access.</para>
+    <para>Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu
+mounten.</para>
 
     <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
 <guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml
index 58cfadc8..61f105a6 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml
@@ -19,15 +19,16 @@
   <section>
     <title>Einleitung</title>
 
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
+    <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
         <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
 role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to declare which
-shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
-protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
-systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
-directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
-tools such as file browsers.</para>
+      </footnote> erlaubt es ihnen
+festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem
+Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was
+auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird
+direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt
+in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern
+aufgerufen werden.</para>
 
     <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
 available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot--boot.xml
index f14c8c82..f072a57d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot--boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -114,6 +114,4 @@ entry by default.</para>
 choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
 file and a <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> in the drop-down lists.</para>
 
-  <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml
index 1ed6fa07..0bb4c4e6 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml
@@ -28,7 +28,8 @@ automatischen Anmeldung"</para>
   <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
 starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
 boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually.</para>
+possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
+launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
 
   <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
 <guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml
index f2717a6e..71bb8dfc 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ configure it.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required.</para>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
index 4bff5453..a844cc1a 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
   </info>
 
   
+
   
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -20,20 +21,28 @@
   </mediaobject>
 
   <para><important>
-      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
-repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
-to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
-below).</para>
-    </important><note>
-      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
-i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
-your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
-don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
-the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
+      <para>Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die
+Softwarequellen (auch Repositories, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt)
+einzurichten. Das bedeutet das Sie  die Medienquellen auswählen müssen,
+welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen
+verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button).</para>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
+      <para>Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit
+(x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr
+System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete
+genannt. Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den
+Spiegelservern, befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64
+Medien.</para>
     </note></para>
 
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
+  <para>Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzenturm verfügbar, unter dem Tab
+<emphasis role="bold">Software verwalten.</emphasis><footnote>
       <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
 role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
     </footnote></para>
@@ -41,105 +50,114 @@ role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
   <section>
     <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Die Spalten</title>
 
-    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
+    <bridgehead>Spalte Aktiviert:</bridgehead>
 
-    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
-some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
+    <para>Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei
+vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein
+System unbrauchbar machen.</para>
 
-    <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
+    <bridgehead>Spalte Aktualiserungen:</bridgehead>
 
-    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
-media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
-this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
-and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
+    <para>Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese
+müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit "Update" im Namen sollten ausgewählt
+werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in diesem Werkzeug
+verändern. Du musst hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben.</para>
 
-    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
+    <bridgehead>Spalte Medium:</bridgehead>
 
-    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
-versions contain at least:</para>
+    <para>Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositories für die
+finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
-supported by Mageia.</para>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme
+enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
-are not free</para>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die nicht
+unter einer freien Lizenz stehen.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
-be patent claims in some countries.</para>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche
+allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten.</para>
 
-        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
+        <para>Jedes Medium hat 4 Untersektionen:</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
-version of Mageia was released.</para>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der
+Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
-due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
-even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der
+Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder
+Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn
+man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
-backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von neueren
+Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in Arbeit ist)
+zurückportiert wurden.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
-of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
-corrections.</para>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue
+Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team
+die beseitigung dessen prüfen können.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Die Knöpfe auf der rechten Seite</title>
 
-    <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
+    <para><guibutton>Entfernen:</guibutton></para>
 
-    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
-remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
-all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
+    <para>Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen
+Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet
+wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core
+Medien enthalten sind.</para>
 
-    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
+    <para><guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton></para>
 
-    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
-proxy).</para>
+    <para>Erlaubt dir das Ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL,
+downloader und Proxy).</para>
 
-    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
+    <para><guibutton>Hinzufügen:</guibutton></para>
 
-    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
-contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
-adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
-you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
-specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
-the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
+    <para>Fügt die offiziellen Repositories die im Internet verfügbar sind
+hinzu. Diese Repositories enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete
+Software. Durch klicken des "Hinzufügen" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in
+den Einstellung hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, das es nur
+installationen und Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe
+verwendet. Falls sie einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten,
+dann sollte er über "Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen" über das
+Drop-Down Menü "Datei" ausgewählt werden.</para>
 
-    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
+    <para><guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton></para>
 
-    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
-in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
-release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
-be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
+    <para>Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die
+Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das
+mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen
+Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus
+diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
     <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Das Menü</title>
 
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
+    <para><guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu></para>
 
-    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
-click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
+    <para>Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche sie
+aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den
+<guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf.</para>
 
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
+    <para><guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu></para>
 
     <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
 too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
@@ -151,18 +169,19 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
-close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
-mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+    <para>Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen sie
+ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen. Durch das Klicken auf das >
+Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen
+aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
 
-    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
+    <para><guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu></para>
 
-    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
-isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
+    <para>Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen,
+welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:</para>
 
     <para><mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
@@ -172,28 +191,37 @@ isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
 name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
 the medium type)</para>
 
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
+    <para><guimenu>Optionen -> Globale optionen:</guimenu></para>
 
-    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
-or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
-download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
-update only, always or never).</para>
+    <para>Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es ihnen auszuwählen ob zu installierende RPMs
+verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm
+verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im
+XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -standard-, Nur
+Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals).</para>
 
-    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
+    <para><guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu></para>
 
-    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
-the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
-window that appear, select a medium and then click on
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
-on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
+    <para>Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur
+Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes
+Medium möglich, einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das
+erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf
+<guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder
+wähle einen Schlüssel und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um
+einen Schlüssel abzulehnen.</para>
 
     <para><warning>
-        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
-      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
+        <para>Tu dies mit Vorsicht, wie alle Sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge</para>
+      </warning><guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
 
-    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
-here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
-necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
+    <para>Falls sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können
+sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den  <guibutton>Proxy
+Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel>
+und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben.</para>
 
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml
index f51730ed..5c31c5d4 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml
@@ -11,24 +11,26 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>This tool<footnote>
+  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
       <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
 role="bold">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
-    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.¶</para>
+    </footnote> ist im Mageia
+Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>
+verfügbar.¶</para>
 
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice,
-PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience
-sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para>
+  <para>Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl,
+PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird ihnen helfen, wenn sie
+Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn sie die Soundkarte wechseln.</para>
 
-  <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a
-driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound
-card.</para>
+  <para>Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber
+auszuwählen, von allen auf dem Computer verfügbaren, die mit der Soundkarte
+übereinstimmen.</para>
 
   <note>
-    <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA
-API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when
-possible for its enhanced features.</para>
+    <para>Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS
+oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher
+Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund
+erweiterten Funktionen.</para>
   </note>
 
   <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
@@ -36,14 +38,14 @@ inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
 sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
 volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
 
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
+  <para>PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen
+aktivert zu lassen.</para>
 
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
+  <para>Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit
+einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen.</para>
 
-  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three
-buttons:</para>
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -52,7 +54,8 @@ buttons:</para>
   </mediaobject>
 
   <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
-are doing.</para>
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
 
   <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any
 problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml
index 92af80e1..23ccf1a8 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,103 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Einleitung</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Übersicht</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Assistent beenden</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
index 574e8d11..f9649264 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,194 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP konfigurieren</title><subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP konfigurieren</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png"/>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
 
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
 role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
-</section>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Einleitung</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Übersicht</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml
index dd7d545e..d53091a4 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,11 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
     <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Zeit konfigurieren</title>
 
@@ -10,7 +17,8 @@
   <mediaobject>
     <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
 <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
@@ -22,40 +30,88 @@ your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
 default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
 packages.</para>
 
-  <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
 time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
 because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-        <info>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
 <author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-      </imagedata>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
 arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous </guibutton>button. If everything is right,
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
 click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
 may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para/>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para>Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen</para>
-</section>
-\ No newline at end of file
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
index 149683d7..fd8d28f2 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,94 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Einleitung</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Information</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Übersicht</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Assistent beenden</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml
index ba13c68b..9ee1f7fc 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,238 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_squid" version="5.0" xml:lang="de">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Proxy konfigurieren</title><subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Proxy konfigurieren</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
 
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
 
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Einleitung</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Übersicht</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Assistent beenden</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml
index c3857e98..7bbc2f34 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,134 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben</para>
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Allgemeine Einstellungen</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Übersicht</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Assistent beenden</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml
index 817f9b1e..6e629838 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml
@@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
 
     <para>Das Fenster ist in zwei Spalten unterteilt</para>
 
-    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
-grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
-category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
+    <para>Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind
+in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das &gt; um den Inhalt der Kategorien
+anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden.</para>
 
-    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
-<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
-about the content of the fields.</para>
+    <para>Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die
+<guimenu>Hilfe -&gt; Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen
+über den Inhalt der Felder.</para>
 
-    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
-available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
+    <para>Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe
+am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</par
 
     <para><bridgehead>Optionen</bridgehead></para>
 
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
+    <para>Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um
+die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:</para>
 
     <para><itemizedlist>
         <listitem>
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ enable automatic detection:</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
+          <para>Parallele Zip-Laufwerke</para>
         </listitem>
       </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
 the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml
index 648fb128..7bd24377 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
   <section>
     <title>Tastaturlayout</title>
 
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
+    <para>Hier können sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout sie verwenden möchten. Die
+Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land
+und/oder Ethnie jedes Layouts wofür diese verwendet wird.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml
index a5b38509..71f5fa5f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -12,8 +12,9 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
-hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen
+auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren
+Links, um mehr zu erfahren.</para>
 
   <orderedlist>
     <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-intro.xml
index d6acdfb9..f302e762 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-intro.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/mcc-intro.xml
@@ -1,23 +1,24 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
 
-<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="de" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Über die Anleitung für das Mageia Kontrollzentrum</title></info>
 
  
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
-choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
-installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
-selected in the big right panel.</para>
+	<para>Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht
+verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das
+Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene
+Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel
+ausgewählt werden können.</para>
 
-	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
-tools.</para>
+	<para>Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die
+dazugehörigen Werkzeuge.</para>
 
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
-any of the MCC tabs.</para>
+<para>Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die
+MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können.</para>
 
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
-screens.</para>
+	<para>Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die
+auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge.</para>
 
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
-the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
+        <para>Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können,
+indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den "Search" Tab klicken.</para>
   
   </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml
index 46c37e1f..09410336 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
   </mediaobject>
 
   <para>This tool<footnote>
-      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis
+role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para>
     </footnote> is present in the Mageia
 Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
 management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
@@ -25,10 +25,11 @@ Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
 
   <para/>
 
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
+  <para>Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt dir die Frequenz einzustellen, wann Mageia
+nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem
+Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt dir die Möglichkeit,
+einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung
+verfügbar ist.</para>
 
   <para/>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml
index f6a6f9ee..0a6082cc 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/mousedrake.xml
@@ -11,9 +11,10 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
-role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
-Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
+  <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> ist im Mageia
+Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>
+verfügbar.</para>
 
   <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
 Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml
index eb5be850..779eca8b 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/msecgui.xml
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ saving them.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>Network security</title>
+      <title>Netzwerk Sicherheit</title>
 
       <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
 
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-    <title>Permissions</title>
+    <title>Berechtigungen</title>
     <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
 enforcement.</para>
     <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml
index ab81b9dc..a76abad5 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -17,23 +17,42 @@
   <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
     <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Einführung in rpmdrake</title>
 
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
+    <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote>
         <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
 role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
-linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+      </footnote>, auch drakrpm genannt,
+ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und
+aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem
+Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt
+von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen werden. Es zeigt dir die neusten
+Anwendungen und Paket, die für deinen Computer verfügbar sind. Ein
+Filtersystem erlaubt es dir nur bestimmte Typen von Paketen anzeigen zu
+lassen: eventuell möchtest du nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen
+(Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur
+nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch kannst du nach dem Namen der
+Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen
+Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen
+suchen.</para>
+
+    <para>Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet
+sein, siehe <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
   </section>
 
   <section>
@@ -50,11 +69,12 @@ linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Paket Typ Filter:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
+        <para>Dieser Filter erlaubt ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn
+Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit
+einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und
+deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch
+Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von
+neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen.</para>
 
         <warning>
           <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
@@ -68,48 +88,50 @@ of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
         <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
 </firstterm></para>
 
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
+        <para>Dieser Filter erlaubt es ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete
+welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht
+installierten, anzeigen zu lassen.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
-summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
-in the packages.</para>
+        <para>Klicke auf dieses Icon, um nach dem Paketnamen, ihre zusammengefasste
+Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den
+Paketen enthalten sind zu suchen.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
+        <para>Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein
+Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den
+Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach "mplayer" und "xine" zur gleichen Zeit suchen
+möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
-.</para>
+        <para>Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der "Finden" Box
+löschen, die eingegeben wurden.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
+        <para>Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien
+und Unterkategorien.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
+        <para>Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette
+Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket
+an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket
+enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte
+Änderungen anzeigen.</para>
       </listitem>
     </orderedlist>
   </section>
@@ -197,17 +219,17 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+        <para>Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert
+ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es
+wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+        <para>Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status),
+erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert
+sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
   </section>
@@ -222,13 +244,14 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
         </imageobject>
       </mediaobject></screenshot>
 
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
+    <para>Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu
+funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall
+zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten
+Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr
+Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das
+verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt
+rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen
+anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket
+installiert werden soll.</para>
   </section>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/software-management.xml
index 519721cb..080e2c1e 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de/software-management.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/software-management.xml
@@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ xml:id="software-management">
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen
+auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der
+unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren.</para>
   <orderedlist><title>Software-Verwaltung</title>
 	  <listitem>
   <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a285fef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/MCC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="MCC">
+
+  <info>
+    <title>Κέντρο ελέγχου της Mageia</title>
+    <cover>
+	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/MageiaUpdate.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ff3660e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Ενημέρωση Πακέτων Λογισμικού</title>
+
+    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management.</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
+rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
+are prompted to do so.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
+those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
+default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
+<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process. </para>
+
+  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
+the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
+means you can click to drop down a text. </para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
+displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </inlinemediaobject>
+. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike. </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/XFdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a583a1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/XFdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τον εξυπηρετητή γραφικών</title>
+
+    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
+graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
+as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
+      </footnote></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>Τα κουμπιά σας επιτρέπουν να αλλάξετε την παραμετροποίηση των γραφικών.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
+configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
+one with a proprietary driver.</para>
+
+  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
+manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
+order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
+Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Σε περίπτωση προβλημάτων, το <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> θα δουλέψει με
+τις περισσότερες κάρτες γραφικών και θα σας δώσει το χρόνο να βρείτε και να
+εγκαταστήσετε το σωστό οδηγό ενώ θα είστε στο Περιβάλλον Εργασίας σας.</para>
+<para> If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
+<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
+Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
+    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
+use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
+example).</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
+you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
+isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
+<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το κουμπί επιτρέπει την επιλογή της ανάλυσης (αριθμός εικονοστοιχείων)
+και το βάθος χρώματος (αριθμός χρωμάτων). Παρουσιάζει αυτή την οθόνη:</para>
+
+  <para><mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png" />
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>The image of the monitor in the
+middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration. </para>
+
+  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
+one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
+and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
+set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
+select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
+
+  <para>Το δεύτερο κουμπί δείχνει το τωρινό βάθος χρώματος, πατήστε το για να το
+αλλάξετε σε κάποιο άλλο.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Ανάλογα με την επιλεγμένη ανάλυση, μπορεί να είναι απαραίτητο να
+αποσυνδεθείτε σαν χρήστης και να επανεκκινήσετε το γραφικό περιβάλλον για να
+τεθούν σε ισχύ οι ρυθμίσεις.
+      </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Μόλις η παραμετροποίηση τελειώσει, προτείνεται να κάνετε μια δοκιμή πριν
+πατήσετε το OK γιατί είναι ευκολότερο να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις τώρα παρά
+αργότερα αν το γραφικό περιβάλλον δε δουλεύει.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Στην περίπτωση ενός γραφικού περιβάλλοντος που δε δουλεύει, πατήστε
+Alt+Ctrl+F2 για να ανοίξετε ένα περιβάλλον κειμένου, συνδεθείτε σαν
+διαχειριστής και πληκτρολογήστε XFdrake (με τα κεφαλαία) για να
+χρησιμοποιήσετε την έκδοση κειμένου του XFdrake. </para>
+    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
+to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
+right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+<orderedlist><title>Επιλογές:</title>
+	<listitem>
+   <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
+Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
+restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
+three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
+<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
+booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
+may be unchecked for a server.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+
+  <para>Μετά από ένα πάτημα του κουμπιού <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton>, το σύστημα
+θα σας ζητήσει επιβεβαίωση. Υπάρχει ακόμα διαθέσιμος χρόνος για να ακυρώσετε
+τα πάντα και να διατηρήσετε την προηγούμενη παραμετροποίηση ή για να κάνετε
+αποδοχή. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε και να
+επανασυνδεθείτε για να ενεργοποιηθεί η νέα παραμετροποίηση.</para>
+
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--dav.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..398a9eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους WebDAV</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+  </footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
+Ελέγχου Mageia, στην καρτέλα κοινόχρηστα δικτύου, με την ετικέτα
+<guilabel>Ρυθμίστε τις κοινές χρήσεις WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+ <para>To <link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link>
+είναι ένα πρωτόκολλο που σας επιτρέπει την προσάρτηση ενός καταλόγου
+εξυπηρετητή ιστού τοπικά, ώστε να εμφανίζεται ως ένας τοπικός
+φάκελος. Απαιτείται από το απομακρυσμένο μηχάνημα να εκτελείται ένας
+εξυπηρετητής  WebDAV. Η διαμόρφωση του εξυπηρετητή WebDAV δεν είναι στόχος
+του εργαλείου αυτού.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Δημιουργία νέας καταχώρισης</title>
+
+    <para>Η πρώτη οθόνη εμφανίζει τις ήδη ρυθμισμένες καταχωρίσεις, εάν υπάρχουν, και
+ένα κουμπί <guibutton>Νέο</guibutton>. Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να
+δημιουργήσετε μια νέα καταχώριση. Εισάγετε το URL του εξυπηρετητή στο πεδίο
+της νέας οθόνης.</para>
+
+    <para>Στη συνέχεια εμφανίζεται μια οθόνη με κουμπιά επιλογών για την επιλογή
+μερικών ενεργειών. Συνεχίστε με την ενέργεια <guibutton>Σημείο
+προσάρτησης</guibutton> με κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> αφού
+επιλέξετε το κουμπί επιλογών, ενώ ο <guibutton>Εξυπηρετητής</guibutton>
+είναι ήδη διαμορφωμένος. Μπορείτε ωστόσο να το διορθώσετε αν χρειάζεται.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Το περιεχόμενο του απομακρυσμένου καταλόγου θα είναι προσβάσιμο από αυτό το
+σημείο προσάρτησης.</para>
+
+    <para>Στο επόμενο βήμα, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό
+πρόσβασης. Αν χρειάζεστε κάποιες άλλες επιλογές, μπορείτε να τις δηλώσετε
+στην οθόνη για <guibutton>προχωρημένους</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Η επιλογή <guibutton>Προσάρτηση</guibutton> σας επιτρέπει να προσαρτήσετε
+άμεσα την πρόσβαση.</para>
+
+    <para>Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση μέσω του κουμπιού επιλογών
+<guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton>, εμφανίζεται πάλι η πρώτη οθόνη με το νέο σας
+σημείο προσάρτησης. Μετά την επιλογή <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton>, θα
+ερωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές στο
+<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>.  Επιλέξτε το αν επιθυμείτε να γίνεται
+προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου καταλόγου σε κάθε εκκίνηση. Αν η διαμόρφωσή
+σας είναι για μια μόνο χρήση, δεν χρειάζεται να το αποθηκεύσετε.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43b645ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Μοιραστείτε τις κατατμήσεις του σκληρού δίσκου</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το απλό εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ως
+root.</para></footnote>σας επιτρέπει,
+τον διαχειριστή, να επιτρέψετε στους χρήστες να έχουν κοινόχρηστα τμήματα
+του προσωπικού τους καταλόγου /home σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο με Linux ή Windows
+συστήματα.</para>
+
+  <para>Βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου της Mageia, στην καρτέλα Τοπικός Δίσκος, με
+τίτλο "Μοιραστείτε τις κατατμήσεις του σκληρού σας δίσκου".</para>
+
+  <para>Πρώτα, απαντήστε στο ερώτημα: «<guilabel>Επιθυμείτε να επιτρέπεται στους
+χρήστες να έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους;</guilabel>», κάντε κλικ στο
+<guibutton>Χωρίς κοινή χρήση</guibutton> αν η απάντηση είναι όχι για όλους
+τους χρήστες, κλικ στο <guibutton>Επιτρέψτε σε όλους τους
+χρήστες</guibutton> για να επιτρέψετε σε όλους τους χρήστες και κάντε κλικ
+στο <guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> αν η απάντηση είναι ναι για
+μερικούς χρήστες και όχι για άλλους. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, οι χρηστές που
+επιτρέπεται να έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους θα πρέπει να ανήκουν στην
+ομάδα fileshare, η οποία δημιουργείται αυτόματα από το σύστημα. Θα
+ερωτηθείτε για αυτό αργότερα.</para>
+
+  <para>Κάντε κλικ στο <guilabel>Εντάξει</guilabel>, θα εμφανιστεί μια δεύτερη οθόνη
+και θα ερωτηθείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> και
+<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Επιλέξτε <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> αν στο
+δίκτυό σας έχετε μόνο συστήματα Linux, ή <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> αν στο
+δίκτυό σας υπάρχουν συστήματα Linux και Windows, και πατήστε
+<guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Αν απαιτείται κάποιο πακέτο που δεν είναι
+εγκατεστημένο, θα σας ζητηθεί να το εγκαταστήσετε.</para>
+
+  <para>Η διαμόρφωση έχει τώρα ολοκληρωθεί εκτός και έχετε επιλέξει την επιλογή
+Προσαρμοσμένο. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, ένας επιπλέον διάλογος προτρέπει τη
+χρήση του Userdrake. Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει να προσθέσετε τους
+επιτρεπόμενους χρήστες που θα έχουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους στην ομάδα
+fileshare. Στην καρτέλα Χρήστης, κάντε κλικ στο χρήστη που θέλετε να
+προσθέσετε στην ομάδα fileshare, και στη συνέχεια
+<guimenuitem>Επεξεργασία</guimenuitem> στην καρτέλα Ομάδες. Επιλέξτε την
+ομάδα fileshare και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Για
+περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το Userdrake, ανατρέξτε σε αυτήν τη
+<link ns2:href="userdrake.xml">σελίδα</link></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Όταν προσθέτετε ένα νέο χρήστη στην ομάδα fileshare, θα πρέπει να
+αποσυνδεθείτε και να επανασυνδεθείτε ώστε να ληφθούν υπόψη οι τροποποιήσεις.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>Στο εξής κάθε χρήστης που ανήκει στην ομάδα fileshare μπορεί να επιλέξει,
+στον διαχειριστή αρχείων, αν το υποστηρίζει, τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους
+του.</para>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--nfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96ca537f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--nfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους NFS</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+      </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να
+δηλώσετε μερικούς κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους να είναι προσβάσιμοι σε όλους
+τους χρήστες του υπολογιστή. Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται είναι το NFS
+το οποίο είναι διαθέσιμο σε όλα περίπου τα συστήματα Linux ή Unix. Ο
+κοινόχρηστος κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος κατά την εκκίνηση. Οι
+κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι μπορούν να είναι προσβάσιμοι από έναν χρήστη σε μια
+μόνο συνεδρία με τη βοήθεια των ανάλογων εργαλείων όπως έναν περιηγητή
+αρχείων.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Διαδικασία</title>
+
+    <para>Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Αναζήτηση εξυπηρετητών</guibutton> να να λάβετε μια
+λίστα με εξυπηρετητές που διαθέτουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους.</para>
+
+    <para>Πατήστε το σύμβολο > πρίν το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή για να εμφανιστεί η λίστα
+των κοινόχρηστων καταλόγων και να επιλέξετε τον κατάλογο που θέλετε να
+προσπελάσετε.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Από το κουμπί <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</guibutton> θα πρέπει να
+καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο που θα γίνει η προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου
+καταλόγου στο μηχάνημά σας.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Αφού επιλέξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης, μπορείτε να το προσαρτήσετε. Μπορείτε
+επίσης να επιβεβαιώσετε και να αλλάξετε κάποιες επιλογές με το κουμπί
+<guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton>. Αφού προσαρτήσετε τον κατάλογο, μπορείτε να
+τον αποπροσαρτήσετε με το ίδιο κουμπί.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση με το κουμπί <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton>, θα
+ερωτηθείτε αν επιθυμείτε να αποθηκευτούν οι τροποποιήσεις στο /etc/fstab. Με
+αυτόν τον τρόπο ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος θα προσαρτάται στο σύστημά σας σε
+κάθε εκκίνηση, αν το δίκτυο είναι προσβάσιμο. Ο κατάλογος θα είναι
+διαθέσιμος στον διαχειριστή αρχείων σας πχ στον Dolphin).</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--removable.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4388a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--removable.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Εγγραφέας CD/DVD</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> βρίσκεται στην
+καρτέλα Τοπικοί δίσκοι στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia ονομασμένο ανάλογα με τον
+τύπο του αφαιρουμένου μέσου (Αναπαραγωγείς και εγγραφείς CD/DVD και δισκέτες
+μόνο). </para>
+
+  <para>Ο σκοπός του είναι να καθορίσει τον τρόπο με τον οποίο ο αφαιρούμενος δίσκος
+σας προσαρτάται. </para>
+
+  <para>Στην κορυφή του παραθύρου υπάρχει μια σύντομη περιγραφή του υλικού σας και
+τις ρυθμισμένες επιλογές προσάρτησης. Για να τις τροποποιήσετε
+χρησιμοποιήστε το μενού στο κάτω μέρος. Επιλέξτε το αντικείμενο προς
+τροποποίηση και στη συνέχεια πατήστε <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. </para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Σημείο προσάρτησης</title>
+
+    <para>Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο για να αλλάξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης. Το
+προκαθορισμένο είναι το /media/cdrom.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Επιλογές</title>
+
+    <para>Εδώ μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις επιλογές προσάρτησης, είτε απευθείας στη λίστα
+είτε το υπομενού <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>. Οι βασικότερες
+είναι:</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>user/nouser</title>
+
+      <para>Η επιλογή user επιτρέπει έναν τυπικό χρήστη (όχι root) να προσαρτήσει τον
+αφαιρούμενο δίσκο, αυτή η επιλογή χρειάζεται την ενεργοποίηση των επιλογών
+noexec, nosuid και nodev. Ο χρήστης που προσάρτησε τον δίσκο είναι ο μόνος
+που μπορεί να τον αποπροσαρτήσει. </para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--smb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da2c56f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/diskdrake--smb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Πρόσβαση στους κοινόχρηστους δίσκους και καταλόγους των Windows (SMB)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
+
+  </info>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+      </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να
+δηλώσετε τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους στους υπόλοιπους χρήστες του
+μηχανήματος. Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται είναι το SMB δημοφιλές στα
+συστήματα Windows(R). Ο κοινόχρηστος κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος απευθείας
+κατά την εκκίνηση. Οι κοινόχρηστοι κατάλογοι μπορούν να είναι προσβάσιμοι
+από έναν χρήστη σε μια μόνο συνεδρία με τη βοήθεια των ανάλογων εργαλείων
+όπως έναν περιηγητή αρχείων.</para>
+
+    <para>Πριν ξεκινήσετε το εργαλείο, είναι καλή ιδέα να δηλώσετε τα ονόματα των
+διαθέσιμων εξυπηρετητών, για παράδειγμα με το <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Διαδικασία</title>
+
+    <para>Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Αναζήτηση εξυπηρετητών</guibutton> να να λάβετε μια
+λίστα με εξυπηρετητές που διαθέτουν κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους.</para>
+
+    <para>Πατήστε στο όνομα του εξυπηρετητή και στο &gt; πριν το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή
+για να εμφανιστεί η λίστα των κοινόχρηστων καταλόγων και να επιλέξετε τον
+κατάλογο που θέλετε να προσπελάσετε.</para>
+
+    <para>Από το κουμπί <guibutton>Σημείο προσάρτησης</guibutton> θα πρέπει να
+καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο που θα γίνει η προσάρτηση του απομακρυσμένου
+καταλόγου στο μηχάνημά σας.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Αφού επιλέξετε το σημείο προσάρτησης, μπορεί να προσαρτηθεί με το
+<guimenu>Κουμπί προσάρτησης</guimenu>. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιβεβαιώσετε και
+να αλλάξετε κάποιες επιλογές με το κουμπί <guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton> .</para>
+
+    <para>Στις επιλογές, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό αυτών
+που μπορούν να συνδεθούν στον εξυπηρετητή SMB. Μετά την προσάρτηση του
+καταλόγου, μπορείτε να τον αποπροσαρτήσετε με το ίδιο κουμπί.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση με το κουμπί Έγινε, θα ερωτηθείτε αν
+επιθυμείτε να αποθηκευτούν οι τροποποιήσεις στο /etc/fstab. Με αυτόν τον
+τρόπο ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος θα προσαρτάται στο σύστημά σας σε κάθε
+εκκίνηση, αν το δίκτυο είναι προσβάσιμο. Ο κατάλογος θα είναι διαθέσιμος
+στον διαχειριστή αρχείων σας πχ στον Dolphin).</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drak3d.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07a38aa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drak3d.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Εφέ επιφάνειας εργασίας 3D</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drak3d</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+      </footnote> σας επιτρέπει τη
+διαχείριση των τρισδιάστατων εφέ της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας. Εξ ορισμού, τα
+τρισδιάστατα εφέ είναι απενεργοποιημένα.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section annotations="center">
+    <title>Ξεκινώντας</title>
+
+    <para>Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο, πρέπει να έχετε εγκατεστημένο το
+πακέτο glxinfo. Αν το πακέτο δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο, θα σας προταθεί να το
+εγκαταστήσετε πριν μπορέσει το drak3d να ξεκινήσει.</para>
+
+    <para>Μετά την εκκίνηση του drak3d, θα εμφανιστεί η οθόνη επιλογών. Εκεί μπορείτε
+να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των <guilabel>Χωρίς εφέ επιφάνειας εργασίας
+3D</guilabel>  και <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Το Compiz Fusion
+είναι τμήμα ενός διαχειριστή παραθύρων σύνθεσης, ο οποίος περιλαμβάνει
+ειδικά εφέ με επιτάχυνση υλικού για την επιφάνεια εργασίας σας. Επιλέξτε
+<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> για να το ενεργοποιήσετε.</para>
+
+    <para>Αν είναι η πρώτη φορά που χρησιμοποιείτε το πρόγραμμα μετά από μια καθαρή
+εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα λάβετε ένα προειδοποιητικό μήνυμα σχετικά με τα
+απαιτούμενα πακέτα προς εγκατάσταση για τη χρήση του Compiz Fusion. Κάντε
+κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε. </para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Μόλις εγκατασταθούν τα κατάλληλα πακέτα, θα παρατηρήσετε ότι το Compiz
+Fusion είναι επιλεγμένο στο μενού drak3d, αλλά θα πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε
+σαν χρήστης και να συνδεθείτε πάλι για να ισχύσουν οι αλλαγές.</para>
+
+    <para>Αφού συνδεθείτε πάλι, το Compiz Fusion θα είναι ενεργοποιημένο. Για να
+ρυθμίσετε το Compiz Fusion, δείτε τη σελίδα για το εργαλείο ccsm
+(CompizConfig Settings Manager).</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Επίλυση λαθών</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Δεν μπορείτε να δείτε την επιφάνεια εργασίας μετά τη σύνδεση χρήστη</title>
+
+      <para>Αν μετά την ενεργοποίηση του Compiz Fusion προσπαθήσετε να επανασυνδεθείτε
+στην επιφάνεια εργασίας αλλά δεν βλέπετε τίποτα, επανεκκινήστε τον
+υπολογιστή και μόλις επανέλθετε στην οθόνη σύνδεσης κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο
+Επιφάνειας εργασίας και επιλέξτε drak3d.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Αφού συνδεθείτε, αν ο λογαριασμός σας εμφανίζεται ως λογαριασμός
+διαχειριστή, θα ερωτηθείτε ξανά για τον κωδικό σας. Διαφορετικά,
+χρησιμοποιήστε το όνομα σύνδεσης διαχειριστή. Έπειτα μπορείτε να αναιρέσετε
+τις αλλαγές που προκάλεσαν το πρόβλημα.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakauth.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..444f2cec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakauth.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Πιστοποίηση</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakauth</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para></footnote> επιτρέπει την
+επεξεργασία του τρόπου αναγνώρισής σας ως χρήστης του μηχανήματος ή στο
+δίκτυο.</para>
+
+  <para>Εξ ορισμού, οι πληροφορίες της ταυτοποίησής σας είναι αποθηκευμένες σε ένα
+αρχείο στον υπολογιστή σας. Επεξεργαστείτε το μόνο αν ο διαχειριστής του
+δικτύου σας σας προτρέψει να το κάνετε και σας δώσει τις απαραίτητες
+πληροφορίες για να το πραγματοποιήσετε.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot--boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36dd382e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakboot--boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot--boot-ti1">Ρυθμίστε την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot --boot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" align="center" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να
+διαμορφώσετε τις επιλογές εκκίνησης (επιλογή του προγράμματος εκκίνησης,
+ορισμός κωδικού πρόσβασης, την προκαθορισμένη εκκίνηση, κλπ) </para>
+
+  <para>Θα το βρείτε στην καρτέλα Εκκίνηση στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία
+«Ρύθμιση της εκκίνησης του συστήματος».</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο αν δεν ξέρετε τι πραγματικά
+κάνετε. Αλλάζοντας μερικές ρυθμίσεις μπορεί να εμποδισθεί η ομαλή εκκίνηση
+του υπολογιστή!</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Στην πρώτη ενότητα που ονομάζεται <guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης</guilabel>,
+μπορείτε να επιλέξετε το <guibutton>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης που θα
+χρησιμοποιείται</guibutton>, Grub ή Lilo, και αν θα χρησιμοποιήσετε γραφικό
+περιβάλλον ή μενού κειμένου. Είναι καθαρά θέμα προτίμησης, δεν υπάρχουν
+άλλες επιπτώσεις. Μπορείτε επίσης να ρυθμίσετε τη <guibutton>συσκευή
+εκκίνησης</guibutton>, μην αλλάξετε κάτι εδώ εκτός και είστε ειδικός. Η
+συσκευή εκκίνησης είναι το μέρος που βρίσκεται εγκατεστημένο το πρόγραμμα
+εκκίνησης και οποιαδήποτε τροποποίησης μπορεί να εμποδίσει την εκκίνηση του
+υπολογιστή.</para>
+
+  <para>Στο δεύτερο τμήμα με τίτλο <guilabel>Κύριες επιλογές</guilabel>, μπορείτε να
+καθορίσετε την <guibutton>καθυστέρηση πριν την εκκίνηση της προεπιλεγμένης
+εικόνας</guibutton>, σε δευτερόλεπτα. Κατά την αναμονή, το Grub ή το Lilo θα
+εμφανίζουν τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα λειτουργικά συστήματα, προτρέποντάς σας
+να κάνετε την επιλογή σας· αν δεν επιλέξετε κάποιο, το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης
+θα εκκινήσει το προεπιλεγμένο μετά το πέρας της χρονικής καθυστέρησης.</para>
+
+  <para>Στο τρίτο και τελευταίο τμήμα, την <guibutton>Ασφάλεια</guibutton>, μπορείτε
+να καθορίσετε έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης.</para>
+
+  <para>Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> παρέχει κάποιες επιπλέον
+επιλογές.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση ACPI:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Το ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) είναι ένα πρότυπο για
+τη διαχείριση ενέργειας. Μπορεί να εξοικονομεί ενέργεια διακόπτοντας τις μη
+χρησιμοποιούμενες συσκευές, Αυτή ήταν η χρησιμοποιούμενη μέθοδος πριν το
+APM. Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο αν το υλικό σας είναι συμβατό με το ACPI.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση SMP:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Το SMP παραπέμπει στο Symmetric Multi Processors, πρόκειται για μια
+αρχιτεκτονική επεξεργαστών πολλαπλών πυρήνων.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Αν έχετε έναν επεξεργαστή με HyperThreading, η Mageia θα το δει σαν διπλό
+επεξεργαστή και θα ενεργοποιήσει το SMP.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση APIC</guibutton> και <guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση τοπικού
+APIC:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Το APIC παραπέμπει στο  Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Υπάρχουν
+δυο συστατικά στο σύστημα APIC της Intel· το τοπικό APIC (LAPIC) και το I/O
+APIC. Ο τελευταίος διαχειρίζεται τις διακοπές που λαμβάνει από τους διαύλους
+των περιφερειακών προς ένα ή περισσότερα τοπικά APIC του επεξεργαστή. Είναι
+κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να προκαλέσει παγώματα ή λανθασμένο εντοπισμό συσκευών
+(«spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, απενεργοποιήστε
+το APIC και/ή το Τοπικό APIC.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Στην <guibutton>επόμενη</guibutton> οθόνη, μπορείτε να δείτε τη λίστα όλες
+τις διαθέσιμες καταχωρήσεις εκκίνησης. Η εξ ορισμού εμφανίζεται με ένα
+αστεράκι. Για να αλλάξετε τη σειρά ταξινόμησης, κάντε κλικ στο πάνω/κάτω
+βελάκι για να μετακινήσετε την επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση. Αν κάνετε κλικ στο
+κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> ή στο <guibutton>Επεξεργασία
+</guibutton>, θα εμφανιστεί ένας νέος διάλογος για να προσθέσετε μια νέα
+καταχώρηση του Grub ή να επεξεργαστείτε μια υπάρχουσα. Θα πρέπει να είστε
+εξοικειωμένοι με το Grub ή το Lilo για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα εργαλεία.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Ετικέτα</guilabel> είναι ελεύθερης μορφής, μπορείτε να
+γράψετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε να εμφανίζεται στο μενού. Αντιστοιχεί στην
+εντολή του Grub «title». Για παράδειγμα: Mageia 3.</para>
+
+  <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Εικόνα</guilabel> περιέχει το όνομα του
+πυρήνα. Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «kernel». Για παράδειγμα
+/boot/vmlinuz.</para>
+
+  <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Κατάτμηση root</guilabel> περιέχει το όνομα της συσκευής
+που βρίσκεται ο πυρήνας. Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «root». Για
+παράδειγμα (hd0,1).</para>
+
+  <para>Το πεδίο <guilabel>Επιλογές περασμένες στον πυρήνα</guilabel> περιέχει τις
+επιλογές του πυρήνα κατά την εκκίνηση.</para>
+
+  <para>Αν είναι επιλεγμένο το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Προκαθορισμένο</guilabel>, το Grub
+θα φορτώνει τη συγκεκριμένη καταχώρηση εξ ορισμού.</para>
+
+  <para>Στην επιπλέον οθόνη <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>, μπορείτε να
+επιλέξετε τη <guilabel>λειτουργία οθόνης</guilabel>, ένα αρχείο
+<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> και ένα <xref linkend="draknetprofile">προφίλ
+δικτύου</xref> από την κυλιόμενη λίστα.</para>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47db2735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakboot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Ρυθμίστε την αυτόματη σύνδεση χρήστη</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakboot-im1" fileref="drakboot.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakboot</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> σας επιτρέπει την
+αυτόματη σύνδεση ενός χρήστη, χωρίς να ερωτηθεί για τον κωδικό
+πρόσβασης. Συνήθως εξυπηρετεί όταν υπάρχει μόνο ένας χρήστης στο μηχάνημα.</para>
+
+  <para>Θα το βρείτε στην καρτέλα <emphasis role="bold">Εκκίνηση</emphasis> στο
+Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία «Ρύθμιση της αυτόματης εκκίνησης
+χρήστη».</para>
+
+  <para>Τα κουμπιά ελέγχου είναι ευνόητα:</para>
+
+  <para>Επιλέξτε την «Εκτέλεση του γραφικού περιβάλλοντος κατά την εκκίνηση του
+συστήματος»<guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε την εκκίνηση του συστήματος γραφικού
+περιβάλλοντος X Window System κατά την εκκίνηση. Διαφορετικά, το σύστημα θα
+εκκινηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου (χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον). Αυτό μπορεί να
+πραγματοποιηθεί χειροκίνητα εκτελώντας την εντολή «startx» ή «systemctl
+start dm».</para>
+
+  <para>Αν η πρώτη επιλογή είναι επιλεγμένη, προσφέρονται άλλες δυο επιλογές·
+<guibutton>Όχι δεν επιθυμώ την αυτόματη σύνδεση</guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε
+τη σύνδεση σε κάθε εκκίνηση με το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης ή
+επιλέξτε <guibutton>Ναι, επιθυμώ την αυτόματη σύνδεση</guibutton>. Σε αυτήν
+την περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να παράσχετε το προεπιλεγμένο <guilabel>Όνομα
+χρήστη</guilabel> και το εξ ορισμού <guilabel>Γραφικό περιβάλλον</guilabel>.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ccbbe97a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Εργαλείο αναφοράς σφαλμάτων Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
+ fileref="drakbug.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Συνήθως αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> εκτελείται
+αυτόματα όταν ένα εργαλείο Mageia καταρρεύσει. Ωστόσο, υπάρχει η πιθανότητα
+όταν έχετε στείλει μια αναφορά σφάλματος, να σας ζητηθεί να εκτελέσετε αυτό
+το εργαλείο ώστε να ελέγξετε μερικές από τις δοσμένες πληροφορίες, και στη
+συνέχεια να τις στείλετε στην αναφορά σφάλματος. </para>
+
+  <para>Αν χρειάζεστε να αναφέρετε ένα σφάλμα αλλά δεν είστε αρκετά εξοικειωμένοι-ες
+με αυτό, τότε παρακαλώ ανατρέξτε πρώτα στο <link
+xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">Πώς να
+αναφέρετε σωστά μια αναφορά σφάλματος</link> πριν να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί
+«Αναφορά».</para>
+
+  <para>Σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα έχει ήδη αναφερθεί (σε αυτήν την περίπτωση το
+μήνυμα λάθους που δόθηκε από το drakbug θα είναι το ίδιο), είναι χρήσιμο να
+σχολιάσετε την υπάρχουσα αναφορά σχετικά με την αναπαραγωγή του σφάλματος
+στο σύστημά σας.</para>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug_report.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3aae8dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakbug_report.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Συλλογή Καταγραφών και πληροφοριών Συστήματος για αναφορές σφαλμάτων</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote><para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para></footnote> μπορεί να εκκινηθεί
+και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών.</para>
+
+<para>Συνιστάται να αποθηκεύσετε την έξοδο αυτής της εντολής σε ένα αρχείο, για
+παράδειγμα με <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report >
+drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, αλλά σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε αρκετό ελεύθερο
+χώρο στο σκληρό δίσκο: το αρχείο μπορεί πολύ εύκολα να καταλάβει μερικά GB.</para>
+<note><para>Η έξοδος της εντολής είναι αρκετά μεγάλη για να την επισυνάψετε σε μια
+αναφορά σφάλματος χωρίς πρώτιστα να αφαιρέσετε τα περιττά στοιχεία.</para></note>
+  <para>Αυτή η εντολή συλλέγει τις ακόλουθες πληροφορίες στο σύστημά σας:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+
+  <note><para>Τη στιγμή που γράφτηκε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο, το τμήμα «syslog» της εξόδου της
+εντολής ήταν κενό, διότι αυτό το εργαλείο δεν έχει ακόμα προσαρμοστεί στην
+εναλλαγή μας σε systemd. Αν είναι ακόμα κενό, μπορείτε να ανακτήσετε τις
+καταγραφές «syslog» εκτελώντας ως root <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a >
+journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Αν δεν έχετε αρκετό χώρο στον σκληρό δίσκο,
+μπορείτε για παράδειγμα να πάρετε τις τελευταίες 5000 γραμμές της καταγραφής
+με: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 >
+journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>. </para></note>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakclock.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e93d703d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakclock.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakclock">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε την ημερομηνία και την ώρα</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakclock</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> βρίσκεται στην
+καρτέλα Σύστημα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia με την ετικέτα
+<guilabel>Διαχείριση της ώρας και της ημερομηνίας</guilabel>. Σε μερικά
+γραφικά περιβάλλοντα είναι επίσης διαθέσιμο με δεξί κλικ > «Ρύθμιση της
+ημερομηνίας και ώρας» ... στο ρολόι του πλαισίου συστήματος.</para>
+
+  <para>Πρόκειται για ένα πολύ απλό εργαλείο.</para>
+
+  <para>Στο πάνω αριστερό τμήμα, βρίσκουμε το <emphasis
+role="bold">ημερολόγιο</emphasis>. Στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο, η ημερομηνία
+είναι 2 Σεπτεμβρίου, 2012 και είναι Κυριακή. Επιλέξτε τον μήνα (ή το έτος)
+με κλικ στα βελάκια σε κάθε πλευρά του μήνα ή του έτους. Επιλέξτε την ημέρα
+με κλικ στον αριθμό της.</para>
+
+  <para>Κάτω αριστερά βρίσκουμε του <emphasis role="bold">Δικτυακό πρωτόκολλο ώρας
+NTP (Network Time Protocol)</emphasis> για τον συγχρονισμό της ώρας με έναν
+εξυπηρετητή. Επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση του NTP</guilabel>
+και επιλέξτε τον πλησιέστερο εξυπηρετητή. </para>
+
+  <para>Στο δεξιό τμήμα βρίσκεται το <emphasis role="bold">ρολόι</emphasis>. Είναι
+ανούσιο να ρυθμίσετε χειροκίνητα την ώρα αν έχετε το NTP ενεργοποιημένο. Τα
+τρία πλαίσια εμφανίζουν την ώρα, τα λεπτά και τα
+δευτερόλεπτα. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για τη ρύθμιση της ώρας. Για να
+αλλάξετε τη μορφή ανατρέξτε στις ρυθμίσεις της επιφάνειας εργασίας σας.</para>
+
+  <para>Τέλος, στο κάτω δεξιό τμήμα, επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας κάνοντας κλικ στο
+<guibutton>Αλλαγή της ζώνης ώρας</guibutton> και επιλέξτε στη λίστα την
+πλησιέστερη πόλη.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Παρόλο που δεν είναι εφικτό να ρυθμίσετε τη μορφή της ημερομηνίας και της
+ώρας από το συγκεκριμένο εργαλείο, θα εμφανίζονται στην επιφάνεια εργασία
+σας βάσει των ρυθμίσεων τοπικότητας του συστήματός σας.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect--del.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d38f7b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect--del.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Αφαιρέστε μια σύνδεση</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Εδώ, μπορείτε να διαγράψετε μια σύνδεση δικτύου<footnote><para>Μπορείτε επίσης να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para></footnote></para> 
+    <para>Πατήστε στο πτυσσόμενο μενού, διαλέξτε αυτό που θέλετε να αφαιρέσετε και
+μετά πατήστε <emphasis>επόμενο</emphasis>.</para> 
+    <para>Θα δείτε ένα μήνυμα ότι η διεπαφή δικτύου έχει διαγραφεί επιτυχώς.</para> 
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b79c83eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconnect.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,850 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakconnect">
+  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Ρυθμίστε μία νέα σύνδεση δικτύου (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakconnect</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+      </footnote> επιτρέπει τη
+διαμόρφωση του τοπικού δικτύου και της πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο. Θα πρέπει να
+γνωρίζετε κάποιες πληροφορίες από τον πάροχό σας ή τον διαχειριστή του
+δικτύου σας.</para>
+
+    <para>Επιλέξτε τον τύπο της σύνδεσης που επιθυμείτε να ρυθμίσετε, ανάλογα με τον
+τύπο του υλικού σας και τον πάροχό σας.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα ενσύρματη (Ethernet) σύνδεση</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Το πρώτο παράθυρο εμφανίζει τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές. Επιλέξτε μια προς
+διαμόρφωση.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης ή
+χειροκίνητης διεύθυνσης IP.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Αυτόματη IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα
+καθοριστούν αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή
+χειροκίνητα, όπως εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να
+καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή
+(hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή,
+η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το
+όνομα υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή
+<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή
+DHCP</emphasis>. Δεν διαθέτουν όλοι οι εξυπηρετητές DHCP αυτήν τη δυνατότητα
+και αν κάνετε τη ρύθμιση στον υπολογιστή σας από έναν οικιακό δρομολογητή
+ADSL, υπάρχουν μικρές πιθανότητες αυτή η λειτουργία να δουλέψει.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Το κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει τη δυνατότητα να καθορίσετε:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Τομέας αναζήτησης (δεν είναι προσβάσιμο, διότι παρέχεται απόν εξυπηρετητή
+DHCP)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Πελάτης DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Χρονικό όριο DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών YP από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι
+επιλεγμένο): καθορίζει τον εξυπηρετητή NIS</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών NTPD από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (συγχρονισμός των
+ρολογιών)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Όνομα υπολογιστή (hostname). Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την επιλογή αν ο
+εξυπηρετητής DHCP απαιτεί τον καθορισμό του ονόματος υπολογιστή από τον
+πελάτη πριν τη λήψη μιας διεύθυνσης IP. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι αποδεκτή
+από μερικούς εξυπηρετητές DHCP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μετά την αποδοχή, τα τελευταία βήματα τα οποία είναι κοινά για όλες τις
+συνδέσεις, εξηγούνται εδώ: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: πρέπει να δηλώσετε τους
+εξυπηρετητές DNS προς χρήση. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή μπορεί να καθοριστεί
+εδώ. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
+
+            <para>Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP συνήθως δείχνει ως
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS
+διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
+
+            <para>Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα
+αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Συνήθως πρόκειται για τον κύριο τομέα σας· πχ: Αν ο
+υπολογιστή σας ονομάζεται «splash», και ο πλήρης τομέας είναι
+«splash.boatanchor.net», ο τομέας αναζήτησης θα είναι «boatanchor.net». Αυτή
+η επιλογή δεν είναι υποχρεωτική, εκτός και αν χρειάζεστε μια συγκεκριμένη
+ρύθμιση. Αδρομερώς, οι οικιακοί δρομολογητές δεν χρειάζονται αυτήν την
+επιλογή.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα δορυφορική σύνδεση (DVB)</title>
+
+    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση καλωδιακού μόντεμ</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Το πρώτο παράθυρο εμφανίζει τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές. Επιλέξτε μια προς
+διαμόρφωση.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης ή
+χειροκίνητης διεύθυνσης IP.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Πρέπει να καθορίσετε μια μέθοδο πιστοποίησης:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Κανένα</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Χρήση του BPALogin (απαραίτητο το Telstra). Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα πρέπει
+να παράσχετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Αυτόματη IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Καλωδιακού/IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα
+καθοριστούν αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή
+χειροκίνητα, όπως εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να
+καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή
+(hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή,
+η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το
+όνομα υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή
+<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή
+DHCP</emphasis>. Δεν διαθέτουν όλοι οι εξυπηρετητές DHCP αυτήν τη δυνατότητα
+και αν κάνετε τη ρύθμιση στον υπολογιστή σας από έναν οικιακό δρομολογητή
+ADSL, υπάρχουν μικρές πιθανότητες αυτή η λειτουργία να δουλέψει.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Το κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει τη δυνατότητα να καθορίσετε:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Τομέας αναζήτησης (δεν είναι προσβάσιμο, διότι παρέχεται απόν εξυπηρετητή
+DHCP)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Πελάτης DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Χρονικό όριο DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών YP από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι
+επιλεγμένο): καθορίζει τον εξυπηρετητή NIS</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών NTPD από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (συγχρονισμός των
+ρολογιών)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Όνομα υπολογιστή (hostname). Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την επιλογή αν ο
+εξυπηρετητής DHCP απαιτεί τον καθορισμό του ονόματος υπολογιστή από τον
+πελάτη πριν τη λήψη μιας διεύθυνσης IP. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι αποδεκτή
+από μερικούς εξυπηρετητές DHCP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Μετά την αποδοχή, τα τελευταία βήματα τα οποία είναι κοινά για όλες τις
+συνδέσεις, εξηγούνται εδώ: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις Καλωδιακού/IP</emphasis>: πρέπει να δηλώσετε τους
+εξυπηρετητές DNS προς χρήση. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή μπορεί να καθοριστεί
+εδώ. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
+
+            <para>Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP συνήθως δείχνει ως
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS
+διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
+
+            <para>Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα
+αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Συνήθως πρόκειται για τον κύριο τομέα σας· πχ: Αν ο
+υπολογιστή σας ονομάζεται «splash», και ο πλήρης τομέας είναι
+«splash.boatanchor.net», ο τομέας αναζήτησης θα είναι «boatanchor.net». Αυτή
+η επιλογή δεν είναι υποχρεωτική, εκτός και αν χρειάζεστε μια συγκεκριμένη
+ρύθμιση. Αδρομερώς, οι οικιακοί δρομολογητές δεν χρειάζονται αυτήν την
+επιλογή.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση DSL</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Αν το εργαλείο εντοπίσει διεπαφές δικτύου, προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα να
+επιλέξετε μία και να τη ρυθμίσετε.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον
+πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη
+καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από
+τον πάροχό σας.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Διαλέξτε ένα από τα διαθέσιμα πρωτόκολλα:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Πρωτόκολλο Δυναμικής Διαμόρφωσης Κεντρικού Υπολογιστή - Dynamic Host
+Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση TCP/IP</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP σε ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP σε Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Πρωτόκολλο διασωλήνωσης από σημείο σε σημείο - Point to Point Tunneling
+Protocol (PPTP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Ρυθμίσεις πρόσβασης</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Όνομα λογαριασμού (όνομα χρήστη)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Κωδικός λογαριασμού</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Προχωρημένο) Αναγνωριστικό εικονικής διαδρομής (VPI)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Προχωρημένο) Αναγνωριστικό εικονικού κυκλώματος (VCI)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση ISDN</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Ο οδηγός ρωτά τη συσκευή προς διαμόρφωση:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Χειροκίνητη επιλογή (εσωτερική κάρτα ISDN)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Εξωτερικό μόντεμ ISDN</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα υλικού ταξινομημένη ανά κατασκευαστή, όπου
+μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την κάρτα σας. </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Διαλέξτε ένα από τα διαθέσιμα πρωτόκολλα:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Πρωτόκολλο για τον υπόλοιπο κόσμο εκτός Ευρώπης (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Πρωτόκολλο για Ευρώπη (EDSS1)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον
+πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη
+καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από
+τον πάροχό σας. Στη συνέχεια θα ερωτηθείτε για τις ακόλουθες παραμέτρους:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Όνομα σύνδεσης</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Αριθμός τηλεφώνου</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Αναγνωριστικό σύνδεσης</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Κωδικός λογαριασμού</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Μέθοδος πιστοποίησης</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Στη συνέχεια θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα λάβετε τη διεύθυνση IP αυτόματα ή
+χειροκίνητα. Στη δεύτερη περίπτωση, καθορίστε τη διεύθυνση IP και τη μάσκα
+υποδικτύου.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν οι διευθύνσεις των εξυπηρετητών
+DNS θα λαμβάνονται αυτόματα ή χειροκίνητα. Στην δεύτερη περίπτωση, θα πρέπει
+να εισαγάγετε:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Όνομα τομέα</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Πρώτος και δεύτερος εξυπηρετητής DNS</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Επιλέξτε αν το όνομα υπολογιστή ρυθμίζεται από την διεύθυνση IP. Αυτή η
+επιλογή μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι η διαμόρφωση
+του παρόχου σας το αποδέχεται.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Στο επόμενο βήμα θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν οι διευθύνσεις των εξυπηρετητών
+πυλών θα λαμβάνονται αυτόματα ή χειροκίνητα. Στην δεύτερη περίπτωση, θα
+πρέπει να εισαγάγετε τη διεύθυνση IP.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα ασύρματη σύνδεση (WiFi)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Η πρώτη οθόνη εμφανίζει μια λίστα με τις διαθέσιμες διεπαφές και μια
+καταχώρηση για τον οδηγό Windows (ndiswrapper). Επιλέξτε την επιθυμητή
+διεπαφή· χρησιμοποιήστε το ndiswrapper μόνο αν δεν λειτουργούν οι άλλοι
+τρόποι διαμόρφωσης.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ των διαφόρων σημείων
+πρόσβασης που έχουν εντοπιστεί από την κάρτα.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Οι παράμετροι που θα πρέπει να συμπληρωθούν για την εκάστοτε κάρτα:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Τρόπος λειτουργίας:</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Διαχειριζόμενο</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Για πρόσβαση σε ένα υπάρχον σημείο πρόσβασης (το πιο σύνηθες).</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Για τη διαμόρφωση απευθείας σύνδεσης μεταξύ υπολογιστών.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Όνομα δικτύου (ESSID)</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Λειτουργία κρυπτογράφησης: Εξαρτάται από τον τρόπο διαμόρφωσης του σημείου
+πρόσβασης.</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Η προτεινόμενη μέθοδος κρυπτογράφησης αν υποστηρίζεται από υλικό σας.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WEP</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Μερικές παλιές συσκευές μπορούν να διαχειριστούν μόνο αυτήν τη μέθοδο
+κρυπτογράφησης.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης</para>
+
+            <para>Συνήθως παρέχεται με το υλικό του σημείου πρόσβασης.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Σε αυτό το σημείο, σας δίνεται η επιλογή μεταξύ μιας αυτόματης διεύθυνσης IP
+και μιας χειροκίνητης</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Αυτόματη IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα καθοριστούν
+αυτόματα εξυπηρετητές DNS από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP ή χειροκίνητα, όπως
+εξηγείται παρακάτω. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να καθοριστεί η
+διεύθυνση IP των εξυπηρετητών DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή (hostname) μπορεί
+να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού
+ονομασία είναι η <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Το όνομα
+υπολογιστή μπορεί να αθετηθεί από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP με την επιλογή
+<emphasis>Αναθέστε το όνομα υπολογιστή από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP</emphasis>. </para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Το κουμπί «Προχωρημένες» δίνει τη δυνατότητα να καθορίσετε:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Τομέας αναζήτησης (δεν είναι προσβάσιμο, διότι παρέχεται απόν εξυπηρετητή
+DHCP)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Πελάτης DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Χρονικό όριο DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Λήψη του εξυπηρετητή YP από τον DHCP (εξ ορισμού είναι ενεργοποιημένο):
+καθορισμός των εξυπηρετητών NIS</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Λήψη των εξυπηρετητών NTPD από τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP (συγχρονισμός των
+ρολογιών)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Όνομα υπολογιστή (hostname). Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την επιλογή αν ο
+εξυπηρετητής DHCP απαιτεί τον καθορισμό του ονόματος υπολογιστή από τον
+πελάτη πριν τη λήψη μιας διεύθυνσης IP. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι αποδεκτή
+από μερικούς εξυπηρετητές DHCP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Αφού αποδεχτείτε τη διαμόρφωση, τα τελευταία βήματα, τα οποία είναι κοινά σε
+όλες τις διαμορφώσεις σύνδεσης, περιγράφονται εδώ: <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ρυθμίσεις IP</emphasis>: θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τους εξυπηρετητές
+DNS. Το όνομα του υπολογιστή (hostname) μπορεί να καθοριστεί εδώ.. Αν δεν
+καθορίσετε το όνομα υπολογιστή, η εξ ορισμού ονομασία είναι η
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>.</para>
+
+            <para>Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP πάντα δείχνει ως
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS
+διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
+
+            <para>Στις προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε έναν <emphasis>Τομέα
+αναζήτησης</emphasis>. Είναι πανομοιότυπος με το όνομα υπολογιστή χωρίς το
+πρώτο όνομα, πριν την τελεία.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Αν το εργαλείο εντοπίσει ασύρματες διεπαφές, προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα
+επιλογής και διαμόρφωσης αυτών.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Ο οδηγός θα ρωτήσει για το δίκτυο. Αν δεν έχει εντοπιστεί, επιλέξτε την
+επιλογή <guilabel>Μη καταχωρημένο</guilabel>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον
+πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη
+καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από
+τον πάροχό σας.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Θα πρέπει να παράσχετε τις ρυθμίσεις πρόσβασης</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Όνομα σημείου πρόσβασης</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Όνομα λογαριασμού (όνομα χρήστη)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Κωδικός λογαριασμού</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση δικτύωσης με κλήση μέσω Bluetooth</title>
+
+    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Μια νέα σύνδεση τηλεφώνου αναλογικού μόντεμ (POTS)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Ο οδηγός ρωτά τη συσκευή προς διαμόρφωση:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Χειροκίνητη επιλογή</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Εντοπισμένο υλικό, αν υπάρχει κάποιο.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Πρότεινεται μια λίστα από θύρες. Διαλέξτε τη θύρα σας.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Αν δεν είναι ακόμα εγκατεστημένο, συνιστάται να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο
+<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Σας προτείνεται μια λίστα παρόχων, ταξινομημένοι ανά χώρα. Επιλέξτε τον
+πάροχό σας. Αν δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, επιλέξτε την επιλογή <guilabel>Μη
+καταχωρημένος</guilabel> και στη συνέχεια συμπληρώστε τις πληροφορίες από
+τον πάροχό σας. Στη συνέχεια θα ερωτηθείτε για τις επιλογές κλήσεις. </para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Όνομα σύνδεσης</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Αριθμός τηλεφώνου</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Αναγνωριστικό σύνδεσης</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ταυτοποίηση</emphasis>, επιλέξτε μεταξύ:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Βασισμένο σε ένα σενάριο</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Μέσω τερματικού</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Τα επόμενα βήματα περιγράφονται στην ενότητα <xref
+linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
+    <title>Τέλος της διαμόρφωσης</title>
+
+    <para>Στα επόμενα βήματα μπορείτε να καθορίσετε;</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Να επιτρέπεται στους χρήστες να διαχειρίζονται την
+σύνδεση</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis> Να ξεκινάει η σύνδεση κατά την εκκίνηση</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Ενεργοποίηση της καταμέτρησης κυκλοφορίας</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Να επιτρέψτε τον έλεγχο της διεπαφής από το Network
+Manager</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Στην περίπτωση της ασύρματης σύνδεσης, υπάρχει ένα επιπλέον πλαίσιο
+<emphasis>Επιτρέπεται η περιαγωγή του σημείου πρόσβασης</emphasis> το οποίο
+δίνει την πιθανότητα αυτόματης εναλλαγής του σημείου πρόσβασης βάσει της
+ισχύς του σήματος.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Από το κουμπί «για προχωρημένους» μπορείτε να καθορίσετε:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Μετρικό (εξ ορισμού 10)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>MTU</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Θερμή σύνδεση (Hotplugging) δικτύου</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Ενεργοποίηση της σήραγγας IPv6 στο IPv4</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Το τελευταίο βήμα σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε αν η σύνδεση θα ξεκινήσει
+αμέσως ή όχι.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconsole.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7124d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakconsole.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakconsole">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Ανοίξτε μια κονσόλα ως διαχειριστής</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο <footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakconsole</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> σας δίνει πρόσβαση σε
+ένα τερματικό με δικαιώματα root. Δεν νομίζουμε να χρειάζεται περισσότερη
+επεξήγηση επ' αυτού.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakdisk.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59c06328
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakdisk.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakdisk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--
+ lebarhon 2012-08-30  Added some comments. Imho, the option button needs explanations -->
+<!--marja 2012-09-02 changed title to visible title for this tool in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε τις κατατμήσεις των σκληρών δίσκων</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakdisk ή diskdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Πρόκειται για ένα <footnote>
+        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> ή <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+      </footnote> πολύ ισχυρό
+εργαλείο, το παραμικρό σφάλμα ή ένα ακούσιο χτύπημα στο πληκτρολόγιο μπορεί
+να αποφέρει την απώλεια των δεδομένων μιας κατάτμησης ή ακόμα τη διαγραφή
+όλου του σκληρού δίσκου. Για αυτόν το λόγο, θα δείτε την παραπάνω εικόνα
+μόλις εκκινήσετε το εργαλείο. Κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Έξοδος</emphasis> αν
+δεν είστε σίγουρος ότι επιθυμείτε να συνεχίσετε.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Αν διαθέτετε περισσότερους από έναν σκληρούς δίσκους, μπορείτε να μεταβείτε
+στον σκληρό δίσκο που επιθυμείτε να εργαστείτε επιλέγοντας τη σωστή καρτέλα
+(sda, sdb, sdc, κλπ).</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ πολλών ενεργειών για την προσαρμογή του σκληρού
+σας δίσκου στα μέτρα σας. Διαγραφή ολόκληρου του δίσκου, διαχωρισμός ή
+συγχώνευση κατατμήσεων, αλλαγή του μεγέθους τους ή του συστήματος αρχείων,
+μορφοποίηση ή προβολή των περιεχομένων της κατάτμησης, όλα αυτά είναι
+εφικτά. Με το κουμπί <emphasis><guibutton>Καθαρισμός
+όλων</guibutton></emphasis> στο κάτω μέρος μπορείτε να διαγράψετε όλες τις
+κατατμήσεις, τα άλλα κουμπιά γίνονται ορατά στο δεξιό τμήμα αφού κάνετε κλικ
+σε μια κατάτμηση. </para>
+
+  <para>Αν η επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση έχει προσαρτηθεί, όπως στο κάτωθεν παράδειγμα, δεν
+μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος, να τη διαγράψετε ή να τη μορφοποιήσετε. Για
+να είστε σε θέση να το κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να αποπροσαρτήσετε την
+κατάτμηση πρώτα.</para>
+
+  <para>Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος μιας κατάτμησης μόνο προς τα δεξιά</para>
+
+  <para>Για να αλλάξετε τον τύπο της κατάτμησης (πχ αλλαγή από ext3 σε ext4) θα
+πρέπει να διαγράψετε την κατάτμηση και να την δημιουργήσετε εκ νέου με τον
+νέο τύπο συστήματος αρχείων. Το κουμπί <guibutton
+role="bold">Δημιουργία</guibutton> εμφανίζεται όταν έχει επιλεγεί ένα κενό
+τμήμα του δίσκου.</para>
+
+  <para>Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα μη υπάρχον σημείο προσάρτησης καθώς αυτό θα
+δημιουργηθεί.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Επιλέγοντας σε <emphasis><guibutton>Εναλλαγή σε προχωρημένη
+λειτουργία</guibutton></emphasis> έχουμε στη διάθεσή μας μερικές επιπλέον
+ενέργειες, όπως προσθήκη μιας ετικέτας στην κατάτμηση, όπως φαίνεται και στο
+παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakedm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b42f2477
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakedm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakedm" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    
+
+    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τον διαχειριστή σύνδεσης χρηστών</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Εδώ<footnote>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakedm</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τον
+διαχειριστή σύνδεσης των χρηστών. Εμφανίζονται μόνο αυτοί που είναι
+διαθέσιμοι στο σύστημα. </para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Οι περισσότεροι χρήστες δεν διακρίνουν κάποια διαφορά μεταξύ των οθονών
+σύνδεσης. Ωστόσο, υπάρχουν διαφορές στις υποστηριζόμενες λειτουργίες. Ο LXDM
+είναι ένας ελαφρύς διαχειριστής σύνδεσης, οι KDM και GDM προσφέρουν
+περισσότερες λειτουργίες.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfirewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af963f10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfirewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Ρυθμίστε το προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> θα το βρείτε στην
+ενότητα «Ασφάλεια» στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia, με την περιγραφή «Ρυθμίστε το
+προσωπικό σας τείχος προστασίας». Παραμέτρους του ίδιου εργαλείου μπορείτε
+να βρείτε και μέσω του άλλου εργαλείου στην ίδια καρτέλα «Ρυθμίστε την
+ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας».</para>
+
+  <para>Με την εγκατάσταση της Mageia συμπεριλαμβάνεται και ένα βασικό τείχος
+προστασίας. Όλες οι εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις φράζονται αν δεν επιτρέπονται από
+το τείχος προστασίας. Στην πρώτη οθόνη παραπάνω, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις
+υπηρεσίες για τις οποίες οι εξωτερικές απόπειρες σύνδεσης θα γίνονται
+αποδεκτές. Για την ασφάλειά σας αποεπιλέξτε το πρώτο πλαίσιο  -
+<guilabel>Όλα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας)</guilabel> - εκτός και αν επιθυμείτε
+την απενεργοποίηση του τείχους προστασίας, και την επιλογή των αναγκαίων
+υπηρεσιών μόνο.</para>
+
+  <para>Μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε τον αριθμό θύρας που θέλετε να ανοίξετε
+χειροκίνητα. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και θα
+ανοίξει ένα νέο παράθυρο. Στο πεδίο <guilabel>Άλλες θύρες</guilabel>,
+καταχωρήστε τις επιθυμητές θύρες σύμφωνα με αυτά τα παραδείγματα:</para>
+
+  <para>80/tcp : ανοίγει τη θύρα 80 πρωτόκολλο tcp</para>
+
+  <para>24000:24010/udp : ανοίγει όλες τις θύρες από 24000 μέχρι 24010 πρωτόκολλο
+udp</para>
+
+  <para>Οι θύρες στη λίστα θα πρέπει να διαχωρίζονται με κενό.</para>
+
+  <para>Αν το πλαίσιο <guilabel>Καταγραφή των μηνυμάτων του τείχους προστασίας στις
+καταγραφές συστήματος</guilabel> είναι επιλεγμένο, τα μηνύματα του τείχους
+προστασίας θα καταγράφονται στις καταγραφές συστήματος.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Αν δεν τρέχετε συγκεκριμένες υπηρεσίες (εξυπηρετητή ιστού ή αλληλογραφίας,
+διαμοιρασμό αρχείων, ...) μπορείτε απλά να μην επιλέξετε κάποια υπηρεσία,
+κάτι το οποίο και συνιστάται, δεν θα σας εμποδίσει τη σύνδεση με το
+διαδίκτυο. </para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές του διαδραστικού
+τείχους προστασίας. Αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό σας επιτρέπει να ειδοποιείστε για
+απόπειρες σύνδεσης αν έχει επιλεγεί τουλάχιστον το πρώτο πλαίσιο
+<guilabel>Χρήση του διαδραστικού τείχους προστασίας</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε το
+δεύτερο πλαίσιο για να ειδοποιείστε αν οι θύρες σαρώνονται με στόχο τον
+εντοπισμό ενός ελαττώματος και την διείσδυση στον υπολογιστή σας. Κάθε
+πλαίσιο εφεξής του τρίτου πλαισίου αντιστοιχεί σε μια ανοιγμένη θύρα σε μια
+από τις δυο προηγούμενες οθόνες. Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο μπορούμε να δούμε
+δυο τέτοια πλαίσια: εξυπηρετητής SSH και 80:150/tcp. Επιλέξτε τα ώστε να
+ειδοποιείστε κάθε φόρα που γίνεται μια απόπειρα σύνδεσης σε αυτές τις θύρες.</para>
+
+  <para>Οι προειδοποιήσεις εμφανίζονται σε αναδυόμενα μηνύματα από τη μικροεφαρμογή
+δικτύου.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Στην τελευταία οθόνη, επιλέξτε τις διεπαφές δικτύου συνδεδεμένες με το
+διαδίκτυο που θα προστατεύονται. Μετά την αποδοχή κάνοντας κλικ στο Εντάξει,
+γίνεται λήψη των απαραίτητων πακέτων.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>Αν δεν ξέρετε τι να επιλέξετε, ανατρέξτε στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia στην
+καρτέλα Δίκτυο &amp; Διαδίκτυο, Ρύθμιση μιας νέας διεπαφής δικτύου.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfont.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0788652e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakfont.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakfont">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Διαχείριση, προσθήκη και αφαίρεση γραμματοσειρών. Εισαγωγή γραμματοσειρών
+Windows™</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakfont</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
+Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis
+role="bold">Σύστημα</emphasis>. Σας επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση των διαθέσιμων
+γραμματοσειρών στον υπολογιστή σας. Η κύρια οθόνη παραπάνω εμφανίζει:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>τα ονόματα των εγκατεστημένων γραμματοσειρών, το στιλ και το μέγεθος.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>μία προεπισκόπηση της επιλεγμένης γραμματοσειράς.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>μερικά κουμπιά επεξηγούνται παρακάτω.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Λήψη των γραμματοσειρών Windows:
+<emphasis/></emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το κουμπί προσθέτει αυτόματα τις γραμματοσειρές από την κατάτμηση των
+Windows. Θα πρέπει να έχετε τα Microsoft Windows εγκατεστημένα.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Επιλογές:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Επιτρέπει τον καθορισμό των εφαρμογών ή των συσκευών (κυρίως εκτυπωτές)
+ικανών να χρησιμοποιήσουν τις γραμματοσειρές.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Απεγκατάσταση:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το κουμπί χρησιμεύει στην αφαίρεση των εγκατεστημένων γραμματοσειρών
+και ως εκ τούτου την εξοικονόμηση χώρου. Να είστε προσεκτικοί-ές κατά την
+αφαίρεση των γραμματοσειρών διότι μπορεί να έχει επιπτώσεις στα έγγραφα που
+τις χρησιμοποιούν.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Εισαγωγή:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Επιτρέπει την προσθήκη γραμματοσειρών τρίτων μέσω ενός CD, από το διαδίκτυο
+... κλπ. Οι υποστηριζόμενες γραμματοσειρές είναι οι ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm
+και gsf. Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role="bold">Εισαγωγή</emphasis> και
+στη συνέχεια στο προσθήκη και θα ανοίξει ένας διαχειριστής αρχείων μέσω του
+οποίου μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις γραμματοσειρές προς εγκατάσταση· κάντε κλικ
+στο <emphasis role="bold">Εγκατάσταση</emphasis> όταν είστε έτοιμος-η. Η
+εγκατάσταση γίνεται στον φάκελο /usr/share/fonts.</para>
+
+  <para>Αν δεν εμφανίζονται οι τελευταία εγκατεστημένες γραμματοσειρές (ή
+εμφανίζονται οι απεγκατεστημένες) στο παράθυρο του Drakconf, κλείστε και
+ανοίξτε εκ νέου το παράθυρο ώστε να ενημερωθούν οι τροποποιήσεις.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakguard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd2a1881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakguard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakguard">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Γονικός έλεγχος</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakguard</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο
+Ελέγχου Mageia, και στην καρτέλα Ασφάλεια, με τον τίτλο <guilabel>Γονικός
+έλεγχος</guilabel>. Αν δεν το βλέπετε, θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο
+drakguard (δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο εξ ορισμού).</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Παρουσίαση</title>
+
+    <para>Το Drakguard είναι ένας εύκολος τρόπος διαμόρφωσης γονικού ελέγχου στον
+υπολογιστή σας, ώστε να περιορίσετε τις ενέργειες των χρηστών, και σε ποιο
+διάστημα της ημέρας. Το Drakguard έχει τρία χρήσιμα χαρακτηριστικά:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Περιορίζει την πρόσβαση στο διαδίκτυο ανά χρήστη και σε προκαθορισμένο χρόνο
+της ημέρας. Αυτό γίνεται μέσω του τείχους προστασίας shorewall το οποίο
+είναι ενσωματωμένο στη Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Φράσσει την εκτέλεση συγκεκριμένων εντολών ανά χρήστη ώστε αυτοί οι χρήστες
+να μπορούν να εκτελούν μόνο ότι εσείς ορίζετε.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Περιορίζει την πρόσβαση σε ιστοσελίδες, χειροκίνητα μέσω μαύρης και λευκής
+λίστας, αλλά και δυναμικά βάσει του περιεχομένου της ιστοσελίδας. Για να το
+πραγματοποιήσει κάνει χρήση του ανοιχτού κώδικα και πρωταγωνιστή στον γονικό
+έλεγχο, DansGuardian.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Διαμόρφωση του γονικού ελέγχου</title>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>Αν στον υπολογιστή σας έχετε κατατμήσεις μορφοποιημένες σε Ext2, Ext3, ή
+ReiserFS, θα εμφανιστεί ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο για τη διαμόρφωση ACL στις
+κατατμήσεις σας. ACL σημαίνει Λίστες Ελέγχου Προσπέλασης ( Access Control
+Lists), και είναι ένα χαρακτηριστικό του πυρήνα Linux το οποίο επιτρέπει τον
+περιορισμό της προσπέλασης μεμονωμένων αρχείων ανά χρήστη. Το ACL είναι
+ενσωματωμένο στους τύπους συστημάτων αρχείων Ext4 και Btrfs, αλλά θα πρέπει
+να ενεργοποιηθεί μέσω μιας επιλογής για τα συστήματα αρχείων Ext2, Ext3, ή
+ReiserFS. Αν επιλέξετε «Ναι» το drakguard θα διαμορφώσει την υποστήριξη ACL
+σε όλες τις κατατμήσεις σας, και θα σας προτείνει την επανεκκίνηση του
+υπολογιστή.</para>
+      </warning><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση του γονικού ελέγχου</guibutton>: Ενεργοποιεί τον
+γονικό έλεγχο και την πρόσβαση στην καρτέλα <guilabel>Φραγή
+προγραμμάτων</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Αποκλεισμός όλης της κίνησης δικτύου</guibutton>: Αποκλεισμός της
+πρόσβασης σε όλες τις ιστοσελίδες εκτός αυτών της λευκής
+λίστας. Διαφορετικά, επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση σε όλες τις ιστοσελίδες εκτός
+αυτών στη μαύρη λίστα.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Πρόσβαση χρήστη</guibutton>: Οι χρήστες στην αριστερή στήλη θα
+έχουν περιορισμένη πρόσβαση βάσει των καθορισμών σας. Οι χρήστες στη δεξιά
+στήλη δεν έχουν περιορισμό πρόσβασης, μπορείτε έτσι να επιτρέψετε στους
+ενήλικους χρήστες την πλήρη πρόσβαση. Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη στην αριστερή
+στήλη και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> για να τον
+προσθέσετε ως επιτρεπόμενο. Επιλέξτε έναν χρήστη από τη δεξιά στήλη και
+κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να τον αφαιρέσετε από τη
+στήλη των επιτρεπομένων.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Ελεγκτής χρόνου:</guibutton> Η πρόσβαση στο διαδίκτυο επιτρέπεται
+με περιορισμούς μεταξύ του χρόνου <guilabel>Έναρξης</guilabel> και
+<guilabel>Τερματισμού</guilabel>. Είναι εντελώς φραγμένη εκτός του
+συγκεκριμένου χρονικού διαστήματος.</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Μαύρη/Λευκή λίστα</title>
+
+      <para>Εισάγετε το URL της ιστοσελίδας στο πρώτο πεδίο στην κορυφή και κάντε κλικ
+στο κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη«</guibutton>.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Αποκλεισμός προγραμμάτων</title>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Αποκλεισμός καθορισμένων εφαρμογών</guibutton>: Ενεργοποιεί τη
+χρήση ACL για τον περιορισμό προσπέλασης συγκεκριμένων
+εφαρμογών. Καταχωρήστε την πλήρη διαδρομή της εφαρμογής που επιθυμείτε τον
+αποκλεισμό πρόσβασης.</para>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Λίστα επιτρεπομένων χρηστών</guibutton>: Οι χρήστες που
+εμφανίζονται στη δεξιά στήλη δεν θα υφίσταντο ACL αποκλεισμό. </para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakgw.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39a8001a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakgw.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Κοινόχρηστη σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο με άλλους τοπικούς υπολογιστές</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
+    <title>Αρχές λειτουργίας</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakgw-net.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>Αυτή η λειτουργία είναι χρήσιμη όταν
+διαθέτετε έναν υπολογιστή (3) ο οποίος διαθέτει σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο (2)
+και ταυτόχρονα είναι συνδεδεμένος σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο (1). Μπορείτε να
+χρησιμοποιήσετε τον υπολογιστή (3) ως πύλη για να δώσετε πρόσβαση σύνδεσης
+στους άλλους σταθμούς εργασίας (5) και (6) στο τοπικό δίκτυο (1). Για να
+επιτευχθεί αυτό, η πύλη θα πρέπει να διαθέτει δυο διεπαφές· μια πρωτεύουσα,
+όπως μια διεπαφή ethernet πρέπει να είναι συνδεδεμένη στο τοπικό δίκτυο, και
+μια δευτερεύουσα (4) συνδεδεμένη στο διαδίκτυο (2).</para>
+
+    <para>Το πρώτο βήμα αφορά τον έλεγχο πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο και στο τοπικό
+δίκτυο, όπως περιγράφεται στο <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
+    <title>Οδηγός Πύλης</title>
+
+    <para>Ο οδηγός <footnote>
+        <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakgw</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+      </footnote> προσφέρει μια ακολουθία
+βημάτων όπως περιγράφονται παρακάτω:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Αν ο μάγος δε βρίσκει τουλάχιστον δύο διεπαφές, προειδοποιεί γι'αυτό και
+ζητάει να σταματήσει το δίκτυο και να ρυθμίσει το υλικό.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>καθορίζει τη διεπαφή που χρησιμοποιείται για τη σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο. Ο
+οδηγός αυτομάτως συνιστά μια από τις διεπαφές, αλλά θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε
+ότι η πρόταση είναι ορθή.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>καθορίζει τη διεπαφή που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πρόσβαση στο τοπικό
+δίκτυο. Ο οδηγός συνιστά μια, ελέγξτε αν πρόταση είναι ορθή.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Ο οδηγός προτείνει παραμέτρους για το τοπικό δίκτυο LAN, όπως τη διεύθυνση
+IP, τη μάσκα δικτύου και το όνομα τομέα. Ελέγξτε ότι αυτές οι παράμετροι
+ταιριάζουν με την τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση. Συνιστάται η αποδοχή των τιμών αυτών.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως εξυπηρετητής
+DNS. Αν ναι, ο οδηγός θα επιβεβαιώσει αν το <code>bind</code> είναι
+εγκατεστημένο. Διαφορετικά, θα πρέπει να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση ενός
+εξυπηρετητή DNS.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής θα χρησιμοποιείται ως ένας εξυπηρετητής DHCP. Αν
+ναι, ο οδηγός επιβεβαιώνει την ύπαρξη του <code>dhcp-server</code> και τότε
+προσφέρει την επιλογή του για διαμόρφωση του εύρους αρχής και τέλους των
+διευθύνσεων DHCP.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>καθορίζει αν ο υπολογιστής χρησιμοποιείται ως διαμεσολαβητής. Αν ναι, ο
+οδηγός θα επιβεβαιώσει αν το <code>squid</code> είναι εγκατεστημένο και
+προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα διαμόρφωσης της διεύθυνσης διαχειριστή
+(admin@mydomain.com), του ονόματος του διαμεσολαβητή
+(myfirewall@mydomain.com), της θύρας (3128) και του μεγέθους της λανθάνουσας
+μνήμης (100 Mb).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Το τελευταίο βήμα σας επιτρέπει να ελέγξετε αν ο υπολογιστής που εξυπηρετεί
+ως πύλη είναι συνδεδεμένος σε εκτυπωτές και στη συνέχεια τον διαμοιρασμό
+πρόσβασης σε αυτούς.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+
+    <para>Θα λάβετε μια προειδοποίηση σχετικά με την ανάγκη επιβεβαίωσης αν το τείχος
+προστασίας είναι ενεργό.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
+    <title>Ρυθμίστε τον πελάτη</title>
+
+    <para>Αν έχετε ρυθμίσει την πύλη του υπολογιστή με DHCP, θα πρέπει μόνο να
+καθορίσετε στο εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης δικτύου ότι λαμβάνετε την διεύθυνση
+αυτόματα (μέσω DHCP). Οι παράμετροι λαμβάνονται κατά τη σύνδεση στο
+δίκτυο. Αυτή η μέθοδος είναι ισχύει ανεξαρτήτου λειτουργικού συστήματος
+πελάτη.</para>
+
+    <para>Αν καθορίσετε τις παραμέτρους δικτύου χειροκίνητα, θα πρέπει κυρίως να
+καθορίσετε την πύλη εισάγοντας τη διεύθυνση IP του υπολογιστή που εξυπηρετεί
+ως πύλη.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
+    <title>Διακοπή της κοινοχρησίας σύνδεσης</title>
+
+    <para>Αν θέλετε να διακόψετε την κοινόχρηστη σύνδεση στον υπολογιστή Mageia,
+εκκινήστε το εργαλείο και θα σας προσφέρει την επιλογή διαμόρφωσης της
+σύνδεσης ή διακοπής της κοινής χρήσης.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakhosts.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b831fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakhosts.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Καθορισμός των υπολογιστών</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αν μερικά συστήματα στο δίκτυό σας σας παρέχουν υπηρεσίες, αυτό το
+εργαλείο<footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakhosts</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε
+ένα όνομα για αυτούς για εύκολα πρόσβαση· έπειτα θα μπορείτε να
+χρησιμοποιείτε αυτό το όνομα αντί της διεύθυνσης IP.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Με αυτό το κουμπί, προσθέτετε το όνομα ενός νέου συστήματος. Θα ανοίξει ένα
+παράθυρο όπου μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση IP, το όνομα του
+υπολογιστή του συστήματος, και προαιρετικά ένα ψευδώνυμο το οποίο μπορεί να
+χρησιμοποιηθεί με τον ίδιο τρόπο όπως το όνομα.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Τροποποίηση</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Μπορείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στις παραμέτρους των προηγούμενων
+καταχωρήσεων. Θα ανοίξει το ίδιο παράθυρο:</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakinvictus.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..423d5a37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakinvictus.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις για τις διεπαφές δικτύου και το τείχος προστασίας</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
+
+  <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetcenter.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3f2897a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetcenter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
+Write some text means i can't do it :(
+What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
+-->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Κέντρο δικτύου</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Αυτό το εργαλείο<footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> ως
+διαχειριστής συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> θα το βρείτε στην
+καρτέλα Δίκτυο & Διαδίκτυο στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία «Κέντρο
+δικτύου»</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>Αφού εκτελέσετε το εργαλείο, ανοίγει ένα παράθυρο όπου εμφανίζονται όλα τα
+διαμορφωμένα δίκτυα στον υπολογιστή, ανεξαρτήτου του τύπου (ενσύρματο,
+ασύρματο, δορυφορικό, κλπ.). Αφού κάνετε κλικ σε κάποιο από αυτά,
+εμφανίζονται τρία από τα τέσσερα κουμπιά, ανάλογα με τον τύπο του δικτύου,
+και σας επιτρέπουν ελέγξετε το δίκτυο και να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του ή να
+κάνετε σύνδεση/αποσύνδεση. Αυτό το εργαλείο δεν έχει ως στόχο τη δημιουργία
+ενός δικτύου, για αυτό ανατρέξτε <guilabel>Ρύθμιση μιας διεπαφής δικτύου
+(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> στην ίδια καρτέλα του Κέντρου Ελέγχου
+Mageia.</para>
+
+    <para>Στο παρακάτω στιγμιότυπο ως παράδειγμα, μπορούμε να δούμε δυο δίκτυα, το
+πρώτο είναι ενσύρματο και συνδεδεμένο, αναγνωρίσιμο από αυτό το εικονίδιο
+<inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> (αυτό δείχνει ότι δεν είναι
+συνδεδεμένο<inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject>) και το δεύτερο
+δείχνει ασύρματα δίκτυα, χωρίς σύνδεση αναγνωρίσιμα από αυτό το εικονίδιο
+<inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> και από αυτό <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> αν είναι συνδεδεμένο. Για τους άλλους
+τύπους δικτύου, ο κωδικός χρώματος είναι πάντα ο ίδιος, πράσινο αν είναι σε
+σύνδεση και κόκκινο αν δεν είναι συνδεδεμένο. </para>
+
+    <para>Στο τμήμα της οθόνης με την ασύρματη σύνδεση, μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε όλα
+τα δίκτυα που έχουν εντοπιστεί, με το <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, την
+<guilabel>ισχύ σήματος</guilabel>, αν είναι κρυπτογραφημένα (με κόκκινο) ή
+όχι (με πράσινο), και τον <guilabel>τρόπο λειτουργίας</guilabel>. Κάντε κλικ
+στο επιθυμητό δίκτυο και στη συνέχεια είτε στο κουμπί
+<guibutton>Εποπτεία</guibutton>, είτε στο <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>,
+ή <guibutton>Σύνδεση</guibutton>. Εδώ μπορείτε επίσης να μεταβείτε από το
+ένα δίκτυο στο άλλο. Αν επιλέξετε ένα ιδιωτικό δίκτυο, θα ανοίξει το
+παράθυρο ρυθμίσεων δικτύου (δείτε παρακάτω) και θα ερωτηθείτε για επιπλέον
+ρυθμίσεις (ένα κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης κυρίως).</para>
+
+    <para>Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Ανανέωση</guibutton> για να ενημερώσετε την οθόνη.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Το κουμπί Εποπτεία</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Αυτό το κουμπί σας επιτρέπει την εποπτεία της δραστηριότητας του δικτύου,
+της λήψης (με κόκκινο) και της αποστολής (με πράσινο). Η συγκεκριμένη οθόνη
+είναι προσβάσιμη με δεξί κλικ στο <guimenu>εικονίδιο δικτύου στο πλαίσιο
+συστήματος > Εποπτεία δικτύου</guimenu>.</para>
+
+    <para>Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε διεπαφή δικτύου (εδώ eth0 είναι το ενσύρματο
+δίκτυο, lo ο τοπικός βρόγχος ανακύκλωσης και wlan0 το ασύρματο δίκτυο) και
+μια καρτέλα η οποία εμφανίζει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση σύνδεσης.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Στο κάτω μέρος του παραθύρου υπάρχει ο τίτλος <guilabel>Καταμέτρηση
+κυκλοφορίας</guilabel>, θα επανέλθουμε σε αυτό στην επόμενη ενότητα.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Το κουμπί διαμόρφωσης</title>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Α - Για ένα ενσύρματο δίκτυο</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε όλες τις διαθέσιμες ρυθμίσεις κατά τη διαμόρφωση του
+δικτύου. Τις περισσότερες φορές, επιλέγοντας <guibutton>Αυτόματη
+IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> αρκεί, αλλά σε περίπτωση
+προβλημάτων, η χειροκίνητη διαμόρφωση μπορεί να επιφέρει καλύτερα
+αποτελέσματα.</para>
+
+    <para>Για ένα οικιακό δίκτυο, η διεύθυνση IP πάντα δείχνει ως
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, η μάσκα δικτύου είναι η
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, και οι εξυπηρετητές πύλης και DNS
+διατίθενται από την ιστοσελίδα του παρόχου σας πρόσβασης στο διαδίκτυο.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση της καταμέτρησης της κυκλοφορίας</guibutton>: Αν
+είναι επιλεγμένο θα γίνεται καταμέτρηση της κυκλοφορίας σε ωριαία, ημερήσια,
+ή μηνιαία βάση. Τα αποτελέσματα εμφανίζονται στην εποπτεία δικτύου που
+περιγράφεται στην προηγούμενη ενότητα. Αφού ενεργοποιηθεί, ίσως να χρειαστεί
+να επανασυνδεθείτε στο δίκτυο.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Να επιτρέψτε τον έλεγχο της διεπαφής από το Network
+Manager</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Το κουμπί για Προχωρημένους:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Β - Για ένα ασύρματο δίκτυο</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Περιγράφονται μόνο τα θέματα που δεν έχουν επεξηγηθεί προηγουμένως.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
+point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
+<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
+<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
+access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Λειτουργία και κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
+
+    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
+passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
+personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
+in private networks.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
+
+    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
+point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Το κουμπί για Προχωρημένους:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
+
+    <para>Αυτή η ενότητα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetprofile.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6607130b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknetprofile.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε διαφορετικά προφίλ δικτύου</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+   <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8855b342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/draknfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Share drives and directories using NFS</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Προαπαιτούμενα</title>
+
+    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> is launched for the
+first time, it may display the following message:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Κεντρικό παράθυρο</title>
+
+    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
+is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
+configuration tool.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Τροποποίηση καταχώρησης</title>
+
+    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
+with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
+available.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Κατάλογος NFS</title>
+
+      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
+<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
+it.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Host access</title>
+
+      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
+directory.</para>
+
+      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
+recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
+characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
+domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
+hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
+`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>User ID Mapping</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
+0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
+cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
+the server itself.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
+squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
+(no_root_squash).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
+to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
+directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
+mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
+the anonymous account.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Advanced options</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
+originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
+is on by default.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
+and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
+request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
+using this option.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
+violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
+by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
+help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
+exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menu entries</title>
+
+    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+      <para>Σώστε την τωρινή ρύθμιση.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
+
+      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
+
+      <para>Η ρύθμιση που εμφανίζεται επαναφορτώνεται από τα τωρινά αρχεία ρυθμίσεων.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakproxy.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f5d7ae56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakproxy.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakproxy"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Διαμεσολαβητής</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
+this tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
+administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
+some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
+
+  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
+proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
+an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control their complexity.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d60e79c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Ρύθμιση Μέσων</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
+<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
+                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
+		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
+		       given) -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><important>
+      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
+repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
+to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
+below).</para>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
+      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
+i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
+your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
+don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
+the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote></para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Οι στήλες</title>
+
+    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
+some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Ενημέρωση στήλης:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
+media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
+this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
+and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
+versions contain at least:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
+supported by Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
+are not free</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
+be patent claims in some countries.</para>
+
+        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
+version of Mageia was released.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
+due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
+even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
+backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
+of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
+corrections.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Τα κουμπιά στα δεξιά</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
+remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
+all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
+proxy).</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
+contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
+adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
+you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
+specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
+the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
+in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
+release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
+be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title>
+
+    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
+click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
+too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
+actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
+out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
+between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
+<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
+clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Μπορείτε να δείτε στα αριστερά, μια λίστα χωρών, επιλέξτε τη δική σας ή μία
+πολύ κοντινή πατώντας το σύμβολο >, έτσι θα εμφανιστούν όλοι οι διαθέσιμοι
+καθρεφτισμοί σε αυτή τη χώρα. Διαλέξτε έναν και πατήστε το
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Είναι δυνατό να εγκαταστήσετε ένα νέο μέσο (από κάποιον τρίτο για
+παράδειγμα) το οποίο δεν υποστηρίζεται από τη Mageia. Ένα νέο παράθυρο
+εμφανίζεται:</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
+name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
+the medium type)</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
+or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
+download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
+update only, always or never).</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
+the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
+window that appear, select a medium and then click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
+on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
+      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
+here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
+necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksambashare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5058999d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksambashare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="draksambashare"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
+resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
+the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
+also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
+resources of the Samba server.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Προετοιμασία</title>
+
+    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
+address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
+<xref linkend="draknetcenter-ti1"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies
+the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
+firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
+
+    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
+role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> checks if
+needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
+yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
+selected.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
+access to the shared resources.</para>
+
+    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
+the network.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
+resource</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
+each share</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
+address or host name.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
+described in the Windows workstations.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
+configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
+<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
+option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
+not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
+as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
+group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
+account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Δηλώστε έναν κατάλογο για κοινοχρησία</title>
+
+    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
+<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
+the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
+name can not be modified.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menu entries</title>
+
+    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
+
+      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
+
+      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
+
+      <para>Η ρύθμιση που εμφανίζεται επαναφορτώνεται από τα τωρινά αρχεία ρυθμίσεων.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Printers share</title>
+
+    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Samba users</title>
+
+    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
+resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
+linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksec.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b54c48a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksec.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="draksec">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configure authentication for Mageia tools</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
+usually done by the administrator.</para>
+
+  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
+the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
+drop down list gives the choice between:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC
+tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksnapshot-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98031f04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksnapshot-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Snapshots</title>
+	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
+		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
+<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
+tools</guilabel> section.</para>
+  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
+about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
+proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
+
+ <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
+<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
+Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
+<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
+  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
+<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
+the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
+files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
+<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
+the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
+included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
+done.</para>
+	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
+<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
+USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
+role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
+  </para>
+  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksound.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f3ef31a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/draksound.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Ρύθμιση ήχου</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών,
+πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= "bold">draksound</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής
+συστήματος.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.¶</para>
+
+  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice,
+PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience
+sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para>
+
+  <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a
+driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound
+card.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA
+API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when
+possible for its enhanced features.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
+inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
+sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
+volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
+
+  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
+enabled.</para>
+
+  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
+is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
+
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="Draksound1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
+
+  <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any
+problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking
+the community for help.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4685c85b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Set up a UPS for power monitoring</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>   
+
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakvpn.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da6bb80f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakvpn.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakvpn">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows to configure secure
+access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
+workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
+configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
+already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
+network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configuration</title>
+
+    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
+protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
+
+    <para>Μετά δώστε στη σύνδεσή σας ένα όνομα.</para>
+
+    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
+first time the tool is used.</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
+from the network administrator.</para>
+
+        <para>Advanced parameters:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
+connection.</para>
+
+    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
+connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
+to this VPN.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_apache2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf70f48c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Summary</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finish</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_bind.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a34f0aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_bind.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configure DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>   
+
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4ab7822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configure DHCP</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Summary</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_ntp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6d2a94a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configure time</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
+your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
+default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
+packages.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
+because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
+<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
+click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
+may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca730915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configure FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Information</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Summary</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finish</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_squid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f96ee84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configure proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
+
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Summary</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Finish</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_sshd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01583faf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH daemon configuration</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>General Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Summary</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finish</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakxservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..203e75ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/drakxservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Διαχειριστείτε τις υπηρεσίες συστήματος ενεργοποιώντας τες ή
+απενεργοποιώντας τες.</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>Αυτή η σελίδα δεν έχει συγγραφεί ακόμα λόγω ελλειπουσών πηγών. Αν πιστεύετε
+ότι μπορείτε να συγγράψετε ένα εγχειρίδιο, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την
+<link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">ομάδα
+τεκμηρίωσης</link>. Ευχαριστούμε εκ των προτέρων. </para>   
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/harddrake2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47f73e6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/harddrake2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="harddrake2"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Ρύθμιση υλικού</title>
+
+    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> gives a general view of the
+hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
+look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
+<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
+<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Το παράθυρο</title>
+
+    <para>Το παράθυρο χωρίζεται σε δύο στήλες.</para>
+
+    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
+grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
+category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
+
+    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
+<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
+about the content of the fields.</para>
+
+    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
+available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
+parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
+used by experts only.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
+configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The menu</title>
+
+    <para><bridgehead>Επιλογές</bridgehead></para>
+
+    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
+enable automatic detection:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>modem</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Jaz devices</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
+the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
+be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/keyboarddrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..302e3bb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
+<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> helps you
+configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
+Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
+be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
+"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Keyboard Layout</title>
+
+    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
+in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
+layout should be used for.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Τύπος πληκτρολογίου</title>
+
+    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
+unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/localedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..569787b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/localedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="localedrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Manage localization for your system</title>
+
+    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
+  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
+section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
+your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
+language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
+compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
+
+  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
+language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
+countries not listed.</para>
+
+  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
+  
+<section xml:id="input_method">
+      <info>
+          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Μέθοδος εισαγωγής</title>
+      </info>
+  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
+methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
+Korean, etc).</para>
+  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
+users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
+  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
+and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
+part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/logdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9e1c1fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/logdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">View and search system logs</title>
+
+    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
+logs</guilabel>".</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
+
+    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
+<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
+<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
+to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
+possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
+month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
+day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
+to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
+file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
+clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
+configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
+updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
+the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
+address.</para>
+
+    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
+Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
+Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
+running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
+look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
+
+    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Webmin Service</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Postfix Mail Server</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>FTP Server</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Apache World Wide Web Server</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>SSH Server</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Samba Server</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Xinetd Service</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
+unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
+the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
+out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
+to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
+
+    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
+person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
+or on the Internet).</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/lsnetdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a53798ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/lsnetdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
+	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>This tool <footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
+      </para>
+    </footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line.</para>
+
+  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/lspcidrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35d7b97e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/lspcidrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="lspcidrake">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
+
+    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>This tool <footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
+PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
+packages to work.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
+is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
+
+  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
+
+  <para>Πληροφορίες σχετικά με το δίκτυο</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
+
+  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
+
+  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
+lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
+called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..061cdf83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Εκκίνηση</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
+steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configure boot steps</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot--boot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot--boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-hardware.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f24e914a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Υλικό</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων για να
+ρυθμίσετε το υλικό σας. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε
+περισσότερα.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Διαχειριστείτε το υλικό σας</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
+hardware</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε τα γραφικά</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε το ποντίκι και το πληκτρολόγιο</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε την εκτύπωση και τη σάρωση</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
+the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Others</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-intro.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec1641f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-intro.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
+
+ 
+	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
+choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
+installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
+selected in the big right panel.</para>
+
+	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
+tools.</para>
+
+<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
+any of the MCC tabs.</para>
+
+	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
+screens.</para>
+
+        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
+the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
+  
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-localdisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62f9e007
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-localdisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Τοπικοί δίσκοι</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
+local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist><title>Τοπικοί δίσκοι</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
+  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
+	          </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-network.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f46083b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-network.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Δίκτυο και Διαδίκτυο</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να διαλέξετε μεταξύ διάφορων εργαλείων
+δικτύου. Πατήστε σε ένα σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε περισσότερα.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Διαχειριστείτε τις συσκευές δικτύου σας</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Personalize and Secure your network</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Others</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networkservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42abe496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networkservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Υπηρεσίες δικτύου</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
+the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
+between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
+on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Υπηρεσίες δικτύου</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
+  </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networksharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1be38bc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-networksharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Κοινοχρησία δικτύου</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ διαφόρων εργαλείων για
+κοινοχρησία δίσκων και καταλόγων. Πατήστε το σύνδεσμο παρακάτω για να μάθετε
+περισσότερα.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configure Windows(R) shares</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
+directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε τα κοινόχρηστα NFS</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Ρυθμίστε τα κοινόχρηστα WebDAV</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-security.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b76c363e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-security.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-security">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Ασφάλεια</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
+link below to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Ασφάλεια</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
+and audit</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
+  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
+  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-sharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa83b5cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-sharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Sharing</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
+visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
+choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
+below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Sharing</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-system.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6c32fc53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mcc-system.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="mcc-system">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Σύστημα</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="mcc-system.png" xml:id="mcc-system-im1"  revision="1" align="center"  format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
+tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Manage system services</title>
+        <listitem>
+		<para> <xref linkend="drakauth"></xref> </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakfont"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Localization</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakclock"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="localedrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Εργαλεία διαχείρισης</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="logdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	      <para><xref linkend="userdrake"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on
+system</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="draksnapshot-config"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+   <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"></xi:include> 
+
+   <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mgaapplet-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f66de6d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Ρυθμίστε τη συχνότητα των αναβαθμίσεων</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
+Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
+updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
+check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
+out.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/mousedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6c17078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/mousedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
+Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
+
+  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
+and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
+PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
+immediately taken into account.</para>
+
+  </section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/msecgui.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2f58986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/msecgui.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="msecgui">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: System Security and Audit</title>
+
+    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Παρουσίαση</title>
+
+    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
+msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
+approaches:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
+make it more secure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
+you if something seems dangerous.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
+set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
+enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
+own customised security levels.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Overview tab</title>
+
+    <para>Δείτε το παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο</para>
+
+    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
+button on the right side to configure them:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>ενεργοποιημένο ή όχι</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
+and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Security settings tab</title>
+
+    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
+below.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Basic security tab</title>
+
+      <para role="underline">
+        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
+allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
+in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
+following levels are available:</para>
+
+      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
+do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
+your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
+constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
+if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
+vulnerable to attack.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
+configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
+constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
+detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
+permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
+versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
+you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
+system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
+the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
+5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
+such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
+role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
+role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
+system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
+<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
+but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+      <para>These levels are saved in
+<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
+your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
+<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
+<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power
+users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
+
+      <caution>
+	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
+level settings.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <para>
+        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
+to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
+by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
+can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
+and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
+the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
+enable it.</para>
+
+      <important>
+	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
+immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
+problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
+files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
+security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
+any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
+the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
+to the options.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>System security tab</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
+description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
+column.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
+screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
+actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
+selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
+choice.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <caution>
+      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
+using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
+have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
+saving them.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Network security</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
+
+      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
+security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
+if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
+checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
+
+      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
+these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
+allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
+messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
+below shows four exceptions.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
+button</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
+<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
+<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
+obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
+tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+    <title>Άδειες</title>
+    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
+enforcement.</para>
+    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
+secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
+level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
+into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
+into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
+intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
+also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
+you want. Current configuration is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
+list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
+can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
+owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
+given rule:</para>
+   <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
+defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
+if not, but does not change anything.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
+permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
+permissions.</para></listitem>
+   </itemizedlist>
+   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
+and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
+the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
+     <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
+not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
+menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
+the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
+    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
+configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
+    </para></note>
+    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
+in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
+check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
+checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
+account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
+use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
+changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
+    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
+manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
+in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
+the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
+the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
+   </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/otherMageiaTools.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2bc15679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/otherMageiaTools.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Άλλα εργαλεία της Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
+Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
+next pages.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
+		</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
+	</listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+        	<para>Και άλλα εργαλεία;</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/rpmdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..356d86e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
+<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  
+
+  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Εισαγωγή στο rpmdrake</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
+program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
+graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
+package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
+servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
+available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
+certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
+default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
+packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
+of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
+included in the packages.</para>
+
+    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
+linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Τα κύρια μέρη της οθόνης</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
+time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
+interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
+dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
+updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
+probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
+this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
+of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
+</firstterm></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
+packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
+not installed.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
+summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
+in the packages.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
+for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
+"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Αυτό το εικονίδιο μπορεί να διαγράψει με ένα πάτημα όλες τις λέξεις κλειδιά
+που έχουν εισαχθεί στο κουτί "Εύρεση".</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
+sub categories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
+description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
+can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
+package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Η στήλη κατάστασης</title>
+
+    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
+category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
+list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
+is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
+installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
+uncheck the box before the package name and click on
+<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><table>
+        <title/>
+
+        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+          <colspec align="center"/>
+
+          <thead>
+            <row>
+              <entry align="center">Εικονίδιο</entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry>
+            </row>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake2.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake3.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Το πακέτο αυτό θα εγκατασταθεί</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake4.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Το πακέτο αυτό δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake5.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Αυτό το πακέτο είναι μια αναβάθμιση</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake6.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Αυτό το πακέτο θα απεγκατασταθεί</entry>
+            </row>
+          </tbody>
+        </tgroup>
+      </table></para>
+
+    <para>Παραδείγματα στο παραπάνω στιγμιότυπο:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
+icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
+on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
+with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when
+clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The dependencies</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
+are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
+information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
+dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
+may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
+library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
+button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
+install.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/scannerdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64b29eb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="scannerdrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Set up scanner</title>
+    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+
+
+  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Εγκατάσταση</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>This tool <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to configure a
+single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
+also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
+remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
+
+    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
+message:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
+<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
+installed.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
+the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
+<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
+sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
+linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
+
+    
+    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
+cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
+scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
+scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
+list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
+<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
+Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+    </note>
+
+<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Επιλέξτε θύρα</title>
+    </info> <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject></figure>
+
+    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
+ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
+case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
+
+    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
+similar to the one below.</para>
+<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
+linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
+accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
+decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
+this machine.</para>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
+deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
+this computer.</para>
+
+    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
+from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
+machines.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
+offers to do it.</para>
+
+    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
+"net"</para>
+
+    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
+  </section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
+    </info>  
+
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
+
+        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
+(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
+you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
+Manager</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Epson</para>
+
+        <para>Drivers are available from <link
+xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
+<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
+with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
+ignored.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+</section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Πρόσθετα βήματα εγκατάστασης</title>
+    </info>  
+
+    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
+linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
+steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
+each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
+after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
+firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
+downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
+    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
+each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
+<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
+what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+</itemizedlist>
+      
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/software-management.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e743b3e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/software-management.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el"
+xml:id="software-management">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Διαχείριση Λογισμικού</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
+management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <orderedlist><title>Διαχείριση Λογισμικού</title>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
+system</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
+    </listitem>
+	    <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
+sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+
+    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/system-config-printer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33a8ea6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="system-config-printer">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
+<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
+ Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
+<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Εγκαταστήστε και ρυθμίστε έναν εκτυπωτή</title>
+
+    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="introduction">
+    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Εισαγωγή</title>
+
+    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
+ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
+interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
+offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
+which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
+and openSUSE.</para>
+
+    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
+installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
+
+    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
+section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
+printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
+for.</para>
+      </footnote>.</para>
+
+    <para>Το MCC θα ρωτήσει για την εγκατάσταση δύο πακέτων:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>task-printing-server</para>
+
+      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>Είναι απαραίτητο να αποδεχτείτε αυτή την εγκατάσταση για να
+συνεχίσετε. Χρείαζονται μέχρι και 230ΜΒ εξαρτήσεων.</para>
+
+    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
+detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
+printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
+printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
+will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="automatic">
+    <title>Automatically detected printer</title>
+
+    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
+name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
+"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
+automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
+drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
+next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
+    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
+to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
+options.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Επιλέξτε εκτυπωτή από βάση δεδομένων</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>provide PPD file</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Αναζητήστε έναν οδηγό για να τον κατεβάσετε</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
+first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
+driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
+encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
+which know to work.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="terminate">
+    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
+
+    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
+allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
+the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
+available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
+this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
+printers.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printer">
+    <title>Εκτυπωτής δικτύου</title>
+
+    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
+wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
+another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
+IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
+as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
+one.</para>
+    </note>
+
+    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
+printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
+configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
+on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
+Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
+as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
+after "HWaddr".</para>
+
+    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
+your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
+you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
+Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
+and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
+says "host".</para>
+
+    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
+protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
+list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
+
+    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
+which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
+    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
+
+    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
+JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
+via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
+known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
+which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
+IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
+manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
+<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
+IP-adress is not required.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
+protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
+the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
+changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
+the same as above.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The other protocols are:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
+be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
+some ADSL-routers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
+but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
+defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
+with TLS secured protocol.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
+accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using LPD.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
+station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
+the URI:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Appsocket</para>
+
+        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
+
+        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+
+        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
+
+        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
+ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
+documentation.</link></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="properties">
+    <title>Ιδιότητες συσκευής</title>
+
+    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
+parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
+system, but you can specify a different one with the
+<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
+another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
+of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
+<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Επίλυση προβλημάτων</title>
+
+    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
+inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
+
+    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
+<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="specificities">
+    <title>Specifics</title>
+
+    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
+Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
+ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
+check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
+is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
+redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
+the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
+tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
+works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
+up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><link
+ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
+page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
+for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
+
+    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
+devices</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
+detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
+<link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
+tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
+menu. Also view <link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
+for the management of the printer.</para>
+
+    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
+features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
+allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
+case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
+picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
+open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
+card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
+ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
+the QPDL protocol.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
+ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
+package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
+be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
+according to your architecture. </para>
+
+    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
+conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
+<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/transfugdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..450ac0c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="el">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Εισαγωγή εγγράφων και ρυθμίσεων των Windows(ΤΜ)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
+from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
+installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
+immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
+explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
+
+  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
+<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
+
+  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
+choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
+Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
+than yours own.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
+transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
+user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
+(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
+example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
+<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
+import purposes.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>Όταν τελειώσετε με την επιλογή λογαριασμών πατήστε το κουμπί
+<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>. Η επόμενη σελίδα χρησιμοποιείται για να
+διαλέξετε μια μέθοδο εισαγωγής εγγράφων:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
+Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
+Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
+appropriate item in this window.</para>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import bookmarks:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
+   <para>
+With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
+
+   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
+-->
+<para>Η επόμενη σελίδα σας επιτρέπει να εισάγετε την επιφάνεια εργασίας:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
+<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/el/userdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8401659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el/userdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="userdrake">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Χρήστες και Ομάδες</title>
+
+    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+"Manage users on system"</para>
+
+  <para>Το εργαλείο επιτρέπει σε ένα διαχειριστή να διαχειριστεί τους χρήστες και
+τις ομάδες, με την έννοια να προσθέσει ή να διαγράψει ένα χρήστη ή μία ομάδα
+και να αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις για το χρήστη και την ομάδα (ID, κέλυφος,...)</para>
+
+  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
+the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
+<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
+entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
+or nothing as well!</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
+
+  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
+recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
+password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
+use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
+shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
+you entered what you intended to.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
+you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
+checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
+user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
+
+  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
+after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Χρειάζεται μόνο να εισάγετε το νέο όνομα ομάδας και αν απαιτείται, το ID της
+συγκεκριμένης ομάδας.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
+for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
+Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
+accounts.</para>
+
+  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
+as the account is locked.</para>
+
+  <para>Είναι επίσης δυνατό να αλλάξετε το εικονίδιο.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
+expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
+password periodically.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
+the user is a member of.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
+effective until his/her next login.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
+name.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
+who are members of the group</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
+role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
+ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
+has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Είναι δυνατό να διαγράψετε μια ομάδα αν δεν είναι κενή.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
+refresh the display.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
+to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
+is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
+to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
+end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
+in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po
index cf93949e..d8cd45ad 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po
@@ -1,34 +1,39 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
+# 
 # Translators:
-# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014
-# Miguel Ortega, 2013
-# dabc <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013
-# dabc <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013
-# Fernando Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014
+# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014
+# motitos, 2013
+# Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013
+# Eduardo Vidal <evidal86@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
+# fraescaya10 <fraescaya10@gmail.com>, 2014
 # fraescaya10 <fraescaya10@gmail.com>, 2014
-# rocholc <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013
-# Fernando Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Jose Manuel López <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013-2014
+# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
+# melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>, 2014
 # melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>, 2014
 # Miguel Ortega, 2013
-# Fernando Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
-# rocholc <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013
+# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014
+# Jose Manuel López <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013
+# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014
 # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2014
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-06 15:48+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
-"es/)\n"
-"Language: es\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-13 22:30+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: es\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -41,7 +46,8 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -49,11 +55,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -61,10 +65,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el "
-"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de "
-"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -84,12 +85,7 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un "
-"protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para "
-"que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota "
-"tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con "
-"esta herramienta."
+msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con esta herramienta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -102,11 +98,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya "
-"configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo "
-"para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo "
-"de la nueva pantalla."
+msgstr "La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo de la nueva pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -114,16 +106,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con "
-"la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en "
-"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el "
-"<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es "
-"posible corregirla, si es necesario."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
+" it, if needed."
+msgstr "Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es posible corregirla, si es necesario."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -133,20 +121,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgid ""
 "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
 "point."
-msgstr ""
-"El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje."
+msgstr "El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita "
-"otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -156,27 +141,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr ""
-"La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el "
-"acceso."
+msgstr "La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el acceso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</"
-"guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de "
-"montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</ guibutton>, "
-"se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/"
-"fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté "
-"disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola "
-"vez, no la guarde."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
+"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
+" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr "Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -188,7 +165,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -196,11 +174,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -209,20 +185,14 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite "
-"al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus "
-"subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden "
-"tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o  Windows."
+msgstr "Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o  Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, "
-"etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
+" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr "Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -231,20 +201,11 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
+" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
+" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle "
-"a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga "
-"click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para "
-"todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</"
-"guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en "
-"<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si "
-"para otros.  En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus "
-"directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado "
-"automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto."
+msgstr "Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si para otros.  En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -255,14 +216,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le "
-"pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>.  Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema "
-"operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye "
-"computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán "
-"inmediatamente, si fuera necesario."
+msgstr "Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán inmediatamente, si fuera necesario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -272,37 +226,24 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción "
-"Personalizar.  En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake.  Esta "
-"herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios "
-"autorizados a compartir sus directorios.  En la solapa Usuario, haga click "
-"en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</"
-"guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos.  Marque el grupo y haga click en "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link "
-"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>."
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
+" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr "Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción Personalizar.  En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake.  Esta herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios.  En la solapa Usuario, haga click en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos.  Marque el grupo y haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y "
-"reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas."
+msgstr "Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
+" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir "
-"en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos "
-"estos tengan esa capacidad."
+msgstr "De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos estos tengan esa capacidad."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -320,7 +261,8 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -333,11 +275,9 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -346,16 +286,9 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  "
-"El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la "
-"mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix.  El directorio compartido estará "
-"disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos "
-"también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier "
-"administrador de archivos."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
+" user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix.  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -367,21 +300,17 @@ msgstr "Procedimiento"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista "
-"de servidores que comparten directorios."
+msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para "
-"mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea "
-"acceder."
+msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -389,13 +318,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá "
-"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
+" to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -406,18 +334,16 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo.  "
-"También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, "
-"desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibuttons>.  Use el mismo botón para "
-"desmontarlo. "
+msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo.  También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>.  Use el mismo botón para desmontarlo. "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -427,12 +353,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
+" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -447,7 +374,8 @@ msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -455,11 +383,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -467,11 +393,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en "
-"la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el "
-"nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y "
-"diskettes)."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y diskettes)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -485,11 +407,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr ""
-"En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware "
-"y de las opciones de montaje elegidas.  Use el menú en la parte inferior "
-"para cambiarlas.  Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware y de las opciones de montaje elegidas.  Use el menú en la parte inferior para cambiarlas.  Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -500,9 +418,7 @@ msgstr "Punto de montaje"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/"
-"cdrom."
+msgstr "Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -512,11 +428,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a "
-"través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>.  Las más importantes son:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
+" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr "Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>.  Las más importantes son:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -529,10 +443,7 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta "
-"opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el "
-"único que puede desmontarlo."
+msgstr "La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el único que puede desmontarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -547,11 +458,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -560,54 +469,40 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios "
-"de la computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los "
-"sistemas Windows(TM).  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el "
-"arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse "
-"directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
+" tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas Windows(TM).  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los "
-"servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista "
-"de servidores que comparten directorios."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
+" share directories."
+msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga click en el símbolo &gt; que aparece delante del nombre del servidor "
-"para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que "
-"desea acceder."
+msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo &gt; que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá "
-"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
+msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -618,10 +513,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con "
-"<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>.  También puede verificar y cambiar "
-"algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con <guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>.  También puede verificar y cambiar algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -629,20 +521,19 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos "
-"con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB.  Después de montar el "
-"directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón."
+msgstr "En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB.  Después de montar el directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
@@ -650,15 +541,12 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, "
-"aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones "
-"en /etc/fstab?\".  Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada "
-"arranque si la red está accesible.  El nuevo directorio será visible en su "
-"administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"dolphin."
+msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en /etc/fstab?\".  Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada arranque si la red está accesible.  El nuevo directorio será visible en su administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -673,7 +561,8 @@ msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -681,11 +570,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -693,10 +580,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se "
-"encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. "
+msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -709,40 +593,30 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr ""
-"Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado.  "
-"Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de "
-"poder iniciar drak3d. "
+msgstr "Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado.  Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de poder iniciar drak3d. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir "
-"<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel>.  Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición "
-"de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para "
-"su escritorio.  Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
+msgstr "Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir <guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>.  Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para su escritorio.  Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación "
-"limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes "
-"deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion.  Haga click en el "
-"botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
+" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr "Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion.  Haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -753,20 +627,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que "
-"Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d.  Para que los cambios "
-"surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente."
+msgstr "Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d.  Para que los cambios surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado.  Para "
-"configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig "
-"Settings Manager)."
+msgstr "Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado.  Para configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -784,13 +652,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el "
-"escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la "
-"pantalla de logueo.  Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y "
-"elija drak3d. "
+msgstr "Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la pantalla de logueo.  Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y elija drak3d. "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -800,13 +665,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se "
-"le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente.  Caso contrario, use una "
-"cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado "
-"el problema."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
+" log in problem."
+msgstr "Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente.  Caso contrario, use una cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado el problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -818,7 +679,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticación"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -826,21 +688,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta "
-"computadora en la red."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
+" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la red."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -848,10 +705,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su "
-"computadora.  Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite "
-"y le da instrucciones para ello."
+msgstr "Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su computadora.  Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite y le da instrucciones para ello."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -863,7 +717,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el arranque"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -871,11 +726,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -883,82 +736,55 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
-"configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una "
-"contraseña, "
+msgstr "esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como "
-"\"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"."
+msgstr "Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo.  "
-"Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!"
+msgstr "No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo.  Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
+" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
-"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
-"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
-"you machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es "
-"posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o "
-"Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto.  Esto es una "
-"cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las "
-"mismas facilidades.  También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de "
-"arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos "
-"que sea un usuario experto.  El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside "
-"el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque "
-"de su computadora."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
+" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
+msgstr "En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto.  Esto es una cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las mismas facilidades.  También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos que sea un usuario experto.  El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de su computadora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
+" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, "
-"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la "
-"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos.  Durante este lapso, "
-"Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, "
-"invitándolo a seleccionar uno.  Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque "
-"iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire "
-"el lapso establecido anteriormente."
+msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos.  Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno.  Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr ""
-"En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es "
-"posible definir una contraseña."
+msgstr "En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es posible definir una contraseña."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras "
-"opciones."
+msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras opciones."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -972,11 +798,7 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la "
-"administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran "
-"en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica.  Marque esta casilla si su "
-"hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI."
+msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica.  Marque esta casilla si su hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -988,26 +810,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para "
-"procesadores de varios núcleos. "
+msgstr "SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para procesadores de varios núcleos. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador "
-"dual y activará SMP."
+msgstr "Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador dual y activará SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -1018,20 +835,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado.  Hay dos "
-"componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/"
-"O.  Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses "
-"periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando "
-"su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores.  Algunas computadoras "
-"tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una "
-"incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje "
-"de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del "
-"sistema.  En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
+" APIC."
+msgstr "APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado.  Hay dos componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/O.  Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores.  Algunas computadoras tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del sistema.  En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -1040,23 +849,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
-"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
+" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
-"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las "
-"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema.  La opción por defecto "
-"está marcada con un asterico.  Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el "
-"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas.  Si hace click en los "
-"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, "
-"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del "
-"Grub o modificar las existentes.  Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar "
-"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
+" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema.  La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico.  Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas.  Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes.  Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -1067,43 +869,35 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el "
-"contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú.  Coincidirá con el comando "
-"\"title\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo: Mageia3."
+msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú.  Coincidirá con el comando \"title\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo: Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel.  "
-"Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel.  Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde "
-"se encuentra almacenado el kernel.  Coincide con el comando \"root\" del "
-"Grub.  Por ejemplo (hd0,1)."
+msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde se encuentra almacenado el kernel.  Coincide con el comando \"root\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el arranque."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada por defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -1111,7 +905,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En la pantalla \"Avanzado\", es posible elegir el modo de video "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -1123,7 +917,8 @@ msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -1131,11 +926,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -1144,21 +937,14 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar "
-"sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir "
-"ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea "
-"cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</ emphasis> del "
-"Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión "
-"automático\"."
+msgstr "Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión automático\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -1168,30 +954,23 @@ msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
+"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr "Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse ejecutando el comando  'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
+" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o "
-"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el "
-"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar "
-"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es "
-"necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre "
-"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</ "
-"guilabel>."
+msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -1206,42 +985,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\">solo se puede "
-"iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo "
-"haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </ "
-"emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer "
-"lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
+" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
+"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
+msgstr "Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero "
-"las partes innecesarias."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
+" the unneeded parts."
+msgstr "La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero las partes innecesarias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1418,19 +1187,12 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este "
-"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a "
-"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog"
-"\" haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl."
-"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por "
-"ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
+" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
+"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1442,7 +1204,8 @@ msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1450,38 +1213,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se "
-"inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin "
-"embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se "
-"le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las "
-"informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
+" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
+"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
+"report."
+msgstr "Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer "
-"eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </"
-"link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"."
+"then please read <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
+"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
+"button."
+msgstr "Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1489,10 +1243,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje "
-"de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese "
-"bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también."
+msgstr "En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1504,7 +1255,8 @@ msgstr "Fecha y hora"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1512,20 +1264,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1536,30 +1286,30 @@ msgstr "Es  una herramienta muy simple."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
+" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es  Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su número."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
+" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
+" your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr "En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del entorno de escritorio para eso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1567,18 +1317,15 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la ciudad más cercana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
+" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, "
-"estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de "
-"región."
+msgstr "Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de región."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1590,7 +1337,8 @@ msgstr "Quitar una conexión"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1598,38 +1346,30 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>. "
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego "
-"haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>."
+msgstr "Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado "
-"correctamente."
+msgstr "Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1641,7 +1381,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1649,11 +1390,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1661,16 +1400,14 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el "
-"hardware y el proveedor que usted posee."
+msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el hardware y el proveedor que usted posee."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1682,92 +1419,101 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un para configurar"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o "
-"manualmente configurada."
+msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o manualmente configurada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "IP automática"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
+" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser  \nconfigurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado  \naquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada.  El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción  <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "Cliente DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especificar el servidor NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración manual"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
@@ -1776,27 +1522,30 @@ msgid ""
 "attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1806,8 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780
 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:150
@@ -1818,9 +1566,10 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
+" can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -1833,53 +1582,59 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Ninguno"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
+" and password."
+msgstr "BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
+" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic connection would not need this setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1894,14 +1649,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar una y configurarla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1909,27 +1664,32 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)"
@@ -1939,22 +1699,26 @@ msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):"
@@ -1972,14 +1736,16 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Módem ISDN externo"
@@ -1989,16 +1755,16 @@ msgstr "Módem ISDN externo"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. "
-"Seleccione su tarjeta."
+msgstr "Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)"
@@ -2007,31 +1773,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione "
-"su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción "
-"<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas "
-"por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+msgstr "Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción <guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Nombre de conexión"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Número de teléfono"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Método de autenticación"
@@ -2041,40 +1807,43 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticación"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método automático o manual. Si es automático, especifique la dirección IP y la máscara de Subred."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
+" put:"
+msgstr "El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la configuración manual, debe indicar:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Nombre de dominio"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecciones si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
+" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
+"the IP address."
+msgstr "El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, usted debe ingresar la dirección IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -2094,94 +1863,107 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la "
-"tarjeta ha detectado."
+msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la tarjeta ha detectado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Modo de operación"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Administrado"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso."
+msgstr "Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
+msgid ""
+"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:552
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -2193,41 +1975,46 @@ msgid ""
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2240,13 +2027,12 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y configurarla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "Es necesario un Número PIN. Dejar vacío si el PIN no es requerido."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:658
@@ -2260,7 +2046,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso"
@@ -2275,12 +2062,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Elección manual"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe."
@@ -2288,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:720
 msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:724
@@ -2301,57 +2090,67 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Basado en script"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Basado en terminal"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2385,9 +2184,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de "
-"Redes</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2400,12 +2197,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Con el botón Avanzado puede especificar:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:820
 msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Métrico (10 de manera predeterminada)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:824
@@ -2429,7 +2226,8 @@ msgid ""
 "immediately or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2444,7 +2242,8 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2452,18 +2251,16 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
+" information about that."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2476,7 +2273,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2484,13 +2282,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2498,8 +2293,8 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2509,7 +2304,8 @@ msgid ""
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2519,10 +2315,11 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
+" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2550,9 +2347,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2565,7 +2363,8 @@ msgid ""
 "seen in the screenshot below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2580,7 +2379,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2588,18 +2388,16 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
+" on your system will be shown."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2620,7 +2418,8 @@ msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2628,11 +2427,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2648,8 +2445,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
+" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2676,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
 msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
@@ -2685,7 +2482,8 @@ msgid ""
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png "
@@ -2706,9 +2504,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
+" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
+"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2716,12 +2514,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2730,8 +2530,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
+" packages are downloaded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
@@ -2751,7 +2551,8 @@ msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)"
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2759,11 +2560,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2792,15 +2591,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></"
-"emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
+" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2811,8 +2608,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
+" to use the fonts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2826,7 +2623,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2838,10 +2635,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2861,7 +2658,8 @@ msgstr "Controles paternos"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2869,19 +2667,17 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2907,17 +2703,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
+" only execute what you accept them to execute."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2932,18 +2728,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
+" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
+"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
+" will then suggest you reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
+" is opened."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -2995,8 +2791,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
+" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3017,7 +2813,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -3027,7 +2824,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Principios"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -3054,16 +2852,14 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
 msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
@@ -3090,16 +2886,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
+" one, check that this is correct."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
+" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
+" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -3114,8 +2910,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
+" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -3151,8 +2947,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
+" using."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3172,7 +2968,8 @@ msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3185,7 +2982,8 @@ msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -3193,11 +2991,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3243,7 +3039,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos."
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3253,18 +3050,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3276,7 +3072,8 @@ msgstr "Centro de Redes"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3284,11 +3081,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3302,30 +3097,34 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
+" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
+"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
+"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
+"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3335,27 +3134,27 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
+" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
+" connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3363,7 +3162,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3373,7 +3173,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "El botón de Monitor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3383,8 +3184,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
+" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3398,8 +3199,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -3410,10 +3211,10 @@ msgstr "El botón de configuración"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3423,8 +3224,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
+" configuration may give better results."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3448,18 +3249,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el "
-"Administrador de Redes</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3474,7 +3274,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3507,8 +3308,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
+" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3525,7 +3326,8 @@ msgid ""
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3535,7 +3337,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3550,7 +3353,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3558,11 +3362,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3574,7 +3376,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3587,22 +3390,21 @@ msgstr "Prerequisitos"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
+" first time, it may display the following message:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid ""
+"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3637,7 +3439,8 @@ msgid ""
 "available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3710,24 +3513,24 @@ msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
+" the server itself."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
+" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
+" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
+" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
@@ -3746,12 +3549,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones avanzadas"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las "
-"solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
+" is on by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -3760,11 +3560,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo "
-"de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera "
-"predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de "
-"archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -3772,11 +3568,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar "
-"el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho "
-"por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de "
-"disco)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de disco)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -3784,10 +3576,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que "
-"puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir "
-"la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -3799,7 +3588,8 @@ msgstr "Entradas de menú"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3823,9 +3613,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
 msgid ""
 "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración "
-"actuales."
+msgstr "El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración actuales."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -3835,10 +3623,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración "
-"actuales."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
+msgstr "La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración actuales."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -3850,7 +3637,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3858,27 +3646,25 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
+" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
+" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
@@ -3895,7 +3681,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar repositorios"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3903,10 +3690,10 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
+" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
+" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
+" below)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -3932,11 +3719,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3961,10 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "Columna Activar"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga "
-"cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema "
-"no funcione."
+msgstr "Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema no funcione."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -4023,9 +3805,7 @@ msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en "
-"que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -4045,8 +3825,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
+" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4066,11 +3846,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena "
-"idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por "
-"ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core "
-"oficial del lanzamiento. "
+msgstr "Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core oficial del lanzamiento. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -4082,9 +3858,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para "
-"descargar y proxy)."
+msgstr "Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para descargar y proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -4097,8 +3871,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
+" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4111,9 +3885,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
+" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
+"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -4129,8 +3903,8 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
+" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -4142,15 +3916,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
+" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -4175,7 +3950,8 @@ msgid ""
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -4191,14 +3967,14 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4210,11 +3986,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
+" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
+"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
@@ -4225,22 +4001,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
+" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
+"page</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4253,7 +4030,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4266,12 +4044,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir "
-"recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite "
-"configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. "
-"Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con "
-"este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. "
+msgstr "Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4297,21 +4070,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
+" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4321,11 +4093,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr ""
-"En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone "
-"está seleccionada."
+msgstr "En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone está seleccionada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4333,8 +4104,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
+" access to the shared resources."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -4344,7 +4115,8 @@ msgid ""
 "the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4375,7 +4147,8 @@ msgid ""
 "address or host name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4385,11 +4158,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este "
-"servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows."
+msgstr "Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4400,7 +4172,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4409,11 +4182,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4423,7 +4197,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4444,11 +4219,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las "
-"cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. "
-"El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores "
-"(de seguridad) del dominio."
+msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores (de seguridad) del dominio."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4460,7 +4231,8 @@ msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4468,13 +4240,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
+" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4517,9 +4290,10 @@ msgstr "Compartir impresora"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:237
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4537,7 +4311,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Usuarios de Samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4560,7 +4335,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
 msgid "draksec.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
@@ -4568,11 +4344,9 @@ msgstr "draksec.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
@@ -4599,17 +4373,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:29
 msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sin contraseña: La herramienta se ejecuta sin pedir contraseña."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:34
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la herramienta se ejecute"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:39
 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contraseña de root: La contraseña de root se pide antes de ejecutar la herramienta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:44
@@ -4628,7 +4402,8 @@ msgstr "Instantáneas"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4636,18 +4411,16 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
+"tools</guilabel> section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4662,9 +4435,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
+"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
+"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4672,27 +4445,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
+" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
+"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
+" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
+"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
+"are done."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
+" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton> para hacer la captura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksound.xml:3
@@ -4704,7 +4478,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de sonido"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4712,11 +4487,9 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
@@ -4736,8 +4509,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
-"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
+" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -4751,10 +4525,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
+" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
+"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
+"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4762,28 +4536,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo activado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos "
-"programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
-"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras "
-"opciones."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4814,7 +4584,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4822,11 +4593,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4838,7 +4607,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4846,11 +4616,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4878,19 +4646,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
 msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De un nombre a la conexión."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:37
 msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:42
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4900,9 +4669,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera vez que se utilice."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4919,7 +4689,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4927,34 +4698,35 @@ msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:72
 msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la conexión VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
+" to this VPN."
+msgstr "Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse siempre a esta VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
 msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurar servidor web"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4962,11 +4734,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
@@ -4997,7 +4767,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5014,7 +4785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5031,7 +4803,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5046,7 +4819,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5063,7 +4837,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5080,7 +4855,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Resumen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5090,7 +4866,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5099,7 +4876,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Finalizar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5120,7 +4898,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -5128,11 +4907,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -5144,7 +4921,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -5159,18 +4937,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
+" be installed before you can access to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5197,7 +4973,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5207,7 +4984,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5216,8 +4994,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5225,7 +5003,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5239,7 +5018,8 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5249,7 +5029,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5266,7 +5047,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5291,62 +5073,73 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
+"adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5354,8 +5147,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
+"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5373,7 +5166,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar la hora"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5381,18 +5175,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
+" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5409,22 +5201,26 @@ msgid ""
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5432,14 +5228,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
+" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5447,7 +5244,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
@@ -5462,9 +5259,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5484,15 +5281,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
+"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
 msgid ""
 "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como referencia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
@@ -5504,7 +5301,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5512,17 +5310,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5548,12 +5344,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5570,7 +5368,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5587,7 +5386,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5595,16 +5395,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
+" (File eXchange Protocol)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5619,7 +5421,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5627,11 +5430,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5644,7 +5445,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
 msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor proxy?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
@@ -5660,14 +5461,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
 msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5675,9 +5477,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5692,9 +5495,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5710,7 +5514,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5718,31 +5523,34 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgid ""
+"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5755,9 +5563,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5765,11 +5574,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5777,9 +5587,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
 msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5791,7 +5602,8 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5799,54 +5611,61 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
 msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5854,7 +5673,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
 msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciando <code>squid.</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
@@ -5866,7 +5685,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5874,17 +5694,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5897,8 +5715,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
+" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5911,14 +5729,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
 msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5926,8 +5745,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
+"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5935,7 +5755,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Opciones generales"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5952,7 +5773,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5969,7 +5791,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5977,8 +5800,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5986,7 +5809,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6001,7 +5825,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6017,7 +5842,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6029,12 +5855,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6049,7 +5877,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -6057,11 +5886,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -6073,7 +5900,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de hardware"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -6081,11 +5909,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -6100,12 +5926,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
 msgid "The window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La ventana"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:33
 msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La ventana se divide en dos columnas"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:35
@@ -6126,8 +5952,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
+" available at the bottom of the right column:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -6185,7 +6011,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6193,11 +6020,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6217,9 +6042,9 @@ msgstr "Distribución del teclado"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
+" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
+"each layout should be used for."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6244,7 +6069,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6252,11 +6078,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6327,7 +6151,8 @@ msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6335,18 +6160,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6357,26 +6180,26 @@ msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
+"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
+" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
+" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
+"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6395,11 +6218,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -6447,7 +6270,8 @@ msgstr "Servicio Xinetd"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6456,8 +6280,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
+" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6473,7 +6297,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
 msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mostrar recursos compartidos NFS y SMB disponibles"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
@@ -6483,28 +6307,24 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede "
-"iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
+"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -6520,11 +6340,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6532,20 +6350,18 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede "
-"iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá "
-"más información a su disposición."
+msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más información a su disposición."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
+" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6593,11 +6409,10 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas"
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y "
-"la opcion -i para grep."
+msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y la opcion -i para grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6607,9 +6422,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)"
+msgstr "Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -6621,7 +6434,8 @@ msgstr "Actualizar software"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6629,20 +6443,17 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -6657,20 +6468,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
+" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
+" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6679,8 +6491,8 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -6688,7 +6500,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Arranque"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6698,9 +6511,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el "
-"arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -6727,7 +6538,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hardware"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6737,25 +6549,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el "
-"hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Administrar el hardware"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6765,16 +6575,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Configurar los gráficos"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del "
-"Escritorio</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del Escritorio</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6784,12 +6594,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6799,16 +6611,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) "
-"impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
+" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6818,7 +6630,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Otros"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6840,7 +6653,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
+"tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -6869,7 +6683,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Discos locales"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6879,9 +6694,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o "
-"compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -6903,7 +6716,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Servicios de red"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6911,8 +6725,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
+" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6947,7 +6761,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Compartir red"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6957,40 +6772,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir "
-"discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y "
-"directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Configurar NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -7000,7 +6815,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Configurar WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -7010,7 +6826,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Redes e internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -7018,28 +6835,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la "
-"red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
+" below to learn more."
+msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -7049,27 +6867,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -7079,7 +6902,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Seguridad"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -7089,18 +6913,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga "
-"click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, "
-"permisos y auditorías</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditorías</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -7127,7 +6947,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Compartir"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -7136,8 +6957,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
+" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7156,7 +6977,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Sistema"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -7166,26 +6988,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas "
-"administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7195,12 +7018,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Localización"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7210,29 +7035,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Herramientas administrativas"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7246,34 +7076,25 @@ msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la "
-"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
-"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el "
-"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de "
-"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7285,7 +7106,8 @@ msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7293,20 +7115,18 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7314,7 +7134,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -7327,7 +7148,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7335,11 +7157,9 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
@@ -7351,8 +7171,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
+" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7374,7 +7194,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7382,17 +7203,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
+" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7413,10 +7232,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
+" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
+" own customised security levels."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -7452,17 +7271,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
@@ -7477,11 +7299,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
+"below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7499,20 +7323,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
+" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
+" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
+" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
+" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
+" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7530,21 +7354,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
+" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
+" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
+" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
+"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7558,12 +7382,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
+"These levels are saved in "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
+"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
+" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7581,11 +7405,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
+"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
+"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
+" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
+" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7594,8 +7418,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
+" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7608,11 +7432,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
+" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
+"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
+"to the options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7624,11 +7448,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
+" column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7643,7 +7468,8 @@ msgid ""
 "choice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7657,7 +7483,8 @@ msgid ""
 "saving them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7673,7 +7500,8 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7698,7 +7526,8 @@ msgid ""
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7712,13 +7541,14 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
+" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
+" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7726,10 +7556,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
+"button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7738,10 +7570,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
+"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
+"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
+"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7766,12 +7599,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
+"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7780,16 +7614,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
+" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
+" given rule:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
+" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7804,19 +7638,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
+"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7842,11 +7677,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
+"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
+"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
+" that will be changed by msecperms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7863,15 +7698,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
 msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
+" next pages."
+msgstr "Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe leyendo las próximas páginas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -7901,14 +7736,15 @@ msgstr "Y más herramientas?"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
 msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7916,16 +7752,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
 msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -7939,18 +7773,19 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
+" included in the packages."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
+"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7959,8 +7794,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
+" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
@@ -7977,9 +7812,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7995,24 +7831,24 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
+" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
+" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
+" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8069,8 +7905,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
+" sub categories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8082,15 +7918,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
+" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
 msgid "The status column"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Columna de estado"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
@@ -8100,66 +7936,78 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Icono"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Leyenda"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Este paquete se instalará"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará"
@@ -8188,17 +8036,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de "
-"estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado "
-"al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ."
+msgstr "Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Las dependencias"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8206,14 +8052,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
+" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
+" install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -8236,9 +8082,7 @@ msgstr "Instalación"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
-"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8254,15 +8098,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el siguiente mensaje:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los "
-"escáneres</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los escáneres</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -8276,7 +8118,8 @@ msgid ""
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8293,8 +8136,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8309,11 +8152,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
+" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8321,44 +8165,41 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escoja el puerto"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
+" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8371,11 +8212,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8385,7 +8227,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Scannersharing"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8393,15 +8236,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
+" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder "
-"accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede "
-"decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar "
-"accesibles desde esta computadora."
+msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -8418,7 +8257,8 @@ msgid ""
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8428,7 +8268,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8440,7 +8281,8 @@ msgid ""
 "machines."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8448,9 +8290,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8487,8 +8330,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8506,8 +8349,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8518,19 +8361,19 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
+"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
+"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
+"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
+"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
 msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pasos de instalación adicionales"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
@@ -8560,16 +8403,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
@@ -8577,7 +8420,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Gestión de software"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8585,11 +8429,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión "
-"de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
+" Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr "En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8599,8 +8441,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8618,14 +8460,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
 msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8660,8 +8503,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8699,17 +8542,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
 msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
+" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8717,7 +8560,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8725,8 +8569,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
+" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8780,17 +8624,17 @@ msgstr "Impresora en red"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
+" another workstation that serves as printserver."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
+" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
+"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
+"fixed one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8798,8 +8642,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
+" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
@@ -8808,9 +8652,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
+" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
+" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
@@ -8827,8 +8671,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
+" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8845,9 +8689,9 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8856,11 +8700,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
+" the same as above."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8890,8 +8735,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
+" with TLS secured protocol."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8954,24 +8799,26 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
+" documentation.</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
 msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
+" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
+" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8989,23 +8836,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
+" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
+" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
+"date drivers or for more recent devices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -9016,9 +8863,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
+" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -9030,8 +8878,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -9039,9 +8887,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
+"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9066,9 +8915,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
+"for the QPDL protocol."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -9079,12 +8928,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
+"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
+" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -9116,7 +8965,8 @@ msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9124,8 +8974,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9141,9 +8991,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
+"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -9173,11 +9023,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
+" than yours own."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9186,9 +9037,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
+"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -9202,20 +9053,22 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
+"import purposes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import documents:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9223,21 +9076,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
+"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
+"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
+"appropriate item in this window."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import bookmarks:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9253,8 +9108,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
+" button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9262,7 +9117,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9270,7 +9126,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9280,7 +9137,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9295,7 +9153,8 @@ msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9303,8 +9162,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9319,15 +9178,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
+" (ID, shell, ...)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
+" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9341,7 +9200,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9362,18 +9222,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
+" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
+" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
+" you entered what you intended to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9428,7 +9288,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9451,7 +9312,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
 msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Es también posible cambiar el ícono"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:100
@@ -9461,7 +9322,8 @@ msgid ""
 "password periodically."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9497,9 +9359,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede "
-"seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -9509,16 +9369,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
+"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
+"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr "Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
 msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Es posible eliminar un grupo que no este vacío."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:136
@@ -9528,8 +9388,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
+" refresh the display."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9543,8 +9403,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
+" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9559,7 +9419,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9567,9 +9428,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
+"as root. Mind the capital letters."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9577,14 +9438,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Los botones le permiten cambiar la configuración gráfica."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:25
@@ -9628,7 +9489,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9640,8 +9502,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
+" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9657,7 +9519,8 @@ msgid ""
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9672,8 +9535,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
+" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
@@ -9682,8 +9545,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
+" another one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -9710,8 +9573,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
+" XFdrake's text version."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9746,16 +9609,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
+"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
+"may be unchecked for a server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
+" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..025c74dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/MCC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="MCC">
+
+  <info>
+    <title>Centro de Control de Mageia</title>
+    <cover>
+	    <para>Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la
+licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>
+	    </para>
+	    <para>Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>
+	    </para>
+            <para>Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el
+<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipo de
+Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8f85710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Actualizar software</title>
+
+    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis>.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management.</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
+rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
+are prompted to do so.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
+those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
+default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
+<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process. </para>
+
+  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
+the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
+means you can click to drop down a text. </para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
+displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </inlinemediaobject>
+. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike. </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..816ee0ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/XFdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Configurar el servidor gráfico</title>
+
+    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
+graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
+as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
+      </footnote></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>Los botones le permiten cambiar la configuración gráfica.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
+configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
+one with a proprietary driver.</para>
+
+  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
+manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
+order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
+Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
+graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
+in your Desktop Environment.</para>
+<para> If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
+<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
+Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
+    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
+use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
+example).</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
+you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
+isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
+<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
+colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
+
+  <para><mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png" />
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>The image of the monitor in the
+middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration. </para>
+
+  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
+one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
+and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
+set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
+select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
+
+  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
+another one.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
+restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.
+      </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
+on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
+graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
+text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
+XFdrake's text version. </para>
+    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
+to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
+right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+<orderedlist><title>Opciones:</title>
+	<listitem>
+   <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
+Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
+restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
+three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
+<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
+booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
+may be unchecked for a server.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+
+  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
+you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
+previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
+and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
+
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--dav.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc885156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Ésta herramienta<footnote><para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root.</para>
+  </footnote> se encuentra en el
+Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de
+Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+ <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> es un
+protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para
+que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota
+tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con
+esta herramienta.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Creando una nueva entrada</title>
+
+    <para>La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya
+configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo
+para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo
+de la nueva pantalla.</para>
+
+    <para>Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con
+la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en
+<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el
+<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es
+posible corregirla, si es necesario.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de
+montaje.</para>
+
+    <para>En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita
+otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla
+<guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el
+acceso.</para>
+
+    <para>Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón
+<guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el
+nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir
+<guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las
+modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si
+desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la
+configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5b61433
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Compartir sus particiones de disco</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type="footnote" id="0"/> permite al
+administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios /
+home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en
+los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o  Windows.</para>
+
+  <para>Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local,
+etiquetado como "Compartir sus particiones".</para>
+
+  <para>Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: "<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle
+a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>", haga click
+en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los
+usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton>
+para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en
+<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si
+para otros.  En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus
+directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado
+automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto.</para>
+
+  <para>Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le
+pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y
+<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el
+único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red
+incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán
+inmediatamente, si fuera necesario.</para>
+
+  <para>Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción
+Personalizar.  En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake.  Esta
+herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios
+autorizados a compartir sus directorios.  En la solapa Usuario, haga click
+en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en
+<guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos.  Marque el grupo y
+haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Para más información sobre
+Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href="userdrake.xml">esta página</link>.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y
+reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir
+en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos
+estos tengan esa capacidad.</para>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--nfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7afe04b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--nfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando
+<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root.</para>
+      </footnote> le permite declarar
+directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  El
+protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la
+mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix.  El directorio compartido estará
+disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos
+también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier
+administrador de archivos.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Procedimiento</title>
+
+    <para>Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista
+de servidores que comparten directorios.</para>
+
+    <para>Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para
+mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea
+acceder.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá
+especificar donde quiere montar el directorio.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo.
+También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas,
+desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>.  Use el mismo botón para
+desmontarlo. </para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se
+mostrará un mensaje preguntando "¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a
+/etc/fstab ?". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la
+red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su
+navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--removable.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10e3a31c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--removable.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">Grabadora CD/DVD</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Esta herramienta  <footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote>se encuentra en la
+solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el
+nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y
+diskettes). </para>
+
+  <para>Su objetivo es definir la forma de montar su disco removible. </para>
+
+  <para>En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware
+y de las opciones de montaje elegidas.  Use el menú en la parte inferior
+para cambiarlas.  Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Punto de montaje</title>
+
+    <para>Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es
+/media/cdrom.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Opciones</title>
+
+    <para>Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a
+través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>.  Las más importantes son:</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>user/nouser</title>
+
+      <para>La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta
+opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el
+único que puede desmontarlo. </para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--smb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..378510de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--smb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por Windows (SMB)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
+
+  </info>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote> le permite declarar
+aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la
+computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas
+Windows(TM).  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque
+del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse
+directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos.</para>
+
+    <para>Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los
+servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Procedimiento</title>
+
+    <para>Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista
+de servidores que comparten directorios.</para>
+
+    <para>Haga click en el símbolo &gt; que aparece delante del nombre del servidor
+para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que
+desea acceder.</para>
+
+    <para>El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá
+especificar donde quiere montar el directorio.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con
+<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>.  También puede verificar y cambiar
+algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para>En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos
+con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB.  Después de montar el
+directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>,
+aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si "¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en
+/etc/fstab?".  Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada
+arranque si la red está accesible.  El nuevo directorio será visible en su
+administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drak3d.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab89eeb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drak3d.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Efectos de escritorio 3D</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
+        <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> como root.</para>
+      </footnote> le permite
+administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se
+encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. </para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section annotations="center">
+    <title>Comenzando</title>
+
+    <para>Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado.
+Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de
+poder iniciar drak3d. </para>
+
+    <para>Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir
+<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz
+Fusion</guilabel>.  Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de
+composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por
+hardware para su escritorio.  Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para
+habilitarlo.</para>
+
+    <para>Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación
+limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes
+deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion.  Haga click en el
+botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que
+Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d.  Para que los cambios
+surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente.</para>
+
+    <para>Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado.  Para
+configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig
+Settings Manager).</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Solución de problemas</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>No se puede ver el escritorio tras iniciar sesión</title>
+
+      <para>Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el
+escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la
+pantalla de logueo.  Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y
+elija drak3d. </para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se
+le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente.  Caso contrario, use una
+cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado
+el problema.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakauth.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ea6e3d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakauth.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autenticación</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis
+role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> le permite modificar
+la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la
+red.</para>
+
+  <para>Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su
+computadora.  Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite
+y le da instrucciones para ello.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot--boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96540d5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakboot--boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot--boot-ti1">Configurar el arranque</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot --boot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" align="center" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>esta herramienta <footnote>
+      <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root.</para>
+    </footnote> le permite configurar
+las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, </para>
+
+  <para>Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como
+"Configurar el sistema de arranque".</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo.
+Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es
+posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o
+Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto.  Esto es una
+cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las
+mismas facilidades.  También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de
+arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos
+que sea un usuario experto.  El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside
+el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque
+de su computadora.</para>
+
+  <para>En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>,
+usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la
+imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos.  Durante este lapso,
+Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles,
+invitándolo a seleccionar uno.  Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque
+iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire
+el lapso establecido anteriormente.</para>
+
+  <para>En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es
+posible definir una contraseña.</para>
+
+  <para>El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras
+opciones.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Activar ACPI:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la
+administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran
+en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica.  Marque esta casilla si su
+hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para
+procesadores de varios núcleos. </para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador
+dual y activará SMP.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado.  Hay dos
+componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC
+I/O.  Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses
+periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando
+su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores.  Algunas computadoras
+tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una
+incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje
+de error "spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7") hasta bloqueos totales del
+sistema.  En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las
+opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema.  La opción por defecto
+está marcada con un asterico.  Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el
+elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas.  Si hace click en los
+botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>,
+aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del
+Grub o modificar las existentes.  Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar
+familiarizado con Lilo o Grub.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el
+contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú.  Coincidirá con el comando
+"title" del Grub.  Por ejemplo: Mageia3.</para>
+
+  <para>El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel.
+Coincide con el comando "kernel" del Grub.  Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
+
+  <para>El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde
+se encuentra almacenado el kernel.  Coincide con el comando "root" del
+Grub.  Por ejemplo (hd0,1).</para>
+
+  <para>La etiqueta "Anexar" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el
+arranque.</para>
+
+  <para>Si la casilla "Por defecto" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada
+por defecto.</para>
+
+  <para>En la pantalla "Avanzado", es posible elegir el modo de video </para>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42f7d22c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakboot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakboot-im1" fileref="drakboot.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
+      <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> como root.</para>
+    </footnote>permite iniciar sesión
+automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir
+ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea
+cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina.</para>
+
+  <para>Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role="bold">Arranque</emphasis> del
+Centro de Control de Mageia llamada "Configurar el inicio de sesión
+automático".</para>
+
+  <para>Los botones son bastante obvios:</para>
+
+  <para>Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema
+inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado
+después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos
+modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse
+ejecutando el comando  'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
+
+  <para>Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o
+bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el
+sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar
+automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es
+necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre
+de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por
+defecto</guilabel>.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5605c67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
+ fileref="drakbug.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Usualmente, esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold"> drakbug </emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> se inicia
+automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo,
+también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida
+que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que
+da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente.</para>
+
+  <para>Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer
+eso, entonces por favor lea <link
+xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly"> Cómo
+hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el
+botón "Report".</para>
+
+  <para>En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje
+de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese
+bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también.</para>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug_report.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..661bfc7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakbug_report.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Recolectar logs e información del sistema para reportes de bugs</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote><para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote>solo se puede iniciar
+desde la línea de comandos.</para>
+
+<para>Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo
+haciendo <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt
+</emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en
+primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB.</para>
+<note><para>La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero
+las partes innecesarias.</para></note>
+  <para>Este comando recolecta la siguiente información de su sistema:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pcmia: stab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> particiones</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> versión de Mageia</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+
+  <note><para>Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte "syslog" de la salida de este
+comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a
+nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el "syslog"
+haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt
+</emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo,
+tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role="bold">
+journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>.</para></note>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakclock.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a6d0098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakclock.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakclock">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Fecha y hora</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
+      <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold"> drakclock </emphasis> como root.</para>
+    </footnote> se encuentra en la
+pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como
+<guilabel>"Administrar fecha y hora"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de
+escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho /
+Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema.</para>
+
+  <para>Es  una herramienta muy simple.</para>
+
+  <para>En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis
+role="bold">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es
+Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2
+(en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las
+pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día
+haciendo click en su número.</para>
+
+  <para>En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización
+<emphasis role="bold">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el
+reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque
+<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más
+cercano.</para>
+
+  <para>En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está
+activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22
+en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la
+hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del
+entorno de escritorio para eso.</para>
+
+  <para>Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el
+botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la
+ciudad más cercana.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta,
+estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de
+región.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect--del.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dca44696
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect--del.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Quitar una conexión</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<footnote><para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote>. </para> 
+    <para>Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego
+haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>.</para> 
+    <para>Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado
+correctamente.</para> 
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eef5dab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconnect.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,815 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakconnect">
+  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>Esta herramienta<footnote>
+        <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root.</para>
+      </footnote> permite configurar
+varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información
+de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red.</para>
+
+    <para>Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el
+hardware y el proveedor que usted posee.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un
+para configurar</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o
+manualmente configurada.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>IP automática</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si
+los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán
+especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la
+dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser
+configurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado
+aquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre
+<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma
+predeterminada.  El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP
+con la opción  <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor
+DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted
+está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL
+doméstico, es poco probable.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Cliente DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especificar el
+servidor NIS</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
+requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
+IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para
+todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Configuración manual</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
+servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
+HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
+attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your service provider's website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
+computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
+"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
+you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
+domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión por cable módem</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un
+para configurar</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o
+manualmente configurada.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Debe especificar un método de autenticación:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Ninguno</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que
+proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>IP automática</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
+are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
+The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
+have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
+from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Cliente DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especificar el
+servidor NIS</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
+requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
+IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para
+todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Configuración manual</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
+to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
+is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
+attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your service provider's website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
+computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
+"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
+you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
+domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión DSL</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar
+una y configurarla.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Configuración manual TCP/IP</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Configuraciones de acceso</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Contraseña de la cuenta</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión ISDN</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Módem ISDN externo</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y
+fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione
+su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción
+<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas
+por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Nombre de conexión</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Número de teléfono</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ID de ingreso (login)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Contraseña de la cuenta</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Método de autenticación</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método
+automático o manual. Si es automático, especifique la dirección IP y la
+máscara de Subred.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores
+DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la
+configuración manual, debe indicar:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Nombre de dominio</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Servidores DNS primario y secundario</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Selecciones si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione
+esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para
+aceptarlo.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es
+obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual,
+usted debe ingresar la dirección IP.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión inalámbrica (WIFI)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
+Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
+only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la
+tarjeta ha detectado.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Modo de operación</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Administrado</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente).</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nombre de red (ESSID)</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso.</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WEP</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contraseña de encriptado</para>
+
+            <para>Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>IP automática</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
+declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
+specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
+Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Cliente DHCP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP
+requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección
+IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
+connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Configuración manual</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your providers website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
+before the period.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y
+configurarla.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Nombre de punto de acceso</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Contraseña de la cuenta</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Elección manual</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hardware detectado, si existe.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
+<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
+gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Clave</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Basado en script</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Basado en terminal</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
+    <title>Fin de la configuración</title>
+
+    <para>En el siguiente paso, puede especificar:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Permitir a los usuarios administrar la conexión</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de
+Redes</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
+access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
+automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Con el botón Avanzado puede especificar:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Métrico (10 de manera predeterminada)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>MTU</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Enchufe en caliente de la red</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Habilitar túnel IPv6 a IPv4</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
+immediately or not.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconsole.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae758d29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakconsole.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakconsole">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Abra una consola de administrador</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> gives you access to a console
+which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
+information about that.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakdisk.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00ffe5a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakdisk.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakdisk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--
+ lebarhon 2012-08-30  Added some comments. Imho, the option button needs explanations -->
+<!--marja 2012-09-02 changed title to visible title for this tool in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Administrar particiones de disco</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakdisk o diskdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
+error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
+partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
+see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
+<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
+want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
+preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
+resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
+partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
+all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
+disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
+partition.</para>
+
+  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
+choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
+must be unmounted first.</para>
+
+  <para>Solo se puede redimensionar una partición por su lado derecho</para>
+
+  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
+delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
+<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
+selected</para>
+
+  <para>Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
+gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be
+seen in the screenshot below.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakedm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..382717ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakedm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakedm" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    
+
+    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Configurar el administrador de pantalla</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Here<footnote>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> you can choose which display
+manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
+on your system will be shown.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
+different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
+is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfirewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..042a7190
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfirewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Configure su cortafuegos personal</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis
+role="bold"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the Security
+tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
+firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
+security, permissions and audit".</para>
+
+  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
+connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
+first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
+attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
+<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
+the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
+
+  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
+<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
+examples :</para>
+
+  <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
+
+  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
+
+  <para>Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio.</para>
+
+  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
+checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png "/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
+it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
+recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
+allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
+<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
+box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
+somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
+corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
+below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
+warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
+
+  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
+Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
+packages are downloaded.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
+Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfont.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff6f349c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakfont.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakfont">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
+allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
+above shows:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>una previsualización del tipo de letra seleccionado.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows:
+<emphasis/></emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
+must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Opciones:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
+to use the fonts.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Desinstalar:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar
+algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede
+tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Importar:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
+supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
+<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
+role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
+fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
+done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
+
+  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
+main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakguard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8fa63687
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakguard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakguard">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Controles paternos</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> como root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
+Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
+drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentación</title>
+
+    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
+restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
+useful capabilities:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
+controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
+only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
+blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
+website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
+control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configurar Controles parentales</title>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
+Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
+your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
+feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
+users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
+an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
+prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
+then suggest you reboot.</para>
+      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
+control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
+is opened.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
+websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
+the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
+their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
+right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
+not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
+user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
+remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
+with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
+<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
+window.</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
+
+      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
+restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
+applications you wish to block.</para>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
+side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d883acb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakgw.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
+    <title>Principios</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakgw-net.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
+computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
+network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
+other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
+gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
+must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
+the Internet (2).</para>
+
+    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
+set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
+    <title>Asistente de puerta de enlace</title>
+
+    <para>The wizard<footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote> offers successive steps
+which are shown below:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
+and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
+automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
+what is proposed is correct.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
+one, check that this is correct.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
+and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
+configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
+specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
+it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
+with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
+proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
+printers and to share them.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+
+    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
+    <title>Configure el cliente</title>
+
+    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
+specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
+automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
+to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
+using.</para>
+
+    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
+specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
+gateway.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
+    <title>Detener la conexión compartida</title>
+
+    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
+the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
+sharing.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65495284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakhosts.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Definiciones para los anfitriones</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
+IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> allows to
+specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
+instead of the IP-address.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Añadir</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
+to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
+alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Modificar</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
+same window.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd447c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakinvictus.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos.</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis>.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..344475a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetcenter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
+Write some text means i can't do it :(
+What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
+-->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Centro de Redes</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the Network
+&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
+configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
+etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
+on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
+settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
+network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
+ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
+
+    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
+first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
+networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
+the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
+connected.</para>
+
+    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
+networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
+strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
+the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
+either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
+or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
+to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
+window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
+key in particular).</para>
+
+    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>El botón de Monitor</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
+PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
+available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
+-> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
+
+    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
+local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
+gives details about connection status.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
+accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>El botón de configuración</title>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
+creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
+<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
+configuration may give better results.</para>
+
+    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
+like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
+<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
+available from your providers website.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
+the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
+the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
+have to reconnect to the network.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el
+Administrador de Redes</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
+point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
+<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
+<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
+access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
+
+    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
+passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
+personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
+in private networks.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
+
+    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
+point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1cc9d640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknetprofile.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis>.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99512e55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draknfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Prerequisitos</title>
+
+    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote> is launched for the
+first time, it may display the following message:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ventana principal</title>
+
+    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
+is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
+configuration tool.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Modificar entrada</title>
+
+    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
+with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
+available.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Directorio NFS</title>
+
+      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
+<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
+it.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Acceso de host</title>
+
+      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
+directory.</para>
+
+      <para>Los clientes NFS se pueden especificar de varias maneras:</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
+recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
+characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
+domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
+hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
+`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Mapeo de ID de usuario</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
+0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
+cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
+the server itself.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
+squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
+(no_root_squash).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
+to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
+directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
+mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
+the anonymous account.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Opciones avanzadas</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las
+solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED
+(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo
+de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera
+predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de
+archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar
+el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho
+por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de
+disco).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que
+puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir
+la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Entradas de menú</title>
+
+    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+      <para>Guardar la configuración actual.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
+
+      <para>El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración
+actuales.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
+
+      <para>La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración
+actuales.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakproxy.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..386258a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakproxy.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakproxy"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
+this tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
+administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
+some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
+
+  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
+proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
+an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control their complexity.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3d871bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configurar repositorios</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
+<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
+                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
+		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
+		       given) -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><important>
+      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
+repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
+to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
+below).</para>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
+      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
+i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
+your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
+don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
+the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote></para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Las columnas</title>
+
+    <bridgehead>Columna Activar</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga
+cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema
+no funcione.</para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Columna Actualizar</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
+media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
+this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
+and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
+versions contain at least:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
+supported by Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
+are not free</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
+be patent claims in some countries.</para>
+
+        <para>Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en
+que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
+due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
+even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
+backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
+of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
+corrections.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Los botones a la derecha</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Eliminar:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena
+idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por
+ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core
+oficial del lanzamiento. </para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Editar:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para
+descargar y proxy).</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Añadir:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
+contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
+adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
+you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
+specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
+the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
+in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
+release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
+be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">El menú</title>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
+click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
+too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
+actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
+out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
+between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
+<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
+clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
+close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
+mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
+isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
+name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
+the medium type)</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
+or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
+download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
+update only, always or never).</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
+the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
+window that appear, select a medium and then click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
+on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
+      </warning><guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
+here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
+necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5ef964f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksambashare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="draksambashare"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir
+recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite
+configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo
+SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de
+trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del
+servidor Samba. </para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Preparación</title>
+
+    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
+address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
+<xref linkend="draknetcenter-ti1"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies
+the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
+firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title>
+
+    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote> checks if
+needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
+yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone
+está seleccionada.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
+access to the shared resources.</para>
+
+    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
+the network.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Elija el nivel de seguridad:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
+resource</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
+each share</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
+address or host name.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este
+servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
+configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
+<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
+option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
+not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
+as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las
+cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central
+compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los
+controladores (de seguridad) del dominio.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Declare un directorio a compartir</title>
+
+    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
+<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
+the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
+name can not be modified.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Entradas de menú</title>
+
+    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+      <para>Guardar la configuración actual en <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Servidor de Samba|Configurar</title>
+
+      <para>Se puede ejecutar el asistente de nuevo con esta orden.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba server|Restart</title>
+
+      <para>El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración
+actuales.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba Server|Reload</title>
+
+      <para>La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración
+actuales.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Compartir impresora</title>
+
+    <para>Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Usuarios de Samba</title>
+
+    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
+resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
+linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4dc00340
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksec.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="draksec">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
+usually done by the administrator.</para>
+
+  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
+the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
+drop down list gives the choice between:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Sin contraseña: La herramienta se ejecuta sin pedir contraseña.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la
+herramienta se ejecute</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Contraseña de root: La contraseña de root se pide antes de ejecutar la
+herramienta.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC
+tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f608683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksnapshot-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Instantáneas</title>
+	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
+		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
+<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
+tools</guilabel> section.</para>
+  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
+about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
+proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
+
+ <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
+<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
+Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
+<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
+  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
+<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
+the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
+files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
+<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
+the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
+included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
+done.</para>
+	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
+<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
+USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
+role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
+  </para>
+  <para>Click en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton> para hacer la captura.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c760bbf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/draksound.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configuración de sonido</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.¶</para>
+
+  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice,
+PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience
+sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para>
+
+  <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a
+driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound
+card.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA
+API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when
+possible for its enhanced features.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
+inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
+sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
+volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
+
+  <para>PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo
+activado.</para>
+
+  <para><guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos
+programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado.</para>
+
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="Draksound1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
+
+  <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any
+problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking
+the community for help.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f532a6b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+
+  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis>.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8f1ed56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakvpn.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakvpn">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote> allows to configure secure
+access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
+workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
+configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
+already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
+network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configuración</title>
+
+    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
+protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
+
+    <para>De un nombre a la conexión.</para>
+
+    <para>La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Para las VPN de Cisco</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera
+vez que se utilice.</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
+from the network administrator.</para>
+
+        <para>Parámetros avanzados:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la
+conexión VPN.</para>
+
+    <para>Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una
+conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse
+siempre a esta VPN.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..efdfff3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configurar servidor web</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introducción</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Resumen</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finalizar</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..813c14fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_bind.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configurar DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+
+  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis>.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77d4af8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configurar DHCP</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introducción</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Resumen</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da5f3563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configurar la hora</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
+your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
+default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
+packages.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
+because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
+<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
+click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
+may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como
+referencia.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba4921c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configurar FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introducción</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Information</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Resumen</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finalizar</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64df86ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configurar proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>¿Qué es un servidor proxy?</title>
+
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introducción</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Seleccionando el puerto proxy</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Establecer uso de memoria y disco</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Otorgar acceso a la red</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón
+<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Resumen</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Finalizar</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Reiniciando <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b5a0c32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuración del demonio OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Seleccione las opciones de configuración</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Opciones generales</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Resumen</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finalizar</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..faee807b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/drakxservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+  <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis>.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ffee514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/harddrake2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="harddrake2"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Configuración de hardware</title>
+
+    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> gives a general view of the
+hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
+look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
+<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
+<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>La ventana</title>
+
+    <para>La ventana se divide en dos columnas</para>
+
+    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
+grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
+category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
+
+    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
+<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
+about the content of the fields.</para>
+
+    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
+available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
+parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
+used by experts only.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
+configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>El menú</title>
+
+    <para><bridgehead>Opciones</bridgehead></para>
+
+    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
+enable automatic detection:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>módem</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Dispositivos Jaz</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
+the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
+be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/keyboarddrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..daa3e897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Configurar la distibución del teclado</title>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
+<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote> helps you
+configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
+Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
+be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
+"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Distribución del teclado</title>
+
+    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
+in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
+layout should be used for.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Tipo de teclado</title>
+
+    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
+unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/localedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08675240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/localedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="localedrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Administrar la localización para su sistema</title>
+
+    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis>.
+  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
+section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
+your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
+language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
+compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
+
+  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
+language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
+countries not listed.</para>
+
+  <para>Debería reiniciar su sesión después de cada modificación.</para>
+  
+<section xml:id="input_method">
+      <info>
+          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Método de entrada</title>
+      </info>
+  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
+methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
+Korean, etc).</para>
+  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
+users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
+  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
+and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
+part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f60849e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/logdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Vea y busque los registros del sistema</title>
+
+    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
+logs</guilabel>".</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema</title>
+
+    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
+<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
+<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
+to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
+possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
+month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
+day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
+to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
+file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
+clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
+configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
+updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configurar el sistema de alertas por correo</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
+the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
+address.</para>
+
+    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
+Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
+Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
+running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
+look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
+
+    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servicio Webmin</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servidor de correo Postfix</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servidor FTP</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servidor web Apache</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servidor SSH</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servidor Samba</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servicio Xinetd</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
+unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
+the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
+out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
+to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
+
+    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
+person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
+or on the Internet).</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/lsnetdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e0691e6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/lsnetdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Mostrar recursos compartidos NFS y SMB disponibles</title>
+	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">Isnetdrake</emphasis>.
+      </para>
+    </footnote>sólo se puede iniciar
+desde la línea de comandos.</para>
+
+  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92cb2d2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/lspcidrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="lspcidrake">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Muesta la información de PCI, USB y PCMCIA</title>
+
+    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Esta herramienta <footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo
+<emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote>solo se puede iniciar
+desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más
+información a su disposición.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
+PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
+packages to work.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
+is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
+
+  <para>Información sobre la tarjeta gráfica;</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
+
+  <para>Información de la red</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
+
+  <para>-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas</para>
+
+  <para>En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y
+la opcion -i para grep.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis
+role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f59cf7f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Arranque</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el
+arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
+
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configurar los pasos del arranque</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot--boot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot--boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-hardware.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5d80264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el
+hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Administrar el hardware</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el
+hardware</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configurar los gráficos</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del
+Escritorio</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configurar teclado y ratón</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configurar impresoras y escáneres</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s)
+impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Otros</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-intro.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e98891c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-intro.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Acerca del manual del Centro de Control de Mageia</title></info>
+
+ 
+	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
+choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
+installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
+selected in the big right panel.</para>
+
+	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
+tools.</para>
+
+<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
+any of the MCC tabs.</para>
+
+	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
+screens.</para>
+
+        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
+the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
+  
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-localdisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72ecf69a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-localdisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Discos locales</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o
+compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist><title>Discos locales</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
+  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
+	          </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-network.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..084810f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-network.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Redes e internet</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la
+red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Administrar las tarjetas de red</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Personalizar y proteger su red</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Otros</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f628d15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Servicios de red</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
+the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
+between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
+on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Servicios de red</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
+  </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networksharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed4339d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networksharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Compartir red</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir
+discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y
+directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configurar NFS</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configurar WebDAV</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-security.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35864f92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-security.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-security">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Seguridad</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga
+click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Seguridad</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema,
+permisos y auditorías</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
+  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
+  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cdc03a1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Compartir</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
+visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
+choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
+below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Compartir</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-system.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4434aaa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-system.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="mcc-system">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="mcc-system.png" xml:id="mcc-system-im1"  revision="1" align="center"  format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas
+administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Administrar servicios del sistema</title>
+        <listitem>
+		<para> <xref linkend="drakauth"></xref> </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakfont"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Localización</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakclock"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="localedrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Herramientas administrativas</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="logdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	      <para><xref linkend="userdrake"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on
+system</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="draksnapshot-config"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+   <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"></xi:include> 
+
+   <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mgaapplet-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac57ec39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
+Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
+updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
+check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
+out.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3dda0f4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mousedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis>.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
+Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
+
+  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
+and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
+PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
+immediately taken into account.</para>
+
+  </section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb33d463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/msecgui.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="msecgui">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema</title>
+
+    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentación</title>
+
+    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">msecgui</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
+msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
+approaches:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
+make it more secure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
+you if something seems dangerous.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
+set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
+enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
+own customised security levels.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Overview tab</title>
+
+    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
+
+    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
+button on the right side to configure them:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>enabled or not</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
+and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Security settings tab</title>
+
+    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
+below.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Basic security tab</title>
+
+      <para role="underline">
+        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
+allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
+in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
+following levels are available:</para>
+
+      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
+do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
+your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
+constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
+if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
+vulnerable to attack.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
+configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
+constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
+detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
+permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
+versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
+you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
+system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
+the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
+5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
+such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
+role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
+role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
+system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
+<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
+but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+      <para>These levels are saved in
+<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
+your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
+<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
+<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power
+users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
+
+      <caution>
+	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
+level settings.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <para>
+        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
+to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
+by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
+can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
+and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
+the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
+enable it.</para>
+
+      <important>
+	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
+immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
+problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
+files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
+security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
+any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
+the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
+to the options.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>System security tab</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
+description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
+column.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
+screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
+actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
+selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
+choice.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <caution>
+      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
+using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
+have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
+saving them.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Perfil de red</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
+
+      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
+security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
+if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
+checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
+
+      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
+these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
+allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
+messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
+below shows four exceptions.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
+button</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
+<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
+<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
+obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
+tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+    <title>Permisos</title>
+    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
+enforcement.</para>
+    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
+secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
+level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
+into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
+into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
+intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
+also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
+you want. Current configuration is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
+list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
+can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
+owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
+given rule:</para>
+   <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
+defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
+if not, but does not change anything.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
+permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
+permissions.</para></listitem>
+   </itemizedlist>
+   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
+and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
+the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
+     <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
+not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
+menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
+the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
+    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
+configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
+    </para></note>
+    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
+in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
+check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
+checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
+account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
+use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
+changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
+    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
+manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
+in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
+the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
+the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
+   </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/otherMageiaTools.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35285f6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/otherMageiaTools.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Otras herramientas de Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el
+control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe
+leyendo las próximas páginas.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
+		</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
+	</listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>A ser escrito</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+        	<para>Y más herramientas?</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30446bb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
+<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  
+
+  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introducción a rpmdrake</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
+program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
+graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
+package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
+servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
+available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
+certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
+default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
+packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
+of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
+included in the packages.</para>
+
+    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
+linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Las partes principales de la pantalla</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
+time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
+interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
+dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
+updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
+probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
+this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
+of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
+</firstterm></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
+packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
+not installed.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
+summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
+in the packages.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
+for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
+"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
+.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
+sub categories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
+description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
+can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
+package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Columna de estado</title>
+
+    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
+category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
+list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
+is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
+installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
+uncheck the box before the package name and click on
+<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><table>
+        <title/>
+
+        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+          <colspec align="center"/>
+
+          <thead>
+            <row>
+              <entry align="center">Icono</entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Leyenda</entry>
+            </row>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake2.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">El paquete ya está instalado</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake3.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Este paquete se instalará</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake4.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Este paquete no se puede modificar</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake5.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Este paquete es una actualización.</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake6.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Este paquete se desinstalará</entry>
+            </row>
+          </tbody>
+        </tgroup>
+      </table></para>
+
+    <para>Ejemplos en la captura de pantalla anterior:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
+icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
+on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de
+estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado
+al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> .</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Las dependencias</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
+are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
+information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
+dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
+may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
+library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
+button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
+install.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52b96012
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="scannerdrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Configurar escáner</title>
+    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+
+
+  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalación</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>This tool <footnote>
+        <para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando,
+escribiendo <emphasis role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis>.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to configure a
+single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
+also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
+remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
+
+    <para>Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el
+siguiente mensaje:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los
+escáneres</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>¿Desea instalar los paquetes SANE?"</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
+<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
+installed.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
+the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
+<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
+sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
+linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
+
+    
+    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
+cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
+scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
+scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
+list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
+<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
+Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+    </note>
+
+<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Escoja el puerto</title>
+    </info> <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject></figure>
+
+    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
+ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
+case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
+
+    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
+similar to the one below.</para>
+<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
+linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder
+accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede
+decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar
+accesibles desde esta computadora.</para>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
+deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
+this computer.</para>
+
+    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
+from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
+machines.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>"Todas las máquinas remotas" tienen acceso al escáner local</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
+offers to do it.</para>
+
+    <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
+"net"</para>
+
+    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
+  </section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title>
+    </info>  
+
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
+
+        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
+(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
+you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
+Manager</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Epson</para>
+
+        <para>Drivers are available from <link
+xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
+<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
+with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
+ignored.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+</section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Pasos de instalación adicionales</title>
+    </info>  
+
+    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
+linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
+steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
+each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
+after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
+firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
+downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
+    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
+each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
+<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
+what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+</itemizedlist>
+      
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/software-management.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91ad9e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/software-management.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es"
+xml:id="software-management">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestión de software</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión
+de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información.</para>
+  <orderedlist><title>Gestión de software</title>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
+system</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
+    </listitem>
+	    <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
+sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+
+    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ffebba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="system-config-printer">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
+<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
+ Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
+<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Instalar y configurar una impresora</title>
+
+    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="introduction">
+    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introducción</title>
+
+    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
+ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
+interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
+offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
+which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
+and openSUSE.</para>
+
+    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
+installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
+
+    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
+section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
+printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
+for.</para>
+      </footnote>.</para>
+
+    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>task-printing-server</para>
+
+      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
+dependencies are needed.</para>
+
+    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
+detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
+printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
+printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
+will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="automatic">
+    <title>Impresora detectada automáticamente</title>
+
+    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
+name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
+"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
+automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
+drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
+next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
+    <title>No automatically detected printer</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
+to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
+options.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Select printer from database</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>provide PPD file</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
+first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
+driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
+encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
+which know to work.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="terminate">
+    <title>Complete the installation process</title>
+
+    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
+allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
+the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
+available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
+this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
+printers.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printer">
+    <title>Impresora en red</title>
+
+    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
+wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
+another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
+IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
+as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
+one.</para>
+    </note>
+
+    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
+printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
+configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
+on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
+Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
+as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
+after "HWaddr".</para>
+
+    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
+your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
+you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
+Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
+and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
+says "host".</para>
+
+    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
+protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
+list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
+
+    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
+which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
+    <title>Protocolos de impresión por red</title>
+
+    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
+JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
+via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
+known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
+which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
+IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
+manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
+<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
+IP-adress is not required.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
+protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
+the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
+changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
+the same as above.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Los otros protocolos son:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
+be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
+some ADSL-routers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
+but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
+defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
+with TLS secured protocol.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
+accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using LPD.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
+station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
+the URI:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Appsocket</para>
+
+        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
+
+        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+
+        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
+
+        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
+ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
+documentation.</link></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="properties">
+    <title>Propiedades del dispositivo</title>
+
+    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
+parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
+system, but you can specify a different one with the
+<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
+another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
+of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
+<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Solución de problemas</title>
+
+    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
+inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
+
+    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
+<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="specificities">
+    <title>Specifics</title>
+
+    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
+Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
+ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
+check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
+is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
+redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
+the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
+tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
+works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
+up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Impresoras Brother</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><link
+ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
+page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
+for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
+
+    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
+devices</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
+detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
+<link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
+tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
+menu. Also view <link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
+for the management of the printer.</para>
+
+    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
+features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
+allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
+case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
+picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
+open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
+card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
+ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
+the QPDL protocol.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
+ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
+package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
+be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
+according to your architecture. </para>
+
+    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
+conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
+<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..430d72fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="es">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™</title>
+
+    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
+from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
+installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
+immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
+explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
+
+  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
+<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
+
+  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
+choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
+Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
+than yours own.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
+transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
+user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
+(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
+example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
+<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
+import purposes.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import documents:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
+Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
+Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
+appropriate item in this window.</para>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import bookmarks:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
+   <para>
+With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
+
+   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
+-->
+<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
+<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14710ccf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/userdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="userdrake">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Usuarios y Grupos</title>
+
+    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+"Manage users on system"</para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
+means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
+(ID, shell, ...)</para>
+
+  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
+the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
+<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
+entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
+or nothing as well!</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
+
+  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
+recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
+password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
+use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
+shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
+you entered what you intended to.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
+you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
+checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
+user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
+
+  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
+after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
+group ID.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
+for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
+Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
+accounts.</para>
+
+  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
+as the account is locked.</para>
+
+  <para>Es también posible cambiar el ícono</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
+expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
+password periodically.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
+the user is a member of.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
+effective until his/her next login.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
+name.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar
+los usuarios que son miembros del grupo</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis
+role="bold">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la
+que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe
+eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se
+elimininará. </para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Es posible eliminar un grupo que no este vacío.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
+refresh the display.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
+to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
+is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
+to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
+end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
+in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et.po b/docs/mcc-help/et.po
index 53afefa3..5fb2423d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
+# 
 # Translators:
 # Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>, 2012-2014
 # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013
@@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 14:27+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
-"et/)\n"
-"Language: et\n"
+"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/et/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: et\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -30,7 +29,8 @@ msgstr "WebDAV-i jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -38,11 +38,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -50,10 +48,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelil \"Võrgu jagamine\" kirje alt <guilabel>WebDAV-i "
-"ressursside seadistamine</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelil \"Võrgu jagamine\" kirje alt <guilabel>WebDAV-i ressursside seadistamine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -73,12 +68,7 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> on "
-"protokoll, mis võimaldab haakida veebiserveri kataloogi kohalikus masinas "
-"ning käsitleda seda kui kohalikku kataloogi. Selleks on vajalik, et teises "
-"masinas töötaks WebDAV-i server. Käesolev tööriist ei ole mõeldud WebDAV-i "
-"serveri seadistamiseks."
+msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> on protokoll, mis võimaldab haakida veebiserveri kataloogi kohalikus masinas ning käsitleda seda kui kohalikku kataloogi. Selleks on vajalik, et teises masinas töötaks WebDAV-i server. Käesolev tööriist ei ole mõeldud WebDAV-i serveri seadistamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -91,10 +81,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista avaaknas näeb juba seadistatud kirjeid, kui neid peaks leiduma, "
-"ning nuppu <guibutton>Uus</guibutton>. Selle abil saab luua uue kirje. "
-"Sisestage ilmuvas aknas tektikasti serveri URL."
+msgstr "Tööriista avaaknas näeb juba seadistatud kirjeid, kui neid peaks leiduma, ning nuppu <guibutton>Uus</guibutton>. Selle abil saab luua uue kirje. Sisestage ilmuvas aknas tektikasti serveri URL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -102,15 +89,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel ilmub aken, mille raadionupud võimaldavad valida vajaliku tegevuse."
-"Valige raadionupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton> ja klõpsake "
-"<guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Muud pole vaja teha, sest <guibutton>server</"
-"guibutton> on ju juba määratud. Siiski võite seda vajaduse korral muuta."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
+" it, if needed."
+msgstr "Seejärel ilmub aken, mille raadionupud võimaldavad valida vajaliku tegevuse.Valige raadionupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton> ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Muud pole vaja teha, sest <guibutton>server</guibutton> on ju juba määratud. Siiski võite seda vajaduse korral muuta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -127,12 +111,10 @@ msgstr "Selle haakepunkti kaudu saate edaspidi ligi võrgukataloogi sisule."
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Järgmisel etapil tuleb anda oma kasutajanimi ja parool. Kui peaks olema vaja "
-"veel midagi täpsustada, saab seda teha klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muu</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "Järgmisel etapil tuleb anda oma kasutajanimi ja parool. Kui peaks olema vaja veel midagi täpsustada, saab seda teha klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muu</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -142,27 +124,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr ""
-"Valik <guibutton>Haagi</guibutton> laseb määratud ressursi kohe kasutusele "
-"võtta."
+msgstr "Valik <guibutton>Haagi</guibutton> laseb määratud ressursi kohe kasutusele võtta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete seadistamise lõpetanud, klõpsates selleks raadionupule "
-"<guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>, ilmub taas avaaken, kus on näidatud ka uus "
-"haakepunkt. Kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton>, küsitakse, kas "
-"soovite salvestada muudatused faili <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Vastake "
-"jaatavalt, kui soovite, et võrgukataloog oleks saadaval kohe pärast iga "
-"arvuti taaskäivitust. Kui seadistus on mõeldud ühekordseks kasutamiseks, "
-"siis ei ole tarvis seda salvestada."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
+"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
+" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr "Kui olete seadistamise lõpetanud, klõpsates selleks raadionupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>, ilmub taas avaaken, kus on näidatud ka uus haakepunkt. Kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton>, küsitakse, kas soovite salvestada muudatused faili <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Vastake jaatavalt, kui soovite, et võrgukataloog oleks saadaval kohe pärast iga arvuti taaskäivitust. Kui seadistus on mõeldud ühekordseks kasutamiseks, siis ei ole tarvis seda salvestada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -174,7 +148,8 @@ msgstr "Kõvaketta partitsioonide jagamine"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -182,11 +157,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -195,17 +168,13 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"See lihtne tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab "
-"administraatoril anda kasutajatele õigust jagada oma kodukataloogi (/home) "
-"alamkatalooge teiste kohtvõrgus olevate kasutajatega, kelle arvutis võib "
-"töötada nii Linuxi kui ka Windowsi operatsioonisüsteem."
+msgstr "See lihtne tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab administraatoril anda kasutajatele õigust jagada oma kodukataloogi (/home) alamkatalooge teiste kohtvõrgus olevate kasutajatega, kelle arvutis võib töötada nii Linuxi kui ka Windowsi operatsioonisüsteem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
+" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
 msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelil \"Kohalikud kettad\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -215,20 +184,11 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
+" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
+" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõigepealt tuleb vastata lihtsale küsimusele: \"<guilabel>Kas lubada "
-"kasutajatel jagada mõningaid oma katalooge?</guilabel>\". Klõpsake "
-"<guibutton>Jagamiseta</guibutton>, kui Te ei soovi, et ükski kasutaja seda "
-"teeks, <guibutton>Lubatud kõigile kasutajatele</guibutton>, kui soovite anda "
-"sellise õiguse kõigile, ja <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, kui Teie "
-"meelest mõned kasutajad võiksid seda teha, teised aga mitte. Viimasel juhul "
-"peavad kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, kuuluma gruppi "
-"fileshare, mille süsteem automaatselt loob. Selle kohta esitatakse küsimus "
-"hiljem."
+msgstr "Kõigepealt tuleb vastata lihtsale küsimusele: \"<guilabel>Kas lubada kasutajatel jagada mõningaid oma katalooge?</guilabel>\". Klõpsake <guibutton>Jagamiseta</guibutton>, kui Te ei soovi, et ükski kasutaja seda teeks, <guibutton>Lubatud kõigile kasutajatele</guibutton>, kui soovite anda sellise õiguse kõigile, ja <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, kui Teie meelest mõned kasutajad võiksid seda teha, teised aga mitte. Viimasel juhul peavad kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, kuuluma gruppi fileshare, mille süsteem automaatselt loob. Selle kohta esitatakse küsimus hiljem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -239,13 +199,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui klõpsate <guilabel>Olgu</guilabel>, ilmub uus ekraan, kus palutakse "
-"valida <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> või <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Märkige "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, kui ainuke võrgus leiduv operatsioonisüsteem on "
-"Linux, ja <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>, kui võrgus leidub nii Linuxi kui ka "
-"Windowsi masinaid, ning klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Vajaduse "
-"korral paigaldatakse nõutavad tarkvarapaketid."
+msgstr "Kui klõpsate <guilabel>Olgu</guilabel>, ilmub uus ekraan, kus palutakse valida <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> või <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Märkige <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, kui ainuke võrgus leiduv operatsioonisüsteem on Linux, ja <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>, kui võrgus leidub nii Linuxi kui ka Windowsi masinaid, ning klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Vajaduse korral paigaldatakse nõutavad tarkvarapaketid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -255,36 +209,24 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistamine on nüüd tehtud, kui Te ei valinud just võimalust \"Kohandatud"
-"\". Sel juhul ilmub lisaekraan, kus palutakse avada Userdrake. Selle "
-"tööriistaga saab lisada kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, gruppi "
-"fileshare. Klõpsake kaardil \"Kasutajad\" kasutajale, keda soovite gruppi "
-"fileshare lisada, ja siis nupule <guimenuitem>Muuda</guimenuitem>. Märkige "
-"kaardil \"Grupid\" ära grupp fileshare ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</"
-"guibutton>. Täpsemalt kõneldakse tööriistast Userdrake <link ns2:href="
-"\"userdrake.xml\">siin</link>"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
+" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr "Seadistamine on nüüd tehtud, kui Te ei valinud just võimalust \"Kohandatud\". Sel juhul ilmub lisaekraan, kus palutakse avada Userdrake. Selle tööriistaga saab lisada kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, gruppi fileshare. Klõpsake kaardil \"Kasutajad\" kasutajale, keda soovite gruppi fileshare lisada, ja siis nupule <guimenuitem>Muuda</guimenuitem>. Märkige kaardil \"Grupid\" ära grupp fileshare ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Täpsemalt kõneldakse tööriistast Userdrake <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">siin</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui lisate gruppi fileshare uue kasutaja, peate võrguühenduse katkestama ja "
-"uuesti looma, enne kui muudatused arvesse võetakse."
+msgstr "Kui lisate gruppi fileshare uue kasutaja, peate võrguühenduse katkestama ja uuesti looma, enne kui muudatused arvesse võetakse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
+" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Edaspidi saab iga gruppi fileshare kuuluv kasutaja valida failihalduris (kui "
-"failihaldur seda toetab) oma kataloogid, mida ta soovib välja jagada."
+msgstr "Edaspidi saab iga gruppi fileshare kuuluv kasutaja valida failihalduris (kui failihaldur seda toetab) oma kataloogid, mida ta soovib välja jagada."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -302,7 +244,8 @@ msgstr "NFS-i jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -315,11 +258,9 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -328,15 +269,9 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta "
-"jagatud katalooge kättesaadavaks kõigile masina kasutajatele. Selle "
-"võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli NFS, mis leidub enamikus Linuxi või "
-"Unixi süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav kohe "
-"algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma seansi "
-"ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
+" user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta jagatud katalooge kättesaadavaks kõigile masina kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli NFS, mis leidub enamikus Linuxi või Unixi süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav kohe algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma seansi ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -348,20 +283,17 @@ msgstr "Kasutamine"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõpsuga serveri nime ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud kataloogide "
-"loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi pääseda."
+msgstr "Klõpsuga serveri nime ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud kataloogide loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi pääseda."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -369,13 +301,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb "
-"määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
+" to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr "Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -386,18 +317,16 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida. Samuti saab üle "
-"vaadata ja vajadusel muuta mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule "
-"<guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab selle "
-"lahutada ehk lahti ühendada klõpsuga samale nupule."
+msgstr "Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida. Samuti saab üle vaadata ja vajadusel muuta mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab selle lahutada ehk lahti ühendada klõpsuga samale nupule."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -407,17 +336,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
+" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton> "
-"ilmub küsimus: \"Kas salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral "
-"muutub kataloog kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi "
-"võrguühendus on olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka "
-"failihalduris, näiteks Dolphinis."
+msgstr "Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton> ilmub küsimus: \"Kas salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi võrguühendus on olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka failihalduris, näiteks Dolphinis."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -432,7 +357,8 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD-kirjuti"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -440,11 +366,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -452,16 +376,12 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelis \"Kohalikud kettad\" nime alt, mis vastab teie "
-"eemaldatavale riistvarale (ainult CD/DVD-ja disketiseadmed)."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelis \"Kohalikud kettad\" nime alt, mis vastab teie eemaldatavale riistvarale (ainult CD/DVD-ja disketiseadmed)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista eesmärk on paika panna, kuidas eemaldatav andmekandja haagitakse."
+msgstr "Tööriista eesmärk on paika panna, kuidas eemaldatav andmekandja haagitakse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
@@ -470,10 +390,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr ""
-"Akna ülaosas on lühidalt kirjeldatud riistvara ja selle haakimisel "
-"kasutatavaid eelistusi. Allpool oleva menüüga saab neid muuta. Märkige "
-"vajalik menüüelement ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Akna ülaosas on lühidalt kirjeldatud riistvara ja selle haakimisel kasutatavaid eelistusi. Allpool oleva menüüga saab neid muuta. Märkige vajalik menüüelement ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -494,12 +411,9 @@ msgstr "Eelistused"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Paljusid haakimise eelistusi saab siin valida kas otse nimekirjast või "
-"allmenüüst <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>. Peamised valikud on "
-"järgmised:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
+" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr "Paljusid haakimise eelistusi saab siin valida kas otse nimekirjast või allmenüüst <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>. Peamised valikud on järgmised:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -512,11 +426,7 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"Eelistus \"user\" võimaldab eemaldatavat seadet haakida tavalisel kasutajal "
-"(mitte ainult administraatoril. Selle eelistusega kaasnevad ka valikud "
-"\"noexec\", \"nosuid\" ja \"nodev\". Kasutaja, kes seadme haagib, on ka "
-"ainuke, kes saab selle lahutada."
+msgstr "Eelistus \"user\" võimaldab eemaldatavat seadet haakida tavalisel kasutajal (mitte ainult administraatoril. Selle eelistusega kaasnevad ka valikud \"noexec\", \"nosuid\" ja \"nodev\". Kasutaja, kes seadme haagib, on ka ainuke, kes saab selle lahutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -531,11 +441,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -544,55 +452,40 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab määrata, "
-"millised jagatud kataloogid peavad olema kättesaadavad kõigile masina "
-"kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli SMB, mis on üsna "
-"levinud Windows(R) süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav "
-"kohe algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma "
-"seansi ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
+" tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab määrata, millised jagatud kataloogid peavad olema kättesaadavad kõigile masina kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli SMB, mis on üsna levinud Windows(R) süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav kohe algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma seansi ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Enne tööriista käivitamist võiks olla mõttekas paika panna kättesaadavate "
-"serverite nimed, näiteks tööriistaga, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "Enne tööriista käivitamist võiks olla mõttekas paika panna kättesaadavate serverite nimed, näiteks tööriistaga, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
+" share directories."
+msgstr "Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõpsuga serveri nimel ja selle ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud "
-"kataloogide loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi "
-"pääseda."
+msgstr "Klõpsuga serveri nimel ja selle ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud kataloogide loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi pääseda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb "
-"määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
+msgstr "Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -603,10 +496,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida klõpsuga nupule "
-"<guimenu>Haagi</guimenu>. Samuti saab üle vaadata ja vajadusel muuta "
-"mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida klõpsuga nupule <guimenu>Haagi</guimenu>. Samuti saab üle vaadata ja vajadusel muuta mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -614,17 +504,16 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Eelistuste all saab määrata nende isikute kasutajanimed ja paroolid, kel on "
-"õigus ühenduda SMB-serveriga. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab sama nupuga "
-"kataloogi lahutada ehk lahti ühendada."
+msgstr "Eelistuste all saab määrata nende isikute kasutajanimed ja paroolid, kel on õigus ühenduda SMB-serveriga. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab sama nupuga kataloogi lahutada ehk lahti ühendada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -635,15 +524,12 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule \"Tehtud\" ilmub küsimus: \"Kas "
-"salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog "
-"kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi võrguühendus on olemas. "
-"Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka failihalduris, näiteks "
-"Dolphinis."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"dolphin."
+msgstr "Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule \"Tehtud\" ilmub küsimus: \"Kas salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi võrguühendus on olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka failihalduris, näiteks Dolphinis."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -658,7 +544,8 @@ msgstr "Ruumilise töölaua efektid"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -666,11 +553,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -678,10 +563,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab hallata "
-"ruumiliste ehk 3D efektide kasutamist Teie operatsioonisüsteemis. Vaikimisi "
-"on ruumilised efektid keelatud."
+msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab hallata ruumiliste ehk 3D efektide kasutamist Teie operatsioonisüsteemis. Vaikimisi on ruumilised efektid keelatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -694,39 +576,30 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista kasutamiseks peab olema paigaldatud programm glxinfo. Kui see ei "
-"ole paigaldatud, palutakse seda teha enne drak3d käivitamist."
+msgstr "Tööriista kasutamiseks peab olema paigaldatud programm glxinfo. Kui see ei ole paigaldatud, palutakse seda teha enne drak3d käivitamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Drak3d käivitumise järel ilmub menüüga aken. Siin leiab valikud "
-"<guilabel>Ruumilise töölaua valikud puuduvad</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Compiz "
-"Fusion</guilabel>. Viimane on komposiit-aknahaldur, mis tegeleb Teie "
-"töölaual näha olevate riistvaraliselt kiirendatud eriefektidega. Ruumilise "
-"töölaua lubamiseks valige <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
+msgstr "Drak3d käivitumise järel ilmub menüüga aken. Siin leiab valikud <guilabel>Ruumilise töölaua valikud puuduvad</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Viimane on komposiit-aknahaldur, mis tegeleb Teie töölaual näha olevate riistvaraliselt kiirendatud eriefektidega. Ruumilise töölaua lubamiseks valige <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui käivitate tööriista kohe pärast Mageia paigaldamist, ilmub hoiatus, mis "
-"annab teada, millised tarkvarapaketid on vaja Compiz Fusioni kasutamiseks "
-"tarvis lisaks paigaldadda. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
+" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr "Kui käivitate tööriista kohe pärast Mageia paigaldamist, ilmub hoiatus, mis annab teada, millised tarkvarapaketid on vaja Compiz Fusioni kasutamiseks tarvis lisaks paigaldadda. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -737,20 +610,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, näete, et Compiz Fusion on drak3d "
-"menüüs valitud, kuid efektide tegelikuks rakendamiseks tuleb veel välja ja "
-"uuesti sisse logida."
+msgstr "Kui vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, näete, et Compiz Fusion on drak3d menüüs valitud, kuid efektide tegelikuks rakendamiseks tuleb veel välja ja uuesti sisse logida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Uuesti sisselogimise järel aktiveeritakse Compiz Fusion. Selle "
-"seadistamiseks tuleb avada programmi seadistamise tööriist (CompizConfig "
-"Settings Manager)."
+msgstr "Uuesti sisselogimise järel aktiveeritakse Compiz Fusion. Selle seadistamiseks tuleb avada programmi seadistamise tööriist (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -768,12 +635,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui logite pärast Compiz Fusioni sisselülitamist uuesti sisse, aga ei näe "
-"töölaual midagi, mis meenutaks ruumilisi efekte, taaskäivitage arvuti. Kui "
-"ilmub sisselogimisekraan, klõpsake töölauanupule ja valige sealt drak3d."
+msgstr "Kui logite pärast Compiz Fusioni sisselülitamist uuesti sisse, aga ei näe töölaual midagi, mis meenutaks ruumilisi efekte, taaskäivitage arvuti. Kui ilmub sisselogimisekraan, klõpsake töölauanupule ja valige sealt drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -783,13 +648,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui logite sisse ja teie konto kasutab administraatori õigusi, palutakse "
-"Teil uuesti parool anda. Vastasel juhul kasutage administraatori kontot. See "
-"annab võimaluse tühistada kõik muutused, mis võisid põhjustada "
-"sisselogimisprobleeme."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
+" log in problem."
+msgstr "Kui logite sisse ja teie konto kasutab administraatori õigusi, palutakse Teil uuesti parool anda. Vastasel juhul kasutage administraatori kontot. See annab võimaluse tühistada kõik muutused, mis võisid põhjustada sisselogimisprobleeme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -801,7 +662,8 @@ msgstr "Autentimine"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -809,20 +671,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta viisi, "
-"kuidas Teid tuntakse kasutajana ära oma masinas või võrgus."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
+" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta viisi, kuidas Teid tuntakse kasutajana ära oma masinas või võrgus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -830,10 +688,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikimisi on Teie autentimisteave salvestatud arvutis asuvasse faili. Muutke "
-"seda ainult siis, kui seda nõuab Teie võrguadministraator, kes peab sel "
-"juhul andma ka täpsemat teavet, mida ja kuidas muuta."
+msgstr "Vaikimisi on Teie autentimisteave salvestatud arvutis asuvasse faili. Muutke seda ainult siis, kui seda nõuab Teie võrguadministraator, kes peab sel juhul andma ka täpsemat teavet, mida ja kuidas muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -845,7 +700,8 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi käivitumise seadistamine"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -853,11 +709,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -865,10 +719,7 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab seadistada "
-"alglaadimise valikuid (kasutatav alglaadur, parool, vaikimisi laaditav "
-"süsteem jne.)."
+msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab seadistada alglaadimise valikuid (kasutatav alglaadur, parool, vaikimisi laaditav süsteem jne.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
@@ -882,57 +733,41 @@ msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Algkäivitus\"."
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Ärge kasutage seda tööriista, kui Te ei tea väga täpselt, mida teete. Mõne "
-"seadistuse hooletul muutmisel ei pruugi Teie masin enam üldse käivituda!"
+msgstr "Ärge kasutage seda tööriista, kui Te ei tea väga täpselt, mida teete. Mõne seadistuse hooletul muutmisel ei pruugi Teie masin enam üldse käivituda!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
+" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
-"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
-"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
-"you machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimeses sektsioonis <guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel> saab valida, milline on "
-"<guibutton>eelistatav alglaadur</guibutton>: Grub või LiLo, graafiline või "
-"tekstirežiimis. See on lihtsalt maitseasi, mingit põhimõttelist vahet neil "
-"ei ole. Samuti saab siin määrata <guibutton>alglaadimisseadme</guibutton>, "
-"mida ei tasuks muuta, kui Te just väga kindlalt ei tea, mida teete. "
-"Alglaadimisseadmele on paigaldatud alglaadur ja siin võib iga muudatus "
-"tähendada, et Teie masin enam ei käivitu."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
+" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
+msgstr "Esimeses sektsioonis <guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel> saab valida, milline on <guibutton>eelistatav alglaadur</guibutton>: Grub või LiLo, graafiline või tekstirežiimis. See on lihtsalt maitseasi, mingit põhimõttelist vahet neil ei ole. Samuti saab siin määrata <guibutton>alglaadimisseadme</guibutton>, mida ei tasuks muuta, kui Te just väga kindlalt ei tea, mida teete. Alglaadimisseadmele on paigaldatud alglaadur ja siin võib iga muudatus tähendada, et Teie masin enam ei käivitu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
+" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Teises sektsioonis <guilabel>Põhivalikud</guilabel> saab määrata sekundites "
-"kindlaks <guibutton>ooteaja enne vaikimisi süsteemi laadimist</guibutton>. "
-"Selle aja vältel näitab Grub või LiLo saadaolevate operatsioonisüsteemide "
-"loendit, mille vahel saate valida. Kui Te valikut ei langeta, käivitab "
-"alglaadur ooteaja möödumisel vaikimisi süsteemi."
+msgstr "Teises sektsioonis <guilabel>Põhivalikud</guilabel> saab määrata sekundites kindlaks <guibutton>ooteaja enne vaikimisi süsteemi laadimist</guibutton>. Selle aja vältel näitab Grub või LiLo saadaolevate operatsioonisüsteemide loendit, mille vahel saate valida. Kui Te valikut ei langeta, käivitab alglaadur ooteaja möödumisel vaikimisi süsteemi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolmandas sektsioonis <guibutton>Turvalisus</guibutton> saab määrata parooli."
+msgstr "Kolmandas sektsioonis <guibutton>Turvalisus</guibutton> saab määrata parooli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõps nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> annab veel mõned valikud."
+msgstr "Klõps nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> annab veel mõned valikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -946,11 +781,7 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (täiustatud konfiguratsiooni- ja toiteliides) on toitehalduse standard. "
-"See võib säästa energiat, lülitades välja kasutamata seadmed. Sama meetodit "
-"kasutas varem APM. Kui Teie riistvara vastab ACPI standardile, märkige see "
-"valik."
+msgstr "ACPI (täiustatud konfiguratsiooni- ja toiteliides) on toitehalduse standard. See võib säästa energiat, lülitades välja kasutamata seadmed. Sama meetodit kasutas varem APM. Kui Teie riistvara vastab ACPI standardile, märkige see valik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -962,27 +793,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>SMP lubamine:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP tähendab sümmeetrilist multitöötlust, mis kujutab endast mitmetuumaliste "
-"protsessorite arhitektuuri."
+msgstr "SMP tähendab sümmeetrilist multitöötlust, mis kujutab endast mitmetuumaliste protsessorite arhitektuuri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui Teil on HyperThreadingiga protsessor, peab Mageia seda kaheks "
-"protsessoriks ja lülitab SMP sisse."
+msgstr "Kui Teil on HyperThreadingiga protsessor, peab Mageia seda kaheks protsessoriks ja lülitab SMP sisse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>APIC lubamine</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Kohaliku APIC lubamine:</"
-"guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>APIC lubamine</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Kohaliku APIC lubamine:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -993,19 +818,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC tähendab täiustatud programmeeritav katkestusekontrollerit. Inteli APIC-"
-"süsteemis on kaks komponenti: kohalik APIC (LAPIC) ja I/O APIC. Viimane "
-"suunab katkestused, mida ta saab, perifeersetest siinidest ühele või "
-"rohkemale kohalikule APIC-le, mis paiknevad protsessoris. See on väga "
-"kasulik paljude protsessoritega süsteemis. Mõnes arvutis põhjustab APIC "
-"probleeme, nii et see võib esineda hangumisi või seadmete valet tuvastamist "
-"(veateade \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Sel juhul keelake APIC ja/või "
-"kohalik APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
+" APIC."
+msgstr "APIC tähendab täiustatud programmeeritav katkestusekontrollerit. Inteli APIC-süsteemis on kaks komponenti: kohalik APIC (LAPIC) ja I/O APIC. Viimane suunab katkestused, mida ta saab, perifeersetest siinidest ühele või rohkemale kohalikule APIC-le, mis paiknevad protsessoris. See on väga kasulik paljude protsessoritega süsteemis. Mõnes arvutis põhjustab APIC probleeme, nii et see võib esineda hangumisi või seadmete valet tuvastamist (veateade \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Sel juhul keelake APIC ja/või kohalik APIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -1014,22 +832,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
-"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
+" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
-"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Ekraanil, mis avaneb nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> klõpsates, näeb "
-"kõiki alglaadimise ajal saadaolevaid kirjeid. Vaikimisi valik on tärniga. "
-"Kirjete järjekorra muutmiseks valige kirje ja klõpsake üles või alla "
-"osutavale noolele. Kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> või "
-"<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>, ilmub uus aken, kus saab lisada Grubi menüüsse "
-"uue kirje või muuta olemasolevat. Nende võimaluste kasutamiseks peate väga "
-"hästi tundma LiLot või Grubi."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
+" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr "Ekraanil, mis avaneb nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> klõpsates, näeb kõiki alglaadimise ajal saadaolevaid kirjeid. Vaikimisi valik on tärniga. Kirjete järjekorra muutmiseks valige kirje ja klõpsake üles või alla osutavale noolele. Kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> või <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>, ilmub uus aken, kus saab lisada Grubi menüüsse uue kirje või muuta olemasolevat. Nende võimaluste kasutamiseks peate väga hästi tundma LiLot või Grubi."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -1040,46 +852,35 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Väljale <guilabel>Nimi</guilabel> võib kirjutada mida tahes, mis Teie "
-"meelest peaks olema alglaadimismenüüs näha. See vastab Grubi käsule \"title"
-"\". Näide: Mageia3."
+msgstr "Väljale <guilabel>Nimi</guilabel> võib kirjutada mida tahes, mis Teie meelest peaks olema alglaadimismenüüs näha. See vastab Grubi käsule \"title\". Näide: Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <guilabel>Laadefail</guilabel> sisaldab kerneli nime. See vastab Grubi "
-"käsule \"kernel\". Näide: /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr "Väli <guilabel>Laadefail</guilabel> sisaldab kerneli nime. See vastab Grubi käsule \"kernel\". Näide: /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <guilabel>Juurpartitsioon</guilabel> sisaldab seadme nime, kuhu kernel "
-"on salvestatud. See vastab Grubi käsule \"root\". Näide: (hd0,1)."
+msgstr "Väli <guilabel>Juurpartitsioon</guilabel> sisaldab seadme nime, kuhu kernel on salvestatud. See vastab Grubi käsule \"root\". Näide: (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <guilabel>Lisaargumendid</guilabel> sisaldab võtmeid, mis antakse "
-"kernelile alglaadimise ajal."
+msgstr "Väli <guilabel>Lisaargumendid</guilabel> sisaldab võtmeid, mis antakse kernelile alglaadimise ajal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Vaikimisi</guilabel>. laadib Grub selle kirje "
-"vaikimisi."
+msgstr "Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Vaikimisi</guilabel>. laadib Grub selle kirje vaikimisi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -1087,10 +888,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</"
-"guilabel>, saab valida <guilabel>ekraanilahutuse</guilabel>, "
-"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-faili ja võrguprofiili."
+msgstr "Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>, saab valida <guilabel>ekraanilahutuse</guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-faili ja võrguprofiili."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -1102,7 +900,8 @@ msgstr "Automaatse sisselogimise lubamine"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -1110,11 +909,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -1123,20 +920,14 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab lubada "
-"kasutajal logida oma töökeskkonda sisse, ilma et talt küsitaks parooli. Seda "
-"nimetatakse automaatseks sisselogimiseks (autologin). Ǜldiselt on see päris "
-"hea mõte, kui olete oma masina ainuke kasutaja."
+msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab lubada kasutajal logida oma töökeskkonda sisse, ilma et talt küsitaks parooli. Seda nimetatakse automaatseks sisselogimiseks (autologin). Ǜldiselt on see päris hea mõte, kui olete oma masina ainuke kasutaja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Algkäivitus</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Algkäivitus</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -1146,30 +937,23 @@ msgstr "Akna valikud on üsna enesestmõistetavad:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
+"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
+" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui esimene valik on märgitud, ilmub veel kaks valikut. Märkige "
-"<guibutton>Ei taha automaatselt siseneda</guibutton>, kui soovite, et "
-"süsteem küsiks endiselt, kes sisse logib (ja tema parooli), või "
-"<guibutton>Jah, soovin automaatset sisselogimist sellele (kasutajale, "
-"keskkonnale)</guibutton>, kui Te soovite automaatselt sisse logida. Viimasel "
-"juhul tuleb määrata ka <guilabel>Vaikimisi kasutaja</guilabel> ja "
-"<guilabel>Vaikimisi töölaud</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Kui esimene valik on märgitud, ilmub veel kaks valikut. Märkige <guibutton>Ei taha automaatselt siseneda</guibutton>, kui soovite, et süsteem küsiks endiselt, kes sisse logib (ja tema parooli), või <guibutton>Jah, soovin automaatset sisselogimist sellele (kasutajale, keskkonnale)</guibutton>, kui Te soovite automaatselt sisse logida. Viimasel juhul tuleb määrata ka <guilabel>Vaikimisi kasutaja</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Vaikimisi töölaud</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -1184,42 +968,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
-"kasutada ainult käsureal."
+msgstr "Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja kasutada ainult käsureal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Soovitatav on kirjutada käsu väljund faili näiteks nii <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, aga kindlasti tasuks sel "
-"juhul kontrollida, kas kettaruumi ikka jagub: see fail võib kergesti olla "
-"mitu gigabaiti suur."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
+" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
+"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
+msgstr "Soovitatav on kirjutada käsu väljund faili näiteks nii <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, aga kindlasti tasuks sel juhul kontrollida, kas kettaruumi ikka jagub: see fail võib kergesti olla mitu gigabaiti suur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Väljund on kahtlemata liiga suur, et seda veateatele lisada ilma eelnevalt "
-"ebavajalikke osi eemaldamata."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
+" the unneeded parts."
+msgstr "Väljund on kahtlemata liiga suur, et seda veateatele lisada ilma eelnevalt ebavajalikke osi eemaldamata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1396,19 +1170,12 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Abi kirjutamise ajal oli käsu väljundi osa \"syslog\" veel tühi, sest toda "
-"tööriista ei olnud veel üle viidud systemd kasutamisele. Kui see peaks olema "
-"jätkuvalt nii, saab \"syslog\"-teabe hankida administraatori õigustes käsku "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> andes. "
-"Kui kettaruumi peaks nappima, siis võib logist võtta ka näiteks ainult "
-"viimased 5000 rida: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
-"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
+" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
+"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Abi kirjutamise ajal oli käsu väljundi osa \"syslog\" veel tühi, sest toda tööriista ei olnud veel üle viidud systemd kasutamisele. Kui see peaks olema jätkuvalt nii, saab \"syslog\"-teabe hankida administraatori õigustes käsku <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> andes. Kui kettaruumi peaks nappima, siis võib logist võtta ka näiteks ainult viimased 5000 rida: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1420,7 +1187,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia veateadete tööriist"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1428,37 +1196,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käivitada käsurealt, kui anda käsk <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käivitada käsurealt, kui anda käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Tavaliselt käivitub see tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"automaatselt, kui mõnda Mageia tööriista tabab krahh. Siiski on võimalik, et "
-"kui olete teatanud veast, palutakse teil see tööriist käivitada, et "
-"kontrollida selle edastatud teavet ja seejärel kinnitada seda veateates."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
+" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
+"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
+"report."
+msgstr "Tavaliselt käivitub see tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automaatselt, kui mõnda Mageia tööriista tabab krahh. Siiski on võimalik, et kui olete teatanud veast, palutakse teil see tööriist käivitada, et kontrollida selle edastatud teavet ja seejärel kinnitada seda veateates."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui soovite anda teada mõnest veast, aga ei ole just väga kindel, mida peaks "
-"tegema, siis lugege palun juhist <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</"
-"link>, enne kui klõpsate nupule \"Saada\""
+"then please read <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
+"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
+"button."
+msgstr "Kui soovite anda teada mõnest veast, aga ei ole just väga kindel, mida peaks tegema, siis lugege palun juhist <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link>, enne kui klõpsate nupule \"Saada\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1466,10 +1226,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui veast peaks olema juba teatanud keegi teine (sel juhul on veateade, "
-"mille edastab drakbug, täpselt samasugune), on kasulik lisada olemasolevale "
-"veateatele kommentaar, et ka Teid tabas sama viga."
+msgstr "Kui veast peaks olema juba teatanud keegi teine (sel juhul on veateade, mille edastab drakbug, täpselt samasugune), on kasulik lisada olemasolevale veateatele kommentaar, et ka Teid tabas sama viga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1481,7 +1238,8 @@ msgstr "Kuupäeva ja kellaaja seadistamine"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1489,25 +1247,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>\"Lokaliseerimine"
-"\"</guilabel>. Mõnes töökeskkonnas saab selle samuti avada, kui teha "
-"paremklõps süsteemisalves asuval kellal ja valida \"Kohanda kuupäeva ja "
-"kellaaega\"."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>\"Lokaliseerimine\"</guilabel>. Mõnes töökeskkonnas saab selle samuti avada, kui teha paremklõps süsteemisalves asuval kellal ja valida \"Kohanda kuupäeva ja kellaaega\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1518,44 +1269,30 @@ msgstr "Tegu on väga lihtsa tööriistaga."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
+" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasakul üleval asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. Siinsel "
-"pildil on kuuks jaanuar (ülal vasakul), aastaks 2013 (ülal paremal) ning "
-"kuupäevaks 8. (sinisega) ja teisipäev. Kuu või aasta saab valida, kui "
-"klõpsata noolekestele mõlemal pool kirjeid \"jaanuar\" ja \"2013\". Päeva "
-"saab valida selle numbrile klõpsates."
+msgstr "Vasakul üleval asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. Siinsel pildil on kuuks jaanuar (ülal vasakul), aastaks 2013 (ülal paremal) ning kuupäevaks 8. (sinisega) ja teisipäev. Kuu või aasta saab valida, kui klõpsata noolekestele mõlemal pool kirjeid \"jaanuar\" ja \"2013\". Päeva saab valida selle numbrile klõpsates."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasakul all on ruum <emphasis role=\"bold\">võrguajaprotokolli</emphasis> "
-"(NTP) sünkroonimiseks. Sel moel on võimalik lasta arvutis näidataval kellal "
-"olla alati sünkroonis serverist hangitud ajaga. Märkige "
-"<guilabel>Võrguajaprotokolli lubamine</guilabel> ja valige lähim server."
+msgstr "Vasakul all on ruum <emphasis role=\"bold\">võrguajaprotokolli</emphasis> (NTP) sünkroonimiseks. Sel moel on võimalik lasta arvutis näidataval kellal olla alati sünkroonis serverist hangitud ajaga. Märkige <guilabel>Võrguajaprotokolli lubamine</guilabel> ja valige lähim server."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Paremal ülal asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kell</emphasis>. Kellaaja "
-"määramine on üsna mõttetu, kui NTP on lubatud. Kolm välja näitavad tunde, "
-"minuteid ja sekundeid (pildil 4, 4 ja 46). Noolekeste abil saab kellaaega "
-"muuta. Kellaaja vormingut siin muuta ei saa, selleks tuleb kasutada "
-"töökeskkonna seadistusi."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
+" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
+" your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr "Paremal ülal asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kell</emphasis>. Kellaaja määramine on üsna mõttetu, kui NTP on lubatud. Kolm välja näitavad tunde, minuteid ja sekundeid (pildil 4, 4 ja 46). Noolekeste abil saab kellaaega muuta. Kellaaja vormingut siin muuta ei saa, selleks tuleb kasutada töökeskkonna seadistusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1563,19 +1300,15 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Paremal all saab valida ajavööndi, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Muuda "
-"ajavööndit</guibutton> ja valida loendist lähim linn."
+msgstr "Paremal all saab valida ajavööndi, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Muuda ajavööndit</guibutton> ja valida loendist lähim linn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
+" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Ehkki tööriist ei võimalda muuta kuupäeva või kellaaja vormingut, näidatakse "
-"neid töölaual siiski just nii, nagu olete töölaua seadistustes määranud."
+msgstr "Ehkki tööriist ei võimalda muuta kuupäeva või kellaaja vormingut, näidatakse neid töölaual siiski just nii, nagu olete töölaua seadistustes määranud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1587,7 +1320,8 @@ msgstr "Ühenduse eemaldamine"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1595,29 +1329,23 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis>."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga saab kustutada võrguliidese<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Selle tööriistaga saab kustutada võrguliidese<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõpsake rippmenüüle, valige liides, mida soovite eemaldada, ja klõpsake "
-"nupule <emphasis>Edasi</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Klõpsake rippmenüüle, valige liides, mida soovite eemaldada, ja klõpsake nupule <emphasis>Edasi</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
@@ -1636,7 +1364,8 @@ msgstr "Uue võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1644,11 +1373,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1656,20 +1383,14 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
-"enam-vähem kõike võrgu ja interneti kasutamisega seotut. Eelnevalt oleks "
-"siiski hea hankida mõningat vajalikku teavet oma teenusepakkujalt või "
-"võrguadministraatorilt."
+msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada enam-vähem kõike võrgu ja interneti kasutamisega seotut. Eelnevalt oleks siiski hea hankida mõningat vajalikku teavet oma teenusepakkujalt või võrguadministraatorilt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige vastavalt oma riistvarale ja teenusepakkujale ühenduse tüüp, mida "
-"soovite luua."
+msgstr "Valige vastavalt oma riistvarale ja teenusepakkujale ühenduse tüüp, mida soovite luua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1681,9 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "Uus juhtmega ühendus (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimeses aknas on näha kõik saadaolevad liidesed. Valige see, mida soovite "
-"seadistada."
+msgstr "Esimeses aknas on näha kõik saadaolevad liidesed. Valige see, mida soovite seadistada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
@@ -1697,136 +1416,119 @@ msgstr "Nüüd saab valida IP-aadressi automaatse ja käsitsi määramise vahel.
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "Automaatne IP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
+" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas "
-"nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool "
-"näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab "
-"siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi "
-"arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime "
-"võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi "
-"omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki "
-"kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks "
-"hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt "
-"vähetõenäoline."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt vähetõenäoline."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "Muude valikute nupule klõpsates saab määrata järgmisi asju:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr "Otsingudomeen (pole kasutatav, sest selle annab DHCP-server)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "DHCP klient"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "DHCP aegumine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-"
-"server"
+msgstr "YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-server"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "NTPD-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (kella sünkroonimiseks)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP nõutav masinanimi. Kasutage seda ainult siis, kui DHCP-server nõuab, et "
-"klient määraks masinanime enne IP-aadressi saamist. Mõned DHCP-serverid "
-"sellist võimalust ei paku."
+msgstr "DHCP nõutav masinanimi. Kasutage seda ainult siis, kui DHCP-server nõuab, et klient määraks masinanime enne IP-aadressi saamist. Mõned DHCP-serverid sellist võimalust ei paku."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste "
-"seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Käsitsi seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
-"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
-"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress tavaliselt umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja "
-"nimeserverid saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
+msgstr "Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress tavaliselt umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. "
-"Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla Teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui Teie arvuti nimi on "
-"\"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on "
-"otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi "
-"siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska "
-"tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+msgstr "Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla Teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui Teie arvuti nimi on \"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1836,8 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780
 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:150
@@ -1848,14 +1549,11 @@ msgstr "Uus satelliidiühendus (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta "
-"vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> "
-"dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
+" can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1867,74 +1565,59 @@ msgstr "Uus kaablimodemi ühendus"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Seejärel tuleb määrata autentimisviis:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Puudub"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (vajalik Telstrale). Sel juhul tuleb anda kasutajanimi ja parool."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
+" and password."
+msgstr "BPALogin (vajalik Telstrale). Sel juhul tuleb anda kasutajanimi ja parool."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas "
-"nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool "
-"näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab "
-"siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi "
-"arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime "
-"võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi "
-"omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki "
-"kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks "
-"hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt "
-"vähetõenäoline."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt vähetõenäoline."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
+" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
-"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
-"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. "
-"Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla Teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui Teie arvuti nimi on "
-"\"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on "
-"otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi "
-"siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska "
-"tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic connection would not need this setting."
+msgstr "Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla Teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui Teie arvuti nimi on \"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1949,47 +1632,47 @@ msgstr "Uus DSL-ühendus"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui tööriist tuvastab võrguliidesed, pakutakse need välja ning Teil tuleb "
-"nende seast valida see, mida soovite seadistama asuda."
+msgstr "Kui tööriist tuvastab võrguliidesed, pakutakse need välja ning Teil tuleb nende seast valida see, mida soovite seadistama asuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
-"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige <guilabel>Puudub nimekirjast</"
-"guilabel> ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr "Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige <guilabel>Puudub nimekirjast</guilabel> ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Valige üks pakutavatest protokollidest:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "TCP/IP käsitsiseadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
@@ -1999,22 +1682,26 @@ msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Ligipääsu seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Konto kasutajatunnus (kasutajanimi)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Konto parool"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(muude valikute all) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(muude valikute all) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
@@ -2034,12 +1721,14 @@ msgstr "Uus ISDN-ühendus"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Tööriist pärib, millist seadet seadistama asuda:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Käsitsivalik (sisemine ISDN-kaart)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Väline ISDN-modem"
@@ -2049,16 +1738,16 @@ msgstr "Väline ISDN-modem"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel ilmub riistvara loend, mis on korraldatud kategooriate ja tootjate "
-"järgi. Valige oma kaart."
+msgstr "Seejärel ilmub riistvara loend, mis on korraldatud kategooriate ja tootjate järgi. Valige oma kaart."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protokoll ülejäänud maailma tarbeks, välja arvatud Euroopa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Euroopa protokoll (EDSS1)"
@@ -2067,30 +1756,31 @@ msgstr "Euroopa protokoll (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
-"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja sisestage "
-"teenusepakkuja antud andmed. Seejärel küsitakse ühenduse parameetreid:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+msgstr "Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed. Seejärel küsitakse ühenduse parameetreid:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Ühenduse nimi"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Telefoninumber"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "Kasutajatunnus"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Autentimisviis"
@@ -2100,48 +1790,43 @@ msgstr "Autentimisviis"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Siis tuleb valida, kas IP-aadress saadakse automaatselt või määratakse "
-"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb sisestada IP-aadress ja alamvõrgu mask."
+msgstr "Siis tuleb valida, kas IP-aadress saadakse automaatselt või määratakse käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb sisestada IP-aadress ja alamvõrgu mask."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Edasi tuleb valida, kuidas saadakse nimeserverite aadress: automaatselt või "
-"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kindlaks määrata:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
+" put:"
+msgstr "Edasi tuleb valida, kuidas saadakse nimeserverite aadress: automaatselt või käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kindlaks määrata:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Domeeninimi"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Esimene ja teine nimeserver"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti saab valida, kas masinanimi määratakse IP põhjal. See tuleks märkida "
-"ainult juhul, kui olete kindel, et Teie teenusepakkuja seda tunnistab."
+msgstr "Samuti saab valida, kas masinanimi määratakse IP põhjal. See tuleks märkida ainult juhul, kui olete kindel, et Teie teenusepakkuja seda tunnistab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel tuleb valida, kuidas hangitakse lüüsiaadress: automaatselt või "
-"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada IP-aadress."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
+" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
+"the IP address."
+msgstr "Seejärel tuleb valida, kuidas hangitakse lüüsiaadress: automaatselt või käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada IP-aadress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -2154,10 +1839,7 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimeses aknas näeb saadaolevaid liideseid ja Windowsi draiveri kirjet "
-"(ndiswrapper). Valige liides, mida soovite seadistada. Kasutage "
-"ndiswrapperit ainult siis, kui ükski teine seadistamisviis ei toimi."
+msgstr "Esimeses aknas näeb saadaolevaid liideseid ja Windowsi draiveri kirjet (ndiswrapper). Valige liides, mida soovite seadistada. Kasutage ndiswrapperit ainult siis, kui ükski teine seadistamisviis ei toimi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
@@ -2171,74 +1853,89 @@ msgstr "Edasi saab valida tugijaamade vahel, mida kaart on tuvastanud."
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "WiFi-kaartidel on ka spetsiifilisi parameetreid:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Töörežiim:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Määratud"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Olemasoleva tugijaama kasutamiseks (kõige levinum variant)."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Otseühenduseks arvutite vahel."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Võrgu nimi (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Krüptorežiim: see sõltub tugijaama seadistusest."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "See on eelistatud režiim, kui riistvara seda vähegi toetab."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Osa vanemat riistvara suudab ainult sellega hakkama saada."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Krüptovõti"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid ""
+"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Üldiselt annab selle tugijaamana toimiv riistvara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2248,7 +1945,8 @@ msgid ""
 "manual IP address."
 msgstr "Siin saab valida automaatse ja käsitsi määratud IP-aadressi vahel."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -2258,64 +1956,49 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb valida, kas nimeserverid "
-"annab DHCP-server või on need käsitsi määratud. Viimasel juhul tuleb "
-"kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadress. Kui masinanime mitte määrata, "
-"kasutatakse vaikimisi masinanimena localhost.localdomain. Masinanime võib "
-"anda ka DHCP-server, kui märkida valik <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-"
-"serverist</emphasis>."
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb valida, kas nimeserverid annab DHCP-server või on need käsitsi määratud. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadress. Kui masinanime mitte määrata, kasutatakse vaikimisi masinanimena localhost.localdomain. Masinanime võib anda ka DHCP-server, kui märkida valik <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-"
-"server"
+msgstr "YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-server"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste "
-"seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
-"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
-"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress alati umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, "
-"võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid "
-"saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr "Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress alati umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. See "
-"peab olema Teie masinanimi ilma esimesele punktile eelneva osata."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
+msgstr "Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. See peab olema Teie masinanimi ilma esimesele punktile eelneva osata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2327,32 +2010,27 @@ msgstr "Uus GPRS/Edge/3G ühendus"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui tööriist tuvastab juhtmeta side liideseid, siis saab siin valida, "
-"millist seadistama asuda."
+msgstr "Kui tööriist tuvastab juhtmeta side liideseid, siis saab siin valida, millist seadistama asuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
 msgstr ""
-"Teie käest küsitakse PIN-koodi. Kui see pole vajalik, jätke see andmata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:658
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Nõustaja uurib võrke. Kui midagi ei leita, valige <guilabel>Puudub "
-"nimekirjast</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Nõustaja uurib võrke. Kui midagi ei leita, valige <guilabel>Puudub nimekirjast</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Seadistage ligipääs"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Tugijaama nimi"
@@ -2367,12 +2045,14 @@ msgstr "Uus Bluetoothi sissehelistamisühendus"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Uus analoogtelefonimodemi ühendus (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Käsitsivalik"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Tuvastatud riistvara, kui seda leidub."
@@ -2387,69 +2067,73 @@ msgstr "Ilmub portide loend. Valige oma port."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui see pole veel paigaldatud, tehakse ettepanek paigaldada tarkvarapakett "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Kui see pole veel paigaldatud, tehakse ettepanek paigaldada tarkvarapakett <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ilmub riikide kaupa jagatud teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
-"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda loendis pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja "
-"sisestage teenusepakkujalt saadud andmed. Seejärel palutakse määrata "
-"sissehelistamise valikud:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+msgstr "Ilmub riikide kaupa jagatud teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma teenusepakkuja. Kui seda loendis pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja sisestage teenusepakkujalt saadud andmed. Seejärel palutakse määrata sissehelistamise valikud:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Ühenduse nimi</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Telefoninumber</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Kasutajakonto</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Parool</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Autentimine</emphasis>, kus saab valida:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Skriptipõhine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Terminalipõhine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2491,10 +2175,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Juhtmeta ühenduse korral on aknas ka märkekast <emphasis>Tugijaama "
-"vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>, mis annab võimaluse automaatselt vahetada "
-"tugijaamu vastavalt signaali tugevusele."
+msgstr "Juhtmeta ühenduse korral on aknas ka märkekast <emphasis>Tugijaama vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>, mis annab võimaluse automaatselt vahetada tugijaamu vastavalt signaali tugevusele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2526,11 +2207,10 @@ msgstr "IPv6->IPv4 tunneli lubamine"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõige viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas ühendus käivitatakse viivitamata või "
-"mitte."
+msgstr "Kõige viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas ühendus käivitatakse viivitamata või mitte."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2545,7 +2225,8 @@ msgstr "Konsooli avamine administraatorina"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2553,22 +2234,17 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab vahetult "
-"avada konsooli administraatori õigustes. Kes teab, mida konsooliga peale "
-"hakata, sellele pole vaja rohkem midagi seletadagi."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
+" information about that."
+msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab vahetult avada konsooli administraatori õigustes. Kes teab, mida konsooliga peale hakata, sellele pole vaja rohkem midagi seletadagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2580,7 +2256,8 @@ msgstr "Kettapartitsioonide haldamine"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk või diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2588,13 +2265,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2602,26 +2276,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"See on väga võimas tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>: "
-"pisimgi viga või näiteks kass, kes kargab mängulustis klaviatuurile, võib "
-"kaasa tuua kõigi andmete kaotamise kogu partitsioonil või lausa terve ketta "
-"andmete haihtumise. Seepärast näete ka ülal esitatud hoiatusdialoogi. "
-"Klõpsake <emphasis>Välju</emphasis>, kui Te pole päris kindel, et soovite "
-"ikka jätkata."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr "See on väga võimas tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>: pisimgi viga või näiteks kass, kes kargab mängulustis klaviatuurile, võib kaasa tuua kõigi andmete kaotamise kogu partitsioonil või lausa terve ketta andmete haihtumise. Seepärast näete ka ülal esitatud hoiatusdialoogi. Klõpsake <emphasis>Välju</emphasis>, kui Te pole päris kindel, et soovite ikka jätkata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui Teil on üle ühe kõvaketta, võite selle, millega soovite midagi ette "
-"võtta, valida vastava kaardi (sda, sdb, sdc jne.) sakile klõpsates."
+msgstr "Kui Teil on üle ühe kõvaketta, võite selle, millega soovite midagi ette võtta, valida vastava kaardi (sda, sdb, sdc jne.) sakile klõpsates."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2631,17 +2298,12 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Teie käsutuses on väga palju toiminguid, millega kõvaketas just endale "
-"sobivaks muuta. Kogu kõvaketta tühjendamine, partitsioonide poolitamine või "
-"ühendamine, nende suuruse muutmine, failisüsteemi vahetamine: võimalik on "
-"kõik see ja veel palju rohkem. All asuva nupuga <emphasis><guibutton>Kustuta "
-"kõik</guibutton></emphasis> saab tühjendada kogu ketta, teised nupud tulevad "
-"paremal nähtavale, kui olete klõpsanud partitsioonile."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
+" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
+msgstr "Teie käsutuses on väga palju toiminguid, millega kõvaketas just endale sobivaks muuta. Kogu kõvaketta tühjendamine, partitsioonide poolitamine või ühendamine, nende suuruse muutmine, failisüsteemi vahetamine: võimalik on kõik see ja veel palju rohkem. All asuva nupuga <emphasis><guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton></emphasis> saab tühjendada kogu ketta, teised nupud tulevad paremal nähtavale, kui olete klõpsanud partitsioonile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2649,10 +2311,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui valitud partitsioon on haagitud, nagu alloleval pildil, ei saa selle "
-"suurust muuta, seda vormindada ega kustutada. Nendeks toiminguteks tuleb "
-"partitsioon esmalt lahutada."
+msgstr "Kui valitud partitsioon on haagitud, nagu alloleval pildil, ei saa selle suurust muuta, seda vormindada ega kustutada. Nendeks toiminguteks tuleb partitsioon esmalt lahutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2666,19 +2325,15 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Partitsioonitüübi muutmiseks (näiteks ext3 asemel ext4) tuleb partitsioon "
-"kustutada ja siis uuesti luua juba uue tüübiga. Nupp <guibutton role=\"bold"
-"\">Tekita</guibutton> ilmub nähtavale, kui valida ketta tühi osa."
+msgstr "Partitsioonitüübi muutmiseks (näiteks ext3 asemel ext4) tuleb partitsioon kustutada ja siis uuesti luua juba uue tüübiga. Nupp <guibutton role=\"bold\">Tekita</guibutton> ilmub nähtavale, kui valida ketta tühi osa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui soovite, võite valida ka haakepunkti, mida ei ole olemas. Sellisel juhul "
-"see haakepunkt luuakse."
+msgstr "Kui soovite, võite valida ka haakepunkti, mida ei ole olemas. Sellisel juhul see haakepunkt luuakse."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2689,12 +2344,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõps nupule <emphasis><guibutton>Lülitu ekspertrežiimi</guibutton></"
-"emphasis> annab Teie käsutusse veel mõned toimingud, näiteks saab "
-"partitsioonile nime anda. Neid valikuid näeb alloleval pildil."
+msgstr "Klõps nupule <emphasis><guibutton>Lülitu ekspertrežiimi</guibutton></emphasis> annab Teie käsutusse veel mõned toimingud, näiteks saab partitsioonile nime anda. Neid valikuid näeb alloleval pildil."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2709,7 +2362,8 @@ msgstr "Kuvahalduri seadistamine"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2717,22 +2371,17 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab valida, millist "
-"kuvahaldurit kasutada töökeskkonda sisselogimisel. Näidatakse ainult neid, "
-"mis on Teie süsteemis saadaval."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
+" on your system will be shown."
+msgstr "Siin<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab valida, millist kuvahaldurit kasutada töökeskkonda sisselogimisel. Näidatakse ainult neid, mis on Teie süsteemis saadaval."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2740,10 +2389,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Enamik kasutajaid paneb tähele vaid pisukest vahet sisselogimisekraani "
-"välimuses. Siiski toetavad eri kuvahaldurid eri võimalusi. Näiteks LXDM on "
-"väga lihtne kuvahaldur, KDM ja GDM aga pakuvad rohkem valikuid."
+msgstr "Enamik kasutajaid paneb tähele vaid pisukest vahet sisselogimisekraani välimuses. Siiski toetavad eri kuvahaldurid eri võimalusi. Näiteks LXDM on väga lihtne kuvahaldur, KDM ja GDM aga pakuvad rohkem valikuid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2755,7 +2401,8 @@ msgstr "Isikliku tulemüüri seadistamine"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2763,11 +2410,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2776,28 +2421,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\". Tööriista saab avada ka tööriista "
-"\"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine\" esimesel kaardil."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\". Tööriista saab avada ka tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine\" esimesel kaardil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
+" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Tegu on lihtsa tulemüüriga, mille Mageia vaikimisi paigaldab. Kõik väljast "
-"tulevad ühendused saab blokeerida, nii et need on võimalikud ainult "
-"spetsiaalse loaga. Esimesel ekraanil, mida näeb ülaloleval pildil, saab "
-"valida teenused, mille korral on väljast tulevad ühendused lubatud. "
-"Turvalisuse huvides oleks mõistlik mitte märkida esimest kastikest - "
-"<guilabel>Kõik (tulemüür puudub)</guilabel> -, kui Te just ei soovigi "
-"tulemüürist loobuda, ning märkida ainult need teenused, mida Te vajate."
+msgstr "Tegu on lihtsa tulemüüriga, mille Mageia vaikimisi paigaldab. Kõik väljast tulevad ühendused saab blokeerida, nii et need on võimalikud ainult spetsiaalse loaga. Esimesel ekraanil, mida näeb ülaloleval pildil, saab valida teenused, mille korral on väljast tulevad ühendused lubatud. Turvalisuse huvides oleks mõistlik mitte märkida esimest kastikest - <guilabel>Kõik (tulemüür puudub)</guilabel> -, kui Te just ei soovigi tulemüürist loobuda, ning märkida ainult need teenused, mida Te vajate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2806,11 +2441,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Siin võib käsitsi lisada pordid, mis tuleb avatuna hoida. Klõpsake "
-"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mille peale ilmub uus aken. Kirjutage "
-"väljale <guilabel>Muud pordid</guilabel> vajalikud pordid, järgides "
-"järgmiste näidete eeskuju:"
+msgstr "Siin võib käsitsi lisada pordid, mis tuleb avatuna hoida. Klõpsake <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mille peale ilmub uus aken. Kirjutage väljale <guilabel>Muud pordid</guilabel> vajalikud pordid, järgides järgmiste näidete eeskuju:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2820,9 +2451,7 @@ msgstr "80/tcp - pordi 80 avamine tcp protokollile"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp - kõigi portide avamine vahemikus 24000 kuni 24010 udp "
-"protokollile"
+msgstr "24000:24010/udp - kõigi portide avamine vahemikus 24000 kuni 24010 udp protokollile"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
@@ -2834,11 +2463,10 @@ msgstr "Mitme pordi kirjutamisel tuleb nende vahele jätta tühik."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Tulemüüriteadete logimine süsteemi logidesse</"
-"guilabel>, salvestataksegi tulemüüri teated süsteemi logidesse."
+msgstr "Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Tulemüüriteadete logimine süsteemi logidesse</guilabel>, salvestataksegi tulemüüri teated süsteemi logidesse."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2849,10 +2477,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui Te ei paku just erilisi teenuseid (veebi- või e-posti server, failide "
-"jagamine...), võib õieti jätta kõik märkimata. See on isegi soovitatav: "
-"pidage silmas, et see ei takista Teil endal sugugi internetis liikuda."
+msgstr "Kui Te ei paku just erilisi teenuseid (veebi- või e-posti server, failide jagamine...), võib õieti jätta kõik märkimata. See on isegi soovitatav: pidage silmas, et see ei takista Teil endal sugugi internetis liikuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2862,31 +2487,24 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Järgmisel ekraanil saab paika panna interaktiivse tulemüüri tingimused. Nii "
-"näiteks hoiatatakse Teid ühendusekatsete korral, kui märkida esimene valik "
-"<guilabel>Interaktiivse tulemüüri kasutamine</guilabel>. Teise valiku "
-"märkimisel saab hoiatuse, kui skaneeritakse Teie masina porte (sellega "
-"püütakse leida võimalust mõnda tarkvaraviga ära kasutades masinasse "
-"tungida). Alates kolmandast märkekastist on ära toodud teenused ja pordid, "
-"mille märkisite kahel esimesel ekraanil. Siinsel pildil on neiks SSH-server "
-"ja 80:150/tcp. Kastikesi märkides saate ühendusekatse korral neis portides "
-"alati hoiatuse."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
+" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
+"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil saab paika panna interaktiivse tulemüüri tingimused. Nii näiteks hoiatatakse Teid ühendusekatsete korral, kui märkida esimene valik <guilabel>Interaktiivse tulemüüri kasutamine</guilabel>. Teise valiku märkimisel saab hoiatuse, kui skaneeritakse Teie masina porte (sellega püütakse leida võimalust mõnda tarkvaraviga ära kasutades masinasse tungida). Alates kolmandast märkekastist on ära toodud teenused ja pordid, mille märkisite kahel esimesel ekraanil. Siinsel pildil on neiks SSH-server ja 80:150/tcp. Kastikesi märkides saate ühendusekatse korral neis portides alati hoiatuse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr "Hoiatusi näitab teatemullidena võrguaplett."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2895,21 +2513,16 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimasel ekraanil saab valida, millised võrguliidesed on internetti "
-"ühendatud, nii et nende üle tuleb valvata. Pärast klõpsu nupule \"Olgu\" "
-"laaditakse alla vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
+" packages are downloaded."
+msgstr "Viimasel ekraanil saab valida, millised võrguliidesed on internetti ühendatud, nii et nende üle tuleb valvata. Pärast klõpsu nupule \"Olgu\" laaditakse alla vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui Te ei tea, mida valida, uurige Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelil "
-"\"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" tööriista \"Uue võrguliidese seadistamine\"."
+msgstr "Kui Te ei tea, mida valida, uurige Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelil \"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" tööriista \"Uue võrguliidese seadistamine\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
@@ -2921,7 +2534,8 @@ msgstr "Fontide haldamine, lisamine ja eemaldamine. Windows(TM) fontide import"
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2929,11 +2543,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatorina käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatorina käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2942,10 +2554,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis>. See "
-"võimaldab hallata arvutile kättesaadavaid fonte. Peaaknas on näha:"
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis>. See võimaldab hallata arvutile kättesaadavaid fonte. Peaaknas on näha:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2965,17 +2574,14 @@ msgstr "mõned allpool selgitatavad nupud"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paigalda Windowsi fondid: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paigalda Windowsi fondid: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupuga saab automaatselt lisada Windowsi partitsioonil leiduvad "
-"fondid. Mõistagi peab selleks olema paigaldatud Microsoft Windows."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
+" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr "Selle nupuga saab automaatselt lisada Windowsi partitsioonil leiduvad fondid. Mõistagi peab selleks olema paigaldatud Microsoft Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2985,11 +2591,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eelistused:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Siinsete valikute abil saab kindlustada, et teatavad rakendused või seadmed "
-"(peamiselt printerid) suudavad fonte kasutada."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
+" to use the fonts."
+msgstr "Siinsete valikute abil saab kindlustada, et teatavad rakendused või seadmed (peamiselt printerid) suudavad fonte kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -3002,10 +2606,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupuga saab eemaldada paigaldatud fonte ja sel moel võib-olla arvutis "
-"ruumi kokku hoida. Olge fontide eemaldamisel siiski väga ettevaatlik, sest "
-"sel võivad olla tõsised tagajärjed dokumentidele, kus neid on kasutatud."
+msgstr "Selle nupuga saab eemaldada paigaldatud fonte ja sel moel võib-olla arvutis ruumi kokku hoida. Olge fontide eemaldamisel siiski väga ettevaatlik, sest sel võivad olla tõsised tagajärjed dokumentidele, kus neid on kasutatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -3017,27 +2618,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impordi:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupuga saab importida mujalt pärit (CD, internet...) fonte. Toetatud "
-"vormingud on ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ja gsf. Klõpsake nupule <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Impordi</emphasis> ja siis nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lisa</"
-"emphasis>. Ilmub failihaldur, kus saab valida fondid, mida soovite "
-"paigaldada. Kui see on tehtud, klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Paigalda</emphasis>. Fondid paigaldatakse kataloogi /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr "Selle nupuga saab importida mujalt pärit (CD, internet...) fonte. Toetatud vormingud on ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ja gsf. Klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Impordi</emphasis> ja siis nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lisa</emphasis>. Ilmub failihaldur, kus saab valida fondid, mida soovite paigaldada. Kui see on tehtud, klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paigalda</emphasis>. Fondid paigaldatakse kataloogi /usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui äsja paigaldatud fondid ei olnud tööriista peaaknas nähtavale või näeb "
-"seal endiselt äsja eemaldatud fonte, sulgege ja avage tööriist uuesti, et "
-"muudatusi näha."
+msgstr "Kui äsja paigaldatud fondid ei olnud tööriista peaaknas nähtavale või näeb seal endiselt äsja eemaldatud fonte, sulgege ja avage tööriist uuesti, et muudatusi näha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -3049,7 +2641,8 @@ msgstr "Lapselukk"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -3057,24 +2650,18 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\" kirje alt <guilabel>Lapselukk</"
-"guilabel>. Kui sellist kirjet pole, siis tuleb paigaldada tarkvarapakett "
-"drakguard (vaikimisi seda ei paigaldata)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\" kirje alt <guilabel>Lapselukk</guilabel>. Kui sellist kirjet pole, siis tuleb paigaldada tarkvarapakett drakguard (vaikimisi seda ei paigaldata)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -3087,40 +2674,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard ehk lapselukk kujutab endast lihtsat viisi sätestada arvutis, kes "
-"ja millal midagi teha võib. Drakguard pakub selleks järgmisi võimalusi:"
+msgstr "Drakguard ehk lapselukk kujutab endast lihtsat viisi sätestada arvutis, kes ja millal midagi teha võib. Drakguard pakub selleks järgmisi võimalusi:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Veebi kasutamist saab piirata konkreetsete kasutajate ja konkreetsete "
-"kellaaegadega. Selleks kasutatakse Mageiasse sisse ehitatud tulemüüri."
+msgstr "Veebi kasutamist saab piirata konkreetsete kasutajate ja konkreetsete kellaaegadega. Selleks kasutatakse Mageiasse sisse ehitatud tulemüüri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Teatavate käskude andmist saab lubada vaid konkreetsetele isikutele, nii et "
-"nad saavad käivitada ainult seda, mis on neile lubatud."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
+" only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr "Teatavate käskude andmist saab lubada vaid konkreetsetele isikutele, nii et nad saavad käivitada ainult seda, mis on neile lubatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Ligipääsu veebilehtedele saab piirata nii käsitsi määratud valgete ja "
-"mustade nimekirjadega kui ka dünaamiliselt, vastavalt veebilehe sisule. "
-"Selleks kasutab Drakguard juhtivat avatut lähtekoodiga lapselukuprogrammi "
-"DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
+msgstr "Ligipääsu veebilehtedele saab piirata nii käsitsi määratud valgete ja mustade nimekirjadega kui ka dünaamiliselt, vastavalt veebilehe sisule. Selleks kasutab Drakguard juhtivat avatut lähtekoodiga lapselukuprogrammi DansGuardian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -3134,30 +2711,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui Teie arvutis on kettapartitsioone, millel on Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS "
-"failisüsteem, siis näete hüpikakent, mis soovitab sisse lülitada "
-"pääsuloendite kasutamise neil partitsioonidel. Pääsuloendid (ingliskeelse "
-"lühendiga ACL) on kerneli pakutav võimalus piirata ligipääsu konkreetsele "
-"failile kindlate kasutajate ringiga. Pääsuloendid on juba rakendatud Ext4 ja "
-"Btrfs failisüsteemis, kuid Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS korral tuleb see eraldi "
-"sisse lülitada. Kui valite \"Jah\", seadistab Drakguard kõik partitsioonid "
-"pääsuloendeid toetama ning teeb seejärel ettepaneku arvuti uuesti käivitada."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
+" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
+"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
+" will then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr "Kui Teie arvutis on kettapartitsioone, millel on Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS failisüsteem, siis näete hüpikakent, mis soovitab sisse lülitada pääsuloendite kasutamise neil partitsioonidel. Pääsuloendid (ingliskeelse lühendiga ACL) on kerneli pakutav võimalus piirata ligipääsu konkreetsele failile kindlate kasutajate ringiga. Pääsuloendid on juba rakendatud Ext4 ja Btrfs failisüsteemis, kuid Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS korral tuleb see eraldi sisse lülitada. Kui valite \"Jah\", seadistab Drakguard kõik partitsioonid pääsuloendeid toetama ning teeb seejärel ettepaneku arvuti uuesti käivitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Lapseluku lubamine</guibutton>: märkimise korral lülitatakse "
-"lapselukk sisse ning saab kasutada kaarti <guilabel>Programmide "
-"blokeerimine</guilabel>."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
+" is opened."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Lapseluku lubamine</guibutton>: märkimise korral lülitatakse lapselukk sisse ning saab kasutada kaarti <guilabel>Programmide blokeerimine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -3165,11 +2731,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kogu võrguliikluse blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimise korral "
-"blokeeritakse kõik veebilehed, välja arvatud need, mis on kirjas valges "
-"nimekirjas. Vastasel juhul on aga kõik veebilehed lubatud, välja arvatud "
-"need, mis on kirjas mustas nimekirjas."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Kogu võrguliikluse blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimise korral blokeeritakse kõik veebilehed, välja arvatud need, mis on kirjas valges nimekirjas. Vastasel juhul on aga kõik veebilehed lubatud, välja arvatud need, mis on kirjas mustas nimekirjas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -3181,14 +2743,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kasutajate ligipääs</guibutton>: vasakul asuvate kasutajate "
-"ligipääs on piiratud vastavalt määratud reeglitele. Paremal asuvatel "
-"kasutajatel on ligipääs piiramata, et täiskasvanud saaksid arvutit tarvitada "
-"ilma raskusi kogemata. Valige kasutaja vasakult ja klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, et lisada ta lubatud kasutajate sekka. Valige "
-"kasutaja paremal ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, et "
-"kõrvaldada ta lubatud kasutajate loendist."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Kasutajate ligipääs</guibutton>: vasakul asuvate kasutajate ligipääs on piiratud vastavalt määratud reeglitele. Paremal asuvatel kasutajatel on ligipääs piiramata, et täiskasvanud saaksid arvutit tarvitada ilma raskusi kogemata. Valige kasutaja vasakult ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, et lisada ta lubatud kasutajate sekka. Valige kasutaja paremal ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, et kõrvaldada ta lubatud kasutajate loendist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -3197,10 +2752,7 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ajakontroll:</guibutton> märkimise korral in interneti kasutamine "
-"piiranguid arvestades lubatud ajavahemikus <guilabel>Algus</guilabel> kuni "
-"<guilabel>Lõpp</guilabel>. Muul ajal on internet täielikult blokeeritud."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Ajakontroll:</guibutton> märkimise korral in interneti kasutamine piiranguid arvestades lubatud ajavahemikus <guilabel>Algus</guilabel> kuni <guilabel>Lõpp</guilabel>. Muul ajal on internet täielikult blokeeritud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -3212,9 +2764,7 @@ msgstr "Musta ja valge nimekirja kaardid"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kirjutage ülal asuvasse tekstikasti veebilehekülje URL ja klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Kirjutage ülal asuvasse tekstikasti veebilehekülje URL ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -3224,22 +2774,17 @@ msgstr "Programmide blokeerimise kaart"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
+" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Määratud rakenduste blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimisel saab "
-"kasutada pääsuloendeid, et piirata ligipääsu määratud rakendustele. Seejärel "
-"tuleb kirja panna nende rakenduste asukohad, mida soovite blokeerida."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Määratud rakenduste blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimisel saab kasutada pääsuloendeid, et piirata ligipääsu määratud rakendustele. Seejärel tuleb kirja panna nende rakenduste asukohad, mida soovite blokeerida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kasutajate blokeering</guibutton>: paremal asuvad kasutajad ei "
-"allu pääsuloendi piirangutele."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Kasutajate blokeering</guibutton>: paremal asuvad kasutajad ei allu pääsuloendi piirangutele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -3251,7 +2796,8 @@ msgstr "Internetiühenduse jagamine teistele kohalikele masinatele"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -3261,7 +2807,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Põhialused"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -3276,24 +2823,14 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kujutame ette sugugi mitte "
-"ebatavalist olukorda, kus Teil on arvuti (3), millel on nii pääs internetti "
-"(2) kui ka ühendus kohaliku võrguga (1). Niisiis võiks olla hea mõte "
-"kasutada arvutit (3) omamoodi vahendajana, mis annab ligipääsu internetti "
-"kahele kohtvõrgus (1) olevale arvutile (5) ja (6). Selleks peab vahendajal "
-"olema kaks liidest: üks, näiteks Etherneti kaart, on ühendatud kohtvõrguga, "
-"teine (4) internetiga (2)."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kujutame ette sugugi mitte ebatavalist olukorda, kus Teil on arvuti (3), millel on nii pääs internetti (2) kui ka ühendus kohaliku võrguga (1). Niisiis võiks olla hea mõte kasutada arvutit (3) omamoodi vahendajana, mis annab ligipääsu internetti kahele kohtvõrgus (1) olevale arvutile (5) ja (6). Selleks peab vahendajal olema kaks liidest: üks, näiteks Etherneti kaart, on ühendatud kohtvõrguga, teine (4) internetiga (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõigepealt tuleb kontrollida, kas võrk ja interneti kasutamine on ikka "
-"korralikult paika pandud, nagu seda selgitab <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/"
-">."
+msgstr "Kõigepealt tuleb kontrollida, kas võrk ja interneti kasutamine on ikka korralikult paika pandud, nagu seda selgitab <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -3303,29 +2840,23 @@ msgstr "Interneti jagamise nõustaja"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab interneti "
-"jagamist seadistada mitme sammuga:"
+msgstr "Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab interneti jagamist seadistada mitme sammuga:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui nõustaja ei tuvasta vähemalt kaht võrguliidest, kuvatakse hoiatus, "
-"palutakse võrguühendus katkestada ja riistvara seadistada."
+msgstr "Kui nõustaja ei tuvasta vähemalt kaht võrguliidest, kuvatakse hoiatus, palutakse võrguühendus katkestada ja riistvara seadistada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -3333,30 +2864,22 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Liidese määramine, mida kasutada internettipääsuks. Nõustaja pakub "
-"automaatselt välja ühe liidese, kuid tasuks kontrollida, kas see on ikka "
-"õige."
+msgstr "Liidese määramine, mida kasutada internettipääsuks. Nõustaja pakub automaatselt välja ühe liidese, kuid tasuks kontrollida, kas see on ikka õige."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Liidese määramine, mida kasutatakse suhtlemaks kohtvõrguga. Nõustaja pakub "
-"ka siin välja ühe liidese ning tasub kontrollida, kas see on õige."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
+" one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr "Liidese määramine, mida kasutatakse suhtlemaks kohtvõrguga. Nõustaja pakub ka siin välja ühe liidese ning tasub kontrollida, kas see on õige."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Nõustaja pakub välja kohtvõrgu parameetrid, näiteks IP-aadressi, maski ja "
-"domeeninime. Kontrollige, kas need vastavad Teie tegelikule seadistusele. "
-"Soovitatav on pakutud väärtustega siiski nõustuda."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
+" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
+" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr "Nõustaja pakub välja kohtvõrgu parameetrid, näiteks IP-aadressi, maski ja domeeninime. Kontrollige, kas need vastavad Teie tegelikule seadistusele. Soovitatav on pakutud väärtustega siiski nõustuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -3364,21 +2887,15 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit nimeserverina. Jaatava otsuse korral "
-"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>bind</code> on paigaldatud. Vastasel juhul "
-"tuleb määrata nimeserveri aadress."
+msgstr "Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit nimeserverina. Jaatava otsuse korral kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>bind</code> on paigaldatud. Vastasel juhul tuleb määrata nimeserveri aadress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit DHCP-serverina. Jaatava vastuse korral "
-"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>dhcp-server</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub "
-"selle seadistamist, et määrata DHCP aadressivahemiku algus ja lõpp."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
+" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr "Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit DHCP-serverina. Jaatava vastuse korral kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>dhcp-server</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub selle seadistamist, et määrata DHCP aadressivahemiku algus ja lõpp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -3387,28 +2904,20 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit puhverserverina. Jaatava vastuse korral "
-"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>squid</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub selle "
-"seadistamist, et määrata administraatori aadress (admin@minudomeen.com), "
-"puhverserveri nimi (minupuhver@minudomeen.com), port (3128) ja puhvri suurus "
-"(100 Mb)."
+msgstr "Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit puhverserverina. Jaatava vastuse korral kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>squid</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub selle seadistamist, et määrata administraatori aadress (admin@minudomeen.com), puhverserveri nimi (minupuhver@minudomeen.com), port (3128) ja puhvri suurus (100 Mb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas vahendava masinaga on ühendatud "
-"printereid, ja neid soovi korral välja jagada."
+msgstr "Viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas vahendava masinaga on ühendatud printereid, ja neid soovi korral välja jagada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Teid hoiatatakse, et eelnevalt tuleb kontrollida, ega tulemüür ei tööta."
+msgstr "Teid hoiatatakse, et eelnevalt tuleb kontrollida, ega tulemüür ei tööta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:109
@@ -3421,13 +2930,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete määranud vahendava masina ka DHCP-serveriks, tuleb ainult võrgu "
-"seadistamise tööriistaga määrata, et aadress hangitakse automaatselt (DHCP-"
-"serverist). Parameetrid saadakse võrku ühendudes. See meetod sobib sellest "
-"hoolimata, milline on klientmasina operatsioonisüsteem."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
+" using."
+msgstr "Kui olete määranud vahendava masina ka DHCP-serveriks, tuleb ainult võrgu seadistamise tööriistaga määrata, et aadress hangitakse automaatselt (DHCP-serverist). Parameetrid saadakse võrku ühendudes. See meetod sobib sellest hoolimata, milline on klientmasina operatsioonisüsteem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -3435,9 +2940,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui peate võrguparameetrid käsitsi kindlaks määrama, tuleb kindlasti määrata "
-"lüüsiks selle masina IP-aadress, mis ühendust vahendab."
+msgstr "Kui peate võrguparameetrid käsitsi kindlaks määrama, tuleb kindlasti määrata lüüsiks selle masina IP-aadress, mis ühendust vahendab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -3448,10 +2951,9 @@ msgstr "Ühenduse jagamise peatamine"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui soovite peatada ühenduse jagamist Mageiaga arvutis, käivitage tööriist. "
-"See pakub võimalust ühendus ümber seadistada või jagamine peatada."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
+msgstr "Kui soovite peatada ühenduse jagamist Mageiaga arvutis, käivitage tööriist. See pakub võimalust ühendus ümber seadistada või jagamine peatada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -3463,7 +2965,8 @@ msgstr "Masinate määratlemine"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -3471,11 +2974,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3484,11 +2985,7 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui mõned süsteemid Teie võrgus pakuvad Teile teenuseid ja neil on "
-"fikseeritud IP-aadressid, võib määrata<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/> lihtsama ligipääsu huvides neile nime. Sel juhul saab edaspidi nende "
-"kohta IP-aadressi asemel kasutada paremini meeldejäävat nime."
+msgstr "Kui mõned süsteemid Teie võrgus pakuvad Teile teenuseid ja neil on fikseeritud IP-aadressid, võib määrata<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lihtsama ligipääsu huvides neile nime. Sel juhul saab edaspidi nende kohta IP-aadressi asemel kasutada paremini meeldejäävat nime."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -3501,10 +2998,7 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupu abil saab lisada uue süsteemi nime. Ilmub aken, kuhu tuleb "
-"kirjutada IP-aadress, masinale antav nimi ja soovi korral ka alias, mida "
-"saab kasutada võrdväärselt nimega."
+msgstr "Selle nupu abil saab lisada uue süsteemi nime. Ilmub aken, kuhu tuleb kirjutada IP-aadress, masinale antav nimi ja soovi korral ka alias, mida saab kasutada võrdväärselt nimega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3516,9 +3010,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupu abil näeb varem kindlaks parameetreid. Aken on samasugune nagu "
-"lisamisaken."
+msgstr "Selle nupu abil näeb varem kindlaks parameetreid. Aken on samasugune nagu lisamisaken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3530,7 +3022,8 @@ msgstr "Võrguliideste ja tulemüüri põhjalikum seadistamine"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3540,22 +3033,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti "
-"ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile "
-"juba ette tänulikud."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3567,7 +3055,8 @@ msgstr "Võrgukeskus"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3575,11 +3064,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3587,46 +3074,40 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" sektsioonist "
-"\"Võrguseadmete haldamine\""
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" sektsioonist \"Võrguseadmete haldamine\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista käivitamisel ilmuvas aknas on loetletud kõik arvutis seadistatud "
-"võrgud nende tüübist hoolimata (juhtmega, juhtmeta, satelliit jne.). Mõnel "
-"neist klõpsates ilmub sõltuvalt võrgu tüübist nähtavale kolm või neli nuppu, "
-"mis võimaldavad võrku jälgida, selle seadistusi muuta ning ühendust luua või "
-"peatada. Tööriist ei ole mõeldud võrgu loomiseks: selleks tuleks kasutada "
-"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse samal paneelil leitavat tööriista <guilabel>Uue "
-"võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
+" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
+"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
+"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
+"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr "Tööriista käivitamisel ilmuvas aknas on loetletud kõik arvutis seadistatud võrgud nende tüübist hoolimata (juhtmega, juhtmeta, satelliit jne.). Mõnel neist klõpsates ilmub sõltuvalt võrgu tüübist nähtavale kolm või neli nuppu, mis võimaldavad võrku jälgida, selle seadistusi muuta ning ühendust luua või peatada. Tööriist ei ole mõeldud võrgu loomiseks: selleks tuleks kasutada Mageia juhtimiskeskuse samal paneelil leitavat tööriista <guilabel>Uue võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3636,52 +3117,36 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Alloleval pildil näeb näiteks kaht võrku, millest üks on juhtmega ja "
-"ühendatud, nagu näitab ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
-"\"0\"/> (ühendamata olekut näitab ikoon<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> ), ning teise all paiknevad juhtmeta võrgud, mille juures "
-"ühendamata olekus on ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/"
-"> ja ühendatud olekus ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/"
-">. Teiste võrgutüüpide korral on värvivalik samasugune: roheline tähendab "
-"ühendatud ja punane ühendamata olekut."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
+" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
+" connected."
+msgstr "Alloleval pildil näeb näiteks kaht võrku, millest üks on juhtmega ja ühendatud, nagu näitab ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (ühendamata olekut näitab ikoon<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), ning teise all paiknevad juhtmeta võrgud, mille juures ühendamata olekus on ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> ja ühendatud olekus ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Teiste võrgutüüpide korral on värvivalik samasugune: roheline tähendab ühendatud ja punane ühendamata olekut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Juhtmeta võrkude osas näeb lisaks kõiki leitud võrke koos <guilabel>SSID</"
-"guilabel>, <guilabel>signaali tugevuse</guilabel>, krüptimise oleku (punane, "
-"kui on krüptitud, ja roheline, kui ei ole) ja <guilabel>töörežiimiga</"
-"guilabel>. Klõpsake vajalikule võrgule ja seejärel kas nupule "
-"<guibutton>Jälgi</guibutton>, <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> või "
-"<guibutton>Ühenda</guibutton>. Siin saab liikuda ühest võrgust teise. Kui "
-"valida privaatvõrk, ilmub võrguseadistuste aken (vt. allpool), kus palutakse "
-"kindlaks määrata täiendavad seadistused (eriti näiteks krüptovõti)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
+msgstr "Juhtmeta võrkude osas näeb lisaks kõiki leitud võrke koos <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>signaali tugevuse</guilabel>, krüptimise oleku (punane, kui on krüptitud, ja roheline, kui ei ole) ja <guilabel>töörežiimiga</guilabel>. Klõpsake vajalikule võrgule ja seejärel kas nupule <guibutton>Jälgi</guibutton>, <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> või <guibutton>Ühenda</guibutton>. Siin saab liikuda ühest võrgust teise. Kui valida privaatvõrk, ilmub võrguseadistuste aken (vt. allpool), kus palutakse kindlaks määrata täiendavad seadistused (eriti näiteks krüptovõti)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Nupule <guibutton>Värskenda</guibutton> klõpsates saab ekraani uuendada."
+msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Värskenda</guibutton> klõpsates saab ekraani uuendada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3691,7 +3156,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Nupp Jälgi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3701,13 +3167,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupu abil saab jälgida võrgu tegevust, allalaadimisi (arvutisse, "
-"punasega) ja üleslaadimisi (arvutist, rohelisega). Sama akna saab avada "
-"paremklõpsuga internetiikoonil süsteemisalves ja valides <guimenu>Võrgu "
-"jälgimine</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
+" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr "Selle nupu abil saab jälgida võrgu tegevust, allalaadimisi (arvutisse, punasega) ja üleslaadimisi (arvutist, rohelisega). Sama akna saab avada paremklõpsuga internetiikoonil süsteemisalves ja valides <guimenu>Võrgu jälgimine</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3715,19 +3177,14 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Aknas on kaart igale võrgule (eth0 tähendab juhtmega võrku, lo kohalikku "
-"loopback-seadet ja wlan0 juhtmeta võrku) ning eraldi kaart \"Ühendus\", mis "
-"näitab ühenduse oleku üksikasju."
+msgstr "Aknas on kaart igale võrgule (eth0 tähendab juhtmega võrku, lo kohalikku loopback-seadet ja wlan0 juhtmeta võrku) ning eraldi kaart \"Ühendus\", mis näitab ühenduse oleku üksikasju."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Akna allosas on kirje <guilabel>Võrguliikluse arvestus</guilabel>, millest "
-"tuleb lähemalt juttu järgmises osas."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr "Akna allosas on kirje <guilabel>Võrguliikluse arvestus</guilabel>, millest tuleb lähemalt juttu järgmises osas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3739,7 +3196,8 @@ msgstr "Nupp Seadista"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - juhtmega võrgu korral</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3749,13 +3207,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab muuta kõiki võrgu loomisel määratud seadistusi. Enamasti peaks "
-"<guibutton>Automaatne IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> "
-"hästi sobima, aga probleemide korral võib käsitsi seadistamine anda paremaid "
-"tulemusi."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
+" configuration may give better results."
+msgstr "Siin saab muuta kõiki võrgu loomisel määratud seadistusi. Enamasti peaks <guibutton>Automaatne IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> hästi sobima, aga probleemide korral võib käsitsi seadistamine anda paremaid tulemusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3764,11 +3218,7 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Koduvõrgu korral on <guilabel>IP-aadress</guilabel> alati 192.168.0.x või "
-"midagi sellist, <guilabel>võrgumask</guilabel> 255.255.255.0 ning "
-"<guilabel>lüüsi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>nimeserverid</guilabel> leiab "
-"teenusepakkuja veebileheküljelt."
+msgstr "Koduvõrgu korral on <guilabel>IP-aadress</guilabel> alati 192.168.0.x või midagi sellist, <guilabel>võrgumask</guilabel> 255.255.255.0 ning <guilabel>lüüsi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>nimeserverid</guilabel> leiab teenusepakkuja veebileheküljelt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3777,26 +3227,22 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida <guibutton>Võrguliikluse arvestuse lubamine</guibutton>, "
-"peetakse selle üle arvestust tunni-, päeva- või kuukaupa. Tulemusi näeb "
-"eelmises osas tutvustatud võrgujälgijas. Kui arvestus lubada, võib olla "
-"vajalik võrk taaskäivitada."
+msgstr "Kui märkida <guibutton>Võrguliikluse arvestuse lubamine</guibutton>, peetakse selle üle arvestust tunni-, päeva- või kuukaupa. Tulemusi näeb eelmises osas tutvustatud võrgujälgijas. Kui arvestus lubada, võib olla vajalik võrk taaskäivitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liidest juhitakse NetworkManageriga:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liidest juhitakse NetworkManageriga:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Nupp Muud valikud:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3811,7 +3257,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - juhtmeta võrgu korral</emphasis>"
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Siin kirjeldatakse ainult seda, millest pole eelnevalt juttu olnud."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3829,12 +3276,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige <guilabel>Määratud</guilabel>, kui ühendus käib läbi tugijaama. Sel "
-"juhul on tuvastatud <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Valige "
-"<guilabel>Ad hoc</guilabel>, kui tegu on masinatevahelise ühendusega. Valige "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Esmane</emphasis>, kui Teie võrgukaarti kasutatakse "
-"tugijaamana. Võrgukaart peab mõistagi sellist režiimi toetama."
+msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Määratud</guilabel>, kui ühendus käib läbi tugijaama. Sel juhul on tuvastatud <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Valige <guilabel>Ad hoc</guilabel>, kui tegu on masinatevahelise ühendusega. Valige <emphasis role=\"bold\">Esmane</emphasis>, kui Teie võrgukaarti kasutatakse tugijaamana. Võrgukaart peab mõistagi sellist režiimi toetama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
@@ -3849,15 +3291,11 @@ msgstr "Kui tegu on privaatvõrguga, peab teadma selle seadistusi."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
+" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> kasutab parooli ja on nõrgem kui WPA, mis kasutab "
-"paroolifraasi. <guilabel>WPA eeljagatud võti</guilabel> kannab ka nime WPA "
-"personal või WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> esineb "
-"privaatvõrkudes harva."
+msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> kasutab parooli ja on nõrgem kui WPA, mis kasutab paroolifraasi. <guilabel>WPA eeljagatud võti</guilabel> kannab ka nime WPA personal või WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> esineb privaatvõrkudes harva."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -3869,11 +3307,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tugijaama vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>:"
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"See on tehnoloogia (inglise keeles \"roaming\"), mis annab arvutile "
-"võimaluse muuta tugijaama ja jääda samal ajal võrku ühendatuks."
+msgstr "See on tehnoloogia (inglise keeles \"roaming\"), mis annab arvutile võimaluse muuta tugijaama ja jääda samal ajal võrku ühendatuks."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3883,7 +3320,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Nupp Muud seadistused"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3898,7 +3336,8 @@ msgstr "Võrguprofiilide haldamine"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3906,11 +3345,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3922,7 +3359,8 @@ msgstr "Ketaste ja kataloogide jagamine NFS-i abil"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3935,24 +3373,21 @@ msgstr "Eelnevad nõuded"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> esimesel käivitamisel võib "
-"ilmuda järgmine küsimus:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
+" first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr "Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> esimesel käivitamisel võib ilmuda järgmine küsimus:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid ""
+"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Pakett nfs-utils tuleks kindlasti paigaldada. Kas soovite seda teha?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3972,10 +3407,7 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin näeb jagatavate kataloogide loendit. Esimesel käivitamisel neid veel "
-"pole. Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates saab käivitada "
-"seadistamistööriista."
+msgstr "Siin näeb jagatavate kataloogide loendit. Esimesel käivitamisel neid veel pole. Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates saab käivitada seadistamistööriista."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -3988,12 +3420,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr ""
-"Seadistamistööriista tiitliribal seisab \"Kirje muutmine\". Sama dialoogi "
-"saab avada klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Muuta saab järgmisi "
-"parameetreid."
+msgstr "Seadistamistööriista tiitliribal seisab \"Kirje muutmine\". Sama dialoogi saab avada klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Muuta saab järgmisi parameetreid."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -4009,9 +3439,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab määrata väljajagatava kataloogi. Nupule <guibutton>Kataloog</"
-"guibutton> klõpsates avaneb failisirvija, kus saab kataloogi valida."
+msgstr "Siin saab määrata väljajagatava kataloogi. Nupule <guibutton>Kataloog</guibutton> klõpsates avaneb failisirvija, kus saab kataloogi valida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -4023,8 +3451,7 @@ msgstr "Masina ligipääs"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab määrata masinad, millel on õigus jagatud kataloogile ligi pääseda."
+msgstr "Siin saab määrata masinad, millel on õigus jagatud kataloogile ligi pääseda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -4036,15 +3463,12 @@ msgstr "NFS-kliente saab määrata mitmel viisil:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>konkreetne masin</emphasis>: selle võib anda kas nimelahendajale "
-"mõistetava lühinimena, täielikult kvalifitseeritud nimena või IP-aadressina."
+msgstr "<emphasis>konkreetne masin</emphasis>: selle võib anda kas nimelahendajale mõistetava lühinimena, täielikult kvalifitseeritud nimena või IP-aadressina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>võrgugrupid</emphasis>: NIS-võrgugruppe saab määrata kujul @group."
+msgstr "<emphasis>võrgugrupid</emphasis>: NIS-võrgugruppe saab määrata kujul @group."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
@@ -4052,10 +3476,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>metamärgid</emphasis>: masinanimed võivad sisaldada metamärke * "
-"ja ?. Näiteks *.cs.kuskil.edu korral sobivad kõik masinad domeenist cs."
-"kuskil.edu."
+msgstr "<emphasis>metamärgid</emphasis>: masinanimed võivad sisaldada metamärke * ja ?. Näiteks *.cs.kuskil.edu korral sobivad kõik masinad domeenist cs.kuskil.edu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -4063,10 +3484,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-võrgud</emphasis>: samuti võib kataloogid eksportida korraga "
-"kõigile IP-(alam)võrgu masinatele, lisades näiteks `/255.255.252.0' või "
-"`/22' võrgu baasaadressile."
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP-võrgud</emphasis>: samuti võib kataloogid eksportida korraga kõigile IP-(alam)võrgu masinatele, lisades näiteks `/255.255.252.0' või `/22' võrgu baasaadressile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -4078,46 +3496,32 @@ msgstr "Kasutaja ID sidumine"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>administraatori sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: UID/GID 0 "
-"päringud seostatakse anonüümse UID/GID-ga (root_squash). Kliendi "
-"administraatori õigustes kasutajal pole lugemis- ega kirjutamisõigust "
-"failide korral, mille on loonud administraator serveris endas."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
+" the server itself."
+msgstr "<emphasis>administraatori sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: UID/GID 0 päringud seostatakse anonüümse UID/GID-ga (root_squash). Kliendi administraatori õigustes kasutajal pole lugemis- ega kirjutamisõigust failide korral, mille on loonud administraator serveris endas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>administraatori kaugligipääsu lubamine</emphasis>: administraatori "
-"tühistamise keelamine (no_root_squash). See on peamiselt mõistlik terminali- "
-"ehk kettata klientide puhul."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
+" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>administraatori kaugligipääsu lubamine</emphasis>: administraatori tühistamise keelamine (no_root_squash). See on peamiselt mõistlik terminali- ehk kettata klientide puhul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>kõigi kasutajate sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: kõigi UID-de ja "
-"GID-de seostamine anonüümse kasutajaga (all_squash). See on mõistlik NFS-iga "
-"eksporditud avalike FTP-kataloogide, uudisegruppide spool-kataloogide ja muu "
-"sellise puhul. Vastupidine valik on üldse mitte kasutada kasutajate UID-de "
-"sidumist (n0_all_squash), mis ongi vaikimisi valik."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
+" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
+" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr "<emphasis>kõigi kasutajate sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: kõigi UID-de ja GID-de seostamine anonüümse kasutajaga (all_squash). See on mõistlik NFS-iga eksporditud avalike FTP-kataloogide, uudisegruppide spool-kataloogide ja muu sellise puhul. Vastupidine valik on üldse mitte kasutada kasutajate UID-de sidumist (n0_all_squash), mis ongi vaikimisi valik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Anonüümne UID ja GID</emphasis>: siin saab konkreetselt määrata "
-"anonüümse konto UID ja GID."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Anonüümne UID ja GID</emphasis>: siin saab konkreetselt määrata anonüümse konto UID ja GID."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -4128,12 +3532,9 @@ msgstr "Muud valikud"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Turvaline ühendus</emphasis>: see nõuab, et päringug oleksid pärit "
-"internetipordist, mis on väiksem kui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Vaikimisi on "
-"see sisse lülitatud."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
+" is on by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Turvaline ühendus</emphasis>: see nõuab, et päringug oleksid pärit internetipordist, mis on väiksem kui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Vaikimisi on see sisse lülitatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -4142,12 +3543,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Kirjutuskaitstud ressurss</emphasis>: sellega saab lubada NFS-"
-"ressursi kasutamist kas ainult lugemiseks (sel juhul on see "
-"kirjutuskaitstud) või nii lugemiseks kui ka kirjutamiseks. Vaikimisi "
-"keelatakse kõik päringud, mis muudavad failisüsteemi. Selle valikuga saab "
-"selle otseselt jõustada."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Kirjutuskaitstud ressurss</emphasis>: sellega saab lubada NFS-ressursi kasutamist kas ainult lugemiseks (sel juhul on see kirjutuskaitstud) või nii lugemiseks kui ka kirjutamiseks. Vaikimisi keelatakse kõik päringud, mis muudavad failisüsteemi. Selle valikuga saab selle otseselt jõustada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -4155,11 +3551,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Sünkroonne ligipääs</emphasis>: see takistab NFS-serveril "
-"rikkumast NFS-protokolli ja vastamast päringutele, enne kui nende "
-"päringutega tehtud muudatused on sisse kantud stabiilses salvestusseadmes "
-"(nt. arvutikettal)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Sünkroonne ligipääs</emphasis>: see takistab NFS-serveril rikkumast NFS-protokolli ja vastamast päringutele, enne kui nende päringutega tehtud muudatused on sisse kantud stabiilses salvestusseadmes (nt. arvutikettal)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -4167,10 +3559,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Alampuu kontroll</emphasis>: selle lubamine parandab mõnel juhul "
-"turvet, kuid võib kahandada töökindlust. Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest "
-"exports(5) manuaalilehekülg."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Alampuu kontroll</emphasis>: selle lubamine parandab mõnel juhul turvet, kuid võib kahandada töökindlust. Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest exports(5) manuaalilehekülg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -4182,7 +3571,8 @@ msgstr "Menüükirjed"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Nende kasutamiseks peab loendis olema vähemalt üks kirje."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -4216,7 +3606,8 @@ msgstr "NFS-server|Laadi uuesti"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
 msgstr "Seadistus laaditakse uuesti parajasti kehtivatest seadistusfailidest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4229,7 +3620,8 @@ msgstr "Puhverserver"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -4237,44 +3629,30 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
+" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui Te vajate internettipääsuks puhverserverit, saab selle "
-"tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> abil seadistada "
-"puhverserveri. Vajaliku teabe peaksite saama oma võrguadministraatori käest. "
-"Samuti võite määrata mõned teenused, mida saab erandkorras kasutada ilma "
-"puhverserverita."
+msgstr "Kui Te vajate internettipääsuks puhverserverit, saab selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> abil seadistada puhverserveri. Vajaliku teabe peaksite saama oma võrguadministraatori käest. Samuti võite määrata mõned teenused, mida saab erandkorras kasutada ilma puhverserverita."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
+" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Wikipedia ütleb veidi teistsuguseid termineid kasutades nii: \"Proksi ehk "
-"proksiserver on arvutivõrgus server (riistvara või tarkvara), mis vahendab "
-"infovahetust kliendi ehk päringut tegeva süsteemi ja serveri (päringule "
-"vastava süsteemi) vahel. Kui vahetu ühenduse korral saadab klient oma "
-"päringud otse serverile ning server vastused kliendile, siis proksi "
-"kasutamisel saadab klient päringud proksile, proksi edastab need serverile, "
-"server vastab proksile ning proksi edastab vastuse kliendile.\""
+msgstr "Wikipedia ütleb veidi teistsuguseid termineid kasutades nii: \"Proksi ehk proksiserver on arvutivõrgus server (riistvara või tarkvara), mis vahendab infovahetust kliendi ehk päringut tegeva süsteemi ja serveri (päringule vastava süsteemi) vahel. Kui vahetu ühenduse korral saadab klient oma päringud otse serverile ning server vastused kliendile, siis proksi kasutamisel saadab klient päringud proksile, proksi edastab need serverile, server vastab proksile ning proksi edastab vastuse kliendile.\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -4286,7 +3664,8 @@ msgstr "Tarkvaraallikate seadistamine"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -4294,16 +3673,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimese asjana pärast paigaldamist on mõistlik lisada tarkvaraallikad (mida "
-"nimetatakse ka hoidlateks, peegliteks, meediumiteks ehk andmekandjateks). "
-"See tähendab, et tuleb valida allikad, mida kasutada tarkvara (programmide "
-"ja rakenduste) paigaldamiseks ja uuendamiseks (vt. allpool nupu Lisa "
-"kirjeldust)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
+" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
+" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
+" below)."
+msgstr "Esimese asjana pärast paigaldamist on mõistlik lisada tarkvaraallikad (mida nimetatakse ka hoidlateks, peegliteks, meediumiteks ehk andmekandjateks). See tähendab, et tuleb valida allikad, mida kasutada tarkvara (programmide ja rakenduste) paigaldamiseks ja uuendamiseks (vt. allpool nupu Lisa kirjeldust)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -4323,20 +3697,14 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Teie süsteem on kindla arhitektuuriga, mis võib olla kas 32-bitine, mille "
-"kohta käib nimetus i586, või 64-bitine, mille kohta kasutatakse nimetust "
-"x86_64. Valige kindlasti hoidlad, mis sobivad teie süsteemile või ei sõltu "
-"arhitektuurist (selle kohta kasutatakse nimetust noarch)."
+msgstr "Teie süsteem on kindla arhitektuuriga, mis võib olla kas 32-bitine, mille kohta käib nimetus i586, või 64-bitine, mille kohta kasutatakse nimetust x86_64. Valige kindlasti hoidlad, mis sobivad teie süsteemile või ei sõltu arhitektuurist (selle kohta kasutatakse nimetust noarch)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -4344,9 +3712,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Tarkvara.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -4363,10 +3729,7 @@ msgstr "Veerg Lubatud:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse uute tarkvarapakettide paigaldamisel. "
-"Olge ettevaalik mõningate andmekandjatega, näiteks Testing ja Debug, mis "
-"võivad ebasoodsal juhul tekitada isegi süsteemile kahju."
+msgstr "Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse uute tarkvarapakettide paigaldamisel. Olge ettevaalik mõningate andmekandjatega, näiteks Testing ja Debug, mis võivad ebasoodsal juhul tekitada isegi süsteemile kahju."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -4380,13 +3743,7 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse tarkvarapakettide uuendamisel, mistõttu "
-"vajalikud andmekandjad peaksid kindlasti olema sisse lülitatud. Siin tuleks "
-"valida ainult andmekandjad, mille nimes esineb \"Update\". Turbekaalutlustel "
-"ei saa selle tööriistaga selles veerus midagi muuta: selleks tuleb anda "
-"konsoolis administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
-"media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse tarkvarapakettide uuendamisel, mistõttu vajalikud andmekandjad peaksid kindlasti olema sisse lülitatud. Siin tuleks valida ainult andmekandjad, mille nimes esineb \"Update\". Turbekaalutlustel ei saa selle tööriistaga selles veerus midagi muuta: selleks tuleb anda konsoolis administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -4398,37 +3755,28 @@ msgstr "Veerg Andmekandja:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Siin on näha andmekandja nimi. Mageia stabiilsete väljalasete ametlikud "
-"hoidlad sisaldavad vähemalt järgmisi andmekandjaid:"
+msgstr "Siin on näha andmekandja nimi. Mageia stabiilsete väljalasete ametlikud hoidlad sisaldavad vähemalt järgmisi andmekandjaid:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara), mis sisaldab "
-"enamikku Mageia toetatud tarkvara."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara), mis sisaldab enamikku Mageia toetatud tarkvara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba), mis sisaldab "
-"mõningat mittevaba tarkvara."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba), mis sisaldab mõningat mittevaba tarkvara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega), mis sisaldab vaba "
-"tarkvara, mille levitamine ei ole mõnes riigis tarkvarapatentide ja muu "
-"sellise tõttu lubatud."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega), mis sisaldab vaba tarkvara, mille levitamine ei ole mõnes riigis tarkvarapatentide ja muu sellise tõttu lubatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -4440,9 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "Kõigil andmekandjatel on 4 alajaotust:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">release</emphasis> sisaldab pakette sellisena, nagu "
-"need olid Mageia väljalaskepäeval."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">release</emphasis> sisaldab pakette sellisena, nagu need olid Mageia väljalaskepäeval."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -4450,32 +3796,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">updates</emphasis> sisaldab pakette, mida on pärast "
-"väljalaset turbe või vigade parandamise tõttu uuendatud. Selline andmekandja "
-"peaks olema alati sisse lülitatud, isegi kui kasutaja internetiühendus on "
-"aeglasevõitu."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">updates</emphasis> sisaldab pakette, mida on pärast väljalaset turbe või vigade parandamise tõttu uuendatud. Selline andmekandja peaks olema alati sisse lülitatud, isegi kui kasutaja internetiühendus on aeglasevõitu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">backports</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara uusi "
-"versioone, mis on tagasi porditud Cauldronist (Mageia arendusversioonist)."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">backports</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara uusi versioone, mis on tagasi porditud Cauldronist (Mageia arendusversioonist)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
+" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">testing</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara, mida "
-"kasutatakse uuenduste ajutiseks testimiseks, et anda veateadete tegijatele "
-"ja kvaliteedikontrolli meeskonnale võimalus parandusi põhjalikumalt "
-"kontrollida."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">testing</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara, mida kasutatakse uuenduste ajutiseks testimiseks, et anda veateadete tegijatele ja kvaliteedikontrolli meeskonnale võimalus parandusi põhjalikumalt kontrollida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -4493,11 +3829,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Andmekandja eemaldamiseks klõpsa selle nimele ja siis sellele nupule. "
-"Mõistlik on eemaldada paigaldamiseks kasutatud andmekandja (näiteks CD või "
-"DVD), sest kõik sellel leiduvad paketid on olemas ka ametlikul "
-"tuumiktarkvara (core) andmekandjal."
+msgstr "Andmekandja eemaldamiseks klõpsa selle nimele ja siis sellele nupule. Mõistlik on eemaldada paigaldamiseks kasutatud andmekandja (näiteks CD või DVD), sest kõik sellel leiduvad paketid on olemas ka ametlikul tuumiktarkvara (core) andmekandjal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -4509,9 +3841,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Muuda:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle abil saab muuta valitud andmekandja seadistusi (URL, "
-"allalaadimisprogramm ja puhverserver)."
+msgstr "Selle abil saab muuta valitud andmekandja seadistusi (URL, allalaadimisprogramm ja puhverserver)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -4524,15 +3854,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
+" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle abil saab lisada internetist ametlikke hoidlaid. Need sisaldavad "
-"ainult töökindlat ja korralikult testitud tarkvara. Lisamisnupule klõpsates "
-"ilmub dialoog, kus saab valida, kas paigaldada ainult \"ainult "
-"uuendusallikaid\" või \"kõik allikad\". Esimene on lausa hädavajalik, teine "
-"aga pakub rohkem valikuvõimalusi."
+msgstr "Selle abil saab lisada internetist ametlikke hoidlaid. Need sisaldavad ainult töökindlat ja korralikult testitud tarkvara. Lisamisnupule klõpsates ilmub dialoog, kus saab valida, kas paigaldada ainult \"ainult uuendusallikaid\" või \"kõik allikad\". Esimene on lausa hädavajalik, teine aga pakub rohkem valikuvõimalusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -4543,15 +3868,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Nooled üles ja alla:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Nende abil saab muuta kirjete järjekorda loendis. Drakrpm loeb paketti "
-"otsides nimekirja just antud järjekorras ning paigaldab esimesena leitud "
-"paketi (mõistagi sama väljalaske oma; ainult siis, kui seda pole, võetakse "
-"ette eelmine väljalase). Niisiis oleks mõttekas paremini ja kiiremini "
-"ligipääsetavad hoidlad ettepoole asetada."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
+" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
+"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr "Nende abil saab muuta kirjete järjekorda loendis. Drakrpm loeb paketti otsides nimekirja just antud järjekorras ning paigaldab esimesena leitud paketi (mõistagi sama väljalaske oma; ainult siis, kui seda pole, võetakse ette eelmine väljalase). Niisiis oleks mõttekas paremini ja kiiremini ligipääsetavad hoidlad ettepoole asetada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -4566,11 +3886,9 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Uuenda:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"See avab andmekandjate loendiga dialoogi. Valige need, mida soovite "
-"uuendada, ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
+" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "See avab andmekandjate loendiga dialoogi. Valige need, mida soovite uuendada, ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -4581,23 +3899,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
+" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui te ei peaks olema rahul senise peegliga, sest see on näiteks liiga "
-"aeglane või sageli üldse kättesaamatu, saab valida ka mõne teise peegli. "
-"Valige kõik olemasolevad (või kasutatavad) andmekandjad ja klõpsake nende "
-"eemaldamiseks nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>. Valige <guimenu>Fail -"
-"&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel</guimenu>, otsustage, kas soovite "
-"ainult uuendusallikaid või kõiki (kui te ei tea, mis neil vahet on, valige "
-"<guibutton>Kõik allikad</guibutton>), ning kinnitage oma valik klõpsuga "
-"nupule <guibutton>Jah</guibutton>. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
+msgstr "Kui te ei peaks olema rahul senise peegliga, sest see on näiteks liiga aeglane või sageli üldse kättesaamatu, saab valida ka mõne teise peegli. Valige kõik olemasolevad (või kasutatavad) andmekandjad ja klõpsake nende eemaldamiseks nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>. Valige <guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel</guimenu>, otsustage, kas soovite ainult uuendusallikaid või kõiki (kui te ei tea, mis neil vahet on, valige <guibutton>Kõik allikad</guibutton>), ning kinnitage oma valik klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Jah</guibutton>. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -4608,10 +3919,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasakul näeb riikide loendit. Leidke enda või mõni lähedalasuv riik ja "
-"klõpsake sümbolile &gt;, mis avab selles riigis saadaolevate peeglite "
-"loendi. Valige neist mõni ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Vasakul näeb riikide loendit. Leidke enda või mõni lähedalasuv riik ja klõpsake sümbolile &gt;, mis avab selles riigis saadaolevate peeglite loendi. Valige neist mõni ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -4623,11 +3931,10 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandja:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Võimalik on paigaldada ka selline andmekandja, näiteks mõnelt "
-"tarkvaraarendajalt, mida Mageia otseselt ei toeta. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
+msgstr "Võimalik on paigaldada ka selline andmekandja, näiteks mõnelt tarkvaraarendajalt, mida Mageia otseselt ei toeta. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -4638,10 +3945,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Valige andmekandja tüüp, määrake "
-"sellele meelepärane nimi ja kirjutage URL (või vastavalt andmekandja tüübile "
-"asukoht)."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Valige andmekandja tüüp, määrake sellele meelepärane nimi ja kirjutage URL (või vastavalt andmekandja tüübile asukoht)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -4651,15 +3955,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Globaalsed valikud:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"See võimaldab valida, millal paigaldatavaid RPM-pakette kontrollida (alati "
-"või mitte kunagi), allalaadimisprogrammi (curl, wget või aria2) ning "
-"pakettide teabe allalaadimise reegli (nõudmisel (vaikimisi), ainult "
-"uuendamisel, alati või mitte kunagi)."
+msgstr "See võimaldab valida, millal paigaldatavaid RPM-pakette kontrollida (alati või mitte kunagi), allalaadimisprogrammi (curl, wget või aria2) ning pakettide teabe allalaadimise reegli (nõudmisel (vaikimisi), ainult uuendamisel, alati või mitte kunagi)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -4669,17 +3969,12 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Halda võtmeid:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Võimalikult suure turbe tagamiseks kasutatakse andmekandjate autentimisel "
-"digitaalseid võtmeid. Kõigi andmekandjate puhul on võimalik võtme kasutamist "
-"lubada või keelata. Valige ilmuavs aknas andmekandja ning klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, mis lubab määrata uue võtme või selle valida, "
-"või nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, millega saab võtme kõrvaldada."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
+" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
+"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr "Võimalikult suure turbe tagamiseks kasutatakse andmekandjate autentimisel digitaalseid võtmeid. Kõigi andmekandjate puhul on võimalik võtme kasutamist lubada või keelata. Valige ilmuavs aknas andmekandja ning klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, mis lubab määrata uue võtme või selle valida, või nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, millega saab võtme kõrvaldada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
@@ -4695,20 +3990,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Puhverserver:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui teil peaks interneti kasutamiseks olema vaja puhverserverit, saab selle "
-"siin seadistada. Selleks tuleb anda ainult <guibutton>Puhverserveri "
-"masinanimi</guibutton> ja kui peaks vaja olema, siis ka "
-"<guilabel>Kasutajanimi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Parool</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
+" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Kui teil peaks interneti kasutamiseks olema vaja puhverserverit, saab selle siin seadistada. Selleks tuleb anda ainult <guibutton>Puhverserveri masinanimi</guibutton> ja kui peaks vaja olema, siis ka <guilabel>Kasutajanimi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Parool</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
+"page</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4721,7 +4013,8 @@ msgstr "Kataloogide ja ketaste jagamine Sambaga"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4734,12 +4027,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba on protokoll, mida paljud operatsioonisüsteemid kasutavad mõningate "
-"ressursside, näiteks kataloogide või printerite jagamiseks. Käesolev "
-"tööriist võimaldab seadistada masina töötama Samba serverina, kasutades SMB/"
-"CIFS protokolli. Sama protokolli kasutab Windows(R), niisiis pääsevad selle "
-"operatsioonisüsteemiga masinad ligi Samba serveri ressurssidele."
+msgstr "Samba on protokoll, mida paljud operatsioonisüsteemid kasutavad mõningate ressursside, näiteks kataloogide või printerite jagamiseks. Käesolev tööriist võimaldab seadistada masina töötama Samba serverina, kasutades SMB/CIFS protokolli. Sama protokolli kasutab Windows(R), niisiis pääsevad selle operatsioonisüsteemiga masinad ligi Samba serveri ressurssidele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4755,13 +4043,7 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"Et teised masinad saaksid serverit kasutada, peab sellel olema fikseeritud "
-"IP-aadress. Selle saab määrata otse serveris, näiteks tööriistaga, millest "
-"kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, või DHCP-serveris, "
-"mis tuvastab masina MAC-aadressi järgi ja omistab sellele alati ühe ja sama "
-"aadressi. Samuti peab tulemüür võimaldama päringute esitamist Samba "
-"serverile."
+msgstr "Et teised masinad saaksid serverit kasutada, peab sellel olema fikseeritud IP-aadress. Selle saab määrata otse serveris, näiteks tööriistaga, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, või DHCP-serveris, mis tuvastab masina MAC-aadressi järgi ja omistab sellele alati ühe ja sama aadressi. Samuti peab tulemüür võimaldama päringute esitamist Samba serverile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4771,25 +4053,20 @@ msgstr "Nõustaja - autonoomne server"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
+" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimesel käivitamisel kontrollib tööriist, <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/> kas vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, ja teeb ettepaneku need "
-"paigaldada, kui neid ei leita. Seejärel käivitatakse nõustaja, mis aitab "
-"seadistada Samba serverit."
+msgstr "Esimesel käivitamisel kontrollib tööriist, <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kas vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, ja teeb ettepaneku need paigaldada, kui neid ei leita. Seejärel käivitatakse nõustaja, mis aitab seadistada Samba serverit."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4801,7 +4078,8 @@ msgid ""
 "selected."
 msgstr "Alustame autonoomse serveri seadistamisega."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4809,11 +4087,9 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Esmalt tuleb määrata töögrupi nimi. Just selle nime järgi pääseb kasutama "
-"jagatud ressursse."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
+" access to the shared resources."
+msgstr "Esmalt tuleb määrata töögrupi nimi. Just selle nime järgi pääseb kasutama jagatud ressursse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
@@ -4822,7 +4098,8 @@ msgid ""
 "the network."
 msgstr "NetBIOS-e nimi on nimi, mida kasutatakse serveri tähistamiseks võrgus."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4837,27 +4114,24 @@ msgstr "Siis saab valida turberežiimi:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: klient peab autentima, et ressurssi kasutada"
+msgstr "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: klient peab autentima, et ressurssi kasutada"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: klient peab autentima iga ressursi puhul eraldi"
+msgstr "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: klient peab autentima iga ressursi puhul eraldi"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti saab IP-aadressi või masinanimega määrata, millistele masinatele "
-"antakse õigus ressursse kasutada."
+msgstr "Samuti saab IP-aadressi või masinanimega määrata, millistele masinatele antakse õigus ressursse kasutada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4867,11 +4141,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab määrata serveri nime (banner). Selle nimega annab server endast "
-"teada Windowsi masinates."
+msgstr "Siin saab määrata serveri nime (banner). Selle nimega annab server endast teada Windowsi masinates."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4882,7 +4155,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
 msgstr "Järgmisel etapil saab määrata, kuhu Samba paigutab oma logid."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4891,14 +4165,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Enne seadistuse kehtestamist näitab nõustaja kõigi parameetrite kokkuvõtet. "
-"Nende kinnitamise korral kirjutatakse seadistus faili <code>/etc/samba/smb."
-"conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr "Enne seadistuse kehtestamist näitab nõustaja kõigi parameetrite kokkuvõtet. Nende kinnitamise korral kirjutatakse seadistus faili <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4908,7 +4180,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Nõustaja - primaarne domeenikontroller"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4921,12 +4194,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kui valida \"Primaarne "
-"domeenikontroller\", palub nõustaja otsustada, kas Wins on toetatud või "
-"mitte, ning anda administraatori õigustega kasutajate nimed. Järgmised "
-"sammud on samasugused nagu autonoomse serveri korral, välja arvatud see, et "
-"valida saab veel ühe turbetaseme:"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kui valida \"Primaarne domeenikontroller\", palub nõustaja otsustada, kas Wins on toetatud või mitte, ning anda administraatori õigustega kasutajate nimed. Järgmised sammud on samasugused nagu autonoomse serveri korral, välja arvatud see, et valida saab veel ühe turbetaseme:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -4934,10 +4202,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: mehhanism kõigi kasutajate ja gruppide kontode "
-"salvestamiseks kesksesse jagatud kontohoidlasse. Keskset kontohoidlat "
-"jagavad omavahel domeeni (turbe) kontrollerid."
+msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: mehhanism kõigi kasutajate ja gruppide kontode salvestamiseks kesksesse jagatud kontohoidlasse. Keskset kontohoidlat jagavad omavahel domeeni (turbe) kontrollerid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4949,7 +4214,8 @@ msgstr "Kataloogi määramine jagatud ressursiks"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub järgmine dialoog:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4957,17 +4223,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Nii saab lisada uue kirje. Kirjeid saab muuta klõpsuga nupule "
-"<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Saab näiteks määrata, kas kataloog on "
-"avalikult nähtav, kas sinna tohib ka kirjutada ehk salvestada või kas see on "
-"lehitsetav. Jagatud ressursi nime ei saa muuta."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
+" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
+msgstr "Nii saab lisada uue kirje. Kirjeid saab muuta klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Saab näiteks määrata, kas kataloog on avalikult nähtav, kas sinna tohib ka kirjutada ehk salvestada või kas see on lehitsetav. Jagatud ressursi nime ei saa muuta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -5012,7 +4275,8 @@ msgstr "Printerite jagamine"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba võimaldab jagada ka printereid."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -5030,7 +4294,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Samba kasutajad"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -5041,11 +4306,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel kaardil saab lisada kasutajaid, kes on õigus autentimise järel "
-"pääseda ligi jagatud ressurssidele. Kasutajaid saab lisada ka Mageia "
-"kasutajate haldamise tööriista abil, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Sellel kaardil saab lisada kasutajaid, kes on õigus autentimise järel pääseda ligi jagatud ressurssidele. Kasutajaid saab lisada ka Mageia kasutajate haldamise tööriista abil, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -5057,7 +4318,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia tööriistade autentimise seadistamine"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
 msgid "draksec.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
@@ -5065,29 +4327,23 @@ msgstr "draksec.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Turvalisus</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Turvalisus</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"See võimaldab anda tavalistele kasutajale õiguse ette võtta tegevusi, mis "
-"muidu on administraatori ehk root-kasutaja pädevuses."
+msgstr "See võimaldab anda tavalistele kasutajale õiguse ette võtta tegevusi, mis muidu on administraatori ehk root-kasutaja pädevuses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:23
@@ -5095,10 +4351,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
 "drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Enamik Mageia juhtimiskeskuses leiduvatest tööriistadest on loetletud aknas "
-"vasakul pool, nagu ülal oleval pildil näha, ning iga tööriista juures saab "
-"rippmenüüst valida järgmiste võimaluste vahel:"
+msgstr "Enamik Mageia juhtimiskeskuses leiduvatest tööriistadest on loetletud aknas vasakul pool, nagu ülal oleval pildil näha, ning iga tööriista juures saab rippmenüüst valida järgmiste võimaluste vahel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:29
@@ -5108,25 +4361,19 @@ msgstr "Parool puudub: tööriista käivitamisel ei küsita mingit parooli."
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:34
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasutaja parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse kasutaja parooli."
+msgstr "Kasutaja parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse kasutaja parooli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:39
 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Administraatori parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse administraatori "
-"parooli."
+msgstr "Administraatori parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse administraatori parooli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
 "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikimisi väärtused sõltuvad valitud turbetasemest. Selle kohta vaadake "
-"samal paneelil tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi "
-"seadistamine\"."
+msgstr "Vaikimisi väärtused sõltuvad valitud turbetasemest. Selle kohta vaadake samal paneelil tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -5138,7 +4385,8 @@ msgstr "Hetktõmmised"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -5146,22 +4394,17 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt \"Spsteem\" sektsioonist "
-"<guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
+"tools</guilabel> section."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt \"Spsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -5169,59 +4412,39 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista esmakordsel käivitamisel Mageia juhtimiskeskuses näete teadet "
-"vajaduse kohta paigaldada draksnapshot. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Paigalda</guibutton>. Seejärel paigaldatakse draksnapshot ja "
-"teised vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
+msgstr "Tööriista esmakordsel käivitamisel Mageia juhtimiskeskuses näete teadet vajaduse kohta paigaldada draksnapshot. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Paigalda</guibutton>. Seejärel paigaldatakse draksnapshot ja teised vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui klõpsate uuesti kirjele <guilabel>Hetktõmmised</guilabel>, näete akent "
-"<guilabel>Seadistused</guilabel>. Märkige ruuduke <guilabel>Varundamise "
-"lubamine</guilabel> ja kui soovite varundada kogu süsteemi, siis ka "
-"<guilabel>Kogu süsteemi varundamine</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
+"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
+"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Kui klõpsate uuesti kirjele <guilabel>Hetktõmmised</guilabel>, näete akent <guilabel>Seadistused</guilabel>. Märkige ruuduke <guilabel>Varundamise lubamine</guilabel> ja kui soovite varundada kogu süsteemi, siis ka <guilabel>Kogu süsteemi varundamine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui soovite varundada ainult osa oma kataloogidest, valige "
-"<guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>. Ilmub väike hüpikaken. Kasutage nuppe "
-"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton> sektsioonis "
-"<guilabel>Varundamise nimekiri</guilabel> varundatavate kataloogide "
-"lisamiseks või eemaldamiseks. Kasutage samu nuppe sektsioonis "
-"<guilabel>Väljajätmise nimekiri</guilabel> eemaldamaks varundamisele "
-"määratud kataloogidest alamkatalooge ja faile, mida <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">ei ole vaja</emphasis> varundada. Kui olete valmis, klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Sulge</guibutton>."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
+" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
+"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
+" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
+"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
+"are done."
+msgstr "Kui soovite varundada ainult osa oma kataloogidest, valige <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>. Ilmub väike hüpikaken. Kasutage nuppe <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton> sektsioonis <guilabel>Varundamise nimekiri</guilabel> varundatavate kataloogide lisamiseks või eemaldamiseks. Kasutage samu nuppe sektsioonis <guilabel>Väljajätmise nimekiri</guilabel> eemaldamaks varundamisele määratud kataloogidest alamkatalooge ja faile, mida <emphasis role=\"bold\">ei ole vaja</emphasis> varundada. Kui olete valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Sulge</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel määrake varukoopiate <guilabel>salvestamiskoht</guilabel> või "
-"klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lehitse</guibutton>, et see failipuust üles "
-"leida. Kõik USB-pulgad või välised kõvakettad leiab asukohast <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">/run/media/Teie_kasutajanimi/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
+" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Seejärel määrake varukoopiate <guilabel>salvestamiskoht</guilabel> või klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lehitse</guibutton>, et see failipuust üles leida. Kõik USB-pulgad või välised kõvakettad leiab asukohast <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/Teie_kasutajanimi/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
@@ -5238,7 +4461,8 @@ msgstr "Heli seadistamine"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -5246,20 +4470,16 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>.¶"
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -5267,19 +4487,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound tegeleb heliseadistustega, mille hulka kuuluvad draiveri valimine, "
-"PulseAudio valikud ja probleemide lahendamine. Tööriist on abiks, kui "
-"peaksite kokku puutuma heliprobleemidega või olete vahetanud helikaarti."
+msgstr "Draksound tegeleb heliseadistustega, mille hulka kuuluvad draiveri valimine, PulseAudio valikud ja probleemide lahendamine. Tööriist on abiks, kui peaksite kokku puutuma heliprobleemidega või olete vahetanud helikaarti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
-"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Rippmenüüs <guilabel>Draiver</guilabel> saab valida sobiva draiveri nende "
-"seast, mis on Teie arvutis saadaval ja sobivad kokku helikaardiga."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
+" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
+msgstr "Rippmenüüs <guilabel>Draiver</guilabel> saab valida sobiva draiveri nende seast, mis on Teie arvutis saadaval ja sobivad kokku helikaardiga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -5287,67 +4503,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr ""
-"Enamasti on valida draiverite vahel, mis kasutavad OSS-i või ALSA API-t. OSS "
-"on vanim ja väga lihtne, mistõttu oleks soovitatav valida ALSA, kui vaja "
-"läheb vähegi täiustatumaid võimalusi."
+msgstr "Enamasti on valida draiverite vahel, mis kasutavad OSS-i või ALSA API-t. OSS on vanim ja väga lihtne, mistõttu oleks soovitatav valida ALSA, kui vaja läheb vähegi täiustatumaid võimalusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> on heliserver. See võtab vastu kõik "
-"helisisendid, miksib neid vastavalt kasutaja eelistustele ja saadab saadud "
-"heli väljundisse. Täpsemalt saab seda seadistada serveri enda dialoogis, "
-"mille leiab peamenüüst <guimenu>Heli ja video -> PulseAudio volume control</"
-"guimenu>."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
+" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
+"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
+"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> on heliserver. See võtab vastu kõik helisisendid, miksib neid vastavalt kasutaja eelistustele ja saadab saadud heli väljundisse. Täpsemalt saab seda seadistada serveri enda dialoogis, mille leiab peamenüüst <guimenu>Heli ja video -> PulseAudio volume control</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio on vaikimisi heliserver ja soovitatav on seda kindlasti kasutada."
+msgstr "PulseAudio on vaikimisi heliserver ja soovitatav on seda kindlasti kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Tõrkevaba</guilabel> režiim parandab PulseAudio tööd mõningate "
-"programmide korral. Ka seda valikut ei ole soovitatav välja lülitada."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Tõrkevaba</guilabel> režiim parandab PulseAudio tööd mõningate programmide korral. Ka seda valikut ei ole soovitatav välja lülitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
-"Nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub uus aken kolme "
-"nupuga:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:53
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
 "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
 "for your device."
 msgstr ""
-"Esimene nupp pakub täielikku valikuvabadust. Te peate ainult kindlalt "
-"teadma, mida teha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
@@ -5355,10 +4555,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Teise nupu mõte on ilmselge ning kolmas pakub mõningat abi, kuidas probleeme "
-"võiks lahendada. Väga kasulik oleks enne mujalt abi palumist need võimalused "
-"ära kasutada."
+msgstr "Teise nupu mõte on ilmselge ning kolmas pakub mõningat abi, kuidas probleeme võiks lahendada. Väga kasulik oleks enne mujalt abi palumist need võimalused ära kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -5370,7 +4567,8 @@ msgstr "Puhvertoiteallika (UPS) seadistamine"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -5378,11 +4576,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -5394,7 +4590,8 @@ msgstr "VPN-ühenduse seadistamine"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -5402,11 +4599,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -5417,13 +4612,7 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
-"turvalise ligipääsu teistesse võrkudesse, luues tunneli Teie masina ja mujal "
-"paikneva võrgu vahele. Siin tuleb juttu ainult Teie masinas vajalikust "
-"seadistamisest. Me eeldame, et teise poole võrk juba töötab ja et Teie "
-"käsutuses on võrguadministraatorilt saadud ühenduse loomiseks vajalik teave, "
-"näiteks .pcf-seadistusfail."
+msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada turvalise ligipääsu teistesse võrkudesse, luues tunneli Teie masina ja mujal paikneva võrgu vahele. Siin tuleb juttu ainult Teie masinas vajalikust seadistamisest. Me eeldame, et teise poole võrk juba töötab ja et Teie käsutuses on võrguadministraatorilt saadud ühenduse loomiseks vajalik teave, näiteks .pcf-seadistusfail."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -5435,9 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "Seadistamine"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõigepealt tuleb vastavalt VPN-is ehk virtuaalses privaatvõrgus kasutatavale "
-"protokollile valida kas Cicso VPN Concentrator või OpenVPN."
+msgstr "Kõigepealt tuleb vastavalt VPN-is ehk virtuaalses privaatvõrgus kasutatavale protokollile valida kas Cicso VPN Concentrator või OpenVPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -5454,7 +4641,8 @@ msgstr "Järgmises aknas tuleb sisestada VPN-ühenduse üksikasjad."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Cisco VPN-i korral"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -5464,11 +4652,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"OpenVPN-i korral paigaldatakse tarkvarapakett openvpn ja sellele vajalik muu "
-"tarkvara tööriista esimesel kasutamisel."
+msgstr "OpenVPN-i korral paigaldatakse tarkvarapakett openvpn ja sellele vajalik muu tarkvara tööriista esimesel kasutamisel."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -5478,16 +4665,15 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Siin saab valida failid, mille "
-"olete saanud võrguadministraatorilt."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Siin saab valida failid, mille olete saanud võrguadministraatorilt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Muud parameetrid:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -5502,19 +4688,15 @@ msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil palutakse määrata lüüsi IP-aadress."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui parameetrid on paika pandud, võite ühenduse käivitada kohe, aga võite "
-"seda ka hiljem teha."
+msgstr "Kui parameetrid on paika pandud, võite ühenduse käivitada kohe, aga võite seda ka hiljem teha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"VPN-ühenduse saab panna automaatselt käivituma koos võrguühendusega. Selleks "
-"tuleb võrguühendus ümber seadistada, et alati ühendutaks selle VPN-iga."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
+" to this VPN."
+msgstr "VPN-ühenduse saab panna automaatselt käivituma koos võrguühendusega. Selleks tuleb võrguühendus ümber seadistada, et alati ühendutaks selle VPN-iga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -5526,7 +4708,8 @@ msgstr "Veebiserveri seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -5534,11 +4717,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
@@ -5569,7 +4750,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5586,7 +4768,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5603,7 +4786,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5618,7 +4802,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5635,7 +4820,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5652,7 +4838,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Kokkuvõte"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5662,7 +4849,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5671,7 +4859,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Lõpeta"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5692,7 +4881,8 @@ msgstr "DNS seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -5700,11 +4890,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -5716,7 +4904,8 @@ msgstr "DHCP seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -5731,18 +4920,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
+" be installed before you can access to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5769,7 +4956,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5779,7 +4967,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5788,8 +4977,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5797,7 +4986,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5811,7 +5001,8 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5821,7 +5012,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5838,7 +5030,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5863,62 +5056,73 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
+"adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5926,8 +5130,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
+"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5945,7 +5149,8 @@ msgstr "Aja seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5953,24 +5158,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
+" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on hoida teie "
-"serveri aeg sünkroonis välise serveriga. See ei ole vaikimisi paigaldatud "
-"ning selle kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada ka tarkvarapaketid drakwizard ja "
-"drakwizard-base."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on hoida teie serveri aeg sünkroonis välise serveriga. See ei ole vaikimisi paigaldatud ning selle kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada ka tarkvarapaketid drakwizard ja drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -5983,27 +5182,28 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Avaakna (vt allpool) järel palub teine aken valida rippmenüüst kolm "
-"ajaserverit ning soovitab kahel juhul määrata serveri pool.ntp.org, sest see "
-"server viitab alati kättesaadavatele ajaserveritele."
+msgstr "Avaakna (vt allpool) järel palub teine aken valida rippmenüüst kolm ajaserverit ning soovitab kahel juhul määrata serveri pool.ntp.org, sest see server viitab alati kättesaadavatele ajaserveritele."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -6011,14 +5211,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
+" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -6041,9 +5242,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -6063,8 +5264,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
+"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -6083,7 +5284,8 @@ msgstr "FTP seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -6091,17 +5293,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6127,12 +5327,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6149,7 +5351,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6166,7 +5369,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6174,16 +5378,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
+" (File eXchange Protocol)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6198,7 +5404,8 @@ msgstr "Puhverserveri seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -6206,11 +5413,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -6246,7 +5451,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6256,7 +5462,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6273,7 +5480,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6289,7 +5497,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6297,8 +5506,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -6306,14 +5515,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -6321,7 +5532,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6336,7 +5548,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6344,11 +5557,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6358,7 +5572,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6370,7 +5585,8 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6383,49 +5599,56 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6445,7 +5668,8 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH deemoni seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -6453,17 +5677,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6476,8 +5698,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
+" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6497,7 +5719,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6505,8 +5728,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
+"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -6514,7 +5738,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Üldised valikud"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6531,7 +5756,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6548,7 +5774,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6556,8 +5783,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -6565,7 +5792,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6580,7 +5808,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6596,7 +5825,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6608,12 +5838,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6628,7 +5860,8 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi teenuste haldamine"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -6636,11 +5869,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -6652,7 +5883,8 @@ msgstr "Riistvara seadistamine"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -6660,11 +5892,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -6674,11 +5904,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> annab üldise ülevaate "
-"arvuti riistvarast. Tööriista käivitamisel üritab see tuvastada kogu "
-"kättesaadava riistvara. Selleks kasutatakse käsku <code>ldetect </code>, mis "
-"võtab aluseks riistvara loendi tarkvarapaketis <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
+msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> annab üldise ülevaate arvuti riistvarast. Tööriista käivitamisel üritab see tuvastada kogu kättesaadava riistvara. Selleks kasutatakse käsku <code>ldetect </code>, mis võtab aluseks riistvara loendi tarkvarapaketis <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -6696,10 +5922,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Vasakpoolses paneelis näeb tuvastatud riistvara loendit. Seadmed on "
-"rühmitatud kategooriate kaupa. Märgile &gt; klõpsates näeb kategooria sisu. "
-"Selles paneelis saab valida mis tahes seadme, mille vastu huvi tunnete."
+msgstr "Vasakpoolses paneelis näeb tuvastatud riistvara loendit. Seadmed on rühmitatud kategooriate kaupa. Märgile &gt; klõpsates näeb kategooria sisu. Selles paneelis saab valida mis tahes seadme, mille vastu huvi tunnete."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -6707,19 +5930,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Parempoolses paneelis näeb teavet valitud seadme kohta. Menüükäsuga "
-"<guimenu>Abi -&gt; Väljade kirjeldus</guimenu> saab lähemat teavet väljade "
-"sisu kohta."
+msgstr "Parempoolses paneelis näeb teavet valitud seadme kohta. Menüükäsuga <guimenu>Abi -&gt; Väljade kirjeldus</guimenu> saab lähemat teavet väljade sisu kohta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Sõltuvalt valitud seadmest võib parempoolse paneeli allosas olla näha üks "
-"või kaks nuppu:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
+" available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr "Sõltuvalt valitud seadmest võib parempoolse paneeli allosas olla näha üks või kaks nuppu:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -6727,29 +5945,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Aktiivse draiveri võtmete määramine</guibutton>: selle abil saab "
-"muuta mooduli parameetreid, mis on seotud valitud seadmega. See on mõeldud "
-"ainult asjatundjatele."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Aktiivse draiveri võtmete määramine</guibutton>: selle abil saab muuta mooduli parameetreid, mis on seotud valitud seadmega. See on mõeldud ainult asjatundjatele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Seadistamistööriista käivitamine</guibutton>: selle abil saab "
-"käivitada tööriista, millega on võimalik seadet seadistada. Sageli saab sama "
-"tööriista avada ka otse Mageia juhtimiskeskusest."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Seadistamistööriista käivitamine</guibutton>: selle abil saab käivitada tööriista, millega on võimalik seadet seadistada. Sageli saab sama tööriista avada ka otse Mageia juhtimiskeskusest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Menüüs <guimenu>Valikud</guimenu> saab märkekastidega sisse või välja "
-"lülitada mõningate seadmete automaatse tuvastamise:"
+msgstr "Menüüs <guimenu>Valikud</guimenu> saab märkekastidega sisse või välja lülitada mõningate seadmete automaatse tuvastamise:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -6772,11 +5982,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikimisi neid automaatselt ei tuvastata, sest see võtab palju aega. "
-"Automaatne tuvastamine on mõtet lubada siis, kui teil tõesti leidub "
-"niisugust riistvara. Automaatne tuvastamine võetakse sel juhul ette "
-"tööriista järgmisel käivitamisel."
+msgstr "Vaikimisi neid automaatselt ei tuvastata, sest see võtab palju aega. Automaatne tuvastamine on mõtet lubada siis, kui teil tõesti leidub niisugust riistvara. Automaatne tuvastamine võetakse sel juhul ette tööriista järgmisel käivitamisel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -6788,7 +5994,8 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuuri seadistamine"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6796,11 +6003,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6810,12 +6015,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> keyboarddrake võimaldab "
-"põhijoontes seadistada Mageias kasutatava klaviatuuri. Siinne valik mõjutab "
-"kõigi süsteemi kasutajate klaviatuuripaigutust. Tööriista leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli Riistvara sektsioonist \"Hiire ja klaviatuuri "
-"seadistamine\"."
+msgstr "Tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> keyboarddrake võimaldab põhijoontes seadistada Mageias kasutatava klaviatuuri. Siinne valik mõjutab kõigi süsteemi kasutajate klaviatuuripaigutust. Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli Riistvara sektsioonist \"Hiire ja klaviatuuri seadistamine\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6825,13 +6025,10 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuuripaigutus"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab valida klaviatuuripaigutuse. Tähestiku järjekorras toodud nimed "
-"kirjeldavad keelt, riiki ja/või rahvast, mille või kelle jaoks antud "
-"paigutus sobib."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
+" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
+"each layout should be used for."
+msgstr "Siin saab valida klaviatuuripaigutuse. Tähestiku järjekorras toodud nimed kirjeldavad keelt, riiki ja/või rahvast, mille või kelle jaoks antud paigutus sobib."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6843,9 +6040,7 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuuritüüp"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab valida, millist klaviatuuritüüpi kasutada. Kui te pole kindel, on "
-"kõige mõttekam jätta kehtima vaikimisi valik."
+msgstr "Siin saab valida, millist klaviatuuritüüpi kasutada. Kui te pole kindel, on kõige mõttekam jätta kehtima vaikimisi valik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6857,7 +6052,8 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi lokaliseerimine"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6865,11 +6061,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6879,20 +6073,14 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonis \"Lokaliseerimine\". See "
-"avab akna, kus saab valida keele. Pakutavas valikus on arvestatud keeltega, "
-"mis valiti paigaldamise ajal."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonis \"Lokaliseerimine\". See avab akna, kus saab valida keele. Pakutavas valikus on arvestatud keeltega, mis valiti paigaldamise ajal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nupuga <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> saab sisse lülitada ühilduvuse "
-"vanema kodeeringuga (mis ei ole UTF-8)."
+msgstr "Nupuga <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> saab sisse lülitada ühilduvuse vanema kodeeringuga (mis ei ole UTF-8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6900,10 +6088,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Teises aknas on näha riikide nimekiri, mis vastab valitud keelele. Nupuga "
-"<guibutton>Muud riigid</guibutton> saab avada nimekirjas mitteleiduvate "
-"riikide loendi."
+msgstr "Teises aknas on näha riikide nimekiri, mis vastab valitud keelele. Nupuga <guibutton>Muud riigid</guibutton> saab avada nimekirjas mitteleiduvate riikide loendi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -6922,21 +6107,14 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Aknas <guilabel>Muud riigid</guilabel> saab ühtlasi valida sisestusmeetodi "
-"(nimekirja alt rippmenüüst). Sisestusmeetodid võimaldavad kirjutada tähti ja "
-"sümboleid, mida ei leidu klaviatuuril või muul sisestusseadmel. Eriti "
-"tarvilik on see näiteks hiina, jaapani, korea ja muude mitte-ladina keelte "
-"märkide sujuvaks sisestamiseks."
+msgstr "Aknas <guilabel>Muud riigid</guilabel> saab ühtlasi valida sisestusmeetodi (nimekirja alt rippmenüüst). Sisestusmeetodid võimaldavad kirjutada tähti ja sümboleid, mida ei leidu klaviatuuril või muul sisestusseadmel. Eriti tarvilik on see näiteks hiina, jaapani, korea ja muude mitte-ladina keelte märkide sujuvaks sisestamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral on IBus määratud vaikimisi "
-"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutajal polegi vaja seda hakata eraldi määrama."
+msgstr "Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral on IBus määratud vaikimisi sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutajal polegi vaja seda hakata eraldi määrama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -6944,11 +6122,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne.) pakuvad samalaadseid "
-"võimalusi. Kui neid rippmenüüs näha pole, tuleb vastavad tarkvarapaketid "
-"kõigepealt paigaldada, mida saab teha juhtimiskeskuse teises sektsioonis, "
-"millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr "Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne.) pakuvad samalaadseid võimalusi. Kui neid rippmenüüs näha pole, tuleb vastavad tarkvarapaketid kõigepealt paigaldada, mida saab teha juhtimiskeskuse teises sektsioonis, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -6960,7 +6134,8 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi logifailide vaatamine ja neis otsimine"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6968,22 +6143,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist "
-"<guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -6993,42 +6163,27 @@ msgstr "Logides otsimine"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kõigepealt tuleb sisestada sõna, mida soovite otsida, väljale <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Sobib</emphasis> ja soovi korral sõna, mida Te <emphasis>ei soovi</"
-"emphasis> leida, väljale <emphasis role=\"bold\">aga ei sobi</emphasis>. "
-"Seejärel valige sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili valimine</guilabel> fail või "
-"failid, milles otsida. Lisaks võib otsingut piirata ka üheainsa päevaga. "
-"Valige see päev <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendris</emphasis>, kasutades kuu "
-"ja aasta kõrval asuvaid noolekesi ning märkides kastikese "
-"\"<guibutton>Ainult valitud päeval näitamine</guibutton>\". Viimaks klõpsake "
-"nupule <guibutton>Otsi</guibutton> ja näete tulemusi sektsioonis "
-"<guilabel>Faili sisu</guilabel>. Soovi korral võib tulemuse salvestada .txt-"
-"vormingus faili, klõpsates nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvesta</"
-"emphasis>."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
+"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
+" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr "Kõigepealt tuleb sisestada sõna, mida soovite otsida, väljale <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sobib</emphasis> ja soovi korral sõna, mida Te <emphasis>ei soovi</emphasis> leida, väljale <emphasis role=\"bold\">aga ei sobi</emphasis>. Seejärel valige sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili valimine</guilabel> fail või failid, milles otsida. Lisaks võib otsingut piirata ka üheainsa päevaga. Valige see päev <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendris</emphasis>, kasutades kuu ja aasta kõrval asuvaid noolekesi ning märkides kastikese \"<guibutton>Ainult valitud päeval näitamine</guibutton>\". Viimaks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Otsi</guibutton> ja näete tulemusi sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili sisu</guilabel>. Soovi korral võib tulemuse salvestada .txt-vormingus faili, klõpsates nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvesta</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Mageia tööriistade logid</guibutton> sisaldavad Mageia "
-"seadistamistööriistade (näiteks need, mida leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses) "
-"logisid. Neid logisid uuendatakse iga kord, kui muudetakse mõnda seadistust."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
+" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
+"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Mageia tööriistade logid</guibutton> sisaldavad Mageia seadistamistööriistade (näiteks need, mida leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses) logisid. Neid logisid uuendatakse iga kord, kui muudetakse mõnda seadistust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -7041,24 +6196,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"Võimaluse <guibutton>Hoiatus e-kirjaga</guibutton> kasutamisel "
-"kontrollitakse süsteemi koormust ja teenuseid automaatselt iga tunni järel "
-"ja vajaduse korral saadetakse e-kiri määratud aadressile."
+msgstr "Võimaluse <guibutton>Hoiatus e-kirjaga</guibutton> kasutamisel kontrollitakse süsteemi koormust ja teenuseid automaatselt iga tunni järel ja vajaduse korral saadetakse e-kiri määratud aadressile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle seadistamiseks klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hoiatus e-"
-"kirjaga</emphasis> ja valige ilmuvas aknas rippmenüüst <guibutton>E-kirjaga "
-"hoiatamise süsteemi seadistamine</guibutton>. Siis kuvatakse kõiki töötavaid "
-"teenuseid ning Te saate valida, milliseid soovite jälgida."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+msgstr "Selle seadistamiseks klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hoiatus e-kirjaga</emphasis> ja valige ilmuvas aknas rippmenüüst <guibutton>E-kirjaga hoiatamise süsteemi seadistamine</guibutton>. Siis kuvatakse kõiki töötavaid teenuseid ning Te saate valida, milliseid soovite jälgida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -7105,7 +6253,8 @@ msgstr "Xinetd'i teenus"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "BIND'i domeeninime lahendamise teenus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -7114,16 +6263,11 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
+" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Seejärel saab valida <guilabel>koormuse</guilabel> väärtuse, mida peate "
-"vastuvõetavaks. Koormus tähendab protsesside hulka: suur koormus aeglustab "
-"süsteemi tööd ja väga suur koormus võib tähendada, et mõni protsess on "
-"kontrolli alt väljunud. Vaikimisi väärtus on 3. Soovitav oleks väärtuseks "
-"määrata protsessorite arv korrutatud kolmega."
+msgstr "Seejärel saab valida <guilabel>koormuse</guilabel> väärtuse, mida peate vastuvõetavaks. Koormus tähendab protsesside hulka: suur koormus aeglustab süsteemi tööd ja väga suur koormus võib tähendada, et mõni protsess on kontrolli alt väljunud. Vaikimisi väärtus on 3. Soovitav oleks väärtuseks määrata protsessorite arv korrutatud kolmega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -7131,10 +6275,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Lõpuks saab sisestada isiku <guilabel>e-posti aadressi</guilabel>, kellele "
-"hoiatus saadetakse, ja kasutatava <guilabel>e-posti serveri</guilabel> "
-"(kohalik või internetis)."
+msgstr "Lõpuks saab sisestada isiku <guilabel>e-posti aadressi</guilabel>, kellele hoiatus saadetakse, ja kasutatava <guilabel>e-posti serveri</guilabel> (kohalik või internetis)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -7149,33 +6290,25 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Seda tööriista <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
-"kasutada ainult käsureal."
+msgstr "Seda tööriista <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja kasutada ainult käsureal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti "
-"ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile "
-"juba ette tänulikud."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
+"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -7190,11 +6323,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -7202,23 +6333,18 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr ""
-"Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
-"kasutada ainult käsureal. Administraatori õigustes käivitatuna annab see "
-"pisut rohkem teavet kui muidu."
+msgstr "Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja kasutada ainult käsureal. Administraatori õigustes käivitatuna annab see pisut rohkem teavet kui muidu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
+" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist lspcidrake näitab kõiki arvutiga ühendatud seadmeid (USB, PCI ja "
-"PCMCIA) ning kasutusel olevaid draivereid. Töötamiseks vajab see "
-"tarkvarapakette ldetect ja ldetect-lst."
+msgstr "Tööriist lspcidrake näitab kõiki arvutiga ühendatud seadmeid (USB, PCI ja PCMCIA) ning kasutusel olevaid draivereid. Töötamiseks vajab see tarkvarapakette ldetect ja ldetect-lst."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -7234,10 +6360,7 @@ msgstr "Võtmega -v lisab lspcidrake ka tootja ja seadme tuvastustunnused."
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist lspcidrake esitab sageli väga pika nimekirja, mistõttu vajaliku "
-"teabe leidmiseks suunatakse see sageli edasi käsuga grep, nagu järgmistes "
-"näidetes:"
+msgstr "Tööriist lspcidrake esitab sageli väga pika nimekirja, mistõttu vajaliku teabe leidmiseks suunatakse see sageli edasi käsuga grep, nagu järgmistes näidetes:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -7269,11 +6392,10 @@ msgstr "Võti -i võimaldab jätta tähelepanuta erinevused tähesuuruses."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Allpool oleval ekraanipildil tasub pöörata tähelepanu lspcidrake'i võtmele -"
-"v ja grep'i võtmele -i."
+msgstr "Allpool oleval ekraanipildil tasub pöörata tähelepanu lspcidrake'i võtmele -v ja grep'i võtmele -i."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -7283,10 +6405,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"On veel teinegi tööriist, mis annab teavet riistvara kohta: see on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (käivitada tuleb administraatori "
-"õigustes)."
+msgstr "On veel teinegi tööriist, mis annab teavet riistvara kohta: see on <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (käivitada tuleb administraatori õigustes)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -7298,7 +6417,8 @@ msgstr "Tarkvara uuendamine"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate või drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -7306,23 +6426,18 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara.</emphasis>¶"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara.</emphasis>¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -7330,37 +6445,27 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Töötamiseks vajab MageiaUpdate tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud "
-"tööriistaga rpmdrake-edit-media nii, et mõned andmekandjad oleksid märgitud "
-"uuendusi sisaldavateks andmekandjateks. Kui seda pole varem tehtud, "
-"palutakse teil see nüüd ette võtta."
+msgstr "Töötamiseks vajab MageiaUpdate tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga rpmdrake-edit-media nii, et mõned andmekandjad oleksid märgitud uuendusi sisaldavateks andmekandjateks. Kui seda pole varem tehtud, palutakse teil see nüüd ette võtta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
+" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Kohe käivitamise järel uurib tööriist paigaldatud tarkvarapakette ja näitab "
-"nende nimekirja, millele on hoidlates uuendus. Vaikimisi valitakse need kõik "
-"allalaadimiseks ja paigaldamiseks. Selle alustamiseks klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Kohe käivitamise järel uurib tööriist paigaldatud tarkvarapakette ja näitab nende nimekirja, millele on hoidlates uuendus. Vaikimisi valitakse need kõik allalaadimiseks ja paigaldamiseks. Selle alustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
+" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Paketile klõpsates näidatakse akna alumises pooles rohkem infot. "
-"Märk<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> kirje ees tähendab, et sellele "
-"klõpsates näeb kirje alla koondatud teavet."
+msgstr "Paketile klõpsates näidatakse akna alumises pooles rohkem infot. Märk<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> kirje ees tähendab, et sellele klõpsates näeb kirje alla koondatud teavet."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -7369,19 +6474,17 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"uuenduste olemasolul annab süsteemisalves tegutsev aplett sellest teada "
-"punase ikooniga <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . "
-"Süsteemi uuendamiseks klõpsake sellele ja sisestage kasutaja parool."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr "uuenduste olemasolul annab süsteemisalves tegutsev aplett sellest teada punase ikooniga <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Süsteemi uuendamiseks klõpsake sellele ja sisestage kasutaja parool."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Algkäivitus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -7391,9 +6494,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme alglaadimist seadistada võimaldava "
-"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme alglaadimist seadistada võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -7420,7 +6521,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Riistvara"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -7430,25 +6532,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme riistvara seadistamist võimaldava "
-"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme riistvara seadistamist võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Riistvara haldamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Riistvara uurimine ja "
-"seadistamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Riistvara uurimine ja seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -7458,16 +6558,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Graafika seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Ruumilise töölaua efektide "
-"seadistamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Ruumilise töölaua efektide seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -7477,12 +6577,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Hiire ja klaviatuuri seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -7492,16 +6594,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Trükkimise ja skannimise seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Printerite, trükitööde "
-"ja muu sellise seadistamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
+" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Printerite, trükitööde ja muu sellise seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -7511,7 +6613,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Muu"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -7528,53 +6631,43 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageia juhtimiskeskus (MCC) pakub vasakul paneelil kaheksa võimalust valida "
-"sobiv alajaotus - või isegi kümme, kui paigaldatud on ka tarkvarapakett "
-"drakwizard. Igas alajaotuses leiduvad mitmesugused tööriistad, mida näeb "
-"parempoolsel suurel paneelil."
+msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskus (MCC) pakub vasakul paneelil kaheksa võimalust valida sobiv alajaotus - või isegi kümme, kui paigaldatud on ka tarkvarapakett drakwizard. Igas alajaotuses leiduvad mitmesugused tööriistad, mida näeb parempoolsel suurel paneelil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Järgnevas kümnes peatükis tutvustataksegi kõiki alajaotusi ja neis leiduvaid "
-"tööriistu."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
+"tools."
+msgstr "Järgnevas kümnes peatükis tutvustataksegi kõiki alajaotusi ja neis leiduvaid tööriistu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimane peatükk tutvustab mõningaid selliseid Mageia tööriistu, mida ei leia "
-"ühestki juhtimiskeskuse alajaotusest."
+msgstr "Viimane peatükk tutvustab mõningaid selliseid Mageia tööriistu, mida ei leia ühestki juhtimiskeskuse alajaotusest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Osade pealkirjad kattuvad tihtipeale vastavate tööriistade aknas nähtavate "
-"pealkirjadega."
+msgstr "Osade pealkirjad kattuvad tihtipeale vastavate tööriistade aknas nähtavate pealkirjadega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasutada saab ka otsingut, milleks tuleb vasakpoolses veerus klõpsata sakile "
-"\"Otsing\"."
+msgstr "Kasutada saab ka otsingut, milleks tuleb vasakpoolses veerus klõpsata sakile \"Otsing\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Kohalikud kettad"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -7584,10 +6677,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme kohalikke kettaid hallata või jagada "
-"võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini "
-"tundma õppida."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme kohalikke kettaid hallata või jagada võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -7609,7 +6699,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Võrguteenused"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -7617,16 +6708,11 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
+" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"See ja paneel <emphasis>Failide jagamine</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui "
-"paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab "
-"mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, "
-"kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk "
-"<xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>."
+msgstr "See ja paneel <emphasis>Failide jagamine</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -7658,7 +6744,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Võrgu jagamine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -7668,40 +6755,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme ketaste ja kataloogide jagamist võimaldava "
-"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme ketaste ja kataloogide jagamist võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Windows(R) jagatud ressursside seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Ketaste ja kataloogide "
-"jagamine Windowsi (SMB) süsteemiga</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Ketaste ja kataloogide jagamine Windowsi (SMB) süsteemiga</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "NFS-ressursside seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -7711,7 +6798,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "WebDAV-ressursside seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -7721,7 +6809,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Kohtvõrk ja internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -7729,28 +6818,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme võrgu seadistamist võimaldava tööriista "
-"vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
+" below to learn more."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme võrgu seadistamist võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Võrguseadmete haldamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"></xref>"
@@ -7760,27 +6850,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"></xref>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Võrgu personaliseerimine ja turvamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"></xref>"
@@ -7790,7 +6885,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"></xref>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Turvalisus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -7800,18 +6896,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme turbetööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool "
-"linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme turbetööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja "
-"auditi seadistamine</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -7838,7 +6930,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Failide jagamine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -7847,15 +6940,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
+" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"See ja paneel <emphasis>Võrguteenused</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui "
-"paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab "
-"mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, "
-"kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk "
-"<xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>."
+msgstr "See ja paneel <emphasis>Võrguteenused</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -7872,7 +6960,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Süsteem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -7882,26 +6971,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme süsteemi haldamise tööriista vahel. "
-"Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme süsteemi haldamise tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Süsteemi teenuste haldamine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7911,12 +7001,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Lokaliseerimine"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7926,31 +7018,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Haldamistööriistad"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi kasutajate "
-"haldamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7964,35 +7059,25 @@ msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskus"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr "Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
-"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr "Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui "
-"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
-"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr "Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -8004,7 +7089,8 @@ msgstr "Uuendamissageduse seadistamine"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -8012,38 +7098,28 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara</emphasis>. "
-"Samuti saab selle avada kontekstimenüü käsuga <guimenu>Uuendamise "
-"seadistamine</guimenu>, mida näeb, kui teha süstemisalves paremklõps punasel "
-"ikoonil <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara</emphasis>. Samuti saab selle avada kontekstimenüü käsuga <guimenu>Uuendamise seadistamine</guimenu>, mida näeb, kui teha süstemisalves paremklõps punasel ikoonil <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimene liugur võimaldab muuta sagedust, millega Mageia kontrollib uuenduste "
-"olemasolu, teine liugur aga viivitust pärast käivitamist, mille järel "
-"võetakse ette esimene kontroll. Märkekastiga saab määrata, kas süsteem peaks "
-"teavitama Mageia uue väljalaske ilmumisest või mitte."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
+msgstr "Esimene liugur võimaldab muuta sagedust, millega Mageia kontrollib uuenduste olemasolu, teine liugur aga viivitust pärast käivitamist, mille järel võetakse ette esimene kontroll. Märkekastiga saab määrata, kas süsteem peaks teavitama Mageia uue väljalaske ilmumisest või mitte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -8055,7 +7131,8 @@ msgstr "Osutusseadme (hiir, puutepadi) seadistamine"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -8063,29 +7140,23 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Et hiirt läheb vaja juba Mageia paigaldamisel, on selle seadistanud juba "
-"varem Drakinstall. Tööriista läheb aga tarvis uue hiire paigaldamisel."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
+" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr "Et hiirt läheb vaja juba Mageia paigaldamisel, on selle seadistanud juba varem Drakinstall. Tööriista läheb aga tarvis uue hiire paigaldamisel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -8094,11 +7165,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Hiired on korraldatud ühenduse tüübi ja nende all mudelite järgi. Valige oma "
-"hiir ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Enamasti peaks vähegi "
-"tänapäevasele hiirele sobima \"Universaalne / Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir\". "
-"Uus hiir võetakse kohe kasutusele."
+msgstr "Hiired on korraldatud ühenduse tüübi ja nende all mudelite järgi. Valige oma hiir ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Enamasti peaks vähegi tänapäevasele hiirele sobima \"Universaalne / Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir\". Uus hiir võetakse kohe kasutusele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -8110,7 +7177,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: süsteemi turvalisus ja audit"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -8118,53 +7186,40 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
+" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on programmi msec "
-"graafiline kasutajaliides, mis võimaldab seadistada süsteemi turvet kahel "
-"moel:"
+msgstr "Tööriist msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on programmi msec graafiline kasutajaliides, mis võimaldab seadistada süsteemi turvet kahel moel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellega saab paika panna süsteemi käitumise, mille korral msec kehtestab "
-"süsteemis muudatused, mis suurendavad selle turvalisust."
+msgstr "Sellega saab paika panna süsteemi käitumise, mille korral msec kehtestab süsteemis muudatused, mis suurendavad selle turvalisust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"See lubab määrata kindlaks perioodilised kontrollid, mida võetakse süsteemis "
-"ette automaatselt, et hoiatada teid, kui miski paistab ohtlikuna."
+msgstr "See lubab määrata kindlaks perioodilised kontrollid, mida võetakse süsteemis ette automaatselt, et hoiatada teid, kui miski paistab ohtlikuna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"Programm msec kasutab niinimetatud turbetasemete kontseptsiooni. Need "
-"tasemed hõlmavad teatavat süsteemsete õiguste kogumit, mille põhjal "
-"analüüsitakse süsteemis toimuvaid muutusi. Mõningad tasemed annab Mageia "
-"ette, aga neid saab oma soovi kohaselt muuta ja kohandada."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
+" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
+" own customised security levels."
+msgstr "Programm msec kasutab niinimetatud turbetasemete kontseptsiooni. Need tasemed hõlmavad teatavat süsteemsete õiguste kogumit, mille põhjal analüüsitakse süsteemis toimuvaid muutusi. Mõningad tasemed annab Mageia ette, aga neid saab oma soovi kohaselt muuta ja kohandada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -8181,47 +7236,43 @@ msgstr "Pilt on näha ülal."
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esimesel kaardil on ära toodud eri turbetööriistade loetelu, millest paremal "
-"asuvad nupud nende seadistamiseks:"
+msgstr "Esimesel kaardil on ära toodud eri turbetööriistade loetelu, millest paremal asuvad nupud nende seadistamiseks:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Tulemüür, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Turvalisus -> Isikliku tulemüüri "
-"seadistamine"
+msgstr "Tulemüür, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Turvalisus -> Isikliku tulemüüri seadistamine"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Uuendused, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Tarkvara -> Süsteemi uuendamine"
+msgstr "Uuendused, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Tarkvara -> Süsteemi uuendamine"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "Msec ise koos mõninga teabega:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "lubatud või mitte"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "seadistatud baasturbetase"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"viimaste perioodiliste kontrollide aeg ning nupud, mis vastavalt näitavad "
-"üksikasjalikumat teavet ja võimaldavad kontrolli kohe käivitada"
+msgstr "viimaste perioodiliste kontrollide aeg ning nupud, mis vastavalt näitavad üksikasjalikumat teavet ja võimaldavad kontrolli kohe käivitada"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -8231,13 +7282,13 @@ msgstr "Turbeseadistuste kaart"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Klõps teisele sakile või nupule Turve -> <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> "
-"avab allnähtava akna."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
+"below."
+msgstr "Klõps teisele sakile või nupule Turve -> <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> avab allnähtava akna."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -8255,32 +7306,22 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbetasemed:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
+" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
+" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete märkinud kastikese <guilabel>MSEC-i tööriista lubamine</guilabel>, "
-"saab siin kaardil topeltklõpsuga valida sobiva turbetaseme, mida pärast "
-"valimist näidatakse rasvases kirjas. Kui kastike on märkimata, kasutatakse "
-"taset « puudub ». Saadaval on järgmised tasemed:"
+msgstr "Kui olete märkinud kastikese <guilabel>MSEC-i tööriista lubamine</guilabel>, saab siin kaardil topeltklõpsuga valida sobiva turbetaseme, mida pärast valimist näidatakse rasvases kirjas. Kui kastike on märkimata, kasutatakse taset « puudub ». Saadaval on järgmised tasemed:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
+" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
+" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
+" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">puudub</emphasis>. See on hea siis, kui te ei "
-"soovi, et msec majandaks süsteemi turbega, ja eelistate sellega omal käel "
-"hakkama saada. Sel tasemel keelatakse kõik turbekontrollid ning ei piirata "
-"mingil moel süsteemseid seadistusi. Palun valige see tase ainult siis, kui "
-"olete täiesti kindel, et teate, mida teete, sest sel juhul on teie süsteem "
-"rünnakutele avatud."
+msgstr "Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">puudub</emphasis>. See on hea siis, kui te ei soovi, et msec majandaks süsteemi turbega, ja eelistate sellega omal käel hakkama saada. Sel tasemel keelatakse kõik turbekontrollid ning ei piirata mingil moel süsteemseid seadistusi. Palun valige see tase ainult siis, kui olete täiesti kindel, et teate, mida teete, sest sel juhul on teie süsteem rünnakutele avatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -8291,44 +7332,27 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> on vaikimisi rakendatav "
-"seadistus, mida kasutatakse paigaldamisel, kui paigaldaja ei vali midagi "
-"muud. See tavalisele kasutajale sobiv tase sisaldab mõningaid süsteemsete "
-"seadistuste piiranguid ning käivitab igapäevased turbekontrollid, mis "
-"otsivad muudatusi süsteemsetes failides ja kontodes ning kataloogide "
-"õigustes, mis võivad anda võimaluse halba korda saata. (See tase on sarnane "
-"mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 2 ja 3.)"
+msgstr "Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> on vaikimisi rakendatav seadistus, mida kasutatakse paigaldamisel, kui paigaldaja ei vali midagi muud. See tavalisele kasutajale sobiv tase sisaldab mõningaid süsteemsete seadistuste piiranguid ning käivitab igapäevased turbekontrollid, mis otsivad muudatusi süsteemsetes failides ja kontodes ning kataloogide õigustes, mis võivad anda võimaluse halba korda saata. (See tase on sarnane mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 2 ja 3.)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis> on mõeldud selleks, kui "
-"soovite, et süsteem oleks tõeliselt turvaline, aga siiski veel kasutatav. "
-"Süsteemi seadistusi piiratakse veelgi ning perioodilisi kontrollegi on "
-"rohkem. Lisaks piiratakse ligipääsu süsteemile. (See tase on sarnane mseci "
-"varasemate versioonide tasemetega 4 (kõrge) ja 5 (paranoiline).)"
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
+" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
+" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
+" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr "Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis> on mõeldud selleks, kui soovite, et süsteem oleks tõeliselt turvaline, aga siiski veel kasutatav. Süsteemi seadistusi piiratakse veelgi ning perioodilisi kontrollegi on rohkem. Lisaks piiratakse ligipääsu süsteemile. (See tase on sarnane mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 4 (kõrge) ja 5 (paranoiline).)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Lisaks mainitud tasemetele pakutakse veel mitmeid eesmärgipõhiseid "
-"turbetasemeid, näiteks <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">netbook</emphasis>. Nende puhul üritatakse süsteemi turve seadistada "
-"vastavalt levinumatele kasutusjuhtumitele."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
+"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
+msgstr "Lisaks mainitud tasemetele pakutakse veel mitmeid eesmärgipõhiseid turbetasemeid, näiteks <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Nende puhul üritatakse süsteemi turve seadistada vastavalt levinumatele kasutusjuhtumitele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -8336,37 +7360,25 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimased kaks taset nimetustega <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </"
-"emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ei ole "
-"õigupoolest päris turbetasemed, vaid pigem ainult tööriistad perioodiliste "
-"kontrollide tarbeks."
+msgstr "Viimased kaks taset nimetustega <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ei ole õigupoolest päris turbetasemed, vaid pigem ainult tööriistad perioodiliste kontrollide tarbeks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Tasemed salvestatakse faili <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"tasemenimi></filename>. Soovi korral võib paika panna omaenda kohandatud "
-"turbetaseme, salvestades selle failina <filename>level.&lt;tasemenimi></"
-"filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> See võimalus "
-"on mõistagi mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kellel on oma vajadused "
-"süsteemi turvet enda käe järgi kohendada."
+"These levels are saved in "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
+"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
+" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
+msgstr "Tasemed salvestatakse faili <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;tasemenimi></filename>. Soovi korral võib paika panna omaenda kohandatud turbetaseme, salvestades selle failina <filename>level.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> See võimalus on mõistagi mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kellel on oma vajadused süsteemi turvet enda käe järgi kohendada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Pidage kindlasti silmas, et kasutaja muudetud parameetreid arvestatakse enne "
-"vaiketaseme määratlusi."
+msgstr "Pidage kindlasti silmas, et kasutaja muudetud parameetreid arvestatakse enne vaiketaseme määratlusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -8376,34 +7388,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbehoiatused:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
+"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
+"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
+" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
+" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida ära kastike <guibutton>Turbehoiatuste saatmine e-postiga:</"
-"guibutton>, saadetakse mseci loodud turbehoiatused kohalikule e-posti "
-"aadressile turbeadministraatorile, kelle nimi tuleb kirja panna kõrval "
-"asuval väljal. Sinna võib kirjutada kas kohaliku kasutajanime või täieliku e-"
-"posti aadressi (selle huvides peavad olema vajalikult seadistatud kohalik e-"
-"post ja e-posti haldur). Samuti võib lasta turbehoiatusi näidata otse "
-"töölaual, milleks tuleb ära märkida vastav kastike."
+msgstr "Kui märkida ära kastike <guibutton>Turbehoiatuste saatmine e-postiga:</guibutton>, saadetakse mseci loodud turbehoiatused kohalikule e-posti aadressile turbeadministraatorile, kelle nimi tuleb kirja panna kõrval asuval väljal. Sinna võib kirjutada kas kohaliku kasutajanime või täieliku e-posti aadressi (selle huvides peavad olema vajalikult seadistatud kohalik e-post ja e-posti haldur). Samuti võib lasta turbehoiatusi näidata otse töölaual, milleks tuleb ära märkida vastav kastike."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
+" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Turbehoiatuste edastamine on äärmiselt soovitatav sisse lülitada, et "
-"turbeadministraator saab õigeaegselt teada võimalikest probleemidest. "
-"Vastasel juhul peab administraator järjepidevalt uurima logifaile, mis "
-"salvestatakse kataloogi <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
+msgstr "Turbehoiatuste edastamine on äärmiselt soovitatav sisse lülitada, et turbeadministraator saab õigeaegselt teada võimalikest probleemidest. Vastasel juhul peab administraator järjepidevalt uurima logifaile, mis salvestatakse kataloogi <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -8414,17 +7415,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbevalikud:</emphasis>"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Kohandatud taseme loomine ei ole ainuke viis sättida arvuti turvet oma käe "
-"järgi: samamoodi võib kasutada tööriista eri kaarte, et muuta just neid "
-"valikuid, mida vaja. Mseci kehtiv seadistus on salvestatud faili <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. See sisaldab nii kehtivat "
-"turbetaseme nime kui ka loetelu kõigist muudetud valikutest."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
+" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
+"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
+"to the options."
+msgstr "Kohandatud taseme loomine ei ole ainuke viis sättida arvuti turvet oma käe järgi: samamoodi võib kasutada tööriista eri kaarte, et muuta just neid valikuid, mida vaja. Mseci kehtiv seadistus on salvestatud faili <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. See sisaldab nii kehtivat turbetaseme nime kui ka loetelu kõigist muudetud valikutest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -8435,13 +7431,12 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi turvalisuse kaart"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel kaardil võib näha vasakus veerus turbevalikut, keskmises veerus selle "
-"kirjeldust ja paremas veerus kehtivat väärtust."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
+" column."
+msgstr "Sellel kaardil võib näha vasakus veerus turbevalikut, keskmises veerus selle kirjeldust ja paremas veerus kehtivat väärtust."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -8454,13 +7449,10 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõne valiku muutmiseks tehke sellel topeltklõps, mille järel ilmub uus aken "
-"(vt pilti allpool). Selles on näha valiku nimi, lühike kirjeldus, kehtiv ja "
-"vaikeväärtus ning ripploend, milles saab valida uue väärtuse. Klõpsuga "
-"nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> saab muudatuse kinnitada."
+msgstr "Mõne valiku muutmiseks tehke sellel topeltklõps, mille järel ilmub uus aken (vt pilti allpool). Selles on näha valiku nimi, lühike kirjeldus, kehtiv ja vaikeväärtus ning ripploend, milles saab valida uue väärtuse. Klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> saab muudatuse kinnitada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -8472,13 +7464,10 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ärge unustage tööriista sulgedes oma seadistust lõplikult salvestamast "
-"menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete "
-"seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle "
-"vaadata."
+msgstr "Ärge unustage tööriista sulgedes oma seadistust lõplikult salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle vaadata."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -8492,11 +7481,10 @@ msgstr "Võrguturvalisuse kaart"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Sellelt kaardilt leiab võrguga seotud valikud ja kõik käib siin samamoodi "
-"nagu eelmisel kaardil."
+msgstr "Sellelt kaardilt leiab võrguga seotud valikud ja kõik käib siin samamoodi nagu eelmisel kaardil."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -8511,9 +7499,7 @@ msgstr "Perioodiliste kontrollide kaart"
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Perioodiliste kontrollide eesmärk on anda turbehoiatuste abil "
-"turbeadministraatorile teada kõigest, mida msec peab võimalikuks ohuks."
+msgstr "Perioodiliste kontrollide eesmärk on anda turbehoiatuste abil turbeadministraatorile teada kõigest, mida msec peab võimalikuks ohuks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -8521,13 +7507,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida kastike <guibutton>Perioodiliste turbekontrollide lubamine</"
-"guibutton>, näeb sellel kaardil kõiki mseci sooritatavaid perioodilisi "
-"kontrolle ja nende sagedust. Muudatusi saab siin teha samamoodi nagu eespool "
-"kirjeldatud kaartidel."
+msgstr "Kui märkida kastike <guibutton>Perioodiliste turbekontrollide lubamine</guibutton>, näeb sellel kaardil kõiki mseci sooritatavaid perioodilisi kontrolle ja nende sagedust. Muudatusi saab siin teha samamoodi nagu eespool kirjeldatud kaartidel."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -8541,18 +7524,14 @@ msgstr "Erandite kaart"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
+" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
+" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõnikord käivad hoiatused hästi teada ja soovitud olukorra kohta. Sel juhul "
-"ei ole neil tegelikult mõtet ja nad vaid raiskavad administraatori aega. "
-"Sellel kaardil saab luua nii palju erandeid kui vaja, et vältida tarbetuid "
-"turbehoiatusi. Enesest mõista on see kaart mseci esmakäivitusel tühi. "
-"Allpool oleval pildil on näha neli erandit."
+msgstr "Mõnikord käivad hoiatused hästi teada ja soovitud olukorra kohta. Sel juhul ei ole neil tegelikult mõtet ja nad vaid raiskavad administraatori aega. Sellel kaardil saab luua nii palju erandeid kui vaja, et vältida tarbetuid turbehoiatusi. Enesest mõista on see kaart mseci esmakäivitusel tühi. Allpool oleval pildil on näha neli erandit."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -8560,11 +7539,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Erandi loomiseks tuleb klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton>."
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
+"button"
+msgstr "Erandi loomiseks tuleb klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -8573,16 +7553,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige vajalik perioodiline kontroll ripploendist <guilabel>Kontroll</"
-"guilabel> ja kirjutage erand tekstikasti <guilabel>Erand</guilabel>. Erandi "
-"lisamine ei ole mõistagi midagi jäävat: selle võib kustutada "
-"<guilabel>erandite</guilabel> kaardil klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Kustuta</"
-"guibutton>, samuti võib seda topeltklõpsuga muuta."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
+"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
+"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
+"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr "Valige vajalik perioodiline kontroll ripploendist <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel> ja kirjutage erand tekstikasti <guilabel>Erand</guilabel>. Erandi lisamine ei ole mõistagi midagi jäävat: selle võib kustutada <guilabel>erandite</guilabel> kaardil klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Kustuta</guibutton>, samuti võib seda topeltklõpsuga muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -8594,8 +7570,7 @@ msgstr "Õiguste kaart"
 msgid ""
 "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
 "enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel kaardil saab kontrollida ja jõustada failide ja kataloogide õigusi."
+msgstr "Sellel kaardil saab kontrollida ja jõustada failide ja kataloogide õigusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
@@ -8607,21 +7582,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Nagu turvalisuse puhul, kasutab msec ka õiguste puhul mitmesuguseid tasemeid "
-"(standard, secure jne), mida kehtestatakse vastavalt valitud turbetasemele. "
-"Soovi korral saab luua omaenda õigustetasemeid, salvestades need faili "
-"<filename>perm.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/"
-"msec/</filename>. See võimalus on mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kel "
-"läheb tarvis kohandatud seadistust. Samuti saab siinsamas kaardil muuta "
-"õigusi just selliseks nagu vaja. Kehtiv seadustus on salvestatud faili "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Selles leiab loetelu "
-"kõigist õiguste muudatustest."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
+"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
+msgstr "Nagu turvalisuse puhul, kasutab msec ka õiguste puhul mitmesuguseid tasemeid (standard, secure jne), mida kehtestatakse vastavalt valitud turbetasemele. Soovi korral saab luua omaenda õigustetasemeid, salvestades need faili <filename>perm.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. See võimalus on mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kel läheb tarvis kohandatud seadistust. Samuti saab siinsamas kaardil muuta õigusi just selliseks nagu vaja. Kehtiv seadustus on salvestatud faili <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Selles leiab loetelu kõigist õiguste muudatustest."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -8630,24 +7597,18 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikimisi õigusi kuvatakse reeglite loendina (üks reegel rea kohta). Alates "
-"vasakult antakse teada reegliga hõlmatud fail või kataloog, seejärel selle "
-"omanik, grupp ja lõpuks õigused. Kui reegli puhul"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
+" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
+" given rule:"
+msgstr "Vaikimisi õigusi kuvatakse reeglite loendina (üks reegel rea kohta). Alates vasakult antakse teada reegliga hõlmatud fail või kataloog, seejärel selle omanik, grupp ja lõpuks õigused. Kui reegli puhul"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
+" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> ei ole märgitud, kontrollib "
-"msec ainult seda, kas reeglis määratud õigused kehtivad, ning saadab "
-"turvahoiatuse, kui see nii pole, aga ei muuda ise midagi."
+msgstr "kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> ei ole märgitud, kontrollib msec ainult seda, kas reeglis määratud õigused kehtivad, ning saadab turvahoiatuse, kui see nii pole, aga ei muuda ise midagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -8655,32 +7616,25 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"kui kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> on märgitud, kontrollib "
-"msec esimese perioodilise kontrolli ajal õiguste vastavust reeglile ning "
-"kirjutab need erinevuse korral üle."
+msgstr "kui kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> on märgitud, kontrollib msec esimese perioodilise kontrolli ajal õiguste vastavust reeglile ning kirjutab need erinevuse korral üle."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Et see toimiks, peab <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide "
-"kaardil</emphasis> olema valik CHECK_PERMS sobivalt seadistatud."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr "Et see toimiks, peab <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide kaardil</emphasis> olema valik CHECK_PERMS sobivalt seadistatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Uue reegli loomiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton> ja "
-"täitke väljad, nagu näha alloleval pildil. Väljal <guilabel>Fail</guilabel> "
-"võib kasutada metamärki *. “current” tähendab, et midagi ei muudeta."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
+"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr "Uue reegli loomiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton> ja täitke väljad, nagu näha alloleval pildil. Väljal <guilabel>Fail</guilabel> võib kasutada metamärki *. “current” tähendab, et midagi ei muudeta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -8692,39 +7646,26 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Muudatuste jõustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> ning "
-"kindlasti ärge unustage enne tööriistast väljumist kõiki muudatusi "
-"salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui "
-"olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle "
-"vaadata."
+msgstr "Muudatuste jõustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> ning kindlasti ärge unustage enne tööriistast väljumist kõiki muudatusi salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle vaadata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Reegleid võib samuti luua või muuta seadistustefaili <filename>/etc/security/"
-"msec/perms.conf</filename> redigeerides."
+msgstr "Reegleid võib samuti luua või muuta seadistustefaili <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> redigeerides."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Õiguste kaardil</emphasis> (või otse "
-"seadistustefailis) tehtud muudatusi võetakse arvesse esimesel perioodilisel "
-"kontrollil (vt valikut CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste "
-"kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>). Kui soovite, et neid kohe arvestataks, "
-"kasutage käsureal administraatori õigustes käsku msecperms. Eelnevalt võib "
-"anda käsu msecperms -p, millega saab teada õigused, mida msecperms muudab."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
+"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
+"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
+" that will be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Õiguste kaardil</emphasis> (või otse seadistustefailis) tehtud muudatusi võetakse arvesse esimesel perioodilisel kontrollil (vt valikut CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>). Kui soovite, et neid kohe arvestataks, kasutage käsureal administraatori õigustes käsku msecperms. Eelnevalt võib anda käsu msecperms -p, millega saab teada õigused, mida msecperms muudab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -8735,13 +7676,7 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Pange kindlasti tähele, et kui muudate õigusi käsureal või failihalduris, "
-"siis faili puhul, millel on <emphasis role=\"bold\">õiguste kaardil</"
-"emphasis> ära märgitud kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel>, "
-"kirjutab msecgui mõne aja pärast vanad õigused tagasi vastavalt valikutele "
-"CHECK_PERMS ja CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste "
-"kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Pange kindlasti tähele, et kui muudate õigusi käsureal või failihalduris, siis faili puhul, millel on <emphasis role=\"bold\">õiguste kaardil</emphasis> ära märgitud kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel>, kirjutab msecgui mõne aja pärast vanad õigused tagasi vastavalt valikutele CHECK_PERMS ja CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -8752,12 +7687,9 @@ msgstr "Muud Mageia tööriistad"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Mageial on teisigi tööriistu peale nende, mida saab käivitada "
-"juhtimiskeskuses. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid lähemalt tundma "
-"õppida, või lugege lihtsalt edasi."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
+" next pages."
+msgstr "Mageial on teisigi tööriistu peale nende, mida saab käivitada juhtimiskeskuses. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid lähemalt tundma õppida, või lugege lihtsalt edasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -8794,7 +7726,8 @@ msgstr "Tarkvara haldamine (paigaldamine ja eemaldamine)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -8807,11 +7740,9 @@ msgstr "Rpmdrake'i sissejuhatus"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -8825,32 +7756,19 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, mida tuntakse ka "
-"nimega drakrpm, kujutab endast tarkvarapakettide paigaldamise, eemaldamise "
-"ja uuendamise programmi. See on käsureaprogrammi urpmi graafiline "
-"kasutajaliides. Igal käivitamisel kontrollib rakendus otse Mageia ametlikest "
-"serveritest tarkvarahoidlates olevate paketinimekirjade (neid nimetatakse ka "
-"\"andmekandjateks\") sisu ning näitab seejärel uusimaid Teie arvutile "
-"saadaolevaid rakendusi ja programme. Filtritega saab lasta näidata ainult "
-"teatud tüüpi tarkvarapakette: näiteks võib lasta näidata ainult paigaldatud "
-"rakendusi (vaikimisi) või hoopis ainult saadaolevaid uuendusi. Samuti saab "
-"näha ainult paigaldamata tarkvarapakette. Lisaks saab tarkvara otsida kas "
-"paketi nime, kirjelduse kokkuvõttes või täiskirjelduses esinevate sõnade või "
-"paketis leiduvate failide nime järgi."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
+" included in the packages."
+msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, mida tuntakse ka nimega drakrpm, kujutab endast tarkvarapakettide paigaldamise, eemaldamise ja uuendamise programmi. See on käsureaprogrammi urpmi graafiline kasutajaliides. Igal käivitamisel kontrollib rakendus otse Mageia ametlikest serveritest tarkvarahoidlates olevate paketinimekirjade (neid nimetatakse ka \"andmekandjateks\") sisu ning näitab seejärel uusimaid Teie arvutile saadaolevaid rakendusi ja programme. Filtritega saab lasta näidata ainult teatud tüüpi tarkvarapakette: näiteks võib lasta näidata ainult paigaldatud rakendusi (vaikimisi) või hoopis ainult saadaolevaid uuendusi. Samuti saab näha ainult paigaldamata tarkvarapakette. Lisaks saab tarkvara otsida kas paketi nime, kirjelduse kokkuvõttes või täiskirjelduses esinevate sõnade või paketis leiduvate failide nime järgi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Töötamiseks vajab rpmdrake tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga, "
-"mida kirjeldab <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
+"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr "Töötamiseks vajab rpmdrake tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga, mida kirjeldab <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8859,8 +7777,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
+" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
@@ -8879,7 +7797,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Akna põhiosad"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -8895,37 +7814,25 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata ainult teatavat laadi tarkvarapakette. "
-"Halduri käivitamisel esimest korda näidatakse ainult graafilise "
-"kasutajaliidesega rakendusi. Näidata võib lasta kas kõiki pakette ning nende "
-"sõltuvusi ja teeke või ainult paketirühmi, näiteks ainult rakendused, ainult "
-"uuendused või Mageia uuematest versioonidest tagasi porditud tarkvarapaketid."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
+" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr "Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata ainult teatavat laadi tarkvarapakette. Halduri käivitamisel esimest korda näidatakse ainult graafilise kasutajaliidesega rakendusi. Näidata võib lasta kas kõiki pakette ning nende sõltuvusi ja teeke või ainult paketirühmi, näiteks ainult rakendused, ainult uuendused või Mageia uuematest versioonidest tagasi porditud tarkvarapaketid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Filtri selline vaikimisi seadistus on mõeldud neile, kellele Linux või "
-"Mageia on võõras ja kes usutavasti ei soovi paigaldada käsurea- või "
-"tõsistele asjatundjatele mõeldud tööriist. Et Teie käesolevat käsiraamatut "
-"loete, on tõenäoline, et tunnete huvi oma teadmiste täiendamise vastu Mageia "
-"osas, niisiis Teil võiks olla mõttekas määrata filtriks \"Kõik\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
+" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
+" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr "Filtri selline vaikimisi seadistus on mõeldud neile, kellele Linux või Mageia on võõras ja kes usutavasti ei soovi paigaldada käsurea- või tõsistele asjatundjatele mõeldud tööriist. Et Teie käesolevat käsiraamatut loete, on tõenäoline, et tunnete huvi oma teadmiste täiendamise vastu Mageia osas, niisiis Teil võiks olla mõttekas määrata filtriks \"Kõik\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketioleku filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
+msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketioleku filter:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -8933,9 +7840,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata kas ainult paigaldatud või paigaldamata "
-"tarkvarapakette või kõiki, nii paigaldatud kui ka paigaldamata pakette."
+msgstr "Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata kas ainult paigaldatud või paigaldamata tarkvarapakette või kõiki, nii paigaldatud kui ka paigaldamata pakette."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -8948,10 +7853,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellele ikoonile klõpsates saab valida, kas otsida paketinimedes, "
-"kokkuvõtetes, täielikes kirjeldustes või pakettides leiduvate failide "
-"nimedes."
+msgstr "Sellele ikoonile klõpsates saab valida, kas otsida paketinimedes, kokkuvõtetes, täielikes kirjeldustes või pakettides leiduvate failide nimedes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -8964,10 +7866,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Siia tuleb kirjutada üks või rohkem otsingusõna. Kui soovite otsida mitme "
-"sõna järgi, tuleb nende vahele lisada eraldaja \"|\". Kui näiteks soovite "
-"otsida korraga pakette mplayer ja xine, tuleb kirjutada \"mplayer | xine\"."
+msgstr "Siia tuleb kirjutada üks või rohkem otsingusõna. Kui soovite otsida mitme sõna järgi, tuleb nende vahele lisada eraldaja \"|\". Kui näiteks soovite otsida korraga pakette mplayer ja xine, tuleb kirjutada \"mplayer | xine\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -8989,11 +7888,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategooriate loend:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel külgribal on kõik rakendused ja programmid jagatud kindlatesse "
-"kategooriatesse ja alamkategooriatesse."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
+" sub categories."
+msgstr "Sellel külgribal on kõik rakendused ja programmid jagatud kindlatesse kategooriatesse ja alamkategooriatesse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -9004,14 +7901,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kirjelduspaneel:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
+" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil on näha paketi nimi, kokkuvõte ja täielik kirjeldus. Siin "
-"näeb rohkelt kasulikku teavet valitud paketi kohta. Samuti on siin näha "
-"põhjalikud üksikasjad, paketis leiduvad failid ning hooldaja käega kirja "
-"pandud viimaste muudatuste loend."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil on näha paketi nimi, kokkuvõte ja täielik kirjeldus. Siin näeb rohkelt kasulikku teavet valitud paketi kohta. Samuti on siin näha põhjalikud üksikasjad, paketis leiduvad failid ning hooldaja käega kirja pandud viimaste muudatuste loend."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -9026,73 +7919,78 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui filtrid on paika pandud, saab tarkvara leida kas kategooria järgi "
-"(joonisel ala 6) või seda nime, kokkuvõtte või kirjelduse järgi otsides "
-"(joonisel ala 4). Tarkvarapakettide, mis vastavad otsingule - ja ärge "
-"unustage, et ka valitud andmekandjale -, juures näidatakse eri olekuikoone "
-"vastavalt sellele, kas nad on paigaldatud, paigaldamata, uuendused vms. "
-"Oleku muutmiseks tuleb lihtsalt märkida kastike paketi nime ees või sealt "
-"märge eemaldada ning klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Kui filtrid on paika pandud, saab tarkvara leida kas kategooria järgi (joonisel ala 6) või seda nime, kokkuvõtte või kirjelduse järgi otsides (joonisel ala 4). Tarkvarapakettide, mis vastavad otsingule - ja ärge unustage, et ka valitud andmekandjale -, juures näidatakse eri olekuikoone vastavalt sellele, kas nad on paigaldatud, paigaldamata, uuendused vms. Oleku muutmiseks tuleb lihtsalt märkida kastike paketi nime ees või sealt märge eemaldada ning klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Ikoon"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Tähendus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "See pakett on juba paigaldatud"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "See pakett on valitud paigaldamiseks"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Selle paketi olekut ei saa muuta"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "See pakett on uuendus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "See pakett on valitud eemaldamiseks"
@@ -9113,10 +8011,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui eemaldada märge paketi digikam eest (roheline nool ütleb, et see on "
-"paigaldatud), muutub olekuikoon üles suunatud punaseks nooleks ning pakett "
-"eemaldatakse, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Kui eemaldada märge paketi digikam eest (roheline nool ütleb, et see on paigaldatud), muutub olekuikoon üles suunatud punaseks nooleks ning pakett eemaldatakse, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -9124,17 +8019,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui märkida pakett qdigidoc (mis ei ole paigaldatud, nagu näitab "
-"olekuveerg), ilmub alla suunatud oranž nool ja pakett paigaldatakse, kui "
-"klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Kui märkida pakett qdigidoc (mis ei ole paigaldatud, nagu näitab olekuveerg), ilmub alla suunatud oranž nool ja pakett paigaldatakse, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Sõltuvused"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -9142,23 +8035,15 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
+" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõned paketid vajavad oma tööks teisi pakette, mida sellisel juhul "
-"nimetatakse sõltuvusteks. Need võivad olla näiteks teegid või mõned "
-"tööriistad. Sellisel juhul näitab Rpmdrake teabeakent, kus saab kas soostuda "
-"pakutavate sõltuvuste paigaldamisega, toimingust loobuda või hankida "
-"pakettide kohta rohkem teavet. Võib juhtuda ka nii, et vajalikku teeki pakub "
-"mitu tarkvarapaketti, millisel juhul Rpmdrake näitab alternatiivide "
-"nimekirja dialoogis, mille ühe nupuga on võimalik saada rohkem teavet ja "
-"teisega valida, milline pakett konkreetselt paigaldada."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
+" install."
+msgstr "Mõned paketid vajavad oma tööks teisi pakette, mida sellisel juhul nimetatakse sõltuvusteks. Need võivad olla näiteks teegid või mõned tööriistad. Sellisel juhul näitab Rpmdrake teabeakent, kus saab kas soostuda pakutavate sõltuvuste paigaldamisega, toimingust loobuda või hankida pakettide kohta rohkem teavet. Võib juhtuda ka nii, et vajalikku teeki pakub mitu tarkvarapaketti, millisel juhul Rpmdrake näitab alternatiivide nimekirja dialoogis, mille ühe nupuga on võimalik saada rohkem teavet ja teisega valida, milline pakett konkreetselt paigaldada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -9180,9 +8065,7 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -9191,12 +8074,7 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"See tööriist <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
-"nii eraldiseisvat skannerit kui mitme funktsiooniga seadme "
-"skannerikomponenti. Samuti saab sellega jagada Teie arvutiga ühendatud "
-"kohalikke seadmeid võrguarvutitele või hankida endale ligipääs "
-"võrguskanneritele."
+msgstr "See tööriist <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada nii eraldiseisvat skannerit kui mitme funktsiooniga seadme skannerikomponenti. Samuti saab sellega jagada Teie arvutiga ühendatud kohalikke seadmeid võrguarvutitele või hankida endale ligipääs võrguskanneritele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
@@ -9209,9 +8087,7 @@ msgstr "Tööriista käivitamisel esimest korda võib ilmuda järgmine teade:"
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Skanneri kasutamiseks on vajalik paigaldada SANE tarkvara.</"
-"emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>\"Skanneri kasutamiseks on vajalik paigaldada SANE tarkvara.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -9223,12 +8099,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kas soovite seda teha?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Jätkamiseks valige <emphasis>Jah</emphasis>. Sel juhul paigaldatakse "
-"<code>scanner-gui</code> ja <code>task-scanning</code>, kui need pole varem "
-"paigaldatud."
+msgstr "Jätkamiseks valige <emphasis>Jah</emphasis>. Sel juhul paigaldatakse <code>scanner-gui</code> ja <code>task-scanning</code>, kui need pole varem paigaldatud."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -9239,21 +8113,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui skanner korralikult tuvastatakse, nii et ülaloleval pildil on näha Teie "
-"skanneri nimi, on skanner valmis kasutamiseks näiteks programmiga "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> või <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Kui skanner korralikult tuvastatakse, nii et ülaloleval pildil on näha Teie skanneri nimi, on skanner valmis kasutamiseks näiteks programmiga <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> või <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellisel juhul võib jätkata näiteks <emphasis>skanneri jagamise</emphasis> "
-"seadistamisega. Sellest kõneleb lähemalt peatükk <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr "Sellisel juhul võib jätkata näiteks <emphasis>skanneri jagamise</emphasis> seadistamisega. Sellest kõneleb lähemalt peatükk <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -9262,22 +8130,17 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui aga skannerit ei suudetud tuvastada ning ei aita ka kaablite ja toite "
-"kontrollimine ning seejärel nupu <emphasis>Uute skannerite otsimine</"
-"emphasis> kasutamine, tuleb klõpsata nupule <emphasis>Skanneri lisamine "
-"käsitsi</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Kui aga skannerit ei suudetud tuvastada ning ei aita ka kaablite ja toite kontrollimine ning seejärel nupu <emphasis>Uute skannerite otsimine</emphasis> kasutamine, tuleb klõpsata nupule <emphasis>Skanneri lisamine käsitsi</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Valige ilmuvast loendist oma skanneri tootja ja tootja alt mudel ning "
-"klõpsake nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
+" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Valige ilmuvast loendist oma skanneri tootja ja tootja alt mudel ning klõpsake nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -9285,72 +8148,59 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui te oma skannerit loendist ei leia, klõpsake <emphasis>Loobu</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Kui te oma skannerit loendist ei leia, klõpsake <emphasis>Loobu</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Palun kontrollige, kas Teie skanner kuulub toetatute hulka nimekirjas <link "
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
 "xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> ja paluge abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">foorumis</link>."
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Palun kontrollige, kas Teie skanner kuulub toetatute hulka nimekirjas <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> ja paluge abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foorumis</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Pordi valimine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin võib jätta kehtima valiku <emphasis>Kättesaadavate portide "
-"automaattuvastus</emphasis>, kui Teie skanner ei ole just ühendatud "
-"paralleelporti. Sellisel juhul tuleks valida <emphasis>/dev/parport0</"
-"emphasis>, kui Teil on paralleelporte ainult üks."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
+" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr "Siin võib jätta kehtima valiku <emphasis>Kättesaadavate portide automaattuvastus</emphasis>, kui Teie skanner ei ole just ühendatud paralleelporti. Sellisel juhul tuleks valida <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis>, kui Teil on paralleelporte ainult üks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Pärast klõpsamist nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis> peaks enamasti ilmuma "
-"alloleva pildiga sarnanev aken."
+msgstr "Pärast klõpsamist nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis> peaks enamasti ilmuma alloleva pildiga sarnanev aken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 msgstr "Kui seda ei juhtu, lugege palun <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -9360,7 +8210,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Skanneri jagamine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -9368,14 +8219,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
+" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin saab määrata, kas Teie masinaga ühendatud skannerid on kättesaadavad "
-"võrgumasinatele ja millistele neist. Samuti saab siin määrata, kas "
-"võrgumasinate skannerid on Teile kättesaadavad."
+msgstr "Siin saab määrata, kas Teie masinaga ühendatud skannerid on kättesaadavad võrgumasinatele ja millistele neist. Samuti saab siin määrata, kas võrgumasinate skannerid on Teile kättesaadavad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -9383,22 +8231,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime "
-"või IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, millel on lubatud kasutada "
-"Teie arvutiga ühendatud kohalikke seadmeid."
+msgstr "Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime või IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, millel on lubatud kasutada Teie arvutiga ühendatud kohalikke seadmeid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Võrguskannerite kasutamine: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime või IP-"
-"aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, mis annavad ligipääsu "
-"võrguskanneritele."
+msgstr "Võrguskannerite kasutamine: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime või IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, mis annavad ligipääsu võrguskanneritele."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -9406,10 +8249,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: Teil on võimalik lisada masinaid."
+msgstr "Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: Teil on võimalik lisada masinaid."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -9419,11 +8262,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: Teil on võimalik määrata, millised "
-"masinad lisada, või siis lubada kasutamine kõigile võrgumasinatele."
+msgstr "Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: Teil on võimalik määrata, millised masinad lisada, või siis lubada kasutamine kõigile võrgumasinatele."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -9433,7 +8275,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "\"Kõik võrgumasinad\" on saanud õiguse kasutada kohalikku skannerit."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -9443,9 +8286,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui tarkvarapakett <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ei ole paigaldatud, teeb "
-"tööriist ettepaneku seda teha."
+msgstr "Kui tarkvarapakett <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ei ole paigaldatud, teeb tööriist ettepaneku seda teha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -9467,18 +8308,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>direktiivi \"net\" lisamiseks või "
-"väljakommenteerimiseks"
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>direktiivi \"net\" lisamiseks või väljakommenteerimiseks"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti seadistatakse <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ja <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> käivituma kohe alglaadimisel."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr "Samuti seadistatakse <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ja <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> käivituma kohe alglaadimisel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -9495,13 +8332,9 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Enamikku HP skannereid saab hallata tööriistaga <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis> (hplip), mis haldab ka printereid. Sel juhul ei lase käesolev "
-"tööriist neid seadistada ja teeb etepaneku kasutada tööriista <emphasis>HP "
-"Device Manager</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Enamikku HP skannereid saab hallata tööriistaga <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip), mis haldab ka printereid. Sel juhul ei lase käesolev tööriist neid seadistada ja teeb etepaneku kasutada tööriista <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -9511,20 +8344,14 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Draivereid leiab <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/"
-"search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt leheküljelt</link>. Vajaduse korral tuleb "
-"paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> ja siis "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (just sellises järjekorras). Võib juhtuda, et "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> annab hoiatuse konflikti kohta <emphasis>Sanega</"
-"emphasis>. Kasutajate kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
+"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
+"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
+"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
+"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr "Draivereid leiab <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt leheküljelt</link>. Vajaduse korral tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> ja siis <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (just sellises järjekorras). Võib juhtuda, et <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> annab hoiatuse konflikti kohta <emphasis>Sanega</emphasis>. Kasutajate kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -9537,10 +8364,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Võib juhtuda, et pärast skanneri pordi valimist, nagu näitab <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/>, tuleb seadme korralikuks seadistamiseks veel üht-"
-"teist ette võtta."
+msgstr "Võib juhtuda, et pärast skanneri pordi valimist, nagu näitab <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, tuleb seadme korralikuks seadistamiseks veel üht-teist ette võtta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -9550,48 +8374,37 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõnel juhul võidakse teada anda, et skanner vajab igal käivitamisel püsivara "
-"laadimist. Tööriist võimaldab laadida püsivara seadmesse, kui olete seadme "
-"süsteemi paigaldanud. Tööriistaga saab paigaldada püsivara CD-lt või "
-"Windowsi paigaldusest või ka püsivara, mille olete alla laadinud tootja "
-"internetileheküljelt."
+msgstr "Mõnel juhul võidakse teada anda, et skanner vajab igal käivitamisel püsivara laadimist. Tööriist võimaldab laadida püsivara seadmesse, kui olete seadme süsteemi paigaldanud. Tööriistaga saab paigaldada püsivara CD-lt või Windowsi paigaldusest või ka püsivara, mille olete alla laadinud tootja internetileheküljelt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui seade vajab püsivara laadimist, võib iga kord esimesel kasutamisel "
-"kuluda selleks päris pikk aeg, isegi üle minuti. Nii et tasub olla kannatlik."
+msgstr "Kui seade vajab püsivara laadimist, võib iga kord esimesel kasutamisel kuluda selleks päris pikk aeg, isegi üle minuti. Nii et tasub olla kannatlik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti võidakse Teile öelda, et on vaja kohandada faili <emphasis>/etc/sane."
-"d/\"Teie_SANE_taustaprogrammi_nimi\".conf</emphasis>."
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Samuti võidakse Teile öelda, et on vaja kohandada faili <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"Teie_SANE_taustaprogrammi_nimi\".conf</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Lugege hoolikalt jagatavaid juhiseid ja kui jääte hätta, ärge häbenege "
-"küsimast abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foorumist</"
-"link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Lugege hoolikalt jagatavaid juhiseid ja kui jääte hätta, ärge häbenege küsimast abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foorumist</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Tarkvara haldamine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -9599,11 +8412,9 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme tarkvara haldamist võimaldava tööriista "
-"vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
+" Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme tarkvara haldamist võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -9613,11 +8424,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi uuendamine</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi uuendamine</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -9629,9 +8438,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paigaldamise ja "
-"uuendamise tarkvaraallikate seadistamine</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paigaldamise ja uuendamise tarkvaraallikate seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -9643,7 +8450,8 @@ msgstr "Printeri paigaldamine ja seadistamine"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -9657,43 +8465,30 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Trükkimist haldab Mageias server nimetusega CUPS. Sellel on oma <link ns2:"
-"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">seadistusliides</link>, "
-"mida saab kasutada veebilehitsejas, kuid Mageia pakub printerite "
-"paigaldamiseks omalt poolt tööriista system-config-printer, mis on "
-"tarvitusel ka teistes distributsioonides, näiteks Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"ja openSUSE."
+msgstr "Trükkimist haldab Mageias server nimetusega CUPS. Sellel on oma <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">seadistusliides</link>, mida saab kasutada veebilehitsejas, kuid Mageia pakub printerite paigaldamiseks omalt poolt tööriista system-config-printer, mis on tarvitusel ka teistes distributsioonides, näiteks Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu ja openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Enne paigaldamise juurde asumist tuleks lubada mittevaba (non-free) tarkvara "
-"hoidla kasutamine, sest mõningaid draivereid võib leida ainult sealt."
+msgstr "Enne paigaldamise juurde asumist tuleks lubada mittevaba (non-free) tarkvara hoidla kasutamine, sest mõningaid draivereid võib leida ainult sealt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Printeri paigaldamise tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli "
-"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> sektsioonis <guilabel>Trükkimise ja "
-"skannimise seadistamine</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Printeri paigaldamise tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli <guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> sektsioonis <guilabel>Trükkimise ja skannimise seadistamine</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -9715,9 +8510,7 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Paigaldamise jätkamiseks on vaja pakutuga nõustuda. Koos sõltuvustega "
-"võtavad paigaldatavad paketid ruumi kuni 230 MB."
+msgstr "Paigaldamise jätkamiseks on vaja pakutuga nõustuda. Koos sõltuvustega võtavad paigaldatavad paketid ruumi kuni 230 MB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -9727,12 +8520,7 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Printeri lisamiseks klõpsake nupule \"Lisa\". Süsteem üritab tuvastada kõik "
-"saadaolevad printerid ja pordid. Siinsel pildil on näha paralleelporti "
-"ühendatud printer. Kui leitakse mõni printer, näiteks paralleel- või USB-"
-"porti ühendatud printer, näidatakse seda esimesel real. Samuti saab siin "
-"üritada tuvastada võrguprintereid."
+msgstr "Printeri lisamiseks klõpsake nupule \"Lisa\". Süsteem üritab tuvastada kõik saadaolevad printerid ja pordid. Siinsel pildil on näha paralleelporti ühendatud printer. Kui leitakse mõni printer, näiteks paralleel- või USB-porti ühendatud printer, näidatakse seda esimesel real. Samuti saab siin üritada tuvastada võrguprintereid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -9743,25 +8531,20 @@ msgstr "Printer tuvastati automaatselt"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"See käib tavaliselt USB-printerite kohta. Tööriist hangib automaatselt "
-"printeri nime ja näitab seda. Valige printer ja klõpsake \"Edasi\". Kui "
-"leidub printeriga seotud draiver, paigaldatakse see automaatselt. Kui "
-"võimalikke draivereid on rohkem või draiverit ei ole teada, ilmub aken, kus "
-"palutakse draiver valida või välja otsida, nagu järgnevalt selgitatakse. "
-"Automaatse paigalduse korral lugege edasi <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
+" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr "See käib tavaliselt USB-printerite kohta. Tööriist hangib automaatselt printeri nime ja näitab seda. Valige printer ja klõpsake \"Edasi\". Kui leidub printeriga seotud draiver, paigaldatakse see automaatselt. Kui võimalikke draivereid on rohkem või draiverit ei ole teada, ilmub aken, kus palutakse draiver valida või välja otsida, nagu järgnevalt selgitatakse. Automaatse paigalduse korral lugege edasi <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Printerit ei tuvastatud automaatselt"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -9769,12 +8552,10 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
+" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui valida port, laadib süsteem draiverite loendi ja avab akna, kus saab "
-"draiveri valida. Valik tuleb langetada järgmisi võimalusi kasutades."
+msgstr "Kui valida port, laadib süsteem draiverite loendi ja avab akna, kus saab draiveri valida. Valik tuleb langetada järgmisi võimalusi kasutades."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -9799,12 +8580,7 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Andmebaasist valimise korral pakutakse kõigepealt välja printeri tootja ning "
-"seejärel seade ja sellega seotud draiver. Kui pakutakse üle ühe draiveri, "
-"valige soovitatav, kui te just pole sama draiveriga varem probleemide otsa "
-"sattunud, millisel juhul tuleks mõistagi valida selline draiver, mis "
-"teadaolevalt toimib."
+msgstr "Andmebaasist valimise korral pakutakse kõigepealt välja printeri tootja ning seejärel seade ja sellega seotud draiver. Kui pakutakse üle ühe draiveri, valige soovitatav, kui te just pole sama draiveriga varem probleemide otsa sattunud, millisel juhul tuleks mõistagi valida selline draiver, mis teadaolevalt toimib."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -9820,12 +8596,7 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Draiveri valimise järel soovitakse mõningat teavet, mis aitaks süsteemil "
-"printerit ainulaadselt tuvastada ja esitada. Esimesel väljal tuleb anda "
-"nimi, mille all näeb seadet rakenduste saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas. "
-"Seejärel soovitab paigaldusprogramm trükkida testlehekülje. Selle järel "
-"printer lisatakse ning seda näeb edaspidi saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas."
+msgstr "Draiveri valimise järel soovitakse mõningat teavet, mis aitaks süsteemil printerit ainulaadselt tuvastada ja esitada. Esimesel väljal tuleb anda nimi, mille all näeb seadet rakenduste saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas. Seejärel soovitab paigaldusprogramm trükkida testlehekülje. Selle järel printer lisatakse ning seda näeb edaspidi saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -9836,58 +8607,41 @@ msgstr "Võrguprinter"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Võrguprinterid on printerid, mis on vahetult ühendatud juhtmega või juhtmeta "
-"võrku, printserveriga või mõne tööjaamaga, mis toimib printserverina."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
+" another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr "Võrguprinterid on printerid, mis on vahetult ühendatud juhtmega või juhtmeta võrku, printserveriga või mõne tööjaamaga, mis toimib printserverina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Sageli on mõistlik seadistada DHCP-server alati seostama fikseeritud IP-"
-"aadressi printeri MAC-aadressiga. Loomulikult peab see olema sama IP-"
-"aadress, mis on printserveri printeril, kui sellel on fikseeritud aadress."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
+" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
+"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
+"fixed one."
+msgstr "Sageli on mõistlik seadistada DHCP-server alati seostama fikseeritud IP-aadressi printeri MAC-aadressiga. Loomulikult peab see olema sama IP-aadress, mis on printserveri printeril, kui sellel on fikseeritud aadress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
+" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Printeri MAC-aadress on printerile või printserverile või arvutile, millega "
-"printer on ühendatud, antud seerianumber, mille saab teada printeri trükitud "
-"seadistusteleheküljelt või mis on kirjas printeri või printserveri enda "
-"peal. Kui Teie jagatud printer on ühendatud Mageia süsteemiga, võite anda "
-"MAC-aadressi teadasaamiseks süsteemis administraatori õigustes käsu "
-"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>. Aadress kujutab endast numbrite "
-"ja tähtede jada pärast alguses seisvat \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr "Printeri MAC-aadress on printerile või printserverile või arvutile, millega printer on ühendatud, antud seerianumber, mille saab teada printeri trükitud seadistusteleheküljelt või mis on kirjas printeri või printserveri enda peal. Kui Teie jagatud printer on ühendatud Mageia süsteemiga, võite anda MAC-aadressi teadasaamiseks süsteemis administraatori õigustes käsu <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>. Aadress kujutab endast numbrite ja tähtede jada pärast alguses seisvat \"HWaddr\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
+" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
+" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Võrguprinteri lisamiseks tuleb valida protokoll, mida see kasutab Teie "
-"arvutiga üle võrgu suhtlemisel. Kui Te ei tea, milline protokoll valida, "
-"võite proovida valikut <guilabel>Võrguprinter</guilabel> - <guilabel>Otsi "
-"võrguprinterit</guilabel> ja kirjutada printeri IP-aadressi paremal asuvale "
-"väljale \"Masin\"."
+msgstr "Võrguprinteri lisamiseks tuleb valida protokoll, mida see kasutab Teie arvutiga üle võrgu suhtlemisel. Kui Te ei tea, milline protokoll valida, võite proovida valikut <guilabel>Võrguprinter</guilabel> - <guilabel>Otsi võrguprinterit</guilabel> ja kirjutada printeri IP-aadressi paremal asuvale väljale \"Masin\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -9895,20 +8649,14 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui tööriist tunenb printeri või printserveri ära, pakutakse välja protokoll "
-"ja tööjärjekord, kuid soovi korral võib valida allolevast loendist sobivama "
-"või määrata käsitsi vajaliku tööjärjekorra nime, kui seda loendis ei esine."
+msgstr "Kui tööriist tunenb printeri või printserveri ära, pakutakse välja protokoll ja tööjärjekord, kuid soovi korral võib valida allolevast loendist sobivama või määrata käsitsi vajaliku tööjärjekorra nime, kui seda loendis ei esine."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Printeri või printserveri dokumentatsioonist võib täpsemalt teada saada, "
-"milliseid protokolle see toetab ja millised võivad olla tööjärjekordade "
-"nimed."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
+" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr "Printeri või printserveri dokumentatsioonist võib täpsemalt teada saada, milliseid protokolle see toetab ja millised võivad olla tööjärjekordade nimed."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -9924,18 +8672,10 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Ühe tänapäeval levinud meetodi töötas välja Hewlett-Packard ja see kannab "
-"nimetust JetDirect. See võimaldab võrguga otse ühendatud printerit kasutada "
-"üle Etherneti pordi. Te peate teadma IP-aadressi, mille järgi printer võrgus "
-"tuvastatakse. Sama meetodit kasutatakse mõnes ADSL-ruuteris, mis sisaldavad "
-"printeri ühendamiseks USB-porti. Pange tähele, et tööriist \"HP Device "
-"Manager\" võib hallata dünaamiliselt seadistatud IP-aadressi, määrates umbes "
-"sellise URI nagu <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;printeri-nimi></emphasis> . Sellisel "
-"juhul pole fikseeritud IP-aadress vajalik."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
+msgstr "Ühe tänapäeval levinud meetodi töötas välja Hewlett-Packard ja see kannab nimetust JetDirect. See võimaldab võrguga otse ühendatud printerit kasutada üle Etherneti pordi. Te peate teadma IP-aadressi, mille järgi printer võrgus tuvastatakse. Sama meetodit kasutatakse mõnes ADSL-ruuteris, mis sisaldavad printeri ühendamiseks USB-porti. Pange tähele, et tööriist \"HP Device Manager\" võib hallata dünaamiliselt seadistatud IP-aadressi, määrates umbes sellise URI nagu <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;printeri-nimi></emphasis> . Sellisel juhul pole fikseeritud IP-aadress vajalik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -9943,16 +8683,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige protokolliks <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> ja määrake "
-"aadress väljal <guilabel>Masin:</guilabel>, kuid ärge muutke midagi väljal "
-"<guilabel>Pordi number</guilabel>, kui Te just ei tea, et seal kindlasti "
-"peab midagi muutma. Protokolli valimise järel läheb draiveri valimine edasi "
-"samamoodi, nagu eespool kirjeldatud."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
+" the same as above."
+msgstr "Valige protokolliks <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> ja määrake aadress väljal <guilabel>Masin:</guilabel>, kuid ärge muutke midagi väljal <guilabel>Pordi number</guilabel>, kui Te just ei tea, et seal kindlasti peab midagi muutma. Protokolli valimise järel läheb draiveri valimine edasi samamoodi, nagu eespool kirjeldatud."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -9969,11 +8705,7 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: printer, mida saab "
-"kasutada TCP/IP võrgus IPP protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on "
-"ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab CUPS. Seda protokolli võivad kasutada ka "
-"mõned ADSL-ruuterid."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: printer, mida saab kasutada TCP/IP võrgus IPP protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab CUPS. Seda protokolli võivad kasutada ka mõned ADSL-ruuterid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -9981,19 +8713,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, "
-"aga kasutatakse TSL-turbega HTTP-protokolli. Määrata tuleb port. Vaikimisi "
-"on selleks 631."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, aga kasutatakse TSL-turbega HTTP-protokolli. Määrata tuleb port. Vaikimisi on selleks 631."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, "
-"aga TSL-turbega protokoll."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
+" with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, aga TSL-turbega protokoll."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -10001,19 +8728,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR masin või printer</emphasis>: printer, mida saab kasutada "
-"TCP/IP võrgus LPD protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on ühendatud "
-"tööjaamaga, kus töötab LPD."
+msgstr "<emphasis>LPD/LPR masin või printer</emphasis>: printer, mida saab kasutada TCP/IP võrgus LPD protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Windowsi printer SAMBA kaudu</emphasis>: printer, mis on ühendatud "
-"tööjaamaga, kus töötab Windows või SMB server, ja on välja jagatud."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Windowsi printer SAMBA kaudu</emphasis>: printer, mis on ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab Windows või SMB server, ja on välja jagatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
@@ -10060,11 +8782,10 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://kasutajanimi@ip-aadress-või-masinanimi/tööjärjekord</uri>
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Lisateavet võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/"
-"doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS-i dokumentatsioonist.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
+" documentation.</link>"
+msgstr "Lisateavet võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS-i dokumentatsioonist.</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -10075,18 +8796,13 @@ msgstr "Seadme omadused"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Soovi korral võib uurida või muuta seadme omadusi. Menüü võimaldab ligipääsu "
-"CUPS-serveri parameetritele. Vaikimisi on süsteemis CUPS-server käivitatud, "
-"kuid soovi korral võib määrata mõne muu serveri menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ühenda...</guimenuitem> Serveri enda parameetreid "
-"saab vajaduse korral muuta menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Seadistused</guimenuitem>."
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
+" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
+" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr "Soovi korral võib uurida või muuta seadme omadusi. Menüü võimaldab ligipääsu CUPS-serveri parameetritele. Vaikimisi on süsteemis CUPS-server käivitatud, kuid soovi korral võib määrata mõne muu serveri menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ühenda...</guimenuitem> Serveri enda parameetreid saab vajaduse korral muuta menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Seadistused</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -10098,46 +8814,29 @@ msgstr "Probleemide lahendamine"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Mõningat teavet trükkimisel esinenud probleemide kohta leiab failist "
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr "Mõningat teavet trükkimisel esinenud probleemide kohta leiab failist <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Samuti saab kasutada probleemidele diagnoosi panevat tööriista, mille avab "
-"menüükäsk <guimenu>Abi</guimenu> | <guilabel>Probleemide lahendamine</"
-"guilabel>."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr "Samuti saab kasutada probleemidele diagnoosi panevat tööriista, mille avab menüükäsk <guimenu>Abi</guimenu> | <guilabel>Probleemide lahendamine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Võib juhtuda, et mõne konkreetse printeri draiver pole Mageias saada või on "
-"saadaolev vigane. Sellisel juhul tasuks uurida <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting'i</link> veebilehte, kust võib "
-"saada teada, kas Teie seadmele ikka leidub draiverit. Jaatava vastuse korral "
-"tuleks kontrollida, ega Mageia seda ei paku, ja kui pakub, siis see käsitsi "
-"paigaldada. Seejärel tuleb printeri seadistamiseks paigaldamisprotsess "
-"uuesti läbi teha. Igal juhul tasuks sellistest probleemidest teada anda ka "
-"Bugzillas või foorumis ning mõistagi märkida ära mudeli ja draiveri teave "
-"ning seegi, kas printer hakkas pärast paigaldamist tööle või mitte. "
-"Järgnevalt tuuakse ära mõned allikad, kust leida uusimaid draivereid, eriti "
-"uuematele seadmetele, mille draiverid ei pruugi olla tarkvarahoidlatesse "
-"jõudnud."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
+" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
+" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
+"date drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr "Võib juhtuda, et mõne konkreetse printeri draiver pole Mageias saada või on saadaolev vigane. Sellisel juhul tasuks uurida <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting'i</link> veebilehte, kust võib saada teada, kas Teie seadmele ikka leidub draiverit. Jaatava vastuse korral tuleks kontrollida, ega Mageia seda ei paku, ja kui pakub, siis see käsitsi paigaldada. Seejärel tuleb printeri seadistamiseks paigaldamisprotsess uuesti läbi teha. Igal juhul tasuks sellistest probleemidest teada anda ka Bugzillas või foorumis ning mõistagi märkida ära mudeli ja draiveri teave ning seegi, kas printer hakkas pärast paigaldamist tööle või mitte. Järgnevalt tuuakse ära mõned allikad, kust leida uusimaid draivereid, eriti uuematele seadmetele, mille draiverid ei pruugi olla tarkvarahoidlatesse jõudnud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -10147,49 +8846,37 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brotheri printerid</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Sellel leheküljel</link> leiab Brotheri pakutavate "
-"draiverite loendi. Valige oma seadme draiver, laadige RPM-fail või -failid "
-"alla ja paigaldage printer."
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
+" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Sellel leheküljel</link> leiab Brotheri pakutavate draiverite loendi. Valige oma seadme draiver, laadige RPM-fail või -failid alla ja paigaldage printer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Brotheri draiver tuleks paigaldada enne seadistamistööriista käivitamist."
+msgstr "Brotheri draiver tuleks paigaldada enne seadistamistööriista käivitamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packardi printerid ja All-in-one seadmed</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packardi printerid ja All-in-one seadmed</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
+"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Need seadmed kasutavad tööriista hplip. See paigaldatakse pärast printeri "
-"tuvastamist või valimist automaatselt. Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">siit</link>. Tööriista "
-"\"HP Device Manager\" leiab peamenüüst alajaotuses <guilabel>Süsteem</"
-"guilabel>. Printeri haldamise kohta tasuks vaadata ka <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
-"\">seadistamislehekülge</link>."
+msgstr "Need seadmed kasutavad tööriista hplip. See paigaldatakse pärast printeri tuvastamist või valimist automaatselt. Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">siit</link>. Tööriista \"HP Device Manager\" leiab peamenüüst alajaotuses <guilabel>Süsteem</guilabel>. Printeri haldamise kohta tasuks vaadata ka <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">seadistamislehekülge</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -10201,13 +8888,7 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"HP All-in-one seade tuleb paigaldada printerina ja seejärel lisada skanneri "
-"võimalused. Pange tähele, et mõnikord ei võimalda Xsane liides skannida "
-"filme või slaide. Sel juhul on võimalik skannida autonoomses režiimis ja "
-"salvestada pilt seadmesse sisestatud mälukaardile või USB-pulgale. Hiljem "
-"avage meelepärane pilditöötlusrakendus ning laadige mälukaardi kataloogis /"
-"media leiduv pilt."
+msgstr "HP All-in-one seade tuleb paigaldada printerina ja seejärel lisada skanneri võimalused. Pange tähele, et mõnikord ei võimalda Xsane liides skannida filme või slaide. Sel juhul on võimalik skannida autonoomses režiimis ja salvestada pilt seadmesse sisestatud mälukaardile või USB-pulgale. Hiljem avage meelepärane pilditöötlusrakendus ning laadige mälukaardi kataloogis /media leiduv pilt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -10217,13 +8898,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsungi värviprinterid</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Teatavate Samsungi ja Xeroxi värviprinterite jaoks pakub <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">see lehekülg draivereid</link> QPDL "
-"protokollile."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
+"for the QPDL protocol."
+msgstr "Teatavate Samsungi ja Xeroxi värviprinterite jaoks pakub <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">see lehekülg draivereid</link> QPDL protokollile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -10233,26 +8911,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epsoni printerid ja skannerid</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Epsoni printerite draivereid võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt otsinguleheküljelt</link>. "
-"Skanneri kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett \"iscan-data"
-"\" ja siis \"iscan\" (just selles järjekorras)."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
+"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
+" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
+msgstr "Epsoni printerite draivereid võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt otsinguleheküljelt</link>. Skanneri kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett \"iscan-data\" ja siis \"iscan\" (just selles järjekorras)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakett iscan võib anda hoiatuse konflikti kohta Sanega. Kasutajate "
-"kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
+msgstr "Pakett iscan võib anda hoiatuse konflikti kohta Sanega. Kasutajate kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -10264,9 +8936,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canoni printerid</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Canoni printerite korral on soovitatav paigaldada tööriist turboprint, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">mille leiab siit</link>."
+msgstr "Canoni printerite korral on soovitatav paigaldada tööriist turboprint, <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">mille leiab siit</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -10278,7 +8948,8 @@ msgstr "Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -10286,11 +8957,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -10298,43 +8967,31 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> kirje "
-"alt <guilabel>Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> kirje alt <guilabel>Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist võimaldab administraatoril importida kasutaja dokumendid ja "
-"seadistused operatsioonisüsteemist <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP või "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</"
-"trademark>, kui need asuvad samas arvutis Mageiaga."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
+"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr "Tööriist võimaldab administraatoril importida kasutaja dokumendid ja seadistused operatsioonisüsteemist <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP või <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>, kui need asuvad samas arvutis Mageiaga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Palun arvestage, et kõik tööriistas transfugdrake tehtud muudatused "
-"rakenduvad kohe pärast klõpsu nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Palun arvestage, et kõik tööriistas transfugdrake tehtud muudatused rakenduvad kohe pärast klõpsu nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista käivitamise järel ilmub nõustaja esimene aken, kus selgitatakse "
-"lühidalt selle eesmärki ja importimisvõimalusi."
+msgstr "Tööriista käivitamise järel ilmub nõustaja esimene aken, kus selgitatakse lühidalt selle eesmärki ja importimisvõimalusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -10342,24 +8999,19 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete juhised hoolega läbi lugenud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>. Nüüd üritab tööriist tuvastada <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> paigalduses."
+msgstr "Kui olete juhised hoolega läbi lugenud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Nüüd üritab tööriist tuvastada <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> paigalduses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui see on tuvastatud, näete akent, kus saate valida vajaliku(d) <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ja Mageia konto(d). Võimalik on "
-"valida ka mõni muu konto kui Teie enda oma."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
+" than yours own."
+msgstr "Kui see on tuvastatud, näete akent, kus saate valida vajaliku(d) <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ja Mageia konto(d). Võimalik on valida ka mõni muu konto kui Teie enda oma."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -10368,14 +9020,10 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Pange tähele, et programmi migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'i "
-"taustaprogramm) piirangute tõttu võivad erimärke sisaldavad <trademark class="
-"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kasutajakontode nimed olla vigaselt "
-"kuvatud."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
+"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
+msgstr "Pange tähele, et programmi migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'i taustaprogramm) piirangute tõttu võivad erimärke sisaldavad <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kasutajakontode nimed olla vigaselt kuvatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
@@ -10388,27 +9036,22 @@ msgstr "Kolimine võtab sõltuvalt dokumendikaustade suurusest mõnevõrra aega.
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Mõned <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> rakendused (eriti "
-"draiverid) võivad omaenda eesmärgil luua kasutajakontosid. Näiteks "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> NVidia draivereid "
-"uuendatakse kasutajakonto <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> abil. Selliseid "
-"kontosid ei ole kindlasti mõtet importida."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
+"import purposes."
+msgstr "Mõned <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> rakendused (eriti draiverid) võivad omaenda eesmärgil luua kasutajakontosid. Näiteks <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> NVidia draivereid uuendatakse kasutajakonto <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> abil. Selliseid kontosid ei ole kindlasti mõtet importida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete kontovaliku lõpetanud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida dokumentide importimise viisi:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import documents:"
+msgstr "Kui olete kontovaliku lõpetanud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida dokumentide importimise viisi:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -10416,28 +9059,23 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake on mõeldud importima <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> andmeid kaustadest <emphasis>Minu dokumendid</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>Minu muusika</emphasis> ja <emphasis>Minu Pildid</emphasis>. Soovi "
-"korral võib impordi vahele jätta, valides aknas vastava valiku."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
+"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
+"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
+"appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr "Transfugdrake on mõeldud importima <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> andmeid kaustadest <emphasis>Minu dokumendid</emphasis>, <emphasis>Minu muusika</emphasis> ja <emphasis>Minu Pildid</emphasis>. Soovi korral võib impordi vahele jätta, valides aknas vastava valiku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete valinud dokumentide importimise viisi, klõpsake nupule "
-"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida järjehoidjate "
-"importimise viisi:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr "Kui olete valinud dokumentide importimise viisi, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida järjehoidjate importimise viisi:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -10448,26 +9086,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake oskab importida <emphasis>Internet Exploreri</emphasis> ja "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefoxi</emphasis> järjehoidjad Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla "
-"Firefoxi</emphasis> paigaldusse."
+msgstr "Transfugdrake oskab importida <emphasis>Internet Exploreri</emphasis> ja <emphasis>Mozilla Firefoxi</emphasis> järjehoidjad Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefoxi</emphasis> paigaldusse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige soovitud importimise viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
+" button."
+msgstr "Valige soovitud importimise viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr "Järgmises aknas on võimalik lasta importida töölaua taust:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -10475,7 +9109,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
 msgstr "Valige soovitud viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -10483,11 +9118,10 @@ msgstr "Valige soovitud viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Viimases aknas näete õnnitlust. Nüüd ei ole enam midagi muud teha kui "
-"klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Viimases aknas näete õnnitlust. Nüüd ei ole enam midagi muud teha kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -10502,7 +9136,8 @@ msgstr "Kasutajad ja grupid"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -10510,11 +9145,9 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -10522,32 +9155,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
-"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> "
-"sektsioonist \"Haldamistööriistad\"."
+msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> sektsioonist \"Haldamistööriistad\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriist annab administraatorile võimaluse hallata kasutajaid ja gruppe, see "
-"tähendab kasutajaid ja gruppe lisada või kustutada ning muuta kasutajate ja "
-"gruppide seadistusi (ID, shell...)."
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
+" (ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr "Tööriist annab administraatorile võimaluse hallata kasutajaid ja gruppe, see tähendab kasutajaid ja gruppe lisada või kustutada ning muuta kasutajate ja gruppide seadistusi (ID, shell...)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
+" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Userdrake'i avamisel näidatakse kõiki süsteemis leiduvaid kasutajaid kaardil "
-"<guibutton>Kasutajad</guibutton> ja kõiki gruppe kaardil <guibutton>Grupid</"
-"guibutton>. Mõlemad kaardid on põhimõtteliselt sarnased."
+msgstr "Userdrake'i avamisel näidatakse kõiki süsteemis leiduvaid kasutajaid kaardil <guibutton>Kasutajad</guibutton> ja kõiki gruppe kaardil <guibutton>Grupid</guibutton>. Mõlemad kaardid on põhimõtteliselt sarnased."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -10559,7 +9183,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1) Lisa kasutaja</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Sellele nupule klõpsates ilmub uus aken, mille kõik väljad on tühjad:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -10570,40 +9195,29 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Täisnimi</emphasis> on mõeldud ees- ja "
-"perekonnanime sisestamiseks, aga sellele võib kirjutada muidugi ka midagi "
-"muud või üldse tühjaks jätta!"
+msgstr "Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Täisnimi</emphasis> on mõeldud ees- ja perekonnanime sisestamiseks, aga sellele võib kirjutada muidugi ka midagi muud või üldse tühjaks jätta!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajatunnus</emphasis> on ainuke nõutav väli."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajatunnus</emphasis> on ainuke nõutav väli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
+" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
+" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli</emphasis> määramine on äärmiselt "
-"soovitatav. Välja paremas servas asub väike kilp: kui see on punane, siis on "
-"parool nõrk, liiga lühike või liiga sarnane kasutajatunnusega. Mõistlik "
-"oleks kasutada arve, suur- ja väiketähti, kirjavahemärke jms. Parooli "
-"tugevuse paranedes muutub kilp algul oranžiks ja lõpuks roheliseks."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli</emphasis> määramine on äärmiselt soovitatav. Välja paremas servas asub väike kilp: kui see on punane, siis on parool nõrk, liiga lühike või liiga sarnane kasutajatunnusega. Mõistlik oleks kasutada arve, suur- ja väiketähti, kirjavahemärke jms. Parooli tugevuse paranedes muutub kilp algul oranžiks ja lõpuks roheliseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parool teist korda</emphasis> kindlustab, et "
-"sisestasite ikka sellise parooli, mida soovisite."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
+" you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr "Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parool teist korda</emphasis> kindlustab, et sisestasite ikka sellise parooli, mida soovisite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -10611,10 +9225,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutatav shell </emphasis>on rippmenüüga väli, kus "
-"saab muuta shelli, mida lisatav kasutaja hakkab tarvitama. Valikuteks on "
-"Bash, Dash ja Sh."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutatav shell </emphasis>on rippmenüüga väli, kus saab muuta shelli, mida lisatav kasutaja hakkab tarvitama. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -10622,19 +9233,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajale luuakse privaatgrupp</emphasis>: "
-"märkimise korral luuakse automaatselt sama nimega grupp, mille ainuke liige "
-"on loodav kasutaja (seda saab muidugi hiljem muuta)."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajale luuakse privaatgrupp</emphasis>: märkimise korral luuakse automaatselt sama nimega grupp, mille ainuke liige on loodav kasutaja (seda saab muidugi hiljem muuta)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ülejäänud valikud peaksid olema enesestmõistetavad. Uus kasutaja luuakse "
-"kohe pärast klõpsamist nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Ülejäänud valikud peaksid olema enesestmõistetavad. Uus kasutaja luuakse kohe pärast klõpsamist nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -10646,9 +9252,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2) Lisa grupp</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin tuleb kirjutada ainult uue grupi nimi ja kui vaja, siis omistada "
-"grupile spetsiifiline ID."
+msgstr "Siin tuleb kirjutada ainult uue grupi nimi ja kui vaja, siis omistada grupile spetsiifiline ID."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
@@ -10660,16 +9264,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3) Muuda</emphasis> (kui valitud on kasutaja)"
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kasutaja andmed</guibutton>: siin saab muuta kõiki andmeid, mis "
-"omistati kasutajale loomisel (muuta ei saa ainult ID-d)."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Kasutaja andmed</guibutton>: siin saab muuta kõiki andmeid, mis omistati kasutajale loomisel (muuta ei saa ainult ID-d)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Konto info</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -10680,19 +9283,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimese valikuga saab kontole määrata aegumise tähtaja. Pärast määratud aega "
-"ei ole sisselogimine enam võimalik. Seda on mõistlik kasutada ajutiste "
-"kontode korral."
+msgstr "Esimese valikuga saab kontole määrata aegumise tähtaja. Pärast määratud aega ei ole sisselogimine enam võimalik. Seda on mõistlik kasutada ajutiste kontode korral."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Teise valikuga saab konto lukustada. Kui konto on lukustatud, ei ole "
-"võimalik sisse logida."
+msgstr "Teise valikuga saab konto lukustada. Kui konto on lukustatud, ei ole võimalik sisse logida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -10705,11 +9303,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli info</emphasis>: siin saab määrata parooli "
-"aegumise tähtaja. See sunnib kasutajat oma parooli perioodiliselt muutma."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli info</emphasis>: siin saab määrata parooli aegumise tähtaja. See sunnib kasutajat oma parooli perioodiliselt muutma."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -10719,18 +9316,14 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupid</emphasis>: siin saab valida, millistesse "
-"gruppidesse kasutaja kuulub."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupid</emphasis>: siin saab valida, millistesse gruppidesse kasutaja kuulub."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui muuta sisselogitud kasutaja kontot, ei jõustu muudatused enne kasutaja "
-"järgmist sisselogimist."
+msgstr "Kui muuta sisselogitud kasutaja kontot, ei jõustu muudatused enne kasutaja järgmist sisselogimist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -10742,17 +9335,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4) Muuda</emphasis> (kui valitud on grupp)"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi andmed</emphasis>: siin saab muuta grupi nime."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi andmed</emphasis>: siin saab muuta grupi nime."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi kasutajad</emphasis>: siin saab valida "
-"kasutajad, kes gruppi kuuluvad."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi kasutajad</emphasis>: siin saab valida kasutajad, kes gruppi kuuluvad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -10762,15 +9352,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5) Kustuta</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Valige kasutaja või grupp ja klõpsake eemaldamiseks nupule <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Kustuta</emphasis>. Kasutaja korral ilmub dialoog, kus küsitakse, "
-"kas kustutada ka kodukataloog ja postkast. Kui kasutajale on loodud "
-"privaatgrupp, kustutatakse seegi."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
+"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
+"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr "Valige kasutaja või grupp ja klõpsake eemaldamiseks nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kustuta</emphasis>. Kasutaja korral ilmub dialoog, kus küsitakse, kas kustutada ka kodukataloog ja postkast. Kui kasutajale on loodud privaatgrupp, kustutatakse seegi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -10785,11 +9371,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6) Värskenda</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Kasutajate andmebaasi saab muuta ka mujal kui Userdrake'is. Sellele ikoonile "
-"klõpsates värskendatakse näidatavaid kasutajaid ja gruppe."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
+" refresh the display."
+msgstr "Kasutajate andmebaasi saab muuta ka mujal kui Userdrake'is. Sellele ikoonile klõpsates värskendatakse näidatavaid kasutajaid ja gruppe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -10802,18 +9386,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
+" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Külaline ehk guest</emphasis> on eriline konto. "
-"Selle mõte on anda kellelegi ajutine ligipääs süsteemile täieliku turbe "
-"tingimustes. Kasutajatunnus on xguest, parooli pole ning selle kontoga sisse "
-"logides ei saa süsteemis midagi muuta. Kasutaja isiklikud kataloogid "
-"kustutatakse koos seansi lõpetamisega. See konto on vaikimisi lubatud, kui "
-"aga soovite seda keelata, valige menüükäsk<guimenu> Toimingud -&gt; Eemalda "
-"külalise (guest) konto</guimenu>."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Külaline ehk guest</emphasis> on eriline konto. Selle mõte on anda kellelegi ajutine ligipääs süsteemile täieliku turbe tingimustes. Kasutajatunnus on xguest, parooli pole ning selle kontoga sisse logides ei saa süsteemis midagi muuta. Kasutaja isiklikud kataloogid kustutatakse koos seansi lõpetamisega. See konto on vaikimisi lubatud, kui aga soovite seda keelata, valige menüükäsk<guimenu> Toimingud -&gt; Eemalda külalise (guest) konto</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -10825,7 +9402,8 @@ msgstr "Graafikaserveri seadistamine"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -10833,26 +9411,19 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda tavalise kasutajana käsk "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> või administraatorina käsk <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis>. Pange kindlasti tähele suurtähti."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
+"as root. Mind the capital letters."
+msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda tavalise kasutajana käsk <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> või administraatorina käsk <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>. Pange kindlasti tähele suurtähti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Riistvara</emphasis> nime all <emphasis><guilabel>Graafikaserveri "
-"seadistamine</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis> nime all <emphasis><guilabel>Graafikaserveri seadistamine</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -10870,10 +9441,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Siin näeb parajasti tuvastatud graafikakaarti ja sellele seadistatud "
-"serverit. Nupule klõpsates saab valida muu serveri, näiteks sellise, mis "
-"kasutab omanduslikku draiverit."
+msgstr "Siin näeb parajasti tuvastatud graafikakaarti ja sellele seadistatud serverit. Nupule klõpsates saab valida muu serveri, näiteks sellise, mis kasutab omanduslikku draiverit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -10882,11 +9450,7 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Saadaolevad serverid on loetletud kirje <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all "
-"tootjate kaupa tähestiku järjekorras ning tootjate all mudelite kaupa samuti "
-"tähestiku järjekorras. Vabad draiverid on loetletud tähestiku järjekorras "
-"kirje <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> all."
+msgstr "Saadaolevad serverid on loetletud kirje <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all tootjate kaupa tähestiku järjekorras ning tootjate all mudelite kaupa samuti tähestiku järjekorras. Vabad draiverid on loetletud tähestiku järjekorras kirje <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> all."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -10894,10 +9458,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Probleemide korral võib arvestada, et <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> "
-"toimib peaaegu kõigi graafikakaartidega, andes Teile aega jõuda töölauale "
-"ning üles otsida ja paigaldada õige draiver."
+msgstr "Probleemide korral võib arvestada, et <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> toimib peaaegu kõigi graafikakaartidega, andes Teile aega jõuda töölauale ning üles otsida ja paigaldada õige draiver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -10905,21 +9466,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui isegi Vesa ei tööta, siis valige <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, mida kasutatakse näiteks Mageia "
-"paigaldamise ajal, aga mis ei luba muuta ekraanilahutust ega "
-"värskendamissagedust."
+msgstr "Kui isegi Vesa ei tööta, siis valige <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, mida kasutatakse näiteks Mageia paigaldamise ajal, aga mis ei luba muuta ekraanilahutust ega värskendamissagedust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui olete valinud vaba draiveri, võib süsteem teha ettepaneku kasutada "
-"omanduslikku draiverit, millel on tihtipeale rohkem võimalusi (näiteks "
-"ruumiliste efektide kasutamine)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
+msgstr "Kui olete valinud vaba draiveri, võib süsteem teha ettepaneku kasutada omanduslikku draiverit, millel on tihtipeale rohkem võimalusi (näiteks ruumiliste efektide kasutamine)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
@@ -10930,14 +9485,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
+" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Nagu draiveri puhul, on ka siin kirjas parajasti tuvastatud monitor ja "
-"nupule klõpsates saab seda muuta. Kui soovitud monitori pole kirjas "
-"<guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all, valige kirje <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> "
-"alt monitor, mille omadused sarnanevad Teie omaga."
+msgstr "Nagu draiveri puhul, on ka siin kirjas parajasti tuvastatud monitor ja nupule klõpsates saab seda muuta. Kui soovitud monitori pole kirjas <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all, valige kirje <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> alt monitor, mille omadused sarnanevad Teie omaga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -10949,11 +9500,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekraanilahutus:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Selle nupuga saab valida ekraanilahutuse (pikslite arvu) ja värvisügavuse "
-"(värvide arvu). Nupule klõpsamisel ilmub järgmine aken:"
+msgstr "Selle nupuga saab valida ekraanilahutuse (pikslite arvu) ja värvisügavuse (värvide arvu). Nupule klõpsamisel ilmub järgmine aken:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -10963,42 +9513,31 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Monitori pilt akna keskel näitab "
-"valitud seadistuse eelvaatlust."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Monitori pilt akna keskel näitab valitud seadistuse eelvaatlust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
+" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Esimene rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat ekraanilahutust. Sellele "
-"klõpsates saab valida mõne muu lahutuse. Loendis on kirjas kõik "
-"graafikakaardi ja monitoriga sobivad variandid, kuid võib ka valida "
-"<guilabel>Muu</guilabel> ja määrata sootuks teistsuguse ekraanilahutuse. Sel "
-"juhul pidage aga silmas, et nii võib isegi monitorile viga teha."
+msgstr "Esimene rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat ekraanilahutust. Sellele klõpsates saab valida mõne muu lahutuse. Loendis on kirjas kõik graafikakaardi ja monitoriga sobivad variandid, kuid võib ka valida <guilabel>Muu</guilabel> ja määrata sootuks teistsuguse ekraanilahutuse. Sel juhul pidage aga silmas, et nii võib isegi monitorile viga teha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Teine rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat värvisügavust. Sellele klõpsates "
-"saab värvisügavust muuta."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
+" another one."
+msgstr "Teine rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat värvisügavust. Sellele klõpsates saab värvisügavust muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Sõltuvalt valitud ekraanilahutusest võib olla vajalik välja logida ja "
-"graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada, enne kui muudatused rakendatakse."
+msgstr "Sõltuvalt valitud ekraanilahutusest võib olla vajalik välja logida ja graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada, enne kui muudatused rakendatakse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -11011,23 +9550,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui seadistamine on tehtud, on soovitatav enne muudatuste kinnitamist neid "
-"testida, sest tööriista kasutamise ajal on midagi muuta palju lihtsam kui "
-"hiljem, eriti kui tehtud muudatuste tõttu ei peaks graafiline keskkond enam "
-"käivituma."
+msgstr "Kui seadistamine on tehtud, on soovitatav enne muudatuste kinnitamist neid testida, sest tööriista kasutamise ajal on midagi muuta palju lihtsam kui hiljem, eriti kui tehtud muudatuste tõttu ei peaks graafiline keskkond enam käivituma."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui graafiline keskkond ei peaks töötama, vajutage Alt+Ctrl+F2 "
-"tekstikeskkonna avamiseks, logige sisse administraatori õigustes ja andke "
-"käsk XFdrake (pange tähele suurtähti) tööriista tekstiversiooni "
-"käivitamiseks."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
+" XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr "Kui graafiline keskkond ei peaks töötama, vajutage Alt+Ctrl+F2 tekstikeskkonna avamiseks, logige sisse administraatori õigustes ja andke käsk XFdrake (pange tähele suurtähti) tööriista tekstiversiooni käivitamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -11035,10 +9566,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
 "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
 "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kui test nurjub, oodake lihtsalt selle lõpuni. Kui see on edukas, aga Te "
-"soovite siiski midagi muuta, klõpsake <guibutton>Ei</guibutton>. Kui kõik "
-"sobib, klõpsake <guibutton role=\"bold\">Olgu</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Kui test nurjub, oodake lihtsalt selle lõpuni. Kui see on edukas, aga Te soovite siiski midagi muuta, klõpsake <guibutton>Ei</guibutton>. Kui kõik sobib, klõpsake <guibutton role=\"bold\">Olgu</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:97
@@ -11051,42 +9579,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Globaalsed valikud</guilabel>: kui märkida <emphasis>Ctrl+Alt"
-"+Backspace'i keelamine</emphasis>, ei saa enam X-serverit taaskäivitada "
-"klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Globaalsed valikud</guilabel>: kui märkida <emphasis>Ctrl+Alt+Backspace'i keelamine</emphasis>, ei saa enam X-serverit taaskäivitada klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Graafikakaardi valikud</guilabel> võimaldavad lubada või keelata "
-"kokku kolme graafikakaardist sõltuvat valikut."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Graafikakaardi valikud</guilabel> võimaldavad lubada või keelata kokku kolme graafikakaardist sõltuvat valikut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>X käivitub koos süsteemiga</guilabel>: üldjuhul peaks valik "
-"<guilabel>Graafikakaardi käivitamine arvuti käivitamisel</guilabel> olema "
-"märgitud, et saaks üldse graafilises režiimis algkäivitust teha. Serveri "
-"korral võib see muidugi olla ka märkimata."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
+"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
+"may be unchecked for a server."
+msgstr "<guilabel>X käivitub koos süsteemiga</guilabel>: üldjuhul peaks valik <guilabel>Graafikakaardi käivitamine arvuti käivitamisel</guilabel> olema märgitud, et saaks üldse graafilises režiimis algkäivitust teha. Serveri korral võib see muidugi olla ka märkimata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
+" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> klõpsamise järel soovitakse teada, mida "
-"ette võtta: sel hetkel on veel võimalik kõigist muudatustest loobuda ja "
-"jätkata endise seadistusega või siis need lõplikult kinnitada. Viimasel "
-"juhul tuleb uue seadistuse aktiveerimiseks graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada."
+msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> klõpsamise järel soovitakse teada, mida ette võtta: sel hetkel on veel võimalik kõigist muudatustest loobuda ja jätkata endise seadistusega või siis need lõplikult kinnitada. Viimasel juhul tuleb uue seadistuse aktiveerimiseks graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot--boot.xml
index d1f474e1..9932490f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot--boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -114,6 +114,4 @@ vaikimisi.</para>
 <guilabel>ekraanilahutuse</guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-faili ja
 võrguprofiili.</para>
 
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis>.</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot.xml
index 475f5c0c..1ae1cdf3 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakboot.xml
@@ -24,10 +24,11 @@ role="bold">Algkäivitus</emphasis>.</para>
 
   <para>Akna valikud on üsna enesestmõistetavad:</para>
 
-  <para>Märkige <guibutton>X Windows käivitatakse alglaadimisel</guibutton>, kui
-soovite, et graafiline keskkond pandaks tööle kohe pärast
-alglaadimist. Vastasel juhul käivitub süsteem tekstirežiimis. Siiski on
-võimalik graafilist keskkonda ka käsitsi käivitada.</para>
+  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
+starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
+boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
+possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
+launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
 
   <para>Kui esimene valik on märgitud, ilmub veel kaks valikut. Märkige
 <guibutton>Ei taha automaatselt siseneda</guibutton>, kui soovite, et
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect.xml
index e9bb2917..c5396b30 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakconnect.xml
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ millist seadistama asuda.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>Teie käest küsitakse PIN-koodi. Kui see pole vajalik, jätke see andmata.</para>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
index 2f74dab6..44711f32 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
   </info>
 
   
+
   
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -25,7 +26,13 @@ nimetatakse ka hoidlateks, peegliteks, meediumiteks ehk
 andmekandjateks). See tähendab, et tuleb valida allikad, mida kasutada
 tarkvara (programmide ja rakenduste) paigaldamiseks ja uuendamiseks
 (vt. allpool nupu Lisa kirjeldust).</para>
-    </important><note>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
       <para>Teie süsteem on kindla arhitektuuriga, mis võib olla kas 32-bitine, mille
 kohta käib nimetus i586, või 64-bitine, mille kohta kasutatakse nimetust
 x86_64. Valige kindlasti hoidlad, mis sobivad teie süsteemile või ei sõltu
@@ -159,7 +166,7 @@ oma valik klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Jah</guibutton>. Ilmub järgmine aken:</pa
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
@@ -203,6 +210,11 @@ või nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, millega saab võtme kõrvaldada.</pa
 siin seadistada. Selleks tuleb anda ainult <guibutton>Puhverserveri
 masinanimi</guibutton> ja kui peaks vaja olema, siis ka
 <guilabel>Kasutajanimi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Parool</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
 
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/draksound.xml
index 0e619085..2ba7025d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/draksound.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/draksound.xml
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ control</guimenu>.</para>
   <para><guilabel>Tõrkevaba</guilabel> režiim parandab PulseAudio tööd mõningate
 programmide korral. Ka seda valikut ei ole soovitatav välja lülitada.</para>
 
-  <para>Nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub uus aken kolme
-nupuga:</para>
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -50,8 +50,9 @@ nupuga:</para>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>Esimene nupp pakub täielikku valikuvabadust. Te peate ainult kindlalt
-teadma, mida teha.</para>
+  <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
 
   <para>Teise nupu mõte on ilmselge ning kolmas pakub mõningat abi, kuidas probleeme
 võiks lahendada. Väga kasulik oleks enne mujalt abi palumist need võimalused
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_apache2.xml
index cce058c3..3c2e5c51 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,103 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>.</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
+<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Lõpeta</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
index 78d88cf6..1c16e034 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,194 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP seadistamine</title><subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP seadistamine</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png"/>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>   
-
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
 
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>.</para>
-</section>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_ntp.xml
index 52f09aa5..2c88eff2 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,11 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
     <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Aja seadistamine</title>
 
@@ -10,7 +17,8 @@
   <mediaobject>
     <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
 <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
@@ -22,40 +30,88 @@ aeg sünkroonis välise serveriga. See ei ole vaikimisi paigaldatud ning selle
 kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada ka tarkvarapaketid drakwizard ja
 drakwizard-base.</para>
 
-  <para>Avaakna (vt allpool) järel palub teine aken valida rippmenüüst kolm
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>Avaakna (vt allpool) järel palub teine aken valida rippmenüüst kolm
 ajaserverit ning soovitab kahel juhul määrata serveri pool.ntp.org, sest see
 server viitab alati kättesaadavatele ajaserveritele.</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-        <info>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
 <author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-      </imagedata>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <para/>
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
+click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
+may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
 
-  <para>Järgmistes akendes saab valida piirkonna ja linna ning siis avanebki juba
-kokkuvõtteaken. Kui midagi läks valesti, saab seda mõistagi muuta, klõpsates
-nupule <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>. Kui kõik on õigesti, klõpsake
-testimiseks nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. See võib võtta veidi aega,
-aga lõpuks ilmub allolev aken:</para>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+      <step>
+        <para>Nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton> klõpsates saab tööriista sulgeda.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para/>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para>Nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton> klõpsates saab tööriista sulgeda.</para>
-</section>
-\ No newline at end of file
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
index 79260e1c..82c0bc0e 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,94 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>.</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
+<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Information</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Lõpeta</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_squid.xml
index 2ba6535a..a2bf3c3a 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,238 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_squid" version="5.0" xml:lang="et">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Puhverserveri seadistamine</title><subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Puhverserveri seadistamine</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>   
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
+<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
 
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
 
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis>.</para>
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Sissejuhatus</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Lõpeta</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_sshd.xml
index a3d043ea..601bfcf2 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,134 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti
-ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">
-dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis>.</para>
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk
+<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis>.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Üldised valikud</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Kokkuvõte</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Lõpeta</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/et/rpmdrake.xml
index 1d5d7f6b..b1613f53 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et/rpmdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -35,6 +35,23 @@ paketis leiduvate failide nime järgi.</para>
 
     <para>Töötamiseks vajab rpmdrake tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga,
 mida kirjeldab <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
   </section>
 
   <section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3014c5f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MCC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="MCC">
+
+  <info>
+    <title>Mageia Kontrol Gunea</title>
+    <cover>
+	    <para>Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude
+<link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4082816b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Software Paketeen Eguneraketa</title>
+
+    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate edo drakrpm-update</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> edo <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management.</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
+rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
+are prompted to do so.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
+those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
+default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
+<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process. </para>
+
+  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
+the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
+means you can click to drop down a text. </para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
+displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </inlinemediaobject>
+. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike. </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2891c02f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/XFdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Ezarri zerbitzari grafikoa</title>
+
+    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
+graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
+as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
+      </footnote></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Txartel Grafikoa</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
+configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
+one with a proprietary driver.</para>
+
+  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
+manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
+order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
+Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
+graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
+in your Desktop Environment.</para>
+<para> If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
+<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
+Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
+    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
+use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
+example).</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitore:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
+you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
+isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
+<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Bereizmen:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
+colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
+
+  <para><mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png" />
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>The image of the monitor in the
+middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration. </para>
+
+  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
+one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
+and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
+set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
+select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
+
+  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
+another one.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
+restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.
+      </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Probatu:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
+on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
+graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
+text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
+XFdrake's text version. </para>
+    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
+to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
+right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+<orderedlist><title>Aukerak:</title>
+	<listitem>
+   <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
+Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
+restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
+three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
+<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
+booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
+may be unchecked for a server.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+
+  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
+you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
+previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
+and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
+
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98f3155b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Sartu WebDAV bitartez partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+  </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure
+WebDAV shares</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+ <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link>
+direktorio lokal bat bezala agertzeko , inguruan web-zerbitzari baten
+direktoriora igo onartzen duen protokolo bat da. Beharrezkoa da urruneko
+makina bat martxan jarritzea WebDAV zerbitzari. Hau ez da WebDAV-zerbitzaria
+konfiguratzeko tresnaren helburua.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera berri bat sortzen</title>
+
+    <para>The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if
+any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new
+entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen.</para>
+
+    <para>Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue
+with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the
+<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct
+it, if needed.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Urruneko direktorioa edukia mount puntu honen bidez eskuragarri izango da.</para>
+
+    <para>In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other
+options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Mount</guibutton> aukera berehala muntatu duzun sarbidea
+ahalbidetzen du.</para>
+
+    <para>After you accepted the configuration with the radio button
+<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your
+new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you
+are asked whether or not to save the modifications in
+<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the
+remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for
+one-time usage, do not save it.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d2a6cf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Partekatu zure disko zurrunaren partizioak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This simple tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> allows you, the
+administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home
+subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have
+computers running either Linux or Windows operating system.</para>
+
+  <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunean aurkitzen da, Tokiko Disko fitxan, "Partekatu zure
+disko gogorrean partizioak" etiketaz.</para>
+
+  <para>First, answer the question : "<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to
+share some of their directories ?</guilabel>", click on <guibutton>No
+sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on
+<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on
+<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for
+the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their
+directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically
+created by the system. You will be asked about this later.</para>
+
+  <para>Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you
+choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.
+Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on
+the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both
+Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any
+required packages will be installed if necessary.</para>
+
+  <para>The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In
+this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows
+you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare
+group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group,
+then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the
+fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information
+about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href="userdrake.xml">this page</link></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>fileshare taldera erabiltzaile berri bat gehitzean, Sarean deskonektatu eta
+berriro konektatu behar duzu aldaketak egin ahal izateko kontuan.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>Hemendik aurrera fileshare taldeko erabiltzaile bakoitzak bere/bere
+fitxategi-kudeatzailean hautatu ahal izango du direktorio partekatzea, baina
+fitxategi-kudeatzaile guztiek ez dute zerbitzu hau.</para>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02d2a413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--nfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Sartu NFS-rekin partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to declare some
+shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
+protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix
+systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at
+boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session
+for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Prozedura</title>
+
+    <para>Aukeratu <guibutton>bilaketa zerbitzarietan</guibutton> partekatze
+direktorioen zerbitzari zerrenda bat lortzeko.</para>
+
+    <para>Klik > sinboloa zerbitzari-izenaren aurretik partekatutako direktorioen
+zerrenda bistaratzeko eta hautatu atzitu nahi duzun direktorioa.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have
+to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and
+change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After
+mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
+a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
+modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
+network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
+browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c46b6f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--removable.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD grabatzaile</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool <footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
+disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
+hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
+
+  <para>Bere helburua da disko aldagarri nola muntatu definitzea. </para>
+
+  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
+the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
+them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
+button. </para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Muntatze-puntua</title>
+
+    <para>Hautatu muntaketa puntua hau aldatzeko. Lehenetsia /media/cdrom.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Aukerak</title>
+
+    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
+<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Erabiltzaile/erabiltzaile gabe</title>
+
+      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
+option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
+the only one who can umount it. </para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf2e2815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/diskdrake--smb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Sartu Windows-en modura (SMB) partekatutako unitate eta direktorioetara</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
+
+  </info>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to declare which
+shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
+protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
+systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
+directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
+tools such as file browsers.</para>
+
+    <para>Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of
+available servers, for example with <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Prozedura</title>
+
+    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who
+share directories.</para>
+
+    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
+list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
+
+    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
+have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
+button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
+<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
+connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
+with the same button.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
+"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
+directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
+new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
+dolphin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac7ee9b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drak3d.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Mahaigain Efektuak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
+desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
+default.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section annotations="center">
+    <title>Pizten</title>
+
+    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
+package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
+start.</para>
+
+    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
+can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
+<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
+composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
+effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
+it on.</para>
+
+    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
+Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
+installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
+<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz
+Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in
+for the changes to take effect.</para>
+
+    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
+Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Arazoak konpontzea</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Ezin da ikusi Mahaigaina saioa hasi ondoren</title>
+
+      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
+but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
+screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
+prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
+with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
+log in problem.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..703119bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakauth.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autentikazioa</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
+manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
+
+  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
+computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
+and give information about that.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot--boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70eee0e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakboot--boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot--boot-ti1">Ezarri abio sistema</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot --boot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" align="center" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>this tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis role="bold">drakboot
+--boot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> allows you to configure the
+boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
+etc.)</para>
+
+  <para>Mageia Kontrol Gunean "Konfiguratu abio sistema" etiketa pean aurkitu da
+Abioa.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing
+some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to
+choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and
+with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are
+no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot
+device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The
+boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can
+prevent you machine from booting.</para>
+
+  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
+the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
+seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available
+operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is
+made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
+
+  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
+possible to set a password.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Gaitu ACPI:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
+power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
+the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
+compatible.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Gaitu SMP:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
+multicore processors.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual
+processor and enable SMP.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Gaitu APIC</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Gaitu Tokiko
+APIC:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
+components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
+APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses
+to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
+for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
+system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
+"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
+APIC.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the
+available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the
+order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the
+selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or
+<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new
+entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar
+with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
+to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
+example: Mageia3.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
+the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
+kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
+
+  <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
+the kernel at boot time.</para>
+
+  <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
+entry by default.</para>
+
+  <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
+choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
+file and a <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> in the drop-down lists.</para>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce77c108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakboot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Gaitu saio hasiera automatikoa saioa automatikoki hasi dadin</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakboot-im1" fileref="drakboot.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> allows you to automatically
+login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
+password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
+is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
+
+  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
+Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
+
+  <para>Interfaze botoiak nahiko bistakoak dira:</para>
+
+  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
+starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
+boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
+possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
+launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
+
+  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
+<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
+continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
+<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
+needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
+username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c847f9cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia akats txosten tresna</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
+ fileref="drakbug.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
+when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
+a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
+information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
+
+  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
+then please read <link
+xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
+report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
+
+  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
+that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
+that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3cbfd8a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakbug_report.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Bildu erregistroak eta sistemaren informazioa Akatsen Txostenentzat</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line.</para>
+
+<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
+doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
+but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
+several GBs large.</para>
+<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
+the unneeded parts.</para></note>
+  <para>Komando honek zure sisteman ondoko informazioa biltzen:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> partizioak</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> mageia bersioa</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+
+  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
+output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
+to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
+root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
+you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
+lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
+-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ba8fff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakclock.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakclock">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Data eta ordua kudeatu</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the tab System
+in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
+time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
+right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
+
+  <para>Oso tresna sinplea da.</para>
+
+  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
+the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
+the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
+(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
+2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
+
+  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
+Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
+time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
+Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
+
+  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
+useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
+minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
+to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
+your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
+
+  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
+<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
+nearest town.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
+will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
+settings.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93e12d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect--del.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Lotura bat ezabatu</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote>.</para> 
+    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
+click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
+    <para>Sare interfaze arrakastaz ezabatua izan den mezu bat ikusiko duzu.</para> 
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a2a88cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconnect.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakconnect">
+  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Ezarri sareko interfaze berri bat (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> allows to configure much of
+local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
+your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
+
+    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware
+and provider you have.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Kabledun konexio berri bat (Ethernet)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
+to configure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Puntu honetan, IP helbide automatiko edo eskuzko bat aukeratzea ematen da.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>IP Automatikoa</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
+are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
+The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
+have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
+from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Botoi aurreratuak aukera zehatzak ematen ditu:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP bezeroa erabili</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP denbora muga</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
+requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
+address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
+configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Eskuzko konfigurazioa</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
+servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
+HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
+attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your service provider's website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
+computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
+"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
+you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
+domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Satelite konexio berri bat (DVB)</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Kable modem konexio berri bat</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
+to configure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Puntu honetan, IP helbide automatiko edo eskuzko bat aukeratzea ematen da.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Egiaztatze-metodo bat zehaztu behar duzu:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Bat ere ez</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
+and password.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>IP Automatikoa</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
+are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
+The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
+have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
+from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Botoi aurreratuak aukera zehatzak ematen ditu:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP bezeroa erabili</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP denbora muga</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
+requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
+address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
+configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Eskuzko konfigurazioa</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
+to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
+is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
+attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your service provider's website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
+computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
+"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
+you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
+domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>DSL konexio berri bat</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
+configure it.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Protokolo erabilgarrietako bat hautatu ezazu:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Eskuzko TCP/IP konfigurazioa</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP ADSL gainetik (PPPoA)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sarbide ezarpenak</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Kontuaren identifikatzailea (erabiltzaile-izena)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Kontu pasahitza</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Aurreratuta) Bide Birtualeko ID-a (VPI)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Aurreratuta) Zirkuitu Birtualeko ID-a (VCI)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>RDSI konexio berri bat</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Morroiak zein gailu konfiguratuko den:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Eskuz aukeratu (ISDN txartela)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Kanpoko ISDN modema</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Hardware-zerrenda bat proposatzen da, kategoria eta fabrikatzailearen
+arabera sailkatuta. Aukeratu zure txartela.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Protokolo erabilgarrietako bat hautatu ezazu:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Gainontzeko muduarentzat Protokoloa, Europan ezik (DHCP) </para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Europarako Protokoloa (EDSS1)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
+you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Konexio-izena</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Telefono-zenbakia</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Saio-hasierako ID</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Kontu pasahitza</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Egiaztatze-metodoa</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or
+manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by
+automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to
+put:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Domeinu-izena:</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Lehen eta bigarren DNS zerbitzariak</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
+are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
+or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
+IP address.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Haririk gabeko konexio berri bat (WiFi)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
+Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
+only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
+the card has detected.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Haririk gabeko txartel parametro espezifikoak dira ematen:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Jardun modua:</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Kudeatua</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Oraingo sarbide-puntu batera atzitu (ohikoena).</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Ordenagailuen arteko konexio zuzena konfiguratzeko.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Sare Izena (ESSID)</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WEP</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Hardware zahar batzuk enkriptazio metodo hau soilik jorratzen dute.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enkriptatze-gakoa</para>
+
+            <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a
+manual IP address.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>IP Automatikoa</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
+declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
+specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
+Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Botoi aurreratuak aukera zehatzak ematen ditu:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP bezeroa erabili</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP denbora muga</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
+requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
+address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
+connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Eskuzko konfigurazioa</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your providers website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
+before the period.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>GPRS/Edge/3G konexio berri bat</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to
+configure it.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sarbidearen ezarpenak eman</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Sarbide Puntuaren Izena</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Kontuaren identifikatzailea (erabiltzaile-izena)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Kontu pasahitza</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Bluetooth telefonozko sareratzea konexio berri bat</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Morroiak zein gailu konfiguratuko den:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Eskuzko aukera</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hardwarea detektatu, baldin badago.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Portu-zerrenda bat proposatzen da. Aukeratu zure ataka.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
+<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
+gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Konexio izena</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Telefono zenbakia</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Saioa hastko ID-a</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Pasa-hitza</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Autentifikazioa</emphasis>, aukeratu artean:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Script-ean oinarritua</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Terminalean oinarritua</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
+    <title>Amaierako konfigurazioa</title>
+
+    <para>Hurrengo urratsean, zehaztu ahal izango duzu:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Erabiltzaileak baimendu konexioa kudeatzeko</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Hasi konexioa abioan</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Gaitu trafikoaren kontabilitatea</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Onartu interfazea Network Managerrek kontrolatzea</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
+access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
+automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Botoi aurreratuaren bidez, zehaztu ahal izango duzu:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Metrika (10 lehenespenez)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>MTU</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Sareko Hotplugging-a</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Gaitu IPv6-tik IPv4-ra tunela</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Azken urratsa ahalbidetzen du zehaztea konexioa berehala hastea edo ez .</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fbf2dfcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakconsole.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakconsole">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Zabaldu kontsola bat administratzaile gisa</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> gives you access to a console
+which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
+information about that.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa832eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakdisk.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakdisk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--
+ lebarhon 2012-08-30  Added some comments. Imho, the option button needs explanations -->
+<!--marja 2012-09-02 changed title to visible title for this tool in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Kudeatu disko partizioak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakdisk edo diskdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> edo <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
+error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
+partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
+see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
+<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
+want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
+preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
+resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
+partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
+all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
+disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
+partition.</para>
+
+  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
+choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
+must be unmounted first.</para>
+
+  <para>Soilik posible da partizio tamaina aldatzea bere eskuinaldean</para>
+
+  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
+delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
+<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
+selected</para>
+
+  <para>Existitzen ez den muntai puntu bat aukeratu ahal izango baduzu, sortu egingo
+da.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
+gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be
+seen in the screenshot below.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad33dab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakedm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakedm" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    
+
+    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Ezarri saio kudeatzailea</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Here<footnote>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> you can choose which display
+manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
+on your system will be shown.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
+different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
+is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8acca36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfirewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Ezarri zure suhesi pertsonala</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the Security
+tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
+firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
+security, permissions and audit".</para>
+
+  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
+connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
+first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
+attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
+<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
+the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
+
+  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
+<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
+examples :</para>
+
+  <para>80/tcp : ireki 80 portua tcp protokoloan</para>
+
+  <para>24000:24010/udp : ireki 24000 portutik 24010 portura udp protokoloan</para>
+
+  <para>Zerrendatutako portuak espazio baten bidez bereizi behar dira.</para>
+
+  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
+checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
+it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
+recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
+allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
+<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
+box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
+somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
+corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
+below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
+warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
+
+  <para>Ohartarazpen hauek alerta popups sare applet bitartez eman dira.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
+Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
+packages are downloaded.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
+Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..563cc450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakfont.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakfont">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Kudeatu, erantsi eta ezabatu letra-tipoak. Inportatu Windows® hizki-tipoak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
+allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
+above shows:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>instalatutako letra-izenak, estilo eta tamaina.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>hautatutako letra aurrerapen bat.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>botoi batzuk geroago hemen azaldu.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Eskuratu Windows-en Letrak: <emphasis/></emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
+must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Aukerak:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
+to use the fonts.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Desinstalatu:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
+careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
+documents that use them.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Inportatu:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
+supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
+<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
+role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
+fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
+done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
+
+  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
+main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb3d13a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakguard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakguard">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Gurasoen kontrolak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
+Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
+drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Aurkezpena</title>
+
+    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
+restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
+useful capabilities:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
+controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
+only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
+blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
+website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
+control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Guraso kontrolak Konfiguratzen</title>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
+Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
+your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
+feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
+users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
+an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
+prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
+then suggest you reboot.</para>
+      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
+control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
+is opened.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Sareko trafiko guztia blokatu</guibutton>: Hautatuta badago, web
+orri guztiek blokeatuta daude, eta zerrenda zuria fitxan direnak izan
+ezik. Bestela, web orri guztiek onartzen dira, zerrenda beltzak fitxan
+direnak izan ezik.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
+their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
+right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
+not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
+user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
+remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
+with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
+<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
+window.</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Zerrenda beltz/zuri taula</title>
+
+      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Blokeatu Taula Programak</title>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Blokeatu Definitua Aplikazioak</guibutton>: ACL erabilera
+aplikazio espezifikoen sarbidea mugatzeko aukera ematen du. Txertatu
+blokeatu nahi dituzun aplikazioen bidea.</para>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Desblokeatu Erabiltzaileen zerrenda</guibutton>: Eskuinaldean
+azaltzen diren erabiltzaileak ez dira acl-an blokeatu izan.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bda07529
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakgw.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Partekatu Internet lotura bertako beste makina batzuekin</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
+    <title>Printzipioak</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakgw-net.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
+computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
+network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
+other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
+gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
+must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
+the Internet (2).</para>
+
+    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
+set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
+    <title>Pasagune morroia</title>
+
+    <para>The wizard<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> offers successive steps
+which are shown below:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
+and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
+automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
+what is proposed is correct.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
+one, check that this is correct.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
+and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
+configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
+specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
+it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
+with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
+proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
+printers and to share them.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+
+    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
+    <title>Bezeroa konfiguratu</title>
+
+    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
+specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
+automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
+to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
+using.</para>
+
+    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
+specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
+gateway.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
+    <title>Gelditu konexioa partekatzea</title>
+
+    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
+the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
+sharing.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf0e9a9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakhosts.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Ostalarien definizioak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
+IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> allows to
+specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
+instead of the IP-address.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
+to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
+alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Aldatu</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
+same window.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe0b8ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakinvictus.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Sare interfaze eta suhesientzako ezarpen aurreratua</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a9164dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetcenter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
+Write some text means i can't do it :(
+What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
+-->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Sare Gunea</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetventer</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the Network
+&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
+configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
+etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
+on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
+settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
+network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
+ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
+
+    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
+first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
+networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
+the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
+connected.</para>
+
+    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
+networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
+strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
+the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
+either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
+or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
+to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
+window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
+key in particular).</para>
+
+    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Pantaila botoia</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
+PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
+available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
+-> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
+
+    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
+local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
+gives details about connection status.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
+accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Konfiguratu botoia</title>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - kable sare batentzat</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
+creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
+<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
+configuration may give better results.</para>
+
+    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
+like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
+<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
+available from your providers website.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
+the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
+the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
+have to reconnect to the network.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
+Manager:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Botoi Aurreratua:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - kable sare batentzat</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Eragilea modua:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
+point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
+<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
+<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
+access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
+
+    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
+passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
+personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
+in private networks.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
+
+    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
+point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Botoi Aurreratua:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ezarpen aurreratuetako botoia</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8079a226
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknetprofile.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Kudeatu sareko profil desberdinak</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b238f6c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draknfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">NFS-rekin partekatutako unitate eta direktorioak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Aurrebaldintzak</title>
+
+    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> is launched for the
+first time, it may display the following message:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Leiho nagusia</title>
+
+    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
+is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
+configuration tool.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Aldatu sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
+with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
+available.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Direktorioa</title>
+
+      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
+<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
+it.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Ostalari sarbidea</title>
+
+      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
+directory.</para>
+
+      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
+recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
+characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
+domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
+hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
+`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Erabiltzaile ID mapaketa</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
+0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
+cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
+the server itself.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
+squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
+(no_root_squash).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
+to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
+directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
+mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
+the anonymous account.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Aukera aurreratuak</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
+originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
+is on by default.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
+and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
+request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
+using this option.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
+violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
+by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
+help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
+exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menu sarrerak</title>
+
+    <para>Orain arte zerrendan sarrera bat dauka gutxienez.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Fitxategia|Idatzi conf</title>
+
+      <para>Gorde uneko konfigurazioa.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi</title>
+
+      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu</title>
+
+      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
+files.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fcc1313f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakproxy.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakproxy"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy-a</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
+this tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
+administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
+some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
+
+  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
+proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
+an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control their complexity.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47e38275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Baliabideak Konfiguratu</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
+<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
+                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
+		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
+		       given) -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><important>
+      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
+repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
+to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
+below).</para>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
+      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
+i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
+your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
+don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
+the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote></para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">Zutabeak</title>
+
+    <bridgehead>Zutabea Gaitu:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
+some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Zutabe Eguneratu:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
+media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
+this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
+and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Baliabidea zutabea:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
+versions contain at least:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
+supported by Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
+are not free</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
+be patent claims in some countries.</para>
+
+        <para>Baliabide bakoitzak 4 azpi-atal ditu:</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
+version of Mageia was released.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
+due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
+even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
+backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
+of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
+corrections.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Eskuineko botoiak</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Ezabatu:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
+remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
+all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Editatu:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
+proxy).</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Gehitu:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
+contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
+adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
+you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
+specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
+the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Gora eta behera geziak:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
+in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
+release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
+be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Menua</title>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Eguneratu:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
+click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide ispilu zehatz bat:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
+too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
+actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
+out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
+between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
+<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
+clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
+close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
+mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Fitxategia -> Gehitu baliabide pertsonalizatua:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that
+isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
+name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
+the medium type)</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Aukerak -> Aukera orokorrak:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
+or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
+download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
+update only, always or never).</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Aukerak -> Gakoak Kudeatu:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
+the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
+window that appear, select a medium and then click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
+on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para>
+      </warning><guimenu>Aukerak -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
+here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
+necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ba35c44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksambashare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="draksambashare"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Partekatze gune eta unitateak Samba-rekin</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
+resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
+the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
+also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
+resources of the Samba server.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Aurkezpena</title>
+
+    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
+address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
+<xref linkend="draknetcenter-ti1"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies
+the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
+firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Morroia - Bakarkako zerbitzaria</title>
+
+    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> checks if
+needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
+yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
+selected.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
+access to the shared resources.</para>
+
+    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
+the network.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Aukeratu segurtasun modua:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
+resource</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
+each share</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
+address or host name.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
+described in the Windows workstations.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
+configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
+<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Morroia - Lehen domeinu kontroladorea</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
+option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
+not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
+as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
+group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
+account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Deklaratu partekatzeko direktorio bat</title>
+
+    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
+<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
+the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
+name can not be modified.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menu sarrerak</title>
+
+    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Fitxategia|Idatzi conf</title>
+
+      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba zerbitzaria|Konfiguratu</title>
+
+      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba zerbitzaria|Berrabiarazi</title>
+
+      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba Zerbitzaria|Birkargatu</title>
+
+      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
+files.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Partekatu imprimagailuak</title>
+
+    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Samba erabiltzaileak</title>
+
+    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
+resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
+linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f6dc7c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksec.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="draksec">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Autentifikazioa konfiguratu ezazu Mageia tresnetarako</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">draksec</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
+usually done by the administrator.</para>
+
+  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
+the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
+drop down list gives the choice between:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Root pasahitza: root pasahitza tresna abiatu aurretik eskatzen da</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC
+tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..61272bab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksnapshot-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Uneko argazkiak</title>
+	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
+		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
+<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
+tools</guilabel> section.</para>
+  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
+about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
+proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
+
+ <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
+<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
+Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
+<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
+  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
+<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
+the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
+files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
+<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
+the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
+included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
+done.</para>
+	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
+<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
+USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
+role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
+  </para>
+  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a375815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/draksound.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Soinu Konfiguraketa</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">draksound</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.¶</para>
+
+  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice,
+PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience
+sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para>
+
+  <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a
+driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound
+card.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA
+API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when
+possible for its enhanced features.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
+inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
+sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
+volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
+
+  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
+enabled.</para>
+
+  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
+is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
+
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="Draksound1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
+
+  <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any
+problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking
+the community for help.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4fd8fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Ezarri UPS bat energiaren begirale gisa</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+
+  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakups</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..73f9a8ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakvpn.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakvpn">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> allows to configure secure
+access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
+workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
+configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
+already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
+network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Konfigurazioa</title>
+
+    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
+protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
+
+    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
+
+    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Cisco VPN-rentzat</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
+first time the tool is used.</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
+from the network administrator.</para>
+
+        <para>Aurreratutako parametroak:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
+connection.</para>
+
+    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
+connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
+to this VPN.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..293a545c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Konfiguratu web zerbitzaria</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sarrera</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Laburpena</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Amaitu</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29a26508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_bind.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS konfiguratu</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+
+  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35686182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP konfiguratu</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Aukeratu txartela</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Aukeratu IP sorta</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Laburpena</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Itxaroten...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Ordu geroago...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Egin beharrekoa</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>sare</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>maskara</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>pasagunea</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><code>dhcpd</code> berrabiarazten.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d82d9ec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Ordua konfiguratu</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
+your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
+default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
+packages.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
+because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
+<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
+click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
+may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Egin beharrekoa</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9494d098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP konfiguratu</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>Zer da <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sarrera</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Zerbitzari Informazioa</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Zerbitzari Aukerak</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Laburpena</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Amaitu</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e45330da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Proxy-a konfiguratu</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
+
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Laburpena</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Amaitu</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Egin beharrekoa</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f878b3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH deabru konfigurazioa</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Aukera Orokorrak</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sartze Aukerak</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Erabiltzaileen Sarrera Aukerak</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Laburpena</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Amaitu</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b6e7e59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/drakxservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Kudeatu sistemaren zerbitzuak haiek gaitu edo ezgaituz</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+  <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b875cac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/harddrake2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="harddrake2"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware konfigurazioa</title>
+
+    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> gives a general view of the
+hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
+look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
+<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
+<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Leihoa</title>
+
+    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
+
+    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
+grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
+category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
+
+    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
+<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
+about the content of the fields.</para>
+
+    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
+available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
+parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
+used by experts only.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
+configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menua</title>
+
+    <para><bridgehead>Aukerak</bridgehead></para>
+
+    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
+enable automatic detection:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>modem-a</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Jaz gailuak</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
+the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
+be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..223143e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
+<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> helps you
+configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
+Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
+be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
+"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Keyboard Layout</title>
+
+    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
+in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
+layout should be used for.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Teklatu Mota</title>
+
+    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
+unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da3c8146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/localedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="localedrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Kudeatu zure sistemarentzako kokapena</title>
+
+    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.
+  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
+section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
+your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
+language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
+compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
+
+  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
+language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
+countries not listed.</para>
+
+  <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para>
+  
+<section xml:id="input_method">
+      <info>
+          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Sarrera metodoa</title>
+      </info>
+  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
+methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
+Korean, etc).</para>
+  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
+users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
+  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
+and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
+part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78005f37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/logdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Ikusi eta bilatu sistemaren erregistroak (log)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
+logs</guilabel>".</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
+
+    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
+<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
+<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
+to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
+possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
+month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
+day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
+to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
+file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
+clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
+configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
+updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
+the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
+address.</para>
+
+    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
+Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
+Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
+running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
+look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
+
+    <para>The following services can be watched :</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Webmin zerbitzua</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Postfix posta-zerbitzaria</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>FTP Zerbitzaria</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Apache World Wide Web zerbitzaria</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>SSH zerbitzaria</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Samba zerbitzaria</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Xinetd zerbitzua</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
+unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
+the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
+out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
+to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
+
+    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
+person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
+or on the Internet).</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b289610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lsnetdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
+	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>This tool <footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
+      </para>
+    </footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line.</para>
+
+  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6994d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/lspcidrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="lspcidrake">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
+
+    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>This tool <footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
+PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
+packages to work.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
+is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
+
+  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
+
+  <para>Information about the network</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
+
+  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
+
+  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
+lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
+called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67380e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Abioa</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
+steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu abioaren urratsak</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot--boot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot--boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a02aac69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardwarea</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
+hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Kudeatu zure hardwarea</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
+hardware</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Grafikoak konfiguratu</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Sagu eta teklatua konfiguratu</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu inprimaketa eta eskaneaketa</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
+the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Beste batzuk</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2fd2de3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-intro.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
+
+ 
+	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
+choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
+installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
+selected in the big right panel.</para>
+
+	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
+tools.</para>
+
+<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
+any of the MCC tabs.</para>
+
+	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
+screens.</para>
+
+        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
+the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
+  
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f21c1e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-localdisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Bertako diskoak</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
+local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist><title>Bertako diskoak</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
+  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
+	          </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e7b5920e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-network.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">SArea eta Internet</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
+below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Kudeatu zure sare gailuak</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Zure sarea pertsonalizatu eta segurtatu</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Beste batzuk</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networkservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d82ea1f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networkservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Sare Zerbitzuak</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
+the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
+between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
+on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Sare Zerbitzuak</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
+  </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e76153fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-networksharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Sarean partekatu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
+directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu Windows(R) partekatzeak</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
+directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Konfiguratu NFS partekatzeak</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>WebDAV partekatzeak konfiguratu</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53f5b056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-security.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-security">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Segurtasuna</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
+link below to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Segurtasuna</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
+and audit</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
+  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
+  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-sharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4d006666
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-sharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Partekatzea</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
+visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
+choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
+below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Partekatzea</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89ca8c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mcc-system.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="mcc-system">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="mcc-system.png" xml:id="mcc-system-im1"  revision="1" align="center"  format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
+tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Kudeatu sistemaren zerbitzuak</title>
+        <listitem>
+		<para> <xref linkend="drakauth"></xref> </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakfont"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Kokapena</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakclock"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="localedrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Administrazio tresnak</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="logdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	      <para><xref linkend="userdrake"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on
+system</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="draksnapshot-config"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+   <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"></xi:include> 
+
+   <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58d85429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Konfiguratu eguneratzeko maiztasuna</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
+Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
+updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
+check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
+out.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8c38c05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/mousedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Ezarri gailu erakuslea (sagua, touchpad)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
+Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
+
+  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
+and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
+PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
+immediately taken into account.</para>
+
+  </section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31e8f3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/msecgui.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="msecgui">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Sistemaren segurtasuna eta auditoritzak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Aurkezpena</title>
+
+    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
+msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
+approaches:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
+make it more secure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
+you if something seems dangerous.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
+set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
+enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
+own customised security levels.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ikuspegi orokorra taulan</title>
+
+    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
+
+    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
+button on the right side to configure them:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Gaitu edo ez</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
+and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Security settings tab</title>
+
+    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
+below.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Basic security tab</title>
+
+      <para role="underline">
+        <emphasis role="underline">Segurtasu mailak:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
+allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
+in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
+following levels are available:</para>
+
+      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
+do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
+your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
+constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
+if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
+vulnerable to attack.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
+configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
+constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
+detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
+permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
+versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
+you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
+system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
+the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
+5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
+such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
+role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
+role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
+system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
+<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
+but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+      <para>These levels are saved in
+<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
+your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
+<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
+<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power
+users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
+
+      <caution>
+	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
+level settings.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <para>
+        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
+to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
+by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
+can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
+and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
+the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
+enable it.</para>
+
+      <important>
+	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
+immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
+problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
+files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
+security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
+any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
+the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
+to the options.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>System security tab</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
+description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
+column.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
+screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
+actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
+selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
+choice.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <caution>
+      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
+using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
+have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
+saving them.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Sare segurtasuna</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
+
+      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
+security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
+if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
+checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
+
+      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
+these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
+allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
+messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
+below shows four exceptions.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
+button</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
+<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
+<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
+obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
+tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+    <title>Baimenak</title>
+    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
+enforcement.</para>
+    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
+secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
+level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
+into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
+into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
+intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
+also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
+you want. Current configuration is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
+list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
+can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
+owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
+given rule:</para>
+   <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
+defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
+if not, but does not change anything.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
+permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
+permissions.</para></listitem>
+   </itemizedlist>
+   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
+and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
+the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
+     <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
+not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
+menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
+the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
+    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
+configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
+    </para></note>
+    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
+in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
+check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
+checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
+account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
+use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
+changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
+    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
+manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
+in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
+the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
+the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
+   </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2321e42f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/otherMageiaTools.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
+Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
+next pages.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
+		</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
+	</listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+        	<para>And more tools?</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c260a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
+<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  
+
+  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Rpmdrake-ra sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
+program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
+graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
+package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
+servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
+available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
+certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
+default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
+packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
+of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
+included in the packages.</para>
+
+    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
+linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The main parts of the screen</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
+time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
+interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
+dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
+updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
+probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
+this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
+of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
+</firstterm></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
+packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
+not installed.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
+summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
+in the packages.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
+for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
+"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
+.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
+sub categories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
+description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
+can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
+package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The status column</title>
+
+    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
+category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
+list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
+is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
+installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
+uncheck the box before the package name and click on
+<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><table>
+        <title/>
+
+        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+          <colspec align="center"/>
+
+          <thead>
+            <row>
+              <entry align="center">Ikonoa</entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Kondaira</entry>
+            </row>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake2.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake3.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake4.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake5.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake6.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry>
+            </row>
+          </tbody>
+        </tgroup>
+      </table></para>
+
+    <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
+icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
+on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
+with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when
+clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The dependencies</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
+are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
+information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
+dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
+may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
+library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
+button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
+install.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8c6061f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="scannerdrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Ezarri eskanerra</title>
+    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+
+
+  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalaketa</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>This tool <footnote>
+        <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">scannerdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to configure a
+single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
+also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
+remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
+
+    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
+message:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
+<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
+installed.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
+the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
+<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
+sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
+linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
+
+    
+    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
+cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
+scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
+scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
+list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
+<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
+Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+    </note>
+
+<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Portua aukeratu</title>
+    </info> <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject></figure>
+
+    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
+ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
+case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
+
+    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
+similar to the one below.</para>
+<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
+linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
+accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
+decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
+this machine.</para>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
+deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
+this computer.</para>
+
+    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
+from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
+machines.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
+offers to do it.</para>
+
+    <para>Amaieran, tresnaren honek fitxategi hauek aldatzen ditu:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
+"net"</para>
+
+    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
+  </section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Bereziak</title>
+    </info>  
+
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
+
+        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
+(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
+you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
+Manager</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Epson</para>
+
+        <para>Drivers are available from <link
+xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
+<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
+with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
+ignored.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+</section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Aparteko instalazio urratsak</title>
+    </info>  
+
+    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
+linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
+steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
+each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
+after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
+firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
+downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
+    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
+each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
+<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
+what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+</itemizedlist>
+      
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e78a391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/software-management.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu"
+xml:id="software-management">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Software kudeaketa</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
+management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <orderedlist><title>Software kudeaketa</title>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
+system</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
+    </listitem>
+	    <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
+sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+
+    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10f78bf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="system-config-printer">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
+<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
+ Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
+<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Inprimagailua instalatu eta konfiguratu</title>
+
+    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="introduction">
+    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Sarrera</title>
+
+    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
+ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
+interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
+offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
+which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
+and openSUSE.</para>
+
+    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
+installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
+
+    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
+section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
+printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
+for.</para>
+      </footnote>.</para>
+
+    <para>MCC bi paketeak instalatzea eskatuko du:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>task-printing-server</para>
+
+      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
+dependencies are needed.</para>
+
+    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
+detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
+printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
+printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
+will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="automatic">
+    <title>Automatikoki detektatu da inprimagailua</title>
+
+    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
+name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
+"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
+automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
+drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
+next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
+    <title>Ez da detektatu inprimagailua automatikoki </title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
+to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
+options.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Datubasetik hautatu inprimagailua</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Eman PPD fitxategia</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>bilatu kontrolatzaile bat deskargatzeko</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
+first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
+driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
+encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
+which know to work.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="terminate">
+    <title>Instalazio prozesu osoa</title>
+
+    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
+allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
+the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
+available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
+this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
+printers.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printer">
+    <title>Sare imprimagailua</title>
+
+    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
+wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
+another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
+IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
+as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
+one.</para>
+    </note>
+
+    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
+printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
+configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
+on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
+Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
+as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
+after "HWaddr".</para>
+
+    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
+your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
+you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
+Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
+and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
+says "host".</para>
+
+    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
+protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
+list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
+
+    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
+which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
+    <title>Sare imprimagailu protokoloak</title>
+
+    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
+JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
+via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
+known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
+which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
+IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
+manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
+<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
+IP-adress is not required.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
+protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
+the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
+changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
+the same as above.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Beste protokoloak honako hauek dira:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
+be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
+some ADSL-routers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
+but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
+defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
+with TLS secured protocol.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
+accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using LPD.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
+station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
+the URI:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Appsocket</para>
+
+        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Internet Inprimaketa Protokoloa (IPP)</para>
+
+        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+
+        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Linea Inprimagailu Deabru (LPD) Protokoloa</para>
+
+        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
+ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
+documentation.</link></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="properties">
+    <title>Gailuen Propietateak</title>
+
+    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
+parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
+system, but you can specify a different one with the
+<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
+another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
+of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
+<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Konpondu</title>
+
+    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
+inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
+
+    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
+<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="specificities">
+    <title>Bereziak</title>
+
+    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
+Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
+ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
+check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
+is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
+redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
+the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
+tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
+works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
+up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother imprimagailuak</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><link
+ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
+page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
+for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
+
+    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard imprimagailu  eta All in one
+gailuak</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
+detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
+<link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
+tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
+menu. Also view <link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
+for the management of the printer.</para>
+
+    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
+features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
+allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
+case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
+picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
+open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
+card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung koloreko imprimagailuak</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
+ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
+the QPDL protocol.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson imprimagailu eta eskanerrak</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
+ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
+package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
+be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
+according to your architecture. </para>
+
+    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
+conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon imprimagailuak</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
+<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c029a289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Inportatu Windows® documents and settings</title>
+
+    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
+from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
+installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
+immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
+explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
+
+  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
+<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
+
+  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
+choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
+Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
+than yours own.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
+transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
+user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
+(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
+example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
+<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
+import purposes.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import documents:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
+Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
+Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
+appropriate item in this window.</para>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import bookmarks:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
+   <para>
+With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
+
+   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
+-->
+<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
+<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0bbcfdba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu/userdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eu" xml:id="userdrake">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Erabiltzaileak eta taldeak</title>
+
+    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Komando-lerrotik tresna hau abiaraz dezakezu, <emphasis
+role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> root bezala idatziz.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+"Manage users on system"</para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
+means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
+(ID, shell, ...)</para>
+
+  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
+the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
+<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>1 Gehitu Erabiltzailea</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
+entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
+or nothing as well!</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
+
+  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
+recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
+password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
+use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
+shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
+you entered what you intended to.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
+you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
+checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
+user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
+
+  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
+after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Gehitu Taldea</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
+group ID.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editatu</emphasis> (erabiltzaile bat hutatutaz gero)</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
+for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Kontu Informazioa</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
+Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
+accounts.</para>
+
+  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
+as the account is locked.</para>
+
+  <para>Posible da, halaber ikonoa aldatzea.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
+expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
+password periodically.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
+the user is a member of.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
+effective until his/her next login.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Editatu</emphasis> (talde bat hautatuz gero)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
+name.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
+who are members of the group</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Ezabatu</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
+role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
+ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
+has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Posible da hutsik dagoen ez da talde bat ezabatzea.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Freskatu</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
+refresh the display.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Gonbidatua kontua</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
+to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
+is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
+to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
+end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
+in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id.po b/docs/mcc-help/id.po
index 05ef18af..5357a26b 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id.po
@@ -1,24 +1,24 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
+# 
 # Translators:
-# kiki.syahadat <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013
-# kiki.syahadat <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014
+# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013
+# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014
+# rizqiromadhon <rizqi-romadhon@outlook.com>, 2014
 # rizqiromadhon <rizqi-romadhon@outlook.com>, 2014
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-26 15:51+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/"
-"language/id/)\n"
-"Language: id\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/id/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: id\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@ msgstr "Akses perangkat dan direktori pembagian WebDAV"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -39,11 +40,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -51,10 +50,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia, pada tab Pembagian Jaringan, bernama <guilabel>Konfigurasi pembagian "
-"WebDAV</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Pembagian Jaringan, bernama <guilabel>Konfigurasi pembagian WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -74,12 +70,7 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> "
-"adalah protokol yang memungkinkan kita membuka direktori server web secara "
-"lokal, sehingga akan muncul sebagai direktori lokal. Adalah hal yang penting "
-"bahwa komputer remote menjalankan server WebDAV. Tujuan alat ini bukan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi server WebDAV."
+msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> adalah protokol yang memungkinkan kita membuka direktori server web secara lokal, sehingga akan muncul sebagai direktori lokal. Adalah hal yang penting bahwa komputer remote menjalankan server WebDAV. Tujuan alat ini bukan untuk mengkonfigurasi server WebDAV."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -92,10 +83,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Layar pertama alat ini menampilkan entri yang sudah terkonfigurasi, jika "
-"ada, dan tombol <guibutton>Baru</guibutton>. Gunakan tombol tersebut untuk "
-"membuat entri baru. Masukkan URL server pada kolom dari layar baru."
+msgstr "Layar pertama alat ini menampilkan entri yang sudah terkonfigurasi, jika ada, dan tombol <guibutton>Baru</guibutton>. Gunakan tombol tersebut untuk membuat entri baru. Masukkan URL server pada kolom dari layar baru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -103,16 +91,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Lalu akan muncul layar dengan tombol radio untuk memilih beberapa aksi.  "
-"Lanjutkan dengan aksi <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> dengan mengklik "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> setelah memilih tombol radio, saat "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> sudah terkonfigurasi. Anda bisa memperbaikinya "
-"jika perlu."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
+" it, if needed."
+msgstr "Lalu akan muncul layar dengan tombol radio untuk memilih beberapa aksi.  Lanjutkan dengan aksi <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> dengan mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> setelah memilih tombol radio, saat <guibutton>Server</guibutton> sudah terkonfigurasi. Anda bisa memperbaikinya jika perlu."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -129,12 +113,10 @@ msgstr "Isi dari direktori remote akan bisa diakses melalui titik mount ini."
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada langkah selanjutnya, berikan nama pengguna dan sandi anda. Jika Anda "
-"perlu pilihan lainnya, Anda bisa menemukannya di layar <guibutton>lanjutan</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "Pada langkah selanjutnya, berikan nama pengguna dan sandi anda. Jika Anda perlu pilihan lainnya, Anda bisa menemukannya di layar <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -144,26 +126,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilihan <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> memungkinkan Anda memount akses segera."
+msgstr "Pilihan <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> memungkinkan Anda memount akses segera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah Anda menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol radio <guibutton>Selesai</"
-"guibutton>, layar pertama akan ditampilkan kembali dan titik mount baru Anda "
-"akan terdaftar. Setelah Anda memilih <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, Anda "
-"akan ditanya apakah akan menyimpan perubahan di <emphasis>/etc/fstab</"
-"emphasis>. Pilih ini jika Anda ingin direktori remote langsung tersedia "
-"setiap komputer dinyalakan. Jika konfigurasi Anda hanya untuk digunakan "
-"sekali, jangan disimpan."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
+"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
+" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr "Setelah Anda menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol radio <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>, layar pertama akan ditampilkan kembali dan titik mount baru Anda akan terdaftar. Setelah Anda memilih <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, Anda akan ditanya apakah akan menyimpan perubahan di <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Pilih ini jika Anda ingin direktori remote langsung tersedia setiap komputer dinyalakan. Jika konfigurasi Anda hanya untuk digunakan sekali, jangan disimpan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -175,7 +150,8 @@ msgstr "Bagikan partisi hard disk anda"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -183,11 +159,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -196,20 +170,14 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat sederhana ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan "
-"administrator untuk mengizinkan pengguna membagikan sebagian dari direktori /"
-"home mereka dengan pengguna lain di jaringan lokal yang sama yang "
-"menjalankan komputer dengan sistem operasi Linux atau Windows."
+msgstr "Alat sederhana ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan administrator untuk mengizinkan pengguna membagikan sebagian dari direktori /home mereka dengan pengguna lain di jaringan lokal yang sama yang menjalankan komputer dengan sistem operasi Linux atau Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Disk Lokal, dengan label \"Bagikan "
-"partisi hard disk Anda\"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
+" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr "Ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Disk Lokal, dengan label \"Bagikan partisi hard disk Anda\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -218,20 +186,11 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
+" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
+" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Pertama, jawab pertanyaan : \"<guilabel>Apakah Anda akan mengizinkan "
-"pengguna untuk berbagi beberapa direktori mereka?</guilabel>\", klik pada "
-"<guibutton>Tidak berbagi</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk semua "
-"pengguna, klik pada <guibutton>Izinkan semua pengguna</guibutton> untuk "
-"semua pengguna dan klik pada <guibutton>Sesuaikan</guibutton> jika "
-"jawabannya tidak untuk beberapa pengguna dan ya untuk sebagian lainnya. "
-"Dalam hal ini, pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori mereka harus "
-"anggota grup fileshare(pembagian data), yang secara otomatis dibuat oleh "
-"sistem. Anda akan ditanya soal ini nantinya."
+msgstr "Pertama, jawab pertanyaan : \"<guilabel>Apakah Anda akan mengizinkan pengguna untuk berbagi beberapa direktori mereka?</guilabel>\", klik pada <guibutton>Tidak berbagi</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk semua pengguna, klik pada <guibutton>Izinkan semua pengguna</guibutton> untuk semua pengguna dan klik pada <guibutton>Sesuaikan</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk beberapa pengguna dan ya untuk sebagian lainnya. Dalam hal ini, pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori mereka harus anggota grup fileshare(pembagian data), yang secara otomatis dibuat oleh sistem. Anda akan ditanya soal ini nantinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -242,14 +201,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, layar kedua muncul yang meminta Anda "
-"untuk memilih antara <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> atau <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>.  Tandai <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> jika Linux adalah satu-"
-"satunya sistem operasi yang ada di jaringan, tandai <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton> jika di dalam jaringan terdapat komputer Linux dan Windows lalu "
-"klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Setiap paket yang diperlukan akan "
-"diinstall."
+msgstr "Klik pada <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, layar kedua muncul yang meminta Anda untuk memilih antara <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> atau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Tandai <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> jika Linux adalah satu-satunya sistem operasi yang ada di jaringan, tandai <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> jika di dalam jaringan terdapat komputer Linux dan Windows lalu klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Setiap paket yang diperlukan akan diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -259,37 +211,24 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasi selesai kecuali bila pilihan Sesuaian dipilih.  Dalam hal ini, "
-"layar tambahan akan meminta Anda untuk membuka Userdrake. Alat ini "
-"memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi "
-"direktori mereka ke grup fileshare. Di tab Pengguna, klik pengguna yang akan "
-"ditambahkan ke grup fileshare, lalu pada <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, di "
-"tab Grup. Tandai grup fileshare lalu klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. "
-"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Userdrake, lihat <link ns2:href=\"userdrake."
-"xml\">halaman ini</link>"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
+" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr "Konfigurasi selesai kecuali bila pilihan Sesuaian dipilih.  Dalam hal ini, layar tambahan akan meminta Anda untuk membuka Userdrake. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori mereka ke grup fileshare. Di tab Pengguna, klik pengguna yang akan ditambahkan ke grup fileshare, lalu pada <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, di tab Grup. Tandai grup fileshare lalu klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Userdrake, lihat <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">halaman ini</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika menambahkan pengguna ke grup fileshare, Anda harus memutuskan dan "
-"menghubungkan kembali jaringan agar modifikasi bisa diterapkan ke akun."
+msgstr "Ketika menambahkan pengguna ke grup fileshare, Anda harus memutuskan dan menghubungkan kembali jaringan agar modifikasi bisa diterapkan ke akun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
+" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"Mulai sekarang, setiap pengguna pada grup fileshare bisa memilih direktori "
-"untuk dibagikan di pengelola file, walaupun tidak semua pengelola file "
-"memiliki fasilitas ini."
+msgstr "Mulai sekarang, setiap pengguna pada grup fileshare bisa memilih direktori untuk dibagikan di pengelola file, walaupun tidak semua pengelola file memiliki fasilitas ini."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -307,7 +246,8 @@ msgstr "Akses pembagian perangkat dan direktori NFS"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -320,11 +260,9 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -333,16 +271,9 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
-"menentukan beberapa direktori yang dibagi untuk bisa diakses oleh semua "
-"pengguna di komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah NFS yang "
-"tersedia di kebanyakan sistem Linux atau Unix. Direktori yang dibagi "
-"kemudian akan langsung muncul saat komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang "
-"dibagi juga bisa diakses langsung dalam sesi tunggal untuk pengguna dengan "
-"peralatan seperti browser file."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
+" user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan beberapa direktori yang dibagi untuk bisa diakses oleh semua pengguna di komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah NFS yang tersedia di kebanyakan sistem Linux atau Unix. Direktori yang dibagi kemudian akan langsung muncul saat komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang dibagi juga bisa diakses langsung dalam sesi tunggal untuk pengguna dengan peralatan seperti browser file."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -354,20 +285,17 @@ msgstr "Prosedur"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang "
-"membagikan direktori."
+msgstr "Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang membagikan direktori."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada simbol > sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan daftar direktori "
-"yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
+msgstr "Klik pada simbol > sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan daftar direktori yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -375,13 +303,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan tersedia dan Anda harus "
-"menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
+" to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr "Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan tersedia dan Anda harus menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -392,17 +319,16 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah memilih titik mount, Anda bisa membukanya. Anda juga bisa memeriksa "
-"dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>. "
-"Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya dengan tombol yang sama."
+msgstr "Setelah memilih titik mount, Anda bisa membukanya. Anda juga bisa memeriksa dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya dengan tombol yang sama."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -412,12 +338,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
+" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -432,7 +359,8 @@ msgstr "Burner CD/DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -440,11 +368,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -452,10 +378,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ada di tab Disk lokal di "
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama sesuai dengan perangkat Anda (hanya pemutar "
-"dan burner CD/DVD dan perangkat floppy)."
+msgstr "Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ada di tab Disk lokal di Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama sesuai dengan perangkat Anda (hanya pemutar dan burner CD/DVD dan perangkat floppy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -469,10 +392,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian atas jendela ada penjelasan pendek dari perangkat Anda dan pilihan "
-"untuk memount. Gunakan menu di bawah untuk mengubah. Tandai item yang akan "
-"diubah lalu klik tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Di bagian atas jendela ada penjelasan pendek dari perangkat Anda dan pilihan untuk memount. Gunakan menu di bawah untuk mengubah. Tandai item yang akan diubah lalu klik tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -483,9 +403,7 @@ msgstr "Titik mount"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Tandai kotak ini untuk mengubah titik mount. Pilihan bakunya adalah /media/"
-"cdrom."
+msgstr "Tandai kotak ini untuk mengubah titik mount. Pilihan bakunya adalah /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -495,11 +413,9 @@ msgstr "Pilihan"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Banyak pilihan mount bisa dipilih di sini langsung dari daftar atau melalui "
-"submenu <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Yang utama adalah:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
+" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr "Banyak pilihan mount bisa dipilih di sini langsung dari daftar atau melalui submenu <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Yang utama adalah:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -512,10 +428,7 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"user mengizinkan pengguna biasa (bukan root) memount disk removable, pilihan "
-"ini menyertakan noexec, nosuid dan nodev. Pengguna yang memount disk hanya "
-"orang yang bisa melepasnya."
+msgstr "user mengizinkan pengguna biasa (bukan root) memount disk removable, pilihan ini menyertakan noexec, nosuid dan nodev. Pengguna yang memount disk hanya orang yang bisa melepasnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -530,11 +443,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -543,53 +454,40 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
-"menyatakan direktori yang dibagi mana untuk bisa diakses semua pengguna pada "
-"komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah SMB yang telah populer di "
-"sistem Windows(R). Direktori yang dibagi akan langsung tersedia ketika "
-"komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang dibagi juga bisa langsung diakses dalam "
-"sesi tunggal oleh pengguna dengan peralatan seperti browser file."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
+" tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk menyatakan direktori yang dibagi mana untuk bisa diakses semua pengguna pada komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah SMB yang telah populer di sistem Windows(R). Direktori yang dibagi akan langsung tersedia ketika komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang dibagi juga bisa langsung diakses dalam sesi tunggal oleh pengguna dengan peralatan seperti browser file."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sebelum menjalankan alat ini, akan lebih baik untuk menentukan nama server "
-"yang tersedia, contohnya dengan <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "Sebelum menjalankan alat ini, akan lebih baik untuk menentukan nama server yang tersedia, contohnya dengan <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang "
-"membagi direktori."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
+" share directories."
+msgstr "Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang membagi direktori."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada nama server dan pada &gt; sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan "
-"daftar direktori yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
+msgstr "Klik pada nama server dan pada &gt; sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan daftar direktori yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan jadi tersedia, Anda harus "
-"menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
+msgstr "Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan jadi tersedia, Anda harus menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -600,10 +498,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah memilih titik mount, ini bisa dimount dengan <guimenu>Tombol mount</"
-"guimenu>. Anda juga bisa memeriksa dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan "
-"tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Setelah memilih titik mount, ini bisa dimount dengan <guimenu>Tombol mount</guimenu>. Anda juga bisa memeriksa dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -611,17 +506,16 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Di pilihan, Anda bisa menentukan nama pengguna dan sandi untuk bisa "
-"terhubung ke server SMB. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya "
-"dengan tombol yang sama."
+msgstr "Di pilihan, Anda bisa menentukan nama pengguna dan sandi untuk bisa terhubung ke server SMB. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya dengan tombol yang sama."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -632,15 +526,12 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol Selesai, sebuah pesan akan "
-"menanyakan \"Apakah Anda akan menyimpan modifikasi /etc/fstab\". Menyimpan "
-"akan memungkinkan direktori dibuat tersedia ketika komputer dinyalakan, jika "
-"jaringan bisa diakses. Direktori baru akan muncul di browser file, contohnya "
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
 "dolphin."
+msgstr "Setelah menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol Selesai, sebuah pesan akan menanyakan \"Apakah Anda akan menyimpan modifikasi /etc/fstab\". Menyimpan akan memungkinkan direktori dibuat tersedia ketika komputer dinyalakan, jika jaringan bisa diakses. Direktori baru akan muncul di browser file, contohnya dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -655,7 +546,8 @@ msgstr "Efek Desktop 3D"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -663,11 +555,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -675,9 +565,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
-"mengelola efek desktop 3D di sistem operasi. Efek 3D dimatikan secara baku."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda mengelola efek desktop 3D di sistem operasi. Efek 3D dimatikan secara baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -690,41 +578,30 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk menggunakan alat ini, Anda harus memiliki paket glxinfo yang "
-"terinstall. Jika paket tidak terinstall, Anda akan diminta untuk "
-"menginstallnya sebelum drak3d bisa berjalan."
+msgstr "Untuk menggunakan alat ini, Anda harus memiliki paket glxinfo yang terinstall. Jika paket tidak terinstall, Anda akan diminta untuk menginstallnya sebelum drak3d bisa berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah memulai drak3d, Anda akan dihadapkan dengan sebuah jendela menu.  Di "
-"sini Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Tanpa Efek Desktop 3D</guilabel> atau "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion adalah bagian dari "
-"pengelola composite/window, yang menyertakan efek khusus akselerasi hardware "
-"untuk desktop Anda. Pilih <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> untuk "
-"menghidupkannya."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
+msgstr "Setelah memulai drak3d, Anda akan dihadapkan dengan sebuah jendela menu.  Di sini Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Tanpa Efek Desktop 3D</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion adalah bagian dari pengelola composite/window, yang menyertakan efek khusus akselerasi hardware untuk desktop Anda. Pilih <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> untuk menghidupkannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika ini pertama kalinya Anda menggunakan program ini setelah melakukan "
-"intalasi baru Mageia, Anda akan mendapat pesan yang memberitahukan paket apa "
-"saja yang perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan Compiz Fusion. Klik pada tombol "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
+" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr "Jika ini pertama kalinya Anda menggunakan program ini setelah melakukan intalasi baru Mageia, Anda akan mendapat pesan yang memberitahukan paket apa saja yang perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan Compiz Fusion. Klik pada tombol <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -735,19 +612,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah paket-paket yang sesuai diinstall, Anda akan melihat Compiz Fusion "
-"terpilih di menu drak3d, tapi Anda harus logout dan masuk kembali akan "
-"perubahan bisa bekerja."
+msgstr "Setelah paket-paket yang sesuai diinstall, Anda akan melihat Compiz Fusion terpilih di menu drak3d, tapi Anda harus logout dan masuk kembali akan perubahan bisa bekerja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah masuk kembali, Compiz Fusion akan aktif. Untuk mengkonfigurasi "
-"Compiz Fusion, lihat halaman alat ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
+msgstr "Setelah masuk kembali, Compiz Fusion akan aktif. Untuk mengkonfigurasi Compiz Fusion, lihat halaman alat ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -765,12 +637,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika setelah menghidupkan Compiz Fusion Anda berusaha masuk desktop tapi "
-"tidak bisa melihat apapun, jalankan ulang komputer untuk kembali ke layar "
-"login. Setelah di sana, klik pada ikon Desktop lalu pilih drak3d."
+msgstr "Jika setelah menghidupkan Compiz Fusion Anda berusaha masuk desktop tapi tidak bisa melihat apapun, jalankan ulang komputer untuk kembali ke layar login. Setelah di sana, klik pada ikon Desktop lalu pilih drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -780,12 +650,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika Anda masuk, jika akun Anda terdaftar sebagai administrator, Anda akan "
-"diminta sandi lagi. Jika tidak, gunakan login akun administrator. Lalu Anda "
-"bisa mengembalikan setiap perubahan yang mungkin menyebabkan masalah login."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
+" log in problem."
+msgstr "Ketika Anda masuk, jika akun Anda terdaftar sebagai administrator, Anda akan diminta sandi lagi. Jika tidak, gunakan login akun administrator. Lalu Anda bisa mengembalikan setiap perubahan yang mungkin menyebabkan masalah login."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -797,7 +664,8 @@ msgstr "Otentikasi"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -805,21 +673,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membuat Anda bisa "
-"memodifikasi cara di mana Anda bisa dikenali sebagai pengguna komputer atau "
-"di jaringan."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
+" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membuat Anda bisa memodifikasi cara di mana Anda bisa dikenali sebagai pengguna komputer atau di jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -827,10 +690,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Secara baku, informasi otentikasi Anda tersimpan dalam file pada komputer "
-"Anda. Modifikasi ini hanya jika administrator jaringan mengundang Anda untuk "
-"melakukannya dan berikan informasi tetangnya."
+msgstr "Secara baku, informasi otentikasi Anda tersimpan dalam file pada komputer Anda. Modifikasi ini hanya jika administrator jaringan mengundang Anda untuk melakukannya dan berikan informasi tetangnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -842,7 +702,8 @@ msgstr "Mengatur sistem boot"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -850,11 +711,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -862,77 +721,55 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
-"mengkonfigurasi pilihan boot (pilihan bootloader, mengatur sandi, boot baku, "
-"dll.)"
+msgstr "alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi pilihan boot (pilihan bootloader, mengatur sandi, boot baku, dll.)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini ada di tab Boot pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur sistem boot"
-"\"."
+msgstr "Ini ada di tab Boot pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur sistem boot\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Jangan gunakan alat ini jika Anda tidak mengetahui fungsinya. Mengubah "
-"beberapa pengaturan bisa mencegah komputer untuk berjalan!"
+msgstr "Jangan gunakan alat ini jika Anda tidak mengetahui fungsinya. Mengubah beberapa pengaturan bisa mencegah komputer untuk berjalan!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
+" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
-"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
-"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
-"you machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian pertama, disebut <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, sangat "
-"dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guibutton>Bootloader yang digunakan</guibutton>, "
-"Grub atau Lilo, dengan menu grafis atau teks. Ini hanya urusan selera, tidak "
-"ada akibat apapun. Anda juga bisa mengatur <guibutton>Perangkat boot</"
-"guibutton>, jangan mengubah apapun di sini kecuali Anda sudah berpengalaman. "
-"Perangkat boot adalah di mana bootloader diinstall, modifikasi apapun bisa "
-"saja mencegah komputer untuk berjalan."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
+" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
+msgstr "Di bagian pertama, disebut <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, sangat dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guibutton>Bootloader yang digunakan</guibutton>, Grub atau Lilo, dengan menu grafis atau teks. Ini hanya urusan selera, tidak ada akibat apapun. Anda juga bisa mengatur <guibutton>Perangkat boot</guibutton>, jangan mengubah apapun di sini kecuali Anda sudah berpengalaman. Perangkat boot adalah di mana bootloader diinstall, modifikasi apapun bisa saja mencegah komputer untuk berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
+" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Bagian kedua, disebut <guilabel>Pilihan utama</guilabel>, Anda bisa mengatur "
-"<guibutton>Jeda sebelum booting image baku</guibutton>, dalam detik. Selama "
-"jeda ini, grub atau Lilo akan menampilkan daftar sistem operasi yang "
-"tersedia, meminta Anda untuk memilih, jika Anda tidak memilih, bootloader "
-"akan menjalankan sistem baku setelah waktu jeda terlewati."
+msgstr "Bagian kedua, disebut <guilabel>Pilihan utama</guilabel>, Anda bisa mengatur <guibutton>Jeda sebelum booting image baku</guibutton>, dalam detik. Selama jeda ini, grub atau Lilo akan menampilkan daftar sistem operasi yang tersedia, meminta Anda untuk memilih, jika Anda tidak memilih, bootloader akan menjalankan sistem baku setelah waktu jeda terlewati."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr ""
-"Bagian ketiga dan terakhir, disebut <guibutton>Keamanan</guibutton>, Anda "
-"bisa mengatur sandi."
+msgstr "Bagian ketiga dan terakhir, disebut <guibutton>Keamanan</guibutton>, Anda bisa mengatur sandi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan beberapa pilihan tambahan."
+msgstr "Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan beberapa pilihan tambahan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -946,11 +783,7 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) adalah standar untuk "
-"pengelolaan daya. Ini bisa menghemat daya dengan menghentikan perangkat yang "
-"tidak digunakan, ini adalah metode yang digunakan sebelum APM. Tandai kotak "
-"ini jika hardware Anda cocok dengan ACPI."
+msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) adalah standar untuk pengelolaan daya. Ini bisa menghemat daya dengan menghentikan perangkat yang tidak digunakan, ini adalah metode yang digunakan sebelum APM. Tandai kotak ini jika hardware Anda cocok dengan ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -962,27 +795,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP singkatan dari Symmetric Multi Processors, ini adalah arsitektur untuk "
-"prosesor dengan banyak inti."
+msgstr "SMP singkatan dari Symmetric Multi Processors, ini adalah arsitektur untuk prosesor dengan banyak inti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda memiliki prosesor dengan HyperThreading, Mageia akan melihatnya "
-"sebagai dual processor dan menghidupkan SMP."
+msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki prosesor dengan HyperThreading, Mageia akan melihatnya sebagai dual processor dan menghidupkan SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Hidupkan APIC</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hidupkan APIC Lokal:</"
-"guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan APIC</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hidupkan APIC Lokal:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -993,19 +820,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC singkatan dari Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ada dua "
-"komponen dalam sistem APIC Intel, local APIC (LAPIC) dan I/O APIC. Ini "
-"mengarahkan interupsi yang diterima dari bus peripheral ke satu atau lebih "
-"local APIC yang ada dalam processor. Ini sangat berguna untuk sistem multi-"
-"processor. Beberapa komputer bermasalah dengan sistem APIC yang "
-"mengakibatkan komputer membeku atau salah dalam pendeteksian perangkat "
-"(pesan kesalahan \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Untuk yang seperti "
-"ini, matikan APIC dan/atau Local APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
+" APIC."
+msgstr "APIC singkatan dari Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ada dua komponen dalam sistem APIC Intel, local APIC (LAPIC) dan I/O APIC. Ini mengarahkan interupsi yang diterima dari bus peripheral ke satu atau lebih local APIC yang ada dalam processor. Ini sangat berguna untuk sistem multi-processor. Beberapa komputer bermasalah dengan sistem APIC yang mengakibatkan komputer membeku atau salah dalam pendeteksian perangkat (pesan kesalahan \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Untuk yang seperti ini, matikan APIC dan/atau Local APIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -1014,23 +834,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
-"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
+" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
-"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, Anda bisa melihat semua daftar "
-"entri yang tersedia saat komputer dijalankan. Pilihan baku adalah yang "
-"bertanda bintang. Untuk mengubah susunan entri menu, klik panah naik atau "
-"turun untuk memindahkan item terpilih. Jika Anda klik tombol "
-"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> atau <guibutton>Modifikasi </guibutton>, "
-"jendela baru akan muncul untuk menambah entri baru ke dalam menu Grub atau "
-"memodifikasi yang sudah ada. Anda harus mengenal Lilo atau Grub untuk "
-"menggunakan peralatan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
+" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr "Di layar <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, Anda bisa melihat semua daftar entri yang tersedia saat komputer dijalankan. Pilihan baku adalah yang bertanda bintang. Untuk mengubah susunan entri menu, klik panah naik atau turun untuk memindahkan item terpilih. Jika Anda klik tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> atau <guibutton>Modifikasi </guibutton>, jendela baru akan muncul untuk menambah entri baru ke dalam menu Grub atau memodifikasi yang sudah ada. Anda harus mengenal Lilo atau Grub untuk menggunakan peralatan ini."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -1041,46 +854,35 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <guilabel>Nama</guilabel> bebas diisi, tuliskan di sini apa yang ingin "
-"ditampilkan di menu. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"title\". Contohnya: "
-"Mageia3."
+msgstr "Kolom <guilabel>Nama</guilabel> bebas diisi, tuliskan di sini apa yang ingin ditampilkan di menu. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"title\". Contohnya: Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <guilabel>Image</guilabel> berisi nama kernel. Ini sama dengan "
-"perintah Grub \"kernel\". Contohnya /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr "Kolom <guilabel>Image</guilabel> berisi nama kernel. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"kernel\". Contohnya /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <guilabel>Root</guilabel> berisi nama perangkat di mana kernel "
-"tersimpan. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"root\". Contohnya (hd0,1)."
+msgstr "Kolom <guilabel>Root</guilabel> berisi nama perangkat di mana kernel tersimpan. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"root\". Contohnya (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <guilabel>Tambahan</guilabel> berisi pilihan yang diberikan ke kernel "
-"saat komputer dijalankan."
+msgstr "Kolom <guilabel>Tambahan</guilabel> berisi pilihan yang diberikan ke kernel saat komputer dijalankan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika kotak <guilabel>Baku</guilabel> ditandai, Grub akan menjalankan entri "
-"ini sebagai pilihan baku."
+msgstr "Jika kotak <guilabel>Baku</guilabel> ditandai, Grub akan menjalankan entri ini sebagai pilihan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -1088,10 +890,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>, dimungkinkan "
-"untuk memilih <guilabel>Mode video</guilabel>, file <guilabel>initrd</"
-"guilabel> dan <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> di daftar drop-down."
+msgstr "Di layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>, dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guilabel>Mode video</guilabel>, file <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dan <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> di daftar drop-down."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -1103,7 +902,8 @@ msgstr "Mengatur autologin untuk masuk otomatis"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -1111,11 +911,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -1124,20 +922,14 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
-"masuk otomatis dengan pengguna yang sama, ke lingkungan desktop, tanpa "
-"ditanya sandi apapun. Ini disebut autologin.  Ini bagus ketika hanya ada "
-"satu pengguna di komputer."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk masuk otomatis dengan pengguna yang sama, ke lingkungan desktop, tanpa ditanya sandi apapun. Ini disebut autologin.  Ini bagus ketika hanya ada satu pengguna di komputer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia dengan nama \"Atur autologin untuk masuk otomatis\"."
+msgstr "Ini ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur autologin untuk masuk otomatis\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -1147,30 +939,23 @@ msgstr "Tombol antarmuka sangat jelas:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
+"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
+" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika kotak pertama ditandai, dua pilihan lainnya akan tersedia, tandai "
-"antara <guibutton>Tidak, saya tidak ingin autologin</guibutton>, jika Anda "
-"ingin sistem terus menanyakan pengguna mana yang ingin terhubung (dan sandi) "
-"atau tandai <guibutton>Ya, saya ingin autologin dengan (pengguna, desktop) "
-"ini</guibutton>, jika diperlukan. Untuk yang ini, Anda juga harus menentukan "
-"<guilabel>Nama pengguna baku</guilabel> dan <guilabel>Desktop baku</"
-"guilabel>."
+msgstr "Jika kotak pertama ditandai, dua pilihan lainnya akan tersedia, tandai antara <guibutton>Tidak, saya tidak ingin autologin</guibutton>, jika Anda ingin sistem terus menanyakan pengguna mana yang ingin terhubung (dan sandi) atau tandai <guibutton>Ya, saya ingin autologin dengan (pengguna, desktop) ini</guibutton>, jika diperlukan. Untuk yang ini, Anda juga harus menentukan <guilabel>Nama pengguna baku</guilabel> dan <guilabel>Desktop baku</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -1185,42 +970,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
-"digunakan di baris perintah."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan digunakan di baris perintah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Disarankan untuk menulis keluaran dari perintah ini ke sebuah file, "
-"contohnya dengan melakukan <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, tapi pastikan Anda memiliki cukup ruang disk "
-"terlebih dahulu: file bisa mencapai ukuran GB."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
+" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
+"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
+msgstr "Disarankan untuk menulis keluaran dari perintah ini ke sebuah file, contohnya dengan melakukan <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, tapi pastikan Anda memiliki cukup ruang disk terlebih dahulu: file bisa mencapai ukuran GB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Keluaran akan terlalu besar untuk dilampirkan ke laporan bug tanpa menghapus "
-"terlebih dahulu bagian yang tidak diperlukan."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
+" the unneeded parts."
+msgstr "Keluaran akan terlalu besar untuk dilampirkan ke laporan bug tanpa menghapus terlebih dahulu bagian yang tidak diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1397,19 +1172,12 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat halaman bantuan ini ditulis, bagian \"syslog\" dari keluaran perintah "
-"ini kosong, karena alat ini belum disetel ke systemd. Jika tetap kosong, "
-"Anda bisa mendapatkan \"syslog\" dengan melakukan (sebagai root) <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Jika Anda tidak "
-"memiliki ruang disk yang banyak, Anda bisa, contohnya, ambil setidaknya 5000 "
-"baris dari log dengan: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
-"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
+" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
+"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Saat halaman bantuan ini ditulis, bagian \"syslog\" dari keluaran perintah ini kosong, karena alat ini belum disetel ke systemd. Jika tetap kosong, Anda bisa mendapatkan \"syslog\" dengan melakukan (sebagai root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Jika Anda tidak memiliki ruang disk yang banyak, Anda bisa, contohnya, ambil setidaknya 5000 baris dari log dengan: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1421,7 +1189,8 @@ msgstr "Alat Pelaporan Bug Mageia"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1429,37 +1198,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Biasanya, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> berjalan "
-"otomatis ketika alat Mageia crash. Tapi, mungkin juga, setelah mengisi "
-"laporan bug, Anda diminta untuk menjalankan alat ini untuk melihat beberapa "
-"informasi yang diberikan, lalu menyertakannya ke dalam laporan bug yang ada."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
+" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
+"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
+"report."
+msgstr "Biasanya, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> berjalan otomatis ketika alat Mageia crash. Tapi, mungkin juga, setelah mengisi laporan bug, Anda diminta untuk menjalankan alat ini untuk melihat beberapa informasi yang diberikan, lalu menyertakannya ke dalam laporan bug yang ada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika laporan bug baru perlu untuk diisi dan Anda tidak terbiasa "
-"melakukannya, maka silakan baca <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Bagaimana cara membuat laporan bug dengan "
-"seksama</link> sebelum mengklik tombol \"Laporkan\"."
+"then please read <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
+"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
+"button."
+msgstr "Jika laporan bug baru perlu untuk diisi dan Anda tidak terbiasa melakukannya, maka silakan baca <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Bagaimana cara membuat laporan bug dengan seksama</link> sebelum mengklik tombol \"Laporkan\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1467,10 +1228,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika bug pernah dilaporkan oleh orang lain (pesan kesalahan yang diberikan "
-"drakbug akan sama), akan sangat berguna untuk menambahkan komentar ke "
-"laporan yang sudah ada tersebut bahwa Anda juga melihat bug itu."
+msgstr "Jika bug pernah dilaporkan oleh orang lain (pesan kesalahan yang diberikan drakbug akan sama), akan sangat berguna untuk menambahkan komentar ke laporan yang sudah ada tersebut bahwa Anda juga melihat bug itu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1482,7 +1240,8 @@ msgstr "Kelola tanggal dan waktu"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1490,24 +1249,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Sistem pada "
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama <guilabel>\"Kelola tanggal dan waktu\"</"
-"guilabel>. Di beberapa lingkungan desktop juga tersedia dengan klik kanan / "
-"Sesuaikan tanggal dan Waktu ... pada jam di tray sistem."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Sistem pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama <guilabel>\"Kelola tanggal dan waktu\"</guilabel>. Di beberapa lingkungan desktop juga tersedia dengan klik kanan / Sesuaikan tanggal dan Waktu ... pada jam di tray sistem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1518,44 +1271,30 @@ msgstr "Ini adalah alat yang sangat sederhana."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
+" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian atas kiri, adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. "
-"Pada gambar tangkapan di atas, tanggalnya adalah September (di atas kiri), "
-"2012 (di atas kanan), yang kedua (berwarna biru)  adalah Minggu. Pilih bulan "
-"(atau tahun) dengan mengklik panah judul di setiap sisi September (atau "
-"2012). Pilih hari dengan mengklik pada nomor."
+msgstr "Di bagian atas kiri, adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. Pada gambar tangkapan di atas, tanggalnya adalah September (di atas kiri), 2012 (di atas kanan), yang kedua (berwarna biru)  adalah Minggu. Pilih bulan (atau tahun) dengan mengklik panah judul di setiap sisi September (atau 2012). Pilih hari dengan mengklik pada nomor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bawah kiri adalah sinkronisasi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protokol Waktu "
-"Jaringan</emphasis>, sangat dimungkinkan untuk memiliki waktu yang selalu "
-"tepat dengan mensinkronkan ke sebuah server. Tandai <guilabel>Hidupkan "
-"Protokol Waktu Jaringan</guilabel> lalu pilih server terdekat."
+msgstr "Di bawah kiri adalah sinkronisasi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protokol Waktu Jaringan</emphasis>, sangat dimungkinkan untuk memiliki waktu yang selalu tepat dengan mensinkronkan ke sebuah server. Tandai <guilabel>Hidupkan Protokol Waktu Jaringan</guilabel> lalu pilih server terdekat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian kiri adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">jam</emphasis>. Tidak berguna "
-"mengatur jam jika NTP dihidupkan. Tiga kotak menampilkan jam, menit dan "
-"detik (15, 28 dan 22 pada gambar tangkapan). Gunakan panah kecil untuk "
-"mengatur jam ke waktu yang tepat. Format tidak bisa diubah di sini, lihat "
-"pengaturan lingkungan desktop untuk yang satu itu."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
+" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
+" your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr "Di bagian kiri adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">jam</emphasis>. Tidak berguna mengatur jam jika NTP dihidupkan. Tiga kotak menampilkan jam, menit dan detik (15, 28 dan 22 pada gambar tangkapan). Gunakan panah kecil untuk mengatur jam ke waktu yang tepat. Format tidak bisa diubah di sini, lihat pengaturan lingkungan desktop untuk yang satu itu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1563,19 +1302,15 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Terakhir, di bawah kanan, pilih zona waktu dengan mengklik tombol "
-"<guibutton>Ubah Zona Waktu</guibutton> lalu memilih kota terdekat di daftar."
+msgstr "Terakhir, di bawah kanan, pilih zona waktu dengan mengklik tombol <guibutton>Ubah Zona Waktu</guibutton> lalu memilih kota terdekat di daftar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
+" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Meskipun tidak mungkin untuk memilih format tanggal atau waktu dengan alat "
-"ini, mereka akan ditampilkan di desktop berdasarkan pengaturan lokalisasi."
+msgstr "Meskipun tidak mungkin untuk memilih format tanggal atau waktu dengan alat ini, mereka akan ditampilkan di desktop berdasarkan pengaturan lokalisasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1587,7 +1322,8 @@ msgstr "Menghapus koneksi"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1595,37 +1331,30 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini, Anda bisa menghapus antarmuka jaringan<placeholder type=\"footnote"
-"\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Di sini, Anda bisa menghapus antarmuka jaringan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik pada menu drop down, pilih yang ingin Anda hapus lalu klik "
-"<emphasis>selanjutnya</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Klik pada menu drop down, pilih yang ingin Anda hapus lalu klik <emphasis>selanjutnya</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda akan melihat pesan bahwa antarmuka jaringan telah berhasil dihapus."
+msgstr "Anda akan melihat pesan bahwa antarmuka jaringan telah berhasil dihapus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1637,7 +1366,8 @@ msgstr "Mengatur antarmuka jaringan (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1645,11 +1375,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1657,20 +1385,14 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi banyak jaringan lokal atau akses Internet. Anda harus "
-"mengetahui beberapa informasi dari penyelenggara akses atau administrator "
-"jaringan."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk mengkonfigurasi banyak jaringan lokal atau akses Internet. Anda harus mengetahui beberapa informasi dari penyelenggara akses atau administrator jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih tipe koneksi yang ingin Anda atur, berdasarkan pada perangkat dan "
-"penyelenggara mana yang Anda miliki."
+msgstr "Pilih tipe koneksi yang ingin Anda atur, berdasarkan pada perangkat dan penyelenggara mana yang Anda miliki."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1682,151 +1404,133 @@ msgstr "Koneksi Kabel baru (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia.  Pilih yang akan "
-"dikonfigurasi."
+msgstr "Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia.  Pilih yang akan dikonfigurasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"Sampai di sini, pilihannya adalah di antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
+msgstr "Sampai di sini, pilihannya adalah di antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "IP otomatis"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
+" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah "
-"server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, "
-"seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS "
-"harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditetapkan di sini. Jika tidak ada "
-"HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
-"disandingkan secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP "
-"dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. "
-"Tidak semua server DHCP memiliki fungsi seperti itu dan jika Anda mengatur "
-"PC untuk mendapatkan alamat IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditetapkan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server DHCP memiliki fungsi seperti itu dan jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "Tombol lanjutan memberikan kesempatan untuk menentukan:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Pencarian domain (tidak bisa diakses, karena disediakan oleh server DHCP)"
+msgstr "Pencarian domain (tidak bisa diakses, karena disediakan oleh server DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "Klien DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "Waktu habis DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
+msgstr "Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Dapatkan server NTPD dari DHCP (sinkronisasi jam)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"HOSTNAME dibutuhkan oleh DHCP. Hanya gunakan pilihan ini jika server DHCP "
-"membutuhkan klien untuk menentukan hostname sebelum menerima alamat IP. "
-"Pilihan ini tidak disediakan oleh beberapa server DHCP."
+msgstr "HOSTNAME dibutuhkan oleh DHCP. Hanya gunakan pilihan ini jika server DHCP membutuhkan klien untuk menentukan hostname sebelum menerima alamat IP. Pilihan ini tidak disediakan oleh beberapa server DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah diterima, langkah terakhir yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi "
-"dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Setelah diterima, langkah terakhir yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi manual"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server "
-"DNS yang akan digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika "
-"tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> disandingkan secara baku."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server DNS yang akan digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP biasanya seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, Gateway dan server "
-"DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara layanan."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
+msgstr "Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP biasanya seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, Gateway dan server DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara layanan."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
-"emphasis>. Biasanya ini adalah domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer "
-"Anda disebut \"splash\", dan nama domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net"
-"\", Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu "
-"spesifik, tidak apa-apa jika tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, "
-"ADSL rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+msgstr "Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</emphasis>. Biasanya ini adalah domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer Anda disebut \"splash\", dan nama domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net\", Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu spesifik, tidak apa-apa jika tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, ADSL rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1847,14 +1551,11 @@ msgstr "Koneksi Satelit baru (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa "
-"menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk "
-"bantuan Anda."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
+" can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1866,74 +1567,59 @@ msgstr "Koneksi modem Kabel baru"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Anda harus menentukan metode otentikasi:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Tidak ada"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (diperlukan untuk Telstra). Dalam hal ini Anda harus menyediakan "
-"Nama pengguna dan sandi."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
+" and password."
+msgstr "BPALogin (diperlukan untuk Telstra). Dalam hal ini Anda harus menyediakan Nama pengguna dan sandi."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server "
-"DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, seperti "
-"dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS harus "
-"diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME "
-"yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan "
-"secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan "
-"<emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server "
-"DHCP memiliki fungsi ini dan jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat "
-"IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server DHCP memiliki fungsi ini dan jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
+" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menyatakan server DNS "
-"yang digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada "
-"HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
-"disandingkan secara baku."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menyatakan server DNS yang digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
-"emphasis>. Biasanya ini domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer Anda "
-"disebut \"splash\", dan domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu "
-"spesifik, tidak apa-apa untuk tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, "
-"koneksi rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic connection would not need this setting."
+msgstr "Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</emphasis>. Biasanya ini domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer Anda disebut \"splash\", dan domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net\", Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu spesifik, tidak apa-apa untuk tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, koneksi rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1948,47 +1634,47 @@ msgstr "Koneksi DSL baru"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika alat ini bisa mendeteksi antarmuka jaringan, dia akan menawarkan untuk "
-"memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
+msgstr "Jika alat ini bisa mendeteksi antarmuka jaringan, dia akan menawarkan untuk memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih "
-"penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak ada, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</"
-"guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara Anda."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr "Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak ada, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Pilih salah satu protokol yang tersedia:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi TCP/IP manual"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
@@ -1998,22 +1684,26 @@ msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Pengaturan akses"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Login Akun (nama pengguna)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Sandi akun"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Lanjutan) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Lanjutan) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
@@ -2033,12 +1723,14 @@ msgstr "Koneksi ISDN baru"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Panduan menanyakan perangkat mana yang akan dikonfigurasi:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Pilihan manual (perangkat ISDN internal)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Modem ISDN eksternal"
@@ -2048,16 +1740,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN eksternal"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar perangkat ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan kategori dan "
-"pabrikan. Pilih perangkat Anda."
+msgstr "Daftar perangkat ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan kategori dan pabrikan. Pilih perangkat Anda."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protokol di bagian dunia lain, kecuali Eropa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protokol untuk Eropa (EDSS1)"
@@ -2066,31 +1758,31 @@ msgstr "Protokol untuk Eropa (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar penyelenggara lalu akan ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan "
-"negara.  Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan "
-"<guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh "
-"penyelenggara Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan parameter:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+msgstr "Daftar penyelenggara lalu akan ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan parameter:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Nama koneksi"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Nomor telepon"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "ID login"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Metode otentikasi"
@@ -2100,51 +1792,43 @@ msgstr "Metode otentikasi"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah itu, Anda harus memilih apakah akan mendapatkan alamat IP dengan "
-"metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk yang terakhir, tentukan alamat IP dan "
-"mask Subnet."
+msgstr "Setelah itu, Anda harus memilih apakah akan mendapatkan alamat IP dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk yang terakhir, tentukan alamat IP dan mask Subnet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat server DNS diperoleh, "
-"dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus "
-"memasukkan:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
+" put:"
+msgstr "Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat server DNS diperoleh, dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus memasukkan:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Nama domain"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Server DNS pertama dan kedua"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih jika hostname diatur dari IP. Pilihan ini hanya dipilih jika Anda "
-"yakin bahwa penyelenggara Anda dikonfigurasikan untuk menerimanya."
+msgstr "Pilih jika hostname diatur dari IP. Pilihan ini hanya dipilih jika Anda yakin bahwa penyelenggara Anda dikonfigurasikan untuk menerimanya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat gateway diperoleh, "
-"dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus "
-"memasukkan alamat IP."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
+" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
+"the IP address."
+msgstr "Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat gateway diperoleh, dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus memasukkan alamat IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -2157,93 +1841,103 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia dan entri untuk "
-"driver Windows (ndiswrapper). Pilih yang akan dikonfigurasi. Gunakan "
-"ndiswrapper hanya jika metode konfigurasi lain tidak bisa."
+msgstr "Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia dan entri untuk driver Windows (ndiswrapper). Pilih yang akan dikonfigurasi. Gunakan ndiswrapper hanya jika metode konfigurasi lain tidak bisa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah ini, pilihan yang tersedia adalah perbedaan titik akses yang telah "
-"terdeteksi oleh perangkat."
+msgstr "Setelah ini, pilihan yang tersedia adalah perbedaan titik akses yang telah terdeteksi oleh perangkat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Parameter spesifik untuk perangkat nirkabel adalah menyediakan:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Mode operasi:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Terkelola"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Untuk mengakses ke titik akses yang sudah ada (paling sering)."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Mengkonfigurasi koneksi langsung di antara komputer."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Nama Jaringan (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Mode enkripsi: tergantung pada bagaimana titik akses dikonfigurasi."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "Mode enkripsi ini lebih disukai jika perangkat Anda mengizinkannya."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Beberapa perangkat lama hanya bisa dengan metode enkripsi ini."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Kunci enkripsi"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid ""
+"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Biasanya ini tersedia dengan perangkat yang memberikan titik akses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2251,10 +1945,10 @@ msgstr "Biasanya ini tersedia dengan perangkat yang memberikan titik akses."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah langkah ini, pilihannya adalah antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
+msgstr "Setelah langkah ini, pilihannya adalah antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -2264,64 +1958,49 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS "
-"dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan manual, seperti dijelaskan di "
-"bawah. Untuk yang terakhir, alamat IP dari server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME "
-"komputer bisa ditentukan di sini.  Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, "
-"nama localhost.localdomain disandingkan secara baku. Hostname bisa juga "
-"disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari "
-"server DHCP</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan manual, seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Untuk yang terakhir, alamat IP dari server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini.  Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama localhost.localdomain disandingkan secara baku. Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
+msgstr "Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah menerima konfigurasi, langkah yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi "
-"koneksi, dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Setelah menerima konfigurasi, langkah yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi, dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server DNS. "
-"HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang "
-"ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan "
-"secara baku."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server DNS. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP selalu seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, dan server Gateway "
-"dan DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara Anda."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr "Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP selalu seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, dan server Gateway dan DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara Anda."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
-"emphasis>. Ini harus seperti hostname Anda tanpa nama pertama, sebelum "
-"periode."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
+msgstr "Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</emphasis>. Ini harus seperti hostname Anda tanpa nama pertama, sebelum periode."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2333,32 +2012,27 @@ msgstr "Koneksi GPRS/Edge/3G baru"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika alat ini mengenali antarmuka nirkabel, dia akan menawarkan untuk "
-"memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
+msgstr "Jika alat ini mengenali antarmuka nirkabel, dia akan menawarkan untuk memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
 msgstr ""
-"Nomor PIN akan ditanyakan. Biarkan nomor PIN ini jika tidak diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:658
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Panduan akan menanyakan jaringan. Jika tidak terdeteksi, pilih pilihan "
-"<guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Panduan akan menanyakan jaringan. Jika tidak terdeteksi, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Sediakan pengaturan akses"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Nama Titik Akses"
@@ -2373,12 +2047,14 @@ msgstr "Koneksi Jaringan Dial-Up Bluetooth baru"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Koneksi modem telepon Analog baru (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Pilihan manual"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Perangkat yang dikenali, jika ada."
@@ -2393,69 +2069,73 @@ msgstr "Daftar port ditawarkan. Pilih port Anda."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika belum terinstall, Anda akan disarankan untuk menginstall paket "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Jika belum terinstall, Anda akan disarankan untuk menginstall paket <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara. Pilih "
-"penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak "
-"terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan penyelenggara "
-"Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan pilihan Dialup:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+msgstr "Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara. Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan penyelenggara Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan pilihan Dialup:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Nama koneksi</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Nomor telepon</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>ID Login</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Sandi</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Otentikasi</emphasis>, pilih antara:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Berbasis skrip"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Berbasis terminal"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2489,8 +2169,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola Jaringan</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola Jaringan</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2498,10 +2177,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk koneksi nirkabel, kotak tambahannya adalah <emphasis>Izinkan "
-"penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis> yang memberi kemungkinan untuk berpindah "
-"secara otomatis di antara titik akses menurut kekuatan sinyal."
+msgstr "Untuk koneksi nirkabel, kotak tambahannya adalah <emphasis>Izinkan penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis> yang memberi kemungkinan untuk berpindah secara otomatis di antara titik akses menurut kekuatan sinyal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2533,11 +2209,10 @@ msgstr "Hidupkan tunnel IPv6 ke IPv4"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan apakah koneksi akan "
-"langsung dijalankan atau tidak."
+msgstr "Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan apakah koneksi akan langsung dijalankan atau tidak."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2552,7 +2227,8 @@ msgstr "Buka konsol sebagai administrator"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2560,22 +2236,17 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi Anda akses ke "
-"konsol yang langsung dibuka sebagai root. Sepertinya tidak perlu informasi "
-"lebih untuk ini."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
+" information about that."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi Anda akses ke konsol yang langsung dibuka sebagai root. Sepertinya tidak perlu informasi lebih untuk ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2587,7 +2258,8 @@ msgstr "Kelola partisi disk"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk atau diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2595,13 +2267,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2609,25 +2278,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sangat berguna, sedikit "
-"kesalahan atau senggolan pada keyboard bisa membuat kehilangan data pada "
-"partisi atau bahkan terhapusnya seluruh hard disk. Untuk alasan tersebut, "
-"Anda akan melihat layar di atas dari layar alat. Klik pada <emphasis>Keluar</"
-"emphasis> jika Anda tidak ingin melanjutkan."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sangat berguna, sedikit kesalahan atau senggolan pada keyboard bisa membuat kehilangan data pada partisi atau bahkan terhapusnya seluruh hard disk. Untuk alasan tersebut, Anda akan melihat layar di atas dari layar alat. Klik pada <emphasis>Keluar</emphasis> jika Anda tidak ingin melanjutkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu hard disk, Anda bisa berpindah ke hard "
-"disk yang Anda inginkan dengan memilih tab yang benar (sda, sdb, sdc, dst)."
+msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu hard disk, Anda bisa berpindah ke hard disk yang Anda inginkan dengan memilih tab yang benar (sda, sdb, sdc, dst)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2637,18 +2300,12 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa memilih banyak aksi untuk menyesuaikan hard disk sesuai keinginan. "
-"Membersihkan keseluruhan hard disk, memisahkan atau menyatukan partisi, "
-"mengubah ukuran atau mengubah sistem file, memformat atau melihat isi "
-"partisi: semuanya bisa. Tombol <emphasis><guibutton>Bersihkan semua</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> di bawah adalah untuk menghapus keseluruhan disk, "
-"tombol lainnya akan muncul di sebelah kanan setelah Anda mengklik sebuah "
-"partisi."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
+" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
+msgstr "Anda bisa memilih banyak aksi untuk menyesuaikan hard disk sesuai keinginan. Membersihkan keseluruhan hard disk, memisahkan atau menyatukan partisi, mengubah ukuran atau mengubah sistem file, memformat atau melihat isi partisi: semuanya bisa. Tombol <emphasis><guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton></emphasis> di bawah adalah untuk menghapus keseluruhan disk, tombol lainnya akan muncul di sebelah kanan setelah Anda mengklik sebuah partisi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2656,10 +2313,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika partisi yang dipilih termount, seperti pada contoh di bawah, Anda tidak "
-"bisa mengubah ukuran, memformat atau menghapusnya. Untuk bisa melakukan "
-"semua itu, partisi harus dilepas terlebih dahulu."
+msgstr "Jika partisi yang dipilih termount, seperti pada contoh di bawah, Anda tidak bisa mengubah ukuran, memformat atau menghapusnya. Untuk bisa melakukan semua itu, partisi harus dilepas terlebih dahulu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2673,18 +2327,15 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk mengubah tipe partisi (mengubah ext3 ke ext4 contohnya) Anda harus "
-"menghapus partisi lalu membuat ulang dengan tipe baru. Tombol <guibutton "
-"role=\"bold\">Buat</guibutton> muncul ketika bagian disk kosong dipilih"
+msgstr "Untuk mengubah tipe partisi (mengubah ext3 ke ext4 contohnya) Anda harus menghapus partisi lalu membuat ulang dengan tipe baru. Tombol <guibutton role=\"bold\">Buat</guibutton> muncul ketika bagian disk kosong dipilih"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa memilih titik mount yang belum ada yang kemudian akan dibuatkan."
+msgstr "Anda bisa memilih titik mount yang belum ada yang kemudian akan dibuatkan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2695,12 +2346,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Memilih <emphasis><guibutton>Beralih ke mode ahli</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"memberikan beberapa aksi tambahan yang tersedia, seperti penamaan partisi, "
-"seperti yang bisa dilihat pada gambar di bawah."
+msgstr "Memilih <emphasis><guibutton>Beralih ke mode ahli</guibutton></emphasis> memberikan beberapa aksi tambahan yang tersedia, seperti penamaan partisi, seperti yang bisa dilihat pada gambar di bawah."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2715,7 +2364,8 @@ msgstr "atur pengelola tampilan"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2723,22 +2373,17 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Anda bisa memilih pengelola "
-"tampilan mana yang akan digunakan untuk masuk ke lingkungan grafis. Hanya "
-"yang tersedia pada sistem yang akan ditampilkan."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
+" on your system will be shown."
+msgstr "Di sini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Anda bisa memilih pengelola tampilan mana yang akan digunakan untuk masuk ke lingkungan grafis. Hanya yang tersedia pada sistem yang akan ditampilkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2746,10 +2391,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Kebanyakan pengguna hanya akan melihat bahwa layar login terlihat berbeda. "
-"Tapi, ada fitur berbeda yang didukungnya juga. LXDM adalah pengelola "
-"tampilan yang ringan, KDM dan GDM memiliki fitur tambahan."
+msgstr "Kebanyakan pengguna hanya akan melihat bahwa layar login terlihat berbeda. Tapi, ada fitur berbeda yang didukungnya juga. LXDM adalah pengelola tampilan yang ringan, KDM dan GDM memiliki fitur tambahan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2761,7 +2403,8 @@ msgstr "Mengatur firewall pribadi"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2769,11 +2412,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2782,28 +2423,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Keamanan pada "
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur firewall pribadi\". Alat ini sama "
-"dengan yang ada di tab pertama \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit "
-"sistem\"."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Keamanan pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur firewall pribadi\". Alat ini sama dengan yang ada di tab pertama \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
+" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall dasar telah terinstall secara baku pada Mageia. Semua koneksi yang "
-"datang dari luar akan diblokir jika tidak terotorisasi. Pada layar pertama "
-"di atas, Anda bisa memilih layanan untuk usaha koneksi dari luar mana yang "
-"akan diterima. Untuk keamanan Anda, jangan tandai kotak pertama - "
-"<guilabel>Semua (tanpa firewall)</guilabel> - kecuali jika Anda ingin "
-"mematikan firewall, dan hanya tandai layanan yang diperlukan."
+msgstr "Firewall dasar telah terinstall secara baku pada Mageia. Semua koneksi yang datang dari luar akan diblokir jika tidak terotorisasi. Pada layar pertama di atas, Anda bisa memilih layanan untuk usaha koneksi dari luar mana yang akan diterima. Untuk keamanan Anda, jangan tandai kotak pertama - <guilabel>Semua (tanpa firewall)</guilabel> - kecuali jika Anda ingin mematikan firewall, dan hanya tandai layanan yang diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2812,11 +2443,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa memasukkan nomor port untuk dibuka secara manual. Klik pada "
-"<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton>, jendela baru akan terbuka. Pada kolom "
-"<guilabel>Port lainnya</guilabel>, masukkan port yang diperlukan seperti "
-"contoh berikut:"
+msgstr "Anda bisa memasukkan nomor port untuk dibuka secara manual. Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton>, jendela baru akan terbuka. Pada kolom <guilabel>Port lainnya</guilabel>, masukkan port yang diperlukan seperti contoh berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2826,8 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : membuka port 80 protokol tcp"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : membuka semua port dari 24000 sampai 24010 protokol udp"
+msgstr "24000:24010/udp : membuka semua port dari 24000 sampai 24010 protokol udp"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
@@ -2839,11 +2465,10 @@ msgstr "Port terdaftar harus dipisahkan dengan spasi."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Jika kotak <guilabel>Catat pesan firewall di log sistem</guilabel> ditandai, "
-"pesan firewall akan disimpan di log sistem"
+msgstr "Jika kotak <guilabel>Catat pesan firewall di log sistem</guilabel> ditandai, pesan firewall akan disimpan di log sistem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2854,10 +2479,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda tidak menggunakan layanan spesifik (server web atau surat, "
-"pembagian file, ...) Anda tidak perlu menandai semuanya, bahkan ini "
-"disarankan, ini tidak akan menghalangi Anda untuk terhubung ke internet."
+msgstr "Jika Anda tidak menggunakan layanan spesifik (server web atau surat, pembagian file, ...) Anda tidak perlu menandai semuanya, bahkan ini disarankan, ini tidak akan menghalangi Anda untuk terhubung ke internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2867,31 +2489,24 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Layar selanjutnya berhubungan dengan pilihan Firewall Interaktif. Fitur ini "
-"memungkinkan Anda untuk diperingatkan ketika ada usaha koneksi jika "
-"setidaknya kotak pertama <guilabel>Gunakan Firewall Interaktif </"
-"guilabel>ditandai. Tandai kotak ke dua untuk diperingatkan ketika port "
-"dipindai (untuk menemukan kesalahan di manapun dan masuk ke komputer Anda). "
-"Setiap kotak mulai kotak ke tiga berhubungan dengan port yang Anda buka di "
-"dua layar pertama; pada gambar di bawah, terdapat dua kotak: server SSH dan "
-"80:150/tcp. Tandai mereka untuk diperingatkan setiap ada usaha koneksi pada "
-"port tersebut."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
+" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
+"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr "Layar selanjutnya berhubungan dengan pilihan Firewall Interaktif. Fitur ini memungkinkan Anda untuk diperingatkan ketika ada usaha koneksi jika setidaknya kotak pertama <guilabel>Gunakan Firewall Interaktif </guilabel>ditandai. Tandai kotak ke dua untuk diperingatkan ketika port dipindai (untuk menemukan kesalahan di manapun dan masuk ke komputer Anda). Setiap kotak mulai kotak ke tiga berhubungan dengan port yang Anda buka di dua layar pertama; pada gambar di bawah, terdapat dua kotak: server SSH dan 80:150/tcp. Tandai mereka untuk diperingatkan setiap ada usaha koneksi pada port tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr "Peringatan ini muncul melalui applet jaringan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2900,21 +2515,16 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada layar terakhir, pilih antarmuka jaringan yang terhubung ke Internet dan "
-"harus diproteksi. Setelah tombol OK diklik, paket yang diperlukan akan "
-"didownload."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
+" packages are downloaded."
+msgstr "Pada layar terakhir, pilih antarmuka jaringan yang terhubung ke Internet dan harus diproteksi. Setelah tombol OK diklik, paket yang diperlukan akan didownload."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda tidak tahu harus memilih apa, lihat MCC tab Jaringan &amp; "
-"Internet, ikon Atur antarmuka jaringan baru."
+msgstr "Jika Anda tidak tahu harus memilih apa, lihat MCC tab Jaringan &amp; Internet, ikon Atur antarmuka jaringan baru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
@@ -2926,7 +2536,8 @@ msgstr "Kelola, tambah dan hapus font. Impor font Windows(TM)"
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2934,11 +2545,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2947,11 +2556,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis>. Ini memungkinkan "
-"Anda untuk mengelola font yang tersedia di komputer. Layar utama di atas "
-"menampilkan:"
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis>. Ini memungkinkan Anda untuk mengelola font yang tersedia di komputer. Layar utama di atas menampilkan:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2976,11 +2581,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dapatkan Font Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol ini secara otomatis menambahkan font yang ada di partisi Windows. "
-"Anda harus memiliki Microsoft Windows terinstall."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
+" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr "Tombol ini secara otomatis menambahkan font yang ada di partisi Windows. Anda harus memiliki Microsoft Windows terinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2990,11 +2593,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pilihan:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan aplikasi atau perangkat (kebanyakan "
-"printer) bisa menggunakan font tersebut."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
+" to use the fonts."
+msgstr "Ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan aplikasi atau perangkat (kebanyakan printer) bisa menggunakan font tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -3007,9 +2608,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol ini untuk menghapus font yang terinstall. Hati-hati ketika menghapus "
-"font karena mungkin akan berakibat serius pada dokumen yang menggunakannya."
+msgstr "Tombol ini untuk menghapus font yang terinstall. Hati-hati ketika menghapus font karena mungkin akan berakibat serius pada dokumen yang menggunakannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -3021,26 +2620,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impor:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah font dari pihak ketiga (CD, internet, ...). "
-"Format yang didukung adalah ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm dan gsf. Klik pada "
-"tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Impor</emphasis> lalu <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Tambah</emphasis>, pengelola file akan muncul di mana Anda bisa memilih "
-"font untuk diinstall, klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"setelah selesai. Mereka terinstall di folder /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr "Memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah font dari pihak ketiga (CD, internet, ...). Format yang didukung adalah ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm dan gsf. Klik pada tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Impor</emphasis> lalu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tambah</emphasis>, pengelola file akan muncul di mana Anda bisa memilih font untuk diinstall, klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> setelah selesai. Mereka terinstall di folder /usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika font yang diinstall (atau dihapus) tidak muncul di layar utama "
-"Drakfont, tutup lalu buka lagi untuk melihat perubahan."
+msgstr "Jika font yang diinstall (atau dihapus) tidak muncul di layar utama Drakfont, tutup lalu buka lagi untuk melihat perubahan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -3052,7 +2643,8 @@ msgstr "Kendali Orang Tua"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -3060,24 +2652,18 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia, pada tab Keamanan, dengan nama <guilabel>Kendali Orang Tua</"
-"guilabel>. Jika Anda tidak menemukan nama ini, Anda harus menginstall paket "
-"drakguard (tidak terinstall secara baku)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Keamanan, dengan nama <guilabel>Kendali Orang Tua</guilabel>. Jika Anda tidak menemukan nama ini, Anda harus menginstall paket drakguard (tidak terinstall secara baku)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -3090,42 +2676,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard adalah cara mudah untuk mengatur kendali orang tua pada komputer "
-"untuk membatasi seseorang melakukan sesuatu, dan pada waktu tertentu. "
-"Drakguard memiliki tiga kemampuan yang sangat berguna:"
+msgstr "Drakguard adalah cara mudah untuk mengatur kendali orang tua pada komputer untuk membatasi seseorang melakukan sesuatu, dan pada waktu tertentu. Drakguard memiliki tiga kemampuan yang sangat berguna:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Membatasi akses web ke pengguna yang dipilih pada waktu yang diatur setiap "
-"harinya. Itu dilakukan dengan mengendalikan firewall shorewall yang ada pada "
-"Mageia."
+msgstr "Membatasi akses web ke pengguna yang dipilih pada waktu yang diatur setiap harinya. Itu dilakukan dengan mengendalikan firewall shorewall yang ada pada Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini mencegah eksekusi dari perintah tertentu yang dilakukan pengguna yang "
-"dipilih sehingga pengguna ini hanya bisa mengeksekusi apa yang Anda izinkan "
-"dia untuk mengeksekusi."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
+" only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr "Ini mencegah eksekusi dari perintah tertentu yang dilakukan pengguna yang dipilih sehingga pengguna ini hanya bisa mengeksekusi apa yang Anda izinkan dia untuk mengeksekusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini membatasi akses ke website, yang ditentukan secara manual melalui daftar "
-"hitam/putih, juga berdasarkan konten website. Untuk tujuan ini, Drakguard "
-"menggunakan blokir kendali orang tua sumber terbuka DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
+msgstr "Ini membatasi akses ke website, yang ditentukan secara manual melalui daftar hitam/putih, juga berdasarkan konten website. Untuk tujuan ini, Drakguard menggunakan blokir kendali orang tua sumber terbuka DansGuardian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -3139,31 +2713,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika komputer Anda berisi partisi hard disk yang diformat dalam Ext2, Ext3, "
-"atau ReiserFS Anda akan mendapatkan tawaran yang muncul untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi ACL pada partisi. ACL singkatan dari Access Control Lists, "
-"yang adalah fitur kernel Linux yang memungkinkan akses ke file individual "
-"untuk dibatasi ke pengguna yang disebut. ACL dibangun pada sistem file Ext4 "
-"dan Btrfs, tapi harus dihidupkan di partisi Ext2, Ext3, atau Reiserfs. Jika "
-"Anda memilih 'Ya' pada permintaan ini drakguard akan mengkonfigurasi semua "
-"partisi supaya mendukung ACL, dan akan menyarankan untuk menjalankan ulang "
-"komputer."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
+" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
+"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
+" will then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr "Jika komputer Anda berisi partisi hard disk yang diformat dalam Ext2, Ext3, atau ReiserFS Anda akan mendapatkan tawaran yang muncul untuk mengkonfigurasi ACL pada partisi. ACL singkatan dari Access Control Lists, yang adalah fitur kernel Linux yang memungkinkan akses ke file individual untuk dibatasi ke pengguna yang disebut. ACL dibangun pada sistem file Ext4 dan Btrfs, tapi harus dihidupkan di partisi Ext2, Ext3, atau Reiserfs. Jika Anda memilih 'Ya' pada permintaan ini drakguard akan mengkonfigurasi semua partisi supaya mendukung ACL, dan akan menyarankan untuk menjalankan ulang komputer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Hidupkan kendali orang tua</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, kendali "
-"orang tua dihidupkan dan akses ke tab <guilabel>Blokir program</guilabel> "
-"dibuka."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
+" is opened."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan kendali orang tua</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, kendali orang tua dihidupkan dan akses ke tab <guilabel>Blokir program</guilabel> dibuka."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -3171,10 +2733,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokir semua lalu lintas jaringan</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, "
-"semua website diblokir, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar putih. Jika tidak, "
-"semua website diizinkan, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar hitam."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Blokir semua lalu lintas jaringan</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, semua website diblokir, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar putih. Jika tidak, semua website diizinkan, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar hitam."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -3186,14 +2745,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Akses pengguna</guibutton>: Pengguna di sebelah kiri akan "
-"dibatasi aksesnya berdasarkan aturan yang ditetapkan. Pengguna di sebelah "
-"kanan tidak dibatasi aksesnya sehingga pengguna komputer dewasa tidak "
-"terganggu. Pilih pengguna di sebelah kiri lalu klik <guibutton>Tambah</"
-"guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sebagai pengguna yang diizinkan.  Pilih "
-"pengguna di sebelah kanan lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk "
-"mengapusnya dari pengguna yang diizinkan."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Akses pengguna</guibutton>: Pengguna di sebelah kiri akan dibatasi aksesnya berdasarkan aturan yang ditetapkan. Pengguna di sebelah kanan tidak dibatasi aksesnya sehingga pengguna komputer dewasa tidak terganggu. Pilih pengguna di sebelah kiri lalu klik <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sebagai pengguna yang diizinkan.  Pilih pengguna di sebelah kanan lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk mengapusnya dari pengguna yang diizinkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -3202,10 +2754,7 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Kendali waktu:</guibutton> Jika ditandai, akses internet "
-"diizinkan dengan batas antara waktu <guilabel>Mulai</guilabel> sampai waktu "
-"<guilabel>Akhir</guilabel>. Diluar waktu ini sepenuhnya diblokir."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Kendali waktu:</guibutton> Jika ditandai, akses internet diizinkan dengan batas antara waktu <guilabel>Mulai</guilabel> sampai waktu <guilabel>Akhir</guilabel>. Diluar waktu ini sepenuhnya diblokir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -3217,9 +2766,7 @@ msgstr "Tab daftar hitam/putih"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Masukkan URL website di kolom pertama di atas lalu klik tombol "
-"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Masukkan URL website di kolom pertama di atas lalu klik tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -3229,22 +2776,17 @@ msgstr "Tab Blokir Program"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
+" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blokir Aplikasi Tertentu</guibutton>: Hidupkan penggunaan ACL "
-"untuk membatasi akses ke aplikasi tertentu. Masukkan arah ke aplikasi yang "
-"ingin Anda blokir."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Blokir Aplikasi Tertentu</guibutton>: Hidupkan penggunaan ACL untuk membatasi akses ke aplikasi tertentu. Masukkan arah ke aplikasi yang ingin Anda blokir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Daftar Pengguna yang Tidak Diblokir</guibutton>: Pengguna yang "
-"terdaftar di sebelah kanan tidak akan jadi sasaran pemblokiran acl."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Daftar Pengguna yang Tidak Diblokir</guibutton>: Pengguna yang terdaftar di sebelah kanan tidak akan jadi sasaran pemblokiran acl."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -3256,7 +2798,8 @@ msgstr "Bagi koneksi Internet dengan komputer lokal lain"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -3266,7 +2809,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Dasar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -3281,23 +2825,14 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ini berguna jika Anda memiliki "
-"komputer (3) yang memiliki akses Internet (2) dan juga terhubung ke jaringan "
-"lokal (1). Anda bisa menggunakan komputer Anda (3) sebagai gerbang untuk "
-"memberikan akses ke komputer lain (5) dan (6) di jaringan lokal (1). Untuk "
-"ini, sang gerbang harus memiliki dua antarmuka; yang pertama adalah "
-"perangkat ethernet harus terhubung ke jaringan lokal, yang kedua (4) "
-"terhubung ke Internet (2)."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ini berguna jika Anda memiliki komputer (3) yang memiliki akses Internet (2) dan juga terhubung ke jaringan lokal (1). Anda bisa menggunakan komputer Anda (3) sebagai gerbang untuk memberikan akses ke komputer lain (5) dan (6) di jaringan lokal (1). Untuk ini, sang gerbang harus memiliki dua antarmuka; yang pertama adalah perangkat ethernet harus terhubung ke jaringan lokal, yang kedua (4) terhubung ke Internet (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah pertama untuk memeriksa bahwa jaringan dan akses ke Internet sudah "
-"diatur, seperti didokumentasikan dalam <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr "Langkah pertama untuk memeriksa bahwa jaringan dan akses ke Internet sudah diatur, seperti didokumentasikan dalam <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -3307,30 +2842,23 @@ msgstr "Panduan gerbang"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> akan menawarkan langkah "
-"berurutan yang ditunjukkan di bawah:"
+msgstr "Panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> akan menawarkan langkah berurutan yang ditunjukkan di bawah:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika panduan tidak menemukan setidaknya dua antarmuka, dia akan "
-"memperingatkan ini dan meminta untuk menghentikan jaringan dan "
-"mengkonfigurasi perangkat."
+msgstr "Jika panduan tidak menemukan setidaknya dua antarmuka, dia akan memperingatkan ini dan meminta untuk menghentikan jaringan dan mengkonfigurasi perangkat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -3338,30 +2866,22 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan antarmuka yang digunakan untuk koneksi Internet. Panduan secara "
-"otomatis menyarankan salah satu antarmuka, tapi Anda harus memeriksa apakah "
-"yang ditawarkan sudah benar."
+msgstr "tentukan antarmuka yang digunakan untuk koneksi Internet. Panduan secara otomatis menyarankan salah satu antarmuka, tapi Anda harus memeriksa apakah yang ditawarkan sudah benar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan antarmuka mana yang digunakan untuk akses Lan. Panduan juga akan "
-"mengusulkan salah satu, pastikan ini benar."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
+" one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr "tentukan antarmuka mana yang digunakan untuk akses Lan. Panduan juga akan mengusulkan salah satu, pastikan ini benar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Panduan akan menyarankan parameter untuk jaringan Lan, seperti alamat IP, "
-"mask dan nama domain. Pastikan parameter ini cocok dengan konfigurasi yang "
-"sebenarnya. Disarankan Anda menerima nilai ini."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
+" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
+" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr "Panduan akan menyarankan parameter untuk jaringan Lan, seperti alamat IP, mask dan nama domain. Pastikan parameter ini cocok dengan konfigurasi yang sebenarnya. Disarankan Anda menerima nilai ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -3369,21 +2889,15 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan jika komputer telah digunakan sebagai server DNS. Jika ya, panduan "
-"akan memeriksa bahwa <code>bind</code> telah terinstall.  Jika tidak, Anda "
-"harus menentukan alamat server DNS."
+msgstr "tentukan jika komputer telah digunakan sebagai server DNS. Jika ya, panduan akan memeriksa bahwa <code>bind</code> telah terinstall.  Jika tidak, Anda harus menentukan alamat server DNS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server DHCP. Jika ya, panduan akan "
-"memeriksa bahwa <code>dhcp-server</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan "
-"untuk mengkonfigurasi, dengan awal dan akhir alamat dalam jangkauan DHCP."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
+" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr "tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server DHCP. Jika ya, panduan akan memeriksa bahwa <code>dhcp-server</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi, dengan awal dan akhir alamat dalam jangkauan DHCP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -3392,20 +2906,14 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server proxy. Jika ya, panduan akan "
-"memeriksa bahwa <code>squid</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi, dengan alamat administrator (admin@mydomain.com), nama "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) dan ukuran cache (100 Mb)."
+msgstr "tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server proxy. Jika ya, panduan akan memeriksa bahwa <code>squid</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi, dengan alamat administrator (admin@mydomain.com), nama proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) dan ukuran cache (100 Mb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda memeriksa jika komputer gerbang terhubung "
-"ke printer dan membagikannya."
+msgstr "Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda memeriksa jika komputer gerbang terhubung ke printer dan membagikannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
@@ -3424,14 +2932,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda telah mengkonfigurasi komputer gerbang dengan DHCP, Anda hanya "
-"perlu menentukan di alat konfigurasi jaringan dan akan mendapatkan alamat "
-"secara otomatis (menggunakan DHCP). Parameter akan diperoleh ketika "
-"menghubungkan ke jaringan. Metode ini bisa dilakukan apapun sistem operasi "
-"yang digunakan oleh klien."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
+" using."
+msgstr "Jika Anda telah mengkonfigurasi komputer gerbang dengan DHCP, Anda hanya perlu menentukan di alat konfigurasi jaringan dan akan mendapatkan alamat secara otomatis (menggunakan DHCP). Parameter akan diperoleh ketika menghubungkan ke jaringan. Metode ini bisa dilakukan apapun sistem operasi yang digunakan oleh klien."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -3439,10 +2942,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda harus menentukan parameter jaringan secara manual, Anda harus "
-"menentukan gateway dengan memasukkan alamat IP komputer yang berfungsi "
-"sebagai gerbang."
+msgstr "Jika Anda harus menentukan parameter jaringan secara manual, Anda harus menentukan gateway dengan memasukkan alamat IP komputer yang berfungsi sebagai gerbang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -3453,11 +2953,9 @@ msgstr "Menghentikan pembagian koneksi"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda ingin menghentikan pembagian koneksi pada komputer Mageia, "
-"jalankan alat. Dia akan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi ulang koneksi atau "
-"untuk menghentikan pembagian."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
+msgstr "Jika Anda ingin menghentikan pembagian koneksi pada komputer Mageia, jalankan alat. Dia akan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi ulang koneksi atau untuk menghentikan pembagian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -3469,7 +2967,8 @@ msgstr "Definisi host"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -3477,11 +2976,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3490,11 +2987,7 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika beberapa sistem pada jaringan Anda memberikan layanan, dan memiliki "
-"alamat IP tetap, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"memungkinkan untuk menentukan nama untuk mengakses mereka lebih mudah. Lalu "
-"Anda bisa menggunakan nama tersebut daripada menggunakan alamat IP."
+msgstr "Jika beberapa sistem pada jaringan Anda memberikan layanan, dan memiliki alamat IP tetap, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk menentukan nama untuk mengakses mereka lebih mudah. Lalu Anda bisa menggunakan nama tersebut daripada menggunakan alamat IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -3507,11 +3000,7 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Dengan tombol ini, Anda menambahkan nama untuk sistem baru. Anda akan "
-"mendapatkan jendela untuk menentukan alamat IP, nama host sistem, dan "
-"pilihan nama alias yang bisa digunakan dengan cara yang sama menggunakan "
-"nama."
+msgstr "Dengan tombol ini, Anda menambahkan nama untuk sistem baru. Anda akan mendapatkan jendela untuk menentukan alamat IP, nama host sistem, dan pilihan nama alias yang bisa digunakan dengan cara yang sama menggunakan nama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3523,9 +3012,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa mengakses parameter dari entri yang sebelumnya ditetapkan. Anda "
-"akan mendapatkan jendela yang sama."
+msgstr "Anda bisa mengakses parameter dari entri yang sebelumnya ditetapkan. Anda akan mendapatkan jendela yang sama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3537,7 +3024,8 @@ msgstr "Pengaturan lanjutan antarmuka jaringan dan firewall"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3547,22 +3035,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir "
-"bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih "
-"untuk bantuan Anda."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3574,7 +3057,8 @@ msgstr "Pusat Jaringan"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3582,11 +3066,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3594,46 +3076,40 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Jaringan &amp; "
-"Internet pada Pusat kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Pusat Jaringan\""
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Jaringan &amp; Internet pada Pusat kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Pusat Jaringan\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat alat ini dijalankan, sebuah jendela membuka daftar semua jaringan yang "
-"terkonfigurasi di komputer, apapun tipenya (kabel, nirkabel, satelit, dll.). "
-"Ketika mengklik salah satunya, tiga atau empat tombol akan muncul, "
-"tergantung pada tipe jaringan, untuk memungkinkan Anda melihat jaringan, "
-"mengubah pengaturan atau menghubungkan/memutus hubungan. Alat ini tidak "
-"bertujuan untuk membuat jaringan, untuk yang ini lihat <guilabel>Mengatur "
-"antarmuka jaringan baru (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> di tab MCC yang "
-"sama."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
+" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
+"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
+"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
+"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr "Saat alat ini dijalankan, sebuah jendela membuka daftar semua jaringan yang terkonfigurasi di komputer, apapun tipenya (kabel, nirkabel, satelit, dll.). Ketika mengklik salah satunya, tiga atau empat tombol akan muncul, tergantung pada tipe jaringan, untuk memungkinkan Anda melihat jaringan, mengubah pengaturan atau menghubungkan/memutus hubungan. Alat ini tidak bertujuan untuk membuat jaringan, untuk yang ini lihat <guilabel>Mengatur antarmuka jaringan baru (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> di tab MCC yang sama."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3643,52 +3119,36 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada gambar di bawah, diberikan sebagai contoh, kita bisa melihat dua "
-"jaringan, yang pertama jaringan kabel yang terhubung, bisa dikenali oleh "
-"ikon ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (ini "
-"terhubung<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) dan bagian ke "
-"dua menampilkan jaringan nirkabel, tidak terhubung dikenali oleh ikon ini "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> dan yang ini <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>jika terhubung. Untuk tipe jaringan "
-"lainnya, kode warna selalu sama, hijau jika terhubung dan merah jika tidak."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
+" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
+" connected."
+msgstr "Pada gambar di bawah, diberikan sebagai contoh, kita bisa melihat dua jaringan, yang pertama jaringan kabel yang terhubung, bisa dikenali oleh ikon ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (ini terhubung<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) dan bagian ke dua menampilkan jaringan nirkabel, tidak terhubung dikenali oleh ikon ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> dan yang ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>jika terhubung. Untuk tipe jaringan lainnya, kode warna selalu sama, hijau jika terhubung dan merah jika tidak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bagian nirkabel dari layar, Anda juga bisa melihat semua jaringan yang "
-"terdeteksi, dengan <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Kekuatan sinyal</"
-"guilabel>, jika mereka terenkripsi (merah) atau tidak (hijau), dan "
-"<guilabel>Mode operasi</guilabel>. Klik yang terpilih lalu pada "
-"<guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> atau "
-"<guibutton>Hubungkan</guibutton>. Kita bisa pergi dari satu jaringan ke "
-"jaringan lain. Jika jaringan privat terpilih, jendela Pengaturan Jaringan "
-"(lihat di bawah) akan terbuka dan meminta pengaturan tambahan ( di antaranya "
-"kunci enkripsi)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
+msgstr "Di bagian nirkabel dari layar, Anda juga bisa melihat semua jaringan yang terdeteksi, dengan <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Kekuatan sinyal</guilabel>, jika mereka terenkripsi (merah) atau tidak (hijau), dan <guilabel>Mode operasi</guilabel>. Klik yang terpilih lalu pada <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> atau <guibutton>Hubungkan</guibutton>. Kita bisa pergi dari satu jaringan ke jaringan lain. Jika jaringan privat terpilih, jendela Pengaturan Jaringan (lihat di bawah) akan terbuka dan meminta pengaturan tambahan ( di antaranya kunci enkripsi)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
 msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Segarkan</guibutton> untuk memperbarui layar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3698,7 +3158,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Tombol Monitor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3708,13 +3169,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol ini memungkinkan Anda mengawasi aktivitas jaringan, download (ke arah "
-"PC, merah) dan upload (ke arah Internet, hijau). Layar yang sama tersedia "
-"dengan klik kanan pada <guimenu>ikon Internet di tray sistem -> Monitor "
-"Jaringan</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
+" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr "Tombol ini memungkinkan Anda mengawasi aktivitas jaringan, download (ke arah PC, merah) dan upload (ke arah Internet, hijau). Layar yang sama tersedia dengan klik kanan pada <guimenu>ikon Internet di tray sistem -> Monitor Jaringan</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3722,19 +3179,14 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Ada tab untuk setiap jaringan (di sini eth0 adalah jaringan kabel, lo "
-"loopback lokal dan wlan0 jaringan nirkabel) dan tab koneksi yang memberikan "
-"rincian tentang status koneksi."
+msgstr "Ada tab untuk setiap jaringan (di sini eth0 adalah jaringan kabel, lo loopback lokal dan wlan0 jaringan nirkabel) dan tab koneksi yang memberikan rincian tentang status koneksi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Di bawah jendela ada <guilabel>Penghitungan lalu lintas</guilabel>, kita "
-"akan melihatnya di bagian selanjutnya."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr "Di bawah jendela ada <guilabel>Penghitungan lalu lintas</guilabel>, kita akan melihatnya di bagian selanjutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3746,7 +3198,8 @@ msgstr "Tombol Konfigurasi"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Untuk jaringan kabel</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3756,13 +3209,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Kita bisa mengubah semua pengaturan yang diberikan saat pembuatan jaringan. "
-"Biasanya, menandai <guibutton>IP otomatis</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/"
-"DHCP)</guibutton> sudah cukup, tapi ketika bermasalah, konfigurasi manual "
-"mungkin akan lebih baik."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
+" configuration may give better results."
+msgstr "Kita bisa mengubah semua pengaturan yang diberikan saat pembuatan jaringan. Biasanya, menandai <guibutton>IP otomatis</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> sudah cukup, tapi ketika bermasalah, konfigurasi manual mungkin akan lebih baik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3771,11 +3220,7 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk jaringan rumah, <guilabel>alamat IP</guilabel> selalu seperti "
-"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, dan "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> dan <guilabel>server DNS</guilabel> tersedia di "
-"website penyelenggara Anda."
+msgstr "Untuk jaringan rumah, <guilabel>alamat IP</guilabel> selalu seperti 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, dan <guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> dan <guilabel>server DNS</guilabel> tersedia di website penyelenggara Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3784,27 +3229,22 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</guibutton> jika ditandai akan "
-"menghitung lalu lintas setiap jam, harian atau bulanan. Hasilnya bisa "
-"dilihat di Monitor jaringan yang dijelaskan di bagian sebelumnya. Setelah "
-"dihidupkan, Anda harus menghubungkan ulang jaringan."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</guibutton> jika ditandai akan menghitung lalu lintas setiap jam, harian atau bulanan. Hasilnya bisa dilihat di Monitor jaringan yang dijelaskan di bagian sebelumnya. Setelah dihidupkan, Anda harus menghubungkan ulang jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola "
-"Jaringan:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola Jaringan:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Tombol Lanjutan:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3819,7 +3259,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Untuk jaringan nirkabel</emphasis>"
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Hanya item yang belum terlihat di atas yang dijelaskan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3837,12 +3278,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <guilabel>Terkelola</guilabel> jika koneksi melalui titik akses, ada "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> yang terdeteksi.  Pilih "
-"<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> jika ini jaringan peer to peer. Pilih <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> jika perangkat Anda digunakan sebagai titik "
-"akses, perangkat jaringan Anda harus mendukung mode ini."
+msgstr "Pilih <guilabel>Terkelola</guilabel> jika koneksi melalui titik akses, ada <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> yang terdeteksi.  Pilih <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> jika ini jaringan peer to peer. Pilih <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> jika perangkat Anda digunakan sebagai titik akses, perangkat jaringan Anda harus mendukung mode ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
@@ -3857,15 +3293,11 @@ msgstr "Jika ini jaringan privat, Anda harus mengetahui pengaturan ini."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
+" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> menggunakan sandi yang lebih lemah dari WPA yang "
-"menggunakan frasa sandi. <guilabel>Kunci WPA Pre-Shared</guilabel> juga "
-"disebut WPA personal atau WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> "
-"jarang digunakan pada jaringan privat."
+msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> menggunakan sandi yang lebih lemah dari WPA yang menggunakan frasa sandi. <guilabel>Kunci WPA Pre-Shared</guilabel> juga disebut WPA personal atau WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> jarang digunakan pada jaringan privat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -3877,11 +3309,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izinkan penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis>:"
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Penjelajahan adalah teknologi yang memungkinkan komputer mengubah titik "
-"akses saat jaringan sedang terhubung."
+msgstr "Penjelajahan adalah teknologi yang memungkinkan komputer mengubah titik akses saat jaringan sedang terhubung."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3891,7 +3322,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Tombol Pengaturan Lanjutan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3906,7 +3338,8 @@ msgstr "Mengelola profil jaringan berbeda"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3914,11 +3347,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3930,7 +3361,8 @@ msgstr "Membagi perangkat dan direktori menggunakan NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3943,32 +3375,28 @@ msgstr "Prasyarat"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Saat panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dijalankan untuk "
-"pertama kali, mungkin akan menampilkan pesan berikut:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
+" first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr "Saat panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dijalankan untuk pertama kali, mungkin akan menampilkan pesan berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid ""
+"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Paket nfs-utils perlu diinstall. Apakah Anda ingin menginstallnya?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah instalasi selesai, jendela dengan daftar kosong akan ditampilkan."
+msgstr "Setelah instalasi selesai, jendela dengan daftar kosong akan ditampilkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:42
@@ -3981,10 +3409,7 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar direktori pembagian ditampilkan di sini. Pada langkah ini, daftar "
-"masih kosong. Tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> memberi akses ke alat "
-"konfigurasi."
+msgstr "Daftar direktori pembagian ditampilkan di sini. Pada langkah ini, daftar masih kosong. Tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> memberi akses ke alat konfigurasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -3997,11 +3422,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat konfigurasi bernama \"Modifikasi entri\". Ini bisa juga dijalankan "
-"dengan tombol <guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Parameter berikut tersedia."
+msgstr "Alat konfigurasi bernama \"Modifikasi entri\". Ini bisa juga dijalankan dengan tombol <guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Parameter berikut tersedia."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -4017,10 +3441,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini Anda bisa menentukan direktori mana yang akan dibagi. Tombol "
-"<guibutton>Direktori</guibutton> memberi akses ke sebuah browser untuk "
-"memilih."
+msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menentukan direktori mana yang akan dibagi. Tombol <guibutton>Direktori</guibutton> memberi akses ke sebuah browser untuk memilih."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -4032,9 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "Akses host"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini Anda bisa menentukan host yang diotorisasi untuk mengakses direktori "
-"yang dibagi."
+msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menentukan host yang diotorisasi untuk mengakses direktori yang dibagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -4046,10 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "Klien NFS bisa ditentukan dengan berbagai cara:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>host tunggal</emphasis>: sebuah host baik dengan nama singkatan "
-"yang dikenali resolver, nama domain lengkap yang memenuhi syarat, atau "
-"alamat IP"
+msgstr "<emphasis>host tunggal</emphasis>: sebuah host baik dengan nama singkatan yang dikenali resolver, nama domain lengkap yang memenuhi syarat, atau alamat IP"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
@@ -4062,9 +3478,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nama komputer bisa berisi karakter wildcard "
-"* dan ?. Contohnya: *.cs.foo.edu untuk semua host dengan domain cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nama komputer bisa berisi karakter wildcard * dan ?. Contohnya: *.cs.foo.edu untuk semua host dengan domain cs.foo.edu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -4072,10 +3486,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Jaringan IP</emphasis>: Anda juga bisa mengekspor direktori ke "
-"semua host pada (sub-)jaringan IP secara bersamaan. Contohnya, "
-"`/255.255.252.0' atau `/22' ditambahkan ke alamat dasar jaringan."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Jaringan IP</emphasis>: Anda juga bisa mengekspor direktori ke semua host pada (sub-)jaringan IP secara bersamaan. Contohnya, `/255.255.252.0' atau `/22' ditambahkan ke alamat dasar jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -4087,45 +3498,32 @@ msgstr "Pemetaan ID Pengguna"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>petakan pengguna root sebagai anonim</emphasis>: memetakan "
-"permintaan dari uid/gid 0 ke uid/gid (root_squash) anonim. Pengguna root "
-"dari klien tidak bisa membaca atau menulisi file pada server yang dibuat "
-"oleh root pada server-nya sendiri."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
+" the server itself."
+msgstr "<emphasis>petakan pengguna root sebagai anonim</emphasis>: memetakan permintaan dari uid/gid 0 ke uid/gid (root_squash) anonim. Pengguna root dari klien tidak bisa membaca atau menulisi file pada server yang dibuat oleh root pada server-nya sendiri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>izinkan akses root remote nyata</emphasis>: matikan root "
-"squashing. Pilihan ini berguna untuk klien diskless (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
+" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>izinkan akses root remote nyata</emphasis>: matikan root squashing. Pilihan ini berguna untuk klien diskless (no_root_squash)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>petakan semua pengguna ke pengguna anonim</emphasis>: petakan "
-"semua uid dan gid ke pengguna anonim (all_squash). Berguna untuk direktori "
-"FTP publik terekspor NFS, direktori kumparan berita, dll. Pilihan yang "
-"berlawanannya adalah tanpa pemetaan UID (no_all_squash), yang adalah "
-"pengaturan baku."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
+" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
+" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr "<emphasis>petakan semua pengguna ke pengguna anonim</emphasis>: petakan semua uid dan gid ke pengguna anonim (all_squash). Berguna untuk direktori FTP publik terekspor NFS, direktori kumparan berita, dll. Pilihan yang berlawanannya adalah tanpa pemetaan UID (no_all_squash), yang adalah pengaturan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid dan anongid</emphasis>: secara eksplisit mengatur uid dan "
-"gid akun anonim."
+msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid dan anongid</emphasis>: secara eksplisit mengatur uid dan gid akun anonim."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -4136,12 +3534,9 @@ msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Koneksi Aman</emphasis>: pilihan ini meminta permintaan berasal "
-"dari port internet yang kurang dari IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  Ini adalah "
-"pilihan baku."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
+" is on by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Koneksi Aman</emphasis>: pilihan ini meminta permintaan berasal dari port internet yang kurang dari IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  Ini adalah pilihan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -4150,11 +3545,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pembagian Hanya-Baca</emphasis>: mengizinkan apakah permintaan "
-"hanya baca atau baca dan tulis pada volume NFS ini. Bakunya adalah tidak "
-"mengizinkan permintaan apapun yang mengubah sistem file. Juga bisa dibuat "
-"eksplisit dengan menggunakan pilihan ini."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pembagian Hanya-Baca</emphasis>: mengizinkan apakah permintaan hanya baca atau baca dan tulis pada volume NFS ini. Bakunya adalah tidak mengizinkan permintaan apapun yang mengubah sistem file. Juga bisa dibuat eksplisit dengan menggunakan pilihan ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -4162,10 +3553,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Akses sinkronis</emphasis>: mencegah server NFS melanggar protokol "
-"NFS dan membalas permintaan sebelum perubahan dibuat oleh permintaan "
-"tersebut disimpan di penyimpanan stabil (contohnya perangkat disk)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Akses sinkronis</emphasis>: mencegah server NFS melanggar protokol NFS dan membalas permintaan sebelum perubahan dibuat oleh permintaan tersebut disimpan di penyimpanan stabil (contohnya perangkat disk)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -4173,10 +3561,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Pemeriksaan subtree</emphasis>: menghidupkan pemeriksaan subtree "
-"yang bisa membantu meningkatkan keamanan dalam beberapa kasus, tapi "
-"mengurangi reliabilitas. Lihat halaman ekspor(5) untuk lebih rinci."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Pemeriksaan subtree</emphasis>: menghidupkan pemeriksaan subtree yang bisa membantu meningkatkan keamanan dalam beberapa kasus, tapi mengurangi reliabilitas. Lihat halaman ekspor(5) untuk lebih rinci."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -4188,7 +3573,8 @@ msgstr "Entri menu"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Sejauh ini daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -4212,8 +3598,7 @@ msgstr "NFS Server|Restart"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
 msgid ""
 "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Server dihentikan dan dijalankan kembali dengan file konfigurasi saat ini."
+msgstr "Server dihentikan dan dijalankan kembali dengan file konfigurasi saat ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -4223,9 +3608,9 @@ msgstr "NFS Server|Reload"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Konfigurasi yang ditampilkan dimuat ulang dari file konfigurasi saat ini."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
+msgstr "Konfigurasi yang ditampilkan dimuat ulang dari file konfigurasi saat ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -4237,7 +3622,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -4245,44 +3631,30 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
+" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda harus menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa "
-"menggunakan alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasinya. Administrator jaringan Anda akan memberikan informasi "
-"yang diperlukan. Anda juga bisa menentukan beberapa layanan yang bisa "
-"diakses tanpa proxy dengan pengecualian."
+msgstr "Jika Anda harus menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa menggunakan alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> untuk mengkonfigurasinya. Administrator jaringan Anda akan memberikan informasi yang diperlukan. Anda juga bisa menentukan beberapa layanan yang bisa diakses tanpa proxy dengan pengecualian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
+" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Dari Wikipedia, pada 2012-09-24, artikel server Proxy: Dalam jaringan "
-"komputer, server proxy adalah server (sistem komputer atau aplikasi) yang "
-"bertindak sebagai perantara untuk permintaan dari klien yang mencari sumber "
-"dari server lain. Klien terhubung ke server proxy, meminta beberapa layanan, "
-"seperti file, koneksi, halaman web, atau sumber lain yang tersedia dari "
-"server berbeda. Server proxy menghitung permintaan dengan cara "
-"menyederhanakan dan mengendalikan kerumitannya."
+msgstr "Dari Wikipedia, pada 2012-09-24, artikel server Proxy: Dalam jaringan komputer, server proxy adalah server (sistem komputer atau aplikasi) yang bertindak sebagai perantara untuk permintaan dari klien yang mencari sumber dari server lain. Klien terhubung ke server proxy, meminta beberapa layanan, seperti file, koneksi, halaman web, atau sumber lain yang tersedia dari server berbeda. Server proxy menghitung permintaan dengan cara menyederhanakan dan mengendalikan kerumitannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -4294,7 +3666,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi Media"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -4302,15 +3675,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Hal pertama setelah instalasi adalah menambahkan sumber software (juga "
-"dikenal dengan repository, media, mirror). Yang berarti Anda harus memilih "
-"sumber media untuk digunakan menginstall dan update paket dan aplikasi. "
-"(lihat tombol Tambah di bawah)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
+" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
+" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
+" below)."
+msgstr "Hal pertama setelah instalasi adalah menambahkan sumber software (juga dikenal dengan repository, media, mirror). Yang berarti Anda harus memilih sumber media untuk digunakan menginstall dan update paket dan aplikasi. (lihat tombol Tambah di bawah)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -4330,20 +3699,14 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Sistem Anda berjalan pada arsitektur yang mungkin 32-bit (disebut i586), "
-"atau 64-bit (disebut x86_64). Beberapa paket bebas digunakan untuk sistem 32-"
-"bit atau 64-bit; yang disebut paket noarch. Mereka tidak memiliki direktori "
-"noarch sendiri pada mirror, tapi semua ada di media i586 dan x86_64."
+msgstr "Sistem Anda berjalan pada arsitektur yang mungkin 32-bit (disebut i586), atau 64-bit (disebut x86_64). Beberapa paket bebas digunakan untuk sistem 32-bit atau 64-bit; yang disebut paket noarch. Mereka tidak memiliki direktori noarch sendiri pada mirror, tapi semua ada di media i586 dan x86_64."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -4351,9 +3714,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Pengelolaan software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pengelolaan software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -4370,10 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "Kolom Hidupkan:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk menginstall paket baru. Hati-hati "
-"dengan beberapa media seperti Testing dan Debug, mereka bisa membuat sistem "
-"Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi."
+msgstr "Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk menginstall paket baru. Hati-hati dengan beberapa media seperti Testing dan Debug, mereka bisa membuat sistem Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -4387,12 +3745,7 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk update paket, ini harus dihidupkan. "
-"Hanya media dengan \"Update\" di namanya yang harus dipilih. Untuk alasan "
-"keamanan, kolom ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi pada alat ini, Anda harus "
-"membuka konsol sebagai root lalu ketik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
-"media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk update paket, ini harus dihidupkan. Hanya media dengan \"Update\" di namanya yang harus dipilih. Untuk alasan keamanan, kolom ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi pada alat ini, Anda harus membuka konsol sebagai root lalu ketik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -4404,36 +3757,28 @@ msgstr "Kolom media:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Menampilkan nama media. Repository resmi Mageia untuk versi rilis final "
-"berisi setidaknya:"
+msgstr "Menampilkan nama media. Repository resmi Mageia untuk versi rilis final berisi setidaknya:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> yang berisi kebanyakan semua program "
-"yang didukung oleh Mageia."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> yang berisi kebanyakan semua program yang didukung oleh Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> yang berisi beberapa program yang "
-"tidak bebas"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> yang berisi beberapa program yang tidak bebas"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software bebas yang mungkin ada "
-"klaim paten di beberapa negara."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software bebas yang mungkin ada klaim paten di beberapa negara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -4445,9 +3790,7 @@ msgstr "Tiap media memiliki 4 rincian:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket yang ada saat versi Mageia "
-"ini rilis."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket yang ada saat versi Mageia ini rilis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -4455,30 +3798,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> update paket sejak rilis untuk "
-"alasan keamanan dan masalah bug. Semua orang harus menghidupkan media ini, "
-"bahkan dengan koneksi internet yang lambat sekalipun."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> update paket sejak rilis untuk alasan keamanan dan masalah bug. Semua orang harus menghidupkan media ini, bahkan dengan koneksi internet yang lambat sekalipun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> beberapa paket versi baru "
-"dimasukkan dari Cauldron (versi berikutnya yang dalam pengembangan) ke sini."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> beberapa paket versi baru dimasukkan dari Cauldron (versi berikutnya yang dalam pengembangan) ke sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
+" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yang digunakan untuk pengujian "
-"sementara dari update baru, untuk memungkinkan pelapor bug dan tim penjamin "
-"kualitas membuktikan perbaikan."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yang digunakan untuk pengujian sementara dari update baru, untuk memungkinkan pelapor bug dan tim penjamin kualitas membuktikan perbaikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -4496,10 +3831,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk menghapus media, klik pada media lalu tombol ini. Akan bijak untuk "
-"menghapus media yang digunakan untuk instalasi (CD atau DVD contohnya)  "
-"karena semua isi paketnya ada di media resmi Core release."
+msgstr "Untuk menghapus media, klik pada media lalu tombol ini. Akan bijak untuk menghapus media yang digunakan untuk instalasi (CD atau DVD contohnya)  karena semua isi paketnya ada di media resmi Core release."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -4511,9 +3843,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Memungkinkan Anda untuk memodifikasi pengaturan media terpilih (URL, "
-"downloader dan proxy)."
+msgstr "Memungkinkan Anda untuk memodifikasi pengaturan media terpilih (URL, downloader dan proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -4526,16 +3856,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
+" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Menambah repository resmi yang tersedia di Internet. Repository ini hanya "
-"berisi software yang aman dan teruji. Mengklik tombol \"Tambah\" akan "
-"menambahkan daftar mirror ke konfigurasi, ini dirancang untuk meyakinkan "
-"bahwa Anda menginstall dan update dari mirror yang dekat dengan Anda. Jika "
-"Anda lebih suka untuk memilih mirror spesifik, tambahkan dengan memilih "
-"\"Tambah mirror media spesifik\" dari menu drop-down \"File\"."
+msgstr "Menambah repository resmi yang tersedia di Internet. Repository ini hanya berisi software yang aman dan teruji. Mengklik tombol \"Tambah\" akan menambahkan daftar mirror ke konfigurasi, ini dirancang untuk meyakinkan bahwa Anda menginstall dan update dari mirror yang dekat dengan Anda. Jika Anda lebih suka untuk memilih mirror spesifik, tambahkan dengan memilih \"Tambah mirror media spesifik\" dari menu drop-down \"File\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -4546,14 +3870,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Panah naik dan turun:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengubah urutan daftar. Ketika Drakrpm melihat paket, dia membaca urutan "
-"daftar yang ditampilkan dan akan menginstall paket yang pertama ditemukan "
-"untuk nomor rilis yang sama - bahkan jika versi tidak cocok, rilis terakhir "
-"akan diinstall. Jadi jika mungkin, simpan repository paling cepat di atas."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
+" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
+"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr "Mengubah urutan daftar. Ketika Drakrpm melihat paket, dia membaca urutan daftar yang ditampilkan dan akan menginstall paket yang pertama ditemukan untuk nomor rilis yang sama - bahkan jika versi tidak cocok, rilis terakhir akan diinstall. Jadi jika mungkin, simpan repository paling cepat di atas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -4568,11 +3888,9 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Sebuah jendela muncul dengan daftar media. Pilih yang ingin Anda update lalu "
-"klik tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
+" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "Sebuah jendela muncul dengan daftar media. Pilih yang ingin Anda update lalu klik tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -4583,22 +3901,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
+" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Menduga-duga Anda tidak puas dengan mirror aktual, karena contohnya terlalu "
-"lambat atau sering tidak tersedia, Anda bisa memilih mirror lain. Pilih "
-"semua media aktual lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk "
-"menghapusnya. Klik pada <guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik</"
-"guimenu>, pilih antara hanya update atau satu set penuh (jika kamu tidak "
-"tahu, pilih <guibutton>Satu set penuh sumber</guibutton>) lalu terima kontak "
-"dengan mengklik <guibutton>Ya</guibutton>. Jendela ini membuka:"
+msgstr "Menduga-duga Anda tidak puas dengan mirror aktual, karena contohnya terlalu lambat atau sering tidak tersedia, Anda bisa memilih mirror lain. Pilih semua media aktual lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk menghapusnya. Klik pada <guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik</guimenu>, pilih antara hanya update atau satu set penuh (jika kamu tidak tahu, pilih <guibutton>Satu set penuh sumber</guibutton>) lalu terima kontak dengan mengklik <guibutton>Ya</guibutton>. Jendela ini membuka:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -4609,10 +3921,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa melihat, di kiri, daftar negara, pilih negara Anda atau yang "
-"paling dekat dengan mengklik simbol >, ini akan menampilkan semua mirror "
-"yang tersedia di negara tersebut. Pilih lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Anda bisa melihat, di kiri, daftar negara, pilih negara Anda atau yang paling dekat dengan mengklik simbol >, ini akan menampilkan semua mirror yang tersedia di negara tersebut. Pilih lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -4624,11 +3933,10 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Tambah media sesuaian:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menginstall media baru (dari pihak ketiga contohnya) yang tidak "
-"didukung oleh Mageia. Sebuah jendela muncul:"
+msgstr "Anda bisa menginstall media baru (dari pihak ketiga contohnya) yang tidak didukung oleh Mageia. Sebuah jendela muncul:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -4639,10 +3947,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih tipe media, cari nama "
-"bagus yang menjelaskan media tersebut lalu tambahkan URL (atau arah, "
-"tergantung tipe media)"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih tipe media, cari nama bagus yang menjelaskan media tersebut lalu tambahkan URL (atau arah, tergantung tipe media)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -4652,15 +3957,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Pilihan global:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Item ini memungkinkan Anda untuk memilih \"Periksa RPM yang diinstall"
-"\" (selalu atau tidak pernah), program download (curl, wget atau aria2) dan "
-"menentukan kebijakan download informasi paket (saat diminta -baku-, hanya "
-"update, selalu atau tidak pernah)."
+msgstr "Item ini memungkinkan Anda untuk memilih \"Periksa RPM yang diinstall\" (selalu atau tidak pernah), program download (curl, wget atau aria2) dan menentukan kebijakan download informasi paket (saat diminta -baku-, hanya update, selalu atau tidak pernah)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -4670,17 +3971,12 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Kelola kunci:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk menjamin keamanan level yang tinggi, kunci digital digunakan untuk "
-"mengesahkan media. Bisa untuk setiap media mengizinkan atau tidak "
-"mengizinkan kunci. Pada jendela yang muncul, pilih media lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk mengizinkan kunci baru atau pilih kunci "
-"dan klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk tidak mengizinkan kunci."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
+" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
+"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr "Untuk menjamin keamanan level yang tinggi, kunci digital digunakan untuk mengesahkan media. Bisa untuk setiap media mengizinkan atau tidak mengizinkan kunci. Pada jendela yang muncul, pilih media lalu klik <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk mengizinkan kunci baru atau pilih kunci dan klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk tidak mengizinkan kunci."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
@@ -4696,20 +3992,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda perlu menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa "
-"mengkonfigurasinya di sini. Anda hanya perlu memberikan <guibutton>Hostname "
-"proxy</guibutton> dan jika perlu <guilabel>Nama pengguna</guilabel> dan "
-"<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
+" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Jika Anda perlu menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa mengkonfigurasinya di sini. Anda hanya perlu memberikan <guibutton>Hostname proxy</guibutton> dan jika perlu <guilabel>Nama pengguna</guilabel> dan <guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
+"page</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4722,7 +4015,8 @@ msgstr "Berbagi direktori dan perangkat dengan Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4735,13 +4029,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba adalah protokol yang digunakan di Sistem Operasi yang berbeda untuk "
-"berbagi beberapa sumber daya seperti direktori atau printer. Alat ini "
-"memungkinkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi komputer sebagai server Samba "
-"menggunakan protokol SMB/CIFS. Protokol ini juga digunakan oleh Windows(R) "
-"dan lingkungan kerja dengan OS ini  bisa mengakses sumber daya dari server "
-"Samba."
+msgstr "Samba adalah protokol yang digunakan di Sistem Operasi yang berbeda untuk berbagi beberapa sumber daya seperti direktori atau printer. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi komputer sebagai server Samba menggunakan protokol SMB/CIFS. Protokol ini juga digunakan oleh Windows(R) dan lingkungan kerja dengan OS ini  bisa mengakses sumber daya dari server Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4757,12 +4045,7 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk diakses dari lingkungan kerja lain, server harus memiliki alamat IP "
-"tetap. Ini bisa ditentukan langsung di server, contohnya dengan <xref "
-"linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, atau di server DHCP yang mengidentifikasi "
-"komputer dengan alamat MAC-nya dan selalu memberikan alamat yang sama. "
-"Firewall juga harus mengizinkan permintaan yang datang ke server Samba."
+msgstr "Untuk diakses dari lingkungan kerja lain, server harus memiliki alamat IP tetap. Ini bisa ditentukan langsung di server, contohnya dengan <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, atau di server DHCP yang mengidentifikasi komputer dengan alamat MAC-nya dan selalu memberikan alamat yang sama. Firewall juga harus mengizinkan permintaan yang datang ke server Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4772,25 +4055,20 @@ msgstr "Panduan - Server mandiri"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
+" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat pertama dijalankan, alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"memeriksa jika paket yang diperlukan terinstall dan menawarkan untuk "
-"menginstall jika belum ada. Lalu panduan untuk mengkonfigurasi server Samba "
-"dijalankan."
+msgstr "Saat pertama dijalankan, alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memeriksa jika paket yang diperlukan terinstall dan menawarkan untuk menginstall jika belum ada. Lalu panduan untuk mengkonfigurasi server Samba dijalankan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4800,10 +4078,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada jendela selanjutnya pilihan konfigurasi Server mandiri sudah terpilih."
+msgstr "Pada jendela selanjutnya pilihan konfigurasi Server mandiri sudah terpilih."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4811,22 +4089,19 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Lalu tentukan nama grup kerja. Nama ini harus sama untuk mengakses ke sumber "
-"daya yang dibagi."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
+" access to the shared resources."
+msgstr "Lalu tentukan nama grup kerja. Nama ini harus sama untuk mengakses ke sumber daya yang dibagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
 "the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Nama netbios adalah nama yang akan digunakan untuk menentukan server pada "
-"jaringan."
+msgstr "Nama netbios adalah nama yang akan digunakan untuk menentukan server pada jaringan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4841,29 +4116,24 @@ msgstr "Pilih mode keamanan:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>pengguna</guilabel>: klien harus disahkan untuk mengakses sumber "
-"daya"
+msgstr "<guilabel>pengguna</guilabel>: klien harus disahkan untuk mengakses sumber daya"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>pembagian</guilabel>: klien mengesahkan dirinya terpisah untuk "
-"setiap pembagian"
+msgstr "<guilabel>pembagian</guilabel>: klien mengesahkan dirinya terpisah untuk setiap pembagian"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menentukan host mana yang diizinkan untuk mengakses sumber daya, "
-"dengan alamat IP atau nama host."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menentukan host mana yang diizinkan untuk mengakses sumber daya, dengan alamat IP atau nama host."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4873,11 +4143,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Tentukan banner server. Banner adalah cara server ini dijelaskan di "
-"lingkungan kerja Windows."
+msgstr "Tentukan banner server. Banner adalah cara server ini dijelaskan di lingkungan kerja Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4886,11 +4155,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
 msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Tempat di mana Samba bisa mencatat informasi bisa ditetapkan di langkah "
-"selanjutnya."
+msgstr "Tempat di mana Samba bisa mencatat informasi bisa ditetapkan di langkah selanjutnya."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4899,14 +4167,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Panduan menampilkan daftar parameter yang dipilih sebelum Anda menerima "
-"konfigurasi. Ketika diterima, konfigurasi akan ditulis di <code>/etc/samba/"
-"smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr "Panduan menampilkan daftar parameter yang dipilih sebelum Anda menerima konfigurasi. Ketika diterima, konfigurasi akan ditulis di <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4916,7 +4182,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Panduan - Pengendali domain primer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4929,11 +4196,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Jika pilihan \"Pengendali domain "
-"primer\" dipilih, panduan akan menanyakan tanda jika Wins mendukung untuk "
-"menyediakan nama pengguna admin atau tidak. Langkah selanjutnya sama dengan "
-"untuk server mandiri, kecuali Anda juga bisa memilih mode keamanan:"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Jika pilihan \"Pengendali domain primer\" dipilih, panduan akan menanyakan tanda jika Wins mendukung untuk menyediakan nama pengguna admin atau tidak. Langkah selanjutnya sama dengan untuk server mandiri, kecuali Anda juga bisa memilih mode keamanan:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -4941,10 +4204,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: menyediakan mekanisme untuk menyimpan semua "
-"akun pengguna dan grup pada sebuah repository akun, terbagi, yang terpusat.  "
-"Repositori akun terpusat dibagi di antara pengendali (keamanan)."
+msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: menyediakan mekanisme untuk menyimpan semua akun pengguna dan grup pada sebuah repository akun, terbagi, yang terpusat.  Repositori akun terpusat dibagi di antara pengendali (keamanan)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4956,7 +4216,8 @@ msgstr "Mengumumkan direktori untuk dibagi"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Dengan tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>, kita mendapat:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4964,17 +4225,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Entri baru ditambahkan. Ini bisa dimodifikasi dengan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Pilihan bisa diedit, seperti apakah "
-"direktori bisa dilihat publik, bisa ditulisi atau dijelajahi. Nama pembagian "
-"tidak bisa dimodifikasi."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
+" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
+msgstr "Entri baru ditambahkan. Ini bisa dimodifikasi dengan tombol <guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Pilihan bisa diedit, seperti apakah direktori bisa dilihat publik, bisa ditulisi atau dijelajahi. Nama pembagian tidak bisa dimodifikasi."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4982,8 +4240,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:203
 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri, entri menu bisa digunakan."
+msgstr "Ketika daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri, entri menu bisa digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
@@ -5020,7 +4277,8 @@ msgstr "Pembagian printer"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba juga memungkinkan Anda untuk membagi printer."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -5038,7 +4296,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Pengguna samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -5049,11 +4308,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Di tab ini, Anda bisa menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk mengakses "
-"sumber daya yang dibagi ketika otentikasi diperlukan. Anda bisa menambah "
-"pengguna dari <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Di tab ini, Anda bisa menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk mengakses sumber daya yang dibagi ketika otentikasi diperlukan. Anda bisa menambah pengguna dari <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -5065,7 +4320,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi otentikasi peralatan Mageia"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
 msgid "draksec.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
@@ -5073,29 +4329,23 @@ msgstr "draksec.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Keamanan</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Keamanan</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini memungkinkan untuk memberikan pengguna biasa hak yang diperlukan untuk "
-"menyelesaikan tugas yang biasanya dilakukan oleh administrator."
+msgstr "Ini memungkinkan untuk memberikan pengguna biasa hak yang diperlukan untuk menyelesaikan tugas yang biasanya dilakukan oleh administrator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:23
@@ -5103,10 +4353,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
 "drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kebanyakan peralatan yang tersedia di Pusat Kendali Mageia ditampilkan di "
-"sisi kiri jendela (lihat gambar di atas) dan setiap alat, daftar drop down "
-"memberikan pilihan antara:"
+msgstr "Kebanyakan peralatan yang tersedia di Pusat Kendali Mageia ditampilkan di sisi kiri jendela (lihat gambar di atas) dan setiap alat, daftar drop down memberikan pilihan antara:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:29
@@ -5128,9 +4375,7 @@ msgstr "Sandi root: Sandi root ditanyakan sebelum alat berjalan"
 msgid ""
 "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
 "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Nilai baku tergantung tingkat keamanan yang dipilih. Lihat tab MCC yang "
-"sama, alat \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem\"."
+msgstr "Nilai baku tergantung tingkat keamanan yang dipilih. Lihat tab MCC yang sama, alat \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -5142,7 +4387,8 @@ msgstr "Snapshots"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -5150,22 +4396,17 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab "
-"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> MCC, pada bagian <guilabel>Peralatan "
-"administrasi</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
+"tools</guilabel> section."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> MCC, pada bagian <guilabel>Peralatan administrasi</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -5173,59 +4414,39 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini di MCC untuk pertama kalinya, Anda akan "
-"melihat pesan untuk menginstall draksnapshot. Klik <guibutton>Install</"
-"guibutton> untuk melanjutkan. Draksnapshot dan beberapa paket yang "
-"diperlukan akan diinstall."
+msgstr "Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini di MCC untuk pertama kalinya, Anda akan melihat pesan untuk menginstall draksnapshot. Klik <guibutton>Install</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan. Draksnapshot dan beberapa paket yang diperlukan akan diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik lagi <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, Anda akan melihat layar "
-"<guilabel>Pengaturan</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Hidupkan Backup</guilabel> "
-"lalu, jika Anda ingin membackup keseluruhan sistem, <guilabel>Backup "
-"keseluruhan sistem</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
+"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
+"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Klik lagi <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, Anda akan melihat layar <guilabel>Pengaturan</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Hidupkan Backup</guilabel> lalu, jika Anda ingin membackup keseluruhan sistem, <guilabel>Backup keseluruhan sistem</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda ingin membackup sebagian direktori, pilih <guilabel>Lanjutan</"
-"guilabel>. Anda akan melihat layar kecil yang muncul. Gunakan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> di sebelah "
-"<guilabel>Daftar backup</guilabel> untuk memasukkan atau mengeluarkan "
-"direktori dan file dari backup. Gunakan tombol yang sama di sebelah daftar "
-"<guilabel>Masukkan</guilabel> untuk menghapus subdirektori dan/atau file "
-"dari direktori terpilih, ini <emphasis role=\"bold\">tidak</emphasis> akan "
-"dimasukkan dalam backup. Klik <guibutton>Tutup</guibutton> jika sudah "
-"selesai."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
+" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
+"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
+" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
+"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
+"are done."
+msgstr "Jika Anda ingin membackup sebagian direktori, pilih <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Anda akan melihat layar kecil yang muncul. Gunakan tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> di sebelah <guilabel>Daftar backup</guilabel> untuk memasukkan atau mengeluarkan direktori dan file dari backup. Gunakan tombol yang sama di sebelah daftar <guilabel>Masukkan</guilabel> untuk menghapus subdirektori dan/atau file dari direktori terpilih, ini <emphasis role=\"bold\">tidak</emphasis> akan dimasukkan dalam backup. Klik <guibutton>Tutup</guibutton> jika sudah selesai."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Sekarang berikan arah ke <guilabel>Di mana membackup</guilabel>, atau pilih "
-"tombol <guibutton>Jelajah</guibutton> untuk memilih arah yang benar. Setiap "
-"flashdisk atau HD eksternal bisa ditemukan di <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/"
-"media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
+" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Sekarang berikan arah ke <guilabel>Di mana membackup</guilabel>, atau pilih tombol <guibutton>Jelajah</guibutton> untuk memilih arah yang benar. Setiap flashdisk atau HD eksternal bisa ditemukan di <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
@@ -5242,7 +4463,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi Suara"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -5250,20 +4472,16 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -5271,19 +4489,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound berhubungan dengan konfigurasi suara, termasuk pemilihan driver, "
-"pilihan PulseAudio dan pemecahan masalah. Ini akan membantu jika Anda "
-"mengalami masalah suara atau jika Anda mengganti perangkat suara."
+msgstr "Draksound berhubungan dengan konfigurasi suara, termasuk pemilihan driver, pilihan PulseAudio dan pemecahan masalah. Ini akan membantu jika Anda mengalami masalah suara atau jika Anda mengganti perangkat suara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
-"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Daftar drop down yang bernama <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> memungkinkan Anda "
-"memilih driver yang tersedia di komputer yang cocok dengan perangkat suara."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
+" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
+msgstr "Daftar drop down yang bernama <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> memungkinkan Anda memilih driver yang tersedia di komputer yang cocok dengan perangkat suara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -5291,66 +4505,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr ""
-"Biasanya, kita bisa memilih driver menggunakan API OSS atau ALSA. OSS adalah "
-"yang paling lama dan sangat dasar, kami menyarankan untuk memilih ALSA jika "
-"memungkinkan untuk fitur yang lebih baik."
+msgstr "Biasanya, kita bisa memilih driver menggunakan API OSS atau ALSA. OSS adalah yang paling lama dan sangat dasar, kami menyarankan untuk memilih ALSA jika memungkinkan untuk fitur yang lebih baik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> adalah server suara. Ini menerima semua "
-"masukan suara, mencampurkannya menurut pilihan pengguna dan mengirimkan "
-"hasil keluarannya. Lihat <guimenu>Menu -> Suara dan Video -> Kendali volume "
-"PulseAudio</guimenu> untuk mengatur pilihan ini."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
+" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
+"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
+"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> adalah server suara. Ini menerima semua masukan suara, mencampurkannya menurut pilihan pengguna dan mengirimkan hasil keluarannya. Lihat <guimenu>Menu -> Suara dan Video -> Kendali volume PulseAudio</guimenu> untuk mengatur pilihan ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio adalah server suara baku dan direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
+msgstr "PulseAudio adalah server suara baku dan direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> meningkatkan PulseAudio dengan beberapa "
-"program. Ini juga direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> meningkatkan PulseAudio dengan beberapa program. Ini juga direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> menampilkan jendela baru dengan tiga "
-"tombol:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:53
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
 "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
 "for your device."
 msgstr ""
-"Tombol pertama memberikan kebebasan untuk memilih. Anda harus tahu apa yang "
-"Anda lakukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
@@ -5358,10 +4557,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Yang kedua sudah jelas dan yang ketiga memberi bantuan perbaikan setiap "
-"masalah yang Anda punya. Akan sangat berguna untuk mencoba ini sebelum "
-"meminta bantuan komunitas."
+msgstr "Yang kedua sudah jelas dan yang ketiga memberi bantuan perbaikan setiap masalah yang Anda punya. Akan sangat berguna untuk mencoba ini sebelum meminta bantuan komunitas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -5373,7 +4569,8 @@ msgstr "Mengatur UPS untuk mengawasi daya"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -5381,11 +4578,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -5397,7 +4592,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi Koneksi VPN untuk mengamankan akses jaringan"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -5405,11 +4601,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -5420,13 +4614,7 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi keamanan akses ke jaringan remote dengan membangun "
-"terowongan antara lingkungan kerja lokal dengan jaringan remote. Yang kita "
-"bicarakan di sini hanya konfigurasi di sisi lingkungan kerja. Kita anggap "
-"jaringan remote sudah beroperasi, dan Anda memiliki informasi koneksi dari "
-"administrator jaringan, seperti file konfigurasi .pcf."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk mengkonfigurasi keamanan akses ke jaringan remote dengan membangun terowongan antara lingkungan kerja lokal dengan jaringan remote. Yang kita bicarakan di sini hanya konfigurasi di sisi lingkungan kerja. Kita anggap jaringan remote sudah beroperasi, dan Anda memiliki informasi koneksi dari administrator jaringan, seperti file konfigurasi .pcf."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -5438,9 +4626,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Pertama, pilih antara Cisco VPN Concentrator atau OpenVPN, tergantung pada "
-"protokol mana yang digunakan untuk jaringan privat virtual Anda."
+msgstr "Pertama, pilih antara Cisco VPN Concentrator atau OpenVPN, tergantung pada protokol mana yang digunakan untuk jaringan privat virtual Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -5457,7 +4643,8 @@ msgstr "Di layar selanjutnya, berikan rincian koneksi VPN Anda."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Untuk VPN Cisco"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -5467,11 +4654,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk openvpn. Paket openvpn dan dependensinya akan diinstall saat pertama "
-"kali alat ini digunakan."
+msgstr "Untuk openvpn. Paket openvpn dan dependensinya akan diinstall saat pertama kali alat ini digunakan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -5481,16 +4667,15 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih file yang Anda terima dari "
-"administrator jaringan."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih file yang Anda terima dari administrator jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Parameter lanjutan:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -5505,19 +4690,15 @@ msgstr "Layar selanjutnya meminta alamat IP gateway."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat parameter diatur, Anda memiliki pilihan untuk menjalankan koneksi VPN."
+msgstr "Saat parameter diatur, Anda memiliki pilihan untuk menjalankan koneksi VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Koneksi VPN ini bisa diatur untuk berjalan otomatis dengan koneksi jaringan. "
-"Untuk melakukannya, konfigurasi ulang koneksi jaringan untuk selalu "
-"terhubung ke VPN ini."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
+" to this VPN."
+msgstr "Koneksi VPN ini bisa diatur untuk berjalan otomatis dengan koneksi jaringan. Untuk melakukannya, konfigurasi ulang koneksi jaringan untuk selalu terhubung ke VPN ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -5529,7 +4710,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi server web"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -5537,11 +4719,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
@@ -5572,7 +4752,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5589,7 +4770,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5606,7 +4788,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5621,7 +4804,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5638,7 +4822,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5655,7 +4840,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Ringkasan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5665,7 +4851,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5674,7 +4861,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Selesai"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5695,7 +4883,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -5703,11 +4892,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -5719,7 +4906,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -5734,18 +4922,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
+" be installed before you can access to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5772,7 +4958,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5782,7 +4969,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5791,8 +4979,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5800,7 +4988,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5814,7 +5003,8 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5824,7 +5014,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5841,7 +5032,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5866,62 +5058,73 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
+"adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5929,8 +5132,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
+"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5948,7 +5151,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi waktu"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5956,24 +5160,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
+" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertujuan untuk mengatur "
-"waktu server Anda supaya sinkron dengan server luar. Ini tidak terinstall "
-"secara baku dan Anda harus juga menginstall paket drakwizard dan drakwizard-"
-"base."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertujuan untuk mengatur waktu server Anda supaya sinkron dengan server luar. Ini tidak terinstall secara baku dan Anda harus juga menginstall paket drakwizard dan drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -5986,28 +5184,28 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah layar selamat datang (lihat di atas), yang kedua meminta Anda "
-"memilih tiga server waktu di daftar drop down dan menyarankan untuk "
-"menggunakan pool.ntp.org dua kali karena server ini selalu mengarahkan ke "
-"server waktu yang tersedia."
+msgstr "Setelah layar selamat datang (lihat di atas), yang kedua meminta Anda memilih tiga server waktu di daftar drop down dan menyarankan untuk menggunakan pool.ntp.org dua kali karena server ini selalu mengarahkan ke server waktu yang tersedia."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -6015,14 +5213,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
+" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -6045,9 +5244,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -6067,8 +5266,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
+"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -6087,7 +5286,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -6095,17 +5295,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6131,12 +5329,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6153,7 +5353,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6170,7 +5371,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6178,16 +5380,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
+" (File eXchange Protocol)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6202,7 +5406,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -6210,11 +5415,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -6250,7 +5453,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6260,7 +5464,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6277,7 +5482,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6293,7 +5499,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6301,8 +5508,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -6310,14 +5517,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -6325,7 +5534,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6340,7 +5550,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6348,11 +5559,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6362,7 +5574,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6374,7 +5587,8 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6387,49 +5601,56 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6449,7 +5670,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi daemon OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -6457,17 +5679,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6480,8 +5700,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
+" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6501,7 +5721,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6509,8 +5730,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
+"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -6518,7 +5740,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Opsi Umum"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6535,7 +5758,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6552,7 +5776,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6560,8 +5785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -6569,7 +5794,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6584,7 +5810,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "pilihan login pengguna"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6600,7 +5827,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6612,12 +5840,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6632,7 +5862,8 @@ msgstr "Kelola layanan sistem dengan menghidupkan atau mematikannya"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -6640,11 +5871,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -6656,7 +5885,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi hardware"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -6664,11 +5894,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -6678,12 +5906,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi pandangan umum "
-"hardware komputer anda. Saat alat ini dijalankan, ini mengeksekusi tugas "
-"untuk melihat semua elemen hardware. Untuk itu, ini menggunakan perintah "
-"<code>ldetect </code>yang mengacu ke daftar hardware di paket <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code>."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi pandangan umum hardware komputer anda. Saat alat ini dijalankan, ini mengeksekusi tugas untuk melihat semua elemen hardware. Untuk itu, ini menggunakan perintah <code>ldetect </code>yang mengacu ke daftar hardware di paket <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -6701,10 +5924,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom kiri berisi daftar hardware yang terdeteksi. Perangkat dibagi dalam "
-"grup dengan berbagai kategori. Klik &gt; untuk melihat isi kategori. Setiap "
-"perangkat bisa dipilih di kolom ini."
+msgstr "Kolom kiri berisi daftar hardware yang terdeteksi. Perangkat dibagi dalam grup dengan berbagai kategori. Klik &gt; untuk melihat isi kategori. Setiap perangkat bisa dipilih di kolom ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -6712,19 +5932,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom kanan menampilkan informasi perangkat yang dipilih. <guimenu>Bantuan -"
-"&gt; Kolom keterangan</guimenu> memberi beberapa informasi tentang isi dari "
-"kolom."
+msgstr "Kolom kanan menampilkan informasi perangkat yang dipilih. <guimenu>Bantuan -&gt; Kolom keterangan</guimenu> memberi beberapa informasi tentang isi dari kolom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tergantung pada tipe perangkat yang dipilih, satu atau dua tombol tersedia "
-"di bawah kolom kedua."
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
+" available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr "Tergantung pada tipe perangkat yang dipilih, satu atau dua tombol tersedia di bawah kolom kedua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -6732,29 +5947,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Atur opsi driver saat ini</guibutton>: ini bisa digunakan untuk "
-"mengatur parameter modul yang digunakan dalam hubungan dengan perangkat. Ini "
-"hanya untuk digunakan oleh pengguna berpengalaman."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Atur opsi driver saat ini</guibutton>: ini bisa digunakan untuk mengatur parameter modul yang digunakan dalam hubungan dengan perangkat. Ini hanya untuk digunakan oleh pengguna berpengalaman."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Jalankan alat konfigurasi</guibutton>: akses ke alat yang "
-"digunakan untuk mengkonfigurasi perangkat. Alat ini lebih sering diakses "
-"langsung dari MCC."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Jalankan alat konfigurasi</guibutton>: akses ke alat yang digunakan untuk mengkonfigurasi perangkat. Alat ini lebih sering diakses langsung dari MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Menu <guimenu>opsi</guimenu> memberi kesempatan untuk menandai kotak untuk "
-"menghidupkan pendeteksian otomatis:"
+msgstr "Menu <guimenu>opsi</guimenu> memberi kesempatan untuk menandai kotak untuk menghidupkan pendeteksian otomatis:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -6777,10 +5984,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Secara baku pendeteksian ini tidak dihidupkan karena lambat. Tandai kotak "
-"yang tepat jika ada perangkat di sini yang terhubung. Pendeteksian akan "
-"berjalan saat alat ini dijalankan berikutnya."
+msgstr "Secara baku pendeteksian ini tidak dihidupkan karena lambat. Tandai kotak yang tepat jika ada perangkat di sini yang terhubung. Pendeteksian akan berjalan saat alat ini dijalankan berikutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -6792,7 +5996,8 @@ msgstr "Atur Layout Keyboard"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6800,11 +6005,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6814,12 +6017,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membantu Anda "
-"mengkonfigurasi layout dasar keyboard yang Anda gunakan di Mageia. Ini akan "
-"berpengaruh pada layout keyboard untuk semua pengguna sistem. Ini ada di "
-"bagian Hardware pada Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Konfigurasi "
-"mouse dan keyboard\"."
+msgstr "Alat keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membantu Anda mengkonfigurasi layout dasar keyboard yang Anda gunakan di Mageia. Ini akan berpengaruh pada layout keyboard untuk semua pengguna sistem. Ini ada di bagian Hardware pada Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Konfigurasi mouse dan keyboard\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6829,13 +6027,10 @@ msgstr "Layout Keyboard"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini Anda bisa memilih layout keyboard mana yang ingin Anda gunakan. Nama "
-"(urutan alfabet) menggambarkan layout tiap bahasa, negara dan/atau etnis "
-"yang digunakan."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
+" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
+"each layout should be used for."
+msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa memilih layout keyboard mana yang ingin Anda gunakan. Nama (urutan alfabet) menggambarkan layout tiap bahasa, negara dan/atau etnis yang digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6847,9 +6042,7 @@ msgstr "Tipe Keyboard"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Menu memberikan pilihan tipe keyboard yang Anda gunakan. Jika Anda tidak "
-"yakin mana yang harus dipilih, gunakan saja pilihan baku."
+msgstr "Menu memberikan pilihan tipe keyboard yang Anda gunakan. Jika Anda tidak yakin mana yang harus dipilih, gunakan saja pilihan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6861,7 +6054,8 @@ msgstr "Kelola lokalisasi sistem"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6869,11 +6063,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6883,20 +6075,14 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di bagian Sistem pada "
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Kelola lokalisasi sistem\". Ini "
-"membuka jendela di mana Anda bisa memilih bahasa. Pilihan disesuaikan dengan "
-"bahasa terpilih saat instalasi."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di bagian Sistem pada Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Kelola lokalisasi sistem\". Ini membuka jendela di mana Anda bisa memilih bahasa. Pilihan disesuaikan dengan bahasa terpilih saat instalasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan akses untuk mengaktifkan "
-"kompatibilitas pengkodean lama (non UTF8)."
+msgstr "Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan akses untuk mengaktifkan kompatibilitas pengkodean lama (non UTF8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6904,10 +6090,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Jendela kedua menampilkan daftar negara menurut bahasa yang dipilih. Tombol "
-"<guibutton>Negara Lainnya</guibutton> memberi akses ke negara yang tidak "
-"terdaftar."
+msgstr "Jendela kedua menampilkan daftar negara menurut bahasa yang dipilih. Tombol <guibutton>Negara Lainnya</guibutton> memberi akses ke negara yang tidak terdaftar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -6926,19 +6109,14 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode "
-"masukan (dari menu drop-down di bawah daftar). Metode masukan memungkinkan "
-"pengguna memasukkan karakter multilingual (Cina, Jepang, Korean, dsb)."
+msgstr "Di layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode masukan (dari menu drop-down di bawah daftar). Metode masukan memungkinkan pengguna memasukkan karakter multilingual (Cina, Jepang, Korean, dsb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode masukan "
-"baku sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual."
+msgstr "Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode masukan baku sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -6946,10 +6124,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Metode masukan lainnya (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dll.) juga menyediakan fungsi "
-"serupa dan bisa, jika tidak tersedia dari menu drop-down, diinstall di "
-"bagian lain Pusat Kendali Mageia. Lihat <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr "Metode masukan lainnya (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dll.) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa dan bisa, jika tidak tersedia dari menu drop-down, diinstall di bagian lain Pusat Kendali Mageia. Lihat <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -6961,7 +6136,8 @@ msgstr "Lihat dan cari log sistem"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6969,22 +6145,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia tab Sistem, dengan nama \"<guilabel>Lihat dan cari log sistem</"
-"guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia tab Sistem, dengan nama \"<guilabel>Lihat dan cari log sistem</guilabel>\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -6994,41 +6165,27 @@ msgstr "Untuk melakukan pencarian log"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Pertama, masukkan kata kunci yang ingin Anda cari di kolom <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Pencocokan</emphasis> dan/atau kata kunci yang <emphasis>tidak</"
-"emphasis> diinginkan untuk melihat jawaban di kolom <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">tapi tidak cocok</emphasis>. Lalu pilih file untuk dicari di kolom "
-"<guilabel>Pilih file</guilabel>. Atau, bisa juga membatasi pencarian hanya "
-"satu hari. Pilih di <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalender</emphasis>, menggunakan "
-"panah kecil di tiap sisi bulan dan tahun, lalu tandai \"<guibutton>Hanya "
-"tampilkan hari terpilih</guibutton>\". Terakhir, klik tombol "
-"<guibutton>cari</guibutton> untuk melihat hasil di jendela yang disebut "
-"<guilabel>Isi file</guilabel>. Hasil bisa disimpan dalam format .txt dengan "
-"mengklik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Simpan</emphasis>."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
+"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
+" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr "Pertama, masukkan kata kunci yang ingin Anda cari di kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pencocokan</emphasis> dan/atau kata kunci yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> diinginkan untuk melihat jawaban di kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">tapi tidak cocok</emphasis>. Lalu pilih file untuk dicari di kolom <guilabel>Pilih file</guilabel>. Atau, bisa juga membatasi pencarian hanya satu hari. Pilih di <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalender</emphasis>, menggunakan panah kecil di tiap sisi bulan dan tahun, lalu tandai \"<guibutton>Hanya tampilkan hari terpilih</guibutton>\". Terakhir, klik tombol <guibutton>cari</guibutton> untuk melihat hasil di jendela yang disebut <guilabel>Isi file</guilabel>. Hasil bisa disimpan dalam format .txt dengan mengklik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Simpan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Log Peralatan Mageia</guibutton> menyimpan log peralatan "
-"konfigurasi Mageia seperti peralatan Pusat Kendali Mageia. Log ini diupdate "
-"setiap kali konfigurasi dimodifikasi."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
+" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
+"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Log Peralatan Mageia</guibutton> menyimpan log peralatan konfigurasi Mageia seperti peralatan Pusat Kendali Mageia. Log ini diupdate setiap kali konfigurasi dimodifikasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -7041,25 +6198,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Peringatan surat</guibutton> secara otomatis memeriksa beban "
-"sistem dan layanan setiap jam dan jika diperlukan, mengirim e-mail ke alamat "
-"yang dikonfigurasi."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Peringatan surat</guibutton> secara otomatis memeriksa beban sistem dan layanan setiap jam dan jika diperlukan, mengirim e-mail ke alamat yang dikonfigurasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk mengkonfigurasi alat ini, klik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Peringatan Surat</emphasis> lalu, di layar selanjutnya, di tombol drop "
-"down<guibutton> Konfigurasi sistem peringatan surat</guibutton>. Di sini, "
-"semua layanan yang berjalan ditampilkan dan Anda bisa memilih layanan mana "
-"yang ingin Anda awasi. (Lihat gambar di atas)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+msgstr "Untuk mengkonfigurasi alat ini, klik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Peringatan Surat</emphasis> lalu, di layar selanjutnya, di tombol drop down<guibutton> Konfigurasi sistem peringatan surat</guibutton>. Di sini, semua layanan yang berjalan ditampilkan dan Anda bisa memilih layanan mana yang ingin Anda awasi. (Lihat gambar di atas)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -7106,7 +6255,8 @@ msgstr "Layanan Xinetd"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -7115,16 +6265,11 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
+" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar selanjutnya, pilih nilai <guilabel>Beban</guilabel> yang Anda "
-"pertimbangkan untuk tidak diterima. Beban mewakili permintaan proses, beban "
-"tinggi memperlambat sistem dan bebas sangat tinggi bisa mengindikasikan "
-"bahwa proses sudah diluar kendali. Nilai baku adalah 3. Pengaturan beban "
-"direkomendasikan 3 kali jumlah prosesor."
+msgstr "Di layar selanjutnya, pilih nilai <guilabel>Beban</guilabel> yang Anda pertimbangkan untuk tidak diterima. Beban mewakili permintaan proses, beban tinggi memperlambat sistem dan bebas sangat tinggi bisa mengindikasikan bahwa proses sudah diluar kendali. Nilai baku adalah 3. Pengaturan beban direkomendasikan 3 kali jumlah prosesor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -7132,10 +6277,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar terakhir, masukkan <guilabel>Alamat email</guilabel> orang yang "
-"akan diperingatkan dan <guilabel>Server email</guilabel> yang digunakan "
-"(lokal atau Internet)."
+msgstr "Di layar terakhir, masukkan <guilabel>Alamat email</guilabel> orang yang akan diperingatkan dan <guilabel>Server email</guilabel> yang digunakan (lokal atau Internet)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -7150,33 +6292,25 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
-"digunakan di baris perintah."
+msgstr "Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan digunakan di baris perintah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir "
-"bisa menuliskan bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih "
-"untuk bantuan Anda."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
+"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa menuliskan bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -7191,11 +6325,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -7203,23 +6335,18 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
-"digunakan di baris perintah. Ini akan memberikan informasi yang lebih banyak "
-"jika dijalankan sebagai root."
+msgstr "Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan digunakan di baris perintah. Ini akan memberikan informasi yang lebih banyak jika dijalankan sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
+" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake memberikan daftar semua perangkat yang terhubung ke komputer "
-"(USB, PCI dan PCMCIA) dan driver yang digunakan. Ini memerlukan paket "
-"ldetect dan ldetect-lst agar bisa bekerja."
+msgstr "lspcidrake memberikan daftar semua perangkat yang terhubung ke komputer (USB, PCI dan PCMCIA) dan driver yang digunakan. Ini memerlukan paket ldetect dan ldetect-lst agar bisa bekerja."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -7228,18 +6355,14 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Dengan opsi -v, lspcidrake menambahkan identifikasi perangkat dan pabrikan."
+msgstr "Dengan opsi -v, lspcidrake menambahkan identifikasi perangkat dan pabrikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake seringkali menghasilkan daftar yang sangat panjang, sehingga, "
-"untuk menemukan sebuah informasi, ini sering digunakan dengan perintah grep, "
-"seperti pada contoh berikut:"
+msgstr "lspcidrake seringkali menghasilkan daftar yang sangat panjang, sehingga, untuk menemukan sebuah informasi, ini sering digunakan dengan perintah grep, seperti pada contoh berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -7271,11 +6394,10 @@ msgstr "-i untuk mengabaikan perbedaan."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Pada gambar di bawah, Anda bisa melihat aksi dari opsi -v lspcidrake dan "
-"opsi -i grep."
+msgstr "Pada gambar di bawah, Anda bisa melihat aksi dari opsi -v lspcidrake dan opsi -i grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -7285,9 +6407,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Ada alat lain yang bisa memberikan informasi hardware, yang disebut "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (dengan root)"
+msgstr "Ada alat lain yang bisa memberikan informasi hardware, yang disebut <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (dengan root)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -7299,7 +6419,8 @@ msgstr "Update Paket Software"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate atau drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -7307,23 +6428,18 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini di baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini di baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen Software.</emphasis>"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen Software.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -7331,36 +6447,27 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Supaya bekerja, MageiaUpdate perlu repository terkonfigurasi dengan rpmdrake-"
-"edit-media dengan beberapa media ditandai sebagai update. Jika tidak, Anda "
-"akan diminta untuk melakukannya."
+msgstr "Supaya bekerja, MageiaUpdate perlu repository terkonfigurasi dengan rpmdrake-edit-media dengan beberapa media ditandai sebagai update. Jika tidak, Anda akan diminta untuk melakukannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
+" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat alat ini sudah berjalan, dia akan memindai paket yang terinstall dan "
-"membandingkannya dengan update yang tersedia di repository. Mereka secara "
-"otomatis ditandai untuk didownload dan diinstall. Klik pada tombol "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> untuk menjalankan proses."
+msgstr "Saat alat ini sudah berjalan, dia akan memindai paket yang terinstall dan membandingkannya dengan update yang tersedia di repository. Mereka secara otomatis ditandai untuk didownload dan diinstall. Klik pada tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton> untuk menjalankan proses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
+" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Dengan mengklik paket, informasi lebih banyak akan ditampilkan di bagian "
-"bawah jendela. Tanda<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> sebelum judul "
-"maksudnya Anda bisa mengklik untuk menurunkan teks."
+msgstr "Dengan mengklik paket, informasi lebih banyak akan ditampilkan di bagian bawah jendela. Tanda<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> sebelum judul maksudnya Anda bisa mengklik untuk menurunkan teks."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -7369,19 +6476,17 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika update tersedia, sebuah applet tray sistem memperingatkan Anda dengan "
-"menampilkan ikon merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . "
-"Klik dan masukkan sandi pengguna untuk melakukan update."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr "Ketika update tersedia, sebuah applet tray sistem memperingatkan Anda dengan menampilkan ikon merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Klik dan masukkan sandi pengguna untuk melakukan update."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -7391,9 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi "
-"langkah boot. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi langkah boot. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -7420,7 +6523,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hardware"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -7430,25 +6534,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi "
-"hardware. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi hardware. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Mengelola hardware"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Jelajahi dan konfigurasi "
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
 "hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Jelajahi dan konfigurasi hardware</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -7458,15 +6560,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi grafis"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi efek Desktop 3D</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi efek Desktop 3D</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -7476,12 +6579,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse dan keyboard"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -7491,16 +6596,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi printing dan scanning"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Atur printer, antrian "
-"pekerjaan untuk diprint, ...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
+" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Atur printer, antrian pekerjaan untuk diprint, ...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -7510,7 +6615,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Lainnya"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -7527,28 +6633,21 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) memiliki delapan opsi atau tab berbeda untuk "
-"memilih di kolom sebelah kiri, atau sepuluh jika paket drakwizard sudah "
-"terinstall. Setiap tab ini memberikan seperangkat peralatan yang bisa "
-"dipilih pada panel besar di sebelah kanan."
+msgstr "Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) memiliki delapan opsi atau tab berbeda untuk memilih di kolom sebelah kiri, atau sepuluh jika paket drakwizard sudah terinstall. Setiap tab ini memberikan seperangkat peralatan yang bisa dipilih pada panel besar di sebelah kanan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Sepuluh bab berikut adalah tentang kesepuluh opsi tersebut dan peralatan "
-"terkait."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
+"tools."
+msgstr "Sepuluh bab berikut adalah tentang kesepuluh opsi tersebut dan peralatan terkait."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Bab terakhir tentang beberapa peralatan Mageia lainnya, yang tidak bisa "
-"dipilih dari tab manapun di MCC."
+msgstr "Bab terakhir tentang beberapa peralatan Mageia lainnya, yang tidak bisa dipilih dari tab manapun di MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
@@ -7562,16 +6661,15 @@ msgstr "Judul halaman seringkali sama dengan judul layar alat."
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Tersedia juga kotak pencarian, yang bisa diakses dengan mengklik tab \"Cari"
-"\" di kolom sebelah kiri."
+msgstr "Tersedia juga kotak pencarian, yang bisa diakses dengan mengklik tab \"Cari\" di kolom sebelah kiri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Disk lokal"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -7581,9 +6679,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola atau "
-"berbagi disk lokal. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola atau berbagi disk lokal. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -7605,7 +6701,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Layanan Jaringan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -7613,15 +6710,11 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
+" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Layar ini dan layar untuk <emphasis>Pembagian</emphasis> hanya tersedia jika "
-"paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih beberapa "
-"peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau pada <xref "
-"linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr "Layar ini dan layar untuk <emphasis>Pembagian</emphasis> hanya tersedia jika paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau pada <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -7653,7 +6746,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Pembagian Jaringan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -7663,40 +6757,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk berbagi perangkat "
-"atau direktori. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk berbagi perangkat atau direktori. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian Windows(R)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Berbagi perangkat dan "
-"direktori dengan sistem Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Berbagi perangkat dan direktori dengan sistem Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -7706,7 +6800,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -7716,7 +6811,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Jaringan dan Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -7724,28 +6820,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan jaringan. Klik link di "
-"bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
+" below to learn more."
+msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan jaringan. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Kelola perangkat jaringan Anda"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -7755,27 +6852,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personalisasi dan Amankan jaringan"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -7785,7 +6887,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Keamanan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -7795,18 +6898,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan keamanan. Klik link di "
-"bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan keamanan. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan "
-"audit sistem</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -7833,7 +6932,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Pembagian"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -7842,14 +6942,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
+" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Layar ini dan layar <emphasis>Layanan Jaringan</emphasis> hanya tersedia "
-"jika paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih "
-"beberapa peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau "
-"pada <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr "Layar ini dan layar <emphasis>Layanan Jaringan</emphasis> hanya tersedia jika paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau pada <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -7866,7 +6962,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Sistem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -7876,26 +6973,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan sistem dan administrasi. "
-"Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan sistem dan administrasi. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Kelola layanan sistem"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7905,12 +7003,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Lokalisasi"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7920,31 +7020,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Peralatan administrasi"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Kelola pengguna pada sistem</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Kelola pengguna pada sistem</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7958,34 +7061,25 @@ msgstr "Pusat Kendali Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr "Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
-"\">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
-"\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr "Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</"
-"link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr "Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7997,7 +7091,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi frekuensi update"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -8005,37 +7100,28 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen software</emphasis>. Juga "
-"tersedia dengan <guimenu>klik kanan / Konfigurasi updates</guimenu> di ikon "
-"merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> di tray sistem."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen software</emphasis>. Juga tersedia dengan <guimenu>klik kanan / Konfigurasi updates</guimenu> di ikon merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> di tray sistem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"Panel geser pertama memungkinkan Anda mengubah seberapa frekuensi Mageia "
-"memeriksa update dan yang kedua jeda setelah komputer berjalan sebelum "
-"pemeriksaan pertama. Kotak centang memberi Anda opsi untuk diperingatkan "
-"ketika rilis Mageia baru keluar."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
+msgstr "Panel geser pertama memungkinkan Anda mengubah seberapa frekuensi Mageia memeriksa update dan yang kedua jeda setelah komputer berjalan sebelum pemeriksaan pertama. Kotak centang memberi Anda opsi untuk diperingatkan ketika rilis Mageia baru keluar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -8047,7 +7133,8 @@ msgstr "Atur perangkat pointer (mouse, touchpad)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -8055,30 +7142,23 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Karena Anda harus mempunyai mouse untuk menginstall Mageia, yang satu itu "
-"sudah diinstall oleh Drakinstall. Alat ini menungkinkan instalasi mouse "
-"lainnya."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
+" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr "Karena Anda harus mempunyai mouse untuk menginstall Mageia, yang satu itu sudah diinstall oleh Drakinstall. Alat ini menungkinkan instalasi mouse lainnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -8087,11 +7167,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Mouse diurut berdasarkan tipe koneksi lalu model. Pilih mouse Anda lalu klik "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Biasanya \"Universal / Semua PS/2 &amp; Mouse USB"
-"\" cocok untuk semua mouse yang ada sekarang. Mouse baru akan langsung bisa "
-"digunakan."
+msgstr "Mouse diurut berdasarkan tipe koneksi lalu model. Pilih mouse Anda lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Biasanya \"Universal / Semua PS/2 &amp; Mouse USB\" cocok untuk semua mouse yang ada sekarang. Mouse baru akan langsung bisa digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -8103,7 +7179,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Keamanan dan Audit Sistem"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -8111,17 +7188,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
+" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8130,9 +7205,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini mengatur perilaku sistem, msec memaksakan modifikasi sistem untuk "
-"membuatnya lebih aman."
+msgstr "Ini mengatur perilaku sistem, msec memaksakan modifikasi sistem untuk membuatnya lebih aman."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
@@ -8144,15 +7217,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"msec menggunakan konsep \"tingkat keamanan\" yang bertujuan untuk "
-"mengkonfigurasi seperangkat perizinan sistem, yang bisa diaudit perubahannya "
-"atau pemaksaannya. Beberapa diantaranya disarankan oleh Mageia, tapi Anda "
-"bisa menentukan sendiri tingkat keamanan penyesuaian."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
+" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
+" own customised security levels."
+msgstr "msec menggunakan konsep \"tingkat keamanan\" yang bertujuan untuk mengkonfigurasi seperangkat perizinan sistem, yang bisa diaudit perubahannya atau pemaksaannya. Beberapa diantaranya disarankan oleh Mageia, tapi Anda bisa menentukan sendiri tingkat keamanan penyesuaian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -8169,9 +7238,7 @@ msgstr "Lihat gambar di atas"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tab pertama memperlihatkan peralatan keamanan berbeda dengan tombol di "
-"sebelah kanan untuk mengkonfigurasi mereka:"
+msgstr "Tab pertama memperlihatkan peralatan keamanan berbeda dengan tombol di sebelah kanan untuk mengkonfigurasi mereka:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
@@ -8189,24 +7256,25 @@ msgstr "Update, juga ada di MCC / Manajemen Software / Update sistem Anda"
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "msec dengan beberapa informasi:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "hidupkan atau jangan"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "tingkat keamanan Dasar terkonfigurasi"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"tanggal dari pemeriksaan Rutin terakhir dan tombol untuk melihat laporan "
-"rinci dan tombol lain untuk menjalankan pemeriksaan sekarang."
+msgstr "tanggal dari pemeriksaan Rutin terakhir dan tombol untuk melihat laporan rinci dan tombol lain untuk menjalankan pemeriksaan sekarang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -8216,13 +7284,13 @@ msgstr "Tab Pengaturan keamanan"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengklik tab kedua atau tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Keamanan "
-"akan membawa ke layar yang ditunjukkan di bawah."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
+"below."
+msgstr "Mengklik tab kedua atau tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Keamanan akan membawa ke layar yang ditunjukkan di bawah."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -8240,32 +7308,22 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Tingkat keamanan:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
+" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
+" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah mencentang kotak <guilabel>Hidupkan alat MSEC</guilabel>, tab ini "
-"memungkinkan Anda, dengan klik ganda, memilih tingkat keamanan yang muncul "
-"kemudian dengan huruf tebal. Jika kotak tidak dicentang, tingkat « tak ada » "
-"akan diterapkan. Tingkat berikut ini tersedia:"
+msgstr "Setelah mencentang kotak <guilabel>Hidupkan alat MSEC</guilabel>, tab ini memungkinkan Anda, dengan klik ganda, memilih tingkat keamanan yang muncul kemudian dengan huruf tebal. Jika kotak tidak dicentang, tingkat « tak ada » akan diterapkan. Tingkat berikut ini tersedia:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
+" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
+" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
+" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">tak ada</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan "
-"jika Anda tidak ingin menggunakan msec untuk mengendalikan keamanan sistem, "
-"dan lebih suka menyesuaikannya sendiri. Ini mematikan semua pemeriksaan "
-"keamanan dan tidak membatasi atau memaksakan pengaturan dan konfigurasi "
-"sistem. Gunakan tingkat ini hanya jika Anda mengerti apa yang dilakukan, "
-"karena sistem akan mudah diserang."
+msgstr "Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">tak ada</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan jika Anda tidak ingin menggunakan msec untuk mengendalikan keamanan sistem, dan lebih suka menyesuaikannya sendiri. Ini mematikan semua pemeriksaan keamanan dan tidak membatasi atau memaksakan pengaturan dan konfigurasi sistem. Gunakan tingkat ini hanya jika Anda mengerti apa yang dilakukan, karena sistem akan mudah diserang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -8281,26 +7339,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">aman</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan "
-"saat Anda ingin memastikan bahwa sistem Anda aman, belum bisa digunakan. Ini "
-"akan membatasi perizinan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan lebih sering. "
-"Terlebih, akses ke sistem lebih dibatasi. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan tingkat "
-"4 (Tinggi) dan 5 (Paranoid) di msec versi lama)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
+" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
+" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
+" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr "Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">aman</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan saat Anda ingin memastikan bahwa sistem Anda aman, belum bisa digunakan. Ini akan membatasi perizinan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan lebih sering. Terlebih, akses ke sistem lebih dibatasi. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan tingkat 4 (Tinggi) dan 5 (Paranoid) di msec versi lama)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
+"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8314,19 +7367,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Tingkatan ini tersimpan di <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. Anda bisa menentukan tingkat keamanan yang Anda sesuaikan, "
-"menyimpannya ke file spesifik yang disebut <filename>level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>, tempatkan ke dalam folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</"
-"filename> Fungsi ini dimaksudkan untuk power user yang membutuhkan "
-"konfigurasi sistem yang lebih aman atau yang disesuaikan."
+"These levels are saved in "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
+"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
+" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
+msgstr "Tingkatan ini tersimpan di <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Anda bisa menentukan tingkat keamanan yang Anda sesuaikan, menyimpannya ke file spesifik yang disebut <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, tempatkan ke dalam folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Fungsi ini dimaksudkan untuk power user yang membutuhkan konfigurasi sistem yang lebih aman atau yang disesuaikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
@@ -8343,11 +7390,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Peringatan keamanan:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
+"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
+"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
+" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
+" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
 msgstr ""
@@ -8356,8 +7403,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
+" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8370,11 +7417,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
+" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
+"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
+"to the options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -8386,11 +7433,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
+" column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8405,7 +7453,8 @@ msgid ""
 "choice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8419,7 +7468,8 @@ msgid ""
 "saving them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8435,7 +7485,8 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8460,7 +7511,8 @@ msgid ""
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8474,13 +7526,14 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
+" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
+" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8488,10 +7541,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
+"button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8500,10 +7555,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
+"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
+"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
+"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -8528,12 +7584,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
+"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8542,16 +7599,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
+" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
+" given rule:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
+" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8566,19 +7623,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
+"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8604,11 +7662,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
+"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
+"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
+" that will be changed by msecperms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -8631,12 +7689,9 @@ msgstr "Peralatan Mageia Lainnya"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Masih ada peralatan Mageia lainnya yang bisa dijalankan di Pusat Kendali "
-"Mageia. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya, atau lanjutkan membaca "
-"halaman berikutnya."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
+" next pages."
+msgstr "Masih ada peralatan Mageia lainnya yang bisa dijalankan di Pusat Kendali Mageia. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya, atau lanjutkan membaca halaman berikutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -8673,7 +7728,8 @@ msgstr "Manajemen Software (Install dan Hapus Software)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -8686,11 +7742,9 @@ msgstr "Perkenalan rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -8704,32 +7758,19 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, dikenal juga dengan "
-"drakrpm, adalah program untuk menginstall, uninstall dan update paket. Ini "
-"adalah antarmuka grafis pengguna dari URPMI. Setiap dijalankan, ini akan "
-"memeriksa daftar paket online (disebut 'media') didownload langsung dari "
-"server resmi Mageia, dan menunjukkan kepada Anda setiap ada aplikasi dan "
-"paket terbaru yang tersedia untuk komputer Anda. Sistem penyaringan "
-"memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu: Anda bisa "
-"manampilkan hanya aplikasi terinstall (pilihan baku), atau hanya update yang "
-"tersedia. Anda bisa juga melihat hanya paket yang tidak terinstall. Anda "
-"juga bisa mencari berdasarkan nama paket, atau dengan ringkasan deskripsi "
-"atau dengan deskripsi penuh dari paket atau dengan nama file yang termasuk "
-"di dalam paket."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
+" included in the packages."
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, dikenal juga dengan drakrpm, adalah program untuk menginstall, uninstall dan update paket. Ini adalah antarmuka grafis pengguna dari URPMI. Setiap dijalankan, ini akan memeriksa daftar paket online (disebut 'media') didownload langsung dari server resmi Mageia, dan menunjukkan kepada Anda setiap ada aplikasi dan paket terbaru yang tersedia untuk komputer Anda. Sistem penyaringan memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu: Anda bisa manampilkan hanya aplikasi terinstall (pilihan baku), atau hanya update yang tersedia. Anda bisa juga melihat hanya paket yang tidak terinstall. Anda juga bisa mencari berdasarkan nama paket, atau dengan ringkasan deskripsi atau dengan deskripsi penuh dari paket atau dengan nama file yang termasuk di dalam paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk bekerja, rpmdrake memerlukan repository yang terkonfigurasi dengan "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
+"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr "Untuk bekerja, rpmdrake memerlukan repository yang terkonfigurasi dengan <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8738,8 +7779,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
+" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
@@ -8758,7 +7799,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Bagian utama layar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -8774,36 +7816,25 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Filter ini memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu. Pertama "
-"kali Anda menjalankan manajer, ini hanya menampilkan aplikasi dengan "
-"antarmuka grafis. Anda bisa menampilkan semua paket beserta semua dependensi "
-"dan library atau hanya grup paket seperti hanya aplikasi, hanya update atau "
-"paket backport dari versi Mageia terbaru."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
+" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr "Filter ini memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu. Pertama kali Anda menjalankan manajer, ini hanya menampilkan aplikasi dengan antarmuka grafis. Anda bisa menampilkan semua paket beserta semua dependensi dan library atau hanya grup paket seperti hanya aplikasi, hanya update atau paket backport dari versi Mageia terbaru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Pengaturan penyaringan baku untuk yang baru menggunakan Mageia, yang mungkin "
-"tidak menginginkan baris perintah atau peralatan khusus. Karena Anda membaca "
-"dokumentasi ini, Anda jelas tertarik untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan tentang "
-"Mageia, jadi alangkah baiknya untuk mengatur filter ini ke \"Semua\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
+" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
+" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr "Pengaturan penyaringan baku untuk yang baru menggunakan Mageia, yang mungkin tidak menginginkan baris perintah atau peralatan khusus. Karena Anda membaca dokumentasi ini, Anda jelas tertarik untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan tentang Mageia, jadi alangkah baiknya untuk mengatur filter ini ke \"Semua\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filter kondisi paket:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
+msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filter kondisi paket:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -8811,9 +7842,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Filter ini memungkinkan Anda melihat hanya paket terinstall, hanya paket "
-"yang tidak terinstall atau semua paket, yang terinstall dan tidak terinstall."
+msgstr "Filter ini memungkinkan Anda melihat hanya paket terinstall, hanya paket yang tidak terinstall atau semua paket, yang terinstall dan tidak terinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -8826,9 +7855,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik ikon ini untuk mencari melalui nama paket, melalui ringkasan, melalui "
-"deskripsi lengkap atau melalui file yang terkandung di dalam paket."
+msgstr "Klik ikon ini untuk mencari melalui nama paket, melalui ringkasan, melalui deskripsi lengkap atau melalui file yang terkandung di dalam paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -8841,11 +7868,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Masukkan satu atau lebih kata kunci di sini. Jika Anda ingin menggunakan "
-"lebih dari satu kata kunci untuk mencari, gunakan '|' di antara kata, "
-"contohnya untuk mencari \"mplayer\" dan \"xine\" secara bersamaan, ketik "
-"'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr "Masukkan satu atau lebih kata kunci di sini. Jika Anda ingin menggunakan lebih dari satu kata kunci untuk mencari, gunakan '|' di antara kata, contohnya untuk mencari \"mplayer\" dan \"xine\" secara bersamaan, ketik 'mplayer | xine'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -8857,9 +7880,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hapus semua:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Ikon ini bisa menghapus dengan satu klik, semua kata kunci yang dimasukkan "
-"di kotak \"Temukan\"."
+msgstr "Ikon ini bisa menghapus dengan satu klik, semua kata kunci yang dimasukkan di kotak \"Temukan\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -8869,11 +7890,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Daftar kategori:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Batang sisi mengelompokkan aplikasi dan paket ke dalam kategori dan "
-"subkategori yang jelas."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
+" sub categories."
+msgstr "Batang sisi mengelompokkan aplikasi dan paket ke dalam kategori dan subkategori yang jelas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -8884,14 +7903,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panel deskripsi:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
+" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Panel ini menampilkan nama paket, deskripsi ringkasan dan lengkapnya. Ini "
-"menampilkan banyak elemen berguna tentang paket terpilih. Ini bisa juga "
-"menunjukkan rincian paket, file di dalam paket juga daftar perubahan "
-"terakhir yang dibuat oleh pengelolanya."
+msgstr "Panel ini menampilkan nama paket, deskripsi ringkasan dan lengkapnya. Ini menampilkan banyak elemen berguna tentang paket terpilih. Ini bisa juga menunjukkan rincian paket, file di dalam paket juga daftar perubahan terakhir yang dibuat oleh pengelolanya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -8906,73 +7921,78 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah Anda mengatur penyaringan, Anda bisa menemukan software apakah "
-"berdasarkan kategori (di area 6 di atas) atau berdasarkan nama/ringkasan/"
-"deskripsi menggunakan area 4. Sebuah daftar paket akan memenuhi permintaan "
-"Anda, dan jangan lupa, media yang terpilih ditampilkan dengan penanda status "
-"yang berbeda tergantung pada apakah paket terinstall/tidak terinstall/"
-"update... Untuk mengubah status ini, tandai atau hilangkan tanda kotak "
-"sebelum nama paket lalu klik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Setelah Anda mengatur penyaringan, Anda bisa menemukan software apakah berdasarkan kategori (di area 6 di atas) atau berdasarkan nama/ringkasan/deskripsi menggunakan area 4. Sebuah daftar paket akan memenuhi permintaan Anda, dan jangan lupa, media yang terpilih ditampilkan dengan penanda status yang berbeda tergantung pada apakah paket terinstall/tidak terinstall/update... Untuk mengubah status ini, tandai atau hilangkan tanda kotak sebelum nama paket lalu klik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Ikon"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Tulisan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Paket ini sudah diinstall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Paket ini akan diinstall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Paket ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Ini adalah paket update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Paket ini akan diuninstall"
@@ -8993,10 +8013,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika saya menghilangkan tanda digikam (panah hijau memberitahukan bahwa ini "
-"terinstall), ikon status akan berubah menjadi merah dengan panah ke atas dan "
-"akan diuninstall ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Jika saya menghilangkan tanda digikam (panah hijau memberitahukan bahwa ini terinstall), ikon status akan berubah menjadi merah dengan panah ke atas dan akan diuninstall ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -9004,17 +8021,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika saya menandai qdigidoc (yang belum terinstall, lihat status), warna "
-"oranye dengan ikon status panah ke bawah akan muncul dan akan diinstall "
-"ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Jika saya menandai qdigidoc (yang belum terinstall, lihat status), warna oranye dengan ikon status panah ke bawah akan muncul dan akan diinstall ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Dependensi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -9022,23 +8037,15 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
+" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Beberapa paket memerlukan paket lain yang disebut dependensi agar bisa "
-"bekerja. Mereka contohnya library atau peralatan. Dalam hal ini, Rpmdrake "
-"menampilkan jendela informasi yang memungkinkan Anda memilih apakah menerima "
-"dependensi yang dipilih, batalkan operasi atau dapatkan informasi (lihat di "
-"atas). Mungkin juga terjadi bahwa beragam paket bisa menyediakan library "
-"yang diperlukan, yang mana rpmdrake menampilkan daftar alternatif dengan "
-"tombol untuk mendapatkan informasi tambahan dan tombol lain untuk memilih "
-"paket yang akan diinstall."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
+" install."
+msgstr "Beberapa paket memerlukan paket lain yang disebut dependensi agar bisa bekerja. Mereka contohnya library atau peralatan. Dalam hal ini, Rpmdrake menampilkan jendela informasi yang memungkinkan Anda memilih apakah menerima dependensi yang dipilih, batalkan operasi atau dapatkan informasi (lihat di atas). Mungkin juga terjadi bahwa beragam paket bisa menyediakan library yang diperlukan, yang mana rpmdrake menampilkan daftar alternatif dengan tombol untuk mendapatkan informasi tambahan dan tombol lain untuk memilih paket yang akan diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -9060,9 +8067,7 @@ msgstr "Instalasi"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -9071,28 +8076,20 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
-"mengkonfigurasi perangkat scanner tunggal atau perangkat multifungsi yang "
-"menyertakan scanner. Ini juga memungkinkan Anda membagi perangkat lokal yang "
-"terhubung ke komputer dengan komputer remote atau untuk mengakses scanner di "
-"komputer remote."
+msgstr "Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat scanner tunggal atau perangkat multifungsi yang menyertakan scanner. Ini juga memungkinkan Anda membagi perangkat lokal yang terhubung ke komputer dengan komputer remote atau untuk mengakses scanner di komputer remote."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini untuk pertama kalinya, Anda mungkin akan "
-"mendapatkan pesan berikut:"
+msgstr "Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini untuk pertama kalinya, Anda mungkin akan mendapatkan pesan berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"Paket SANE perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan scanner</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>\"Paket SANE perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan scanner</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -9104,12 +8101,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Apakah Anda ingin menginstall paket SANE?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih <emphasis>Ya</emphasis> untuk melanjutkan. Ini akan menginstall "
-"<code>scanner-gui</code> dan <code>task-scanning</code> jika belum "
-"terinstall."
+msgstr "Pilih <emphasis>Ya</emphasis> untuk melanjutkan. Ini akan menginstall <code>scanner-gui</code> dan <code>task-scanning</code> jika belum terinstall."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -9120,21 +8115,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika scanner Anda teridentifikasi dengan benar, sehingga jika di layar di "
-"atas Anda melihat nama scanner Anda, scanner siap digunakan dengan, "
-"contohnya, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> atau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Jika scanner Anda teridentifikasi dengan benar, sehingga jika di layar di atas Anda melihat nama scanner Anda, scanner siap digunakan dengan, contohnya, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> atau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dalam hal ini, Anda sekarang mungkin ingin mengkonfigurasi opsi "
-"<emphasis>Pembagian scanner</emphasis>. Anda bisa membaca tentang ini di "
-"<xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr "Dalam hal ini, Anda sekarang mungkin ingin mengkonfigurasi opsi <emphasis>Pembagian scanner</emphasis>. Anda bisa membaca tentang ini di <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -9143,22 +8132,17 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tapi, jika scanner Anda tidak teridentifikasi dengan benar, dan memeriksa "
-"kabel dan tombol daya lalu menekan <emphasis>Cari scanner baru</emphasis> "
-"tidak membantu, Anda perlu menekan <emphasis>Tambahkan scanner secara "
-"manual</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Tapi, jika scanner Anda tidak teridentifikasi dengan benar, dan memeriksa kabel dan tombol daya lalu menekan <emphasis>Cari scanner baru</emphasis> tidak membantu, Anda perlu menekan <emphasis>Tambahkan scanner secara manual</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih merek scanner di daftar yang Anda lihat, lalu tipenya dari daftar "
-"untuk merek tersebut dan klik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
+" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Pilih merek scanner di daftar yang Anda lihat, lalu tipenya dari daftar untuk merek tersebut dan klik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -9166,75 +8150,59 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda tidak menemukan scanner Anda di dalam daftar, klik "
-"<emphasis>Batalkan</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Jika Anda tidak menemukan scanner Anda di dalam daftar, klik <emphasis>Batalkan</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Silakan lihat apakah scanner Anda didukung di halaman <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> dan minta bantuan di <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia."
-"org/en/\">forum</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Silakan lihat apakah scanner Anda didukung di halaman <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dan minta bantuan di <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forum</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Pilih port"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa membiarkan pengaturan ini ke <emphasis>Deteksi otomatis port yang "
-"tersedia</emphasis> kecuali antarmuka scanner Anda adalah port paralel. "
-"Dalam hal ini, pilih <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> jika Anda hanya "
-"punya satu."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
+" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr "Anda bisa membiarkan pengaturan ini ke <emphasis>Deteksi otomatis port yang tersedia</emphasis> kecuali antarmuka scanner Anda adalah port paralel. Dalam hal ini, pilih <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> jika Anda hanya punya satu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah mengklik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, biasanya Anda akan melihat layar "
-"yang serupa dengan yang di bawah."
+msgstr "Setelah mengklik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, biasanya Anda akan melihat layar yang serupa dengan yang di bawah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda tidak mendapatkan layar tersebut, silakan baca <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr "Jika Anda tidak mendapatkan layar tersebut, silakan baca <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -9244,7 +8212,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Scannersharing"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -9252,15 +8221,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
+" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Di sini Anda bisa memilih apakah scanner yang terhubung ke komputer ini "
-"harus bisa diakses oleh komputer remote dan komputer remote yang mana. Anda "
-"juga bisa memutuskan di sini apakah scanner di komputer remote harus dibuat "
-"tersedia di komputer ini."
+msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa memilih apakah scanner yang terhubung ke komputer ini harus bisa diakses oleh komputer remote dan komputer remote yang mana. Anda juga bisa memutuskan di sini apakah scanner di komputer remote harus dibuat tersedia di komputer ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -9268,21 +8233,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Pembagian scanner ke host : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau "
-"dihapus dari daftar host yang diizinkan mengakses perangkat lokal di "
-"komputer ini."
+msgstr "Pembagian scanner ke host : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau dihapus dari daftar host yang diizinkan mengakses perangkat lokal di komputer ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Penggunaan scanner remote : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau "
-"dihapus dari daftar host yang memberi akses ke scanner remote."
+msgstr "Penggunaan scanner remote : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau dihapus dari daftar host yang memberi akses ke scanner remote."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -9292,7 +8253,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr "Pembagian scanner ke host: Anda bisa menambah host."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -9302,11 +8264,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Pembagian scanner ke host: tentukan host mana untuk ditambah atau "
-"mengizinkan semua komputer remote."
+msgstr "Pembagian scanner ke host: tentukan host mana untuk ditambah atau mengizinkan semua komputer remote."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -9316,7 +8277,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "\"Semua komputer remote\" mengizinkan untuk mengakses scanner lokal."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -9326,9 +8288,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika paket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> belum terinstall, alat ini akan "
-"menawarkannya."
+msgstr "Jika paket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> belum terinstall, alat ini akan menawarkannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -9350,18 +8310,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>untuk menambah atau mengulas "
-"arahan \"net\""
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>untuk menambah atau mengulas arahan \"net\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Ini juga akan mengkonfigurasi <emphasis>saned</emphasis> dan "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> agar berjalan saat komputer dijalankan."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr "Ini juga akan mengkonfigurasi <emphasis>saned</emphasis> dan <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> agar berjalan saat komputer dijalankan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -9378,13 +8334,9 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kebanyakan scanner HP dikelola dari <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</"
-"emphasis> (hplip) yang juga mengelola printer. Dalam hal ini, alat ini tidak "
-"mengizinkan Anda mengkonfigurasinya dan mengajak Anda untuk menggunakan "
-"<emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Kebanyakan scanner HP dikelola dari <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</emphasis> (hplip) yang juga mengelola printer. Dalam hal ini, alat ini tidak mengizinkan Anda mengkonfigurasinya dan mengajak Anda untuk menggunakan <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -9394,21 +8346,14 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Driver tersedia di <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/"
-"search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman ini</link>. Ketika ditunjukkan, Anda "
-"harus menginstall paket <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> terlebih dahulu, "
-"lalu <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dalam urutan ini). Bisa juga paket "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> memunculkan peringatan konflik dengan "
-"<emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan "
-"ini bisa diabaikan."
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
+"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
+"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
+"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
+"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr "Driver tersedia di <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman ini</link>. Ketika ditunjukkan, Anda harus menginstall paket <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> terlebih dahulu, lalu <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dalam urutan ini). Bisa juga paket <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> memunculkan peringatan konflik dengan <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan ini bisa diabaikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -9421,10 +8366,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Bisa saja setelah memilih port untuk scanner Anda di layar <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/>, Anda harus mengambil satu atau lebih langkah "
-"tambahan untuk memperbaiki konfigurasi scanner Anda."
+msgstr "Bisa saja setelah memilih port untuk scanner Anda di layar <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, Anda harus mengambil satu atau lebih langkah tambahan untuk memperbaiki konfigurasi scanner Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -9434,49 +8376,37 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Dalam beberapa kasus, Anda diperingatkan bahwa scanner memerlukan firmware "
-"untuk diupload setiap akan dijalankan. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda memuatnya "
-"ke perangkat, setelah Anda menginstall ke komputer. Di layar ini Anda bisa "
-"menginstall firmware dari CD instalasi Windows, atau yang telah Anda "
-"download dari situs Internet pembuat scanner."
+msgstr "Dalam beberapa kasus, Anda diperingatkan bahwa scanner memerlukan firmware untuk diupload setiap akan dijalankan. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda memuatnya ke perangkat, setelah Anda menginstall ke komputer. Di layar ini Anda bisa menginstall firmware dari CD instalasi Windows, atau yang telah Anda download dari situs Internet pembuat scanner."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika firmware perangkat Anda harus dimuat, ini bisa memakan waktu saat "
-"penggunaan pertama, mungkin lebih dari satu menit. Jadi, harap bersabar."
+msgstr "Ketika firmware perangkat Anda harus dimuat, ini bisa memakan waktu saat penggunaan pertama, mungkin lebih dari satu menit. Jadi, harap bersabar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Juga, Anda mungkin mendapatkan layar yang memberitahukan Anda untuk "
-"menyesuaikan file <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"nama_backend_SANE_Anda\".conf file."
-"</emphasis>"
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Juga, Anda mungkin mendapatkan layar yang memberitahukan Anda untuk menyesuaikan file <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"nama_backend_SANE_Anda\".conf file.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Baca ini atau instruksi lain yang Anda dapatkan dengan seksama dan jika Anda "
-"tidak tahu apa yang harus dilakukan, jangan sungkan untuk meminta bantuan di "
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forum</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Baca ini atau instruksi lain yang Anda dapatkan dengan seksama dan jika Anda tidak tahu apa yang harus dilakukan, jangan sungkan untuk meminta bantuan di <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forum</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Manajemen Software"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -9484,11 +8414,9 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola software. "
-"Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
+" Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola software. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -9498,11 +8426,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update sistem Anda</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update sistem Anda</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -9514,9 +8440,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurasi sumber "
-"media untuk install dan update</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurasi sumber media untuk install dan update</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -9528,7 +8452,8 @@ msgstr "Install dan konfigurasi printer"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -9542,44 +8467,30 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Pencetakan yang dikelola di Mageia oleh server bernama CUPS. Yang memiliki "
-"<link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">antarmuka "
-"konfigurasi</link> sendiri yang bisa diakses melalui browser Internet, tapi "
-"Mageia menawarkan alat untuk menginstall printer yang disebut system-config-"
-"printer yang berbagi dengan distribusi lain seperti Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"dan openSUSE."
+msgstr "Pencetakan yang dikelola di Mageia oleh server bernama CUPS. Yang memiliki <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">antarmuka konfigurasi</link> sendiri yang bisa diakses melalui browser Internet, tapi Mageia menawarkan alat untuk menginstall printer yang disebut system-config-printer yang berbagi dengan distribusi lain seperti Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu dan openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda harus menghidupkan repository non-free sebelum melanjutkan instalasi, "
-"karena beberapa driver mungkin hanya tersedia di sana."
+msgstr "Anda harus menghidupkan repository non-free sebelum melanjutkan instalasi, karena beberapa driver mungkin hanya tersedia di sana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Sandi root akan ditanyakan untuk "
-"ini."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Sandi root akan ditanyakan untuk ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalasi printer dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> Pusat "
-"Kendali Mageia. Pilih <guilabel>Konfigurasi printing dan scanning</guilabel> "
-"alat<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Instalasi printer dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> Pusat Kendali Mageia. Pilih <guilabel>Konfigurasi printing dan scanning</guilabel> alat<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -9601,9 +8512,7 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Penting untuk menerima instalasi ini untuk melanjutkan. Hingga 230MB "
-"dependensi diperlukan."
+msgstr "Penting untuk menerima instalasi ini untuk melanjutkan. Hingga 230MB dependensi diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -9613,12 +8522,7 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk menambah printer, pilih tombol \"Tambah\" printer. Sistem akan mencoba "
-"mendeteksi setiap printer dan port yang tersedia. Gambar layar menampilkan "
-"printer yang terhubung ke port paralel. Jika printer terdeteksi, seperti "
-"printer pada port USB, ini akan ditampilkan di baris pertama. Jendela ini "
-"juga akan berusaha mengkonfigurasi printer jaringan."
+msgstr "Untuk menambah printer, pilih tombol \"Tambah\" printer. Sistem akan mencoba mendeteksi setiap printer dan port yang tersedia. Gambar layar menampilkan printer yang terhubung ke port paralel. Jika printer terdeteksi, seperti printer pada port USB, ini akan ditampilkan di baris pertama. Jendela ini juga akan berusaha mengkonfigurasi printer jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -9629,26 +8533,20 @@ msgstr "Otomatis mendeteksi printer"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Biasanya ini mengacu pada printer USB. Utilitas secara otomatis menemukan "
-"nama printer dan menampilkannya. Pilih printer lalu klik \"Selanjutnya\". "
-"Jika terdapat driver yang diketahui terkait dengan printer, akan secara "
-"otomatis diinstall. Jika ada lebih dari satu driver atau tidak ada, sebuah "
-"jendela akan meminta Anda untuk memilih atau melengkapinya, seperti "
-"dijelaskan di paragraf selanjutnya. Lanjutkan dengan <xref linkend="
-"\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
+" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr "Biasanya ini mengacu pada printer USB. Utilitas secara otomatis menemukan nama printer dan menampilkannya. Pilih printer lalu klik \"Selanjutnya\". Jika terdapat driver yang diketahui terkait dengan printer, akan secara otomatis diinstall. Jika ada lebih dari satu driver atau tidak ada, sebuah jendela akan meminta Anda untuk memilih atau melengkapinya, seperti dijelaskan di paragraf selanjutnya. Lanjutkan dengan <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Tidak ada printer yang terdeteksi otomatis"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -9656,13 +8554,10 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
+" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika Anda memilih sebuah port, sistem akan memuat daftar driver dan "
-"menampilkan sebuah jendela untuk memilih sebuah driver. Pemilihan bisa "
-"dibuat melalui satu dari opsi berikut."
+msgstr "Ketika Anda memilih sebuah port, sistem akan memuat daftar driver dan menampilkan sebuah jendela untuk memilih sebuah driver. Pemilihan bisa dibuat melalui satu dari opsi berikut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -9687,11 +8582,7 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Dengan memilih dari basis data, jendela akan menyarankan pembuat printer "
-"terlebih dahulu lalu perangkat dan driver yang terkait dengannya. Jika lebih "
-"dari satu driver yang disarankan, pilih satu yang direkomendasikan, kecuali "
-"jika Anda menemui masalah sebelumnya, pilih yang Anda tahu bisa bekerja."
+msgstr "Dengan memilih dari basis data, jendela akan menyarankan pembuat printer terlebih dahulu lalu perangkat dan driver yang terkait dengannya. Jika lebih dari satu driver yang disarankan, pilih satu yang direkomendasikan, kecuali jika Anda menemui masalah sebelumnya, pilih yang Anda tahu bisa bekerja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -9707,13 +8598,7 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah pemilihan driver, sebuah jendela meminta beberapa informasi yang "
-"akan memungkinkan sistem untuk menentukan dan menemukan printer. Baris "
-"pertama adalah nama perangkat yang akan muncul di aplikasi dalam daftar "
-"printer yang tersedia. Installer kemudian menyarankan mencetak halaman uji. "
-"Setelah langkah ini, printer ditambahkan dan muncul di daftar printer yang "
-"tersedia."
+msgstr "Setelah pemilihan driver, sebuah jendela meminta beberapa informasi yang akan memungkinkan sistem untuk menentukan dan menemukan printer. Baris pertama adalah nama perangkat yang akan muncul di aplikasi dalam daftar printer yang tersedia. Installer kemudian menyarankan mencetak halaman uji. Setelah langkah ini, printer ditambahkan dan muncul di daftar printer yang tersedia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -9724,60 +8609,41 @@ msgstr "Printer jaringan"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Printer jaringan adalah printer yang terikat langsung ke jaringan kabel atau "
-"nirkabel, yang dicantumkan ke printserver atau ke lingkungan kerja lain yang "
-"melayani sebagai printserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
+" another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr "Printer jaringan adalah printer yang terikat langsung ke jaringan kabel atau nirkabel, yang dicantumkan ke printserver atau ke lingkungan kerja lain yang melayani sebagai printserver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Seringkali, akan lebih baik untuk mengkonfigurasi server DHCP untuk selalu "
-"menyatukan alamat IP tetap dengan alamat MAC printer. Tentu saja harus sama "
-"dengan alamat IP printer dari printserver, jika alamatnya tetap."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
+" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
+"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
+"fixed one."
+msgstr "Seringkali, akan lebih baik untuk mengkonfigurasi server DHCP untuk selalu menyatukan alamat IP tetap dengan alamat MAC printer. Tentu saja harus sama dengan alamat IP printer dari printserver, jika alamatnya tetap."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
+" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Alamat Mac printer adalah nomor seri yang diberikan ke printer atau "
-"printserver atau komputer yang terkait, itu bisa diperoleh dari halaman "
-"konfigurasi yang dicetak oleh printer atau mungkin ditulis di label printer "
-"atau  printserver. Jika printer berbagi Anda dikaitkan ke sistem Mageia, "
-"Anda bisa menjalankan <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> sebagai "
-"root untuk menemukan alamat MAC. Ini adalah angka dan huruf berurutan "
-"setelah \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr "Alamat Mac printer adalah nomor seri yang diberikan ke printer atau printserver atau komputer yang terkait, itu bisa diperoleh dari halaman konfigurasi yang dicetak oleh printer atau mungkin ditulis di label printer atau  printserver. Jika printer berbagi Anda dikaitkan ke sistem Mageia, Anda bisa menjalankan <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> sebagai root untuk menemukan alamat MAC. Ini adalah angka dan huruf berurutan setelah \"HWaddr\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
+" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
+" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menambahkan printer jaringan dengan memilih protokol yang "
-"digunakan untuk berkomunikasi ke komputer melalui jaringan. Jika Anda tidak "
-"tahu protokol mana yang harus dipilih, Anda bisa coba opsi <guilabel>Printer "
-"Jaringan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Temukan Printer Jaringan</guilabel> di menu "
-"<guilabel>Perangkat</guilabel> lalu berikan alamat IP printer di kotak "
-"sebelah kanan dengan tulisan \"host\"."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menambahkan printer jaringan dengan memilih protokol yang digunakan untuk berkomunikasi ke komputer melalui jaringan. Jika Anda tidak tahu protokol mana yang harus dipilih, Anda bisa coba opsi <guilabel>Printer Jaringan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Temukan Printer Jaringan</guilabel> di menu <guilabel>Perangkat</guilabel> lalu berikan alamat IP printer di kotak sebelah kanan dengan tulisan \"host\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -9785,20 +8651,14 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika alat tersebut mengenali printer atau printserver Anda, ini akan "
-"mengusulkan sebuah protokol dan antrian, tapi Anda bisa memilih yang lebih "
-"tepat dari daftar di bawahnya atau berikan nama antrian yang benar jika "
-"tidak ada di dalam daftar."
+msgstr "Jika alat tersebut mengenali printer atau printserver Anda, ini akan mengusulkan sebuah protokol dan antrian, tapi Anda bisa memilih yang lebih tepat dari daftar di bawahnya atau berikan nama antrian yang benar jika tidak ada di dalam daftar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Baca dokumentasi printer atau printserver Anda untuk menemukan protokol yang "
-"didukungnya dan untuk nama antrian spesifik yang memungkinkan."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
+" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr "Baca dokumentasi printer atau printserver Anda untuk menemukan protokol yang didukungnya dan untuk nama antrian spesifik yang memungkinkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -9814,18 +8674,10 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Salah satu tehnik yang dikembangkan oleh Hewlett-Packard disebut JetDirect. "
-"Ini memungkinkan akses ke printer secara langsung terhubung ke jaringan "
-"melalui port Ethernet. Anda harus mengetahui alamat IP yang diketahui oleh "
-"printer di jaringan. Tehnik ini juga digunakan di dalam beberapa router ADSL "
-"yang berisi port USB untuk menghubungkan printer. Dalam hal ini, alamat IP "
-"router. Perhatikan bahwa \"Manajer Perangkat Hp\" bisa mengelola konfigurasi "
-"alamat IP secara dinamis, mengatur URI seperti <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-"
-"the-printer></emphasis> . Dalam hal ini, alamat IP tetap diperlukan."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
+msgstr "Salah satu tehnik yang dikembangkan oleh Hewlett-Packard disebut JetDirect. Ini memungkinkan akses ke printer secara langsung terhubung ke jaringan melalui port Ethernet. Anda harus mengetahui alamat IP yang diketahui oleh printer di jaringan. Tehnik ini juga digunakan di dalam beberapa router ADSL yang berisi port USB untuk menghubungkan printer. Dalam hal ini, alamat IP router. Perhatikan bahwa \"Manajer Perangkat Hp\" bisa mengelola konfigurasi alamat IP secara dinamis, mengatur URI seperti <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . Dalam hal ini, alamat IP tetap diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -9833,15 +8685,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih opsi <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> sebagai protokol dan "
-"atur alamat di <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, jangan mengubah <guilabel>Nomor "
-"Port</guilabel>, kecuali jika anda tahu ini perlu diubah. Setelah pemilihan "
-"protokol, pemilihan driver sama dengan di atas."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
+" the same as above."
+msgstr "Pilih opsi <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> sebagai protokol dan atur alamat di <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, jangan mengubah <guilabel>Nomor Port</guilabel>, kecuali jika anda tahu ini perlu diubah. Setelah pemilihan protokol, pemilihan driver sama dengan di atas."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -9858,11 +8707,7 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipp)</emphasis>: printer yang bisa "
-"diakses pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol IPP, contohnya printer yang "
-"terhubung ke pangkalan menggunakan CUPS. Protokol ini mungkin juga digunakan "
-"oleh beberapa router ADSL."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipp)</emphasis>: printer yang bisa diakses pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol IPP, contohnya printer yang terhubung ke pangkalan menggunakan CUPS. Protokol ini mungkin juga digunakan oleh beberapa router ADSL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -9870,19 +8715,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (https): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, "
-"tapi menggunakan transport http dan dengan protokol aman TLS. Port harus "
-"ditentukan. Secara baku menggunakan port 631."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (https): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, tapi menggunakan transport http dan dengan protokol aman TLS. Port harus ditentukan. Secara baku menggunakan port 631."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipps): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, "
-"tapi dengan protokol aman TLS."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
+" with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipps): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, tapi dengan protokol aman TLS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -9890,28 +8730,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Printer atau host LPD/LPR</emphasis>: printer yang bisa diakses "
-"pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol LPD, contohnya printer yang terhubung "
-"ke pangkalan menggunakan LPD."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Printer atau host LPD/LPR</emphasis>: printer yang bisa diakses pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol LPD, contohnya printer yang terhubung ke pangkalan menggunakan LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Printer Windows melalui SAMBA</emphasis>: printer terhubung ke "
-"pangkalan yang menjalankan Windows atau server SMB dan dibagi."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Printer Windows melalui SAMBA</emphasis>: printer terhubung ke pangkalan yang menjalankan Windows atau server SMB dan dibagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"URI juga bisa ditambahkan langsung. Ini adalah beberapa contoh bagaimana "
-"cara membentuk URI:"
+msgstr "URI juga bisa ditambahkan langsung. Ini adalah beberapa contoh bagaimana cara membentuk URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -9951,11 +8784,10 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Informasi tambahan bisa ditemukan pada <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">dokumentasi CUPS.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
+" documentation.</link>"
+msgstr "Informasi tambahan bisa ditemukan pada <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">dokumentasi CUPS.</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -9966,18 +8798,13 @@ msgstr "Properti Perangkat"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa mengakses properti perangkat. Menu memungkinkan akses ke parameter "
-"server CUPS. Secara baku server CUPS dijalankan di sistem, tapi Anda bisa "
-"menentukan yang berbeda dengan menu <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Hubungkan...</guimenuitem>, jendela lainnya yang memberikan "
-"akses ke penyetelan parameter spesifik server lainnya, <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Pengaturan.</guimenuitem>"
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
+" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
+" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr "Anda bisa mengakses properti perangkat. Menu memungkinkan akses ke parameter server CUPS. Secara baku server CUPS dijalankan di sistem, tapi Anda bisa menentukan yang berbeda dengan menu <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Hubungkan...</guimenuitem>, jendela lainnya yang memberikan akses ke penyetelan parameter spesifik server lainnya, <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Pengaturan.</guimenuitem>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -9989,43 +8816,29 @@ msgstr "Penyelesaian masalah"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menemukan beberapa informasi tentang masalah printing dengan "
-"memeriksa <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr "Anda bisa menemukan beberapa informasi tentang masalah printing dengan memeriksa <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda juga bisa mengakses alat untuk mendiagnosa masalah menggunakan menu "
-"<guimenu>Bantuan</guimenu> | <guilabel>Penyelesaian masalah</guilabel>."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr "Anda juga bisa mengakses alat untuk mendiagnosa masalah menggunakan menu <guimenu>Bantuan</guimenu> | <guilabel>Penyelesaian masalah</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Mungkin saja beberapa driver untuk printer spesifik tidak tersedia di Mageia "
-"atau tidak berfungsi. Untuk itu, silakan lihat situs <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> untuk memeriksa jika driver "
-"untuk perangkat Anda tersedia. Jika ya, lihat jika paket sudah tersedia "
-"untuk Mageia dan dalam hal ini, install manual. Lalu ulangi proses instalasi "
-"untuk mengkonfigurasi printer. Laporkan masalah ke bugzilla atau forum jika "
-"Anda merasa nyaman dengan alat ini dan lengkapi informasi model dan driver "
-"dan apakah printer bekerja atau tidak setelah instalasi. Ini adalah beberapa "
-"sumber daya untuk mencari driver terbaru lainnya atau untuk perangkat yang "
-"lebih baru lagi."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
+" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
+" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
+"date drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr "Mungkin saja beberapa driver untuk printer spesifik tidak tersedia di Mageia atau tidak berfungsi. Untuk itu, silakan lihat situs <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> untuk memeriksa jika driver untuk perangkat Anda tersedia. Jika ya, lihat jika paket sudah tersedia untuk Mageia dan dalam hal ini, install manual. Lalu ulangi proses instalasi untuk mengkonfigurasi printer. Laporkan masalah ke bugzilla atau forum jika Anda merasa nyaman dengan alat ini dan lengkapi informasi model dan driver dan apakah printer bekerja atau tidak setelah instalasi. Ini adalah beberapa sumber daya untuk mencari driver terbaru lainnya atau untuk perangkat yang lebih baru lagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -10035,49 +8848,37 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Halaman ini</link> memberikan daftar driver yang "
-"disediakan oleh Brother. Cari driver untuk perangkat Anda, download file rpm "
-"lalu install."
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
+" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Halaman ini</link> memberikan daftar driver yang disediakan oleh Brother. Cari driver untuk perangkat Anda, download file rpm lalu install."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda harus menginstall driver Brother sebelum menjalankan utilitas "
-"konfigurasi."
+msgstr "Anda harus menginstall driver Brother sebelum menjalankan utilitas konfigurasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Hewlett-Packard dan perangkat All in one</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Hewlett-Packard dan perangkat All in one</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
+"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Perangkat ini menggunakan hplip. Ini terinstall otomatis setelah "
-"pendeteksian atau pemilihan printer. Anda bisa menemukan informasi lainnya "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">di sini</"
-"link>. \"Manajer Perangkat HP\" tersedia di menu <guilabel>Sistem</"
-"guilabel>. Lihat juga <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/"
-"install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurasi</link> untuk manajemen printer."
+msgstr "Perangkat ini menggunakan hplip. Ini terinstall otomatis setelah pendeteksian atau pemilihan printer. Anda bisa menemukan informasi lainnya <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">di sini</link>. \"Manajer Perangkat HP\" tersedia di menu <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Lihat juga <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurasi</link> untuk manajemen printer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -10089,14 +8890,7 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Perangkat All in one HP harus terinstall sebagai printer dan fitur scanner "
-"akan ditambahkan. Perhatikan bahwa terkadang, antarmuka Xsane tidak "
-"mengizinkan scan film atau slide (lampu slid tidak bisa berjalan). Dalam hal "
-"ini, lakukan scan menggunakan mode mandiri, dan simpan gambar di kartu "
-"memori atau flashdisk yang dimasukkan ke perangkat. Setelahnya, buka "
-"software gambar kesukaan Anda lalu buka gambar dari kartu memori yang akan "
-"muncul di folder /media."
+msgstr "Perangkat All in one HP harus terinstall sebagai printer dan fitur scanner akan ditambahkan. Perhatikan bahwa terkadang, antarmuka Xsane tidak mengizinkan scan film atau slide (lampu slid tidak bisa berjalan). Dalam hal ini, lakukan scan menggunakan mode mandiri, dan simpan gambar di kartu memori atau flashdisk yang dimasukkan ke perangkat. Setelahnya, buka software gambar kesukaan Anda lalu buka gambar dari kartu memori yang akan muncul di folder /media."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -10106,12 +8900,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer warna Samsung</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk printer warna Samsung dan Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl."
-"rkkda.com/\">situs ini menyediakan driver</link> untuk protokol QPDL."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
+"for the QPDL protocol."
+msgstr "Untuk printer warna Samsung dan Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">situs ini menyediakan driver</link> untuk protokol QPDL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -10121,28 +8913,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer dan scanner Epson</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Driver untuk printer Epson tersedia di <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman pencarian ini</link>. Untuk "
-"bagian scanner, Anda harus menginstall paket \"iscan-data\" terlebih dahulu, "
-"lalu \"iscan\" (dalam urutan ini). Paket iscan-plugin bisa juga tersedia "
-"untuk diinstall. Pilih paket <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> menurut arsitektur "
-"yang Anda gunakan."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
+"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
+" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
+msgstr "Driver untuk printer Epson tersedia di <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman pencarian ini</link>. Untuk bagian scanner, Anda harus menginstall paket \"iscan-data\" terlebih dahulu, lalu \"iscan\" (dalam urutan ini). Paket iscan-plugin bisa juga tersedia untuk diinstall. Pilih paket <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> menurut arsitektur yang Anda gunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Mungkin juga paket iscan akan mengeluarkan peringatan konflik dengan sane. "
-"Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan ini bisa diabaikan."
+msgstr "Mungkin juga paket iscan akan mengeluarkan peringatan konflik dengan sane. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan ini bisa diabaikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -10154,9 +8938,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Canon</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Untuk printer Canon, disarankan untuk menginstall alat bernama turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">yang tersedia di sini</link>."
+msgstr "Untuk printer Canon, disarankan untuk menginstall alat bernama turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">yang tersedia di sini</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -10168,7 +8950,8 @@ msgstr "Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -10176,11 +8959,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -10188,43 +8969,31 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama "
-"<guilabel>Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)</guilabel>"
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama <guilabel>Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengimpor documents and settings "
-"pengguna dari instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP atau <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> di "
-"komputer yang sama dengan instalasi Mageia."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
+"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr "Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengimpor documents and settings pengguna dari instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP atau <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> di komputer yang sama dengan instalasi Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Harap diperhatikan bahwa semua perubahan akan diterapkan oleh transfugdrake "
-"segera setelah menekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Harap diperhatikan bahwa semua perubahan akan diterapkan oleh transfugdrake segera setelah menekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah menjalankan transfugdrake Anda akan melihat halaman panduan pertama "
-"dengan beberapa penjelasan tentang alat ini dan opsi impor."
+msgstr "Setelah menjalankan transfugdrake Anda akan melihat halaman panduan pertama dengan beberapa penjelasan tentang alat ini dan opsi impor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -10232,25 +9001,19 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah Anda membaca dan mengerti instruksinya, tekan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Ini akan menjalankan pendeteksian "
-"instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
+msgstr "Setelah Anda membaca dan mengerti instruksinya, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Ini akan menjalankan pendeteksian instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah langkah pendeteksian selesai Anda akan melihat halaman yang "
-"memungkinkan Anda untuk melihat akun di <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> dan Mageia untuk prosedur impor. Anda bisa memilih "
-"akun pengguna yang bukan milik Anda."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
+" than yours own."
+msgstr "Setelah langkah pendeteksian selesai Anda akan melihat halaman yang memungkinkan Anda untuk melihat akun di <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> dan Mageia untuk prosedur impor. Anda bisa memilih akun pengguna yang bukan milik Anda."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -10259,13 +9022,10 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Silakan bawa ke akun karena keterbatasan migrate-assistant (backend dari "
-"transfugdrake) nama akun pengguna <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> dengan simbol khusus bisa salah ditampilkan."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
+"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
+msgstr "Silakan bawa ke akun karena keterbatasan migrate-assistant (backend dari transfugdrake) nama akun pengguna <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> dengan simbol khusus bisa salah ditampilkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
@@ -10278,28 +9038,22 @@ msgstr "Migrasi mungkin memakan waktu tergantung ukuran folder dokumen."
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Beberapa aplikasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
-"(khususnya driver) mungkin membuat akun pengguna untuk keperluan berbeda. "
-"Contohnya, driver NVidia di <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>diupdate menggunakan <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Harap "
-"jangan menggunakan akun seperti itu untuk keperluan impor."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
+"import purposes."
+msgstr "Beberapa aplikasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (khususnya driver) mungkin membuat akun pengguna untuk keperluan berbeda. Contohnya, driver NVidia di <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>diupdate menggunakan <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Harap jangan menggunakan akun seperti itu untuk keperluan impor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan akun, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
-"guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk memilih metode mengimpor "
-"dokumen:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import documents:"
+msgstr "Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan akun, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk memilih metode mengimpor dokumen:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -10307,28 +9061,23 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake didesain untuk mengimpor data <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> dari folder <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>My Music</emphasis> dan <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Anda "
-"bisa melewatkan impor dengan memilih item yang tepat di jendela ini."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
+"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
+"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
+"appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr "Transfugdrake didesain untuk mengimpor data <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> dari folder <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> dan <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Anda bisa melewatkan impor dengan memilih item yang tepat di jendela ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan metode impor dokumen, tekan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk "
-"memilih metode untuk mengimpor bookmarks:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr "Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan metode impor dokumen, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk memilih metode untuk mengimpor bookmarks:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -10339,27 +9088,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake bisa mengimpor bookmark <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> "
-"dan <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> ke bookmark <emphasis>Mozilla "
-"Firefox</emphasis> Mageia."
+msgstr "Transfugdrake bisa mengimpor bookmark <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> dan <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> ke bookmark <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih opsi impor yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
+" button."
+msgstr "Pilih opsi impor yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman selanjutnya memungkinkan Anda mengimpor latar belakang desktop:"
+msgstr "Halaman selanjutnya memungkinkan Anda mengimpor latar belakang desktop:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -10367,20 +9111,19 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih opsi yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr "Pilih opsi yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Halaman terakhir panduan menunjukkan beberapa pesan selamat. Tekan tombol "
-"<guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Halaman terakhir panduan menunjukkan beberapa pesan selamat. Tekan tombol <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -10395,7 +9138,8 @@ msgstr "Pengguna dan Grup"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -10403,11 +9147,9 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -10415,32 +9157,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Kelola "
-"pengguna pada sistem\""
+msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Kelola pengguna pada sistem\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengelola pengguna dan grup, ini "
-"berarti menambah atau menghapus pengguna atau grup dan memodifikasi "
-"pengaturan pengguna dan grup (ID, shell, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
+" (ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr "Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengelola pengguna dan grup, ini berarti menambah atau menghapus pengguna atau grup dan memodifikasi pengaturan pengguna dan grup (ID, shell, ...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
+" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Saat userdrake terbuka, semua pengguna pada sistem terdaftar di tab "
-"<guibutton>Pengguna</guibutton>, dan semua grup di tab <guibutton>Grup</"
-"guibutton>. Kedua tab bekerja dengan cara yang sama."
+msgstr "Saat userdrake terbuka, semua pengguna pada sistem terdaftar di tab <guibutton>Pengguna</guibutton>, dan semua grup di tab <guibutton>Grup</guibutton>. Kedua tab bekerja dengan cara yang sama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -10452,7 +9185,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Tambah Pengguna</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Tombol ini membuka jendela baru dengan semua kolom kosong:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -10463,10 +9197,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nama Lengkap</emphasis> ditujukan untuk "
-"memasukkan nama depan dan belakang, tapi boleh juga menuliskan apapun atau "
-"tidak sama sekali!"
+msgstr "Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nama Lengkap</emphasis> ditujukan untuk memasukkan nama depan dan belakang, tapi boleh juga menuliskan apapun atau tidak sama sekali!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
@@ -10476,26 +9207,19 @@ msgstr "Hanya <emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> yang harus diisi."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
+" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
+" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Mengatur <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sandi</emphasis> sangat disarankan. Ada "
-"kotak kecil di sebelah kanan, jika merah, sandi lemah, terlalu pendek atau "
-"serupa dengan nama login. Lebih baik menggunakan angka, huruf kecil dan "
-"besar, karakter khusus, dsb. Kotak akan berubah oranye dan hijau ketika "
-"kekuatan sandi meningkat."
+msgstr "Mengatur <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sandi</emphasis> sangat disarankan. Ada kotak kecil di sebelah kanan, jika merah, sandi lemah, terlalu pendek atau serupa dengan nama login. Lebih baik menggunakan angka, huruf kecil dan besar, karakter khusus, dsb. Kotak akan berubah oranye dan hijau ketika kekuatan sandi meningkat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Konfirmasi Sandi</emphasis> ada untuk "
-"meyakinkan bahwa Anda memasukkan apa yang Anda inginkan."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
+" you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr "Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Konfirmasi Sandi</emphasis> ada untuk meyakinkan bahwa Anda memasukkan apa yang Anda inginkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -10503,10 +9227,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell Login </emphasis>adalah daftar drop down yang "
-"memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang digunakan oleh pengguna yang Anda "
-"tambahkan, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell Login </emphasis>adalah daftar drop down yang memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang digunakan oleh pengguna yang Anda tambahkan, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -10514,19 +9235,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Buat grup privat untuk pengguna</emphasis>, jika "
-"ditandai akan otomatis membuat grup dengan nama yang sama dan si pengguna "
-"adalah pengguna satu-satunya (ini bisa diedit)."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Buat grup privat untuk pengguna</emphasis>, jika ditandai akan otomatis membuat grup dengan nama yang sama dan si pengguna adalah pengguna satu-satunya (ini bisa diedit)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsi lainnya cukup jelas. Pengguna baru akan langsung dibuat setelah Anda "
-"mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Opsi lainnya cukup jelas. Pengguna baru akan langsung dibuat setelah Anda mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -10538,8 +9254,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Tambah Grup</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda hanya perlu memasukkan nama grup, dan jika perlu ID grup spesifik."
+msgstr "Anda hanya perlu memasukkan nama grup, dan jika perlu ID grup spesifik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
@@ -10551,16 +9266,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (pengguna yang dipilih)"
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Data Pengguna</guibutton>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi semua "
-"data yang diberikan untuk pengguna saat pembuatan (ID tidak bisa diubah)."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Data Pengguna</guibutton>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi semua data yang diberikan untuk pengguna saat pembuatan (ID tidak bisa diubah)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Akun</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -10571,18 +9285,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsi pertama untuk mengatur tanggal kadaluarsa akun. Koneksi tidak bisa "
-"dilakukan setelah tanggal ini. Ini berguna untuk akun sementara."
+msgstr "Opsi pertama untuk mengatur tanggal kadaluarsa akun. Koneksi tidak bisa dilakukan setelah tanggal ini. Ini berguna untuk akun sementara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsi kedua untuk mengunci akun, koneksi tidak bisa dilakukan selama akun "
-"dikunci."
+msgstr "Opsi kedua untuk mengunci akun, koneksi tidak bisa dilakukan selama akun dikunci."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -10595,11 +9305,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Sandi</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda mengatur "
-"kadaluarsa sandi, ini memaksa pengguna untuk mengubah sandi secara berkala."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Sandi</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda mengatur kadaluarsa sandi, ini memaksa pengguna untuk mengubah sandi secara berkala."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -10609,18 +9318,14 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih Grup "
-"untuk pengguna."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih Grup untuk pengguna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Anda memodifikasi akun pengguna yang sedang terhubung, modifikasi tidak "
-"akan efektif hingga login berikutnya."
+msgstr "Jika Anda memodifikasi akun pengguna yang sedang terhubung, modifikasi tidak akan efektif hingga login berikutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -10632,18 +9337,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (dengan grup yang dipilih)"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Data Grup</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi "
-"nama grup."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Data Grup</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi nama grup."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pengguna Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih "
-"pengguna untuk jadi anggota grup"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pengguna Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih pengguna untuk jadi anggota grup"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -10653,15 +9354,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Hapus</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Pilih pengguna atau grup lalu klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hapus</emphasis> "
-"untuk menghapus. Untuk pengguna, sebuah jendela akan muncul untuk menanyakan "
-"apakah direktori home dan mailbox juga harus dihapus. Jika grup privat telah "
-"dibuat untuk si pengguna, itu akan dihapus juga."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
+"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
+"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr "Pilih pengguna atau grup lalu klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hapus</emphasis> untuk menghapus. Untuk pengguna, sebuah jendela akan muncul untuk menanyakan apakah direktori home dan mailbox juga harus dihapus. Jika grup privat telah dibuat untuk si pengguna, itu akan dihapus juga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -10676,11 +9373,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Segarkan</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"Basis data pengguna bisa diubah diluar Userdrake. Klik ikon ini untuk "
-"menyegarkan tampilan."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
+" refresh the display."
+msgstr "Basis data pengguna bisa diubah diluar Userdrake. Klik ikon ini untuk menyegarkan tampilan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -10693,17 +9388,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
+" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">tamu</emphasis> adalah akun khusus. Ini dimaksudkan "
-"untuk memberi seseorang akses sementara ke sistem dengan keamanan total. "
-"Loginnya adalah xguest, tanpa sandi, dan tidak mungkin memodifikasi sistem "
-"dari akun ini. Direktori pribadi dihapus saat sesi berakhir. Akun ini "
-"dihidupkan secara baku, untuk mematikannya, klik menu<guimenu> Aksi -> "
-"Uninstall akun tamu</guimenu>."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">tamu</emphasis> adalah akun khusus. Ini dimaksudkan untuk memberi seseorang akses sementara ke sistem dengan keamanan total. Loginnya adalah xguest, tanpa sandi, dan tidak mungkin memodifikasi sistem dari akun ini. Direktori pribadi dihapus saat sesi berakhir. Akun ini dihidupkan secara baku, untuk mematikannya, klik menu<guimenu> Aksi -> Uninstall akun tamu</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -10715,7 +9404,8 @@ msgstr "Mengatur server grafis"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -10723,25 +9413,19 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> sebagai pengguna normal atau <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> sebagai root. Ingat huruf kapitalnya."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
+"as root. Mind the capital letters."
+msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> sebagai pengguna normal atau <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> sebagai root. Ingat huruf kapitalnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Hardware</emphasis>. Pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Atur server grafis</"
-"guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Atur server grafis</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -10759,10 +9443,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Perangkat grafis yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan server yang cocok "
-"terkonfigurasi. Klik tombol ini untuk mengubah server lain, contohnya dengan "
-"driver proprietary."
+msgstr "Perangkat grafis yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan server yang cocok terkonfigurasi. Klik tombol ini untuk mengubah server lain, contohnya dengan driver proprietary."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -10771,10 +9452,7 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Server yang tersedia diurut pada <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> oleh pembuat "
-"dalam urutan alfabet lalu model juga dengan urutan alfabet. Driver bebas "
-"diurut alfabet di<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Server yang tersedia diurut pada <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> oleh pembuat dalam urutan alfabet lalu model juga dengan urutan alfabet. Driver bebas diurut alfabet di<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -10782,10 +9460,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika ada masalah, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> akan bekerja pada "
-"kebanyakan perangkat grafis dan memberi Anda waktu untuk menemukan dan "
-"menginstall driver yang benar saat sedang dalam Lingkungan Desktop."
+msgstr "Ketika ada masalah, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> akan bekerja pada kebanyakan perangkat grafis dan memberi Anda waktu untuk menemukan dan menginstall driver yang benar saat sedang dalam Lingkungan Desktop."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -10793,16 +9468,14 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Jika Vesa pun tidak bekerja, pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, yang digunakan saat menginstall "
-"Mageia, tapi tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah resolusi atau refresh rate."
+msgstr "Jika Vesa pun tidak bekerja, pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, yang digunakan saat menginstall Mageia, tapi tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah resolusi atau refresh rate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -10814,14 +9487,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
+" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Seperti cara di atas, monitor yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan Anda bisa "
-"mengklik tombol untuk mengubahnya. Jika monitor yang diinginkan tidak ada di "
-"daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel>, pilih di daftar monitor "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> dengan fitur yang sama."
+msgstr "Seperti cara di atas, monitor yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan Anda bisa mengklik tombol untuk mengubahnya. Jika monitor yang diinginkan tidak ada di daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel>, pilih di daftar monitor <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> dengan fitur yang sama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -10833,11 +9502,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolusi:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol ini memungkinkan untuk memilih resolusi (jumlah piksel) dan kedalaman "
-"warna (jumlah warna). Ini menampilkan layar berikut:"
+msgstr "Tombol ini memungkinkan untuk memilih resolusi (jumlah piksel) dan kedalaman warna (jumlah warna). Ini menampilkan layar berikut:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -10847,42 +9515,31 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Gambar monitor di tengah "
-"memberikan pratampil dengan konfigurasi yang dipilih."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Gambar monitor di tengah memberikan pratampil dengan konfigurasi yang dipilih."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
+" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol pertama menampilkan resolusi yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk "
-"mengubah. Daftar memberikan semua kemungkinan pilihan berdasarkan perangkat "
-"grafis dan monitor, dimungkinkan untuk mengklik <guilabel>Lainnya</guilabel> "
-"untuk mengatur resolusi, tapi ingat, Anda bisa merusak monitor atau memilih "
-"pengaturan yang tidak nyaman."
+msgstr "Tombol pertama menampilkan resolusi yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk mengubah. Daftar memberikan semua kemungkinan pilihan berdasarkan perangkat grafis dan monitor, dimungkinkan untuk mengklik <guilabel>Lainnya</guilabel> untuk mengatur resolusi, tapi ingat, Anda bisa merusak monitor atau memilih pengaturan yang tidak nyaman."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Tombol kedua menampilkan kedalaman warna yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk "
-"mengubah."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
+" another one."
+msgstr "Tombol kedua menampilkan kedalaman warna yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk mengubah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Tergantung pada resolusi terpilih, mungkin akan perlu keluar dan menjalankan "
-"ulang lingkungan grafis supaya perubahan bisa bekerja."
+msgstr "Tergantung pada resolusi terpilih, mungkin akan perlu keluar dan menjalankan ulang lingkungan grafis supaya perubahan bisa bekerja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -10895,21 +9552,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah konfigurasi dilakukan, direkomendasikan untuk menguji sebelum "
-"mengklik OK karena lebih mudah memodifikasi pengaturan sekarang daripada "
-"jika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja."
+msgstr "Setelah konfigurasi dilakukan, direkomendasikan untuk menguji sebelum mengklik OK karena lebih mudah memodifikasi pengaturan sekarang daripada jika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"Ketika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja, ketik Alt+Ctrl+F2 untuk membuka "
-"lingkungan teks, hubungkan sebagai root lalu ketik XFdrake (dengan huruf "
-"besarnya) untuk menggunakan versi teks XFdrake."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
+" XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr "Ketika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja, ketik Alt+Ctrl+F2 untuk membuka lingkungan teks, hubungkan sebagai root lalu ketik XFdrake (dengan huruf besarnya) untuk menggunakan versi teks XFdrake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -10930,43 +9581,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opsi global</guilabel>: Jika <emphasis>Matikan Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</"
-"emphasis> ditandai, tidak dimungkinkan untuk menjalankan ulang server X "
-"menggunakan tombol keyboard Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Opsi global</guilabel>: Jika <emphasis>Matikan Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> ditandai, tidak dimungkinkan untuk menjalankan ulang server X menggunakan tombol keyboard Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Opsi perangkat grafis</guilabel>: Memungkinkan untuk menghidupkan "
-"atau mematikan tiga fitur spesifik tergantung pada perangkat grafis."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Opsi perangkat grafis</guilabel>: Memungkinkan untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan tiga fitur spesifik tergantung pada perangkat grafis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Jalankan antarmuka grafis di awal</guilabel>: Biasanya, "
-"<emphasis>Secara otomatis menjalankan antarmuka grafis (Xorg) saat komputer "
-"berjalan</emphasis> ditandai untuk berpindah ke mode grafis, ini bisa "
-"dihilangkan untuk server."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
+"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
+"may be unchecked for a server."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Jalankan antarmuka grafis di awal</guilabel>: Biasanya, <emphasis>Secara otomatis menjalankan antarmuka grafis (Xorg) saat komputer berjalan</emphasis> ditandai untuk berpindah ke mode grafis, ini bisa dihilangkan untuk server."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
+" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Setelah mengklik tombol <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, sistem akan "
-"menanyakan untuk mengkonfirmasi. Masih ada waktu untuk membatalkan semuanya "
-"dan tetap menggunakan konfigurasi sebelumnya, atau menerimanya. Dalam hal "
-"ini, Anda harus memutuskan dan menghubungkan kembali untuk mengaktifkan "
-"konfigurasi baru."
+msgstr "Setelah mengklik tombol <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, sistem akan menanyakan untuk mengkonfirmasi. Masih ada waktu untuk membatalkan semuanya dan tetap menggunakan konfigurasi sebelumnya, atau menerimanya. Dalam hal ini, Anda harus memutuskan dan menghubungkan kembali untuk mengaktifkan konfigurasi baru."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--dav.xml
index 214685c2..05b3afe1 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ mengkonfigurasi server WebDAV.</para>
 ada, dan tombol <guibutton>Baru</guibutton>. Gunakan tombol tersebut untuk
 membuat entri baru. Masukkan URL server pada kolom dari layar baru.</para>
 
-    <para>Lalu Anda akan mendapatkan layar dengan tombol radio untuk memilih beberapa
-aksi.  Lanjutkan dengan aksi <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> dengan
-mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> setelah memilih tombol radio, saat
+    <para>Lalu akan muncul layar dengan tombol radio untuk memilih beberapa aksi.
+Lanjutkan dengan aksi <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> dengan mengklik
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton> setelah memilih tombol radio, saat
 <guibutton>Server</guibutton> sudah terkonfigurasi. Anda bisa memperbaikinya
 jika perlu.</para>
 
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ jika perlu.</para>
 
     <para>Isi dari direktori remote akan bisa diakses melalui titik mount ini.</para>
 
-    <para>Pada langkah selanjutnya, berikan nama pengguna dan sandi. Jika Anda perlu
-pilihan lainnya, Anda bisa menemukannya di layar
+    <para>Pada langkah selanjutnya, berikan nama pengguna dan sandi anda. Jika Anda
+perlu pilihan lainnya, Anda bisa menemukannya di layar
 <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton>.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
index f54360b9..bbd32f5d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Pembagian partisi hard disk</title>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Bagikan partisi hard disk anda</title>
 
     <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -17,17 +17,18 @@ administrator untuk mengizinkan pengguna membagikan sebagian dari direktori
 /home mereka dengan pengguna lain di jaringan lokal yang sama yang
 menjalankan komputer dengan sistem operasi Linux atau Windows.</para>
 
-  <para>Ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Disk Lokal, dengan nama "Bagikan
+  <para>Ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Disk Lokal, dengan label "Bagikan
 partisi hard disk Anda".</para>
 
   <para>Pertama, jawab pertanyaan : "<guilabel>Apakah Anda akan mengizinkan pengguna
-membagi beberapa direktori mereka?</guilabel>", klik pada <guibutton>Tanpa
-pembagian</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk semua pengguna, klik pada
-<guibutton>Izinkan semua pengguna</guibutton> untuk semua pengguna dan klik
-pada <guibutton>Sesuaikan</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk beberapa
-pengguna dan ya untuk sebagian lainnya. Dalam hal ini, pengguna yang
-diizinkan untuk membagi direktori mereka harus anggota grup fileshare, yang
-secara otomatis dibuat oleh sistem. Anda akan ditanya soal ini nantinya.</para>
+untuk berbagi beberapa direktori mereka?</guilabel>", klik pada
+<guibutton>Tidak berbagi</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk semua
+pengguna, klik pada <guibutton>Izinkan semua pengguna</guibutton> untuk
+semua pengguna dan klik pada <guibutton>Sesuaikan</guibutton> jika
+jawabannya tidak untuk beberapa pengguna dan ya untuk sebagian
+lainnya. Dalam hal ini, pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori
+mereka harus anggota grup fileshare(pembagian data), yang secara otomatis
+dibuat oleh sistem. Anda akan ditanya soal ini nantinya.</para>
 
   <para>Klik pada <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, layar kedua muncul yang meminta Anda
 untuk memilih antara <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> atau
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot--boot.xml
index c4c510d0..3016ceae 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot--boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -116,6 +116,4 @@ untuk memilih <guilabel>Mode video</guilabel>, file
 <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dan <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> di
 daftar drop-down.</para>
 
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot.xml
index 3fb73c45..e8b9a0d8 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakboot.xml
@@ -24,10 +24,11 @@ Mageia dengan nama "Atur autologin untuk masuk otomatis".</para>
 
   <para>Tombol antarmuka sangat jelas:</para>
 
-  <para>Tandai <guibutton>Jalankan lingkungan grafis ketika sistem
-dijalankan</guibutton>, jika Anda ingin Sistem Jendela X dieksekusi setelah
-komputer berjalan. Jika tidak, sistem akan berjalan dalam mode teks. Tapi,
-antarmuka grafis bisa dijalankan dengan cara manual.</para>
+  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
+starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
+boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
+possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
+launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
 
   <para>Jika kotak pertama ditandai, dua pilihan lainnya akan tersedia, tandai
 antara <guibutton>Tidak, saya tidak ingin autologin</guibutton>, jika Anda
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect.xml
index cbd9a3d3..761da39f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakconnect.xml
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>Nomor PIN akan ditanyakan. Biarkan nomor PIN ini jika tidak diperlukan.</para>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakedm.xml
index ad2582ff..47f15ce6 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakedm.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakedm.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     
 
     <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC -->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Mengatur pengelola tampilan</title>
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">atur pengelola tampilan</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
index 99bd0980..8a572a5d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
   </info>
 
   
+
   
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -24,7 +25,13 @@
 dikenal dengan repository, media, mirror). Yang berarti Anda harus memilih
 sumber media untuk digunakan menginstall dan update paket dan
 aplikasi. (lihat tombol Tambah di bawah).</para>
-    </important><note>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
       <para>Sistem Anda berjalan pada arsitektur yang mungkin 32-bit (disebut i586),
 atau 64-bit (disebut x86_64). Beberapa paket bebas digunakan untuk sistem
 32-bit atau 64-bit; yang disebut paket noarch. Mereka tidak memiliki
@@ -153,7 +160,7 @@ kontak dengan mengklik <guibutton>Ya</guibutton>. Jendela ini membuka:</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
@@ -197,6 +204,11 @@ dan klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk tidak mengizinkan kunci.</para>
 mengkonfigurasinya di sini. Anda hanya perlu memberikan <guibutton>Hostname
 proxy</guibutton> dan jika perlu <guilabel>Nama pengguna</guilabel> dan
 <guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
 
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/draksound.xml
index 5b1fc98c..b0ff0bd5 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/draksound.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/draksound.xml
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ PulseAudio</guimenu> untuk mengatur pilihan ini.</para>
   <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> meningkatkan PulseAudio dengan beberapa
 program. Ini juga direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan.</para>
 
-  <para>Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> menampilkan jendela baru dengan tiga
-tombol:</para>
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -49,8 +49,9 @@ tombol:</para>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>Tombol pertama memberikan kebebasan untuk memilih. Anda harus tahu apa yang
-Anda lakukan.</para>
+  <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
 
   <para>Yang kedua sudah jelas dan yang ketiga memberi bantuan perbaikan setiap
 masalah yang Anda punya. Akan sangat berguna untuk mencoba ini sebelum
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_apache2.xml
index 395dd883..ab06d9ff 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,103 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
+<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Pengantar</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Ringkasan</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selesai</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
index f4d2e3a4..cb959ad9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,194 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Konfigurasi DHCP</title><subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Konfigurasi DHCP</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png"/>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>   
-
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
 
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
 <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
-</section>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Pengantar</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Ringkasan</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_ntp.xml
index 7f7b126d..44cccdb3 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,11 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
     <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Konfigurasi waktu</title>
 
@@ -10,7 +17,8 @@
   <mediaobject>
     <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
 <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
@@ -21,42 +29,89 @@
 server Anda supaya sinkron dengan server luar. Ini tidak terinstall secara
 baku dan Anda harus juga menginstall paket drakwizard dan drakwizard-base.</para>
 
-  <para>Setelah layar selamat datang (lihat di atas), yang kedua meminta Anda
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>Setelah layar selamat datang (lihat di atas), yang kedua meminta Anda
 memilih tiga server waktu di daftar drop down dan menyarankan untuk
 menggunakan pool.ntp.org dua kali karena server ini selalu mengarahkan ke
 server waktu yang tersedia.</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-        <info>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
 <author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-      </imagedata>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <para/>
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
+click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
+may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
 
-  <para>Layar berikut memungkinkan untuk memilih area dan kota, lalu Anda tiba pada
-ringkasan. Jika ada yang salah, Anda bisa mengubahnya menggunakan tombol
-<guibutton>Sebelumnya </guibutton>. Jika semua berjalan dengan baik, klik
-tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan ke
-pengujian. Ini mungkin memakan waktu dan akhirnya Anda mendapatkan layar di
-bawah:</para>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+      <step>
+        <para>Klik tombol <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton> untuk menutup alat</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para/>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para>Klik tombol <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton> untuk menutup alat</para>
-</section>
-\ No newline at end of file
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
index 97a5ca6d..f94b6de6 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,94 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
+<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Pengantar</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Information</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Ringkasan</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selesai</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_squid.xml
index 15312291..e7e344ce 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,238 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_squid" version="5.0" xml:lang="id">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Konfigurasi proxy</title><subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Konfigurasi proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>   
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
+<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
 
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
 
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Pengantar</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Ringkasan</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selesai</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_sshd.xml
index 38066e98..14f7dd56 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,134 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir
-bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> Tim
-Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
-<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sebagai root.</para>
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik
+<emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sebagai root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Opsi Umum</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>pilihan login pengguna</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Ringkasan</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selesai</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/msecgui.xml
index e4bb2e35..58655405 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/msecgui.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/msecgui.xml
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ approaches:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
+        <para>Ini mengatur perilaku sistem, msec memaksakan modifikasi sistem untuk
+membuatnya lebih aman.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
@@ -37,44 +37,44 @@ you if something seems dangerous.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
+    <para>msec menggunakan konsep "tingkat keamanan" yang bertujuan untuk
+mengkonfigurasi seperangkat perizinan sistem, yang bisa diaudit perubahannya
+atau pemaksaannya. Beberapa diantaranya disarankan oleh Mageia, tapi Anda
+bisa menentukan sendiri tingkat keamanan penyesuaian.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
+    <title>Tab Ikhtisar</title>
 
-    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
+    <para>Lihat gambar di atas</para>
 
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
+    <para>Tab pertama memperlihatkan peralatan keamanan berbeda dengan tombol di
+sebelah kanan untuk mengkonfigurasi mereka:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
+        <para>Firewall, juga ada di MCC / Keamanan / Atur firewall pribadi Anda</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
+        <para>Update, juga ada di MCC / Manajemen Software / Update sistem Anda</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
+        <para>msec dengan beberapa informasi:</para>
 
         <itemizedlist>
           <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
+            <para>hidupkan atau jangan</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
+            <para>tingkat keamanan Dasar terkonfigurasi</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
+            <para>tanggal dari pemeriksaan Rutin terakhir dan tombol untuk melihat laporan
+rinci dan tombol lain untuk menjalankan pemeriksaan sekarang.</para>
           </listitem>
         </itemizedlist>
       </listitem>
@@ -82,11 +82,10 @@ and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
+    <title>Tab Pengaturan keamanan</title>
 
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
+    <para>Mengklik tab kedua atau tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Keamanan
+akan membawa ke layar yang ditunjukkan di bawah.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -96,25 +95,25 @@ below.</para>
 
 
     <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
+      <title>Tab Keamanan dasar</title>
 
       <para role="underline">
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
+        <emphasis role="underline">Tingkat keamanan:</emphasis>
       </para>
 
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
+      <para>Setelah mencentang kotak <guilabel>Hidupkan alat MSEC</guilabel>, tab ini
+memungkinkan Anda, dengan klik ganda, memilih tingkat keamanan yang muncul
+kemudian dengan huruf tebal. Jika kotak tidak dicentang, tingkat « tak ada »
+akan diterapkan. Tingkat berikut ini tersedia:</para>
 
       <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
         <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
+          <para>Tingkat <emphasis role="bold">tak ada</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan
+jika Anda tidak ingin menggunakan msec untuk mengendalikan keamanan sistem,
+dan lebih suka menyesuaikannya sendiri. Ini mematikan semua pemeriksaan
+keamanan dan tidak membatasi atau memaksakan pengaturan dan konfigurasi
+sistem. Gunakan tingkat ini hanya jika Anda mengerti apa yang dilakukan,
+karena sistem akan mudah diserang.</para>
         </listitem>
 
 	<listitem>
@@ -127,11 +126,11 @@ versions).</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
+          <para>Tingkat <emphasis role="bold">aman</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan saat
+Anda ingin memastikan bahwa sistem Anda aman, belum bisa digunakan. Ini akan
+membatasi perizinan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan lebih
+sering. Terlebih, akses ke sistem lebih dibatasi. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan
+tingkat 4 (Tinggi) dan 5 (Paranoid) di msec versi lama).</para>
         </listitem>
 
 	<listitem>
@@ -149,12 +148,13 @@ but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
         </listitem>
       </orderedlist>
 
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power
-users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
+      <para>Tingkatan ini tersimpan di
+<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Anda bisa
+menentukan tingkat keamanan yang Anda sesuaikan, menyimpannya ke file
+spesifik yang disebut <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, tempatkan
+ke dalam folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Fungsi ini
+dimaksudkan untuk power user yang membutuhkan konfigurasi sistem yang lebih
+aman atau yang disesuaikan.</para>
 
       <caution>
 	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ level settings.</para>
       </caution>
 
       <para>
-        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
+        <emphasis role="underline">Peringatan keamanan:</emphasis>
       </para>
 
       <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ saving them.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>Network security</title>
+      <title>Keamanan jaringan</title>
 
       <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
 
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-    <title>Permissions</title>
+    <title>Perizinan</title>
     <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
 enforcement.</para>
     <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/id/rpmdrake.xml
index 0b699194..54913376 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id/rpmdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -35,6 +35,23 @@ paket.</para>
 
     <para>Untuk bekerja, rpmdrake memerlukan repository yang terkonfigurasi dengan
 <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
   </section>
 
   <section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..289cf50a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/MCC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en" xml:id="MCC">
+
+  <info>
+    <title>Centro Controllo Mageia</title>
+    <cover>
+	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
+	    </para>
+	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
+	    </para>
+            <para>E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Team
+Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/MageiaUpdate.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae9ced38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="MageiaUpdate">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">Aggiornamento pacchetti software</title>
+
+    <subtitle>MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management.</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with
+rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you
+are prompted to do so.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
+those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
+default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
+<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process. </para>
+
+  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
+the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
+means you can click to drop down a text. </para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
+displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </inlinemediaobject>
+. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike. </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5f148f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/XFdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Configura il sistema grafico</title>
+
+    <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
+graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>
+as root. Mind the capital letters.</para>
+      </footnote></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
+configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
+one with a proprietary driver.</para>
+
+  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
+manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
+order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
+Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
+graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
+in your Desktop Environment.</para>
+<para> If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
+<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
+Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
+    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
+use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
+example).</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
+you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
+isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
+<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
+colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
+
+  <para><mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png" />
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>The image of the monitor in the
+middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration. </para>
+
+  <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another
+one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card
+and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to
+set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or
+select an uncomfortable setting.</para>
+
+  <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for
+another one.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and
+restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.
+      </para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking
+on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the
+graphical environment doesn't work.</para>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a
+text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use
+XFdrake's text version. </para>
+    </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want
+to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is
+right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+<orderedlist><title>Opzioni:</title>
+	<listitem>
+   <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable
+Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to
+restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para>
+   </listitem>
+   <listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable
+three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+  <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time,
+<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon
+booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it
+may be unchecked for a server.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+
+  <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask
+you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the
+previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect
+and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para>
+
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--dav.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6eda71e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--dav"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">Accedi ai dispositivi e alle directory condivisi tramite WebDAV</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Questo strumento<footnote><para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root.</para>
+  </footnote> lo trovi nel Centro di
+Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato
+<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+ <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> è un
+protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente,
+così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la
+macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo
+strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Crea una nuova voce</title>
+
+    <para>La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se
+presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una
+nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata.</para>
+
+    <para>Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare
+alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton>
+cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio,
+in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai
+comunque correggerlo, se necessario.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Il contenuto della directory remota risulterà accessibile tramite questo
+punto di montaggio.</para>
+
+    <para>Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se
+necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata
+<guibutton>avanzate</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>L'opzione <guibutton>Monta</guibutton> ti permette di montare immediatamente
+l'accesso.</para>
+
+    <para>Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio
+<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente
+ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto
+<guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le
+modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi
+che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua
+configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e321ec0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">Condividi le tue partizioni del disco fisso</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Questo semplice strumento<footnote><para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root.</para></footnote> consente a
+te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle
+proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale
+che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o
+Windows.</para>
+
+  <para>Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali,
+etichettata "Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso".</para>
+
+  <para>Primo, rispondi alla domanda: "<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di
+condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>", clicca su
+<guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti
+gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per
+tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la
+risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli
+utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono
+appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal
+sistema. Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto.</para>
+
+  <para>Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà
+proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o
+<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è
+l'unico sistema operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se
+la rete include sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se
+necessario.</para>
+
+  <para>La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione
+Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare
+Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati
+a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente,
+clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su
+<guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo
+fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni
+su Userdrake, guarda <link ns2:href="userdrake.xml">questa pagina</link></para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Quando si aggiunge un nuovo utente al gruppo fileshare, devi disconnettere e
+riconnettere la rete affinché le modifiche vengano prese in considerazione.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare
+nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i
+gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità.</para>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..086cdd07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--nfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to declare some
+shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
+protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix
+systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at
+boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session
+for a user with tools such as file browsers.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Procedura</title>
+
+    <para>Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei
+server che condividono directory.</para>
+
+    <para>Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista
+delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e
+dovrai specificare dove montare la directory.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png">
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e
+cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante
+<guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. Dopo aver montato la directory puoi
+smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
+a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
+modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
+network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
+browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5dc5eac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--removable.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--removable">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD burner</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool <footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote>is found under the tab Local
+disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable
+hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only). </para>
+
+  <para>Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted. </para>
+
+  <para>At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and
+the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change
+them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>
+button. </para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Punto di mount</title>
+
+    <para>Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Opzioni</title>
+
+    <para>Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the
+<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>user/nouser</title>
+
+      <para>user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this
+option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is
+the only one who can umount it. </para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2dbabf52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/diskdrake--smb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="diskdrake--smb"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">Accedi a dischi e cartelle condivise con Windows (SMB)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle>
+
+  </info>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to declare which
+shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The
+protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R)
+systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared
+directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with
+tools such as file browsers.</para>
+
+    <para>Prima di avviare l'opzione, è una buona idea di dichiarare il nome del
+server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Procedura</title>
+
+    <para>Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who
+share directories.</para>
+
+    <para>Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the
+list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para>
+
+    <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you
+have to specify where to mount the directory.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount
+button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the
+<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+    <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to
+connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it
+with the same button.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask
+"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow
+directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The
+new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in
+dolphin.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drak3d.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05d0fb1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drak3d.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">Effetti Schermo 3D</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> lets you manage the 3D
+desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by
+default.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section annotations="center">
+    <title>Iniziamo</title>
+
+    <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the
+package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can
+start.</para>
+
+    <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you
+can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or
+<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a
+composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special
+effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn
+it on.</para>
+
+    <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of
+Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be
+installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the
+<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz
+Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in
+for the changes to take effect.</para>
+
+    <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz
+Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Risoluzione problemi</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Non vedo lo schermo dopo il log in</title>
+
+      <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop
+but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in
+screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be
+prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login
+with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the
+log in problem.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakauth.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a32136f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakauth.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">Autenticazione</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakauth.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakauth-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the
+manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para>
+
+  <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your
+computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so
+and give information about that.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot--boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f50614c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakboot--boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot--boot-ti1">Configura l'avvio del sistema</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot --boot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" align="center" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>this tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> allows you to configure the
+boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot,
+etc.)</para>
+
+  <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up
+boot system".</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing
+some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to
+choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and
+with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are
+no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot
+device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The
+boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can
+prevent you machine from booting.</para>
+
+  <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set
+the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in
+seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available
+operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is
+made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para>
+
+  <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is
+possible to set a password.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the
+power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was
+the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI
+compatible.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for
+multicore processors.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual
+processor and enable SMP.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local
+APIC:</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two
+components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O
+APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses
+to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful
+for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC
+system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message
+"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local
+APIC.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the
+available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the
+order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the
+selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or
+<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new
+entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar
+with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want
+to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For
+example: Mageia3.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches
+the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the
+kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para>
+
+  <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to
+the kernel at boot time.</para>
+
+  <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this
+entry by default.</para>
+
+  <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to
+choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
+file and a <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> in the drop-down lists.</para>
+
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ac6cc60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakboot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Imposta l'accesso automatico</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakboot-im1" fileref="drakboot.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> allows you to automatically
+login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any
+password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there
+is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
+
+  <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
+Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
+
+  <para>I bottoni di interfaccia sono piuttosto semplici:</para>
+
+  <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
+starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
+boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
+possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
+launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
+
+  <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
+<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
+continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check
+<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if
+needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default
+username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f863171
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bug Report Tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"
+ fileref="drakbug.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically
+when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing
+a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the
+information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para>
+
+  <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that,
+then please read <link
+xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to
+report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para>
+
+  <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message
+that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to
+that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..506292d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakbug_report.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line.</para>
+
+<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by
+doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
+but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
+several GBs large.</para>
+<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
+the unneeded parts.</para></note>
+  <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> partizioni</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> Versione di Mageia</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> df</para></listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+
+  <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's
+output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch
+to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as
+root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If
+you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000
+lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail
+-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note>
+  
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakclock.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6666ea18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakclock.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakclock">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Modifica data e ora</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the tab System
+in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and
+time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a
+right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para>
+
+  <para>E' uno strumento molto semplice da usare.</para>
+
+  <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On
+the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on
+the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month
+(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or
+2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para>
+
+  <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time
+Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on
+time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time
+Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para>
+
+  <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's
+useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours,
+minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows
+to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see
+your desktop environment settings for that.</para>
+
+  <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the
+<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the
+nearest town.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they
+will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation
+settings.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8f734f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect--del.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Rimuovi una connessione</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> 
+    <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then
+click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> 
+    <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted
+successfully.</para> 
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90a7f1db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconnect.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,809 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakconnect">
+  <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Configura una nuova interfaccia di rete (lan, adsl, wifi...)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows to configure much of
+local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from
+your access provider or your network administrator.</para>
+
+    <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware
+and provider you have.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>A new Wired connection (Ethernet)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
+to configure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
+address.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Automatic IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
+are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
+The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
+have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
+from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the DHCP client</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
+requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
+address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
+configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Configurazione manuale</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS
+servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no
+HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
+attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your service provider's website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
+computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
+"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
+you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
+domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>A new Satellite connection (DVB)</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>A new Cable modem connection</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one
+to configure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP
+address.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nessuno</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name
+and password.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Automatic IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers
+are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.
+The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers
+have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address
+from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the DHCP client</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
+requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
+address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection
+configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Configurazione manuale</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers
+to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME
+is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is
+attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your service provider's website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your
+computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is
+"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless
+you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again,
+domestic connection would not need this setting.</para>
+
+            <mediaobject>
+              <imageobject>
+                <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/>
+              </imageobject>
+            </mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>A new DSL connection</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to
+configure it.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protocollo Configurazione Dinamica Host (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Configurazione TCP/IP manuale</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>PPP su Ethernet (PPPoE)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Point to Point Tuneling Protocol (PPTP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Impostazioni di accesso</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Login dell'account (nome utente)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Account password</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>A new ISDN connection</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Manual choice (internal ISDN card)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Modem ISDN esterno</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and
+manufacturer. Select your card.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave
+you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Nome connessione</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Numero telefonico</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ID di accesso</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Account password</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Metodo autenticazione</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or
+manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by
+automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to
+put:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Nome dominio</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Primo e secondo DNS Server</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you
+are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic
+or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the
+IP address.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nuova connessione Wireless (WiFi)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for
+Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper
+only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that
+the card has detected.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Operating mode:</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Con access point (Managed)</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Per accedere ad un punto di accesso esistente (il più frequente).</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>Ad-Hoc</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Per configurare una connessione diretta fra computers.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Nome del network (ESSID)</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para>
+
+            <variablelist>
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WPA/WPA2</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Questa modalità di crittografia è da preferire se il tuo hardware te lo
+consente.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+
+              <varlistentry>
+                <term>WEP</term>
+
+                <listitem>
+                  <para>Alcuni vecchi hardware funzionano solo con questo metodo di crittografia.</para>
+                </listitem>
+              </varlistentry>
+            </variablelist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Chiave di cifratura</para>
+
+            <para>E' solitamente fornito con l'hardware che da il punto di accesso.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>A questo punto la scelta è tra un indirzzo IP automatico oppure un indirizzo
+IP manuale.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Automatic IP</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are
+declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained
+below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is
+specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The
+Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option
+<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the DHCP client</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>DHCP timeout</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server
+requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP
+address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all
+connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Configurazione manuale</para>
+
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The
+HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,
+the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para>
+
+            <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like
+<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is
+<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are
+available from your providers website.</para>
+
+            <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search
+domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name,
+before the period.</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nuova connessione GPRS/Edge/3G</title>
+
+    <para><orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Se lo strumento trova un'interfaccia wireless, da l'oppurtinità di
+selezionarne una e di configurarla.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Fornire impostazioni di accesso</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Nome dell'access point</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Login dell'account (nome utente)</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>Account password</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Una nuova connessione Bluetooth Dial-UP Networking</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Scelta manuale</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Hardware identificato, se esistente.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Una lista di porte è proposta. Seleziona la tua.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package
+<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your
+provider. If it is not listed, select the option
+<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider
+gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para>
+
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP/CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Basata su script</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>PAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>Basata su terminale</para>
+              </listitem>
+
+              <listitem>
+                <para>CHAP</para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakconnect-end">
+    <title>Ending the configuration</title>
+
+    <para>In the next step, you can specify:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow
+access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch
+automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Metric (10 by default)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>MTU</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Collegamento a caldo della rete</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Attiva istradamento IPV6 su IPV4</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start
+immediately or not.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9257f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakconsole.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakconsole">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Apri una console come amministratore</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> gives you access to a console
+which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more
+information about that.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..32c15bdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakdisk.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakdisk">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--
+ lebarhon 2012-08-30  Added some comments. Imho, the option button needs explanations -->
+<!--marja 2012-09-02 changed title to visible title for this tool in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Gestisci le partizioni del disco</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis
+role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny
+error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a
+partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll
+see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on
+<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you
+want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your
+preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions,
+resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a
+partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear
+all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete
+disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a
+partition.</para>
+
+  <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot
+choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition
+must be unmounted first.</para>
+
+  <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para>
+
+  <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to
+delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button
+<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is
+selected</para>
+
+  <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis>
+gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be
+seen in the screenshot below.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakedm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..faa17172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakedm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakedm" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    
+
+    <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC -->
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Imposta il gestore grafico delle sessioni</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Here<footnote>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> you can choose which display
+manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available
+on your system will be shown.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look
+different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM
+is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfirewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d1133ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfirewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Configura il tuo firewall personale</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the Security
+tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal
+firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system
+security, permissions and audit".</para>
+
+  <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming
+connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the
+first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection
+attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box -
+<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable
+the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para>
+
+  <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on
+<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field
+<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these
+examples :</para>
+
+  <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para>
+
+  <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para>
+
+  <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para>
+
+  <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is
+checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...)
+it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even
+recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature
+allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box
+<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second
+box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure
+somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards
+corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot
+below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be
+warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para>
+
+  <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the
+Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary
+packages are downloaded.</para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp;
+Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c19c03ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakfont.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakfont">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Gestisci tipi di caratteri. Importa tipi di caratteri da Windows (TM)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It
+allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen
+above shows:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>a preview of the selected font.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>some buttons explained here later.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You
+must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able
+to use the fonts.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be
+careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the
+documents that use them.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The
+supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the
+<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis
+role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the
+fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when
+done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para>
+
+  <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont
+main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52a2845c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakguard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakguard">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Filtri per la famiglia</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental
+Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the
+drakguard package (not installed by default).</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to
+restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three
+useful capabilities:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by
+controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can
+only execute what you accept them to execute.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through
+blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the
+website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental
+control blocker DansGuardian.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configuring Parental controls</title>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2,
+Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on
+your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel
+feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named
+users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by
+an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this
+prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will
+then suggest you reboot.</para>
+      </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental
+control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab
+is opened.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the
+websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all
+the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have
+their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the
+right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are
+not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an
+user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to
+remove him/her from the allowed users.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed
+with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and
+<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time
+window.</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title>
+
+      <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Block Programs Tab</title>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to
+restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the
+applications you wish to block.</para>
+
+      <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand
+side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8d2c93f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakgw.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Condividi la connessione Internet con altre macchine locali</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+                 xml:id="drakgw-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-principles">
+    <title>Principles</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakgw-net.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a
+computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local
+network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to
+other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the
+gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card
+must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to
+the Internet (2).</para>
+
+    <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are
+set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard">
+    <title>Gateway wizard</title>
+
+    <para>The wizard<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> offers successive steps
+which are shown below:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this
+and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard
+automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that
+what is proposed is correct.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes
+one, check that this is correct.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask
+and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual
+configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to
+specify the address of a DNS server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure
+it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard
+will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it,
+with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the
+proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to
+printers and to share them.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+
+    <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-configure">
+    <title>Configure the client</title>
+
+    <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to
+specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address
+automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting
+to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is
+using.</para>
+
+    <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular
+specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the
+gateway.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="drakgw-stop">
+    <title>Stop connection sharing</title>
+
+    <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch
+the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the
+sharing.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13470d4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakhosts.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Descrizioni degli host</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed
+IP-addresses, this tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> allows to
+specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name
+instead of the IP-address.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Add</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window
+to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an
+alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>Modify</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the
+same window.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakinvictus.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..efce165a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakinvictus.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Impostazioni avanzate per le interfacce di rete ed il firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48d922c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetcenter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 
+Write some text means i can't do it :(
+What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
+-->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Rete e Internet</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the Network
+&amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks
+configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,
+etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending
+on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its
+settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a
+network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN,
+ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para>
+
+    <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the
+first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless
+networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types,
+the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not
+connected.</para>
+
+    <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected
+networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal
+strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and
+the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then
+either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>
+or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network
+to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings
+window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption
+key in particular).</para>
+
+    <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The Monitor button</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the
+PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is
+available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray
+-> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para>
+
+    <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the
+local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which
+gives details about connection status.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic
+accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The Configure button</title>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network
+creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton>
+<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual
+configuration may give better results.</para>
+
+    <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks
+like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the
+<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are
+available from your providers website.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count
+the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in
+the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may
+have to reconnect to the network.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network
+Manager:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access
+point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select
+<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select
+<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the
+access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para>
+
+    <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a
+passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA
+personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used
+in private networks.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para>
+
+    <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access
+point while remaining connected to the network.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The Advanced Settings button</title>
+
+    <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetprofile.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6bb3750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknetprofile.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Gestisci i diversi profili di rete</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+   <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4108abca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draknfs.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Condividi dischi e cartelle tramite NFS</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1"  xml:id="draknfs-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Prerequisites</title>
+
+    <para>When the wizard<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> is launched for the
+first time, it may display the following message:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Main window</title>
+
+    <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list
+is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a
+configuration tool.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Modifica voce</title>
+
+    <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
+with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
+available.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Directory</title>
+
+      <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The
+<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose
+it.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Accesso host</title>
+
+      <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
+directory.</para>
+
+      <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name
+recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard
+characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the
+domain cs.foo.edu.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all
+hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
+`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Mappatura ID utente</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
+0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
+cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on
+the server itself.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root
+squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients
+(no_root_squash).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids
+to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP
+directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID
+mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of
+the anonymous account.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Opzioni avanzate</title>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
+originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
+is on by default.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read
+and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any
+request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by
+using this option.</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from
+violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made
+by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can
+help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See
+exports(5) man page for more details.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menu entries</title>
+
+    <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+      <para>Save the current configuration.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Server|Restart</title>
+
+      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>NFS Server|Reload</title>
+
+      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
+files.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakproxy.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8181fb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakproxy.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakproxy"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">Proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="drakproxy.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use
+this tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> to configure it. Your net
+administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify
+some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para>
+
+  <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a
+proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as
+an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control their complexity.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44bfb087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections -->
+<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) 
+                       - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool
+		       (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is
+		       given) -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><important>
+      <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as
+repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
+to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
+below).</para>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
+      <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
+i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
+your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
+don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both
+the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
+role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote></para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title>
+
+    <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with
+some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only
+media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons,
+this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root
+and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para>
+
+    <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead>
+
+    <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release
+versions contain at least:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available
+supported by Mageia.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which
+are not free</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might
+be patent claims in some countries.</para>
+
+        <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this
+version of Mageia was released.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release
+due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled,
+even with a very slow internet connection.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions
+backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests
+of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the
+corrections.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">Il bottone sulla destra</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to
+remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since
+all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and
+proxy).</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories
+contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button
+adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that
+you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a
+specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from
+the drop-down "File" menu.</para>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para>
+
+    <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list
+in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same
+release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will
+be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Il menu</title>
+
+    <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and
+click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's
+too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the
+actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them
+out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose
+between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the
+<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by
+clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very
+close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available
+mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che
+non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart
+name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to
+the medium type)</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always
+or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the
+download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-,
+update only, always or never).</para>
+
+    <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate
+the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the
+window that appear, select a medium and then click on
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click
+on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
+
+    <para><warning>
+        <para>Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla
+sicurezza.</para>
+      </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para>
+
+    <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
+here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
+necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51f46da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksambashare.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="draksambashare"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>Samba è un protoccolo utilizzato in diversi sistemi operativi per
+condividere alcune risorse come directories o stampanti. Questo strumento ti
+permette di configurare la macchina come un server Samba usando il
+protocollo SMB/CIFS. Questo protocollo è anche usato da Windows(R) e le
+stazioni di lavoro con questo sistema operativo possono accedere alla
+risorse del derver Samba.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Preparazione</title>
+
+    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
+address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
+<xref linkend="draknetcenter-ti1"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies
+the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
+firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Procedura guidata - server autonomo</title>
+
+    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis
+role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> checks if
+needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
+yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare0.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Nella finestra successiva lìopzione di configuarazione del server autonomo è
+già selezionata.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare1.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
+access to the shared resources.</para>
+
+    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
+the network.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scegliere la modalità di sicurezza:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
+resource</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
+each share</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
+address or host name.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
+described in the Windows workstations.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
+configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
+<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
+option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
+not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
+as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
+group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
+account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Dichiarare una directory da salvare</title>
+
+    <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG"
+                   revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
+<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
+the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
+name can not be modified.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="draksambashare16.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Menu entries</title>
+
+    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>File|Write conf</title>
+
+      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Samba server|Configure</title>
+
+      <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Server Samba|Restart</title>
+
+      <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+
+    <formalpara>
+      <title>Servar Samba|Ricarica</title>
+
+      <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration
+files.</para>
+    </formalpara>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Printers share</title>
+
+    <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Utilizzatori di Samba</title>
+
+    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
+resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
+linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..692e125d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksec.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="draksec">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configura autenticazione per strumenti Mageia</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
+usually done by the administrator.</para>
+
+  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
+the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
+drop down list gives the choice between:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC
+tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksnapshot-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..923ef831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksnapshot-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+	xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+	xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+	xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+	xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+       	xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">Backup periodico del sistema</title>
+	  <subtitle>draksnapshot-configurazione</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+	    <imagedata   xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center"
+		    format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's
+<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration
+tools</guilabel> section.</para>
+  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
+about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
+proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
+
+ <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
+<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
+Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
+<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
+  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
+<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
+<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
+the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
+files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
+<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
+the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
+included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
+done.</para>
+	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
+<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
+USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
+role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
+  </para>
+  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksound.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31ff8851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/draksound.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">Configurazione audio</title>
+
+    <subtitle>draksound</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.¶</para>
+
+  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice,
+PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience
+sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para>
+
+  <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a
+driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound
+card.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA
+API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when
+possible for its enhanced features.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
+inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
+sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
+volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
+
+  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
+enabled.</para>
+
+  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
+is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
+
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="Draksound1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
+
+  <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any
+problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking
+the community for help.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48683049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Configura un UPS per il controllo dell'alimentazione</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96470b2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakvpn.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakvpn">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configura la connessione VPN per rendere sicuro l'accesso al network</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows to configure secure
+access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local
+workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the
+configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is
+already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the
+network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configurazione</title>
+
+    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
+protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
+
+    <para>In seguito dai un nome alla connessione.</para>
+
+    <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>For Cisco VPN</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para><mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
+first time the tool is used.</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
+from the network administrator.</para>
+
+        <para>Parametri avanzati:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
+connection.</para>
+
+    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
+connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
+to this VPN.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03c9f753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introduzione</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sommario</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finisci</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_bind.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e09290de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_bind.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configura DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd888c70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configura server DHCP</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Sommario</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_ntp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4cd35aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configura time server</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> purpose is to set the time of
+your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
+default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
+packages.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
+because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
+<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
+click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
+may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5467b01c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configura server FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introduzione</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Information</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sommario</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finisci</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d36de2bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configura server proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
+
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Sommario</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Finisci</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66ce5cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configurazione del demone OpenSSH</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Opzioni generali</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Sommario</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finisci</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakxservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a4aebc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/drakxservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Attiva o disattiva i servizi del sistema</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+ <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+
+  <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39492342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/harddrake2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="harddrake2"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Configurazione del hardware</title>
+
+    <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> 
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="harddrake2.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> gives a general view of the
+hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to
+look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
+<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in
+<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>La finestra</title>
+
+    <para>La finestra è divisa in due colonne.</para>
+
+    <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
+grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
+category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para>
+
+    <para>The right column displays information about the selected device.  The
+<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information
+about the content of the fields.</para>
+
+    <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are
+available at the bottom of the right column:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to
+parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must
+used by experts only.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can
+configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Il menu</title>
+
+    <para><bridgehead>Opzioni</bridgehead></para>
+
+    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
+enable automatic detection:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>modem</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Jaz devices</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Zip parallel devices</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
+the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
+be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/keyboarddrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..379beff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC -->
+<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> helps you
+configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
+Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
+be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
+"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Keyboard Layout</title>
+
+    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
+in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
+layout should be used for.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Keyboard Type</title>
+
+    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
+unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/localedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77176c0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/localedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="localedrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Impostazioni locali per il sistema</title>
+
+    <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="localedrake.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="localedrake-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root.
+  </para></footnote> can be found in the System
+section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for
+your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your
+language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para>
+
+  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
+compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
+
+  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
+language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
+countries not listed.</para>
+
+  <para>Devi ricominciare la sessione dopo ogni modifica.</para>
+  
+<section xml:id="input_method">
+      <info>
+          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Metodo di input</title>
+      </info>
+  <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
+input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
+methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese,
+Korean, etc).</para>
+  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
+users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
+  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
+and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
+part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/logdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6263e1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/logdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Visualizza i log di sistema ed effettua delle ricerche</title>
+
+    <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found in the Mageia
+Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system
+logs</guilabel>".</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>To do a search in the logs</title>
+
+    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
+<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
+<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
+to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
+possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
+month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
+day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
+to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
+file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
+clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
+configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
+updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>To configure a mail alert</title>
+
+    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
+the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
+address.</para>
+
+    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
+Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
+Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
+running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
+look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
+
+    <para>I seguenti servizi posso essere esplorati:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servizio webmin</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Server di posta Postfix</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Server FTP</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Server web Apache</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Server SSH</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Server Samba</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Servizio xinetd</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para>
+
+        <para><mediaobject>
+            <imageobject>
+              <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/>
+            </imageobject>
+          </mediaobject></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
+unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
+the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
+out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
+to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
+
+    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
+person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
+or on the Internet).</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/lsnetdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37736142
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/lsnetdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section
+xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+	  <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title>
+	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>This tool <footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
+      </para>
+    </footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line.</para>
+
+  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
+can write this help, please contact <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
+team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..535c245c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/lspcidrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="lspcidrake">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title>
+
+    <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>This tool <footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
+    </footnote> can only be started and used
+on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
+PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
+packages to work.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
+
+  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
+is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
+
+  <para>Informazioni sulla scheda grafica;</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
+
+  <para>Informazioni sul network</para>
+
+  <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para>
+
+  <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para>
+
+  <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for
+lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
+called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-boot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78217d41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-boot">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Avvio</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-boot.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1"  xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
+steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura la sequenza di avvio</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakboot--boot"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakboot--boot.xml"></xi:include>
+
+    <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebe1e971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-hardware.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per configurare il
+tuo hardware. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura l'hardware</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure
+hardware</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura la grafica</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura mouse e tastiera</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Configura stampanti e scanner</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),
+the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Altro</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-intro.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98539816
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-intro.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info>
+
+ 
+	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
+choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
+installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
+selected in the big right panel.</para>
+
+	<para>I dieci capitoli successivi sono relativi a quelle dieci opzioni e ai
+relativi strumenti.</para>
+
+<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
+any of the MCC tabs.</para>
+
+	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
+screens.</para>
+
+        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
+the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
+  
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-localdisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db63cbd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-localdisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">Dischi locali</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per gestire o
+condividere i tuoi dischi locali. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di
+più.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist><title>Dischi locali</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem>
+  		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem>
+	          </orderedlist>
+
+ <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include>
+
+ <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83538a05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-network.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Rete e internet</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di rete. Clicca sul
+link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Gestisci i dispositivi di rete</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Personalizza e rendi sicura la rete</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <orderedlist>
+        <title>Altro</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networkservices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3468c525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networkservices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-networkservices">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">Servizi di rete</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-networkservices.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
+the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
+between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
+on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Servizi di rete</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para>
+  </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+  </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networksharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89480de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-networksharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">Condivisioni di rete</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"   fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per condividere i
+drivers e le directories. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configura le condivisioni con Windows(R)</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
+directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configura le condivisioni NFS</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+		  <orderedlist><title>Configura le condivisioni WebDAV</title>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem>
+	  </orderedlist></listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-security.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebdd30c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-security.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-security">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">Sicurezza</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-security.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di
+sicurezza. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Sicurezza</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
+and audit</emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include>
+  <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> 
+  <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-sharing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2142015f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-sharing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-sharing">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">Condivisione</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata align="center"  fileref="mcc-sharing.png"
+                 format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                 xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
+visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
+choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
+below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Condivisione</title>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-system.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c49e5ce7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mcc-system.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="mcc-system">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">Sistema</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="mcc-system.png" xml:id="mcc-system-im1"  revision="1" align="center"  format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti e sistemi di
+amministrazione. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più.</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Gestisci i servizi di sistema</title>
+        <listitem>
+		<para> <xref linkend="drakauth"></xref> </para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakfont"></xref></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Localizzazione</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakclock"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="localedrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+
+      <orderedlist><title>Strumenti di amministrazione</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="logdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	      <para><xref linkend="userdrake"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on
+system</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><xref linkend="draksnapshot-config"></xref></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+</listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"></xi:include>
+
+  <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+   <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"></xi:include> 
+
+   <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+   <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"></xi:include>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mgaapplet-config.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9189a8a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">Configura la frequenza degli aggiornamenti</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software
+management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click /
+Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+
+  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
+updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
+check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
+out.</para>
+
+  <para/>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/mousedrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da668dad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/mousedrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Configura il dispositivo di puntamento (mouse, touchpad)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1"  revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" />
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia
+Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
+Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
+
+  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
+and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
+PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
+immediately taken into account.</para>
+
+  </section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96f47b7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/msecgui.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="msecgui">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: Sicurezza ed controllo del sistema</title>
+
+    <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked-->
+<imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Presentation</title>
+
+    <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
+msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
+approaches:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
+make it more secure.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
+you if something seems dangerous.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
+set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
+enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
+own customised security levels.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Overview tab</title>
+
+    <para>See the screenshot above</para>
+
+    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
+button on the right side to configure them:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
+
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>enabled or not</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
+          </listitem>
+
+          <listitem>
+            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
+and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Security settings tab</title>
+
+    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
+<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
+below.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Basic security tab</title>
+
+      <para role="underline">
+        <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
+allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
+in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
+following levels are available:</para>
+
+      <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
+do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
+your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
+constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
+if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
+vulnerable to attack.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
+configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
+constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
+detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
+permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
+versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
+you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
+system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
+the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
+5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
+such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
+role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
+role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
+system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
+<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
+but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+      <para>These levels are saved in
+<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
+your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
+<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
+<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power
+users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
+
+      <caution>
+	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
+level settings.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <para>
+        <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
+to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
+by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
+can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
+and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
+the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
+enable it.</para>
+
+      <important>
+	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
+immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
+problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
+files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
+
+      <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
+security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
+any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
+the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
+to the options.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>System security tab</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
+description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
+column.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
+screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
+actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
+selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
+choice.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <caution>
+      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
+using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
+have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
+saving them.</para>
+      </caution>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Sicurezza della rete</title>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
+
+      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
+security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
+
+      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
+if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
+checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
+
+      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
+these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
+allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
+messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
+below shows four exceptions.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
+button</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject>
+
+      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
+<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
+<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
+obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
+<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
+tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+    <title>Permessi</title>
+    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
+enforcement.</para>
+    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
+secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
+level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
+into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
+into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
+intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
+also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
+you want. Current configuration is stored in
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
+list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
+can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
+owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
+given rule:</para>
+   <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
+defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
+if not, but does not change anything.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
+permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
+permissions.</para></listitem>
+   </itemizedlist>
+   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
+and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
+the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
+     <mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
+not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
+menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
+the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
+    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
+configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
+    </para></note>
+    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
+in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
+check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
+checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
+account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
+use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
+changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
+    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
+manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
+in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
+the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
+the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
+role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
+   </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/otherMageiaTools.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65f383f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/otherMageiaTools.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="otherMageiaTools">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Altri strumenti di Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
+Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
+next pages.</para>
+
+      <orderedlist>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>
+		</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+	<listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para>
+	</listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+		<para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+        	<para>E altri strumenti?</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include>
+
+	<xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+        <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/rpmdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df7fd59a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it">
+  <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags-->
+<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  
+
+  <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
+    <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduzione ad rpmdrake</title>
+
+    <para>This tool<footnote>
+        <para>Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis
+role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root.</para>
+      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
+program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
+graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
+package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
+servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
+available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
+certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
+default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
+packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
+of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
+included in the packages.</para>
+
+    <para>Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con
+<xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>La parte principale dello schermo</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Filtro per tipo pacchetto:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La
+prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni
+con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che
+tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole
+applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più
+recenti di Mageia.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
+probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
+this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
+of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis>
+</firstterm></para>
+
+        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
+packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
+not installed.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Fare clic su questa icona per cercare attraverso i nomi dei pacchetti,
+attraverso le loro sintesi, attraverso la loro descrizione completa o
+attraverso i file inclusi nei pacchetti.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
+for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
+"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Questa icona può cancellare in un solo click tutte le parole chiave inserite
+nel campo "Cerca".</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
+sub categories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
+description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
+can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
+package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>La colonna di stato</title>
+
+    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
+category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
+list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
+is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
+installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
+uncheck the box before the package name and click on
+<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+
+    <para><table>
+        <title/>
+
+        <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+          <colspec align="center"/>
+
+          <thead>
+            <row>
+              <entry align="center">Icona</entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legenda</entry>
+            </row>
+          </thead>
+
+          <tbody>
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake2.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto è già installato</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake3.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto sarà installato</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake4.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto non può essere modificato</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake5.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto è un aggiornamento</entry>
+            </row>
+
+            <row>
+              <entry><mediaobject>
+                  <imageobject>
+                    <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake6.png"/>
+                  </imageobject>
+                </mediaobject></entry>
+
+              <entry valign="middle">Il pacchetto sarà disinstallato</entry>
+            </row>
+          </tbody>
+        </tgroup>
+      </table></para>
+
+    <para>Esempi nello screeshot qui sopra:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
+icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
+on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
+with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when
+clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The dependencies</title>
+
+    <screenshot>
+<mediaobject>
+        <imageobject>
+          <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/>
+        </imageobject>
+      </mediaobject></screenshot>
+
+    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
+are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
+information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
+dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
+may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
+library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
+button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
+install.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60b6d0a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="scannerdrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">Configura uno scanner</title>
+    <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+
+
+  <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installazione</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>This tool <footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+      </footnote> allows you to configure a
+single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
+also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
+remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
+
+    <para>Quando utilizzi questo strumento per la prima volta potrebbe apparirti il
+seguente messaggio:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
+<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
+installed.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
+the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
+<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
+sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
+linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
+
+    
+    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
+cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
+scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
+scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
+list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake2.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
+<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
+Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+    </note>
+
+<figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title>
+    </info> <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake3.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject></figure>
+
+    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
+ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
+case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
+
+    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
+similar to the one below.</para>
+<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref
+linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake4.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="scannersharing">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake5.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
+accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
+decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
+this machine.</para>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
+deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
+this computer.</para>
+
+    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
+from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake6.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake7.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote
+machines.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake8.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata align="center"  fileref="scannerdrake9.png"
+                   format="PNG" revision="1" 
+                   xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
+offers to do it.</para>
+
+    <para>Alla fine lo strumento altererà questi files:</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive
+"net"</para>
+
+    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
+  </section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifiche</title>
+    </info>  
+
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
+
+        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
+(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
+you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
+Manager</emphasis>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Epson</para>
+
+        <para>Drivers are available from <link
+xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
+<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
+with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
+ignored.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+</section>
+
+<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
+    </info>  
+
+    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
+linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
+steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
+each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
+after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
+firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
+downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
+    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
+each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
+<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
+what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+</listitem>
+
+</itemizedlist>
+      
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..84bd6c7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/software-management.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en"
+xml:id="software-management">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">Gestione software</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata  xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"  fileref="software-management.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
+management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <orderedlist><title>Gestione software</title>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+  <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your
+system</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+	  <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para>
+    </listitem>
+	    <listitem>
+    <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media
+sources for install and update</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+
+    <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include>
+    <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include>
+     <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/system-config-printer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a96c2e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="system-config-printer">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--  Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 -->
+<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) 
+ Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13-->
+<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Installa e configura una stampante</title>
+
+    <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="introduction">
+    <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introduzione</title>
+
+    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
+ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
+interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
+offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
+which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
+and openSUSE.</para>
+
+    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
+installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
+
+    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
+section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
+printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
+        <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing
+<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked
+for.</para>
+      </footnote>.</para>
+
+    <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para>
+
+    <blockquote>
+      <para>task-printing-server</para>
+
+      <para>task-printing-hp</para>
+    </blockquote>
+
+    <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of
+dependencies are needed.</para>
+
+    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
+detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
+printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
+printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
+will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="automatic">
+    <title>Stampante automaticamente identificata</title>
+
+    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
+name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
+"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
+automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
+drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
+next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="non_automatic">
+    <title>Stampante non automaticamente identificata</title>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
+to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
+options.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Seleziona una stampante dal database</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>provide PPD file</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>search for a driver to download</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
+first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
+driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
+encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
+which know to work.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="terminate">
+    <title>Completa il processo di installazione</title>
+
+    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
+allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
+the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
+available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
+this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
+printers.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printer">
+    <title>Stampante di rete</title>
+
+    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
+wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
+another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
+IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
+as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
+one.</para>
+    </note>
+
+    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
+printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
+configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
+on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
+Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
+as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
+after "HWaddr".</para>
+
+    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
+your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
+you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
+Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
+and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
+says "host".</para>
+
+    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
+protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
+list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
+
+    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
+which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
+    <title>Network printing protocols</title>
+
+    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
+JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
+via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
+known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
+which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
+IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
+manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
+<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
+IP-adress is not required.</para>
+
+    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
+protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
+the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
+changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
+the same as above.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject>
+        <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/>
+      </imageobject>
+    </mediaobject>
+
+    <para>Gli altri protocolli sono:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
+be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
+some ADSL-routers.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
+but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
+defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
+with TLS secured protocol.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
+accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
+connected to a station using LPD.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
+station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
+the URI:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Appsocket</para>
+
+        <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para>
+
+        <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+
+        <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para>
+
+        <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Additional information can be found in the <link
+ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS
+documentation.</link></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="properties">
+    <title>Proprietà del dispositivo</title>
+
+    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
+parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
+system, but you can specify a different one with the
+<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
+another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
+of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
+<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title>
+
+    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
+inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
+
+    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
+<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="specificities">
+    <title>Specifiche</title>
+
+    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
+Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
+ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
+check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
+is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
+redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
+the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
+tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
+works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
+up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para><link
+ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
+page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
+for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
+
+    <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one
+devices</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
+detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
+<link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
+tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
+menu. Also view <link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
+for the management of the printer.</para>
+
+    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
+features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
+allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
+case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
+picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
+open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
+card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link
+ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for
+the QPDL protocol.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
+ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
+search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
+package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
+be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
+according to your architecture. </para>
+
+    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
+conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
+
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para>
+
+    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
+<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..099bd4f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:lang="en">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Importa i documenti e le impostazioni di Windows(TM)</title>
+
+    <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
+from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
+installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
+immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
+explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
+
+  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
+<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
+
+  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
+choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
+Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
+than yours own.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
+transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
+user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
+(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
+example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
+<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
+import purposes.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import documents:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
+Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
+Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
+appropriate item in this window.</para>
+
+  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
+to import bookmarks:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE
+   <para>
+With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para>
+
+   <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para>
+-->
+<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
+button.</para>
+
+  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
+<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6e76dec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it/userdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="it" xml:id="userdrake">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 -->
+<!-- Tproof  -->
+<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
+<!-- -->
+<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Utenti e gruppi</title>
+
+    <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis
+role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para>
+    </footnote> is found under the <emphasis
+role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled
+"Manage users on system"</para>
+
+  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
+means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
+(ID, shell, ...)</para>
+
+  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
+the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
+<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para>
+
+  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
+entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
+or nothing as well!</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para>
+
+  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
+recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
+password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
+use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
+shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
+you entered what you intended to.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
+you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
+Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
+checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
+user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
+
+  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
+after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
+group ID.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para>
+
+  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
+for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
+Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
+accounts.</para>
+
+  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
+as the account is locked.</para>
+
+  <para>E' possibile cambiare l'icona.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
+expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
+password periodically.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+    <imageobject>
+      <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/>
+    </imageobject>
+  </mediaobject>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
+the user is a member of.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>Se stai modificando l'account di un utente connesso, allora le modifiche non
+saranno effettive fino al suo prossimo login.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
+name.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
+who are members of the group</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
+role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
+ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
+has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
+refresh the display.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
+to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
+is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
+to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
+end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
+in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/XFdrake.xml
index ba9b92e4..cc79fbb9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/XFdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/XFdrake.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Set up the graphical server</title>
+    <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">Grafische server instellen</title>
 
     <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot--boot.xml
index f4e04fcc..5d509503 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot--boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -115,6 +115,4 @@ entry by default.</para>
 choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>
 file and a <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> in the drop-down lists.</para>
 
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> te typen.</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot.xml
index 5684017a..f87365dc 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakboot.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakboot">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Set up autologin to automatically log in</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">Automatische aanmelding instellen</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -22,12 +22,13 @@ is only one user like to be using the machine.</para>
   <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the
 Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para>
 
-  <para>The interface buttons are pretty obvious:</para>
+  <para>De knoppen van de interface spreken voor zich:</para>
 
   <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system
 starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the
 boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be
-possible to launch the graphic interface manually.</para>
+possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by
+launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para>
 
   <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either
 <guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug_report.xml
index 5557ef6f..27e4a4b6 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug_report.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakbug_report.xml
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ on the command line.</para>
 doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>,
 but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be
 several GBs large.</para>
-<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing
-the unneeded parts.</para></note>
+<note><para>De uitvoer is veel te groot om aan een bugrapport te hangen zonder vooraf de
+overbodige stukken te verwijderen.</para></note>
   <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para>
 
   <itemizedlist>
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ the unneeded parts.</para></note>
 	  <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem>
 	  <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem>
 	  <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para> partities</para></listitem>
 	  <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem>
 	  <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem>
 	  <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakclock.xml
index c7769ad5..93cbc7b1 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakclock.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakclock.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakclock">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Manage date and time</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">Datum en tijd beheren</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect--del.xml
index 59e92fbb..c415c2b9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect--del.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect--del.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Remove a connection</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">Verbinding verwijderen</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect.xml
index e1004621..c040258f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconnect.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakconnect">
   <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled &amp; Faudel whilst editing this document.">
-    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">Nieuwe netwerkinterface instellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
+        <para>Handmatige configuratie</para>
 
         <orderedlist>
           <listitem>
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ address.</para>
 
         <itemizedlist>
           <listitem>
-            <para>None</para>
+            <para>Geen</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
+        <para>Handmatige configuratie</para>
 
         <orderedlist>
           <listitem>
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Manual TCP/IP configuration</para>
+              <para>Handmatige TCP/IP-configuratie</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -309,11 +309,11 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>Access settings</para>
+          <para>Toegangsinstellingen</para>
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Account Login (user name)</para>
+              <para>Account-aanmelding (gebruikersnaam)</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>External ISDN modem</para>
+              <para>Extern ISDN modem</para>
             </listitem>
           </itemizedlist>
         </listitem>
@@ -381,15 +381,15 @@ you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Connection name</para>
+              <para>Verbindingsnaam</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Phone number</para>
+              <para>Telefoonnummer</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Login ID</para>
+              <para>Aanmeldingsnaam</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Authentication method</para>
+              <para>Aanmeldingscontrole-methode</para>
             </listitem>
           </itemizedlist>
         </listitem>
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ put:</para>
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Domain name</para>
+              <para>Domeinnaam</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ the card has detected.</para>
 
             <variablelist>
               <varlistentry>
-                <term>Managed</term>
+                <term>Beheerd</term>
 
                 <listitem>
                   <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para>
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ the card has detected.</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
-            <para>Encryption key</para>
+            <para>Vercijferingssleutel</para>
 
             <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para>
           </listitem>
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Manual configuration</para>
+        <para>Handmatige configuratie</para>
 
         <orderedlist>
           <listitem>
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ configure it.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required.</para>
+          <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
@@ -635,11 +635,11 @@ provider. If it is not listed, select the option
 
           <itemizedlist>
             <listitem>
-              <para>Access Point Name</para>
+              <para>Naam toegangspunt</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
-              <para>Account Login (user name)</para>
+              <para>Account-aanmelding (gebruikersnaam)</para>
             </listitem>
 
             <listitem>
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
 
         <itemizedlist>
           <listitem>
-            <para>Manual choice</para>
+            <para>Handmatige keuze</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
               </listitem>
 
               <listitem>
-                <para>Script-based</para>
+                <para>Script-gebaseerd</para>
               </listitem>
 
               <listitem>
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para>
               </listitem>
 
               <listitem>
-                <para>Terminal-based</para>
+                <para>Gebaseerd op een terminal</para>
               </listitem>
 
               <listitem>
@@ -788,11 +788,11 @@ automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Network Hotplugging</para>
+        <para>"Hot"-aansluiten van netwerk</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel</para>
+        <para>Schakel IPv6 naar IPv4 tunnel in</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconsole.xml
index b942787e..c5b794fc 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconsole.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakconsole.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakconsole">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Open a console as administrator</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">Terminalvenster openen als beheerder</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakdisk.xml
index e2486e65..5d77daf0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakdisk.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakdisk.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
     <!--
  lebarhon 2012-08-30  Added some comments. Imho, the option button needs explanations -->
 <!--marja 2012-09-02 changed title to visible title for this tool in MCC -->
-<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Manage disk partitions</title>
+<title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">Schijfpartities beheren</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakedm.xml
index 8487bb7d..71f51501 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakedm.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakedm.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     
 
     <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC -->
-<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Set up display manager</title>
+<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">Displaybeheer instellen</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfirewall.xml
index 332c2558..600b57d3 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfirewall.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfirewall.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Set up your personal firewall</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">Uw persoonlijke firewall instellen</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfont.xml
index c6033826..18062e55 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfont.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakfont.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakfont">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">Lettertypen beheren, toevoegen en verwijderen. Windows®-lettertypen
+importeren</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakguard.xml
index ce622e6e..5cdb6b1f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakguard.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakguard.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakguard">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Parental Controls</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">Controle voor ouders</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakgw.xml
index f59f97e6..71e2618f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakgw.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakgw.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Share the Internet connection with other local machines</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">Internetverbinding delen met andere lokale computers</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakhosts.xml
index 87645238..47681414 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakhosts.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakhosts.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Hosts definitions</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">Hosts-definities</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakinvictus.xml
index 110a9d8e..15671984 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakinvictus.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakinvictus.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">Geavanceerde instellingen voor netwerkinterfaces en firewall</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetcenter.xml
index a2b29b96..6ad1d7a5 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetcenter.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetcenter.xml
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Write some text means i can't do it :(
 What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything.
 -->
 <!-- -->
-<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Network Center</title>
+<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">Netwerkcentrum</title>
 
     <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetprofile.xml
index a5c9b950..507ad100 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetprofile.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknetprofile.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Manage different network profiles</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">Netwerkprofielen beheren</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknfs.xml
index 55199415..6670ef8d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknfs.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draknfs.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Share drives and directories using NFS</title>
+    <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">Stations en mappen delen over NFS</title>
 
     <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ configuration tool.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Modify entry</title>
+    <title>Ingang wijzigen</title>
 
     <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched
 with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ it.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>Host access</title>
+      <title>Host toegang</title>
 
       <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared
 directory.</para>
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>User ID Mapping</title>
+      <title>Gebruikers-ID omzetting</title>
 
       <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid
 0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ the anonymous account.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>Advanced options</title>
+      <title>Geavanceerde opties</title>
 
       <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests
 originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
index 84ff3e78..08b60be5 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
   </info>
 
   
+
   
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -24,7 +25,13 @@
 repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources
 to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button
 below).</para>
-    </important><note>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a
+USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media
+used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new
+packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the
+media type CD-Rom).</para>
+    </note> <note>
       <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called
 i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether
 your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They
@@ -132,7 +139,7 @@ be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">Het menu</title>
 
     <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para>
 
@@ -151,7 +158,7 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
@@ -194,6 +201,11 @@ on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para>
     <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it
 here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if
 necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
 
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki
+page</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksambashare.xml
index de8146ee..4bbf265d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksambashare.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksambashare.xml
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ resources of the Samba server.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Preparation</title>
+    <title>Voorbereiding</title>
 
     <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
 address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ the network.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>Choose the security mode:</para>
+    <para>Kies de beveiligingsmodus:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ files.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Samba users</title>
+    <title>Samba-gebruikers</title>
 
     <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
 resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksec.xml
index ad9537d6..6beb9537 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksec.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksec.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="draksec">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Configure authentication for Mageia tools</title>
+    <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">Aanmeldingscontrole voor Mageia-hulpprogramma's configureren</title>
 
     <subtitle>draksec</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksound.xml
index aaa82b3e..4d5f2a31 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksound.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/draksound.xml
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ enabled.</para>
   <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
 is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
 
-  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three
-buttons:</para>
+  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or
+three buttons:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ buttons:</para>
   </mediaobject>
 
   <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
-are doing.</para>
+are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver
+for your device.</para>
 
   <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any
 problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakups.xml
index 3e8f3f49..26749838 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakups.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakups.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">Set up a UPS for power monitoring</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">UPS for energie-observatie instellen</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakvpn.xml
index c12c6c16..6b5c5217 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakvpn.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakvpn.xml
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@ network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Configuration</title>
+    <title>Configuratie</title>
 
     <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
 protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
 
-    <para>Then give your connection a name.</para>
+    <para>Geef dan een naam aan je verbinding.</para>
 
     <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
index 4c035f75..49fd571d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,103 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> te typen.</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web
+server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a web server?</title>
+    <para>
+      Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be
+accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the web server wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introductie</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server User Module</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows users to create their own sites.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User web directory name</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will
+display it.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Document Root</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Samenvatting</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Klaar</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_bind.xml
index 43ecbd67..d356ae8c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_bind.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_bind.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">Configure DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">DNS configureren</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
index f1cada59..ec0388b3 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,194 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configure DHCP</title><subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">DHCP configureren</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png"/>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
+  <para><note>
+      <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net
+interfaces</para>
+    </note></para>
 
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
 role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> te typen.</para>
-</section>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should
+be installed before you can access to it.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a
+standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically
+configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet
+communication. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introductie</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting Adaptor</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for
+which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select IP range</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want
+the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to
+some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Samenvatting</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hold on...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and
+change things around.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Hours later...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and
+adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
index 5aba73b4..28d25019 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,13 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configure time</title>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Tijd configureren</title>
 
     <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -10,7 +17,8 @@
   <mediaobject>
     <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
 <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
@@ -22,40 +30,88 @@ your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by
 default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base
 packages.</para>
 
-  <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
+  <section>
+    <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
 time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
 because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-        <info>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
 <author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-      </imagedata>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
-
-  <para/>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
+      <step>
+        <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
 arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous </guibutton>button. If everything is right,
+using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right,
 click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
 may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+
+    <para/>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to
+<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of
+servers;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server
+name;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para/>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and
+<code>ntpd</code> services;</para>
+        </listitem>
 
-  <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para>
-</section>
-\ No newline at end of file
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
index 397a8312..20e7caaf 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">Configure FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
+	  <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">FTP configureren</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -9,12 +9,94 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> te typen.</para>
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>FTP</acronym> server.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network
+protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a
+<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introductie</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad
+things.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Information</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email
+complaints too and whether to allow root login access.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Server Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>
+(File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Samenvatting</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Klaar</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_squid.xml
index 30eb1508..2c7828bc 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,238 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_squid" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configure proxy</title><subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Proxy configureren</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
+  <para>This tool<footnote>
+      <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> te typen.</para>
+    </footnote> can help you to set up a
+proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed
+before you can access to it.</para>
 
+  <section>
+    <title>What is a proxy server?</title>
 
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> te typen.</para>
+    <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts
+as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other
+servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service,
+such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a
+different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to
+simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introductie</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selecting the proxy port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Select Network Access Control</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Grant Network Access</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Samenvatting</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Start during boot?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then
+click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Klaar</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>What is done</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
index 108908e5..2fa28230 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH daemon configuration</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">Configuratie van OpenSSH-voorziening</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -9,12 +9,134 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> te typen.</para>
+ 
+  <para>This tool<footnote><para>U kunt deze tool op de commandoregel starten, door als root <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> te typen.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data
+communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and
+other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,
+via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client
+(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs,
+respectively). (From Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Welcome to the Open SSH wizard.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or
+<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Algemene Opties</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard
+<acronym>SSH</acronym> port.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Authentication Methods</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting,
+then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Logging</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Choose logging facility and level of output, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>User Login Options</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compression and Forwarding</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Samenvatting</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Take a second to check these options, then click
+<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Klaar</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakxservices.xml
index 7aa53049..b7297683 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakxservices.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/drakxservices.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Manage system services by enabling or disabling them</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">Systeemdiensten in- of uitschakelen</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/harddrake2.xml
index 6aa7a832..a5adf572 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/harddrake2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/harddrake2.xml
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command
 <code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para>
 
   <section>
-    <title>The window</title>
+    <title>Het venster</title>
 
-    <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para>
+    <para>Het venster is verdeeld in twee kolommen.</para>
 
     <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are
 grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</par
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>The menu</title>
+    <title>Het menu</title>
 
     <para><bridgehead>Opties</bridgehead></para>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/keyboarddrake.xml
index bd2b7d91..cc1d4ee0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ layout should be used for.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Keyboard Type</title>
+    <title>Toetsenbordtype</title>
 
     <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
 unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/localedrake.xml
index 1e4cb606..761bb182 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/localedrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/localedrake.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
          xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
          xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Manage localization for your system</title>
+    <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren</title>
 
     <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ countries not listed.</para>
   
 <section xml:id="input_method">
       <info>
-          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Input method</title>
+          <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">Invoermethode</title>
       </info>
   <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an
 input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/logdrake.xml
index dbc83327..2e484855 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/logdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/logdrake.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">View and search system logs</title>
+    <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">Uw systeemlogboeken bekijken en doorzoeken</title>
 
     <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -60,31 +60,31 @@ look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>Webmin Service</para>
+        <para>Webmin-dienst</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Postfix Mail Server</para>
+        <para>Postfix e-mailserver</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>FTP Server</para>
+        <para>FTP-server</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Apache World Wide Web Server</para>
+        <para>Apache World Wide Web-server</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>SSH Server</para>
+        <para>SSH-server</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Samba Server</para>
+        <para>Samba-server</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Xinetd Service</para>
+        <para>Xinetd-dienst</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-boot.xml
index 1ce9cc21..ee758e3e 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="mcc-boot">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Boot</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Opstarten</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 uw systeem te configureren. Klik op een link hieronder voor meer informatie.</para>
 
 
-      <orderedlist><title>Configure boot steps</title>
+      <orderedlist><title>Opstartstappen configureren</title>
         <listitem>
           <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para>
         </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-hardware.xml
index 8181d621..24661683 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="mcc-hardware">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Hardware</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">Apparatuur</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mousedrake.xml
index d5f4251a..ad777127 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/mousedrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/mousedrake.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)</title>
+    <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">Het aanwijsapparaat (muis, touchpad) instellen</title>
 
     <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/msecgui.xml
index 51f77139..30761022 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/msecgui.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/msecgui.xml
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-    <title>Permissions</title>
+    <title>Toegangsrechten</title>
     <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
 enforcement.</para>
     <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/rpmdrake.xml
index 8d1fea09..2bfab325 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/rpmdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -34,6 +34,23 @@ samenvattingen, in omschrijvingen of in bestandsnamen van de pakketten.</para>
 
     <para>Alvorens rpmdrake kan werken, moeten eerst de mediabronnen geconfigureerd
 worden met <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for
+the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake
+will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window
+: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you
+and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit,
+it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories
+thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more
+packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para>
+    </important>
   </section>
 
   <section>
@@ -149,7 +166,7 @@ te klikken.</para>
                   </imageobject>
                 </mediaobject></entry>
 
-              <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry>
+              <entry valign="middle">Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd</entry>
             </row>
 
             <row>
@@ -169,7 +186,7 @@ te klikken.</para>
                   </imageobject>
                 </mediaobject></entry>
 
-              <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry>
+              <entry valign="middle">Dit pakket kan niet gewijzigd worden</entry>
             </row>
 
             <row>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/scannerdrake.xml
index b9d519d3..90f4ab14 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/scannerdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ ignored.</para>
 
 <section xml:id="scannerextrasteps">
     <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title>
+      <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Bijkomende installatiestappen</title>
     </info>  
 
     <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/system-config-printer.xml
index 68c1bfa7..7ca32c19 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/system-config-printer.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ printers.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section xml:id="network_printer">
-    <title>Network printer</title>
+    <title>Netwerkprinter</title>
 
     <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
 wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ documentation.</link></para>
   </section>
 
   <section xml:id="properties">
-    <title>Device Properties</title>
+    <title>Apparaateigenschappen</title>
 
     <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
 parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/transfugdrake.xml
index 022af207..17b21ff6 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/transfugdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
     <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 -->
 <!-- Tproof  -->
 <!-- -->
-<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</title>
+<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">Windows™-documenten en -instellingen importeren</title>
 
     <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/nl/userdrake.xml
index 850b1b24..b885b465 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl/userdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl/userdrake.xml
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 <!-- Tproof  -->
 <!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30  -->
 <!-- -->
-<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Users and Groups</title>
+<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">Gebruikers en groepen</title>
 
     <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ accounts.</para>
   <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
 as the account is locked.</para>
 
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
+  <para>Het pictogram kan ook gewijzigd worden.</para>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
 expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po
index 08efb6d0..7660abe9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
+# 
 # Translators:
 # Flávio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Flávio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
+# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Raphael Prieto <prieto.rap@gmail.com>, 2014
 # Raphael Prieto <prieto.rap@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -14,14 +15,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:16+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 03:10+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/"
-"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
-"Language: pt_BR\n"
+"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ msgstr "Acessar diretório e drivers compartilhados por WebDAV"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -42,11 +43,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -54,10 +53,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado "
-"<guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado <guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -77,12 +73,7 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um "
-"protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, "
-"para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina "
-"remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta "
-"ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV."
+msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -95,10 +86,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, "
-"e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. "
-"Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela."
+msgstr "A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -106,16 +94,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar "
-"algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</"
-"guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de "
-"rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No "
-"entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
+" it, if needed."
+msgstr "Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -125,21 +109,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgid ""
 "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
 "point."
-msgstr ""
-"O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de "
-"montagem."
+msgstr "O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de montagem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de "
-"algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -149,27 +129,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr ""
-"A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o "
-"acesso."
+msgstr "A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o acesso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito "
-"</guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de "
-"montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você "
-"será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/"
-"fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto "
-"está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de "
-"uma só vez, não salvá-lo."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
+"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
+" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr "Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito </guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de uma só vez, não salvá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -181,7 +153,8 @@ msgstr "Partilhe as partições do disco rígido"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -189,11 +162,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -202,20 +173,14 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que "
-"você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de "
-"seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local "
-"que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows."
+msgstr "Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, "
-"chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
+" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr "Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -224,20 +189,11 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
+" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
+" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite "
-"aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em "
-"<guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os "
-"usuários, clique em Permitir que  <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> "
-"para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a "
-"resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, "
-"os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem "
-"pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado "
-"automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde."
+msgstr "Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em <guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os usuários, clique em Permitir que  <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -248,13 +204,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para "
-"você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </"
-"guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único "
-"sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede "
-"inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário."
+msgstr "Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -264,40 +214,24 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi "
-"escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta "
-"ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os "
-"seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do "
-"usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de "
-"arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. "
-"Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <link ns2:href="
-"\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
+" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr "A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você "
-"tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em "
-"conta."
+msgstr "Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em conta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
+" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode "
-"selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser "
-"compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa "
-"facilidade."
+msgstr "A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa facilidade."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -315,7 +249,8 @@ msgstr "NFS acesso compartilhado unidades e diretórios"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -328,11 +263,9 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -341,16 +274,9 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar "
-"alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da "
-"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na "
-"maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, "
-"portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem "
-"ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com "
-"ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
+" user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -362,20 +288,17 @@ msgstr "procedimento"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione  <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma "
-"lista de servidores que diretórios ação."
+msgstr "Selecione  <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista de servidores que diretórios ação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos "
-"diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar."
+msgstr "Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -383,13 +306,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você "
-"tem que especificar onde montar o diretório."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
+" to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você tem que especificar onde montar o diretório."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -400,18 +322,16 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode "
-"verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</"
-"guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o "
-"mesmo botão."
+msgstr "Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -421,17 +341,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
+" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem "
-"será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações"
-"\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está "
-"acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, "
-"por exemplo, no Dolphin."
+msgstr "Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, por exemplo, no Dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -446,7 +362,8 @@ msgstr "Gravador de CD / DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -454,11 +371,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -466,10 +381,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob "
-"os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware "
-"removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -483,10 +395,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr ""
-"No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções "
-"escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. "
-"Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -497,8 +406,7 @@ msgstr "ponto de montagem"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom."
+msgstr "Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -508,11 +416,9 @@ msgstr "Opções"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou "
-"através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
+" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr "Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -525,10 +431,7 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco "
-"removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o "
-"disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo."
+msgstr "usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -543,11 +446,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -556,55 +457,40 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar "
-"que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da "
-"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos "
-"sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente "
-"na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados "
-"diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como "
-"navegadores de arquivos."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
+" tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como navegadores de arquivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos "
-"servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista "
-"de servidores que compartilham diretórios."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
+" share directories."
+msgstr "Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista de servidores que compartilham diretórios."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no nome do servidor e em &gt; antes do nome do servidor para exibir a "
-"lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja "
-"acessar."
+msgstr "Clique no nome do servidor e em &gt; antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que "
-"especificar onde montar o diretório."
+msgstr "O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que especificar onde montar o diretório."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -615,10 +501,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o "
-"<guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar "
-"algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o <guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -626,17 +509,16 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles "
-"capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você "
-"pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão."
+msgstr "Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -647,15 +529,12 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá "
-"perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, "
-"permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede "
-"está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de "
-"arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"dolphin."
+msgstr "Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -670,7 +549,8 @@ msgstr "Efeitos de desktop 3D"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -678,11 +558,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -690,10 +568,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar "
-"os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão "
-"desligados por padrão."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão desligados por padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -706,41 +581,30 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr ""
-"Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. "
-"Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes "
-"drak3d pode começar."
+msgstr "Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes drak3d pode começar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui "
-"você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> "
-"ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um "
-"gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com "
-"aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
-"guilabel> para ligá-lo."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
+msgstr "Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para ligá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do "
-"Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam "
-"ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </"
-"guibutton> para continuar."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
+" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr "Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </guibutton> para continuar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -751,20 +615,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que "
-"Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e "
-"login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito."
+msgstr "Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o "
-"Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de "
-"configurações CompizConfig)."
+msgstr "Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de configurações CompizConfig)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -782,13 +640,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de "
-"trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a "
-"tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione "
-"drak3d."
+msgstr "Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -798,13 +653,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você "
-"será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de "
-"administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer "
-"alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
+" log in problem."
+msgstr "Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -816,7 +667,8 @@ msgstr "autenticação"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -824,21 +676,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar "
-"a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na "
-"rede."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
+" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -846,10 +693,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um "
-"arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede "
-"convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso."
+msgstr "Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -861,7 +705,8 @@ msgstr "Configure o sistema de inicialização"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -869,11 +714,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -881,73 +724,50 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você "
-"configure as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma "
-"senha, o padrão de inicialização, etc)"
+msgstr "esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você configure as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma senha, o padrão de inicialização, etc)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Pode ser encontrada na aba Inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia "
-"chamado \"Configurar sistema de inicialização\"."
+msgstr "Pode ser encontrada na aba Inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar sistema de inicialização\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. "
-"Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar "
-"de novamente!"
+msgstr "Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar de novamente!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
+" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
-"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
-"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
-"you machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível "
-"escolher qual <guibutton>Bootloader usar</guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, e com "
-"uma gráfica ou um menu de texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há "
-"outras consequências. Você também pode configurar o  <guibutton>dispositivo "
-"de inicialização</guibutton>, não mude nada aqui a não ser que você seja um "
-"especialista. O dispositivo de inicialização é onde o bootloader está "
-"instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedi-lo de máquina inicializar."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
+" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
+msgstr "Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível escolher qual <guibutton>Bootloader usar</guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, e com uma gráfica ou um menu de texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há outras consequências. Você também pode configurar o  <guibutton>dispositivo de inicialização</guibutton>, não mude nada aqui a não ser que você seja um especialista. O dispositivo de inicialização é onde o bootloader está instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedi-lo de máquina inicializar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
+" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>principais opções</guilabel>, você pode "
-"definir o atraso <guibutton>antes da inicialização da imagem padrão</"
-"guibutton> , em segundos. Durante esse atraso, grub ou Lilo irá exibir a "
-"lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, solicitando que você faça a sua "
-"escolha, se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá arrancar o padrão "
-"uma vez que o atraso decorre."
+msgstr "Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>principais opções</guilabel>, você pode definir o atraso <guibutton>antes da inicialização da imagem padrão</guibutton> , em segundos. Durante esse atraso, grub ou Lilo irá exibir a lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, solicitando que você faça a sua escolha, se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá arrancar o padrão uma vez que o atraso decorre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr ""
-"Na terceira e última parte, chamada <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é "
-"possível definir uma senha."
+msgstr "Na terceira e última parte, chamada <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é possível definir uma senha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
@@ -966,11 +786,7 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o "
-"gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os "
-"dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque "
-"esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI."
+msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -982,27 +798,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para "
-"processadores multicore."
+msgstr "SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para processadores multicore."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um "
-"processador dual e ativar o SMP."
+msgstr "Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um processador dual e ativar o SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</"
-"guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -1013,19 +823,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois "
-"componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma "
-"rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs "
-"locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-"
-"processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode "
-"causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro "
-"\"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC "
-"Local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
+" APIC."
+msgstr "APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro \"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC Local."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -1034,23 +837,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
-"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
+" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
-"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Na <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> tela, você pode ver a lista de todas as "
-"entradas disponíveis no momento da inicialização. O padrão é um asterisco. "
-"Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, clique sobre as setas para cima "
-"ou para baixo para mover o item selecionado. Se você clicar "
-"em<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, "
-"aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada no menu Grub ou "
-"modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou "
-"GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
+" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr "Na <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> tela, você pode ver a lista de todas as entradas disponíveis no momento da inicialização. O padrão é um asterisco. Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, clique sobre as setas para cima ou para baixo para mover o item selecionado. Se você clicar em<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada no menu Grub ou modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -1061,47 +857,35 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que "
-"você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título "
-"\". Por exemplo: Mageia 3."
+msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título \". Por exemplo: Mageia 3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde "
-"ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz."
+msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel "
-"está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, "
-"(hd0, 1)."
+msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, (hd0, 1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no "
-"momento da inicialização."
+msgstr "O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no momento da inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá "
-"inicializar esta entrada por padrão."
+msgstr "Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá inicializar esta entrada por padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -1109,10 +893,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"Na tela extra chamado <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o  "
-"<guilabel>modo Video</guilabel>, e um arquivo <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e "
-"um <xref linkend =\"draknetprofile\"></xref> nas listas suspensas."
+msgstr "Na tela extra chamado <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o  <guilabel>modo Video</guilabel>, e um arquivo <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e um <xref linkend =\"draknetprofile\"></xref> nas listas suspensas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -1124,7 +905,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente no"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -1132,11 +914,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -1145,22 +925,14 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você "
-"faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de "
-"trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso "
-"geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a "
-"máquina."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a máquina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> "
-"guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para "
-"fazer logon automaticamente em\"."
+msgstr "Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente em\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -1170,35 +942,23 @@ msgstr "Os botões de interface são bastante óbvios:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </"
-"guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a "
-"inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será "
-"possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o "
-"lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
+"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr "Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
+" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, "
-"verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você "
-"quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou "
-"verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</"
-"guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome "
-"de  <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop  padrão</"
-"guilabel>."
+msgstr "Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome de  <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop  padrão</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -1213,42 +973,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
-"iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, "
-"fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro "
-"lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
+" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
+"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
+msgstr "Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro "
-"remover as partes desnecessárias."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
+" the unneeded parts."
+msgstr "A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro remover as partes desnecessárias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1425,20 +1175,12 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída "
-"deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido "
-"adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você "
-"pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em "
-"disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez "
-"de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </"
-"emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
+" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
+"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr "No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1450,7 +1192,8 @@ msgstr "Relatório de ferramenta de Bug Mageia"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1458,39 +1201,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, "
-"também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você "
-"está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das "
-"informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug "
-"existente."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
+" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
+"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
+"report."
+msgstr "Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug existente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está "
-"acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug "
-"relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ."
+"then please read <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
+"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
+"button."
+msgstr "Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1498,10 +1231,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que "
-"deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este "
-"relatório existente que você viu o erro, também."
+msgstr "No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este relatório existente que você viu o erro, também."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1513,7 +1243,8 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar data e hora"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1521,25 +1252,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no "
-"âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>"
-"\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho "
-"também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / "
-"Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1550,44 +1274,30 @@ msgstr "É uma ferramenta muito simples."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
+" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</"
-"emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), "
-"2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. "
-"Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de "
-"setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número."
+msgstr "Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), 2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, "
-"sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo."
+msgstr "No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil "
-"para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, "
-"minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para "
-"ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, "
-"ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
+" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
+" your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr "Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1595,21 +1305,15 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando "
-"no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade "
-"mais próxima."
+msgstr "Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade mais próxima."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
+" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta "
-"ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as "
-"configurações de localização."
+msgstr "Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as configurações de localização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1621,7 +1325,8 @@ msgstr "Retirar uma conexão"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1629,37 +1334,30 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em "
-"<emphasis>próxima</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em <emphasis>próxima</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso."
+msgstr "Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1671,7 +1369,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1679,11 +1378,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1691,19 +1388,14 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
-"uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do "
-"seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede"
+msgstr "Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware "
-"e Provedor você usa."
+msgstr "Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware e Provedor você usa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1715,154 +1407,133 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão com fio (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para "
-"configurar."
+msgstr "A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para configurar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um "
-"endereço IP manual."
+msgstr "A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um endereço IP manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "IP Automatico"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
+" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os "
-"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados "
-"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos "
-"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser "
-"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> "
-"localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host "
-"também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir "
-"nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem "
-"essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço "
-"IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "O botão Advanced dar a oportunidade de especificar:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr "Pesquisa de domínio (não acessível, como fornecido pelo servidor DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "o cliente DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "tempo limite de DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor "
-"NIS"
+msgstr "Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Obter servidor NTPD de DHCP (sincronização de relógios)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer "
-"que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço "
-"IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP."
+msgstr "O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações "
-"de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Manual de configuração "
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que "
-"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado "
-"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 "
-"</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu "
-"provedor de serviços."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
+msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 </emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu provedor de serviços."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
-"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o "
-"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A "
-"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa "
-"configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é \"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1883,14 +1554,11 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão por satélite (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
-"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> "
-"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
+" can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1902,74 +1570,59 @@ msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de cabo"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Você tem que especificar um método de autenticação:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "nenhum"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome "
-"de usuário e senha."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
+" and password."
+msgstr "BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome de usuário e senha."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No "
-"último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do "
-"host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for "
-"especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído "
-"por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com "
-"a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem "
-"todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o "
-"seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
+" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que "
-"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado "
-"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
+msgstr "configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
-"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o "
-"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A "
-"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa "
-"configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta "
-"definição."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic connection would not need this setting."
+msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é \"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta definição."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1984,47 +1637,47 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão DSL"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e "
-"configurá-lo."
+msgstr "Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e configurá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o "
-"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não "
-"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Selecione um dos protocolos disponíveis:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Configuração TCP/IP manual"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
@@ -2034,22 +1687,26 @@ msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "definições de acesso"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Conta Login (nome de usuário)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "senha da Conta"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
@@ -2069,12 +1726,14 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão ISDN"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "O assistente pergunta qual o dispositivo para configurar:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Escolha Manual (placa interna ISDN)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Modem ISDN externo"
@@ -2084,16 +1743,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN externo"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu "
-"drive."
+msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu drive."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocolo para o resto do mundo, exceto na Europa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)"
@@ -2102,31 +1761,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por "
-"países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione "
-"a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de "
-"seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+msgstr "É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Nome da conexão"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Número do telefone"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "ID de Login"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Método de autenticação"
@@ -2136,52 +1795,43 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticação"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP "
-"automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço "
-"IP e a máscara de sub-rede"
+msgstr "Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço IP e a máscara de sub-rede"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo "
-"método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que "
-"colocar:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
+" put:"
+msgstr "O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que colocar:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Nome de Domínio"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Primeiro e segundo Servidor DNS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é "
-"selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado "
-"para aceitá-la."
+msgstr "Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado para aceitá-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método "
-"automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o "
-"endereço IP."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
+" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
+"the IP address."
+msgstr "O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o endereço IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -2194,94 +1844,103 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada "
-"para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use "
-"ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou."
+msgstr "A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que o "
-"cartão tenha detectado."
+msgstr "Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que o cartão tenha detectado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Parâmetro específico para a placa wireless são fornecer:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Modo de funcionamento:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "gerenciado"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Para aceder a um ponto de acesso existente (o mais freqüente)."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Para configurar a conexão direta entre os computadores."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Nome da rede (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado."
+msgstr "Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "Este modo de criptografia é preferir se o hardware permitir."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Alguns antigos ofertas de hardware só este método de encriptação."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "chave de criptografia"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid ""
+"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2289,11 +1948,10 @@ msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço "
-"IP manual."
+msgstr "Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço IP manual."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -2303,67 +1961,49 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os "
-"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados "
-"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos "
-"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser "
-"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost."
-"localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida "
-"pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor "
-"DHCP</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost.localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os "
-"servidores NIS"
+msgstr "Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os servidores NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as "
-"configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. "
-"O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de "
-"host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é "
-"atribuído por padrão."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído por padrão."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x."
-"x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede  é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o "
-"Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de "
-"serviços."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede  é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de serviços."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
-"domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, "
-"antes do período."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
+msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, antes do período."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2375,33 +2015,27 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão GPRS/EDGE/3G"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um "
-"e configurá-lo."
+msgstr "Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um e configurá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr ""
-"É solicitado o número PIN. Mantenha esquerda se não é necessário este número "
-"PIN."
+msgstr "O PIN é solicitado. Deixe em branco se o PIN não é necessário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:658
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção "
-"<guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>."
+msgstr "O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Fornecer definições de acesso"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Nome do Ponto de Acesso"
@@ -2416,12 +2050,14 @@ msgstr "Conexão de rede Uma nova Bluetooth Dial-Up"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de telefone analógico (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "escolha manual"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Hardware detectado, se houver."
@@ -2436,69 +2072,73 @@ msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de portas. Escolha o seu porto."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o "
-"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não "
-"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em "
-"seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Nome da conexão</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Numero Telefone</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>ID de Login</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Senha</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr " <emphasis>Autenticação</emphasis>, escolher entre:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "baseado no script"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Baseado no terminal"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2532,9 +2172,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Ativar contabilização de tráfego</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</"
-"emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2542,10 +2180,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir "
-"ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar "
-"automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal."
+msgstr "No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2577,11 +2212,10 @@ msgstr "Habilitar tunelamento IPv6 para IPv4"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar "
-"automáticamente ou não."
+msgstr "O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar automáticamente ou não."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2596,7 +2230,8 @@ msgstr "Abrir um Terminal como root"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2604,22 +2239,17 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um "
-"console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de "
-"mais informações sobre isso."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
+" information about that."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de mais informações sobre isso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2631,7 +2261,8 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar partições de disco"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk ou diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2639,13 +2270,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
-"emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2653,27 +2281,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, "
-"um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de "
-"todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por "
-"essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique "
-"em  <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer "
-"continuar."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique em  <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco "
-"rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, "
-"sdc, etc.)"
+msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.)"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2683,18 +2303,12 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com "
-"suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de "
-"partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou "
-"ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O "
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é "
-"apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita "
-"depois que você clica em uma partição."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
+" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
+msgstr "Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O <emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita depois que você clica em uma partição."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2702,10 +2316,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode "
-"escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que "
-"a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro."
+msgstr "Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2719,18 +2330,15 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você "
-"tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco "
-"vazio é selecionado"
+msgstr "Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão <guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco vazio é selecionado"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
 msgstr "Você pode escolher um ponto que não existe montagem, ele será criado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2741,12 +2349,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecionando <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></"
-"emphasis> dá algumas ações disponíveis extras, como rotular a partição, como "
-"pode ser visto na imagem abaixo."
+msgstr "Selecionando <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></emphasis> dá algumas ações disponíveis extras, como rotular a partição, como pode ser visto na imagem abaixo."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2761,7 +2367,8 @@ msgstr "Configure gerenciador de exibição"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2769,22 +2376,17 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual "
-"gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. "
-"Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
+" on your system will be shown."
+msgstr "Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2792,10 +2394,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"A maioria dos usuários só vai notar que as telas de login fornecidas olhar "
-"diferente. No entanto, existem diferenças de recursos suportados também. "
-"LXDM é um gerenciador leve, KDM e GDM tem mais extras."
+msgstr "A maioria dos usuários só vai notar que as telas de login fornecidas olhar diferente. No entanto, existem diferenças de recursos suportados também. LXDM é um gerenciador leve, KDM e GDM tem mais extras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2807,7 +2406,8 @@ msgstr "Configure o seu firewall pessoal"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2815,11 +2415,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2828,28 +2426,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
-"guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu "
-"firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a "
-"segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
+" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de "
-"entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira "
-"tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de "
-"conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa "
-"- <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser "
-"desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários."
+msgstr "Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa - <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2858,11 +2446,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em "
-"<guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo "
-"<guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes "
-"estes exemplos:"
+msgstr "É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em <guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo <guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes estes exemplos:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2884,12 +2468,10 @@ msgstr "As portas listadas devem ser separados por um espaço."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</"
-"guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do "
-"sistema"
+msgstr "Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do sistema"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2900,11 +2482,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, "
-"compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada "
-"verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à "
-"internet."
+msgstr "Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2914,32 +2492,24 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas "
-"característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo "
-"menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está "
-"marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são "
-"digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua "
-"máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu "
-"nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: "
-"servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão "
-"é tentada nessas portas."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
+" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
+"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr "A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão é tentada nessas portas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede."
+msgstr "Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2948,34 +2518,29 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet "
-"e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes "
-"necessários são baixados."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
+" packages are downloaded."
+msgstr "Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes necessários são baixados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, "
-"ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede."
+msgstr "Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes"
+msgstr "Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:6
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2983,11 +2548,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2996,11 +2559,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> "
-"guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A "
-"principal tela acima mostra:"
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A principal tela acima mostra:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -3020,17 +2579,14 @@ msgstr "alguns botões explicado aqui mais tarde."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obter Fontes de Janelas: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obter Fontes de Janelas: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do "
-"Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
+" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr "Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -3040,11 +2596,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opções:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras "
-"principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
+" to use the fonts."
+msgstr "Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -3057,10 +2611,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um "
-"pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter "
-"consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam."
+msgstr "Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -3072,27 +2623,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os "
-"formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\n"
-"Clique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá "
-"aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes "
-"serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr "Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\nClique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal "
-"DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações."
+msgstr "Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -3104,7 +2646,8 @@ msgstr "Controle dos Pais"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -3112,24 +2655,18 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o "
-"pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -3142,41 +2679,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu "
-"computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. "
-"Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:"
+msgstr "Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do "
-"dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia."
+msgstr "Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para "
-"que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
+" only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr "Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de "
-"listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo "
-"do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo "
-"parental DansGuardian bloqueador."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
+msgstr "Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo parental DansGuardian bloqueador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -3190,31 +2716,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em "
-"ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para "
-"configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é "
-"uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos "
-"individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em "
-"sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em "
-"ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta "
-"drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, "
-"então, sugiro que você reiniciar."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
+" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
+"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
+" will then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr "Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, então, sugiro que você reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle "
-"parental é ativado e o acesso a  <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é "
-"aberto."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
+" is opened."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle parental é ativado e o acesso a  <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é aberto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -3222,10 +2736,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os "
-"sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os "
-"sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -3237,15 +2748,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo "
-"terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado "
-"direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não "
-"são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário "
-"autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em  "
-"<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários "
-"autorizados."
+msgstr "<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em  <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários autorizados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -3254,11 +2757,7 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet "
-"é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de "
-"tempo."
+msgstr "<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e <guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de tempo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -3270,9 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "Guia Blacklist/Whitelist"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -3282,22 +2779,17 @@ msgstr "Programas Bloco Tab"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
+" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL "
-"para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os "
-"aplicativos que você deseja bloquear."
+msgstr "<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os aplicativos que você deseja bloquear."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no "
-"lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -3309,7 +2801,8 @@ msgstr "Compartilhe a conexão de Internet com outros computadores locais"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -3319,7 +2812,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "princípios"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -3334,23 +2828,14 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um "
-"computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede "
-"local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para "
-"dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). "
-"Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como "
-"uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à "
-"Internet (2)."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à Internet (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão "
-"configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ."
+msgstr "O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -3360,29 +2845,23 @@ msgstr "assistente de Gateway"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos "
-"passos que são mostrados abaixo:"
+msgstr "O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos passos que são mostrados abaixo:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre "
-"isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware."
+msgstr "Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -3390,30 +2869,22 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente "
-"sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que "
-"se propõe é correta."
+msgstr "especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que se propõe é correta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também "
-"propõe um, verifique se este está correto."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
+" one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr "especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também propõe um, verifique se este está correto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, "
-"máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com "
-"a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
+" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
+" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr "O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -3421,22 +2892,15 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se "
-"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso "
-"contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS."
+msgstr "especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. "
-"Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e "
-"oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de "
-"DHCP."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
+" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr "especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de DHCP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -3445,29 +2909,20 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se "
-"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer "
-"para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o "
-"nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache "
-"(100 Mb)."
+msgstr "especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache (100 Mb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está "
-"conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los."
+msgstr "O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está "
-"ativo."
+msgstr "Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está ativo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:109
@@ -3480,14 +2935,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar "
-"na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço "
-"automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à "
-"rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do "
-"cliente está usando."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
+" using."
+msgstr "Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do cliente está usando."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -3495,10 +2945,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve "
-"especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da "
-"máquina atuando como gateway."
+msgstr "Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da máquina atuando como gateway."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -3509,11 +2956,9 @@ msgstr "Pare o compartilhamento de conexão"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o "
-"lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou "
-"para parar o compartilhamento."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
+msgstr "Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou para parar o compartilhamento."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -3525,7 +2970,8 @@ msgstr "Hosts definições"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -3533,11 +2979,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3546,11 +2990,7 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm "
-"endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você "
-"pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP."
+msgstr "Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -3563,10 +3003,7 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter "
-"uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, "
-"opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é."
+msgstr "Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3578,9 +3015,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você "
-"fica com a mesma janela."
+msgstr "Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você fica com a mesma janela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3592,7 +3027,8 @@ msgstr "Configuração avançada para interfaces de rede e firewall"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3602,22 +3038,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
-"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> "
-"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3629,7 +3060,8 @@ msgstr "Centro de Rede"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3637,11 +3069,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3649,45 +3079,40 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
-"aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\""
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as "
-"redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem "
-"fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, "
-"dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, "
-"alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se "
-"destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova "
-"interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
+" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
+"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
+"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
+"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr "Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3697,53 +3122,36 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é "
-"com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, "
-"que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos "
-"de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e "
-"vermelho se não conectado."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
+" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
+" connected."
+msgstr "Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e vermelho se não conectado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, "
-"com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se "
-"eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o  <guilabel>modo "
-"de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja "
-"por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou "
-"<guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para "
-"outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede "
-"(veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma "
-"chave de criptografia, em particular)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
+msgstr "Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o  <guilabel>modo de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede (veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma chave de criptografia, em particular)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
 msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Atualizar</guibutton> para atualizar a tela."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3753,7 +3161,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "O botão Monitor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3763,13 +3172,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o "
-"PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela "
-"está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na "
-"bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
+" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr "Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3777,19 +3182,14 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local "
-"e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status "
-"da conexão."
+msgstr "Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status da conexão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</"
-"guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr "Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3801,7 +3201,8 @@ msgstr "O botão Configurar"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para uma rede com fio</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3811,13 +3212,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. "
-"Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a "
-"configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
+" configuration may give better results."
+msgstr "É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3826,11 +3223,7 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Para uma rede residencial, o  <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece "
-"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o  "
-"<guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão "
-"disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços."
+msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o  <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o  <guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3839,27 +3232,22 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso "
-"vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados "
-"são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez "
-"ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede."
+msgstr "<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador "
-"de rede:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>O botão Avançado:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3874,7 +3262,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para uma rede sem fio</emphasis>"
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Somente os itens não já visto acima são explicados."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3892,19 +3281,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um "
-"ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. "
-"Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. "
-"Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é "
-"usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo."
+msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia  tecla de Encriptação: </"
-"emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia  tecla de Encriptação: </emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
@@ -3914,32 +3296,26 @@ msgstr "Se for uma rede privada, você precisa saber essas configurações."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
+" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa "
-"uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado "
-"de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado "
-"frequentemente em redes privadas."
+msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado frequentemente em redes privadas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu "
-"ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede."
+msgstr "Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3949,7 +3325,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "O botão Configurações avançadas"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3964,7 +3341,8 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar diferentes perfis de rede"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3972,11 +3350,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3988,7 +3364,8 @@ msgstr "Compartilhar unidades e diretórios usando NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -4001,24 +3378,21 @@ msgstr "Pré-requisitos"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela "
-"primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
+" first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr "Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid ""
+"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "O pacote nfs-utils precisa ser instalado. Você quer instalá-lo?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -4038,10 +3412,7 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a "
-"lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma "
-"ferramenta de configuração."
+msgstr "É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma ferramenta de configuração."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -4054,12 +3425,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr ""
-"A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser "
-"lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes "
-"parâmetros estão disponíveis."
+msgstr "A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes parâmetros estão disponíveis."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -4075,9 +3444,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão "
-"<guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo."
+msgstr "Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão <guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -4089,9 +3456,7 @@ msgstr "host Access"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o "
-"diretório compartilhado."
+msgstr "Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o diretório compartilhado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -4103,16 +3468,12 @@ msgstr "Clientes NFS pode ser especificado em uma série de maneiras:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado "
-"reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um "
-"endereço IP"
+msgstr "<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um endereço IP"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo."
+msgstr "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
@@ -4120,10 +3481,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres "
-"curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões "
-"no domínio cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões no domínio cs.foo.edu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -4131,10 +3489,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos "
-"os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ "
-"255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede."
+msgstr "redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ 255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -4146,45 +3501,32 @@ msgstr "ID Mapeamento de Usuário"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/"
-"gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não "
-"pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no "
-"próprio servidor."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
+" the server itself."
+msgstr "<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no próprio servidor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. "
-"Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
+" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia "
-"todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para "
-"diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A "
-"opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a "
-"configuração padrão."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
+" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
+" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr "<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a configuração padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid "
-"da conta anônima."
+msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid da conta anônima."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -4195,12 +3537,9 @@ msgstr "opções avançadas"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm "
-"origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é "
-"ativada por padrão."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
+" is on by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é ativada por padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -4209,11 +3548,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e "
-"escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido "
-"que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar "
-"esta opção."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar esta opção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -4221,11 +3556,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar "
-"o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações "
-"feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por "
-"exemplo, unidade de disco)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por exemplo, unidade de disco)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -4233,10 +3564,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore "
-"que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a "
-"confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -4248,7 +3576,8 @@ msgstr "entradas de menu"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Até agora, a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -4272,8 +3601,7 @@ msgstr "Servidor NFS|Restart"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
 msgid ""
 "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais."
+msgstr "O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -4283,10 +3611,9 @@ msgstr "Servidor NFS|Recarregar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de "
-"configuração atual."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
+msgstr "A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de configuração atual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -4298,7 +3625,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -4306,44 +3634,30 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
+" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode "
-"usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. "
-"O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você "
-"também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados sem a "
-"procuração por exceção."
+msgstr "Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados sem a procuração por exceção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
+" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de "
-"computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou "
-"aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que "
-"buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor "
-"proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou "
-"outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o "
-"pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade."
+msgstr "Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -4355,7 +3669,8 @@ msgstr "Configure Mídia"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -4363,15 +3678,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de "
-"software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso "
-"significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para "
-"instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
+" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
+" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
+" below)."
+msgstr "Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -4381,7 +3692,7 @@ msgid ""
 "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
 "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
 "media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se instalar (ou atualizar) Mageia utilizando uma mídia (DVD ou CD) ou um dispositivo USB, haverá uma fonte de software configurada para mídia utilizada. Para evitar ser solicitado a inserir a mídia quando você instala novos pacotes, você deve desabilitar (ou excluir) esta mídia. (Ela terá o CD-Rom tipo de mídia)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
@@ -4391,21 +3702,14 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits "
-"(chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são "
-"independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados "
-"pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, "
-"mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia."
+msgstr "Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits (chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -4413,10 +3717,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -4433,10 +3734,7 @@ msgstr "Coluna Ativar:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. "
-"Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e "
-"depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável."
+msgstr "Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -4450,12 +3748,7 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os "
-"pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome "
-"deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável "
-"nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>"
+msgstr "Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -4467,36 +3760,28 @@ msgstr "Meio de coluna:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de "
-"lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:"
+msgstr "Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas "
-"disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos "
-"Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa "
-"haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -4508,9 +3793,7 @@ msgstr "Cada meio tem 4 sub-seções:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em "
-"que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -4518,30 +3801,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde "
-"o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria "
-"ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões "
-"portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
+" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes "
-"temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e "
-"da equipe de QA para validar as correções."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e da equipe de QA para validar as correções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -4559,11 +3834,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado "
-"remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez "
-"que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo "
-"oficial."
+msgstr "Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo oficial."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -4575,9 +3846,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, "
-"downloader e proxy)."
+msgstr "Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, downloader e proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -4590,17 +3859,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
+" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes "
-"repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o "
-"\"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é "
-"projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um "
-"espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em "
-"seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" "
-"no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. "
+msgstr "Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o \"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -4611,15 +3873,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>setas acima e abaixo:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a "
-"lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para "
-"o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a "
-"última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios "
-"mais rápidos no topo."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
+" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
+"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr "Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios mais rápidos no topo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -4634,39 +3891,29 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Atualização:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja "
-"atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
+" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>"
+msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
+" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é "
-"muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. "
-"Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em  <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> "
-"para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um espelho "
-"de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto "
-"completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de "
-"fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</"
-"guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em  <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -4677,11 +3924,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito "
-"perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos "
-"disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -4693,11 +3936,10 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um meio personalizado: </guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é "
-"suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:"
+msgstr "É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -4708,10 +3950,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, "
-"encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, "
-"de acordo com o tipo médio)"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, de acordo com o tipo médio)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -4721,15 +3960,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções  -> Opções globais: </guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem "
-"instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) "
-"e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on "
-"demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)."
+msgstr "Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -4739,25 +3974,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções  -> Gerenciar chaves: </guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados para "
-"autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. "
-"Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para "
-"seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não "
-"permitir que a chave."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
+" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
+"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr "Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados para autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não permitir que a chave."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com "
-"a segurança"
+msgstr "Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com a segurança"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
@@ -4768,21 +3995,18 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Proxy: </guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode "
-"configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</"
-"guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e "
-"<guilabel>senha</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
+" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e <guilabel>senha</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
+"page</link>."
+msgstr "Para mais informações sobre como configurar os meios de comunicação, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">página Wiki Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:10
@@ -4794,7 +4018,8 @@ msgstr "Compartilhar diretórios e discos com Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4807,13 +4032,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para "
-"compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta "
-"permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o "
-"protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações "
-"de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do "
-"servidor Samba."
+msgstr "Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do servidor Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4829,13 +4048,7 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"Para ser acessados a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem "
-"de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no "
-"servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou no "
-"servidor DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre "
-"o mesmo endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de "
-"entrada para o servidor Samba."
+msgstr "Para ser acessados a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou no servidor DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre o mesmo endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de entrada para o servidor Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4845,25 +4058,20 @@ msgstr "Wizard - servidor Standalone"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
+" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\"  id="
-"\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-"
-"los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para "
-"configurar o servidor Samba é lançado."
+msgstr "Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\"  id=\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para configurar o servidor Samba é lançado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4873,11 +4081,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está "
-"selecionado."
+msgstr "Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está selecionado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4885,21 +4092,19 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o "
-"mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
+" access to the shared resources."
+msgstr "Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
 "the network."
-msgstr ""
-"O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede."
+msgstr "O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4914,29 +4119,24 @@ msgstr "Escolha o modo de segurança:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o "
-"recurso"
+msgstr "<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o recurso"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada "
-"ação"
+msgstr "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada ação"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, "
-"com o endereço IP ou nome do host."
+msgstr "Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, com o endereço IP ou nome do host."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4946,11 +4146,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será "
-"descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows."
+msgstr "Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4959,11 +4158,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
 msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na "
-"próxima etapa."
+msgstr "O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na próxima etapa."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4972,14 +4170,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a "
-"configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/"
-"samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr "O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4989,7 +4185,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Wizard - controlador de domínio primário"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -5002,12 +4199,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de "
-"domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é "
-"apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os "
-"passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, "
-"exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -5015,11 +4207,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os "
-"usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta "
-"central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os "
-"controladores (segurança)."
+msgstr "<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os controladores (segurança)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -5031,7 +4219,8 @@ msgstr "Declare um diretório para compartilhar"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Com o botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>, temos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -5039,17 +4228,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão "
-"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o "
-"diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do "
-"compartilhamento não pode ser modificado."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
+" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
+msgstr "Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do compartilhamento não pode ser modificado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -5057,8 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:203
 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado."
+msgstr "Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
@@ -5095,7 +4280,8 @@ msgstr "compartilhar Impressoras"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba também permite que você compartilhe impressoras."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -5113,7 +4299,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "usuários do Samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -5124,11 +4311,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os "
-"recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode "
-"adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/> <placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -5140,7 +4323,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar a autenticação para obter ferramentas Mageia"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
 msgid "draksec.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
@@ -5148,29 +4332,23 @@ msgstr "draksec.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Segurança</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Segurança</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar "
-"tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador."
+msgstr "Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:23
@@ -5178,10 +4356,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
 "drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são "
-"exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada "
-"ferramenta, uma lista suspensa dá a escolha entre:"
+msgstr "A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada ferramenta, uma lista suspensa dá a escolha entre:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:29
@@ -5191,25 +4366,19 @@ msgstr "Nenhuma senha: A ferramenta é lançado sem pedir qualquer senha."
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:34
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da "
-"ferramenta."
+msgstr "Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da ferramenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:39
 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Senha de root: a senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento ferramenta"
+msgstr "Senha de root: a senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento ferramenta"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
 "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Os valores predefinidos dependem do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na "
-"mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar sistema de segurança, permissões e "
-"auditoria\"."
+msgstr "Os valores predefinidos dependem do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar sistema de segurança, permissões e auditoria\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -5221,7 +4390,8 @@ msgstr "Snapshots"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -5229,22 +4399,17 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no "
-"<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de "
-"administração</guilabel> seção."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
+"tools</guilabel> section."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de administração</guilabel> seção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -5252,59 +4417,39 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma "
-"mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em  <guibutton>Instalar</"
-"guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que "
-"necessita será instalado."
+msgstr "Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em  <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que necessita será instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela "
-"de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar "
-"backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, "
-"<guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
+"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
+"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, <guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha "
-"<guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao "
-"lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os "
-"diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista "
-"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos "
-"diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser "
-"incluídos no backup . Clique em  <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você "
-"está feito."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
+" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
+"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
+" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
+"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
+"are done."
+msgstr "Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser incluídos no backup . Clique em  <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você está feito."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher "
-"o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. "
-"Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
+" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
@@ -5321,7 +4466,8 @@ msgstr "Configuração do Som"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -5329,21 +4475,16 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</"
-"emphasis>. ¶"
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. ¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -5351,20 +4492,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound trata da configuração de som, incluindo a escolha do driver, as "
-"opções PulseAudio e resolução de problemas. Ela irá ajudá-lo se você tiver "
-"problemas de som ou se você mudar a placa de som."
+msgstr "Draksound trata da configuração de som, incluindo a escolha do driver, as opções PulseAudio e resolução de problemas. Ela irá ajudá-lo se você tiver problemas de som ou se você mudar a placa de som."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
-"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"A lista drop-down chamado <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> permite que você "
-"selecione um driver de todos os disponíveis no computador que correspondem a "
-"placa de som."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
+" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
+msgstr "A lista drop-down chamado <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> permite que você selecione um driver de todos os disponíveis no computador que correspondem a placa de som."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -5372,66 +4508,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr ""
-"Na maioria das vezes, é possível escolher um controlador usando o OSS ou "
-"ALSA API. OSS é o mais antigo e muito básico, recomendamos escolher ALSA "
-"quando possível aos seus recursos avançados."
+msgstr "Na maioria das vezes, é possível escolher um controlador usando o OSS ou ALSA API. OSS é o mais antigo e muito básico, recomendamos escolher ALSA quando possível aos seus recursos avançados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as "
-"entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e "
-"envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> "
-"controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
+" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
+"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
+"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
+msgstr "PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. "
-"Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
-msgstr ""
-"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibir uma nova janela com três "
-"botões:"
+msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibi uma nova janela com dois ou três botões:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:53
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
 "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
 "for your device."
-msgstr ""
-"O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que "
-"está fazendo."
+msgstr "O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que está fazendo. Este botão não está disponível quando o sistema encontrar um driver para seu dispositivo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
@@ -5439,10 +4560,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer "
-"problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de "
-"pedir à comunidade para ajudar."
+msgstr "A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de pedir à comunidade para ajudar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -5454,7 +4572,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar uma UPS para monitoramento de energia"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -5462,11 +4581,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -5478,7 +4595,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar conexão VPN para proteger o acesso à rede"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -5486,11 +4604,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -5501,13 +4617,7 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
-"o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de "
-"trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do "
-"lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em "
-"operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, "
-"como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf"
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -5519,9 +4629,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual "
-"protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual."
+msgstr "Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -5538,7 +4646,8 @@ msgstr "Na tela seguinte, forneça os detalhes para a sua conexão VPN."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Para a Cisco VPN"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -5548,11 +4657,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela "
-"primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada."
+msgstr "Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -5562,16 +4670,15 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você "
-"recebeu do administrador de rede."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você recebeu do administrador de rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Os parâmetros avançados:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -5586,20 +4693,15 @@ msgstr "A próxima tela pede endereço IP do gateway."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação "
-"VPN."
+msgstr "Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma "
-"conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre "
-"ligar a esta VPN."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
+" to this VPN."
+msgstr "Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre ligar a esta VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -5611,7 +4713,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar webserver"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -5619,20 +4722,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
-"configurar um servidor web."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um servidor web."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
@@ -5644,9 +4743,7 @@ msgstr "O que é um servidor web?"
 msgid ""
 "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
 "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode "
-"ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr "Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
@@ -5658,7 +4755,8 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor web com drakwizard apache2"
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor web."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
@@ -5668,16 +4766,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr "Selecionando Exposer Servidor: local Net e ou World"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
@@ -5687,16 +4784,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr ""
-"A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto "
-"para coisas ruins."
+msgstr "A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto para coisas ruins."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr "Módulo do Usuário do Servidor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
@@ -5711,7 +4807,8 @@ msgstr "Permite que os usuários criem seus próprios sites."
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr "Usuário nome do diretório web"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
@@ -5721,16 +4818,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
 "display it."
-msgstr ""
-"O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor "
-"irá exibi-la."
+msgstr "O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor irá exibi-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr "Documento Servidor Raiz"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
@@ -5738,9 +4834,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos "
-"padrão."
+msgstr "Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
@@ -5749,7 +4843,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Resumo"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
@@ -5759,10 +4854,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
@@ -5770,7 +4864,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Terminar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
@@ -5791,7 +4886,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -5799,11 +4895,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -5815,7 +4909,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -5825,27 +4920,22 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgid ""
 "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
 "interfaces"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta é dividida em Mageia 4 por causa do novo esquema de nomenclatura para as interfaces Net"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
-"criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard "
-"que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
+" be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
@@ -5859,11 +4949,7 @@ msgid ""
 "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
 "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
 "communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um "
-"protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente "
-"endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com "
-"a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr "O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
@@ -5875,7 +4961,8 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor DHCP com drakwizard dhcp"
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor DHCP."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
@@ -5885,7 +4972,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr "selecionando Adaptor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
@@ -5894,19 +4982,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP "
-"irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</"
-"guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr "Selecione o intervalo IP"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
@@ -5918,13 +5004,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
 "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja "
-"que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de "
-"conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, "
-"em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
@@ -5934,7 +5017,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr "Segure-se ..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
@@ -5944,16 +5028,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgid ""
 "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
 "change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas "
-"vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor."
+msgstr "Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr "Horas mais tarde ..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
@@ -5973,71 +5056,78 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote dhcp-server, se necessário;"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
 msgid ""
 "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr "salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/"
-"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos "
-"parâmetros:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
+"adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr "Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>hnome</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr "net"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr "ip"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr "<code>mascara</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
@@ -6045,11 +5135,9 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
-"config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
+"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+msgstr "Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
@@ -6066,7 +5154,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar tempo"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -6074,24 +5163,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
+" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir "
-"a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é "
-"instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e "
-"drakwizard-base."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -6104,28 +5187,28 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher "
-"três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas "
-"vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo "
-"disponíveis."
+msgstr "Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo disponíveis."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -6133,19 +5216,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
+" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você "
-"chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-"
-"lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, "
-"clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. "
-"Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:"
+msgstr "As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -6153,8 +5232,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta"
+msgstr "Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
@@ -6169,48 +5247,37 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote  <code>ntp</code> se necessário"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr "Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
 "servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de "
-"servidores;"
+msgstr "Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de servidores;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
 "name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome "
-"do servidor;"
+msgstr "Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome do servidor;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> "
-"serviços;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
+"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
+msgstr "Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> serviços;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
 msgid ""
 "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência "
-"UTC."
+msgstr "Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
@@ -6222,7 +5289,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -6230,20 +5298,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
-"configurar um  <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um  <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
@@ -6256,11 +5320,7 @@ msgid ""
 "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
 "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
 "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede "
-"padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host "
-"através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. "
-"(Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
@@ -6272,12 +5332,14 @@ msgstr "Configuração de um servidor FTP com drakwizard proftpd"
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de FTP. Apertem os cintos."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
@@ -6287,16 +5349,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr ""
-"A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto "
-"para coisas ruins."
+msgstr "A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto para coisas ruins."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr "Informaação do servidor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
@@ -6306,16 +5367,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
 "complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar "
-"reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root."
+msgstr "Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr "Opções do servidor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
@@ -6323,18 +5383,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou "
-"<acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
+" (File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr "Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou <acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
@@ -6349,7 +5409,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -6357,11 +5418,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -6369,10 +5428,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
 "before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a "
-"configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser "
-"instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
@@ -6388,14 +5444,7 @@ msgid ""
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que "
-"atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de "
-"outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando "
-"algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso "
-"disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a "
-"solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. "
-"(Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr "Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
@@ -6407,7 +5456,8 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor proxy com squid drakwizard"
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor proxy."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
@@ -6417,7 +5467,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr "Selecionando a porta do proxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
@@ -6427,16 +5478,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, "
-"clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr "Definir Memória e Disk Usage"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
@@ -6445,16 +5495,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
 msgid ""
 "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em "
-"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr "Selecione Controle de Acesso à Rede"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
@@ -6462,35 +5511,34 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em  "
-"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr "Conceda Network Access"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr "Use Nível Superior Proxy Server?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
@@ -6505,7 +5553,8 @@ msgstr "Cascade através de outro servidor proxy? Se não, passe próximo passo.
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr "Nível Superior Proxy URL e Porto"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
@@ -6513,13 +5562,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique "
-"em  <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
@@ -6529,7 +5577,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr "Iniciar durante a inicialização?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
@@ -6539,11 +5588,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgid ""
 "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de "
-"inicialização, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de inicialização, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
@@ -6556,55 +5604,56 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote de lulas, se necessário;"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr "Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr "Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr "cache_mem"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o "
-"nível"
+msgstr "<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o nível"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
@@ -6624,7 +5673,8 @@ msgstr "Configuração do daemon OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -6632,20 +5682,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
-"configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
@@ -6657,17 +5703,11 @@ msgstr "O que é  <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
+" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação "
-"segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando "
-"remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em "
-"rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, "
-"um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e  <acronym>SSH</"
-"acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e  <acronym>SSH</acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
@@ -6684,7 +5724,8 @@ msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de SSH em Abrir."
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr "Selecionar tipo de Configurar opções"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
@@ -6692,19 +5733,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou "
-"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique "
-"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
+"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou <guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Opções Gerais"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
@@ -6714,16 +5754,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
 "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH "
-"padrão</acronym> porta."
+msgstr "Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH padrão</acronym> porta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr "Métodos de autenticação"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
@@ -6733,16 +5772,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
 "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar "
-"durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr "Logging"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
@@ -6750,18 +5788,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em  "
-"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr "Opções de Login"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
@@ -6769,15 +5806,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "Login do usuário Opções"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
@@ -6786,16 +5823,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em  "
-"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr "Compressão e Encaminhamento"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
@@ -6805,16 +5841,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em "
-"seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
@@ -6829,7 +5865,8 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar Serviços do Sistema"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -6837,11 +5874,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -6853,7 +5888,8 @@ msgstr "Configuração de hardware"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -6861,11 +5897,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -6875,12 +5909,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral "
-"do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um "
-"trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o "
-"comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em "
-"<code>ldetect-lst </code>."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em <code>ldetect-lst </code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -6898,10 +5927,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos "
-"são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma "
-"categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna."
+msgstr "A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -6909,19 +5935,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. "
-"<guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações "
-"sobre o conteúdo dos campos."
+msgstr "A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. <guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações sobre o conteúdo dos campos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões "
-"estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
+" available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr "De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -6929,29 +5950,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser "
-"usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este "
-"mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à "
-"ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes "
-"ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas "
-"para permitir a detecção automática:"
+msgstr "O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas para permitir a detecção automática:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -6974,10 +5987,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. "
-"Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção "
-"estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado."
+msgstr "Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -6989,7 +5999,8 @@ msgstr "Configure o layout do teclado"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6997,11 +6008,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -7011,12 +6020,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a "
-"configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. "
-"Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode "
-"ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) "
-"chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"."
+msgstr "A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -7026,13 +6030,10 @@ msgstr "layout do teclado"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os "
-"nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout "
-"deve ser utilizado."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
+" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
+"each layout should be used for."
+msgstr "Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout deve ser utilizado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -7044,10 +6045,7 @@ msgstr "Tipo de teclado"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. "
-"Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o "
-"tipo padrão."
+msgstr "Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o tipo padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -7059,7 +6057,8 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -7067,11 +6066,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -7081,21 +6078,14 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser "
-"encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado "
-"\"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na "
-"qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas "
-"selecionados durante a instalação."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado \"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas selecionados durante a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a "
-"compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)."
+msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -7103,10 +6093,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma "
-"selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países "
-"não listados."
+msgstr "A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países não listados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -7125,21 +6112,14 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método "
-"de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos "
-"de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, "
-"japonês, coreano, etc...)"
+msgstr "Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de "
-"entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo "
-"manualmente."
+msgstr "Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo manualmente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -7147,11 +6127,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções "
-"semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, "
-"ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref "
-"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr "Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -7163,7 +6139,8 @@ msgstr "Ver e sistema de busca registros"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -7171,22 +6148,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na "
-"guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de "
-"registros</guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de registros</guilabel>\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -7196,43 +6168,27 @@ msgstr "Para fazer uma busca nos registros"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja "
-"<emphasis>não</emphasis>  deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o "
-"arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. "
-"Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no  "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em "
-"cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia "
-"selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de  <guibutton>busca</"
-"guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado  <guilabel>Conteudo do "
-"arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando "
-"no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
+"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
+" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr "Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja <emphasis>não</emphasis>  deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de  <guibutton>busca</guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado  <guilabel>Conteudo do arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir "
-"das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle "
-"Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é "
-"modificada."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
+" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
+"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr "Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é modificada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -7245,25 +6201,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do "
-"sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o "
-"endereço configurado."
+msgstr "alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o endereço configurado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio "
-"Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar "
-"o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em "
-"execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. "
-"(Ver imagem acima)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+msgstr "Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. (Ver imagem acima)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -7310,7 +6258,8 @@ msgstr "Servidor Xinetd "
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "Nome BIND Domínio Resolve"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -7319,16 +6268,11 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
+" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"Na próxima tela, selecione a  <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você "
-"considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma "
-"carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um "
-"processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição "
-"do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores."
+msgstr "Na próxima tela, selecione a  <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -7336,10 +6280,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa "
-"para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou "
-"na Internet)."
+msgstr "Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou na Internet)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -7354,33 +6295,25 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
-"iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
-"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> "
-"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
+"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -7395,11 +6328,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -7407,23 +6338,18 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
-"iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas "
-"informações, se usado na raiz."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas informações, se usado na raiz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
+" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador "
-"(USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect "
-"e ldetect-lst para o trabalho."
+msgstr "lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador (USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect e ldetect-lst para o trabalho."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -7432,19 +6358,14 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e "
-"identificações."
+msgstr "Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e identificações."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar "
-"uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como "
-"nestes exemplos:"
+msgstr "lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como nestes exemplos:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -7476,11 +6397,10 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar as distinções de caso."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a "
-"opção  -i para o grep."
+msgstr "Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a opção  -i para o grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -7490,9 +6410,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é "
-"chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)"
+msgstr "Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -7504,7 +6422,8 @@ msgstr "Pacotes de software de atualização"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -7512,24 +6431,18 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software."
-"</emphasis>"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -7537,36 +6450,27 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Para funcionar, precisa MageiaUpdate os repositórios para ser configurado "
-"com rpmdrake-edit-media com alguns meios de comunicação verificados como "
-"atualizações. Se eles não estiverem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo."
+msgstr "Para funcionar, precisa MageiaUpdate os repositórios para ser configurado com rpmdrake-edit-media com alguns meios de comunicação verificados como atualizações. Se eles não estiverem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
+" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e "
-"lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são "
-"selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. "
-"Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo."
+msgstr "Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
+" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da "
-"janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título "
-"significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto."
+msgstr "Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -7575,20 +6479,17 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema "
-"avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o "
-"sistema da mesma forma."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr "Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o sistema da mesma forma."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -7598,9 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os "
-"seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -7627,7 +6526,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hardware"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -7637,25 +6537,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o "
-"hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Gerenciar seu hardware"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -7665,16 +6563,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Configurar gráficos"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -7684,12 +6582,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Configurar mouse e teclado"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -7699,16 +6599,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Configurar impressão e digitalização"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora "
-"(s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
+" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora (s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -7718,7 +6618,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Outros"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -7735,53 +6636,43 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na "
-"coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi "
-"instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que "
-"podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita."
+msgstr "O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas "
-"relacionadas."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
+"tools."
+msgstr "Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas relacionadas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode "
-"ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM."
+msgstr "O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas "
-"de ferramentas."
+msgstr "Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas de ferramentas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando "
-"na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda."
+msgstr "Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "discos locais"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -7791,9 +6682,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou "
-"compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -7815,7 +6704,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Serviços de Rede"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -7823,15 +6713,11 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
+" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a "
-"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre "
-"várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link "
-"abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais."
+msgstr "Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -7863,7 +6749,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Compartilhamento de Rede"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -7873,41 +6760,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o "
-"compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber "
-"mais."
+msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Configurar Compartilhamentos Windows®"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com "
-"sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -7917,7 +6803,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -7927,7 +6814,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Rede e Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -7935,28 +6823,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no "
-"link abaixo para saber mais."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
+" below to learn more."
+msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Gerenciar os dispositivos de rede"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -7966,27 +6855,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personalize e Proteja a sua rede"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -7996,7 +6890,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "segurança"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -8006,18 +6901,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique "
-"no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, "
-"permissões e auditoria </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria </emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -8044,7 +6935,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Compartilhando"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -8053,15 +6945,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
+" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são "
-"visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode "
-"escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. "
-"Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para "
-"saber mais."
+msgstr "Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -8078,7 +6965,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "sistema"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -8088,26 +6976,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e "
-"administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Gerenciar serviços do sistema"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -8117,12 +7006,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "localização"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -8132,31 +7023,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "ferramentas de administração"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no "
-"sistema</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no sistema</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -8170,34 +7064,25 @@ msgstr "Centro de Controle Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
-"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
-"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a "
-"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de "
-"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -8209,7 +7094,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar atualizações freqüência"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -8217,38 +7103,28 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a  guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão "
-"Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração "
-"do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a  guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá "
-"verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes "
-"do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando "
-"uma nova versão do Mageia está fora."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
+msgstr "O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando uma nova versão do Mageia está fora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -8260,7 +7136,8 @@ msgstr "Configure o dispositivo apontador (mouse, touchpad)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -8268,31 +7145,23 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
-"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</"
-"emphasis>."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver "
-"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro "
-"mouse."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
+" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr "Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro mouse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -8301,11 +7170,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. "
-"Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte "
-"do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 &amp; USB\" é apropriado para "
-"um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta."
+msgstr "Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 &amp; USB\" é apropriado para um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -8317,7 +7182,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Sistema de Segurança e Auditoria"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -8325,53 +7191,40 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
+" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de "
-"usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo "
-"com duas abordagens:"
+msgstr "msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo com duas abordagens:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para "
-"torná-lo mais seguro."
+msgstr "Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para torná-lo mais seguro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de "
-"avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso."
+msgstr "Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um "
-"conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou "
-"execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus "
-"próprios níveis de segurança personalizados."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
+" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
+" own customised security levels."
+msgstr "ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -8388,48 +7241,43 @@ msgstr "Veja a imagem acima"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um "
-"botão do lado direito para configurá-los:"
+msgstr "A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um botão do lado direito para configurá-los:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall "
-"pessoal"
+msgstr "Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall pessoal"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu "
-"sistema"
+msgstr "Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu sistema"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "msec-se com algumas informações:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "habilitado ou não"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "o nível de segurança de base configurada"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório "
-"detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora."
+msgstr "a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -8439,13 +7287,13 @@ msgstr "Guia de configurações de segurança"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> "
-"leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
+"below."
+msgstr "Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -8463,32 +7311,22 @@ msgstr " <emphasis role=\"underline\">níveis de segurança:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
+" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
+" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, "
-"este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que "
-"aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de "
-"«nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:"
+msgstr "Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de «nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
+" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
+" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
+" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você "
-"não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem "
-"sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de "
-"segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e "
-"configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo "
-"o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques."
+msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -8499,45 +7337,27 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração "
-"padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe "
-"várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias "
-"que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e "
-"permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e "
-"3 de versões ms passados)."
+msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e 3 de versões ms passados)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado "
-"quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele "
-"restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais "
-"periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é "
-"semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas "
-"ms)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
+" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
+" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
+" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas ms)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também "
-"são fornecidos, como o  <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</"
-"emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a "
-"segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais "
-"comuns."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
+"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
+msgstr "Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também são fornecidos, como o  <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais comuns."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -8545,37 +7365,25 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</"
-"emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são "
-"realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas "
-"verificações periódicas."
+msgstr "Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas verificações periódicas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança "
-"personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>etc/"
-"security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que "
-"exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro."
+"These levels are saved in "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
+"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
+" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
+msgstr "Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência "
-"sobre as configurações de nível padrão."
+msgstr "Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência sobre as configurações de nível padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -8585,34 +7393,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">alertas de segurança:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
+"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
+"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
+" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
+" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail "
-"para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados "
-"por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas "
-"proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-"
-"mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em "
-"conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança "
-"diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo."
+msgstr "Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
+" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de "
-"informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança "
-"de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os "
-"ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
+msgstr "É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -8623,18 +7420,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">opções de segurança: </emphasis>"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a "
-"segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui "
-"depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é "
-"armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este "
-"arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as "
-"modificações feitas para as opções."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
+" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
+"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
+"to the options."
+msgstr "Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as opções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -8645,14 +7436,12 @@ msgstr "Guia de segurança do sistema"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, "
-"uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado "
-"direito."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
+" column."
+msgstr "Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado direito."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -8665,14 +7454,10 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece "
-"(veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os "
-"valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser "
-"selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a "
-"escolha."
+msgstr "Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece (veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -8684,13 +7469,10 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a "
-"configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </"
-"guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você "
-"visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los."
+msgstr "Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -8704,10 +7486,10 @@ msgstr "Segurança da Rede"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior"
+msgstr "Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -8722,10 +7504,7 @@ msgstr "Guia verificações periódicas"
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por "
-"meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente "
-"perigosa."
+msgstr "Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente perigosa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -8733,13 +7512,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua "
-"freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança "
-"periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias "
-"anteriores."
+msgstr "Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias anteriores."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -8753,18 +7529,14 @@ msgstr "Aba excessões"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
+" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
+" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e "
-"procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o "
-"administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer "
-"evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira "
-"partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções."
+msgstr "Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -8772,11 +7544,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
+"button"
+msgstr "Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -8785,17 +7558,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada "
-"<guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, "
-"não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</"
-"guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo "
-"clique."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
+"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
+"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
+"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr "Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada <guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo clique."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -8807,9 +7575,7 @@ msgstr "Permissões"
 msgid ""
 "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
 "enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e "
-"aplicação."
+msgstr "Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e aplicação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
@@ -8821,22 +7587,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Como para a segurança, ms possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, "
-"seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança "
-"escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, "
-"salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </"
-"filename> colocado na pasta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta "
-"função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração "
-"personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de "
-"alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. Configuração atual é armazenado "
-"em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este arquivo contém a "
-"lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
+"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
+msgstr "Como para a segurança, ms possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> colocado na pasta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. Configuração atual é armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este arquivo contém a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -8845,25 +7602,18 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por "
-"linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra "
-"a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as "
-"permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
+" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
+" given rule:"
+msgstr "As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
+" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas "
-"verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia "
-"uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada."
+msgstr "Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -8871,33 +7621,25 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai "
-"governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e "
-"substituir as permissões."
+msgstr "Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e substituir as permissões."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia "
-"verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr "Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</"
-"guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O "
-"coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não "
-"significa nenhuma modificação."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
+"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr "Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não significa nenhuma modificação."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -8909,40 +7651,26 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se "
-"esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu "
-"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado "
-"as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de "
-"salvá-los."
+msgstr "Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/"
-"security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
+msgstr "Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente "
-"no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação "
-"periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia "
-"verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam "
-"imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com "
-"direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as "
-"permissões que serão alterados por msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
+"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
+"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
+" that will be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr "Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as permissões que serão alterados por msecperms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -8953,14 +7681,7 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um "
-"gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</"
-"guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</"
-"emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um "
-"tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS "
-"CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</"
-"emphasis>."
+msgstr "Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -8971,12 +7692,9 @@ msgstr "Outras ferramentas Mageia"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro "
-"de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a "
-"ler as próximas páginas."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
+" next pages."
+msgstr "Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a ler as próximas páginas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -9013,7 +7731,8 @@ msgstr "Gestão de Software (Instalar e Remover Software)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -9026,11 +7745,9 @@ msgstr "Introdução à Rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -9044,32 +7761,19 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido "
-"como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. "
-"É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá "
-"verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado "
-"diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os "
-"mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um "
-"sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você "
-"pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações "
-"disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você "
-"também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou "
-"nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos "
-"pacotes."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
+" included in the packages."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos pacotes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
+"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr "Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
@@ -9078,36 +7782,28 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
+" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
 "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a "
-"instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai "
-"pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-"
-"up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita "
-"e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de "
-"download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios "
-"online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+msgstr "Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
 "packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais "
-"pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados."
+msgstr "Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "As principais partes da tela"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -9123,38 +7819,25 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira "
-"vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma "
-"interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas "
-"dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações "
-"apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais "
-"recentes do Mageia."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
+" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr "Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais recentes do Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou "
-"Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas "
-"especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está "
-"obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é "
-"melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
+" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
+" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr "A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
+msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -9162,10 +7845,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas "
-"os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e "
-"não instalados."
+msgstr "Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e não instalados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -9178,10 +7858,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus "
-"resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos "
-"nos pacotes."
+msgstr "Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos nos pacotes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -9194,11 +7871,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma "
-"palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por "
-"exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | "
-"xine'."
+msgstr "Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | xine'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -9210,9 +7883,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apagar tudo:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no "
-"\"Procurar\" caixa."
+msgstr "Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no \"Procurar\" caixa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -9222,11 +7893,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de Categorias:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias "
-"claras e sub-categorias."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
+" sub categories."
+msgstr "Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias claras e sub-categorias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -9237,14 +7906,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descrição painel: </emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
+" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele "
-"exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode "
-"mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, "
-"bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor."
+msgstr "Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -9259,73 +7924,78 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu "
-"software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição "
-"usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se "
-"esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de "
-"acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... "
-"Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do "
-"pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Icone"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Legenda"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Este pacote será instalado"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Este pacotes não pode ser modificado"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Este pacote é uma atualização"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Este pacote será desinstalado"
@@ -9346,10 +8016,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone "
-"de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao "
-"clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -9357,17 +8024,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a "
-"laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será "
-"instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "as dependências"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -9375,23 +8040,15 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
+" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de "
-"trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, "
-"Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita "
-"ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais "
-"informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são "
-"capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a "
-"lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro "
-"botão para escolher qual pacote instalar."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
+" install."
+msgstr "Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro botão para escolher qual pacote instalar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -9413,9 +8070,7 @@ msgstr "instalação"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -9424,28 +8079,20 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
-"um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui "
-"a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos "
-"locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar "
-"scanners remotos."
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar scanners remotos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a "
-"seguinte mensagem:"
+msgstr "Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a seguinte mensagem:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -9457,12 +8104,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Você quer instalar qual pacotes?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar "
-"<code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles "
-"ainda não estão instalados."
+msgstr "Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar <code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles ainda não estão instalados."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -9473,21 +8118,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você "
-"vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ."
+msgstr "Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o  "
-"<emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre "
-"isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o  <emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -9496,22 +8135,17 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o "
-"respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando "
-"<emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa "
-"pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>."
+msgstr "No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando <emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na "
-"lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
+" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -9519,75 +8153,59 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em  "
-"<emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em  <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos "
-"suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Escolha a porta"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas "
-"disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta "
-"paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você "
-"tiver apenas um."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
+" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr "Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você tiver apenas um."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma "
-"tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo."
+msgstr "Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref "
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
 "linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr "Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -9597,7 +8215,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Scannersharing"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -9605,15 +8224,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
+" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser "
-"acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode "
-"decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados "
-"nesta máquina."
+msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados nesta máquina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -9621,21 +8236,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser "
-"adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o "
-"dispositivo local (s), neste computador."
+msgstr "Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o dispositivo local (s), neste computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou "
-"excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto."
+msgstr "Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -9645,7 +8256,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr "Scanner compartilhando a hosts: você pode adicionar host."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -9655,11 +8267,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou "
-"permitir que todas as máquinas remotas."
+msgstr "Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou permitir que todas as máquinas remotas."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -9667,10 +8278,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local."
+msgstr "\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -9680,9 +8291,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a "
-"ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo."
+msgstr "Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -9704,18 +8313,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a "
-"directiva\"net\""
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a directiva\"net\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr "Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -9732,13 +8337,9 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, "
-"esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar "
-"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr "A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -9748,21 +8349,14 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download."
-"ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando "
-"indicado, é necessário instalar os  <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> "
-"pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível "
-"que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um "
-"conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este "
-"aviso pode ser ignorado."
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
+"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
+"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
+"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
+"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr "Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando indicado, é necessário instalar os  <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -9775,10 +8369,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela "
-"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais "
-"etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner."
+msgstr "É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -9788,50 +8379,37 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser "
-"carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você "
-"carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta "
-"tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do "
-"Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor."
+msgstr "Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar "
-"um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. "
-"Portanto, seja paciente."
+msgstr "Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. Portanto, seja paciente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo "
-"conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</"
-"emphasis>"
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não "
-"sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Software de Gestão"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -9839,11 +8417,9 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de "
-"software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
+" Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -9853,11 +8429,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -9869,9 +8443,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia "
-"para instalação e atualização</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia para instalação e atualização</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -9883,7 +8455,8 @@ msgstr "Instalar e configurar uma impressora"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -9897,44 +8470,30 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu "
-"próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface "
-"de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, "
-"mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras "
-"chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições "
-"como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE."
+msgstr "A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a "
-"instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma."
+msgstr "Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção "
-"do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e "
-"digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -9956,9 +8515,7 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de "
-"dependências são necessários."
+msgstr "É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de dependências são necessários."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -9968,12 +8525,7 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá "
-"tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de "
-"tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora "
-"for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na "
-"primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede."
+msgstr "Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -9984,26 +8536,20 @@ msgstr "Impressora detectou automaticamente"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza "
-"automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em "
-"seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para "
-"a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um "
-"driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar "
-"ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref "
-"linkend=\"terminate\"/> "
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
+" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr "Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "impressora não detectado automaticamente"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -10011,13 +8557,10 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
+" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e "
-"exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através "
-"de uma das seguintes opções."
+msgstr "Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através de uma das seguintes opções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -10042,12 +8585,7 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da "
-"impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver "
-"associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é "
-"recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, "
-"neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar."
+msgstr "Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -10063,13 +8601,7 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir "
-"que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o "
-"nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de "
-"impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página "
-"de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de "
-"impressoras disponíveis."
+msgstr "Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de impressoras disponíveis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -10080,61 +8612,41 @@ msgstr "impressora de rede"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a "
-"uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão "
-"ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
+" another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr "As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre "
-"um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o "
-"mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se "
-"ele tem um fixo."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
+" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
+"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
+"fixed one."
+msgstr "Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se ele tem um fixo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
+" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou "
-"printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de "
-"uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser "
-"escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora "
-"compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar "
-"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o "
-"endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"."
+msgstr "Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
+" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
+" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza "
-"para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o "
-"protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</"
-"guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos "
-"<guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na "
-"caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"."
+msgstr "Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos <guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -10142,20 +8654,14 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um "
-"protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da "
-"lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista."
+msgstr "Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para "
-"descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas "
-"específicas."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
+" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr "Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas específicas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -10171,19 +8677,10 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como "
-"JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede "
-"através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a "
-"impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns "
-"roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste "
-"caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device "
-"Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo "
-"um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste "
-"caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
+msgstr "Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -10191,16 +8688,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo "
-"e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o "
-"<guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser "
-"alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que "
-"acima."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
+" the same as above."
+msgstr "Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que acima."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -10217,11 +8710,7 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que "
-"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por "
-"exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo "
-"pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -10229,19 +8718,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, "
-"mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser "
-"definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas "
-"com TLS protocolo seguro."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
+" with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas com TLS protocolo seguro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -10249,29 +8733,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que "
-"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, "
-"uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD."
+msgstr "hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora "
-"conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e "
-"compartilhada."
+msgstr "impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e compartilhada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de "
-"como formar a URI:"
+msgstr "O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de como formar a URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -10311,11 +8787,10 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www."
-"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
+" documentation.</link>"
+msgstr "Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -10326,19 +8801,13 @@ msgstr "Propriedades do dispositivo"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a "
-"parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no "
-"sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</"
-"guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela "
-"que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, "
-"seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> |  <guimenuitem>Configurações.</"
-"guimenuitem>"
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
+" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
+" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr "Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> |  <guimenuitem>Configurações.</guimenuitem>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -10350,44 +8819,29 @@ msgstr "Solucionar"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a "
-"impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr "Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando "
-"o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr "Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão "
-"disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> "
-"site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se "
-"sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-"
-"lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a "
-"impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, "
-"se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as "
-"informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. "
-"Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outros motoristas up-to-date ou "
-"para dispositivos mais recentes."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
+" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
+" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
+"date drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr "É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outros motoristas up-to-date ou para dispositivos mais recentes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -10397,50 +8851,37 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers "
-"fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm "
-"(s) e instalar."
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
+" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm (s) e instalar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de "
-"configuração."
+msgstr "Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de configuração."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um "
-"dispositivos</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um dispositivos</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
+"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado "
-"automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode "
-"encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/"
-"hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está "
-"disponível no  <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também  <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
-"\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora."
+msgstr "Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está disponível no  <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também  <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -10452,14 +8893,7 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-"A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão "
-"adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface "
-"Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não "
-"pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo "
-"autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no "
-"dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a "
-"imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media."
+msgstr "A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -10469,13 +8903,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung impressora a cores</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o "
-"protocolo QPDL."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
+"for the QPDL protocol."
+msgstr "Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o protocolo QPDL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -10485,28 +8916,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson impressoras e scanners</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página "
-"de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote "
-"\"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin "
-"também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
+"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
+" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
+msgstr "Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote \"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. "
-"Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado."
+msgstr "É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -10518,10 +8941,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Canon</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta "
-"chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível "
-"aqui</link>."
+msgstr "Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível aqui</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -10533,7 +8953,8 @@ msgstr "Importar Documentos e Configurações do MS Windows®"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -10541,11 +8962,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -10553,44 +8972,31 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia "
-"rotulado <guilabel>Import do Windows (TM) documentos e configurações</"
-"guilabel>"
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>Import do Windows (TM) documentos e configurações</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do "
-"usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP "
-"ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</"
-"trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
+"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr "A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake "
-"imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-"Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do "
-"assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação."
+msgstr "Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -10598,25 +9004,19 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão "
-"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação."
+msgstr "Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que "
-"você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</"
-"trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher "
-"outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
+" than yours own."
+msgstr "Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -10625,50 +9025,38 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do "
-"transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</"
-"trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais "
-"podem ser exibidos incorretamente."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
+"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
+msgstr "Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais podem ser exibidos incorretamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-"A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de "
-"documentos."
+msgstr "A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de documentos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-"Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações "
-"(especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. "
-"Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, "
-"não use essas contas para efeitos de importação."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
+"import purposes."
+msgstr "Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações (especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, não use essas contas para efeitos de importação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</"
-"guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar "
-"documentos:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import documents:"
+msgstr "Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar documentos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -10676,29 +9064,23 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, "
-"<emphasis>Minhas  Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > "
-"pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta "
-"janela."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
+"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
+"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
+"appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr "Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Minhas  Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta janela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo "
-"imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para "
-"selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr "Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -10709,26 +9091,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-"Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância."
+msgstr "Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> "
-"Próxima</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
+" button."
+msgstr "Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr "A próxima página permite que você importe o fundo do desktop:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -10736,20 +9114,19 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr "Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta "
-"pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
+msgstr "A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -10764,7 +9141,8 @@ msgstr "Usuários e Grupos"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -10772,11 +9150,9 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -10784,32 +9160,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia "
-"chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\""
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os "
-"grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para "
-"modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
+" (ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr "A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
+" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são "
-"listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</"
-"guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma."
+msgstr "Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -10821,7 +9188,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Add Usuario</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Este botão abre uma nova janela com todos os campos mostrados vazio:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -10832,10 +9200,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a "
-"entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever "
-"qualquer coisa ou nada assim!"
+msgstr "O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever qualquer coisa ou nada assim!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
@@ -10845,26 +9210,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso</emphasis> é o único campo obrigatório
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
+" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
+" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-"Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente "
-"recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é "
-"fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar "
-"números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará "
-"laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora."
+msgstr "Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para "
-"garantir que você digitou o que pretendia."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
+" you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para garantir que você digitou o que pretendia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -10872,10 +9230,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que "
-"permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando "
-"para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -10883,19 +9238,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se "
-"verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo "
-"usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente "
-"depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -10907,9 +9257,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 add grupo</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a "
-"identificação de grupo específico."
+msgstr "Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a identificação de grupo específico."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
@@ -10921,16 +9269,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (um usuario selecionado)"
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados "
-"fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)."
+msgstr "<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "Informações <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conta</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -10941,18 +9288,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A "
-"conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias."
+msgstr "A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a "
-"conta está bloqueada."
+msgstr "A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a conta está bloqueada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -10965,12 +9308,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma "
-"data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha "
-"periodicamente."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha periodicamente."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -10980,18 +9321,14 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os "
-"grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações "
-"não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login."
+msgstr "Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -11003,18 +9340,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (com um grupo selecionado)"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr ""
-"Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o "
-"nome do grupo."
+msgstr "Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o nome do grupo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-"Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar "
-"os usuários que são membros do grupo"
+msgstr "Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os usuários que são membros do grupo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -11024,15 +9357,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Excluir</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a "
-"perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se "
-"um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
+"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
+"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr "Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -11047,11 +9376,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Atualizar</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-"O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique "
-"neste ícone para atualizar a exibição."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
+" refresh the display."
+msgstr "O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique neste ícone para atualizar a exibição."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -11064,17 +9391,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
+" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-"
-"se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada "
-"é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a "
-"partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da "
-"sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu "
-"<guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu <guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -11086,7 +9407,8 @@ msgstr "Configure o servidor gráfico"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -11094,26 +9416,19 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
+"as root. Mind the capital letters."
+msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione "
-"<emphasis><guilabel>Configure o servidor gráfico</guilabel> </emphasis>. "
-"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione <emphasis><guilabel>Configure o servidor gráfico</guilabel> </emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -11131,10 +9446,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-"A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente "
-"configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, "
-"uma com um driver proprietário."
+msgstr "A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, uma com um driver proprietário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -11143,11 +9455,7 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> "
-"pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem "
-"alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob "
-"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -11155,10 +9463,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a "
-"maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o "
-"driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho."
+msgstr "Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -11166,20 +9471,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-"Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação "
-"Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização."
+msgstr "Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você fez a sua escolha para um motorista de graça, você pode ser "
-"solicitado se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos "
-"(efeitos em 3D, por exemplo)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
+msgstr "Se você fez a sua escolha para um motorista de graça, você pode ser solicitado se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos (efeitos em 3D, por exemplo)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
@@ -11190,14 +9490,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
+" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-"Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e "
-"você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não "
-"estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista "
-"<guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características."
+msgstr "Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista <guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -11209,11 +9505,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolução:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade "
-"de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:"
+msgstr "Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -11223,42 +9518,31 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>A imagem do monitor no meio dá "
-"uma prévia com a configuração escolhida."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>A imagem do monitor no meio dá uma prévia com a configuração escolhida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
+" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-"O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A "
-"lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e "
-"seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher "
-"outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou "
-"selecionar uma configuração desconfortável."
+msgstr "O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou selecionar uma configuração desconfortável."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso "
-"para uma outra."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
+" another one."
+msgstr "O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso para uma outra."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e "
-"reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito."
+msgstr "Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -11271,21 +9555,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de "
-"clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que "
-"mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar."
+msgstr "Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-"No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir "
-"o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) "
-"para usar a versão de texto XFdrake."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
+" XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr "No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) para usar a versão de texto XFdrake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -11293,10 +9571,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
 "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
 "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não "
-"quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo "
-"estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:97
@@ -11309,42 +9584,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-"opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o "
-"servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
+msgstr "opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-"Opções de cartão de <guilabel>gráficos</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou "
-"desativar três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica."
+msgstr "Opções de cartão de <guilabel>gráficos</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou desativar três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das "
-"vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando "
-"iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para "
-"modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
+"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
+"may be unchecked for a server."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
+" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Após clicar no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá perguntar-"
-"lhe para confirmar. Ainda há tempo de cancelar tudo e manter a configuração "
-"anterior, ou a aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar "
-"para ativar a nova configuração"
+msgstr "Após clicar no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá perguntar-lhe para confirmar. Ainda há tempo de cancelar tudo e manter a configuração anterior, ou a aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar para ativar a nova configuração"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect.xml
index f57e7e88..f0e81301 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakconnect.xml
@@ -624,8 +624,7 @@ e configurá-lo.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>É solicitado o número PIN. Mantenha esquerda se não é necessário este número
-PIN.</para>
+          <para>O PIN é solicitado. Deixe em branco se o PIN não é necessário.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
index facd5111..488be534 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
   </info>
 
   
+
   
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -25,7 +26,13 @@ software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso
 significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para
 instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão
 abaixo).</para>
-    </important><note>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>Se instalar (ou atualizar) Mageia utilizando uma mídia (DVD ou CD) ou um
+dispositivo USB, haverá uma fonte de software configurada para mídia
+utilizada. Para evitar ser solicitado a inserir a mídia quando você instala
+novos pacotes, você deve desabilitar (ou excluir) esta mídia. (Ela terá o
+CD-Rom tipo de mídia).</para>
+    </note> <note>
       <para>Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits
 (chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são
 independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados
@@ -158,7 +165,7 @@ contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
@@ -205,6 +212,12 @@ a segurança</para>
 configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy
 hostname</guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e
 <guilabel>senha</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
 
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>Para mais informações sobre como configurar os meios de comunicação,
+consulte <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">página Wiki
+Mageia</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksound.xml
index b28bc548..64a131f8 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksound.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/draksound.xml
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências.</para
   <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns
 programas. Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado.</para>
 
-  <para>O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibir uma nova janela com três
-botões:</para>
+  <para>O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibi uma nova janela com dois ou
+três botões:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ botões:</para>
   </mediaobject>
 
   <para>O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que
-está fazendo.</para>
+está fazendo. Este botão não está disponível quando o sistema encontrar um
+driver para seu dispositivo.</para>
 
   <para>A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer
 problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
index 7e6fb9e5..1812a0e9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -1,11 +1,4 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<section version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp"
-         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
   <info>
     <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configurar DHCP</title>
 
@@ -14,11 +7,15 @@
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" format="PNG"
-                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1"/>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Esta ferramenta é dividida em Mageia 4 por causa do novo esquema de
+nomenclatura para as interfaces Net</para>
+    </note></para>
+
   <para>Esta ferramenta <footnote>
       <para>Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis
 role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root.</para>
@@ -46,8 +43,7 @@ a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)</para>
 
         <mediaobject>
           <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2"/>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
           </imageobject>
         </mediaobject>
 
@@ -60,8 +56,7 @@ a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)</para>
 
         <mediaobject>
           <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3"/>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
           </imageobject>
         </mediaobject>
 
@@ -75,8 +70,7 @@ irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em
 
         <mediaobject>
           <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
           </imageobject>
         </mediaobject>
 
@@ -91,8 +85,7 @@ em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
 
         <mediaobject>
           <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5"/>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
           </imageobject>
         </mediaobject>
 
@@ -105,8 +98,7 @@ em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>.</para>
 
         <mediaobject>
           <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
           </imageobject>
         </mediaobject>
 
@@ -119,8 +111,7 @@ vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor.</para>
 
         <mediaobject>
           <imageobject>
-            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
           </imageobject>
         </mediaobject>
       </step>
@@ -201,4 +192,4 @@ parâmetros:</para>
         </listitem>
       </itemizedlist></para>
   </section>
-</section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po
index 2f7323dc..b1014aa8 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po
@@ -1,26 +1,24 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
+# 
 # Translators:
-# Joita Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013
+# Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013
 # Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>, 2013-2014
-# Joita Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013
+# Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
-"ro/)\n"
-"Language: ro\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-19 16:11+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n"
+"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?"
-"2:1));\n"
+"Language: ro\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
@@ -32,7 +30,8 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin WebDAV"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -40,11 +39,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -52,10 +49,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"centrul de control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul "
-"<guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul <guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -75,12 +69,7 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este "
-"un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, "
-"astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă "
-"să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul "
-"acestei unelte."
+msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul acestei unelte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -93,10 +82,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și "
-"butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă "
-"intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră."
+msgstr "Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -104,16 +90,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. "
-"Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, "
-"puteți să-l corectați."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
+" it, if needed."
+msgstr "Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece <guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, puteți să-l corectați."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -123,19 +105,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgid ""
 "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
 "point."
-msgstr ""
-"Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare."
+msgstr "Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de "
-"alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>."
+msgstr "La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -145,27 +125,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr ""
-"Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton vă permite să montați imediat "
-"accesul."
+msgstr "Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat accesul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</"
-"guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi "
-"listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi "
-"întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</"
-"emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie "
-"disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați "
-"directorul distant doar o singură dată."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
+"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
+" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr "După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați directorul distant doar o singură dată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -177,7 +149,8 @@ msgstr "Partajați partițiile discului"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -185,11 +158,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -198,20 +169,14 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, "
-"ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare "
-"din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au "
-"calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se găsește în centrul de control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, "
-"intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
+" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr "Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -220,19 +185,11 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
+" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
+" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să "
-"partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe "
-"<guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți "
-"utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> "
-"pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă "
-"răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, "
-"utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat "
-"în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu."
+msgstr "Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe <guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -243,14 +200,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care "
-"veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau "
-"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux "
-"este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> "
-"dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi "
-"apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi "
-"instalate dacă este nevoie."
+msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi instalate dacă este nevoie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -260,40 +210,24 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales "
-"opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar "
-"pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această "
-"unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați "
-"să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe "
-"utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe "
-"<guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul "
-"„fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații "
-"suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml"
-"\">această pagină</link>."
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
+" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr "Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe <guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul „fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">această pagină</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați "
-"și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare."
+msgstr "Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
+" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate "
-"selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le "
-"partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această "
-"funcționalitate."
+msgstr "De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această funcționalitate."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -311,7 +245,8 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin NFS"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -324,11 +259,9 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -337,15 +270,9 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite "
-"directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este "
-"disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele "
-"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu "
-"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
+" user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -357,21 +284,17 @@ msgstr "Procedură"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista "
-"serverelor care partajează directoare."
+msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa "
-"lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l "
-"accesați."
+msgstr "Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -379,13 +302,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va "
-"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
+" to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -396,17 +318,16 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți "
-"verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. "
-"După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton."
+msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -416,12 +337,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
+" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare remarare, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -436,7 +358,8 @@ msgstr "Inscriptoare CD/DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -444,11 +367,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -456,17 +377,12 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în "
-"categoria „Discuri locale” din centrul de control Mageia și numită în "
-"funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de "
-"citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în categoria „Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat."
+msgstr "Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
@@ -475,11 +391,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr ""
-"În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și "
-"opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru "
-"a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe "
-"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -490,9 +402,7 @@ msgstr "Punct de montare"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit "
-"este /media/cdrom."
+msgstr "Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit este /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -502,11 +412,9 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din "
-"submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
+" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr "Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -519,10 +427,7 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să "
-"monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. "
-"Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta."
+msgstr "Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -537,11 +442,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -550,54 +453,40 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor "
-"utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este "
-"SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele "
-"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu "
-"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
+" tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor "
-"disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista "
-"serverelor care partajează directoare."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
+" share directories."
+msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe &gt; din dreptul numelui serverului "
-"pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care "
-"doriți să-l accesați."
+msgstr "Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe &gt; din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va "
-"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
+msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -608,10 +497,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de "
-"montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu "
-"butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>."
+msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -619,17 +505,16 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot "
-"conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu "
-"același buton."
+msgstr "În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -640,15 +525,12 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa "
-"întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea "
-"va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca "
-"rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de "
-"fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"dolphin."
+msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -663,7 +545,8 @@ msgstr "Efecte de birou 3D"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -671,11 +554,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -683,10 +564,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt "
-"dezactivate în mod implicit."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt dezactivate în mod implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -699,41 +577,30 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. "
-"Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se "
-"poată lansa."
+msgstr "Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se poată lansa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care "
-"puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din "
-"gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate "
-"material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> "
-"pentru a-l activa."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
+msgstr "După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> pentru a-l activa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de "
-"Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete "
-"trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe "
-"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
+" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr "Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -744,20 +611,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în "
-"meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă "
-"deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în "
-"considerare."
+msgstr "Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în considerare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura "
-"Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
+msgstr "După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -775,13 +636,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați "
-"însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de "
-"autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați "
-"drak3d."
+msgstr "Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -791,13 +649,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, "
-"veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă "
-"ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar "
-"fi putut crea probleme la autentificare."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
+" log in problem."
+msgstr "Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar fi putut crea probleme la autentificare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -809,7 +663,8 @@ msgstr "Autentificare"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -817,21 +672,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al "
-"calculatorului sau în rețea."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
+" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al calculatorului sau în rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -839,10 +689,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de "
-"pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă "
-"invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință."
+msgstr "Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -854,7 +701,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați pornirea sistemului"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -862,11 +710,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -874,79 +720,55 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"configurați opțiunile de pornire (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, "
-"definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.)."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați opțiunile de pornire (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se găsește în categoria pornire din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat "
-"„Configurați pornirea sistemului”."
+msgstr "Se găsește în categoria pornire din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați demararea sistemului”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. "
-"Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să pornească data "
-"viitoare!"
+msgstr "Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să pornească data viitoare!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
+" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
-"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
-"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
-"you machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, puteți "
-"alege între GRUB sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător de sistem utilizat</"
-"guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o chestiune de "
-"gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și "
-"<guibutton>Dispozitivul de pornire</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic "
-"dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul "
-"de pornire și orice modificare poate împiedica pornirea sistemului."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
+" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
+msgstr "În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, puteți alege între GRUB sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător de sistem utilizat</guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o chestiune de gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și <guibutton>Dispozitivul de pornire</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul de pornire și orice modificare poate împiedica pornirea sistemului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
+" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți "
-"defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea pornirii "
-"imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista "
-"sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar "
-"dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va porni pe cea implicită "
-"cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare."
+msgstr "În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea pornirii imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va porni pe cea implicită cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr ""
-"În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, "
-"este posibil să definiți o parolă."
+msgstr "În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, este posibil să definiți o parolă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare."
+msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -960,11 +782,7 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru "
-"gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor "
-"neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această "
-"căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI."
+msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -976,27 +794,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activează SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru "
-"procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee."
+msgstr "SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual "
-"procesor și va activa SMP."
+msgstr "Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual procesor și va activa SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</"
-"guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -1007,19 +819,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul "
-"APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. "
-"Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele "
-"periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. "
-"Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au "
-"probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a "
-"perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În "
-"acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
+" APIC."
+msgstr "APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -1028,22 +833,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
-"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
+" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
-"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la "
-"pornire. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor "
-"în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul "
-"selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau "
-"<guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a "
-"modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul GRUB. Trebuie să fiți "
-"familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste unelte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
+" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la pornire. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul GRUB. Trebuie să fiți familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste unelte."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -1054,46 +853,35 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți "
-"să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: "
-"Mageia 4."
+msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: Mageia 4."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde "
-"comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află "
-"nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)."
+msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni "
-"aplicate nucleului la pornire."
+msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni aplicate nucleului la pornire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va porni această "
-"intrare în mod implicit."
+msgstr "Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va porni această intrare în mod implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -1101,10 +889,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege "
-"un  <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și "
-"un <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> din lista derulantă."
+msgstr "În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege un  <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și un <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> din lista derulantă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -1116,7 +901,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați autentificarea automată"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -1124,11 +910,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -1137,21 +921,14 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, "
-"fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru "
-"poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur "
-"utilizator."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur utilizator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pornire</emphasis> din "
-"centrul de control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”."
+msgstr "Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pornire</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -1161,30 +938,23 @@ msgstr "Butoanele interfeței sînt destul de evidente:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
+"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr "Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea sistemului</guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat imediat după demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz interfața grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face tastînd în linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
+" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți "
-"<guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca "
-"sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau "
-"<guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</"
-"guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați "
-"<guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</"
-"guilabel>."
+msgstr "Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți <guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau <guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați <guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -1199,42 +969,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și "
-"utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de "
-"exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul "
-"poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
+" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
+"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
+msgstr "Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare "
-"fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
+" the unneeded parts."
+msgstr "Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1411,20 +1171,12 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din "
-"rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost "
-"încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți "
-"înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe "
-"disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din "
-"fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 "
-"> journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
+" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
+"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr "La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1436,7 +1188,8 @@ msgstr "Utilitarul Mageia de raportat erori"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1444,38 +1197,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta "
-"pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate "
-"întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să "
-"lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le "
-"adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
+" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
+"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
+"report."
+msgstr "În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu "
-"acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki."
-"mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de "
-"eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”."
+"then please read <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
+"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
+"button."
+msgstr "Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1483,11 +1227,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de "
-"eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați "
-"un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit "
-"eroarea."
+msgstr "În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit eroarea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1499,7 +1239,8 @@ msgstr "Reglați data și ora"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1507,25 +1248,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în "
-"categoria sistem din centrul de control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați "
-"data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și "
-"cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și "
-"ora”."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr "Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și ora”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1536,45 +1270,30 @@ msgstr "Este un utilitar foarte simplu."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
+" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</"
-"emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) "
-"septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. "
-"Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a "
-"lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul "
-"corespunzător."
+msgstr "În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul corespunzător."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de "
-"timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin "
-"sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în "
-"rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat."
+msgstr "În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este "
-"necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, "
-"minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile "
-"săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, "
-"consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. "
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
+" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
+" your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr "În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1582,20 +1301,15 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe "
-"butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă "
-"orașul cel mai apropiat."
+msgstr "Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă orașul cel mai apropiat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
+" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, "
-"acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare."
+msgstr "Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1607,7 +1321,8 @@ msgstr "Înlăturați o conexiune"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1615,38 +1330,30 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd  <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o "
-"înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu "
-"succes."
+msgstr "Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu succes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1658,7 +1365,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1666,11 +1374,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1678,20 +1384,14 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la "
-"Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces "
-"la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de "
-"componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți."
+msgstr "Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1703,153 +1403,133 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune filară (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați "
-"una pentru a o configura."
+msgstr "Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați una pentru a o configura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală "
-"sau automată a adresei IP."
+msgstr "În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală sau automată a adresei IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "IP automat"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
+" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă "
-"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate "
-"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți "
-"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
-"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul "
-"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</"
-"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și "
-"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "Butonul avansat vă dă posibilitatea să specificați:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)"
+msgstr "Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "Clientul DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "Durată de expirare DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS"
+msgstr "Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Recuperează serverele NTPD din DHCP (sincronizarea ceasurilor)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul "
-"DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o "
-"adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP."
+msgstr "Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru "
-"toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Configurare manuală"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele "
-"DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi "
-"specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal> în mod implicit."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS "
-"sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
+msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
-"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina "
-"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash."
-"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți "
-"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele "
-"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+msgstr "În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1870,14 +1550,11 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin satelit (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă "
-"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim "
-"anticipat."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
+" can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1889,74 +1566,59 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin cablu"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Trebuie să specificați o metodă de autentificare:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Neant"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați "
-"utilizatorul și parola."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
+" and password."
+msgstr "BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați utilizatorul și parola."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă "
-"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate "
-"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți "
-"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
-"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul "
-"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</"
-"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și "
-"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
+" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS "
-"care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
-"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
-"literal> în mod implicit."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
-"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina "
-"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash."
-"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți "
-"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele "
-"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic connection would not need this setting."
+msgstr "În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1971,48 +1633,47 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin DSL"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una "
-"pentru a o configura."
+msgstr "Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una pentru a o configura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. "
-"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
-"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de "
-"furnizorul de acces."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr "Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de furnizorul de acces."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Selectați unul din protocoalele disponibile:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocol de configurare dinamică a gazdei (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Configurare TCP/IP manuală"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP peste ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP peste Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)"
@@ -2022,22 +1683,26 @@ msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Parametri de acces"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Cont de conectare (numele utilizatorului)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Parola contului"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Avansat) ID de cale virtuală (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Avansat) ID de circuit virtual (VCI)"
@@ -2057,12 +1722,14 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin ISDN"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Asistentul întreabă pe care dispozitiv să configureze:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Alegere manuală (placă internă ISDN)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Modem ISDN extern"
@@ -2072,16 +1739,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN extern"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și "
-"fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită."
+msgstr "O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocolul pentru restul lumii, exceptînd Europa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)"
@@ -2090,31 +1757,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. "
-"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit.  Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
-"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a "
-"comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+msgstr "O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit.  Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Numele conexiunii"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Număr de telefon "
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "ID de autentificare"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Metoda de autentificare"
@@ -2124,49 +1791,43 @@ msgstr "Metoda de autentificare"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat "
-"sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea."
+msgstr "După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod "
-"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
+" put:"
+msgstr "La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Nume de domeniu"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Serverul DNS primar și secundar"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această "
-"opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă."
+msgstr "Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod "
-"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți "
-"adresa IP."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
+" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
+"the IP address."
+msgstr "La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți adresa IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -2179,96 +1840,103 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare "
-"pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie "
-"configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de "
-"configurare nu au funcționat."
+msgstr "O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de configurare nu au funcționat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care "
-"placa de rețea le-a detectat."
+msgstr "La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care placa de rețea le-a detectat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Trebuiesc furnizați parametrii specifici plăcii de rețea fără fir:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Mod de operare:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Gestionat"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Pentru a accesa un punct de acces existent (cel mai frecvent)."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Pentru a configura o conexiune directă între calculatoare."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Numele rețelei (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Mod de criptare: depinde de cum a fost configurat punctul de acces."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația "
-"materială."
+msgstr "Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația materială."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Unele componente mai vechi suportă doar această metodă de criptare."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Cheia de criptare"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid ""
+"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2276,11 +1944,10 @@ msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP "
-"automată sau manuală."
+msgstr "La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP automată sau manuală."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -2290,64 +1957,49 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS "
-"sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum "
-"se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. "
-"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i "
-"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. "
-"Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea "
-"<emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. "
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS"
+msgstr "Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este "
-"comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. "
-"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i "
-"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. "
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
-"emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar "
-"adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al "
-"furnizorului de acces."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
-"emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de "
-"punct."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
+msgstr "În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de punct."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2359,31 +2011,27 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin GPRS/Edge/3G"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una "
-"pentru a o configura."
+msgstr "Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una pentru a o configura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "Codul PIN este cerut. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar codul PIN."
+msgstr "Este cerut codul PIN. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:658
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea "
-"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Furnizați parametrii de acces"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Numele punctului de acces"
@@ -2398,12 +2046,14 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin rețea comutată Bluetooth"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin Modem analogic (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Alegere manuală"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Componente detectate, dacă există."
@@ -2418,69 +2068,73 @@ msgstr "O lisă de porturi este propusă. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. "
-"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
-"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de "
-"furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+msgstr "Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Numele conexiunii</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Număr de telefon</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Identificator de conexiune</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Parolă</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Autentificare</emphasis>, alegeți dintre:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Bazat pe script"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Bazat pe terminal"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2514,9 +2168,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Activează contabilizarea traficului</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</"
-"emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2524,10 +2176,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează "
-"conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat "
-"între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului."
+msgstr "În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2559,11 +2208,10 @@ msgstr "Activează tunelul IPv6 către IPv4"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu "
-"conexiunea."
+msgstr "Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu conexiunea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2578,7 +2226,8 @@ msgstr "Deschideți o consolă ca administrator"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2586,22 +2235,17 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o "
-"consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă "
-"trebuie mai multe informații despre asta."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
+" information about that."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă trebuie mai multe informații despre asta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2613,7 +2257,8 @@ msgstr "Gestionați partițiile"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk sau diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2621,13 +2266,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
-"emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2635,26 +2277,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte "
-"puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la "
-"pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului "
-"disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. "
-"Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți "
-"să continuați."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți să continuați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să "
-"lucrați selectînd tabul corespunzător (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
+msgstr "Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2664,18 +2299,12 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de "
-"propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea "
-"partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, "
-"formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. "
-"Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane "
-"devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
+" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
+msgstr "Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2683,10 +2312,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o "
-"puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste "
-"operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați."
+msgstr "Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2700,18 +2326,15 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie "
-"să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role="
-"\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a "
-"discului."
+msgstr "Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role=\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a discului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
 msgstr "Puteți alege un punct de montare care nu există, acesta va fi creat."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2722,12 +2345,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după "
-"cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos."
+msgstr "Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2742,7 +2363,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați interfața grafică"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2750,22 +2372,17 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de "
-"ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate "
-"numai cele disponibile în sistem."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
+" on your system will be shown."
+msgstr "Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate numai cele disponibile în sistem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2773,11 +2390,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare "
-"arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. "
-"LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, KDM și GDM au mai multe "
-"funcționalități suplimentare,"
+msgstr "Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, KDM și GDM au mai multe funcționalități suplimentare,"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2789,7 +2402,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați parafocul personal"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2797,11 +2411,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2810,29 +2422,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"„Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al "
-"„Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al „Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
+" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind "
-"din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de "
-"deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune "
-"venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță "
-"- <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care "
-"doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți "
-"nevoie."
+msgstr "Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță - <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți nevoie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2841,11 +2442,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți "
-"clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. "
-"În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare "
-"urmînd aceste exemple:"
+msgstr "Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare urmînd aceste exemple:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2855,9 +2452,7 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : deschide portul 80 pentru protocolul tcp"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-"24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru "
-"protocolul udp"
+msgstr "24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru protocolul udp"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
@@ -2869,12 +2464,10 @@ msgstr "Porturile listate trebuiesc separate cu un spațiu."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în "
-"jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate "
-"în jurnalele sistemului."
+msgstr "Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate în jurnalele sistemului."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2885,10 +2478,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare "
-"de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este "
-"chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet."
+msgstr "Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2898,33 +2488,24 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această "
-"funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune "
-"dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul "
-"interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă "
-"sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe "
-"calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-"
-"ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două "
-"astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat "
-"de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
+" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
+"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr "Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul "
-"miniaplicației de rețea."
+msgstr "Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul miniaplicației de rețea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2933,34 +2514,29 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la "
-"Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare "
-"vor fi descărcate."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
+" packages are downloaded."
+msgstr "În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare vor fi descărcate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, "
-"pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”."
+msgstr "Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr ""
-"Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)"
+msgstr "Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:6
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2968,11 +2544,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2981,11 +2555,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
-"Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. "
-"Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:"
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -3005,17 +2575,14 @@ msgstr "Butoane explicate mai jos."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să "
-"aveți instalat Microsoft Windows."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
+" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr "Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să aveți instalat Microsoft Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -3025,11 +2592,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opțiuni:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în "
-"general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
+" to use the fonts."
+msgstr "Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -3042,10 +2607,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel "
-"ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea "
-"consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează."
+msgstr "Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -3057,27 +2619,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele "
-"suportate sînt:  ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți "
-"selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în "
-"directorul /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr "Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele suportate sînt:  ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în directorul /usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal "
-"din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările."
+msgstr "Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -3089,7 +2642,8 @@ msgstr "Control parental"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -3097,24 +2651,18 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"<guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să "
-"instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -3127,42 +2675,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe "
-"calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. "
-"Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:"
+msgstr "Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele "
-"definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall "
-"instalat în Mageia."
+msgstr "Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall instalat în Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, "
-"astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
+" only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr "Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în "
-"lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. "
-"Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul "
-"aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
+msgstr "Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -3176,31 +2712,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă "
-"va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. "
-"ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o "
-"funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului "
-"individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat "
-"direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o "
-"poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, "
-"Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera "
-"să reporniți calculatorul."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
+" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
+"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
+" will then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr "Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera să reporniți calculatorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, "
-"controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe "
-"blocate</guilabel> este posibil."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
+" is opened."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe blocate</guilabel> este posibil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -3208,11 +2732,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, "
-"toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În "
-"caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din "
-"lista neagră."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din lista neagră."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -3224,15 +2744,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în "
-"partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care "
-"le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul "
-"restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un "
-"utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> "
-"pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un "
-"utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> "
-"pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. "
+msgstr "<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -3241,11 +2753,7 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul "
-"la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</"
-"guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în "
-"totalitate în afara acestor ore."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în totalitate în afara acestor ore."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -3257,9 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea listei albe/negre"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe "
-"butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -3269,22 +2775,17 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea programelor blocate"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
+" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul "
-"restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea "
-"către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați "
-"în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -3296,7 +2797,8 @@ msgstr "Partajați conexiunea la Internet cu alte mașini din rețeaua locală"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -3306,7 +2808,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Principii"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -3321,23 +2824,14 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util "
-"cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai "
-"este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca "
-"pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) "
-"și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să "
-"aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, "
-"conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este "
-"configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr "Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -3347,29 +2841,23 @@ msgstr "Asistent pasarelă"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive "
-"care sînt afișate mai jos:"
+msgstr "Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive care sînt afișate mai jos:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să "
-"opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale."
+msgstr "Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -3377,30 +2865,22 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul "
-"sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați "
-"dacă cea propusă este corectă."
+msgstr "Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați dacă cea propusă este corectă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul "
-"propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
+" one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr "Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca "
-"de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt "
-"compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
+" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
+" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr "Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -3408,21 +2888,15 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, "
-"asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar "
-"va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS."
+msgstr "Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă "
-"da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se "
-"oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
+" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr "Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -3431,21 +2905,14 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, "
-"asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-"
-"l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele "
-"proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului "
-"(100 Mo)."
+msgstr "Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului (100 Mo)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la "
-"imprimante pentru a le partaja."
+msgstr "Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la imprimante pentru a le partaja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
@@ -3464,13 +2931,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua "
-"trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la "
-"DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă "
-"este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
+" using."
+msgstr "Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -3478,10 +2941,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să "
-"specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de "
-"pasarelă."
+msgstr "Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de pasarelă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -3492,11 +2952,9 @@ msgstr "Opriți partajarea conexiunii"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de "
-"pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să "
-"reconfigurați conexiunea."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
+msgstr "Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să reconfigurați conexiunea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -3508,7 +2966,8 @@ msgstr "Definiții de gazde"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -3516,11 +2975,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3529,11 +2986,7 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această "
-"unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un "
-"nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc "
-"de adresa IP."
+msgstr "Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc de adresa IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -3546,10 +2999,7 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în "
-"care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care "
-"poate fi utilizat ca un nume."
+msgstr "Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care poate fi utilizat ca un nume."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3561,9 +3011,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificați</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține "
-"aceeași fereastră."
+msgstr "Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține aceeași fereastră."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3575,7 +3023,8 @@ msgstr "Configurare avansată pentru interfețele de rețea și parafoc"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3585,22 +3034,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă "
-"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
-"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim "
-"anticipat."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3612,7 +3056,8 @@ msgstr "Centrul de rețea și Internet"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3620,11 +3065,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3632,47 +3075,40 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"„Centrul de rețea”."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Centrul de rețea”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate "
-"rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, "
-"fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei "
-"sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați "
-"rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă "
-"nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți "
-"<guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</"
-"guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
+" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
+"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
+"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
+"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți <guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3682,56 +3118,36 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, "
-"prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una "
-"deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a "
-"doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le "
-"recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
-"id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul "
-"culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este "
-"conectată."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
+" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
+" connected."
+msgstr "În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este conectată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele "
-"detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea "
-"semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și "
-"<guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi "
-"pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> "
-"sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la "
-"alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra "
-"parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri "
-"suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
+msgstr "În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și <guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza "
-"ecranul."
+msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza ecranul."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3741,7 +3157,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Butonul de supraveghere"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3751,13 +3168,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către "
-"calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest "
-"ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet "
-"din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
+" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr "Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3765,19 +3178,14 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este "
-"rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una "
-"care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii."
+msgstr "Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</"
-"guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr "La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3789,7 +3197,8 @@ msgstr "Butonul de configurare"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Pentru o rețea filară</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3799,13 +3208,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării "
-"rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare "
-"automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar "
-"dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. "
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
+" configuration may give better results."
+msgstr "Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3814,11 +3219,7 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu "
-"192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar "
-"<guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt "
-"disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
+msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu 192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar <guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3827,28 +3228,22 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, "
-"aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau "
-"lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” "
-"detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă "
-"reconectați la rețea."
+msgstr "Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă reconectați la rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de "
-"rețea:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Butonul avansat:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3861,10 +3256,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Pentru o rețea fără fir</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-"Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate."
+msgstr "Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3882,19 +3277,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un "
-"punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</"
-"emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la "
-"punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de "
-"rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie "
-"să suporte acest mod."
+msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie să suporte acest mod."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
@@ -3904,15 +3292,11 @@ msgstr "Trebuie să cunoașteți acești parametri dacă este o rețea privată.
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
+" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA "
-"care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</"
-"guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA "
-"Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private."
+msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -3924,11 +3308,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis>:"
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să "
-"schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea."
+msgstr "Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3938,7 +3321,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Butonul de configurări avansate"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3953,7 +3337,8 @@ msgstr "Gestionați profilele de rețea"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3961,11 +3346,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3977,7 +3360,8 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare via NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3990,24 +3374,21 @@ msgstr "Cerințe preliminare"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru "
-"prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
+" first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr "Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid ""
+"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Trebuie instalat pachetul nfs-utils. Doriți să-l instalați?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -4027,10 +3408,7 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă "
-"lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o "
-"unealtă de configurare."
+msgstr "Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o unealtă de configurare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -4043,12 +3421,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr ""
-"Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi "
-"lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori "
-"sînt disponibili."
+msgstr "Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori sînt disponibili."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -4064,10 +3440,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul "
-"<guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere "
-"pentru a-l alege."
+msgstr "Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul <guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere pentru a-l alege."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -4079,9 +3452,7 @@ msgstr "Acces client"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul "
-"partajat."
+msgstr "Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul partajat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -4093,17 +3464,12 @@ msgstr "Clienții NFS pot fi specificați în mai multe feluri:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele "
-"abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet "
-"calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP"
+msgstr "<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi "
-"specificate cu @group."
+msgstr "<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi specificate cu @group."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
@@ -4111,10 +3477,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține "
-"metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu  corespunde cu toate "
-"gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu"
+msgstr "<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu  corespunde cu toate gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -4122,10 +3485,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan "
-"directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul "
-"adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24"
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -4137,47 +3497,32 @@ msgstr "Asociere ID utilizator"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază "
-"cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul "
-"root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe "
-"server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
+" the server itself."
+msgstr "<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu "
-"se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este "
-"folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc "
-"local."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
+" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc local."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă "
-"toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a "
-"exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea "
-"inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod "
-"implicit."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
+" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
+" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr "<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>:  "
-"aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus."
+msgstr "<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>:  aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -4188,12 +3533,9 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni avansate"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca "
-"cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
+" is on by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -4202,11 +3544,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai "
-"în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate "
-"cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut "
-"explicit cu această opțiune."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut explicit cu această opțiune."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -4214,10 +3552,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze "
-"protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de "
-"aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -4225,11 +3560,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea "
-"subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar "
-"poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai "
-"multe detalii."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai multe detalii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -4241,7 +3572,8 @@ msgstr "Intrări de meniu"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Pînă acum lista are cel puțin o intrare."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -4275,9 +3607,9 @@ msgstr "Reîncărcare server NFS"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
+msgstr "Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -4289,7 +3621,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -4297,44 +3630,30 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
+" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți "
-"utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l "
-"configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De "
-"asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi "
-"accesate fără proxy."
+msgstr "Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi accesate fără proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
+" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele "
-"de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o "
-"aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la "
-"clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un "
-"server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de "
-"Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy "
-"analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea."
+msgstr "Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -4346,7 +3665,8 @@ msgstr "Configurează mediile"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -4354,16 +3674,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor "
-"aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru "
-"înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru "
-"instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul "
-"„Adaugă” de mai jos)"
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
+" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
+" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
+" below)."
+msgstr "Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul „Adaugă” de mai jos)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -4373,7 +3688,7 @@ msgid ""
 "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
 "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
 "media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
@@ -4383,21 +3698,14 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți "
-"(numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt "
-"independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. "
-"Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se "
-"găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64."
+msgstr "Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți (numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -4405,10 +3713,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare "
-"aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de "
-"Control Mageia."
+msgstr "Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -4425,10 +3730,7 @@ msgstr "Coloana „Activează”:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent "
-"cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul "
-"inutilizabil."
+msgstr "Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul inutilizabil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -4442,13 +3744,7 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este "
-"obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume "
-"trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate "
-"fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o "
-"consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --"
-"expert</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -4460,36 +3756,28 @@ msgstr "Coloana „Mediu”:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile "
-"finale conțin cel puțin:"
+msgstr "Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile finale conțin cel puțin:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor "
-"disponibile și suportate de Mageia."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor disponibile și suportate de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care "
-"nu sînt libere."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care nu sînt libere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot "
-"fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -4501,9 +3789,7 @@ msgstr "Fiecare mediu are 4 secțiuni:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost "
-"în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -4511,32 +3797,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de "
-"la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. "
-"Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la "
-"Internet foarte lentă."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la Internet foarte lentă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu "
-"versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de "
-"dezvoltare)."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de dezvoltare)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
+" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar "
-"pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa "
-"de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -4554,11 +3830,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este "
-"recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de "
-"exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul "
-"Core al versiunii."
+msgstr "Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul Core al versiunii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -4570,9 +3842,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editează:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și "
-"proxy)."
+msgstr "Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -4585,17 +3855,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
+" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin "
-"numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se "
-"va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă "
-"asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de "
-"dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o "
-"alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a "
-"meniului „Fișier”."
+msgstr "Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a meniului „Fișier”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -4606,14 +3869,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Săgețile sus și jos:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în "
-"ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de "
-"versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați "
-"depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
+" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
+"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr "Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -4628,12 +3887,9 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Actualizează:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți "
-"să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</"
-"guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
+" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -4644,24 +3900,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii:</guimenu
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
+" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre "
-"exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci "
-"puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți "
-"clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți "
-"clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, "
-"optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, "
-"alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați "
-"contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această "
-"fereastră:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această fereastră:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -4672,11 +3920,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau "
-"una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile "
-"disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -4688,11 +3932,10 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă un mediu personalizat:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) "
-"care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:"
+msgstr "Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -4703,10 +3946,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți "
-"un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau "
-"calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -4716,15 +3956,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Opțiuni globale:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de "
-"instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau "
-"aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre "
-"pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)."
+msgstr "Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -4734,25 +3970,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Gestionați cheile:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale "
-"pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a "
-"accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și "
-"apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie "
-"nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</"
-"guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
+" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
+"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr "Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de "
-"securitate"
+msgstr "Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de securitate"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
@@ -4763,21 +3991,18 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, "
-"îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</"
-"guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de "
-"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
+" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
+"page</link>."
+msgstr "Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">pagina pe Mageia Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:10
@@ -4789,7 +4014,8 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare cu Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4802,12 +4028,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a "
-"partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă "
-"vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul "
-"SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele "
-"cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba."
+msgstr "Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4823,13 +4044,7 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să "
-"aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de "
-"exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care "
-"identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. "
-"Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul "
-"Samba."
+msgstr "Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4839,25 +4054,20 @@ msgstr "Asistent - Server autonom"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
+" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor "
-"dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea "
-"serverului Samba."
+msgstr "La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea serverului Samba."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4867,11 +4077,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr ""
-"În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja "
-"selectată."
+msgstr "În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja selectată."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4879,22 +4088,19 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel "
-"utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
+" access to the shared resources."
+msgstr "Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
 "the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în "
-"rețea."
+msgstr "Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în rețea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4909,29 +4115,24 @@ msgstr "Alegeți modul de securitate:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa "
-"resursa"
+msgstr "<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa resursa"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare "
-"partaj"
+msgstr "<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare partaj"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți specifica gazdele autorizare să acceseze resursele, prin adresa IP "
-"sau numele de gazdă."
+msgstr "Puteți specifica gazdele autorizare să acceseze resursele, prin adresa IP sau numele de gazdă."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4941,11 +4142,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi "
-"descris pe stațiile Windows."
+msgstr "Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi descris pe stațiile Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4954,11 +4154,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
 msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi "
-"specificat la etapa următoare."
+msgstr "Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi specificat la etapa următoare."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4967,14 +4166,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Asistentul va afișa o listă cu oarametrii aleși înainte să acceptați "
-"cofigurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/smb."
-"conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr "Asistentul va afișa o listă cu oarametrii aleși înainte să acceptați cofigurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4984,7 +4181,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Asistent - Controlor de domeniu principal"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4997,12 +4195,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea "
-"„Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă "
-"trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori "
-"sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege "
-"și un mod de securitate:"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea „Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege și un mod de securitate:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -5010,11 +4203,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor "
-"utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și "
-"partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere "
-"(de securitate)."
+msgstr "<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere (de securitate)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -5026,7 +4215,8 @@ msgstr "Declarați un director pentru partajat"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Cu butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> obținem:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -5034,17 +4224,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul "
-"butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile precum dacă un director "
-"să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil pot fi editate. În "
-"schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
+" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
+msgstr "O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile precum dacă un director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil pot fi editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -5052,8 +4239,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:203
 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate."
+msgstr "Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
@@ -5090,7 +4276,8 @@ msgstr "Partajare imprimante"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba vă permite să partajați și imprimantele."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -5108,7 +4295,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Utilizatori Samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -5119,11 +4307,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze "
-"resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga "
-"utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type="
-"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -5135,7 +4319,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați autentificarea pentru uneltele Mageia"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
 msgid "draksec.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
@@ -5143,30 +4328,23 @@ msgstr "draksec.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de "
-"Control Mageia."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a "
-"efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator."
+msgstr "Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:23
@@ -5174,10 +4352,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
 "drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate "
-"în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru "
-"fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă vă oferă posibilitatea să alegeți între:"
+msgstr "Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă vă oferă posibilitatea să alegeți între:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:29
@@ -5187,26 +4362,19 @@ msgstr "Fără parolă: unealta este lansată fără să se ceară nicio parolă
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:34
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea "
-"uneltei."
+msgstr "Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea uneltei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:39
 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Parolă administrator: parola contului root este cerută înainte de lansarea "
-"uneltei."
+msgstr "Parolă administrator: parola contului root este cerută înainte de lansarea uneltei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
 "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Valorile implicite depind de nivelul de securitate ales. A se vedea în "
-"aceeași secțiune CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, "
-"permisiuni și audit”."
+msgstr "Valorile implicite depind de nivelul de securitate ales. A se vedea în aceeași secțiune CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -5218,7 +4386,8 @@ msgstr "Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -5226,22 +4395,17 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în "
-"secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
+"tools</guilabel> section."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -5249,66 +4413,44 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj "
-"pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</"
-"guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare "
-"vor fi instalate."
+msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare vor fi instalate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</"
-"guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați "
-"<guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg "
-"sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
+"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
+"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați <guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți "
-"<guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați "
-"butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> "
-"împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau "
-"exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane "
-"de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura "
-"subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe "
-"<guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
+" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
+"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
+" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
+"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
+"are done."
+msgstr "Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role=\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți "
-"butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. "
-"Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis "
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
+" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu "
-"(punct de restaurare)."
+msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu (punct de restaurare)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksound.xml:3
@@ -5320,7 +4462,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați sunetul"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -5328,21 +4471,16 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia.¶"
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -5350,20 +4488,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, "
-"opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți "
-"probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet."
+msgstr "Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
-"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți "
-"un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în "
-"calculator."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
+" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
+msgstr "Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în calculator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -5371,68 +4504,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr ""
-"De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA API. "
-"OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd este "
-"posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite."
+msgstr "De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA API. OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd este posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta "
-"recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de "
-"preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. "
-"Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</"
-"guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
+" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
+"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
+"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați "
-"activat."
+msgstr "PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați activat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. "
-"Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu trei "
-"butoane:"
+msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau trei butoane:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:53
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
 "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
 "for your device."
-msgstr ""
-"Primul buton oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ceea ce "
-"faceți."
+msgstr "Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot pentru acest dispozitiv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
@@ -5440,10 +4556,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea "
-"problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa "
-"înainte de a cere ajutor comunității."
+msgstr "Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa înainte de a cere ajutor comunității."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -5455,7 +4568,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați un UPS pentru supravegherea alimentării"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -5463,11 +4577,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -5479,7 +4591,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați conexiunea VPN pentru acces securizat la rețea"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -5487,11 +4600,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -5502,13 +4613,7 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
-"configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între "
-"calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea "
-"de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja "
-"operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, "
-"ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -5520,9 +4625,7 @@ msgstr "Configuration"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de "
-"protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată."
+msgstr "Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -5539,7 +4642,8 @@ msgstr "În ecranul următor, furnizați detaliile conexiunii VPN."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Pentru VPN Cisco"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -5549,11 +4653,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta "
-"este utilizată pentru prima dată."
+msgstr "Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta este utilizată pentru prima dată."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -5563,16 +4666,15 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-"
-"ați primit de la administratorul de rețea."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-ați primit de la administratorul de rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Parametri avansați:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -5587,19 +4689,15 @@ msgstr "În ecranul următor se va cere adresa IP a pasarelei."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN."
+msgstr "Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o "
-"conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să "
-"se conecteze mereu la acest VPN."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
+" to this VPN."
+msgstr "Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să se conecteze mereu la acest VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -5611,7 +4709,8 @@ msgstr "Configurare server web"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -5619,116 +4718,119 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "web server."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server web."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
 msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ce este un server web?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
 "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
 msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurarea unui server web cu drakwizard apache2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului web."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentu lucruri neplăcute."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
 msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modulul utilizator al serverului"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
 msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Autorizează utilizatorii să-și creeze propriile situri web."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
 msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nemele directorului web al utilizatorului"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
 "display it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul îl va afișa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
 msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Directorul implicit al serverului web"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale serverului web."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
@@ -5737,18 +4839,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Rezumat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+"Take a second to check these options, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
@@ -5756,16 +4860,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Finalizare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
 msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
@@ -5777,7 +4882,8 @@ msgstr "Configurare DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -5785,11 +4891,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -5801,7 +4905,8 @@ msgstr "Configurare DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -5811,29 +4916,27 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgid ""
 "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
 "interfaces"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire pentru interfețele de rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
+" be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
 msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ce este DHCP?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
@@ -5842,50 +4945,53 @@ msgid ""
 "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
 "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
 "communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurarea unui server DHCP cu drakwizard dhcp"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului DHCP."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selectarea interfeței de rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
 msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selectați plaja de adrese IP"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
@@ -5894,131 +5000,145 @@ msgid ""
 "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
 "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
 msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stați puțin..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
 "change things around."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
 msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cîteva ore mai tîrziu..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
 msgid "What is done"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ce s-a făcut"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalarea pachetului dhcp-server dacă este necesar;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
 msgid ""
 "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
+"adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr "Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "net"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ip"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
+"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+msgstr "De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se repornește <code>dhcpd</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
@@ -6030,7 +5150,8 @@ msgstr "Configurare dată și oră"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -6038,29 +5159,23 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
+" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să "
-"sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în "
-"mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și "
-"drakwizard-base."
+msgstr "Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
 msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurați un server NTP cu drakwizard ntp"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
@@ -6068,28 +5183,28 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere "
-"să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două "
-"ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către "
-"serverele de timp disponibile."
+msgstr "După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către serverele de timp disponibile."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -6097,14 +5212,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
+" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -6112,54 +5228,52 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide "
-"unealta."
+msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide unealta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
 msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această unealtă efectuează următoarele etape:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
 msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalarea pachetului <code>ntp</code> dacă este necesar"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr "Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> în <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
 "servers;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista serverelor;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
 "name;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui primului server;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
+"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
+msgstr "Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și <code>ntpd</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
 msgid ""
 "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reglarea ceasului intern pe ora curentă a sistemului cu referința UTC"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
@@ -6171,7 +5285,8 @@ msgstr "Configurare FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -6179,23 +5294,21 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
 msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ce este <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
@@ -6203,78 +5316,84 @@ msgid ""
 "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
 "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
 "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
 msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurarea unui server FTP cu drakwizard proftpd"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul FTP."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentu lucruri neplăcute."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr "Informații despre server"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
 "complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
 msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opțiuni server"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
+" (File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr "Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
@@ -6286,7 +5405,8 @@ msgstr "Configurare proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -6294,11 +5414,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -6306,12 +5424,12 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
 "before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
 msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ce este un server proxy?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
@@ -6322,206 +5440,224 @@ msgid ""
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
 msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurarea unui server proxy cu drakwizard squid"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul de server proxy."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selectare port proxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Definiți nivelul de utilizare al memoriei și al spațiului pe disc"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
 msgid ""
 "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selectați controlul accesului la rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgid ""
+"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilizați serverul proxy de nivel superior?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cascadați prin alt server proxy? Dacă nu, omiteți această etapă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adresa URL și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
 msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lansare la demarare?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
 msgid ""
 "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demarare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
 msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalarea pachetului squid dacă este necesar;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr "Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr "Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la <code>squid.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "cache_mem"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de nivel"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
 msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se repornește <code>squid</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
@@ -6533,7 +5669,8 @@ msgstr "Configurare demon OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -6541,170 +5678,178 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
 msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ce este <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
+" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă, executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurarea unui serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym> cu drakwizard sshd"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
 msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul Open SSH."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selectați tipul opțiunilor de configurare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
+"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau <guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Opțiuni generale"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
 "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Metode de autentificare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
 "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
 msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Autentificare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
 msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
 msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare utilizator"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Compresie și redirecționare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:3
@@ -6716,7 +5861,8 @@ msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistemului prin activarea și dezactivarea lor"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -6724,11 +5870,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -6740,7 +5884,8 @@ msgstr "Configurație materială"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -6748,11 +5893,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -6762,13 +5905,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere "
-"de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, "
-"unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor "
-"materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face "
-"referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul  <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code>."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul  <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -6786,11 +5923,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele "
-"sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe &gt; pentru a desfășura "
-"conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această "
-"coloană."
+msgstr "Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe &gt; pentru a desfășura conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această coloană."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -6798,19 +5931,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. "
-"<guimenu>Ajutor -&gt; Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite "
-"informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor."
+msgstr "Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. <guimenu>Ajutor -&gt; Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt "
-"disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
+" available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr "În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -6818,29 +5946,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite "
-"parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat "
-"numai de experți."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat numai de experți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta "
-"care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată "
-"direct din CCM."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată direct din CCM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe "
-"pentru a activa detectarea automată:"
+msgstr "Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe pentru a activa detectarea automată:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -6863,10 +5983,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. "
-"Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va "
-"funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte."
+msgstr "Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -6878,7 +5995,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați dispunerea tastaturii"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6886,11 +6004,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6900,12 +6016,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută "
-"să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în "
-"Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din "
-"sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”."
+msgstr "Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6915,13 +6026,10 @@ msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. "
-"Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia "
-"pentru care tastatura corespunde."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
+" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
+"each layout should be used for."
+msgstr "Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia pentru care tastatura corespunde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6933,9 +6041,7 @@ msgstr "Tipul tastaturii"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. "
-"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit."
+msgstr "Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6947,7 +6053,8 @@ msgstr "Gestionați localizarea sistemului"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6955,11 +6062,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6969,20 +6074,14 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"„Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă "
-"puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea "
-"compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)."
+msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6990,10 +6089,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. "
-"Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările "
-"nelistate."
+msgstr "A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările nelistate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -7012,18 +6108,14 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de "
-"intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit "
-"utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, "
-"coreene, etc.)."
+msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, coreene, etc.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda implicită de intrare, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -7031,7 +6123,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -7043,7 +6135,8 @@ msgstr "Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -7051,22 +6144,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
-"<guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -7076,27 +6164,27 @@ msgstr "Pentru a efectua o căutare în jurnale"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
+"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
+" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr "Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care <emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de alta a lunii și anului și bifați \"<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua selectată</guibutton>\". La final, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>caută</guibutton> pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvează</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
+" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
+"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control Mageia. Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație este modificată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -7109,17 +6197,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la adresele configurate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+msgstr "Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul <guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt afișate toate serviciile în curs de execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -7166,7 +6254,8 @@ msgstr "Serviciul xinetd"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "Rezolvator de nume de domeniu BIND"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -7175,11 +6264,11 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
+" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -7187,7 +6276,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de mesagerie</guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -7202,27 +6291,25 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
+"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -7237,11 +6324,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -7249,17 +6334,18 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe informații dacă este utilizată cu contul root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
+" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator (USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -7268,19 +6354,19 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al fabricantului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
 msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Informații despre placa grafică:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
@@ -7307,11 +6393,10 @@ msgstr "-i pentru a ignora sensibilitatea la majuscule."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake "
-"și opțiunea -i pentru grep."
+msgstr "În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake și opțiunea -i pentru grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -7321,7 +6406,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele materiale, se numește <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -7333,7 +6418,8 @@ msgstr "Actualizare pachete"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate sau drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -7341,24 +6427,18 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -7366,29 +6446,27 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate "
-"cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz "
-"contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți."
+msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
+" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în depozite. Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare și instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru a lansa procesul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
+" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula textul."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -7397,16 +6475,17 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr "Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Pornire"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -7416,7 +6495,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura etapele de demarare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -7443,7 +6522,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Componente materiale"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -7453,23 +6533,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Gestionați componentele materiale"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați "
-"componentele materiale</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați componentele materiale</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -7479,16 +6559,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Configurare sistem grafic"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -7498,12 +6578,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Configurare maus și tastatură"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -7513,16 +6595,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Configurare imprimantă și scaner"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați "
-"imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
+" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -7532,7 +6614,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Altele"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -7549,41 +6632,43 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
+"tools."
+msgstr "Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor uneltei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Discuri locale"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -7593,7 +6678,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -7615,7 +6700,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Servicii de rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -7623,11 +6709,11 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
+" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe  <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -7659,7 +6745,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Partajare în rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -7669,36 +6756,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Configurare partaje Windows(R)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Configurare partaje NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -7708,7 +6799,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Configurare partaje WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -7718,7 +6810,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Rețea și Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -7726,26 +6819,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
+" below to learn more."
+msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Gestionați interfețele de rețea"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -7755,27 +6851,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personalizați și securizați rețeaua"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -7785,7 +6886,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Securitate"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -7795,14 +6897,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -7829,7 +6931,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Partajare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -7838,10 +6941,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
+" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -7858,7 +6961,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Sistem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -7868,24 +6972,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistem"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7895,12 +7002,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Localizare"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7910,31 +7019,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Unelte de administrare"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din "
-"sistem</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7948,35 +7060,25 @@ msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența "
-"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
-"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
-"\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la "
-"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</"
-"link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7988,7 +7090,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați frecvența actualizărilor"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7996,35 +7099,28 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta "
-"pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din "
-"zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</"
-"guimenu>."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
+msgstr "Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după demarare. Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă versiune de Mageia este disponibilă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -8036,7 +7132,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați dispozitivele de indicare (maus, tușieră tactilă)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -8044,28 +7141,23 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din "
-"Centrul de Control Mageia."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
+" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr "Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt maus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -8074,7 +7166,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor „Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus recent. Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -8086,7 +7178,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Securitate și audit de sistem"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -8094,47 +7187,45 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
+" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este o interfață grafică pentru MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două maniere:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului pentru a-l face mai securizat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
+" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
+" own customised security levels."
+msgstr "MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
 msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vedere de ansamblu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:47
@@ -8146,54 +7237,59 @@ msgstr "A se vedea în imaginea de mai sus"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați sistemul"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Securitate, adică MSEC însuși în plus de cîteva informații:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "activat sau nu"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "nivelul de securitate de bază actual"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
 msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Secțiunea parametrilor de securitate"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
+"below."
+msgstr "Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> din Securitate vă conduce la același ecran ca cel de mai jos."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -8201,7 +7297,7 @@ msgstr "msecgui2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:100
 msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Secțiunea securitate de bază"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:103
@@ -8211,22 +7307,22 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Nivele de securitate:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
+" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
+" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>, această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată, nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
+" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
+" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
+" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți, deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -8237,27 +7333,27 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor normali. Impune cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
+" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
+" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
+" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus, accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
+"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
+msgstr "În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor sarcini, precum nivele  <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea sistemului în funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -8265,25 +7361,25 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ultimele două intitulate <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> nu sînt nivele de securitate propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare numai pentru verificările periodice."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
+"These levels are saved in "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
+"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
+" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
+msgstr "Aceste nivele sînt salvate în <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de un sistem personalizat sau mult mai securizat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rețineți să parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de configurațiile nivelelor implicite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -8293,23 +7389,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alerte de securitate:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
+"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
+"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
+" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
+" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail la:</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise prin e-mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul învecinat. Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail completă (e-mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în consecință). Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul personal. Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
+" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de securitate. Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic fișierele jurnal disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -8320,27 +7416,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opțiuni de securitate:</emphasis>"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
+" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
+"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
+"to the options."
+msgstr "Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația MSEC curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Acest fișier conține numele nivelului de securitate și lista tuturor modificărilor făcute opțiunilor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
 msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Secțiunea securității sistemului"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
+" column."
+msgstr "În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana din stînga, o descriere în centrul coloanei și valorile lor actuale în coloana din dreapta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -8353,9 +7450,10 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și o fereastră nouă va apărea (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Este afișat numele opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valorile actuale și cele implicite și o listă derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -8367,9 +7465,10 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -8383,9 +7482,10 @@ msgstr "Securitate rețea"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca și secțiunea precedentă."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -8393,14 +7493,14 @@ msgstr "msecgui4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:251
 msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Secțiunea verificărilor periodice"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:253
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care MSEC le consideră periculoase."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -8408,9 +7508,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul precedent."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -8418,19 +7519,20 @@ msgstr "msecgui5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:270
 msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Categoria excepțiilor"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
+" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
+" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În acest caz alertele sînt inutile și o pierdere de timp pentru administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru excepții."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -8438,10 +7540,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
+"button"
+msgstr "Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -8450,11 +7554,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
+"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
+"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
+"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr "Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți <guilabel>Excepția</guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei excepții nu este definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul <guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel> sau o puteți modifica printr-un dublu clic."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -8466,7 +7571,7 @@ msgstr "Permisiuni"
 msgid ""
 "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
 "enforcement."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor fișierelor și directoarelor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
@@ -8478,12 +7583,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
+"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
+msgstr "Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC (standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>perm.&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de o configurație personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să utilizați această secțiune pentru a modifica orice permisiune după plac. Configurația curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Acest fișier conține lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra permisiunilor. "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -8492,18 +7598,18 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
+" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
+" given rule:"
+msgstr "Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
+" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -8511,24 +7617,25 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr "Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie configurată corespunzător."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
+"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr "Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai jos. Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul <guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” înseamnă fără nicio modificare."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -8540,26 +7647,26 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
+"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
+"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
+" that will be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr "Modificările din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis> (sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să fie luate în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o consolă cu drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p” pentru a vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -8570,7 +7677,7 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o vreme, în funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -8581,9 +7688,9 @@ msgstr "Alte unelte Mageia"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
+" next pages."
+msgstr "Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe, sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -8620,7 +7727,8 @@ msgstr "Gestionare aplicații (instalați și dezinstalați aplicații)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -8633,11 +7741,9 @@ msgstr "Introducere la rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -8651,47 +7757,49 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
+" included in the packages."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, cunoscută și ca drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul vostru. Un sistem de filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: puteți afișa numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în pachete."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
+"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
+" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
 "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această fereastră pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă mesajul de mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită prea strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
 "packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Părțile principale ale ecranului"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -8707,27 +7815,25 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
+" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr "Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
+" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
+" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr "Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
+msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -8735,7 +7841,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și neinstalate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -8748,7 +7854,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în pachete."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -8761,7 +7867,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu, pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți 'mplayer | xine'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -8773,7 +7879,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge tot:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie introduse în căsuța „Caută”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -8783,9 +7889,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listă categorii:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
+" sub categories."
+msgstr "Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii și subcategorii clar definite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -8796,10 +7902,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panou descriere:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
+" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acest panou afișează numele pachetului, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. Multe informații folositoare despre pachetul selecționat. Aici se mai pat afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul pachetului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -8814,66 +7920,78 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după nume/sumar/descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund criteriilor căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu indicatoarele corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui pachetului și apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Pictogramă"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Legendă"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Acest pachet este deja instalat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Acest pachet va fi instalat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Acest pachet nu poate fi modificat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Acest pachet este o actualizare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Acest pachet va fi dezinstalat"
@@ -8894,7 +8012,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -8902,14 +8020,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, a i-se vedea starea), o pictogramă portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi instalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Dependențele"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8917,15 +8036,15 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
+" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
+" install."
+msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz, rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă permițîndu-vă să alegeți să acceptați dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai multe informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca biblioteca necesară să fie furnizată mai multe pachete, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează lista cu alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații suplimentare și un altul pentru a alege pe care din pachete să instaleze. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -8947,9 +8066,7 @@ msgstr "Instalare"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8958,34 +8075,35 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să accesați scanere distante."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul mesaj:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis>\"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele SANE</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
 msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis>Doriți să instalați pachetele SANE?\"</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala <code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja instalate."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8996,15 +8114,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr "În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea <emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți citi mai multe în <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -9013,16 +8131,17 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați <emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
+" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -9030,63 +8149,59 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul este suportat și cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Alegeți portul"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
+" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr "Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi disponibile</emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel caz, selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr "Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -9096,7 +8211,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Partajare scaner"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -9104,11 +8220,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
+" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebui să fie accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici puteți decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie accesibile pentru acest calculator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -9116,16 +8232,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele locale, de pe acest calculator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner distant."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -9135,7 +8252,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: puteți adăuga gazda."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -9145,11 +8263,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, "
-"sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante."
+msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -9159,7 +8276,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "„Toate mașinile distante” sînt lăsate să acceseze scanerul local."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -9169,7 +8287,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se oferă să o facă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -9191,16 +8309,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta "
-"directiva „net”"
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta directiva „net”"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr "De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demarare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -9217,9 +8333,9 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -9229,14 +8345,14 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
+"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
+"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
+"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
+"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr "Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Este posibil ca pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un avertisment de conflict cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii au raportat că acest avertisment poate fi ignorat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -9249,7 +8365,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai multe etapa suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -9259,36 +8375,37 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe o instalare de Windows sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau al fabricantului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, acest lucru poate dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un minut. Așa că aveți răbdare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați <emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/\"numele_interfeței_SANE\".conf</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Gestionare aplicații"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -9296,9 +8413,9 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
+" Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe o legătură de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -9308,11 +8425,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -9324,9 +8439,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile "
-"sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -9338,7 +8451,8 @@ msgstr "Instalați și configurați o imprimantă"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -9352,32 +8466,30 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune de propria sa <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfață de configurare</link> care este accesibilă cu ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune propria sa unealtă pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată system-config-printer și care este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare, deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurare imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -9399,9 +8511,7 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi "
-"instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe."
+msgstr "Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -9411,7 +8521,7 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată la un port paralel. În cazul în care o imprimantă este detectată, precum o imprimantă pe port USB, va fi afișată pe prima linie. Fereastra va încerca să configureze și o imprimată în rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -9422,19 +8532,20 @@ msgstr "Imprimantă detectată automat"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
+" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr "Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă există mai mulți piloți sau niciunul, o fereastră vă va cere să selecționați sau să furnizați unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. Continuați cu <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Imprimantă nedetectată automat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -9442,10 +8553,10 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
+" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele opțiuni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -9470,7 +8581,7 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care știți că funcționează."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -9486,7 +8597,7 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea  în aplicații în lista cu imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -9497,41 +8608,41 @@ msgstr "Imprimantă de rețea"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
+" another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr "Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de un calculator care servește de server de tipărire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
+" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
+"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
+"fixed one."
+msgstr "De obicei este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una fixă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
+" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de tipărire. Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia, pentru a-i afla adresa MAC lansați comanda <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> ca root. Este secvența de cifre și numere de după „HWaddr”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
+" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
+" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul <guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -9539,14 +8650,14 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de tipărire dacă nu se află în listă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
+" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr "Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -9562,10 +8673,10 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
+msgstr "O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -9573,11 +8684,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
+" the same as above."
+msgstr "Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea  <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați <guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie schimbat.După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca mai sus."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -9594,7 +8706,7 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -9602,14 +8714,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP, însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat TLS. Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
+" with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -9617,21 +8729,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin SAMBA</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum se formează un URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -9671,11 +8783,10 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://utilizator@adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă/coadă</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>."
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
+" documentation.</link>"
+msgstr "Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -9686,12 +8797,13 @@ msgstr "Proprietăți dispozitiv"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
+" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
+" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr "Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -9703,29 +8815,29 @@ msgstr "Depanare"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr "De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
+" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
+" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
+"date drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr "Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> și verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul dumneavoastră. Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia, iar în acest caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare pentru a configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în Bugzilla sau pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și furnizați informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează după instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați sau pentru dispozitive mai recente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -9735,39 +8847,37 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
+" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Această pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe) și instalați-le."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a rula utilitarul de "
-"configurare."
+msgstr "Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a rula utilitarul de configurare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-"
-"Packard</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-Packard</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
+"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aici</link>. Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configurație</link> pentru gestionarea imprimantei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -9779,7 +8889,7 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un dispozitiv HP tot-într-unu trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar funcționalitatea de scaner va di adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau o cheie USB inserată în dispozitiv. După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a imaginilor și încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în directorul /media."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -9789,12 +8899,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantă color Samsung</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
+"for the QPDL protocol."
+msgstr "Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -9804,20 +8912,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și scanere Epson</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
+"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
+" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
+msgstr "Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină de căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Un pachet <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi propus și trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> în funcție de arhitectura instalată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -9829,7 +8937,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Canon</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponibil aici</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -9841,7 +8949,8 @@ msgstr "Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -9849,11 +8958,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -9861,35 +8968,31 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
-"Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din "
-"Windows(TM)</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
+"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr "Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii utilizatorilor de pe un  <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> instalat pe același calculator cu Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -9897,18 +9000,19 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
+" than yours own."
+msgstr "Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să alegeți conturile din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> și Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de utilizator decît cel personal."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -9917,36 +9021,38 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
+"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
+msgstr "Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant (motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în nume riscă să nu fie afișate corect."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
+"import purposes."
+msgstr "Anumite aplicații <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (în general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Vă rugăm să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import documents:"
+msgstr "Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru alegerea unei metode de importat documente:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -9954,21 +9060,23 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
+"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
+"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
+"appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr "Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Este posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul potrivit în această fereastră."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
+" to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr "Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -9979,21 +9087,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
+" button."
+msgstr "Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr "Pagina următoare vă permite să importați fundalul de ecran:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -10001,17 +9110,19 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr "Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -10026,7 +9137,8 @@ msgstr "Utilizatori și grupuri"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -10034,11 +9146,9 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -10046,26 +9156,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
-"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
-"Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”."
+msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
+" (ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr "Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și grupurile. Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori și să modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor, ...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
+" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același fel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -10075,9 +9182,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Adaugă un utilizator</guibutton>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:37
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acest buton deschide o fereastră nouă cu toate cîmpurile goale:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -10088,31 +9196,29 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp "
-"obligatoriu."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp obligatoriu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
+" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
+" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Definirea unei <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de recomandată. Este un mic scut în dreapta, dacă este roșu, parola este prea slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți utiliza cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul devine portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
+" you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr "Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo pentru a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -10120,7 +9226,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -10128,14 +9234,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă este bifat <emphasis role=\"bold\">Creează un grup privat pentru utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi modificat)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -10147,27 +9253,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Adaugă un grup</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar, ID-ul specific al grupului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu poate fi schimbat)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații cont</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -10178,19 +9284,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a contului. Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru este util pentru conturile temporare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă atîta timp cît contul este blocat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
 msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De asemenea, este posibilă schimbarea pictogramei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:100
@@ -10198,9 +9304,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul să-și schimbe parola periodic."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -10210,33 +9317,33 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din care va face parte utilizatorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi efective pînă la următoarea autentificare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editează</emphasis> (cu un grup selecționat)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați numele grupului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -10246,16 +9353,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Șterge</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
+"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
+"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr "Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va apărea o fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și căsuța sa poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup privat pentru utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
 msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se poate șterge un grup care nu este vid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:136
@@ -10265,9 +9372,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Împrospătează</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
+" refresh the display."
+msgstr "Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui Userdrake. Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -10280,11 +9387,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
+" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină securitate. Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu se pot face modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt șterse la sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit, pentru a-l dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează contul invitat</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -10296,7 +9403,8 @@ msgstr "Configurați serverul grafic"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -10304,27 +9412,24 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</"
-"emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
+"as root. Mind the capital letters."
+msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați <emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Butoanele vă permit să schimbați configurația grafică."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:25
@@ -10337,7 +9442,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Placa grafică detectată este afișată și serverul corespunzător configurat. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -10346,7 +9451,7 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model tot în ordine alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -10354,7 +9459,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În cazul în care întîlniți probleme,  <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul să căutați pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -10362,28 +9467,29 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
+msgstr "Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să utilizați în schimb un pilor proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte 3D de exemplu)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
+" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -10395,9 +9501,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rezoluție:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa acest ecran:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -10412,8 +9519,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
+" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
@@ -10422,8 +9529,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
+" another one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -10450,8 +9557,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
+" XFdrake's text version."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -10486,20 +9593,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
+"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
+"may be unchecked for a server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
+" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"După un clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va cere o "
-"confirmare. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația precedentă, "
-"sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și reconectați "
-"pentru a activa noua configurație."
+msgstr "După un clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va cere o confirmare. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația precedentă, sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și reconectați pentru a activa noua configurație."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml
index 306ffd4a..41de649a 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MCC.xml
@@ -4,17 +4,18 @@
   <info>
     <title>Centrul de Control Mageia</title>
     <cover>
-	    <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
-3.0 license <link
+	    <para>Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența
+CC BY-SA 3.0 <link
 ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.
 	    </para>
-	    <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
-ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+	    <para>Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link
 ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.
 	    </para>
-            <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
-ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
-Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+            <para>A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la
+îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
+documentație</link>.</para>
     </cover>
   </info>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MageiaUpdate.xml
index 7b6d8e09..0ad55bd0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/MageiaUpdate.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/MageiaUpdate.xml
@@ -23,23 +23,25 @@ cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În ca
 contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți.</para>
     </note></para>
 
-  <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists
-those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by
-default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the
-<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process. </para>
+  <para>Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le
+listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în
+depozite. Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare
+și instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru
+a lansa procesul. </para>
 
-  <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of
-the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title
-means you can click to drop down a text. </para>
+  <para>Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în
+jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis>
+din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula
+textul. </para>
 
   <para><note>
-      <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by
-displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject>
+      <para>Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare
+sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <inlinemediaobject>
           <imageobject>
             <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/>
           </imageobject>
-        </inlinemediaobject>
-. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike. </para>
+        </inlinemediaobject>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți
+parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul. </para>
     </note></para>
 
   <para/>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/XFdrake.xml
index dd15e8f3..696c9878 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/XFdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/XFdrake.xml
@@ -11,9 +11,10 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis
-role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the
-graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <footnote>
+  <para>Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role="bold">Componente
+materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați
+<emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul
+grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote>
         <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd
 <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau
 <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule.</para>
@@ -21,45 +22,45 @@ graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <footnote>
 
   <para/>
 
-  <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para>
+  <para>Butoanele vă permit să schimbați configurația grafică.</para>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">Placă grafică</emphasis>:</para>
 
-  <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server
-configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example
-one with a proprietary driver.</para>
+  <para>Placa grafică detectată este afișată și serverul corespunzător
+configurat. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de
+exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar.</para>
 
-  <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by
-manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical
-order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel>
-Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
+  <para>Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la
+rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model tot în ordine
+alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica
+<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>.</para>
 
   <para><note>
-      <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most
-graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while
-in your Desktop Environment.</para>
-<para> If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
-<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing
-Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para>
-    </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to
-use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for
-example).</para>
+      <para>În cazul în care întîlniți probleme,  <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va
+funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul să căutați
+pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou.</para>
+<para> Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> -
+<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează
+Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare.</para>
+    </note>Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să
+utilizați în schimb un pilor proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte
+3D de exemplu).</para>
 
   <para/>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para>
 
-  <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and
-you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor
-isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the
-<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para>
+  <para>În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe
+buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista
+<guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista
+<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici.</para>
 
   <para/>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">Rezoluție:</emphasis></para>
 
-  <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the
-colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para>
+  <para>Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și
+adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa acest ecran:</para>
 
   <para><mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--dav.xml
index dfb30ba6..6dda22c0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--dav.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--dav.xml
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
 
   <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-  </footnote> se găsește în centrul
-de control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul
+  </footnote> se găsește în Centrul
+de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul
 <guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>.</para>
 
   <section>
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>.<
         </imageobject>
       </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton vă permite să montați imediat
+      <para>Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat
 accesul.</para>
 
     <para>După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
index 0f0783f4..8ed05086 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--fileshare.xml
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> simplă
 propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au
 calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare.</para>
 
-  <para>Se găsește în centrul de control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale,
+  <para>Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale,
 intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”.</para>
 
   <para>Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: "<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--nfs.xml
index 35918d71..b4797513 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--nfs.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--nfs.xml
@@ -73,11 +73,11 @@ demonta cu același buton.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button,
-a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab
-modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the
-network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file
-browser, for example in Dolphin.</para>
+    <para>După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un
+mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în
+/etc/fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare
+remarare, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi
+disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--removable.xml
index 3e162dcb..2bdd0d97 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--removable.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/diskdrake--removable.xml
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
       <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root.</para>
     </footnote> se află în categoria
-„Discuri locale” din centrul de control Mageia și numită în funcție de
+„Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în funcție de
 dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de citit și scris
 CD/DVD-uri). </para>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot--boot.xml
index 5c482d3f..84b21500 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot--boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot--boot.xml
@@ -16,14 +16,14 @@
 role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root.</para>
     </footnote> vă permite să
 configurați opțiunile de pornire (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem,
-definirea unei parole, opțiunea de demaraj implicită, etc.).</para>
+definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.).</para>
 
-  <para>Se găsește în categoria demaraj din centrul de control Mageia intitulat
-„Configurați pornirea sistemului”.</para>
+  <para>Se găsește în categoria pornire din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat
+„Configurați demararea sistemului”.</para>
 
   <warning>
     <para>Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce
-faceți. Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să demareze
+faceți. Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să pornească
 data viitoare!</para>
   </warning>
 
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ utilizat</guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o
 chestiune de gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și
 <guibutton>Dispozitivul de pornire</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic
 dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul
-de pornire și orice modificare poate împiedica demararea sistemului.</para>
+de pornire și orice modificare poate împiedica pornirea sistemului.</para>
 
   <para>În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți
 defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea pornirii
 imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista
 sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar
-dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va demara pe cea implicită
+dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va porni pe cea implicită
 cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare.</para>
 
   <para>În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>,
@@ -107,15 +107,13 @@ comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz.</para>
 nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1).</para>
 
   <para>Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni
-aplicate nucleului la demaraj.</para>
+aplicate nucleului la pornire.</para>
 
-  <para>Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va demara
-această intrare în mod implicit.</para>
+  <para>Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va porni această
+intrare în mod implicit.</para>
 
   <para>În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege
 un  <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și
 un <xref linkend="draknetprofile"></xref> din lista derulantă.</para>
 
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root.</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot.xml
index 820bbd55..7a9f0c3b 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakboot.xml
@@ -20,15 +20,16 @@ fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lu
 poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur
 utilizator.</para>
 
-  <para>Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role="bold">Pornire</emphasis> din centrul
-de control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”.</para>
+  <para>Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role="bold">Pornire</emphasis> din Centrul
+de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”.</para>
 
   <para>Butoanele interfeței sînt destul de evidente:</para>
 
-  <para>Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la pornirea
+  <para>Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea
 sistemului</guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat
-imediat după pornire. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz
-interfața grafică va putea fi lansată manual.</para>
+imediat după demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz
+interfața grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face
+tastînd în linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”.</para>
 
   <para>Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți
 <guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakclock.xml
index 210c3d3f..ce1cc7f0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakclock.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakclock.xml
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
       <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> ca root.</para>
     </footnote> aceasta se află în categoria
-sistem din centrul de control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați data și
+sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați data și
 ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și cu un
 clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și ora”.</para>
 
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect.xml
index 852897af..879b63e2 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakconnect.xml
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ pentru a o configura.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>Codul PIN este cerut. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar codul PIN.</para>
+          <para>Este cerut codul PIN. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar.</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakdisk.xml
index 08bd6c55..30329114 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakdisk.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakdisk.xml
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ continuați.</para>
   </warning>
 
   <para>Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să
-lucrați selectînd tabul corespunzător (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
+lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
index f0834ad4..59154ca6 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakrpm-edit-media.xml
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
   </info>
 
   
+
   
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -25,7 +26,13 @@ aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru
 înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru
 instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul
 „Adaugă” de mai jos)</para>
-    </important><note>
+    </important> <note>
+      <para>Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau
+CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă
+pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți
+acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l
+dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)</para>
+    </note> <note>
       <para>Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți
 (numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt
 independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite
@@ -163,7 +170,7 @@ fereastră:</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
-	      <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
+        <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
@@ -198,7 +205,7 @@ pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată).</pa
 pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a
 accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și
 apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie
-nouă, sau selectați o chete și faceți clic pe
+nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe
 <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie.</para>
 
     <para><warning>
@@ -210,6 +217,11 @@ securitate</para>
 îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume
 proxy</guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume
 utilizator</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>.</para>
-  </section>
-</section>
 
+    <para/>
+
+    <para>Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">pagina pe Mageia
+Wiki</link>.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksambashare.xml
index 3e755602..d277080a 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksambashare.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksambashare.xml
@@ -25,21 +25,22 @@
   <section>
     <title>Introducere</title>
 
-    <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some
-resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure
-the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is
-also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the
-resources of the Samba server.</para>
+    <para>Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a
+partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă
+vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul
+SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele
+cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
     <title>Pregătire</title>
 
-    <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP
-address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with
-<xref linkend="draknetcenter-ti1"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies
-the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The
-firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
+    <para>Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să
+aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de
+exemplu cu <xref linkend="draknetcenter-ti1"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care
+identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă
+IP. Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către
+serverul Samba.</para>
 
     <para/>
   </section>
@@ -47,12 +48,12 @@ firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para>
   <section>
     <title>Asistent - Server autonom</title>
 
-    <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote>
+    <para>La prima lansare, uneltele <footnote>
         <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> checks if
-needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not
-yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
+      </footnote> verifică
+dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor dacă nu sînt
+prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea serverului Samba.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -62,8 +63,8 @@ yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already
-selected.</para>
+    <para>În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja
+selectată.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -73,11 +74,11 @@ selected.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the
-access to the shared resources.</para>
+    <para>Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel
+utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate.</para>
 
-    <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on
-the network.</para>
+    <para>Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în
+rețea.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -91,18 +92,18 @@ the network.</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the
-resource</para>
+        <para><guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa
+resursa</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for
-each share</para>
+        <para><guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare
+partaj</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
-    <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP
-address or host name.</para>
+    <para>Puteți specifica gazdele autorizare să acceseze resursele, prin adresa IP
+sau numele de gazdă.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -111,8 +112,8 @@ address or host name.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be
-described in the Windows workstations.</para>
+    <para>Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi
+descris pe stațiile Windows.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -122,7 +123,8 @@ described in the Windows workstations.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para>
+    <para>Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi
+specificat la etapa următoare.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -132,8 +134,8 @@ described in the Windows workstations.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the
-configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
+    <para>Asistentul va afișa o listă cu oarametrii aleși înainte să acceptați
+cofigurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în
 <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
@@ -152,16 +154,18 @@ configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in
         <imageobject>
           <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/>
         </imageobject>
-      </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller"
-option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or
-not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same
-as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para>
+      </mediaobject>Dacă este selectată opțiunea
+„Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă
+trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori
+sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege
+și un mod de securitate:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and
-group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized
-account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
+        <para><guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor
+utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și
+partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere
+(de securitate).</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
   </section>
@@ -178,10 +182,10 @@ account repository is shared between (security)  controllers.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the
-<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether
-the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share
-name can not be modified.</para>
+    <para>O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul
+butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile precum dacă un director
+să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil pot fi editate. În
+schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -197,12 +201,13 @@ name can not be modified.</para>
   <section>
     <title>Intrări de meniu</title>
 
-    <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para>
+    <para>Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi
+utilizate.</para>
 
     <formalpara>
       <title>Fișier|Scrie configurația</title>
 
-      <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
+      <para>Salvează configurația curentă în <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para>
     </formalpara>
 
     <formalpara>
@@ -239,9 +244,9 @@ name can not be modified.</para>
   <section>
     <title>Utilizatori Samba</title>
 
-    <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared
-resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref
-linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject>
+    <para>În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze
+resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga
+utilizatorii din <xref linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
           <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/>
         </imageobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksec.xml
index 24dcede2..337553c2 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksec.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksec.xml
@@ -17,27 +17,30 @@ role="bold">draksec</emphasis> ca root.</para>
     </footnote> se găsește în categoria
 <emphasis role="bold">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia.</para>
 
-  <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks
-usually done by the administrator.</para>
+  <para>Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a
+efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator.</para>
 
-  <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in
-the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a
-drop down list gives the choice between:</para>
+  <para>Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate
+în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru
+fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă vă oferă posibilitatea să alegeți între:</para>
 
   <itemizedlist>
     <listitem>
-      <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para>
+      <para>Fără parolă: unealta este lansată fără să se ceară nicio parolă.</para>
     </listitem>
 
     <listitem>
-      <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para>
+      <para>Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea
+uneltei.</para>
     </listitem>
 
     <listitem>
-      <para>Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching</para>
+      <para>Parolă administrator: parola contului root este cerută înainte de lansarea
+uneltei.</para>
     </listitem>
   </itemizedlist>
 
-  <para>The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC
-tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para>
+  <para>Valorile implicite depind de nivelul de securitate ales. A se vedea în
+aceeași secțiune CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului,
+permisiuni și audit”.</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksnapshot-config.xml
index 301e1f48..bca86a2d 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksnapshot-config.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksnapshot-config.xml
@@ -23,27 +23,30 @@
 role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> se găsește în categoria
 <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în secțiunea
 <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message
-about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to
-proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para>
+  <para>Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj
+pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe
+<guibutton>Instalează</guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte
+cîteva pachete necesare vor fi instalate.</para>
 
- <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the
-<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable
-Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system,
-<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para>
-  <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose
-<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to
-the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and
-files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the
-<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from
-the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be
-included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are
-done.</para>
-	  <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the
-<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted
-USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis
-role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
+ <para>Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de
+restaurare)</guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de
+<guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați <guilabel>Activează
+salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg sistemul, și
+<guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>.</para>
+  <para>Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți
+<guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați
+butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton>
+împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau
+exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane
+de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura
+subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis
+role="bold">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat.</para>
+	  <para>Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți
+butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea
+corectă. Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în
+<emphasis role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>.
   </para>
-  <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para>
+  <para>Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu
+(punct de restaurare).</para>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksound.xml
index e8909f69..6580629c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksound.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/draksound.xml
@@ -18,33 +18,34 @@ role="bold">draksound</emphasis> ca root.</para>
 <emphasis role="bold">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control
 Mageia.¶</para>
 
-  <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice,
-PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience
-sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para>
+  <para>Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului,
+opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți
+probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet.</para>
 
-  <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a
-driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound
-card.</para>
+  <para>Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți
+un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în
+calculator.</para>
 
   <note>
-    <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA
-API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when
-possible for its enhanced features.</para>
+    <para>De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA
+API. OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd
+este posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite.</para>
   </note>
 
-  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound
-inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting
-sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio
-volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para>
+  <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta
+recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de
+preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de
+sunet. Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului
+PulseAudio</guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe.</para>
 
-  <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it
-enabled.</para>
+  <para>PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați
+activat.</para>
 
-  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It
-is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para>
+  <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele
+programe. Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat.</para>
 
-  <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three
-buttons:</para>
+  <para>Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau
+trei butoane:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -52,10 +53,11 @@ buttons:</para>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you
-are doing.</para>
+  <para>Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce
+faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot pentru
+acest dispozitiv.</para>
 
-  <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any
-problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking
-the community for help.</para>
+  <para>Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea
+problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa
+înainte de a cere ajutor comunității.</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakvpn.xml
index d45e1db8..42a05be2 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakvpn.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakvpn.xml
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf.</para>
   <section>
     <title>Configuration</title>
 
-    <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which
-protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
+    <para>Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de
+protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată.</para>
 
     <para>Apoi dați un nume conexiunii.</para>
 
@@ -49,15 +49,15 @@ protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the
-first time the tool is used.</para>
+        <para>Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta
+este utilizată pentru prima dată.</para>
 
         <para><mediaobject>
             <imageobject>
               <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/>
             </imageobject>
-          </mediaobject>Select the files that you received
-from the network administrator.</para>
+          </mediaobject>Selectați fișierele pe care le-ați
+primit de la administratorul de rețea.</para>
 
         <para>Parametri avansați:</para>
 
@@ -71,11 +71,10 @@ from the network administrator.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
-    <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN
-connection.</para>
+    <para>Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN.</para>
 
-    <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network
-connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect
-to this VPN.</para>
+    <para>Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o
+conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să
+se conecteze mereu la acest VPN.</para>
   </section>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_apache2.xml
index aa5f57c1..8def752c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_apache2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_apache2.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,105 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root.</para>
+  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> vă ajută să configurați
+un server web.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>Ce este un server web?</title>
+    <para>
+      Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate
+fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Configurarea unui server web cu drakwizard apache2</title>
+      <para>
+	Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului web.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introducere</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentu
+lucruri neplăcute.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Modulul utilizator al serverului</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Autorizează utilizatorii să-și creeze propriile situri web.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Nemele directorului web al utilizatorului</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul
+îl va afișa.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Directorul implicit al serverului web</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale
+serverului web.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Rezumat</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finalizare</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
index 1322cb2a..f59da070 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_dhcp.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,195 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configurare DHCP</title><subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configurare DHCP</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png"/>
+      <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>   
-
+  <para><note>
+      <para>Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire
+pentru interfețele de rețea.</para>
+    </note></para>
 
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
+  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
+      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-</section>
+    </footnote> vă ajută să configurați
+un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie
+instalată înainte de a o accesa.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ce este DHCP?</title>
+
+    <para>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un
+protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a
+adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe
+Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configurarea unui server DHCP cu drakwizard dhcp</title>
+
+    <para>Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului DHCP.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introducere</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selectarea interfeței de rețea</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care
+serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selectați plaja de adrese IP</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care
+doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă
+conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar
+apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Rezumat</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Stați puțin...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și
+mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Cîteva ore mai tîrziu...</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ce s-a făcut</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Instalarea pachetului dhcp-server dacă este necesar;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la
+<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și
+adăugînd noii parametrii:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>hname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dns</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>net</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>ip</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>mask</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng1</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>rng2</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>gateway</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin
+<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Se repornește <code>dhcpd</code>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_ntp.xml
index 66681bea..99ffb240 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_ntp.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_ntp.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,11 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
     <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">Configurare dată și oră</title>
 
@@ -10,7 +17,8 @@
   <mediaobject>
     <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible -->
 <imageobject>
-      <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
@@ -22,41 +30,89 @@ sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în
 mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și
 drakwizard-base.</para>
 
-  <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three
-time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice
-because this server always points to available time servers.</para>
+  <section>
+    <title>Configurați un server NTP cu drakwizard ntp</title>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <para>După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere
+să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două
+ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către
+serverele de timp disponibile.</para>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
-        <info>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png">
+              <info>
 <author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info>
-      </imagedata>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+            </imagedata>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <para/>
+      <step>
+        <para>Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi
+ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles
+modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în
+regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda
+la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:</para>
 
-  <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you
-arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it
-using the <guibutton>Previous </guibutton>button. If everything is right,
-click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It
-may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para>
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+      </step>
 
-  <mediaobject>
-    <imageobject>
-      <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/>
-    </imageobject>
-  </mediaobject>
+      <step>
+        <para>Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide
+unealta.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
 
-  <para/>
+    <para/>
+  </section>
 
-  <para>Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide
-unealta.</para>
-</section>
-\ No newline at end of file
+  <section>
+    <title>Ce s-a făcut</title>
+
+    <para>Această unealtă efectuează următoarele etape:</para>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Instalarea pachetului <code>ntp</code> dacă este necesar</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în
+<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>
+în <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista
+serverelor;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui
+primului server;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și
+<code>ntpd</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Reglarea ceasului intern pe ora curentă a sistemului cu referința UTC</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
index f5e6f77a..af814438 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_proftpd.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,96 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root.</para>
+  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> vă ajută să configurați
+un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>Ce este <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de
+rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o
+rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă:
+Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Configurarea unui server FTP cu drakwizard proftpd</title>
+      <para>
+	Bine ați venit în asistentul FTP.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Introducere</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentu
+lucruri neplăcute.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Informații despre server</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească
+mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Opțiuni server</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării
+transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Rezumat</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finalizare</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_squid.xml
index eef3e057..e65c971a 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_squid.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_squid.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,242 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_squid" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="drakwizard_squid"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configurare proxy</title><subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
+    <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">Configurare proxy</title>
+
+    <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
-      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png"/>
+      <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG"
+                 revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>   
+  <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
+      <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root.</para>
+    </footnote> vă ajută să configurați
+un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte
+de a o accesa.</para>
 
+  <section>
+    <title>Ce este un server proxy?</title>
 
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root.</para>
+    <para>Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care
+acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută
+resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un
+serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă
+resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea
+pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)</para>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Configurarea unui server proxy cu drakwizard squid</title>
+
+    <para>Bine ați venit în asistentul de server proxy.</para>
+
+    <procedure>
+      <step>
+        <title>Introducere</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selectare port proxy</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi
+apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Definiți nivelul de utilizare al memoriei și al spațiului pe disc</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Selectați controlul accesului la rețea</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Permiteți accesul la rețea</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Utilizați serverul proxy de nivel superior?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Cascadați prin alt server proxy? Dacă nu, omiteți această etapă.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Adresa URL și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi
+apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Rezumat</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Lansare la demarare?</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demarare, apoi apăsați
+pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+
+      <step>
+        <title>Finalizare</title>
+
+        <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+                       format="PNG" revision="1"
+                       xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>
+
+        <para>Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>.</para>
+      </step>
+    </procedure>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Ce s-a făcut</title>
+
+    <para><itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Instalarea pachetului squid dacă este necesar;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în
+<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>;</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la
+<code>squid.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:</para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_dir</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>localnet</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>cache_mem</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para>http_port</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de
+nivel</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>cache_peer</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Se repornește <code>squid</code>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_sshd.xml
index 74ffded2..e4aa38b3 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_sshd.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/drakwizard_sshd.xml
@@ -9,12 +9,137 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
- <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
-credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
-documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>   
-
-
-  <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
-role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root.</para>
+ 
+  <para>Această unealtă<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
+role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> vă ajută să configurați
+un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>.
+  </para>
+  <section>
+    <title>Ce este <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title>
+    <para>
+      Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea
+comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă,
+executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea
+securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal
+securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd
+programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client
+programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)
+    </para>
+  </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Configurarea unui serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym> cu drakwizard sshd</title>
+      <para>
+	Bine ați venit în asistentul Open SSH.
+      </para>
+      <procedure>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Selectați tipul opțiunilor de configurare</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau
+<guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Opțiuni generale</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este
+portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Metode de autentificare</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot
+utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Autentificare</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Opțiuni autentificare</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Opțiuni autentificare utilizator</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Compresie și redirecționare</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi
+apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Rezumat</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+	<step>
+	  <title>Finalizare</title>
+	  <mediaobject>
+	    <imageobject>
+	      <imagedata   xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/>
+	    </imageobject>
+	  </mediaobject>
+	  <para>
+	    Ați terminat! Apăsați pe <guibutton>Finalizare</guibutton>.
+	  </para>
+	</step>
+      </procedure>
+    </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/harddrake2.xml
index b9209816..9ee000d1 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/harddrake2.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/harddrake2.xml
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ direct din CCM.</para>
 
     <para><bridgehead>Opțiuni</bridgehead></para>
 
-    <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to
-enable automatic detection:</para>
+    <para>Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe
+pentru a activa detectarea automată:</para>
 
     <para><itemizedlist>
         <listitem>
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ enable automatic detection:</para>
         <listitem>
           <para>Dispozitive Zip pe port paralel</para>
         </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check
-the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will
-be operational the next time this tool is started.</para>
+      </itemizedlist>Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt
+încete. Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția
+va funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte.</para>
   </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/keyboarddrake.xml
index a2f8beb7..35e434e7 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/keyboarddrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/keyboarddrake.xml
@@ -17,28 +17,29 @@
   <section>
     <title>Introducere</title>
 
-    <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote>
+    <para>Unealta pentru tastatură<footnote>
         <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> helps you
-configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on
-Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can
-be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled
-"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para>
+      </footnote> vă ajută să
+configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în
+Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din
+sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din
+Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
     <title>Dispunerea tastaturii</title>
 
-    <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed
-in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each
-layout should be used for.</para>
+    <para>Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o
+utilizați. Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara
+și/sau etnia pentru care tastatura corespunde.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
     <title>Tipul tastaturii</title>
 
-    <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are
-unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para>
+    <para>Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o
+utilizați. Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul
+implicit.</para>
   </section>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/localedrake.xml
index 7ec5028a..acb39abb 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/localedrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/localedrake.xml
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați
 localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă puteți alege
 limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare.</para>
 
-  <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate
-compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para>
+  <para>Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea
+compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8).</para>
 
-  <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected
-language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to
-countries not listed.</para>
+  <para>A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba
+selectată. Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la
+țările nelistate.</para>
 
   <para>Trebuie să reporniți sesiunea după orice modificare.</para>
   
@@ -44,11 +44,13 @@ countries not listed.</para>
 intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit
 utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze,
 coreene, etc.).</para>
-  <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so
-users should not need to configure it manually.</para>
-  <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions
-and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another
-part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
+  <para> Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda
+implicită de intrare, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze
+manual.</para>
+  <para>Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții
+similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate
+în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref
+linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para>
 </section>
 
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/logdrake.xml
index 7baf0494..7d14be13 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/logdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/logdrake.xml
@@ -23,38 +23,40 @@ sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată
   <section>
     <title>Pentru a efectua o căutare în jurnale</title>
 
-    <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to
-<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field
-<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)
-to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is
-possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the
-month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected
-day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button
-to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the
-file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by
-clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para>
+    <para>Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul
+<emphasis role="bold">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care
+<emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul
+<emphasis role="bold">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de
+căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate
+limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis
+role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de
+alta a lunii și anului și bifați "<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua
+selectată</guibutton>". La final, apăsați pe butonul
+<guibutton>caută</guibutton> pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra
+intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva
+rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe butonul <emphasis
+role="bold">Salvează</emphasis>.</para>
 
     <note>
-      <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia
-configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are
-updated each time a configuration is modified.</para>
+      <para><guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele
+uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control
+Mageia. Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație
+este modificată.</para>
     </note>
   </section>
 
   <section>
     <title>Pentru a configura o alertă pe e-mail</title>
 
-    <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and
-the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured
-address.</para>
+    <para><guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile
+și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la
+adresele configurate.</para>
 
-    <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail
-Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton>
-Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the
-running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to
-look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
+    <para>Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis
+role="bold">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul
+<guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt
+afișate toate serviciile în curs de execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care
+doriți să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus).</para>
 
     <para>Serviciile următoare pot fi supravegheate:</para>
 
@@ -98,14 +100,15 @@ look watch. (See screenshot above).</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
-    <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider
-unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows
-the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone
-out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value
-to 3 times the number of processors.</para>
+    <para>În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe
+care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri
+al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o
+solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub
+control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea
+solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor.</para>
 
-    <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the
-person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local
-or on the Internet).</para>
+    <para>În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a
+persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de
+mesagerie</guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet).</para>
   </section>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/lsnetdrake.xml
index 9a83b39c..614f9f45 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/lsnetdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/lsnetdrake.xml
@@ -11,16 +11,16 @@ xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro">
 	  <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle>
   </info>
 
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
+  <para>Această unealtă <footnote>
       <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>.
       </para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line.</para>
+    </footnote> poate fi lansată și
+utilizată numai în linie de comandă.</para>
 
-  <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you
-can write this help, please contact <link
-ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation
-team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para>
+  <para>Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă
+credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">echipa de
+documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat.</para>
 
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/lspcidrake.xml
index b0da7b2f..2fefd1b7 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/lspcidrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/lspcidrake.xml
@@ -5,15 +5,16 @@
     <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle>
   </info>
 
-  <para>This tool <footnote>
+  <para>Această unealtă <footnote>
       <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para>
-    </footnote> can only be started and used
-on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para>
+    </footnote> poate fi lansată și
+utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe informații
+dacă este utilizată cu contul root.</para>
 
-  <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,
-PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst
-packages to work.</para>
+  <para>lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator
+(USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele
+ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa.</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -21,12 +22,13 @@ packages to work.</para>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para>
+  <para>Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al
+fabricantului.</para>
 
-  <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it
-is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para>
+  <para>lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a
+găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:</para>
 
-  <para>Information about the graphic card;</para>
+  <para>Informații despre placa grafică:</para>
 
   <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para>
 
@@ -45,6 +47,6 @@ is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is
-called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para>
+  <para>Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele
+materiale, se numește <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-boot.xml
index 4c22a6a0..ffae329b 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-boot.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-boot.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xml:id="mcc-boot">
   <info>
-    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Demaraj</title>
+    <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">Pornire</title>
   </info>
 
   <mediaobject>
@@ -13,8 +13,9 @@
   </mediaobject>
 
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot
-steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura
+etapele de demarare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai
+multe.</para>
 
 
       <orderedlist><title>Configurare pornire sistem</title>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-hardware.xml
index 936d04e9..fdd23601 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-hardware.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-hardware.xml
@@ -12,8 +12,9 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your
-hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura
+componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai
+multe.</para>
 
   <orderedlist>
     <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-intro.xml
index 37ea5ab4..b3c5f8e5 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-intro.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-intro.xml
@@ -3,21 +3,20 @@
 <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ro" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">Despre manualul pentru Centrul de Control Mageia</title></info>
 
  
-	<para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to
-choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was
-installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be
-selected in the big right panel.</para>
+	<para>Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări
+sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul
+drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă
+oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta.</para>
 
-	<para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related
-tools.</para>
+	<para>Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate.</para>
 
-<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in
-any of the MCC tabs.</para>
+<para>Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi
+selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC.</para>
 
-	<para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool
-screens.</para>
+	<para>Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor
+uneltei.</para>
 
-        <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on
-the "Search" tab in the left column.</para>
+        <para>Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe
+secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga.</para>
   
   </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-localdisks.xml
index 346b91c2..0a27a9ac 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-localdisks.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-localdisks.xml
@@ -12,8 +12,9 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your
-local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau
+partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla
+mai multe.</para>
 
   <orderedlist><title>Discuri locale</title>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-network.xml
index 31f8265d..f2bcfead 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-network.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-network.xml
@@ -9,8 +9,8 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link
-below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe
+legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
 
   <orderedlist>
     <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networkservices.xml
index 4f6e7525..3d9ba703 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networkservices.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networkservices.xml
@@ -12,10 +12,11 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if
-the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose
-between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or
-on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para>
+  <para>Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai
+dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege
+dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe
+legătura de mai jos sau pe  <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/> pentru a afla mai
+multe.</para>
 
       <orderedlist><title>Servicii de rețea</title>
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networksharing.xml
index 5f74c61a..e0773f58 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networksharing.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-networksharing.xml
@@ -10,15 +10,15 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and
-directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri
+și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
 
   <orderedlist>
 	  <listitem>
 		  <orderedlist><title>Configurare partaje Windows(R)</title>
 		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and
-directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem>
+		  <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și
+directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis></para></listitem>
 	  </orderedlist></listitem>
   	  <listitem>
 		  <orderedlist><title>Configurare partaje NFS</title>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-security.xml
index edff3afd..39b9c82e 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-security.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-security.xml
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a
-link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți
+clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
 
       <orderedlist><title>Securitate</title>
         <listitem>
-          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions
-and audit</emphasis></para>
+          <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului,
+permisiuni și audit</emphasis></para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-sharing.xml
index 2df3dba7..df831560 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-sharing.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-sharing.xml
@@ -12,10 +12,11 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only
-visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can
-choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link
-below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para>
+  <para>Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt
+vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul
+<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre diversele unelte pentru
+a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe
+<xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
 
       <orderedlist><title>Partajare</title>
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-system.xml
index 3161c10d..9984a9b5 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-system.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mcc-system.xml
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration
-tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de
+administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
 
   <orderedlist>
     <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mgaapplet-config.xml
index 393101d5..0eeec882 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mgaapplet-config.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mgaapplet-config.xml
@@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</guimenu>.</para>
 
   <para/>
 
-  <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for
-updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The
-check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is
-out.</para>
+  <para>Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după
+actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după
+demarare. Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o
+nouă versiune de Mageia este disponibilă.</para>
 
   <para/>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mousedrake.xml
index a603cc50..41779c2f 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/mousedrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/mousedrake.xml
@@ -16,12 +16,13 @@ role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root.</para></footnote> se găsește în ca
 <emphasis role="bold">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control
 Mageia.</para>
 
-  <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by
-Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para>
+  <para>Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja
+instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt
+maus.</para>
 
-  <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse
-and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any
-PS/2 &amp; USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is
-immediately taken into account.</para>
+  <para>Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți
+mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor
+„Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus
+recent. Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat.</para>
 
   </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/msecgui.xml
index e482a4aa..27e6fe84 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/msecgui.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/msecgui.xml
@@ -21,60 +21,60 @@
 
     <para>msecgui<footnote><para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-    </footnote> is a graphic user interface for
-msec that allows to configure your system security according to two
-approaches:</para>
+    </footnote> este o interfață grafică pentru
+MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două maniere:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to
-make it more secure.</para>
+        <para>Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului
+pentru a-l face mai securizat.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-	 <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn
-you if something seems dangerous.</para>
+	 <para>Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne
+putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
-    <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a
-set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or
-enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your
-own customised security levels.</para>
+    <para>MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să
+configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate
+pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă
+vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Overview tab</title>
+    <title>Vedere de ansamblu</title>
 
-    <para>Vedeți imaginea de mai sus</para>
+    <para>A se vedea în imaginea de mai sus</para>
 
-    <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a
-button on the right side to configure them:</para>
+    <para>Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton
+în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para>
+        <para>Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para>
+        <para>Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați
+sistemul</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-        <para>msec itself with some information:</para>
+        <para>Securitate, adică MSEC însuși în plus de cîteva informații:</para>
 
         <itemizedlist>
           <listitem>
-            <para>enabled or not</para>
+            <para>activat sau nu</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
-            <para>the configured Base security level</para>
+            <para>nivelul de securitate de bază actual</para>
           </listitem>
 
           <listitem>
-            <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report
-and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
+            <para>Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport
+detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum.</para>
           </listitem>
         </itemizedlist>
       </listitem>
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ and another button to execute the checks just now.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
-    <title>Security settings tab</title>
+    <title>Secțiunea parametrilor de securitate</title>
 
-    <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security
-<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown
-below.</para>
+    <para>Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul
+<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> din Securitate vă conduce la același
+ecran ca cel de mai jos.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -96,105 +96,107 @@ below.</para>
 
 
     <section>
-      <title>Basic security tab</title>
+      <title>Secțiunea securitate de bază</title>
 
       <para role="underline">
         <emphasis role="underline">Nivele de securitate:</emphasis>
       </para>
 
-      <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab
-allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then
-in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The
-following levels are available:</para>
+      <para>După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>,
+această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de
+securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată,
+nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:</para>
 
       <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
         <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you
-do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on
-your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or
-constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only
-if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system
-vulnerable to attack.</para>
+          <para>Nivelul <emphasis role="bold">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă
+nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și
+doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate
+și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau
+configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți,
+deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri.</para>
         </listitem>
 
 	<listitem>
-	  <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default
-configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It
-constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which
-detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory
-permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec
-versions).</para>
+	  <para>Nivelul <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația
+implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor normali. Impune
+cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări
+zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile
+utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este
+similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)</para>
         </listitem>
 
         <listitem>
-          <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when
-you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts
-system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to
-the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and
-5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para>
+          <para>Nivelul <emphasis role="bold">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură
+un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult
+autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus,
+accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu
+nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)</para>
         </listitem>
 
 	<listitem>
-	  <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided,
-such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis
-role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis
-role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure
-system security according to the most common use cases.</para>
+	  <para>În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor
+sarcini, precum nivele  <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>,
+<emphasis role="bold">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis
+role="bold">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea
+sistemului în funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente.</para>
         </listitem>
 
 	<listitem>
-          <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and
-<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels
-but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para>
+          <para>Ultimele două intitulate <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> și
+<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> nu sînt nivele de securitate
+propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare numai pentru verificările periodice.</para>
         </listitem>
       </orderedlist>
 
-      <para>These levels are saved in
-<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define
-your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called
-<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder
-<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power
-users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para>
+      <para>Aceste nivele sînt salvate în
+<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Vă puteți
+defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere
+specifice intitulate <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în
+directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate
+este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de un sistem
+personalizat sau mult mai securizat.</para>
 
       <caution>
-	<para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default
-level settings.</para>
+	<para>Rețineți să parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de
+configurațiile nivelelor implicite.</para>
       </caution>
 
       <para>
         <emphasis role="underline">Alerte de securitate:</emphasis>
       </para>
 
-      <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email
-to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent
-by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You
-can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail
-and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive
-the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to
-enable it.</para>
+      <para>Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail
+la:</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise prin
+e-mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul
+învecinat. Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail
+completă (e-mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în
+consecință). Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul
+personal. Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa.</para>
 
       <important>
-	<para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to
-immediately inform the security administrator of possible security
-problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs
-files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important>
+	<para>Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa
+imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de
+securitate. Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic
+fișierele jurnal disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>.</para></important>
 
       <para><emphasis role="underline">Opțiuni de securitate:</emphasis></para>
 
-      <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer
-security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change
-any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains
-the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done
-to the options.</para>
+      <para>Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a
+personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile
+prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația
+MSEC curentă se află în
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Acest fișier conține
+numele nivelului de securitate și lista tuturor modificărilor făcute
+opțiunilor.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>System security tab</title>
+      <title>Secțiunea securității sistemului</title>
 
-      <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a
-description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side
-column.</para>
+      <para>În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana
+din stînga, o descriere în centrul coloanei și valorile lor actuale în
+coloana din dreapta.</para>
 
       <mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
@@ -202,11 +204,11 @@ column.</para>
         </imageobject>
       </mediaobject>
 
-      <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see
-screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the
-actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be
-selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the
-choice.</para>
+      <para>Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și o fereastră nouă va
+apărea (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Este afișat numele
+opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valorile actuale și cele implicite și o listă
+derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul
+<guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea.</para>
 
       <mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
@@ -215,10 +217,9 @@ choice.</para>
       </mediaobject>
 
       <caution>
-      <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration
-using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you
-have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before
-saving them.</para>
+      <para>Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd
+meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut
+modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva.</para>
       </caution>
 
       <mediaobject>
@@ -231,7 +232,8 @@ saving them.</para>
     <section>
       <title>Securitate rețea</title>
 
-      <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para>
+      <para>În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca
+și secțiunea precedentă.</para>
 
       <mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
@@ -241,14 +243,16 @@ saving them.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>Periodic checks tab</title>
+      <title>Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</title>
 
-      <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of
-security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para>
+      <para>Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate
+prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care
+MSEC le consideră periculoase.</para>
 
-      <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency
-if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is
-checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
+      <para>Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și
+frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice
+de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul
+precedent.</para>
 
       <mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
@@ -258,13 +262,14 @@ checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
-      <title>Exceptions tab</title>
+      <title>Categoria excepțiilor</title>
 
-      <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In
-these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab
-allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert
-messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot
-below shows four exceptions.</para>
+      <para>Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În
+acest caz alertele sînt inutile și o pierdere de timp pentru
+administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți
+pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol
+cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru
+excepții.</para>
 
       <mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
@@ -272,8 +277,8 @@ below shows four exceptions.</para>
         </imageobject>
       </mediaobject>
 
-      <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton>
-button</para>
+      <para>Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o
+regulă</guibutton></para>
 
       <mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
@@ -281,78 +286,81 @@ button</para>
         </imageobject>
       </mediaobject>
 
-      <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called
-<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the
-<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is
-obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the
-<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>
-tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para>
+      <para>Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată
+<guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți
+<guilabel>Excepția</guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei
+excepții nu este definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul
+<guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel>
+sau o puteți modifica printr-un dublu clic.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section>
     <title>Permisiuni</title>
-    <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and
-enforcement.</para>
-    <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard,
-secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security
-level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them
-into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed
-into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is
-intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is
-also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission
-you want. Current configuration is stored in
-<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the
-list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para>
+    <para>Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor
+fișierelor și directoarelor.</para>
+    <para>Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC
+(standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate
+ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate,
+salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate
+<filename>perm.&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul
+<filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este
+destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de o configurație
+personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să utilizați această secțiune pentru
+a modifica orice permisiune după plac. Configurația curentă se află în
+<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Acest fișier conține
+lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra permisiunilor. </para>
       <mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
           <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/>
         </imageobject>
 	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You
-can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the
-owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a
-given rule:</para>
+    <para>Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă
+pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de
+regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de
+regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
         <listitem>
-          <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the
-defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message
-if not, but does not change anything.</para>
+          <para>Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă
+sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un
+mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic.</para>
         </listitem>
 
 	<listitem>
-	  <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the
-permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the
-permissions.</para></listitem>
+	  <para>Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va
+ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
-   <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button
-and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in
-the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para>
+   <important><para>Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis
+role="bold">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie
+configurată corespunzător.</para></important><para>Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă
+nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai
+jos. Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul
+<guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” înseamnă fără nicio modificare.</para>
      <mediaobject>
         <imageobject>
           <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/>
         </imageobject>
 	</mediaobject>
-    <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do
-not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the
-menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed
-the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para>
-    <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the
-configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
+    <para>Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu
+uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul
+<guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut
+modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva. </para>
+    <note><para>Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd
+fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>.
     </para></note>
-    <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly
-in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic
-check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic
-checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into
-account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can
-use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be
-changed by msecperms.</para></caution>
-    <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file
-manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked
-in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write
-the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of
-the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis
-role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution>
+    <caution><para>Modificările din <emphasis role="bold">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis>
+(sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima
+verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis
+role="bold">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să
+fie luate în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o
+consolă cu drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p”
+pentru a vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms.</para></caution>
+    <caution><para>Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un
+gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța
+<guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role="bold">Categoria
+permisiunilor</emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o
+vreme, în funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și
+CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din <emphasis role="bold">Categoria verificărilor
+periodice</emphasis>.</para></caution>
    </section>
   </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/otherMageiaTools.xml
index a6d35c22..727a04c9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/otherMageiaTools.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/otherMageiaTools.xml
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
     <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Alte unelte Mageia</title>
   </info>
 
-  <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia
-Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the
-next pages.</para>
+  <para>Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de
+Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe,
+sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare.</para>
 
       <orderedlist>
         <listitem>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/rpmdrake.xml
index d4939b50..8533f0d1 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/rpmdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/rpmdrake.xml
@@ -17,23 +17,42 @@
   <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction">
     <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introducere la rpmdrake</title>
 
-    <para>This tool<footnote>
+    <para>Această unealtă<footnote>
         <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis
 role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a
-program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the
-graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online
-package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official
-servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages
-available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only
-certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by
-default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed
-packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries
-of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names
-included in the packages.</para>
-
-    <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref
+      </footnote>, cunoscută și ca
+drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea
+pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va
+verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe
+serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente
+aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul vostru. Un sistem de
+filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: puteți afișa
+numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările
+disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De
+asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul
+descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în
+pachete.</para>
+
+    <para>Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu
+<xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/>.</para>
+
+    <important>
+      <para>În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru
+instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake
+îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această
+fereastră pop-up: <mediaobject>
+          <imageobject>
+            <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/>
+          </imageobject>
+        </mediaobject>Dacă mesajul de
+mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită prea
+strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l
+înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref
 linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
+
+      <para>În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete
+și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate.</para>
+    </important>
   </section>
 
   <section>
@@ -50,17 +69,18 @@ linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para>
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Filtru de tip de pachete:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first
-time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical
-interface. You can display either all the packages and all their
-dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,
-updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para>
+        <para>Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima
+lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți
+afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori
+doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau
+pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia.</para>
 
         <warning>
-          <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who
-probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading
-this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge
-of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
+          <para>Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la
+Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de
+comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță
+interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine
+este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”.</para>
         </warning>
       </listitem>
 
@@ -68,48 +88,50 @@ of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para>
         <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis>
 </firstterm></para>
 
-        <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the
-packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and
-not installed.</para>
+        <para>Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele
+care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și
+neinstalate.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Mod de căutare:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their
-summaries, through their complete description or through the files included
-in the packages.</para>
+        <para>Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în
+sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în
+pachete.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Cîmpul „Caută”:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword
-for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and
-"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para>
+        <para>Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai
+multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu,
+pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți
+'mplayer | xine'.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Șterge tot:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box
-.</para>
+        <para>Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie
+introduse în căsuța „Caută”.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Listă categorii:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and
-sub categories.</para>
+        <para>Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii
+și subcategorii clar definite.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para><emphasis role="bold">Panou descriere:</emphasis></para>
 
-        <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete
-description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It
-can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the
-package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
+        <para>Acest panou afișează numele pachetului, sumarul și descrierea sa
+completă. Multe informații folositoare despre pachetul selecționat. Aici se
+mai pat afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în
+pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul
+pachetului.</para>
       </listitem>
     </orderedlist>
   </section>
@@ -117,13 +139,14 @@ package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para>
   <section>
     <title>Coloana de stare</title>
 
-    <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by
-category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A
-list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium
-is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is
-installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or
-uncheck the box before the package name and click on
-<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+    <para>Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă
+interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după
+nume/sumar/descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund
+criteriilor căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu
+indicatoarele corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet
+instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați
+sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui pachetului și apăsați pe
+<guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>.</para>
 
     <para><table>
         <title/>
@@ -197,17 +220,17 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status
-icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking
-on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+        <para>Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma
+de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat
+cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange
-with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when
-clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
+        <para>Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, a i-se vedea starea), o
+pictogramă portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi
+instalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
   </section>
@@ -222,13 +245,13 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
         </imageobject>
       </mediaobject></screenshot>
 
-    <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They
-are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an
-information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected
-dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It
-may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed
-library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a
-button to get more information and another button to choose which package to
-install.</para>
+    <para>Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite
+dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz,
+rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă permițîndu-vă să alegeți să
+acceptați dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai
+multe informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca biblioteca
+necesară să fie furnizată mai multe pachete, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează
+lista cu alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații
+suplimentare și un altul pentru a alege pe care din pachete să instaleze. </para>
   </section>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/scannerdrake.xml
index f2fb2931..13df2132 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/scannerdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/scannerdrake.xml
@@ -15,27 +15,29 @@
 
   <section xml:id="scannerinstallation">
     <info>
-      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Installation</title>
+      <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">Instalare</title>
     </info>
 
-    <para>This tool <footnote>
+    <para>Această unealtă <footnote>
         <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd
 <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
-      </footnote> allows you to configure a
-single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It
-also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a
-remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para>
+      </footnote> vă permite să
+configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care
+include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați
+dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să
+accesați scanere distante.</para>
 
-    <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following
-message:</para>
+    <para>Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul
+mesaj:</para>
 
-    <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para>
+    <para><emphasis>"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele
+SANE</emphasis></para>
 
-    <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para>
+    <para><emphasis>Doriți să instalați pachetele SANE?"</emphasis></para>
 
-    <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install
-<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet
-installed.</para>
+    <para>Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala
+<code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja
+instalate.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -45,22 +47,22 @@ installed.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see
-the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance,
-<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
+    <para>Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în
+fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul
+<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para>
 
-    <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner
-sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref
+    <para>În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea
+<emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți citi mai multe în <xref
 linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para>
 
     
-    <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its
-cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new
-scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a
-scanner manually</emphasis>.</para>
+    <para>Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar
+verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare
+pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați
+<emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>.</para>
 
-    <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the
-list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
+    <para>Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei
+mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis></para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -71,13 +73,12 @@ list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para>
     </mediaobject>
 
     <note>
-      <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click
-<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para>
+      <para>Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis></para>
 
-      <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link
+      <para>Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link
 xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE:
-Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul este suportat și cereți ajutor pe
+<link xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumuri</link>.</para>
     </note>
 
 <figure  xml:id="choosescannerport">
@@ -91,12 +92,12 @@ xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject></figure>
 
-    <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available
-ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that
-case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para>
+    <para>Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi
+disponibile</emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel
+caz, selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul.</para>
 
-    <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen
-similar to the one below.</para>
+    <para>După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți
+vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos.</para>
 <para>Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref
 linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
 
@@ -122,17 +123,18 @@ linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be
-accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also
-decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on
-this machine.</para>
+    <para>Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebui să fie
+accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici puteți
+decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie
+accesibile pentru acest calculator.</para>
 
-    <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or
-deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on
-this computer.</para>
+    <para>Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi
+adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele
+locale, de pe acest calculator.</para>
 
-    <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted
-from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para>
+    <para>Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi
+adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner
+distant.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -173,8 +175,8 @@ sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante.</para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool
-offers to do it.</para>
+    <para>Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se
+oferă să o facă.</para>
 
     <para>La final, unealta va modifica aceste fișiere:</para>
 
@@ -185,8 +187,8 @@ offers to do it.</para>
     <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta
 directiva „net”</para>
 
-    <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para>
+    <para>De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și
+<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demarare.</para>
   </section>
 
 <section xml:id="scannerspecifics">
@@ -199,23 +201,22 @@ directiva „net”</para>
       <listitem>
         <para>Hewlett-Packard</para>
 
-        <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>
-(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow
-you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device
-Manager</emphasis>.</para>
+        <para>Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de
+dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest
+caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să
+utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>.</para>
       </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
         <para>Epson</para>
 
-        <para>Drivers are available from <link
-xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-page</link>. When indicated, you must install the
-<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the
-<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict
-with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be
-ignored.</para>
+        <para>Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link
+xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">această
+pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul
+<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această
+ordine). Este posibil ca pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un
+avertisment de conflict cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii
+au raportat că acest avertisment poate fi ignorat.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
@@ -226,31 +227,33 @@ ignored.</para>
       <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Pași de instalare suplimentari</title>
     </info>  
 
-    <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref
-linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra
-steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para>
+    <para>Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref
+linkend="choosescannerport"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai multe
+etapa suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul.</para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
 
       <listitem>
-<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded
-each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device,
-after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the
-firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you
-downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para>
-    When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at
-each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para>
+<para>În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un
+microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să
+încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În
+acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe o instalare de
+Windows sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau al
+fabricantului.</para><para>
+    Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, acest lucru poate
+dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un
+minut. Așa că aveți răbdare.</para>
 </listitem>
 
       <listitem>
-<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the
-<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para>
+<para>De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați
+<emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/"numele_interfeței_SANE".conf</emphasis>. </para>
       </listitem>
 
 <listitem>
-<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know
-what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link
-xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para>
+<para>Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți
+dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link
+xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forumuri</link>.</para>
 </listitem>
 
 </itemizedlist>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/software-management.xml
index d616599d..7c0d2314 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/software-management.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/software-management.xml
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ xml:id="software-management">
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software
-management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para>
+  <para>În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea
+aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe o legătură de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe.</para>
   <orderedlist><title>Gestionare aplicații</title>
 	  <listitem>
   <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/system-config-printer.xml
index ffca40c4..b2357e2c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/system-config-printer.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/system-config-printer.xml
@@ -21,22 +21,24 @@
   <section xml:id="introduction">
     <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">Introducere</title>
 
-    <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link
-ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration
-interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia
-offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer
-which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu
-and openSUSE.</para>
-
-    <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the
-installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para>
-
-    <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel>
-section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure
-printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
+    <para>În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune
+de propria sa <link ns2:title="CUPS"
+ns2:href="http://localhost:631">interfață de configurare</link> care este
+accesibilă cu ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune
+propria sa unealtă pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată
+system-config-printer și care este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum
+Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și openSUSE.</para>
+
+    <para>Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare,
+deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel.</para>
+
+    <para>Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente
+materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați
+unealta<footnote>
         <para>Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd
 <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root.</para>
-      </footnote>.</para>
+      </footnote> <guilabel>Configurare
+imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>.</para>
 
     <para>Mageia cere instalarea a două pachete:</para>
 
@@ -49,22 +51,23 @@ printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote>
     <para>Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi
 instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe.</para>
 
-    <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to
-detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a
-printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a
-printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window
-will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para>
+    <para>Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca
+să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de
+ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată la un port paralel. În cazul în care o
+imprimantă este detectată, precum o imprimantă pe port USB, va fi afișată pe
+prima linie. Fereastra va încerca să configureze și o imprimată în rețea.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section xml:id="automatic">
     <title>Imprimantă detectată automat</title>
 
-    <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the
-name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click
-"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be
-automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known
-drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the
-next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
+    <para>Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod
+automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi
+faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această
+imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă există mai mulți
+piloți sau niciunul, o fereastră vă va cere să selecționați sau să furnizați
+unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. Continuați cu <xref
+linkend="terminate"/></para>
   </section>
 
   <section xml:id="non_automatic">
@@ -76,9 +79,9 @@ next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para>
       </imageobject>
     </mediaobject>
 
-    <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window
-to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following
-options.</para>
+    <para>Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o
+fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele
+opțiuni.</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
@@ -98,79 +101,81 @@ options.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
-    <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer
-first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one
-driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have
-encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one
-which know to work.</para>
+    <para>Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune
+mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă
+sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar
+dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care
+știți că funcționează.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section xml:id="terminate">
     <title>Finalizați procesul de instalare</title>
 
-    <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will
-allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is
-the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of
-available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After
-this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available
-printers.</para>
+    <para>După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care
+vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie
+conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea  în aplicații în lista cu
+imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o
+pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și
+apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section xml:id="network_printer">
     <title>Imprimantă de rețea</title>
 
-    <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or
-wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to
-another workstation that serves as printserver.</para>
+    <para>Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea
+filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de
+un calculator care servește de server de tipărire.</para>
 
     <note>
-      <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed
-IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same
-as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed
-one.</para>
+      <para>De obicei este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o
+adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie
+aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una
+fixă.</para>
     </note>
 
-    <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or
-printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a
-configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label
-on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a
-Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it
-as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters
-after "HWaddr".</para>
-
-    <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to
-your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,
-you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find
-Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu
-and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it
-says "host".</para>
-
-    <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a
-protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the
-list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para>
-
-    <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find
-which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para>
+    <para>Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului
+de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate
+fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate
+este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de
+tipărire. Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia,
+pentru a-i afla adresa MAC lansați comanda
+<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> ca root. Este secvența de cifre
+și numere de după „HWaddr”.</para>
+
+    <para>Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl
+utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce
+protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de
+rețea</guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul
+<guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în
+căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”.</para>
+
+    <para>Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va
+propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai
+potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de
+tipărire dacă nu se află în listă.</para>
+
+    <para>Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a
+afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols">
     <title>Protocoale de tipărire în rețea</title>
 
-    <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as
-JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network
-via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is
-known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers
-which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the
-IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can
-manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like
-<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed
-IP-adress is not required.</para>
-
-    <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the
-protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change
-the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be
-changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is
-the same as above.</para>
+    <para>O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub
+numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată
+direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care
+imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în
+unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În
+acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device
+manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o
+legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În
+acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă.</para>
+
+    <para>Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea  <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și
+specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați
+<guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie
+schimbat.După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca
+mai sus.</para>
 
     <mediaobject>
       <imageobject>
@@ -182,45 +187,45 @@ the same as above.</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can
-be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by
-some ADSL-routers.</para>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care
+poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o
+imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi
+utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp,
-but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be
-defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP,
+însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat
+TLS. Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but
-with TLS secured protocol.</para>
+        <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu
+IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be
-accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer
-connected to a station using LPD.</para>
+        <para><emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate
+fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă
+conectată la un calculator folosind LPD.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
-        <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a
-station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para>
+        <para><emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin SAMBA</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată
+și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB.</para>
       </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
 
-    <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form
-the URI:</para>
+    <para>Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum
+se formează un URI:</para>
 
     <itemizedlist>
       <listitem>
@@ -252,68 +257,71 @@ CUPS</link>.</para>
   <section xml:id="properties">
     <title>Proprietăți dispozitiv</title>
 
-    <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to
-parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your
-system, but you can specify a different one with the
-<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu,
-another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters
-of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
-<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para>
+    <para>Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu>
+vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat
+implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul
+<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă
+fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului
+cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> |
+<guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section>
     <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Depanare</title>
 
-    <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by
-inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
+    <para>Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd
+<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para>
 
-    <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the
-<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para>
+    <para>De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor
+utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>.</para>
   </section>
 
   <section xml:id="specificities">
     <title>Particularități</title>
 
-    <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in
-Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link
-ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to
-check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package
-is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then,
-redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report
-the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this
-tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer
-works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other
-up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para>
+    <para>Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie
+disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl
+<link ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> și
+verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul
+dumneavoastră. Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia,
+iar în acest caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare
+pentru a configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în
+Bugzilla sau pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și
+furnizați informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează
+după instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați
+sau pentru dispozitive mai recente.</para>
 
     <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante Brother</emphasis></para>
 
     <para><link
-ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This
-page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver
-for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para>
+ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">Această
+pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul
+corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe)
+și instalați-le.</para>
 
     <para>Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a rula utilitarul de
 configurare.</para>
 
-    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante și dispozitive totul-în-unu
+    <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu
 Hewlett-Packard</emphasis></para>
 
-    <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the
-detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information
+    <para>Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat
+după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi
 <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>.  The
-tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel>
-menu. Also view <link
-ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link>
-for the management of the printer.</para>
-
-    <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner
-features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't
-allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this
-case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the
-picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards,
-open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory
-card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para>
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">aici</link>.
+Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul
+<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link
+ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configurație</link>
+pentru gestionarea imprimantei.</para>
+
+    <para>Un dispozitiv HP tot-într-unu trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar
+funcționalitatea de scaner va di adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața
+Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu
+poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva
+imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau o cheie USB inserată în
+dispozitiv. După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a
+imaginilor și încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în
+directorul /media.</para>
 
     <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimantă color Samsung</emphasis></para>
 
@@ -323,19 +331,22 @@ protocolul QPDL.</para>
 
     <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante și scanere Epson</emphasis></para>
 
-    <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link
-ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this
-search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data"
-package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also
-be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages
-according to your architecture. </para>
+    <para>Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link
+ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">această
+pagină de căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai
+întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi
+<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Un pachet
+<emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi propus și trebuie
+instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> în funcție de
+arhitectura instalată. </para>
 
-    <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a
-conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para>
+    <para> Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict
+cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment.</para>
 
     <para><emphasis role="bold">Imprimante Canon</emphasis></para>
 
-    <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint
-<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para>
+    <para>Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului
+intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">disponibil
+aici</link>.</para>
   </section>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/transfugdrake.xml
index f6fd3a90..00d571d8 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/transfugdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/transfugdrake.xml
@@ -28,28 +28,28 @@ role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
 este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din
 Windows(TM)</guilabel>.</para>
 
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings
-from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>
-installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para>
+  <para>Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii
+utilizatorilor de pe un  <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
+2000, <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> instalat
+pe același calculator cu Mageia.</para>
 
   <warning>
-    <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake
-immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para>
+    <para>Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake
+imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
   </warning>
 
-  <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some
-explanation about the tool and import options.</para>
+  <para>După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu
+cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare.</para>
 
-  <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of
-<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para>
+  <para>Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea
+<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat.</para>
 
-  <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to
-choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and
-Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account
-than yours own.</para>
+  <para>Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să
+alegeți conturile din <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> și
+Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de
+utilizator decît cel personal.</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -58,27 +58,27 @@ than yours own.</para>
   </mediaobject>
 
   <note>
-    <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of
-transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
-user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para>
+    <para>Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant
+(motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în
+nume riscă să nu fie afișate corect.</para>
   </note>
 
   <note>
-    <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para>
+    <para>Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente.</para>
   </note>
 
   <warning>
-    <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications
-(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For
-example, NVidia drivers in <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using
-<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the
-import purposes.</para>
+    <para>Anumite aplicații <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> (în
+general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De
+exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark>
+se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Vă rugăm
+să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import.</para>
   </warning>
 
-  <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import documents:</para>
+  <para>Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru
+alegerea unei metode de importat documente:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -86,15 +86,15 @@ to import documents:</para>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark
-class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My
-Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My
-Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the
-appropriate item in this window.</para>
+  <para>Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark
+class="registered">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My
+Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My
+Pictures</emphasis>. Este posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul
+potrivit în această fereastră.</para>
 
-  <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press
-<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method
-to import bookmarks:</para>
+  <para>Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru
+alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ to import bookmarks:</para>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia
-<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para>
+  <para>Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet
+Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța
+<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia.</para>
 
-  <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
+  <para>Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
 
   
 
@@ -125,11 +125,11 @@ With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>
-button.</para>
+  <para>Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul
+<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>.</para>
 
-  <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the
-<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para>
+  <para>Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu
+butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>.</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/ro/userdrake.xml
index 93bd24c5..1edbe75b 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro/userdrake.xml
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro/userdrake.xml
@@ -30,17 +30,19 @@ role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> ca root.</para>
 <emphasis role="bold">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și
 este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”.</para>
 
-  <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this
-means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings
-(ID, shell, ...)</para>
+  <para>Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și
+grupurile. Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori
+și să modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor,
+...)</para>
 
-  <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in
-the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
-<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para>
+  <para>Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt
+listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile
+în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același
+fel.</para>
 
   <para><guibutton>1 Adaugă un utilizator</guibutton></para>
 
-  <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para>
+  <para>Acest buton deschide o fereastră nouă cu toate cîmpurile goale:</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -48,42 +50,43 @@ the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the
-entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything
-or nothing as well!</para>
+  <para>Cîmpul <emphasis role="bold">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui
+și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol.</para>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp
 obligatoriu.</para>
 
-  <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly
-recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the
-password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should
-use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The
-shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para>
+  <para>Definirea unei <emphasis role="bold">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de
+recomandată. Este un mic scut în dreapta, dacă este roșu, parola este prea
+slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți utiliza
+cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul devine
+portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei.</para>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure
-you entered what you intended to.</para>
+  <para>Cîmpul <emphasis role="bold">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo pentru
+a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită.</para>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows
-you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are
-Bash, Dash and Sh.</para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă
+derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de
+utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh.</para>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if
-checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new
-user as the only member (this may be edited).</para>
+  <para>Dacă este bifat <emphasis role="bold">Creează un grup privat pentru
+utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca
+al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi
+modificat).</para>
 
-  <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately
-after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
+  <para>Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat
+imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Adaugă un grup</emphasis></para>
 
-  <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific
-group ID.</para>
+  <para>Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar,
+ID-ul specific al grupului.</para>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)</para>
 
-  <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given
-for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
+  <para><guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate
+datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu
+poate fi schimbat).</para>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">Informații cont</emphasis>:</para>
 
@@ -93,18 +96,18 @@ for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.
-Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary
-accounts.</para>
+  <para>Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a
+contului. Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru
+este util pentru conturile temporare.</para>
 
-  <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long
-as the account is locked.</para>
+  <para>A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă
+atîta timp cît contul este blocat.</para>
 
-  <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para>
+  <para>De asemenea, este posibilă schimbarea pictogramei.</para>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an
-expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his
-password periodically.</para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să
+definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul
+să-și schimbe parola periodic.</para>
 
   <mediaobject>
     <imageobject>
@@ -112,44 +115,46 @@ password periodically.</para>
     </imageobject>
   </mediaobject>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that
-the user is a member of.</para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din
+care va face parte utilizatorul.</para>
 
   <note>
-    <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be
-effective until his/her next login.</para>
+    <para>Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi
+efective pînă la următoarea autentificare.</para>
   </note>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Editează</emphasis> (cu un grup selecționat)</para>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group
-name.</para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați
+numele grupului.</para>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users
-who are members of the group</para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți
+selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup.</para>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Șterge</emphasis></para>
 
-  <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis
-role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to
-ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group
-has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para>
+  <para>Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis
+role="bold">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va
+apărea o fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și
+căsuța sa poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup
+privat pentru utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters.</para>
 
   <warning>
-    <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para>
+    <para>Se poate șterge un grup care nu este vid.</para>
   </warning>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Împrospătează</emphasis></para>
 
-  <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to
-refresh the display.</para>
+  <para>Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui
+Userdrake. Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea.</para>
 
   <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Cont invitat</emphasis></para>
 
-  <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended
-to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login
-is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications
-to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the
-end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click
-in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para>
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este
+destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină
+securitate. Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu
+se pot face modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt
+șterse la sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit,
+pentru a-l dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează
+contul invitat</guimenu>.</para>
 </section>
 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po
index 72f4f188..3a43bdfd 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po
@@ -1,23 +1,24 @@
-# Copyright (C) 2013 Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia rpmdrake help package.
-#
-# Тарасов Александр <algri14@mail.ru>, 2013.
-# AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>, 2013.
-#
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
+# 
+# Translators:
+# a <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>, 2013
+# angry_snake <inactive+angry_snake@transifex.com>, 2014
+# Тарасов Александр <algri14@mail.ru>, 2013
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia rpmdrake help 3.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:04+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Russian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
-"Language: uk\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 14:27+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ru/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.5\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
@@ -29,7 +30,8 @@ msgstr "Совместный доступ к дискам и каталогам
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -37,12 +39,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -50,10 +49,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», "
-"раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -73,12 +69,7 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - "
-"протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально "
-"так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На "
-"компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не "
-"предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV."
+msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -91,11 +82,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если "
-"таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью "
-"нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в "
-"поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки."
+msgstr "На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -103,17 +90,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора "
-"следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка "
-"монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже "
-"настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо "
-"внести какие-либо изменения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
+" it, if needed."
+msgstr "После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо внести какие-либо изменения."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -123,21 +105,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgid ""
 "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
 "point."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной "
-"точки монтирования."
+msgstr "Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной точки монтирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. "
-"Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -147,27 +125,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать "
-"каталог для немедленного использования."
+msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать каталог для немедленного использования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет "
-"снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После "
-"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует "
-"ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните "
-"внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования "
-"сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для "
-"одноразового использования."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
+"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
+" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr "После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для одноразового использования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -179,7 +149,8 @@ msgstr "Настройки доступа к разделам жёсткого �
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -187,12 +158,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -201,22 +169,14 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как "
-"администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять "
-"подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование "
-"другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут "
-"работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), "
-"пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего "
-"жёсткого диска»."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
+" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего жёсткого диска»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -225,22 +185,11 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
+" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
+" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить "
-"пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» "
-"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ "
-"следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем "
-"пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и "
-"<guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить "
-"доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые "
-"будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к "
-"группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. "
-"Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на "
-"следующих шагах настройки."
+msgstr "Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и <guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на следующих шагах настройки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -251,16 +200,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница "
-"настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант "
-"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в "
-"локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под "
-"управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только "
-"выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это "
-"требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с "
-"новыми настройками."
+msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с новыми настройками."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -270,42 +210,24 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Если не выбран вариант «Выборочно», на этом настройка будет завершена. Если "
-"же вы выбрали вариант «Выборочно», появится страница, на которой программа "
-"попросит вас открыть окно программы Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы "
-"сможете добавить пользователей, которым будет разрешено предоставлять "
-"каталоги в общее пользование в группу fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» "
-"выберите пользователя, которого необходимо добавить к этой группе, затем "
-"нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Редактировать</guimenuitem>, на вкладке "
-"«Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>. Более подробное описание программы Userdrake можно найти на "
-"<link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">этой странице</link>."
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
+" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr "Если не выбран вариант «Выборочно», на этом настройка будет завершена. Если же вы выбрали вариант «Выборочно», появится страница, на которой программа попросит вас открыть окно программы Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы сможете добавить пользователей, которым будет разрешено предоставлять каталоги в общее пользование в группу fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» выберите пользователя, которого необходимо добавить к этой группе, затем нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Редактировать</guimenuitem>, на вкладке «Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Более подробное описание программы Userdrake можно найти на <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">этой странице</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового "
-"пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а "
-"затем установите соединение повторно."
+msgstr "Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а затем установите соединение повторно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
+" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто "
-"обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт "
-"каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и "
-"воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие "
-"возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)."
+msgstr "После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -323,7 +245,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка общего доступа к дискам и пап
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -336,12 +259,9 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -350,16 +270,9 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем "
-"пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем "
-"Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для "
-"пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно "
-"осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью "
-"программ для управления файлами."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
+" user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью программ для управления файлами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -371,21 +284,17 @@ msgstr "Процедура"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список "
-"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
+msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, "
-"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к "
-"которому вы хотите получить доступ."
+msgstr "Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к которому вы хотите получить доступ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -393,13 +302,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью "
-"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
+" to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr "Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -410,18 +318,16 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также "
-"можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно "
-"размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
+msgstr "После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -431,18 +337,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
+" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> "
-"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы "
-"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает "
-"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть "
-"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с "
-"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -457,7 +358,8 @@ msgstr "Программа для записи CD/DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -465,12 +367,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -478,17 +377,12 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. "
-"Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных "
-"(только для CD/DVD и дисководов)."
+msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных (только для CD/DVD и дисководов)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков."
+msgstr "Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
@@ -497,11 +391,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr ""
-"В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и "
-"параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части "
-"окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -512,9 +402,7 @@ msgstr "Точка монтирования"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /"
-"media/cdrom."
+msgstr "Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -524,12 +412,9 @@ msgstr "Параметры"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или "
-"нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами "
-"являются:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
+" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr "Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами являются:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -542,11 +427,7 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-"Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) "
-"монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов "
-"noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только "
-"пользователь, который его смонтировал."
+msgstr "Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только пользователь, который его смонтировал."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -561,12 +442,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -575,55 +453,40 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи "
-"компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел "
-"популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам "
-"общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ "
-"к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного "
-"сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
+" tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, "
-"например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr "До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список "
-"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
+" share directories."
+msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, "
-"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к "
-"которому вы хотите получить доступ."
+msgstr "Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к которому вы хотите получить доступ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью "
-"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
+msgstr "Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -634,11 +497,7 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью "
-"кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или "
-"изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -646,17 +505,16 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, "
-"которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После "
-"монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
+msgstr "С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -667,16 +525,12 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> "
-"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы "
-"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает "
-"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть "
-"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с "
-"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"dolphin."
+msgstr "После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -691,7 +545,8 @@ msgstr "3D - эффекты рабочего стола."
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -699,11 +554,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -711,10 +564,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей "
-"операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -727,42 +577,30 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет "
-"glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас "
-"установить его до того, как запустит drak3d."
+msgstr "Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас установить его до того, как запустит drak3d."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-"После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы "
-"сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</"
-"guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является "
-"частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным "
-"использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. "
-"Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую "
-"композитную систему управления окнами."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
+msgstr "После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую композитную систему управления окнами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки "
-"Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что "
-"для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
+" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr "Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -773,20 +611,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный "
-"пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами "
-"следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё."
+msgstr "Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr ""
-"После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. "
-"Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings "
-"Manager)."
+msgstr "После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -804,13 +636,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-"Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной "
-"записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы "
-"вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий "
-"стол» и выберите drak3d."
+msgstr "Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий стол» и выберите drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -820,14 +649,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-"После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является "
-"административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. "
-"Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь "
-"ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить "
-"изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
+" log in problem."
+msgstr "После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -839,7 +663,8 @@ msgstr "Аутентификация"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -847,20 +672,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
+" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -868,11 +689,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем "
-"компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит "
-"администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны "
-"быть предоставлены администратором сети."
+msgstr "По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны быть предоставлены администратором сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -884,7 +701,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка способа загрузки системы"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -892,12 +710,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -905,81 +720,55 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить "
-"пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра "
-"управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»."
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий "
-"своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может "
-"помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!"
+msgstr "Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
+" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
-"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
-"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
-"you machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> можно "
-"выбрать загрузчик, который следует использовать Grub или Lilo, и определить "
-"каким будет меню, графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь "
-"вопросом вкуса, никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не "
-"будет. Кроме того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</"
-"guibutton>. Не изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах "
-"загрузки. Устройство загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен "
-"загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
+" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
+msgstr "С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> можно выбрать загрузчик, который следует использовать Grub или Lilo, и определить каким будет меню, графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь вопросом вкуса, никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не будет. Кроме того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</guibutton>. Не изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах загрузки. Устройство загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
+" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете "
-"установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> "
-"в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список "
-"операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если в течение "
-"паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система по "
-"умолчанию."
+msgstr "С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если в течение паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система по умолчанию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью третьей и последней части, которая называется "
-"<guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика."
+msgstr "С помощью третьей и последней части, которая называется <guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ "
-"к дополнительным параметрам."
+msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ к дополнительным параметрам."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -993,12 +782,7 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс "
-"дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. "
-"С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, "
-"которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте "
-"этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI."
+msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -1010,27 +794,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Включить SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный "
-"многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем."
+msgstr "SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии "
-"HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP."
+msgstr "Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgstr "<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -1041,21 +819,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-"APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller "
-"(улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два "
-"компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. "
-"Этот контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из периферийных "
-"каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются "
-"весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут "
-"иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к зависанию работы или ложного "
-"обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: "
-"IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/"
-"или локальный APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
+" APIC."
+msgstr "APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. Этот контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из периферийных каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к зависанию работы или ложного обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/или локальный APIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -1064,24 +833,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
-"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
+" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
-"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-"После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> вы увидите список всех "
-"доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. "
-"Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и "
-"нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, чтобы переместить его. В ответ на "
-"нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</"
-"guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить "
-"новый пункт меню Grub или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не "
-"используйте эти кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или "
-"Grub."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
+" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> вы увидите список всех доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, чтобы переместить его. В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить новый пункт меню Grub или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не используйте эти кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или Grub."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -1092,47 +853,35 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-"Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы "
-"можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт "
-"соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3."
+msgstr "Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-"В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот "
-"пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-"В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, "
-"на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». "
-"Пример: (hd0,1)."
+msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». Пример: (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-"В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые "
-"передаются ядру во время загрузки."
+msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые передаются ядру во время загрузки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает "
-"соответствующую систему по умолчанию."
+msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает соответствующую систему по умолчанию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -1140,11 +889,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки "
-"<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, "
-"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">Сетевой "
-"профиль</xref> из выпадающих списков."
+msgstr "С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">Сетевой профиль</xref> из выпадающих списков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -1156,7 +901,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка автовхода"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -1164,11 +910,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -1177,22 +921,14 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же "
-"рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется "
-"автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если "
-"компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка "
-"автовхода»."
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка автовхода»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -1202,43 +938,28 @@ msgstr "Назначение кнопок интерфейса является
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</"
-"guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. "
-"Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. "
-"Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима "
-"вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start "
-"dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
+"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr "Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start dm'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
+" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы "
-"можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический "
-"вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о "
-"том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет "
-"просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта "
-"<guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим "
-"столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров "
-"<guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта <guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров <guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
 msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-"Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах"
+msgstr "Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
@@ -1248,44 +969,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
-"только из командной строки."
+msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл "
-"например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
-"emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно "
-"свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько "
-"гигабайт."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
+" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
+"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
+msgstr "Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько гигабайт."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, "
-"без предварительного удаления ненужных частей."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
+" the unneeded parts."
+msgstr "Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, без предварительного удаления ненужных частей."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1462,21 +1171,12 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой "
-"программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к "
-"новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе "
-"эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью "
-"следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на "
-"диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние "
-"5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
-"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
+" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
+"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние 5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1488,7 +1188,8 @@ msgstr "Отчёты об ошибках в Mageia"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1496,38 +1197,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-"Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается "
-"автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так "
-"случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот "
-"инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим "
-"предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
+" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
+"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
+"report."
+msgstr "Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-"Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще "
-"никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать "
-"надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»."
+"then please read <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
+"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
+"button."
+msgstr "Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1535,11 +1227,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-"Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае "
-"сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить "
-"комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка "
-"встречается не только в одной системе."
+msgstr "Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка встречается не только в одной системе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1551,7 +1239,8 @@ msgstr "Управление настройками даты и времени"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1559,26 +1248,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с "
-"помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел "
-"подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах "
-"рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки "
-"мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта "
-"«Настроить дату и время...»."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта «Настроить дату и время...»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1589,48 +1270,30 @@ msgstr "Это очень простая программа."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
+" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-"В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</"
-"emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем "
-"левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), "
-"воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по "
-"бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием "
-"соответствующего пункта в календаре."
+msgstr "В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием соответствующего пункта в календаре."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-"В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда "
-"точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите "
-"<guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший "
-"к вашему местоположению сервер."
+msgstr "В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role=\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите <guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший к вашему местоположению сервер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-"В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</"
-"emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет "
-"смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и "
-"13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на "
-"часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для "
-"изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего "
-"рабочего окружения."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
+" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
+" your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr "В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и 13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего рабочего окружения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1638,21 +1301,15 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-"Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого "
-"следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать "
-"соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка."
+msgstr "Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
+" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы "
-"невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии "
-"с указанными вами параметрами локализации."
+msgstr "Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии с указанными вами параметрами локализации."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1664,7 +1321,8 @@ msgstr "Удалить соединение"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1672,30 +1330,23 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder "
-"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а "
-"затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
@@ -1714,7 +1365,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса (L
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1722,12 +1374,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1735,21 +1384,14 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам "
-"понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) "
-"или администратора вашей сети."
+msgstr "С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) или администратора вашей сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется "
-"используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика "
-"услуг (провайдером)."
+msgstr "Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика услуг (провайдером)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1761,160 +1403,133 @@ msgstr "Новое проводное соединение (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из "
-"них, который следует настроить."
+msgstr "В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из них, который следует настроить."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: "
-"автоматически или вручную."
+msgstr "На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "Автоматический IP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
+" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
-"получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
-"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
-"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
-"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
-"умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может "
-"быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт "
-"<emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, "
-"определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы "
-"настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора "
-"ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно "
-"указать следующие параметры:"
+msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно указать следующие параметры:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-"Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)"
+msgstr "Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "Клиент DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "Задержка DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
 msgstr "Получить серверы YP с DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите сервер NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-"Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)"
+msgstr "Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-"DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-"
-"сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот "
-"вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP."
+msgstr "DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть "
-"выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end"
-"\"/>"
+msgstr "После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Настройка вручную"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
-"получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут "
-"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать "
-"адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. "
-"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А "
-"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
+msgstr "В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск "
-"домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
-"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а "
-"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть "
-"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий "
-"домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для "
-"настройки домашнего ADSL."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть «domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для настройки домашнего ADSL."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1935,14 +1550,11 @@ msgstr "Новое спутниковое соединение (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что "
-"можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по "
-"документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
+" can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1954,79 +1566,59 @@ msgstr "Новое кабельное соединение с помощью м�
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr " Вам следует указать способ авторизации:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Нет"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-"BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя "
-"пользователя и пароль."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
+" and password."
+msgstr "BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя пользователя и пароль."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
+" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет "
-"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
-"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
-"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
-"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
-"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть "
-"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить "
-"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла "
-"предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер "
-"на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует "
-"обозначать этот пункт."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
+" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет "
-"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
-"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
-"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
-"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
-"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен "
-"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
-"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а "
-"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть "
-"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий "
-"домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для "
-"настройки домашнего соединения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
+"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
+"domestic connection would not need this setting."
+msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть «domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для настройки домашнего соединения."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -2041,48 +1633,47 @@ msgstr "Новое DSL-соединение"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит "
-"выбрать один из них и настроить его."
+msgstr "Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит выбрать один из них и настроить его."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
-"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию "
-"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные "
-"вашим провайдером."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные вашим провайдером."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Выберите один из доступных протоколов:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Протокол динамической конфигурации клиента (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Настройки TCP/IP вручную"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP через ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP через Ethernet (PPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Туннельный протокол типа точка-точка (PPTP)"
@@ -2092,22 +1683,26 @@ msgstr "Туннельный протокол типа точка-точка (PP
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Параметры доступа"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Логин (имя пользователя)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Пароль учётной записи"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Дополнительно) Виртуальный путь ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Дополнительно) Виртуальный канал ID (VCI)"
@@ -2127,12 +1722,14 @@ msgstr "Новое ISDN-соединение"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать устройство для настройки:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Выбор вручную (Внутренняя плата ISDN)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Внешний модем ISDN"
@@ -2142,16 +1739,16 @@ msgstr "Внешний модем ISDN"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и "
-"производителями. Выберите вашу карту."
+msgstr "Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и производителями. Выберите вашу карту."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Протокол для всего мира, кроме Европы (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Протокол для Европы (EDSS1)"
@@ -2160,32 +1757,31 @@ msgstr "Протокол для Европы (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
-"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию "
-"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные "
-"вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие "
-"данные:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие данные:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Название соединения"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Номер телефона"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "Идентификатор входа ID (логин)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Метод авторизации"
@@ -2195,51 +1791,43 @@ msgstr "Метод авторизации"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-"После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. "
-"Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети."
+msgstr "После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: "
-"автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать "
-"следующие данные:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
+" put:"
+msgstr "На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать следующие данные:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Название домена"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Первый и второй DNS сервер"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт "
-"следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг "
-"предусмотрено такое определение."
+msgstr "Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг предусмотрено такое определение."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать "
-"адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения "
-"вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
+" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
+"the IP address."
+msgstr "На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -2252,112 +1840,114 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-"На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для "
-"драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите "
-"настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы "
-"настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам."
+msgstr "На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-"На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, "
-"которые были обнаружены картой."
+msgstr "На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, которые были обнаружены картой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Специфические параметры для карт беспроводной связи:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Режим работы:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Управляемый"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Для получения доступа к точке доступа (самый распространённый случай)."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Для настройки прямого соединения между компьютерами."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Имя сети (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Режим шифрования, зависит от параметров настройки вашей точки доступа."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его "
-"поддержка  со стороны вашего оборудования."
+msgstr "Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его поддержка  со стороны вашего оборудования."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-"На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа "
-"шифрования."
+msgstr "На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа шифрования."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Ключ шифрования"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr ""
-"Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка "
-"доступа."
+msgid ""
+"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgstr "Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка доступа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:552
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и "
-"определением его вручную."
+msgstr "На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и определением его вручную."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -2367,66 +1957,49 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
-"компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут "
-"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать "
-"адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. "
-"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию "
-"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть "
-"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить "
-"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr "<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-"Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS"
+msgstr "Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к "
-"шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend="
-"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr "После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь "
-"также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет "
-"указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost."
-"localdomain</literal>."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
+" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168."
-"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А "
-"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr "В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен "
-"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
-"части, до точки."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
+msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2438,32 +2011,27 @@ msgstr "Новое соединение GPRS/Edge/3G"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит "
-"выбрать один из них и настроить его."
+msgstr "Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит выбрать один из них и настроить его."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
 msgstr ""
-"Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN-код не нужен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:658
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена "
-"автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Укажите параметры доступа"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Название точки доступа"
@@ -2478,12 +2046,14 @@ msgstr "Новое сетевое соединение Bluetooth"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Новое аналоговое телефонное соединение с помощью модема (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Выбор вручную"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Обнаружение оборудования, если таковое имеется."
@@ -2498,70 +2068,73 @@ msgstr "Список предлагаемых портов. Выберите н�
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
-"Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не "
-"окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите "
-"значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого "
-"программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Название соединения</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Номер телефона</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Логин пользователя</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Пароль</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Авторизация</emphasis>, выберите один из этих вариантов:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "На основе скрипта"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "На основе терминала"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2595,9 +2168,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Включить подсчёт трафика</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</"
-"emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2605,17 +2176,12 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-"В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт "
-"<emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта "
-"можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа "
-"в зависимости от силы сигнала."
+msgstr "В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт <emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа в зависимости от силы сигнала."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:"
+msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:820
@@ -2642,11 +2208,10 @@ msgstr "Включить туннелирование с IPv6 в IPv4"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться "
-"немедленно или нет."
+msgstr "На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться немедленно или нет."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2661,7 +2226,8 @@ msgstr "Открытие консоли от имени администрато
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2669,24 +2235,17 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы "
-"(пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем "
-"идет речь."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
+" information about that."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы (пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем идет речь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2698,7 +2257,8 @@ msgstr "Управление разделами диска"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk або diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2706,13 +2266,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2720,27 +2277,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной "
-"- малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех "
-"данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине "
-"вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку "
-"<emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу "
-"с программой."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr "Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной - малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу с программой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на "
-"нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т."
-"д.)."
+msgstr "Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т.д.)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2750,19 +2299,12 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете "
-"скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. "
-"Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение "
-"размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр "
-"содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка "
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна "
-"предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, "
-"расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
+" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
+msgstr "Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка <emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2770,18 +2312,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-"Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, "
-"вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, "
-"форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, "
-"вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел."
+msgstr "Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
 msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-"Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы "
-"раздела."
+msgstr "Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы раздела."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:53
@@ -2790,20 +2326,15 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить "
-"раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена "
-"пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold"
-"\">Создать</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold\">Создать</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет "
-"осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана."
+msgstr "Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2814,13 +2345,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажатие кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в "
-"частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже "
-"снимке."
+msgstr "Нажатие кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже снимке."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2835,7 +2363,8 @@ msgstr "Настройки программы для управления сеа
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2843,24 +2372,17 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет "
-"использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны "
-"только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей "
-"системе."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
+" on your system will be shown."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей системе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2868,11 +2390,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-"Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в "
-"систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные "
-"возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, KDM и GDM имеют "
-"значительно более широкие возможности."
+msgstr "Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, KDM и GDM имеют значительно более широкие возможности."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2884,7 +2402,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка персонального файервола"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2892,12 +2411,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2906,30 +2422,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел "
-"«Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно "
-"получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, "
-"прав доступа и аудита системы»."
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел «Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, прав доступа и аудита системы»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
+" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-"Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается "
-"вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были "
-"явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы "
-"можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. "
-"Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, "
-"<guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-"
-"то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы."
+msgstr "Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, <guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2938,11 +2442,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr ""
-"Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В "
-"поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. "
-"Например:"
+msgstr "Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. Например:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2964,12 +2464,10 @@ msgstr "Порты в списке разделяются пробелами."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в "
-"системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в "
-"системный журнал."
+msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в системный журнал."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2980,11 +2478,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, "
-"почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), "
-"то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, "
-"поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом."
+msgstr "Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2994,33 +2488,24 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы "
-"интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, "
-"<guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете "
-"приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй "
-"пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется "
-"сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все "
-"остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью "
-"предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и "
-"«80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа "
-"предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
+" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
+"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr "С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, <guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и «80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-"Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета."
+msgstr "Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -3029,22 +2514,16 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов "
-"сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. "
-"Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система "
-"установит необходимые для работы пакеты."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
+" packages are downloaded."
+msgstr "С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система установит необходимые для работы пакеты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт "
-"«Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»."
+msgstr "Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт «Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
@@ -3056,7 +2535,8 @@ msgstr "Удаление и установка шрифтов. Импорт шр
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -3064,11 +2544,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -3077,11 +2555,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</"
-"emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в "
-"операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:"
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -3101,18 +2575,14 @@ msgstr "кнопки, назначение которых описано ниж�
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут "
-"найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, "
-"на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
+" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -3122,11 +2592,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Параметры:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в "
-"основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
+" to use the fonts."
+msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -3139,10 +2607,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии "
-"места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может "
-"повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы."
+msgstr "Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -3154,29 +2619,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, "
-"интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и "
-"gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а "
-"затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет "
-"открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы "
-"шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в "
-"каталог /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в каталог /usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате "
-"установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте "
-"его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу."
+msgstr "Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -3188,7 +2642,8 @@ msgstr "Родительский контроль"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -3196,25 +2651,18 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из "
-"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел "
-"<guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не "
-"будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не "
-"установлен)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел <guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не установлен)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -3227,43 +2675,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-"Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на "
-"вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить "
-"временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В "
-"drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:"
+msgstr "Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные "
-"временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, "
-"встроенного в Mageia."
+msgstr "Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, встроенного в Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-"Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти "
-"пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
+" only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr "Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-"Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и "
-"«белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. "
-"Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым "
-"кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
+msgstr "Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и «белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -3277,33 +2712,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами "
-"Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением "
-"настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является "
-"возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к "
-"отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы "
-"Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти "
-"списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с "
-"включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит "
-"операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить "
-"компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля "
-"доступа)."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
+" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
+"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
+" will then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr "Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля доступа)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот "
-"пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет "
-"доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
+" is opened."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -3311,11 +2732,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен "
-"этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на "
-"вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет "
-"открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -3327,15 +2744,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого "
-"списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ "
-"пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые "
-"пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к "
-"разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка "
-"пользователей без ограничения в доступе."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка пользователей без ограничения в доступе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -3344,11 +2753,7 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ "
-"к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени "
-"<guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ "
-"будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени <guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -3360,9 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Чёрный»/«Белый» список"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -3372,23 +2775,17 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Заблокированные программы»"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
+" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно "
-"включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым "
-"программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите "
-"заблокировать."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите заблокировать."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из "
-"правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -3400,7 +2797,8 @@ msgstr "Совместный доступ к Интернету с другим�
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -3410,7 +2808,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Принципы"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -3425,23 +2824,14 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, "
-"если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной "
-"сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы "
-"предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). "
-"Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта "
-"Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с "
-"интернетом (2)."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с интернетом (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, "
-"как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr "На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -3451,30 +2841,23 @@ msgstr "Мастер настройки шлюза"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-"Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные "
-"шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:"
+msgstr "Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-"Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он "
-"предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить "
-"оборудование."
+msgstr "Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить оборудование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -3482,31 +2865,22 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. "
-"Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но "
-"вам следует проверить корректность его предложения."
+msgstr "Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но вам следует проверить корректность его предложения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной "
-"сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он "
-"корректным."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
+" one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr "Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он корректным."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-"Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску "
-"сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей "
-"конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
+" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
+" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr "Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -3514,22 +2888,15 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите "
-"утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. "
-"Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес "
-"DNS-сервера."
+msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес DNS-сервера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то "
-"мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит "
-"вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
+" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -3538,30 +2905,20 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если "
-"да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит "
-"вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по "
-"умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию "
-"myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по "
-"умолчанию 100 МБ)."
+msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по умолчанию 100 МБ)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-"На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам "
-"и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование."
+msgstr "На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, "
-"если он активен."
+msgstr "Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, если он активен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:109
@@ -3574,14 +2931,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с "
-"помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по "
-"DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. "
-"Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной "
-"на клиентских компьютерах."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
+" using."
+msgstr "Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной на клиентских компьютерах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -3589,10 +2941,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr ""
-"Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в "
-"частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет "
-"работать как шлюз."
+msgstr "Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет работать как шлюз."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -3603,12 +2952,9 @@ msgstr "Прекращение совместного использования
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на "
-"компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит "
-"вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование "
-"соединения."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
+msgstr "Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование соединения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -3620,7 +2966,8 @@ msgstr "Определения узлов"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -3628,11 +2975,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3641,12 +2986,7 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-"Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к "
-"собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то "
-"с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете "
-"указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения "
-"названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса."
+msgstr "Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -3659,11 +2999,7 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее "
-"нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если "
-"нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и "
-"основное название."
+msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и основное название."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3675,11 +3011,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее "
-"определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой "
-"кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью "
-"предыдущей кнопки."
+msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью предыдущей кнопки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3691,7 +3023,8 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные настройки сетевого инт�
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3701,23 +3034,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы "
-"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь "
-"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой "
-"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3729,7 +3056,8 @@ msgstr "Сетевой центр"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3737,12 +3065,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3750,48 +3075,40 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. "
-"Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»."
+msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-"После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных "
-"на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т."
-"д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в "
-"зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за "
-"сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. "
-"Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само "
-"соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления "
-"Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
+" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
+"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
+"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
+"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr "После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т.д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления Mageia."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3801,59 +3118,36 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-"На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей "
-"проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из "
-"соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"(сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает "
-"беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было "
-"установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения "
-"для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение "
-"установлено, а красный - не установлено."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
+" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
+" connected."
+msgstr "На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение установлено, а красный - не установлено."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-"В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными "
-"по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, "
-"использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый "
-"- шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните "
-"на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: "
-"<guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или "
-"<guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с "
-"использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, "
-"будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа "
-"попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности "
-"ключа шифрования)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
+msgstr "В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый - шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: <guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности ключа шифрования)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на "
-"экране."
+msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на экране."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3863,7 +3157,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Кнопка «Наблюдать»"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3873,14 +3168,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, "
-"получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой "
-"данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить "
-"наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой "
-"кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
+" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3888,21 +3178,14 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-"Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем "
-"примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - "
-"беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с "
-"помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений."
+msgstr "Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-"В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет "
-"трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем "
-"разделе."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr "В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем разделе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3914,7 +3197,8 @@ msgstr "Кнопка «Настроить»"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Проводная сеть</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3924,14 +3208,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-"Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В "
-"подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт "
-"<guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</"
-"guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может "
-"быть лучшим вариантом."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
+" configuration may give better results."
+msgstr "Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт <guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может быть лучшим вариантом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3940,11 +3219,7 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-" В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий "
-"формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и "
-"<guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера."
+msgstr " В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и <guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3953,28 +3228,22 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то "
-"программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена "
-"данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за "
-"сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может "
-"потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
 "Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопка «Дополнительно»:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3989,7 +3258,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Беспроводная сеть</emphasis>
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Приведено описание лишь пунктов, которые не были описаны выше."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -4007,13 +3277,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с "
-"помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет "
-"обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это "
-"сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если "
-"ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте "
-"должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима."
+msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
@@ -4028,16 +3292,11 @@ msgstr "Если это частная сеть, вы должны знать э
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
+" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-"В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты "
-"паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно "
-"распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или "
-"домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно "
-"редким вариантом в частных сетях."
+msgstr "В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно редким вариантом в частных сетях."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -4049,11 +3308,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить роуминг точки д�
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку "
-"доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью."
+msgstr "Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -4063,7 +3321,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Кнопка дополнительных параметров"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -4078,7 +3337,8 @@ msgstr "Управления различными сетевыми профил�
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -4086,12 +3346,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -4103,7 +3360,8 @@ msgstr "Предоставление общего доступа к файлам
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -4116,24 +3374,21 @@ msgstr "Предпосылки"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
+" first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr "Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid ""
+"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Нужно установить пакет nfs-utils. Вы хотите его установить?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -4153,11 +3408,7 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее "
-"пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. "
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты "
-"конфигурирования."
+msgstr "Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты конфигурирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -4170,12 +3421,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr ""
-"Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть "
-"с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие "
-"параметры."
+msgstr "Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие параметры."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -4191,10 +3440,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен "
-"в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно "
-"открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса."
+msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -4206,9 +3452,7 @@ msgstr "Доступ к узлу"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке "
-"совместного использования."
+msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке совместного использования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -4220,17 +3464,12 @@ msgstr "Клиенты NFS можно указать несколькими сп
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры "
-"названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или "
-"в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса"
+msgstr "<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как "
-"@группа."
+msgstr "<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как @группа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
@@ -4238,10 +3477,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать "
-"шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам "
-"домена cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr "<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам домена cs.foo.edu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -4249,10 +3485,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно "
-"экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» "
-"или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети."
+msgstr "<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -4264,47 +3497,32 @@ msgstr "Сопоставление ID пользователей "
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: "
-"перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). "
-"Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или "
-"выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором "
-"сервера или самим сервером."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
+" the server itself."
+msgstr "<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором сервера или самим сервером."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: "
-"отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для "
-"бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
+" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить "
-"все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с "
-"помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с "
-"противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей "
-"(no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
+" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
+" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr "<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей (no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid "
-"анонимного аккаунта."
+msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid анонимного аккаунта."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -4315,12 +3533,9 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные параметры"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы "
-"запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED "
-"(1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
+" is on by default."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -4329,11 +3544,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение "
-"запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По "
-"умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой "
-"запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -4341,11 +3552,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать "
-"протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые "
-"являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище "
-"(например, диск)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище (например, диск)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -4353,11 +3560,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, "
-"что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить "
-"надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки "
-"exports(5)."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки exports(5)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -4369,7 +3572,8 @@ msgstr "Пункты меню"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "В списке должен быть хотя бы один пункт."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -4393,9 +3597,7 @@ msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезапустить"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
 msgid ""
 "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих "
-"файлов настройки."
+msgstr "Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих файлов настройки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -4405,9 +3607,9 @@ msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезагрузить"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-"Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
+msgstr "Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -4419,7 +3621,8 @@ msgstr "Прокси"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -4427,45 +3630,30 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
+" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-"Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы "
-"можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у "
-"администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым "
-"следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера."
+msgstr "Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
+" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-"Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных "
-"сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или "
-"программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, "
-"которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система "
-"соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной "
-"службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса "
-"на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и "
-"управления сложностью запроса.»"
+msgstr "Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса.»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -4477,7 +3665,8 @@ msgstr "Настроить Источник"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -4485,17 +3674,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-"Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников "
-"программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями "
-"данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники "
-"программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и "
-"обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, "
-"описанную ниже)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
+" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
+" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
+" below)."
+msgstr "Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, описанную ниже)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -4515,23 +3698,14 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-"Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так "
-"называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый "
-"дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют "
-"вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры "
-"(их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch "
-"в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64."
+msgstr "Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры (их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -4539,10 +3713,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type="
-"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -4559,10 +3730,7 @@ msgstr "Столбец «Включён»:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-"Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. "
-"Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, "
-"поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы."
+msgstr "Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -4576,13 +3744,7 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует "
-"обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом "
-"«Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в "
-"этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть "
-"консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом «Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -4594,38 +3756,28 @@ msgstr "Столбец «Источник»:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для "
-"окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:"
+msgstr "Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий "
-"большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, "
-"содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами "
-"лицензирования."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами лицензирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со "
-"свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в "
-"некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -4637,9 +3789,7 @@ msgstr "Каждая запись источников содержит 4 под
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на "
-"день выпуска вашей версии Mageia."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на день выпуска вашей версии Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -4647,34 +3797,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, "
-"обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения "
-"недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с "
-"интернетом является очень медленным."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с интернетом является очень медленным."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для "
-"некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron "
-"(репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не "
-"завершена)."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron (репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не завершена)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
+" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, "
-"который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать "
-"возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по "
-"обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов."
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -4692,12 +3830,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните "
-"левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт "
-"носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или "
-"DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального "
-"источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска."
+msgstr "Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -4709,9 +3842,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Редактировать:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-"Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и "
-"параметры прокси-сервера)."
+msgstr "Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и параметры прокси-сервера)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -4724,16 +3855,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
+" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных "
-"репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После "
-"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное "
-"окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. "
-"Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи "
-"пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»."
+msgstr "Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -4744,17 +3869,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопки со стрелками вверх и вниз:<
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-"Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов "
-"программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном "
-"порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в "
-"списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; "
-"если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего "
-"выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым "
-"доступом в начале списка."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
+" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
+"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr "Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым доступом в начале списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -4769,12 +3887,9 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Обновить:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. "
-"Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
+" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr "В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -4785,25 +3900,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить указанное зеркало
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
+" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-"Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного "
-"репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает "
-"слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое "
-"зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню "
-"<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте "
-"выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите "
-"<guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность "
-"соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано "
-"следующее окно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню <guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите <guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано следующее окно:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -4814,10 +3920,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней "
-"нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в "
-"этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -4829,12 +3932,10 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить собственный источ�
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего "
-"репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом "
-"Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:"
+msgstr "Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -4845,10 +3946,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите "
-"краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и "
-"добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -4858,16 +3956,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Общие настройки:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует "
-"<guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или "
-"никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и "
-"указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, "
-"только обновления, всегда или никогда)."
+msgstr "С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует <guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, только обновления, всегда или никогда)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -4877,26 +3970,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Управление ключами:</gui
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-"С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника "
-"используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или "
-"запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите "
-"нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы "
-"сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его "
-"использование."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
+" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
+"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr "С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его использование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с "
-"безопасностью."
+msgstr "Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с безопасностью."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
@@ -4907,20 +3991,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Прокси:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-"
-"сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать "
-"<guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать "
-"<guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
+" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать <guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать <guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
+"page</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4933,7 +4014,8 @@ msgstr "Совместное использование каталогов и д
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4946,13 +4028,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для "
-"совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. "
-"С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме "
-"сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол "
-"используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной "
-"системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba."
+msgstr "Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4968,13 +4044,7 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен "
-"иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно "
-"на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> "
-"или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и "
-"всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера "
-"должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba."
+msgstr "Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4984,26 +4054,20 @@ msgstr "Мастер - Автономный сервер"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
+" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-"После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
-"проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если "
-"пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-"
-"мастер настройки сервера Samba."
+msgstr "После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-мастер настройки сервера Samba."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -5013,11 +4077,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет "
-"обозначен."
+msgstr "На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет обозначен."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -5025,22 +4088,19 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием "
-"группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
+" access to the shared resources."
+msgstr "Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
 "the network."
-msgstr ""
-"Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения "
-"сервера сети."
+msgstr "Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения сервера сети."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -5055,29 +4115,24 @@ msgstr "Выберите режим защиты:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, "
-"чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу."
+msgstr "<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для "
-"распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса."
+msgstr "<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет "
-"предоставлен доступ к ресурсам."
+msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет предоставлен доступ к ресурсам."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -5087,11 +4142,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет "
-"представлен на рабочих станциях Windows."
+msgstr "Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет представлен на рабочих станциях Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -5100,11 +4154,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
 msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы "
-"своей работы."
+msgstr "На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы своей работы."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -5113,15 +4166,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-"Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-"
-"мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, "
-"соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</"
-"code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr "Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -5131,7 +4181,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Мастер: Основной контроллер домена"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -5144,12 +4195,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт "
-"«Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли "
-"поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. "
-"Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного "
-"сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт «Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -5157,11 +4203,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех "
-"учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории "
-"учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей "
-"предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена."
+msgstr "<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -5171,11 +4213,10 @@ msgstr "Назначение каталога, доступ к которому
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:175
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-"Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее "
-"окно:"
+msgstr "Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее окно:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -5183,17 +4224,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую "
-"запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы "
-"можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным "
-"к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
+" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
+msgstr "Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -5201,9 +4239,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:203
 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами "
-"меню."
+msgstr "Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами меню."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
@@ -5240,7 +4276,8 @@ msgstr "Совместный доступ к принтерам"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "С помощью Samba можно также предоставлять общий доступ к принтерам."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -5258,7 +4295,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Пользователи Samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -5269,11 +4307,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет "
-"разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. "
-"Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/"
-"><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr "С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -5285,7 +4319,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка аутентификации для инструме�
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
 msgid "draksec.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
@@ -5293,31 +4328,23 @@ msgstr "draksec.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Безопасность</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Безопасность</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, "
-"необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной "
-"записью администратора."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной записью администратора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:23
@@ -5325,11 +4352,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
 "drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-"Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью "
-"Центра управления Mageia, будет приведён в левой части окна (см. снимок "
-"выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен выпадающий список с "
-"вариантами:"
+msgstr "Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью Центра управления Mageia, будет приведён в левой части окна (см. снимок выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен выпадающий список с вариантами:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:29
@@ -5339,26 +4362,19 @@ msgstr "Без пароля: инструмент запускается без
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:34
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-"Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль "
-"пользователя."
+msgstr "Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль пользователя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:39
 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-"Пароль администратора: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести "
-"пароль администратора (root)"
+msgstr "Пароль администратора: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль администратора (root)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
 "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Значения по умолчанию зависят от выбранного уровня безопасности. Смотрите в "
-"Центре управления Mageia, пункт \"Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и "
-"аудита системы\"."
+msgstr "Значения по умолчанию зависят от выбранного уровня безопасности. Смотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт \"Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и аудита системы\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -5370,7 +4386,8 @@ msgstr "Резервные копии"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -5378,23 +4395,17 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел "
-"«Инструменты администрирования»."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
+"tools</guilabel> section."
+msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел «Инструменты администрирования»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -5402,68 +4413,44 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите "
-"сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot "
-"и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты."
+msgstr "После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку <guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно "
-"<guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное "
-"копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, "
-"пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
+"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
+"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr "Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно <guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите "
-"кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое "
-"всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и "
-"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком "
-"<guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и "
-"файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими "
-"же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы "
-"определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к "
-"резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</"
-"emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</"
-"guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
+" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
+"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
+" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
+"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
+"are done."
+msgstr "Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком <guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий "
-"каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в "
-"каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
+" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную "
-"копию."
+msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную копию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksound.xml:3
@@ -5475,7 +4462,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка звука"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -5483,21 +4471,16 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -5505,21 +4488,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности выбора "
-"драйверов, определение параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой "
-"звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или "
-"изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных."
+msgstr "Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности выбора драйверов, определение параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
-"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> вы можете выбрать "
-"нужный драйвер для работы звуковой карты вашего компьютера из списка "
-"установленных драйверов."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
+" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
+msgstr "С помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> вы можете выбрать нужный драйвер для работы звуковой карты вашего компьютера из списка установленных драйверов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -5527,72 +4504,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr ""
-"В основном, для определения драйвера достаточно возможностей программного "
-"интерфейса OSS или ALSA. Интерфейс OSS является старым и простым, он "
-"предоставляет довольно базовые возможности. Мы рекомендуем использовать "
-"ALSA, поскольку этот интерфейс предоставляет значительно более широкие "
-"возможности."
+msgstr "В основном, для определения драйвера достаточно возможностей программного интерфейса OSS или ALSA. Интерфейс OSS является старым и простым, он предоставляет довольно базовые возможности. Мы рекомендуем использовать ALSA, поскольку этот интерфейс предоставляет значительно более широкие возможности."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все "
-"входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно "
-"указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства "
-"вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью "
-"пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</"
-"guimenu>."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
+" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
+"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
+"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не "
-"выключать его."
+msgstr "PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не выключать его."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу "
-"PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с "
-"этого пункта."
+msgstr "<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с этого пункта."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно открыть новое "
-"окно с тремя кнопками:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:53
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
 "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
 "for your device."
 msgstr ""
-"С помощью первой кнопки вы можете выбрать любой драйвер. При этом нужны "
-"определённые знания, какой драйвер следует выбрать."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
@@ -5600,10 +4556,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-"Назначение второй кнопки понятно из надписи на ней. Последняя же кнопка "
-"может помочь с решением проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать ее "
-"до того, как начнёте искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива."
+msgstr "Назначение второй кнопки понятно из надписи на ней. Последняя же кнопка может помочь с решением проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать ее до того, как начнёте искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -5615,7 +4568,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка ИБП (UPS) для контроля за питан�
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -5623,11 +4577,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -5639,7 +4591,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка соединения VPN для безопасног�
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -5647,11 +4600,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -5662,14 +4613,7 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования "
-"данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы "
-"обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что "
-"удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно "
-"установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, "
-"например в формате файла настроек .pcf."
+msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, например в формате файла настроек .pcf."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -5681,9 +4625,7 @@ msgstr "Настройки"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-"Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от "
-"того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети."
+msgstr "Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -5700,7 +4642,8 @@ msgstr "С помощью следующего окна укажите пара�
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Cisco VPN"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -5710,11 +4653,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и "
-"его зависимости."
+msgstr "Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и его зависимости."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -5724,16 +4666,15 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были "
-"получены от администратора сети."
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были получены от администратора сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Дополнительные параметры:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -5748,20 +4689,15 @@ msgstr "В следующем окне программа попросит ва�
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr ""
-"После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-"
-"соединение."
+msgstr "После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-соединение."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом "
-"режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого "
-"соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
+" to this VPN."
+msgstr "Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -5773,7 +4709,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка веб-сервера"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -5781,21 +4718,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "web server."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
-"настроить веб-сервер."
+msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить веб-сервер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
@@ -5807,10 +4739,7 @@ msgstr "Что такое веб-сервер?"
 msgid ""
 "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
 "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает "
-"поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. "
-"(Материал из Википедии)"
+msgstr "Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. (Материал из Википедии)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
@@ -5822,7 +4751,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка веб-сервера с drakwizard apache2"
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер веб-сервера."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
@@ -5832,16 +4762,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr "Выбор вида сервера: локальная сеть и/или мир"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
@@ -5851,17 +4780,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr ""
-"Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является "
-"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите "
-"предоставить такой доступ."
+msgstr "Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите предоставить такой доступ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr "Модуль пользователя сервера"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
@@ -5876,7 +4803,8 @@ msgstr "Позволяет пользователям создавать сво�
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr "Название веб-каталога пользователя"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
@@ -5886,16 +4814,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
 "display it."
-msgstr ""
-"Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет "
-"отображать его."
+msgstr "Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет отображать его."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr "Корень документации сервера"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
@@ -5912,7 +4839,8 @@ msgstr "Позволяет настроить путь к дефолтным д�
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Сводка"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
@@ -5922,10 +4850,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
@@ -5933,7 +4860,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Финиш"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
@@ -5954,7 +4882,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -5962,12 +4891,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -5979,7 +4905,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -5994,23 +4921,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
-"настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует "
-"установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
+" be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
@@ -6024,11 +4945,7 @@ msgid ""
 "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
 "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
 "communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) "
-"представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP "
-"сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, "
-"необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)"
+msgstr "Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
@@ -6040,7 +4957,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка DHCP сервера с drakwizard dhcp"
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер DHCP сервера."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
@@ -6050,7 +4968,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr "Выбор адаптера"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
@@ -6059,19 +4978,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет "
-"происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr "Выберите диапазон IP"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
@@ -6083,14 +5000,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
 "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен "
-"предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет "
-"соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно "
-"непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
@@ -6100,7 +5013,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr "Подождите..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
@@ -6110,16 +5024,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgid ""
 "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
 "change things around."
-msgstr ""
-"С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</"
-"guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения."
+msgstr "С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr "Позже..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
@@ -6139,70 +5052,78 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета dhcp-server, если он не уста
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
 msgid ""
 "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr "Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
-"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
+"adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr "Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr "net"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr "ip"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
@@ -6210,11 +5131,9 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
-"config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
+"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+msgstr "Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
@@ -6231,7 +5150,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка времени"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -6239,25 +5159,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
+" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы "
-"сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним "
-"сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к "
-"нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base."
+msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -6270,28 +5183,28 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-"После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три "
-"сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит "
-"воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к "
-"доступным серверам времени."
+msgstr "После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к доступным серверам времени."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -6299,20 +5212,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
+" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после "
-"чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в "
-"настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</"
-"guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
-"чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то "
-"вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -6335,46 +5243,37 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета <code>ntp</code> если необход
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-"Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr "Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
 "servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;"
+msgstr "Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
 "name;"
-msgstr ""
-"Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени "
-"сервера;"
+msgstr "Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени сервера;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-"Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и "
-"<code>ntpd</code>;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
+"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
+msgstr "Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и <code>ntpd</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
 msgid ""
 "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC."
+msgstr "Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
@@ -6386,7 +5285,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -6394,21 +5294,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
-"настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
@@ -6421,11 +5316,7 @@ msgid ""
 "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
 "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
 "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) "
-"- стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи "
-"файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</"
-"acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)."
+msgstr "Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) - стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
@@ -6437,12 +5328,14 @@ msgstr "Настройка сервера FTP с помощью drakwizard proft
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки FTP."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
@@ -6452,17 +5345,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr ""
-"Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является "
-"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите "
-"предоставить такой доступ."
+msgstr "Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите предоставить такой доступ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr "Информация о сервере"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
@@ -6472,18 +5363,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
 "complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной "
-"идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли "
-"предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя "
-"root)."
+msgstr "Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr "Параметры сервера"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
@@ -6491,19 +5379,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя "
-"и то, следует ли  разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или "
-"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)."
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
+" (File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr "Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя и то, следует ли  разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
@@ -6518,7 +5405,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка прокси-сервера"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -6526,12 +5414,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -6539,10 +5424,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
 "before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в "
-"настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить "
-"отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться."
+msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
@@ -6558,14 +5440,7 @@ msgid ""
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер "
-"(компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве "
-"промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски "
-"ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-"
-"сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, "
-"соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер "
-"обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »"
+msgstr "Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
@@ -6577,7 +5452,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка прокси-сервера с помощью drakwiz
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки прокси-сервера."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
@@ -6587,7 +5463,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr "Выбор порта прокси"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
@@ -6597,16 +5474,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-"
-"сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr "Использование памяти и диска"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
@@ -6615,16 +5491,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
 msgid ""
 "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr "Выбор параметров управления доступом к сети"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
@@ -6632,35 +5507,34 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите "
-"кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr "Предоставление доступа к сети"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr "Следует ли использовать прокси-сервер высшего уровня?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
@@ -6668,16 +5542,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-"Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, "
-"пропустите следующий шаг."
+msgstr "Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, пропустите следующий шаг."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr "Адрес и порт прокси-сервера более высокого уровня"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
@@ -6685,13 +5558,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
@@ -6701,7 +5573,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr "Запустить при загрузке?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
@@ -6711,11 +5584,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgid ""
 "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
@@ -6728,55 +5600,56 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета squid если необходимо;"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-"Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr "Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-"Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
+"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr "Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr "cache_mem"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с "
-"уровнем"
+msgstr "<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с уровнем"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
@@ -6796,7 +5669,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка демона OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -6804,21 +5678,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в "
-"настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
+" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
@@ -6830,25 +5699,16 @@ msgstr "Что такое <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
+" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-"Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол "
-"обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от "
-"постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью "
-"командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми "
-"службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера "
-"используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти "
-"компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и "
-"клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)."
+msgstr "Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-"Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd"
+msgstr "Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
@@ -6860,7 +5720,8 @@ msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки Open
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr "Выберите тип параметров настройки"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
@@ -6868,19 +5729,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем "
-"настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, "
-"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
+"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Общие Параметры"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
@@ -6890,16 +5750,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
 "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-"Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. "
-"Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22."
+msgstr "Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr "Методы авторизации"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
@@ -6909,16 +5768,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
 "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr "Журналирование"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
@@ -6926,18 +5784,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации "
-"сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr "Параметры входа"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
@@ -6945,16 +5802,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "Параметры регистрации пользователя"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
@@ -6963,16 +5819,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr "Сжатие и перенаправление"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
@@ -6982,16 +5837,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при "
-"передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
@@ -7006,7 +5861,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка служб системы"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -7014,12 +5870,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -7031,7 +5884,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка оборудования"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -7039,11 +5893,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -7053,12 +5905,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете "
-"осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска "
-"программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С "
-"этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей "
-"работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
+msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -7076,10 +5923,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-"В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства "
-"группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список "
-"категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка."
+msgstr "В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -7087,19 +5931,14 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-"В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью "
-"пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить "
-"более подробное описание отображаемых полей."
+msgstr "В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить более подробное описание отображаемых полей."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-"Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет "
-"показано одна или две кнопки:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
+" available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr "Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет показано одна или две кнопки:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -7107,30 +5946,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью "
-"этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с "
-"работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным "
-"пользователям."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным пользователям."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-"<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к "
-"средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно "
-"получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia."
+msgstr "<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить "
-"автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:"
+msgstr "С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -7153,11 +5983,7 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-"По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является "
-"достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем "
-"компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет "
-"выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты."
+msgstr "По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -7169,7 +5995,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка раскладки клавиатуры"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -7177,12 +6004,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -7192,12 +6016,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам "
-"настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. "
-"Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. "
-"Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра "
-"управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»."
+msgstr "Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -7207,13 +6026,10 @@ msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует "
-"использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и "
-"этническая принадлежность раскладки."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
+" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
+"each layout should be used for."
+msgstr "С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и этническая принадлежность раскладки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -7225,10 +6041,7 @@ msgstr "Тип клавиатуры"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. "
-"Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по "
-"умолчанию."
+msgstr "С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по умолчанию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -7240,7 +6053,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка локализации системы"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -7248,12 +6062,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести "
-"команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени "
-"администратора (root)."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -7263,21 +6074,14 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться "
-"с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка "
-"локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью "
-"которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, "
-"которые были выбраны во время установки системы."
+msgstr "Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, которые были выбраны во время установки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать "
-"режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)."
+msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -7285,17 +6089,12 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-"Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться "
-"указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить "
-"с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей "
-"учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё."
+msgstr "Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:42
@@ -7309,20 +6108,14 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать "
-"метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода "
-"можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью "
-"букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)."
+msgstr "С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран "
-"IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет."
+msgstr "Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -7330,11 +6123,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-"Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные "
-"функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в "
-"контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления "
-"Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr "Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -7346,7 +6135,8 @@ msgstr "Просмотр системных журналов"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -7354,22 +6144,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел "
-"<guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
+msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел <guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -7379,44 +6164,27 @@ msgstr "Поиск в журналах"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в "
-"результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</"
-"emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, "
-"в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск "
-"определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</"
-"emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей "
-"месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для "
-"выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</"
-"guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием "
-"<guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить "
-"результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
+"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
+" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr "Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием <guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-"В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, "
-"записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами "
-"из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы "
-"меняете какие-либо настройки."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
+" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
+"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr "В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы меняете какие-либо настройки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -7429,26 +6197,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать "
-"системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если "
-"это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес."
+msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое "
-"будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</"
-"guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует "
-"вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+msgstr "Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -7495,7 +6254,8 @@ msgstr "Служба xinetd"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "Распознаватель доменных имен BIND"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -7504,18 +6264,11 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
+" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-"На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, "
-"превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как "
-"уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка "
-"замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может "
-"свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию "
-"используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной "
-"нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3."
+msgstr "На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -7523,11 +6276,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</"
-"guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной "
-"почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-"
-"сервер)."
+msgstr "С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-сервер)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -7542,33 +6291,25 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
-"только из командной строки."
+msgstr "Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы "
-"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь "
-"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой "
-"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
+"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr "Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -7583,11 +6324,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -7595,23 +6334,18 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
-"только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в "
-"системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)."
+msgstr "Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
+" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-"lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI "
-"и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты "
-"ldetect и ldetect-lst."
+msgstr "lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты ldetect и ldetect-lst."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -7620,18 +6354,14 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно "
-"производителя и идентификации устройства."
+msgstr "Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно производителя и идентификации устройства."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-"Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его "
-"фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:"
+msgstr "Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -7663,11 +6393,10 @@ msgstr "Параметр -i предназначен для игнорирова
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-"На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake "
-"и «-i» для grep."
+msgstr "На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake и «-i» для grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -7677,10 +6406,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-"Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта "
-"программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать "
-"от имени администратора (root)."
+msgstr "Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -7692,7 +6418,8 @@ msgstr "Обновления пакетов с программами"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate или drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -7700,24 +6427,18 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Управление программами</emphasis>."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -7725,39 +6446,27 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-"Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом "
-"настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись rpmdrake-edit-media и указав "
-"определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы еще этого не сделали, "
-"программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку."
+msgstr "Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись rpmdrake-edit-media и указав определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы еще этого не сделали, программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
+" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-"После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование "
-"установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых "
-"появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут "
-"помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку "
-"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру."
+msgstr "После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
+" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные "
-"данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> "
-"перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки "
-"можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок."
+msgstr "Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -7766,21 +6475,17 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-"Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет "
-"системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и "
-"щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы "
-"обновить пакеты системы."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr "Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы обновить пакеты системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Загрузка"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -7790,10 +6495,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
-"узнать больше."
+msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -7820,7 +6522,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Оборудование"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -7830,26 +6533,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать "
-"больше."
+msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Настройка оборудования"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -7859,16 +6559,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Настройка графики"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного "
-"рабочего стола</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного рабочего стола</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -7878,12 +6578,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Настройка клавиатуры и мыши"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -7893,16 +6595,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Настройка печати и сканирования"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, "
-"очередей печати, ...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
+" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, очередей печати, ...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -7912,7 +6614,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Другие"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -7929,53 +6632,43 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-"В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать "
-"которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет "
-"drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает "
-"набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы."
+msgstr "В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними "
-"инструментами."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
+"tools."
+msgstr "Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними инструментами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть "
-"выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)."
+msgstr "Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr ""
-"Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон "
-"соответствующих инструментов."
+msgstr "Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон соответствующих инструментов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая "
-"находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»."
+msgstr "Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Локальные диски"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -7985,10 +6678,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным "
-"дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -8010,7 +6700,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Сетевые службы"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -8018,16 +6709,11 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
+" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, "
-"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих "
-"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на "
-"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы "
-"узнать больше."
+msgstr "Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -8059,7 +6745,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Общий доступ"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -8069,41 +6756,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа "
-"к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
-"узнать больше."
+msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Настройка ресурсов Windows®"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и "
-"каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Управление ресурсами NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -8113,7 +6799,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Настройка ресурсов WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -8123,7 +6810,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Сеть и Интернет"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -8131,29 +6819,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
-"узнать больше."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
+" below to learn more."
+msgstr "С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Управление сетевыми службами"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -8163,27 +6851,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Обеспечение безопасности сети"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -8193,7 +6886,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Безопасность"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -8203,19 +6897,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, "
-"расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgstr "С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа "
-"и аудита системы</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и аудита системы</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -8242,7 +6931,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Совместное пользование"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -8251,15 +6941,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
+" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, "
-"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих "
-"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на "
-"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/"
-">,чтобы узнать больше."
+msgstr "Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>,чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -8276,7 +6961,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Система"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -8286,27 +6972,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную "
-"ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Управление системными службами"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -8316,12 +7002,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Локализация"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -8331,31 +7019,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Инструменты администрирования"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -8369,36 +7060,25 @@ msgstr "Центр управления Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии "
-"с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
-"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr "Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
-"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://"
-"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr "Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы "
-"время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в "
-"улучшении этого руководства."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr "Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в улучшении этого руководства."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -8410,7 +7090,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка частоты проверки обновлений"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -8418,41 +7099,28 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается "
-"с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее "
-"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором "
-"пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia "
-"будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между "
-"завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью "
-"обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать "
-"системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
+msgstr "С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -8464,7 +7132,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка указывающего устройства (мыш
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -8472,32 +7141,23 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
-"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. "
-"Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С "
-"помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить "
-"работу с другой мышью."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
+" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr "Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить работу с другой мышью."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -8506,11 +7166,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с "
-"вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие "
-"мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный "
-"вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно."
+msgstr "Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -8522,7 +7178,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: безопасность и аудит системы"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -8530,53 +7187,40 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
+" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к "
-"msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:"
+msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-"Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее "
-"страхования."
+msgstr "Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее страхования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить "
-"вас о потенциально опасных изменениях."
+msgstr "Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить вас о потенциально опасных изменениях."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-"В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены "
-"для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет "
-"наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено "
-"несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные "
-"уровни безопасности."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
+" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
+" own customised security levels."
+msgstr "В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -8593,48 +7237,43 @@ msgstr "Смотрите приведённый выше скриншот"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-"На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с "
-"расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:"
+msgstr "На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-"К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - "
-"страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»."
+msgstr "К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-"Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница "
-"«Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»."
+msgstr "Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница «Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "Сам msec с некоторой информацией:"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "включен или нет"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "настроен базовый уровень безопасности"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-"даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и "
-"кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки."
+msgstr "даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -8644,13 +7283,13 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Параметры безопасности»"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</"
-"guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
+"below."
+msgstr "Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -8668,35 +7307,22 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уровни безопасности:</emp
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
+" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
+" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью "
-"этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень "
-"безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения "
-"безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими "
-"уровнями безопасности:"
+msgstr "После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими уровнями безопасности:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
+" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
+" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
+" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен "
-"для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью "
-"системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет "
-"выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не "
-"будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. "
-"Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте "
-"последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к "
-"нападениям злоумышленников."
+msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к нападениям злоумышленников."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -8707,44 +7333,27 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень "
-"является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных "
-"пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут "
-"выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных "
-"файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот "
-"уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)."
+msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет "
-"полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в "
-"действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические "
-"проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен "
-"уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
+" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
+" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
+" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы "
-"настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер "
-"</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита "
-"системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых "
-"задач."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
+"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
+msgstr "Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых задач."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -8752,38 +7361,25 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-"Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки "
-"</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На "
-"самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, "
-"предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок."
+msgstr "Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки </emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
-"Название уровня&gt;</filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные "
-"уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями "
-"<filename>level.&lt;Название уровня&gt;</filename>, которые будут храниться "
-"в папке <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является "
-"прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система "
-"настроек и защищённая система."
+"These levels are saved in "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
+"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
+" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
+msgstr "Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;Название уровня&gt;</filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями <filename>level.&lt;Название уровня&gt;</filename>, которые будут храниться в папке <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система настроек и защищённая система."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные "
-"параметры уровня."
+msgstr "Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные параметры уровня."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -8793,38 +7389,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уведомления безопаснос
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
+"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
+"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
+" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
+" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr ""
-"Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по "
-"электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , "
-"созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте "
-"администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо "
-"указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес "
-"электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить "
-"локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею "
-"соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по "
-"безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте "
-"соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления."
+msgstr "Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
+" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для "
-"администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о "
-"возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, "
-"администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися "
-"в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
+msgstr "Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -8835,18 +7416,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Опции безопасности:</empha
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-"Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом "
-"настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для "
-"изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в "
-"файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле "
-"содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список "
-"изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
+" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
+"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
+"to the options."
+msgstr "Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -8857,13 +7432,12 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Безопасность системы»"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их "
-"описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
+" column."
+msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -8876,14 +7450,10 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ "
-"будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет "
-"показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, "
-"а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. "
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор."
+msgstr "Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -8895,14 +7465,10 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с "
-"помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если "
-"вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам "
-"возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут "
-"сохранены."
+msgstr "Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -8916,11 +7482,10 @@ msgstr "Безопасность сети"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она "
-"работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки."
+msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -8935,10 +7500,7 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Периодические проверки»"
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-"Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора "
-"безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает "
-"потенциально опасными."
+msgstr "Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает потенциально опасными."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -8946,13 +7508,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-"На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и "
-"их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические "
-"проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично "
-"внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках."
+msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -8966,19 +7525,14 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Исключения»"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
+" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
+" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-"Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В "
-"таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время "
-"администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество "
-"исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список "
-"на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны "
-"исключения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr "Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны исключения."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -8986,12 +7540,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</"
-"guibutton>."
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
+"button"
+msgstr "Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -9000,18 +7554,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка "
-"<guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в "
-"соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является "
-"окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, "
-"или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши "
-"на соответствующем пункте."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
+"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
+"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
+"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
+"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr "Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши на соответствующем пункте."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -9023,9 +7571,7 @@ msgstr "Права доступа"
 msgid ""
 "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
 "enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-"Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и "
-"каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав."
+msgstr "Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
@@ -9037,23 +7583,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа "
-"(стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным "
-"уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни "
-"прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями "
-"<filename>perm.&lt;Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>etc/"
-"security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея "
-"определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, "
-"можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже "
-"созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список "
-"изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
+"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
+msgstr "Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа (стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями <filename>perm.&lt;Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -9062,26 +7598,18 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-"Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на "
-"строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, "
-"в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав "
-"доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
+" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
+" given rule:"
+msgstr "Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
+" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только "
-"проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и "
-"посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения "
-"не вносятся."
+msgstr "пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения не вносятся."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -9089,34 +7617,25 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr ""
-"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: "
-"выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет "
-"права доступа."
+msgstr "пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет права доступа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить "
-"параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические "
-"проверки»</emphasis>."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr "Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</"
-"guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В "
-"поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" "
-"означает \"не вносить изменения\"."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
+"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr "Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" означает \"не вносить изменения\"."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -9128,42 +7647,26 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте "
-"перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню "
-"<guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены "
-"изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть "
-"список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены."
+msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью "
-"редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
-"filename>."
+msgstr "Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-"Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или "
-"непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой "
-"же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы "
-"изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в "
-"консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы "
-"ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой "
-"msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
+"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
+"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
+" that will be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr "Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -9174,14 +7677,7 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к "
-"определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для "
-"управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет "
-"обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, "
-"в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>."
+msgstr "Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -9192,12 +7688,9 @@ msgstr "Другие инструменты Mageia"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-"В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из "
-"Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или "
-"продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
+" next pages."
+msgstr "В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -9234,7 +7727,8 @@ msgstr "Управление программами (Установка и уд�
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -9247,11 +7741,9 @@ msgstr "Введение в rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -9265,33 +7757,19 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также "
-"известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять "
-"пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим "
-"интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки "
-"пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные "
-"непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список "
-"самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система "
-"фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только "
-"определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов "
-"(фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно "
-"ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по "
-"названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, "
-"которые являются частью пакета."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
+" included in the packages."
+msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов (фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, которые являются частью пакета."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с "
-"помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
+"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr "Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
@@ -9300,38 +7778,28 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
+" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
 "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого "
-"происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не "
-"будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, "
-"когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: "
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше "
-"сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с "
-"интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись "
-"начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref "
-"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+msgstr "При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
 "packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их "
-"диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты."
+msgstr "Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Основные части окна"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -9347,39 +7815,25 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время "
-"первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только "
-"программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе "
-"отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками "
-"или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные "
-"комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
+" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr "Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих "
-"значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не "
-"нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для "
-"специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно "
-"заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше "
-"выбрать вариант «Все»."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
+" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
+" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr "Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше выбрать вариант «Все»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</"
-"emphasis> </firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
+msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -9387,10 +7841,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только "
-"установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, "
-"установленные и неустановленные."
+msgstr "При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, установленные и неустановленные."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -9403,10 +7854,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться "
-"поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, "
-"содержащихся в пакетах."
+msgstr "Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, содержащихся в пакетах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -9419,11 +7867,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-"В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска "
-"вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». "
-"Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: "
-"«mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)."
+msgstr "В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: «mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -9445,11 +7889,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Список категорий:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-"На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по "
-"категориям и подкатегориям."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
+" sub categories."
+msgstr "На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по категориям и подкатегориям."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -9460,14 +7902,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Панель описания:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
+" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-"Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много "
-"полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно "
-"пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный "
-"сопровождающим пакета."
+msgstr "Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный сопровождающим пакета."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -9482,73 +7920,78 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное "
-"обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/"
-"резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему "
-"запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками "
-"состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это "
-"положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием "
-"пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr "После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Иконка"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Условные обозначения"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Этот пакет уже установлен"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Этот пакет будет установлен"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Состояние этого пакета изменять нельзя"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Этот пакет является обновлением"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of:
+#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Этот пакет будет удалён"
@@ -9569,11 +8012,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что "
-"пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки "
-"вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</"
-"guibutton>."
+msgstr "Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -9581,18 +8020,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки "
-"статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со "
-"стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки "
-"<guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
+msgstr "Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Зависимости"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -9600,24 +8036,15 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
+" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-"Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, "
-"которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или "
-"дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет "
-"информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой "
-"зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. "
-"выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно "
-"удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со "
-"списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения "
-"дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
+" install."
+msgstr "Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -9639,10 +8066,7 @@ msgstr "Установка"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора "
-"(root)."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -9651,29 +8075,20 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
-"настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена "
-"возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в "
-"совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в "
-"пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с "
-"удаленными компьютерами."
+msgstr "С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с удаленными компьютерами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr ""
-"После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:"
+msgstr "После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</"
-"emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -9685,12 +8100,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Вы хотите установить пакеты SANE?</emp
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если "
-"этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</"
-"code> и <code>task-scanning</code>."
+msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</code> и <code>task-scanning</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -9701,22 +8114,15 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на "
-"скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, "
-"например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или "
-"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование "
-"сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr "Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -9725,23 +8131,17 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш "
-"сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после "
-"нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было "
-"найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</"
-"emphasis>."
+msgstr "Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и "
-"нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>."
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
+" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -9749,76 +8149,59 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</"
-"emphasis>."
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью "
-"страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs."
-"html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Выбор порта"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять "
-"доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с "
-"помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью "
-"параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если "
-"сканер только один)."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
+" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr "Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если сканер только один)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-"После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве "
-"случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже."
+msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием "
-"раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr "Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -9828,7 +8211,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Совместное использование сканеров"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -9836,15 +8220,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
+" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть "
-"доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете "
-"разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, "
-"соединёнными с другими компьютерами."
+msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, соединёнными с другими компьютерами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -9852,22 +8232,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса "
-"хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем "
-"компьютере."
+msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем компьютере."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые "
-"из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к "
-"удаленному сканеру."
+msgstr "Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к удаленному сканеру."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -9875,11 +8250,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент "
-"добавления узлов."
+msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент добавления узлов."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -9889,11 +8263,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr ""
-"Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список "
-"хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам."
+msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -9901,11 +8274,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру "
-"пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети."
+msgstr "«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -9915,9 +8287,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-"Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер "
-"предложит его установить."
+msgstr "Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер предложит его установить."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -9939,18 +8309,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование "
-"директивы «net»)"
+msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование директивы «net»)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr "Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -9967,13 +8333,9 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается "
-"программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со "
-"сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для "
-"настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr "Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -9983,21 +8345,14 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
-"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы "
-"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-"
-"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время "
-"установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом "
-"sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно "
-"смело игнорировать."
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
+" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
+"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
+"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
+"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
+"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr "Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно смело игнорировать."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -10010,10 +8365,7 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-"Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend="
-"\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов "
-"настройки сканера."
+msgstr "Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов настройки сканера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -10023,50 +8375,37 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-"Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при "
-"каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать "
-"системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с "
-"компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с "
-"компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить "
-"микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете."
+msgstr "Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая "
-"попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно "
-"более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы."
+msgstr "Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>."
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не "
-"помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr "Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Управление программами"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -10074,12 +8413,9 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
-"управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, "
-"расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
+" Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -10089,11 +8425,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</"
-"emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -10105,9 +8439,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники "
-"установки и обновления</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники установки и обновления</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -10119,7 +8451,8 @@ msgstr "Установка и настройка принтера"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -10133,54 +8466,35 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-"Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У "
-"сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
-"localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется "
-"с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в "
-"Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки "
-"драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется "
-"также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и "
-"openSUSE."
+msgstr "Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются "
-"свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты "
-"некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории."
+msgstr "Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
-"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся "
-"указать пароль администратора (root)."
+msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся указать пароль администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела "
-"<guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто "
-"нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</"
-"guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr "Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
 msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-"Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:"
+msgstr "Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
@@ -10197,9 +8511,7 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с "
-"программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных."
+msgstr "Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -10209,12 +8521,7 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. "
-"Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке "
-"показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет "
-"обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна "
-"можно настроить сетевой принтер."
+msgstr "Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна можно настроить сетевой принтер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -10225,27 +8532,20 @@ msgstr "Принтер обнаружен автоматически"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля "
-"USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. "
-"Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с "
-"принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен "
-"автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или "
-"системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой "
-"выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите "
-"чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>."
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
+" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr "Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Принтер не удалось обнаружить автоматически"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -10253,12 +8553,10 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
+" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора "
-"драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов."
+msgstr "После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -10283,14 +8581,7 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-"Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала "
-"предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем "
-"название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если "
-"можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать "
-"рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой "
-"рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше "
-"всего."
+msgstr "Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше всего."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -10306,13 +8597,7 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr ""
-"После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут "
-"системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести "
-"название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных "
-"принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит "
-"напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен "
-"в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться."
+msgstr "После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -10323,61 +8608,41 @@ msgstr "Сетевой принтер"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-"Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с "
-"проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей "
-"станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
+" another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr "Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-"Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к "
-"MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он "
-"должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
+" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
+"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
+"fixed one."
+msgstr "Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
+" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-"MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, "
-"серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно "
-"определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на "
-"наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования "
-"соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора "
-"(root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить "
-"этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова "
-"«HWaddr»."
+msgstr "MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора (root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова «HWaddr»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
+" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
+" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый "
-"принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, "
-"какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться "
-"пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой "
-"принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес "
-"принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»."
+msgstr "Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -10385,22 +8650,14 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она "
-"предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы "
-"можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать "
-"соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в "
-"списке."
+msgstr "Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в списке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-"Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, "
-"чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные "
-"имена очередей."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
+" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr "Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные имена очередей."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -10416,21 +8673,10 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-"Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная "
-"Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно "
-"осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью "
-"порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый "
-"принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-"
-"маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. "
-"Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. "
-"Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически "
-"определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;название_принтера&gt;</emphasis> . В этом случае "
-"фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
+msgstr "Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;название_принтера&gt;</emphasis> . В этом случае фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -10438,16 +8684,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-"Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и "
-"укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое "
-"поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует "
-"делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было "
-"описано выше."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
+" the same as above."
+msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было описано выше."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
+#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -10464,11 +8706,7 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к "
-"которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, "
-"принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот "
-"протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -10476,19 +8714,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и "
-"ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать "
-"порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и "
-"ipp, но с защитой TLS."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
+" with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и ipp, но с защитой TLS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -10496,29 +8729,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому "
-"осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, "
-"соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном "
-"пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или "
-"сервером SMB."
+msgstr "<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или сервером SMB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-"URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров "
-"форматирования URI:"
+msgstr "URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров форматирования URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -10558,11 +8783,10 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://пользователь@ip-адрес-или-имя-узла
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
-"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>."
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
+" documentation.</link>"
+msgstr "Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -10573,19 +8797,13 @@ msgstr "Свойства устройства"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню "
-"можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер "
-"CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой "
-"вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров "
-"сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>."
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
+" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
+" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr "Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -10597,49 +8815,29 @@ msgstr "Диагностика проблем"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-"Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле "
-"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr "Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения "
-"проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню "
-"<guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</"
-"guilabel>."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr "Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, "
-"необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем "
-"или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти "
-"нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, "
-"существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, "
-"проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой "
-"пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера "
-"повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с "
-"помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также "
-"можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о "
-"том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, "
-"по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым "
-"устройствам."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
+" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
+" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
+"date drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr "Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым устройствам."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -10649,50 +8847,37 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-"На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/"
-"linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список "
-"драйверов,  предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите "
-"пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты."
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
+" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr "На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список драйверов,  предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-"Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы "
-"печати."
+msgstr "Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы печати."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-"
-"Packard</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-Packard</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
+"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект "
-"программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. "
-"Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу "
-"«HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню "
-"системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>."
+msgstr "Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу «HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>."
author	Papoteur <papoteur@mageia.org>	2026-04-01 08:28:27 +0200
committer	Papoteur <papoteur@mageia.org>	2026-04-01 08:28:27 +0200
commit	04119d22799d84ae5912608563c7da1e0f6d000f (patch)
tree	34573d348975acae35c91315732118527df1d241 /cs
parent	1a01ea91bad81e0c623b0820eb513fcde344f3c2 (diff)
download	drakx-installer-help-master.tar drakx-installer-help-master.tar.gz drakx-installer-help-master.tar.bz2 drakx-installer-help-master.tar.xz drakx-installer-help-master.zip